"XgivetJttfe Baohs.y. DIVINITY SCHOOL TROWBRIDGE LIBRARY 0 •YALH-^pnEiasinnr' DIVINITY SCHOOL TROWBRIDGE LIBRARY THE HEXATEUCH ACCORDING TO THE REVISED VERSION ©jtforb HORACE HART, PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY THE HEXATEUCH ACCORDING TO THE REVISED VERSION ARRANGED IN ITS CONSTITUENT DOCUMENTS BY MEMBERS OF THE SOCIETY OF HISTORICAL THEOLOGY, OXFORD EDITED WITH INTRODUCTION, NOTES, MARGINAL REFERENCES AND SYNOPTICAL TABLES BY J. ESTLIN CARPENTER, M.A. Lond. AND G. HARFORD-BATTERSBY, M.A. Oxon. IN TWO VOLUMES VOL. II: TEXT AND NOTES ' 1 1 n win ides Reference LUiraT y J LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO. 39 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON NEW YORK AND BOMBAY 1900 C2Z.UU ,1 ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS Gen 2* (text and note) read 24a. Gen 1312 read 12° ftu/bre ' Abraham ' P. Payo 21 line 1 read nh bejure ' and moved his lent ' J. Gen 231 brueket [these wore], ./w b 188" rtorf b 182. Gen 321 remove d from before ' sojourned.' Ex 40'' i«W cj> Lev 142 ,§. Ex 810N line 2/ur 717b raid 717". Ex i3M/«- "26braiii "28b. Ex 22280'/("- ?126 read 131. Ex 30'28 transfer 2B lo/olloio 'and the altar of incense." Lev i62lfor i> 45 raici p 44. Lev 2o2a;l line 5/)/- 17' rc«l ffOpBlO 2* ""THESE ARE THE GENERATIONS of the heaven and of the earth when they were bcreated. I1 "In the beginning God ""created the heaven and the earth. 2 And the earth was "waste and void" ; and darkness was upon the face of the ''deep : and the spirit of God ""moved upon the face of the waters. 3 And God ''said, Let there be light : and there fwas light. 4 And God -^saw the light, that it was good : and God "divided the light from the darkness. 6 And God "called a 77* b 48 0 S3 24 It has long teen recognized that the Book of Genesis is primarily based upon a document containing a series of Sections introduced by the formula ' These are the generations of . . . ' ep r77 (Introd chap XIII 1 p 121). To this document Ewald gave the name of the ' Book of Origins,' and it was also occasionally designated the Orundschrift, the ground-work or foundation-document. Beginning with a survey of the creation of the heavens and the earth, it proceeds to trace the de scendants of Adam through Seth to Noah 5*. • . After narrating the Flood, it describes three great groups of nations, under the names Japheth, Ham, and Shem io1- ¦ , and then follows a special line from Shem through Arpachshad to Terah. At this point the writer's view concentrates itself on Abraham, from whom are derived Ishmael and Isaac. A summary enumeration of the tribes of Ishmael prepares the way for the division of the posterity of Isaac under the names of Esau and Jacob. The recital of Esau's marriage-alliances with their results finally enables the author to dismiss Edom from view, and limit him self to the children of Israel. At each stage of advance towards the main crisis of the narrative — the revelation of El Shaddai to Moses by the name Yahweh — the historic connexion is effected by the method of genealogical filiation, which does not wholly disappear till the family history of the founder of the priesthood has been related Num. 31. The tol'dhoth formula of Gen 24ft is not appropriate to the narrative which follows it in nib' ¦ , for this says nothing about the creation of the heavens or the earth, but deals with the formation of the first man after they were made. On the other hand its form and sub stance are both congruous with the account of the creation of the universe in i1-23. In other sections, however, the formula always precedes the matter which it designates. It is probable, therefore, that it originally stood before i1, and was transposed by the editor who combined the two documents, to serve as the link of combination. Bacon (Genesis 97) conjectures that the title originally read 'These are the generations of the heavens and the earth in the beginning of their creation. I1 God created,' &c. But the words ' when they were created ' may have been added by the compiler, as other similar formulae do not present analogous expressions. Ball (in Haupt's SHOT) reads ' This is the book of the generations ' with (5J here as at 51 : but does not attempt to decide ' whether this formula originally stood also, or only, at the head of 1.' I1 The historical introduction to the Priestly Code fitly commences with a survey of the ' origins ' of the world. The account of the creation of the heavens and the earth with all the multiplicity of their contents is marked by a stately order . and precision partially reflected in the careful descriptions, the detailed enumerations, and the numerous identities of phrase. Each step in tho scries of creative acts is preceded by a creative utterance s n 0 11 14 20 24 20 ;n which the divine Thought at once announces and executes its purpose. The entire process is dis tributed into eight stages, which apparently fall into two groups of four, having a certain harmony in their constituent members : — (1) Light 5-* (2) The Firmament «-' (3) The Earth »-i» (4) Plants "-12 (5) The Heavenly bodies u~ls (6) Fishes and birds 20-22 (7) Land animals 24-25 (8) Man 26-27, It has been often conjectured (cp Dillmann, Genesis i 49-50) that an earlier story presented these two series in clearer sequence, and that thoy were subsequently adapted to the scheme of the creative week with its six days of work, by throwing the related pairs (3-4) and (7-8) each into a single day. It may be surmised that originally each creative utterance was accom panied by the record of its execution and of the divine approval. The corresponding formulae, however, now appear only seven times 3 7 0 11 15 24 so and 4 10 12 18 21 25 81. The source of this representation it is difficult to determine. In many other portions of his narrative P seems to be founded on prior materials : is he wholly fresh and independent in his presenta tion of the creation ? Analogies with the Babylonian tablets have often been pointed out, and some eminent Assyriologists havo rocognizod in Gen 1 distinct traces of the influence of Babylonian idoas (cp G Smith, Cliald Genesis 73 ; Jensen, Kosmol der Babylonier 301-306; Gunkel, Schdpfung und Chaos 114 ; Sayce, Expos Times vii 206 ff ; cp Introd 135). Was that influence exerted direct, or did it pass through other channels on the way? The question belongs rather to a commentary than to analysis, and can only be answered here on grounds of general probability. It will be indicated hereafter that the narrative of the Flood assigned to Js (cp Introd chap XI 6a p 108) cannot be derived from the author of the story of Eden and the first pair. Was it, however, an isolated fragment, or was it originally part of a primaeval history, which had its own account of the origin of the world and its inhabitants ? In the latter case may not this narrative (JB) have served in its turn as the antecedent of P ? The suggestion was first made by Budde, Urgeschichte 486, and has been widely adopted (ep Holzinger, Gen 23, and Encyclopaedia Biblica art ' Crea tion '). See Ex 2o»'<. 2 M Or, was brooding upon. Genl5 EARLY HISTORY OF MANKIND h Cp 8 W 19 23 31 ji2Levi22§ti>p lBx25S7Nnm82 (£"Pai368 MiOtDeut4l7§«n Ex 7»' 12 Dout ¦3233'* oCp 28 Jp ¦=/!(( 9> p si8" Ezek (15) g Nnm 3282 20 JoBh i81» 29 leaf r9,+ the light Day, and the darkness he called Night. 'And there was evening and there was morning, one day. e And God said, Let there be a ""firmament in the midst of the waters, and let it "divide the waters from the waters. 7 And God made the dfirmament, and "divided the waters which were under the firmament from the waters which were above the firmament: and it was so. 8 And God called the firmament Heaven. And there was evening and there was morning, a second day. 9 And God said, Let the waters under the heaven be "gathered together unto one place, and let the dry land appear: and it was so. 10 And God called the diy land Earth ; and the "gathering together of the waters called he Seas : and God saw that it was good. n And God said, Let the earth 'put forth grass, herb ¦'yielding seed, [andj fruit tree bearing fruit 'after its kind, wherein is the seed thereof, upon the earth: and it was so. 12 And the earth brought forth grass, herb ^yielding seed 'after its kind, and tree bearing fruit, wherein is the seed thereof, after its kind : and God saw that it was good. 13 And there was evening and there was morning, a third day. 14 And God said, Let there be 'lights in the ""firmament of the heaven to "divide the day from the night ; and let them hbe for 'signs, and for Jseasons, and for days and years : 16 and let them hbe for 'lights in the "firmament of the heaven to 'give light upon the earth : and it was so. 10 And God made the two great 'lights ; the greater light to 'rule the day, and the lesser light to rule the night : [he made] the stars also. 17 And God set them in the "firma ment of the heaven to give light upon the earth, 18 and to rule over the day and over the night, and to "divide the light from the darkness : and God saw that it was good. 10 And there was evening and there was morning, a fourth day. 20 And God said, Let the waters Mkbring forth abundantly the "moving creature that hath life, and let fowl "'fly above the earth "'in the open "firmament of heaven. 2l And God "created the great "sea-monsters, and every living creature that ""moveth, which the waters "brought forth abundantly, 'after their kinds, and every winged fowl after its kind: and God saw that it was good. 22 And God "blessed them, saying, "Be fruitful, and multiply, and "fill the waters in the seas, and let fowl multiply in the earth. 23 And there was evening and there was morning, a fifth day. 24 And God said, Let the earth bring forth the living creature 'after its kind, cattle, and ""creeping thing, and pbeast of the earth 'after its kind : and it was so. 26 And God made the pbeast of the earth 'after its kind, and the cattle after their kind, and every thing that ""creepeth upon the ground after its kind: and God saw that it was good. 20 And God said, Let us make man in our imago, after our plikeness : and let them have "dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every '"creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth. 2T And God "created man in his own image, in the image of God created he him ; "male and female created he them. M And God "blessed them : and God said unto them, Be "fruitful, and multiply, and "replenish the earth, and 'subdue it ; and have "dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over every living thing that Mmmoveth upon the earth. 29 xAnd God said, Behold, I have given you every herb ^yielding seed, which is upon the face of all the earth, and every tree, in the which is the fruit of a tree yielding seed ; to you it shall hbe for "meat : 30 and to every pbeast of the earth, and to every fowl of the air, and to every thing that "creepeth upon the earth, wherein there is "life, [I have given] every 'green A 70 0 74 t i8> g 104 h 37 i 14a J HI" k 157 1 64 m 49 n 33 o 73 P 39 11136 r 107* 1 • M .ft expanse. 201 M Jp sxoarm with swarms of living creatures. 20b M Jo On the face of the expanse of the heaven. 28 M Or, creepeth so M q a Uving aoul CREATION OF HEAVEN AND EARTH Gen 2 13 > 612 cp Ex 22» a Ct Deut 4I9 17S 2. Igbi b i722 4983 Ex 34884088 £ oCt il d 21W Job3o*7f t 323 42 12» cp a15 /Job 3627f p7.19,&» A ,19 23 ,827 iS}* j722+ * 920 3IS3 Num 248 I3l« m i3e 1* 3S28 0p IO»£ P herb for 'meat: and it was so. 31 And God 'saw every thing that he had made, and, 'behold, it was very good. And there was evening and there was morning, the sixth day. 21 And the heaven and the earth were finished, and all the "host of them. 2 LAnd on the seventh day God 'finished his "work which he had made ; and he brested on the seventh day from all his work which he had made. 3 And God "blessed the seventh day, and "hallowed it : because that in it he 'rested from all his "work which God had "created and made. . . . 24b "In the day that "Yahweh "God 'made earth and heaven. J8 6 And nodplant of the field was 'yet in the earth, and no herb of the field had 'yet sprung up : for Yahweh God had not caused it to 'rain upon the earth, and there was not a man to 'till the ground" ; ° but there went up a -'"mist from ' the earth, and "watered the whole 'face of the ground. * And Yahweh God "formed man of the Nlust of the ground, and 'breathed into his nostrils the Jbreath of lifeJ ; and man became a living soul. 8 And Yahweh God 'planted a 'garden "eastward, in Eden ; and there he put the man whom he had "formed. 9 And out of the ground made Yahweh God to 'grow every tree that is ""pleasant to the sight, and good for food ; the "tree of life also in the midst of the Jgarden, and the tree of the knowledge of "good and evil. 10 "And a river went out of Eden to "water the 'garden ; and from thence it was ""parted, and became four heads. n The name of the first is Pishon : that is it which compasseth the whole land of Havilah, where there is gold ; 12 and the gold of that land is good : there is bdellium and the "onyx stone. 13 And the name of the second river is Gihon : a 177 b 137b 0 33 d 86" e 48 t 6 gigs 1>935i 40 J 37 k 27 • 193 misa m6s 2* The story of the ' generations of the heaven and of the earth ' is followed by a second narrative which cannot be ascribed to the same source, and is marked by striking dif ferences both in substance and in style. The character of its opening is somewhat obscured by grammatical peculiarities which an English version cannot exactly reproduce. In 4b the making of earth and heaven (this order occurs only in Ps 14813) is assumed without further description ; the condition of an earth without vegetation or man is indicated in a series of dependent clauses ••, constituting really a long parenthesis which might be rendered ' when no plant . . . ,' and the writer passes on to the first main fact 7, the formation of a man out of the dust of the ground. The beginning of the narrative has apparently, therefore, been removed by the compiler in favour of the toledhoth section of P, and at the junction some com pression may have taken place to prevent needless repetition. In what follows, accordingly, there is no analysis of the parts of the universe, nor any determination of their several functions, and the order of production on the earth is quite different. Whereas in l28- . the creation of man, male and female together, marks the climax of the series of divine acts, a single man is formed in 27 before either trees or animals : none of the beasts proves a suitable mate for him; and finally a woman is ' built ' 22 out of one of his ribs i8-26_ To these diversities of material fact correspond other varieties both in thought and phrase. The story is distinguished by the entry of a new divine name, Yahweh (on the combination ' Yahweh Elohim,' see below). No attempt is made to adapt the creative process to a week of six days' labour followed by a seventh day of rest. The recurring formulae defining the divisions of the divine acts, and recording the divine inspection and approval, are all absent. Fresh terms are employed to describe the modes of production : Yahweh makes earth and heaven 4b, forms a man 7« with beast and bird 18, breathes into the man's nostrils 7, plants a garden 8, takes the man, and puts him into it 15 (cp the 'building' of the woman 21. ( and ct the creation of male and female in God's image 127). These divergences can only be explained by the assumption that a new document is here introduced. The assumption is justified by the narratives which follow, for corresponding groups of differences may be noted through the whole series of stories of the early history of mankind. Each document, J and P, had its account of the origin of the race, and traced the connexion between the first Man and the ancestors of the people of Israel. Cp Introd XI. 4b M ,6 Jehovah, as in other places where Lord is put in capitals. — See vol i preface. 40 The juxtaposition of these two names, Yahweh and GoA (Elohim), is very rare in the Old Testament. In the Hexateuch, after Gen 2-3 where it appears twenty times, it occurs only in Sam 722 25 , Chron 17" The combination, begun in Ex 930 : elsewhere it is found in 2 Chron 641 Ps 84s " Jonah 46f. . 24b, ceasos at 32-1, and in 41 ' Yahweh ' is read alone, though @ employs ' the Lord God ' down to 821 and even in 9*2. It is commonly supposed to be due to the compiler, who desired thus to show that the 'Yahweh' of the Becond story was identical with the ' Elohim ' of the first (ep Dillmann, Genesis i 97). Klostermann has suggested that it was an instruction to the reader, when i1^24 was regarded as one section, to pronounce the same divine name (Elohim) throughout, cp der Pentateuch 37. 9 Some difficulty attaches to the mention of two trees in this verse. In 3s the divine prohibition appears limited to one tree, described as ' the tree which is in the midst of the garden.' From the sequel (cp 2") it is plain that the words really designate the ' tree of the knowledge of good and evil,' and not (as in 0) the tree of life. The permission in 32- (as in 216) really extonds to the tree of life, whereas in 322 the danger that its fruit also may be eaten is only averted by the expulsion of the first pair from the garden. Budde, accordingly, has con jectured that the original Eden-story contained but one tree ; a later hand incorporated the second from another source ; and he thus accounts for the somewhat awkward order of 29b. This leads also to the suggestion that in 17 the tree was originally distinguished as ' the tree that is in the midBt of the garden.' See further on 322. 1° It was surmised by Ewald that the Four Rivers I0-14 had no place in the ancient conception of Eden. At what time, and from what source, this passage was introduced into the text, it is not possible to determine. But it does not contribute to the development of the story : the account of the divine action in 9 le is somewhat suddenly interrupted to give it room : the geographical and antiquarian details which it contains have no connexion with anything else in the narrative : and it may be regarded with great probability as a secondary addition. 12 M Or, beryl. B 2 Gen 2 13 EARLY HISTORY OF MANKIND 18-28 lihtl 0 20 3I 14 ct i24 p Ct l21 q is12* r 7I8 cp 209 8 29I* (3727 u 348 v 37 10 &219 tilld67s e225 f* J J* the same is it that compasseth the whole land of Cush. u And the name of the third river is "Hiddekel : that is it which goeth "in "front of Assyria. And the fourth river is Euphrates. 15 And Yahweh »od took the man, and put him into the 'garden of Eden to dress it and to keep it. 18 And Yahweh God commanded the man, saying, Of every tree of the garden thou mayest "freely eat : 17 but of the tree of the knowledge of "good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it : for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt "surely die. 18 *And Yahweh God said, It is not good that the man should be "alone ; I will make him an help "meet for him. 19 And out of the ground Yahweh God "formed every "beast of the field0, and every fowl of the air ; and brought them unto the man to see what he would call them : and whatsoever the man called "every living creature, that was the name thereof. 20 And the man gave names to all cattle, and to the fowl of the air, and to every "beast of the field ; but for "man there was not "found an help meet for him. 21 And Yahweh God caused a 'deep sleep to fall upon the man, and he slept ; and he took one of his ribs, and "closed up the flesh instead thereof : 22 and the rib, which Yahweh God had taken from the man, "made he a woman, and brought her unto the man. 23 And the man said, This is "now "bone of my bones, and 'flesh of my flesh: she shall be called "Woman, because she was taken out of "Man. 24 Therefore shall a man leave his father and his mother, and shall "cleave unto his wife : and they shall be one flesh. 25 And they were both "naked, the man and his wife, and were not "ashamed. 31 Now the "serpent was more "subtil than any "beast of the field which Yahweh God had made. And he said unto the woman, Yea, hath God said, Ye shall not eat of "any tree of the "garden? 2 And the woman said unto the serpent, Of the fruit of the trees of the garden we may eat: 3 but of the fruit of the tree which is in the midst of the garden, God hath said, Ye shall not eat of it, neither shall ye touch it, lest ye die. 4 And the serpent said unto the woman, Ye shall not "surely die : 5 for God doth know that "in the day ye eat thereof, then your "eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as "God, knowing dgood and evil. 6 And when the woman saw that the tree was good for food, and that it was a "delight to the eyes, and that the tree was "to be desired to make one wise, she took of the fruit thereof, and did eat ; and she gave 'also unto her husband with her, and he did eat. 7 And the deyes of them both were opened, and they knew that they were "naked ; and they ¦'sewed fig leaves together, and made themselves "aprons. 8 And they heard the "voice of Yahweh God walking in the garden in the "cool of the day: and the man and his wife "hid themselves from the presence of Yahweh God amongst the trees of the garden. 8 And Yahweh God 'called unto the man, and said unto him, "Where art thou ? 10 And he said, I heard thy "voice in the garden, and I was afraid, because I was "naked ; and I "hid myself. 11 And he said, Who 'told thee that thou wast naked? Hast thou eaten of the tree, whereof I commanded thee that thou shouldest 'not eat ? 12 And the man said, The woman whom thou gavest to be with me, she gave me of the tree, and I did eat. 13 And Yahweh God said unto the woman, "What is this thou hast done? And the woman 0337 P125 r 6a a 206 b 37 0337di65 e 15a f 136 gi39 li go 1 318 J 6i ki46J 2Ha M That is, Tigris. ub M Or, toward the east of. 18 M Or, answering to. — Jp-(" 16 The awkward order of ,6 ' and whatsoever the man called it, a living creature,' suggests that the last words were a later addition for purposes of editorial definition. 20 M Or, Adam. — .ft may be read 'for (to) the man,' which should perhaps be substituted for ' Adam ' in 3" 21. 22 M 6 builded he into. 2sa M £ Isshah. 23b M £ Ish. 3 ! M Or, all tlie trees. » M Or, gods. 8 M Or, desirable to look upon. 7 M Or, girdles. — ,6* 8" M Or, sound.— Op 236. 8b jj £ ra-M(j 10 M Or, sound. THE GARDEN OF EDEN Gen 4' h§<> i Lev ii42f 0p Mic 717 Is 6525 414 17 Cp D,3c t Cp 4919 2526 Josh 818 » I l61<> 22"t m M 19 24 §? n 4J Cant 7107 047 p 2" q Hos io't r *&=7nafce (0 grow 29 t 417 26 529 Cp 15 «Cpl7 1)25 a Op 320N said, The serpent ''beguiled me, and I did eat. 14 And Yahweh God said unto the serpent, Because thou hast 'done ibis, ""cursed art thou "above all cattle, and "above every "beast of the field ; upon thy *belly shalt thou go, and dust shalt thou eat J'all the days of thy life : 15 and I will "put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed : it shall "bruise thy head, and thou shalt "bruise his ''heel. 18 Unto the woman he said, I will "'greatly multiply thy "sorrow and thy ""conception ; in sorrow thou shalt bring forth children ; and thy "desire shall be to thy husband, and he shall "rule over thee. 17 And unto "Adam he said, Because thou hast "hearkened unto the voice of thy wife, and hast eaten of the tree, of which I commanded thee, saying, pThou shalt not eat of it : ""cursed is the "ground for thy 'sake ; in ""toil shalt thou eat of it ''all the days of thy life ; 18 'thorns 'also and thistles" shall it rbring forth to thee ; and thou shalt eat the "herb of the field ; 19 in the ""sweat of thy face shalt thou 'eat bread, till thou return unto the "ground ; for out of it wast thou taken : for "dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return. 20 "And the man Called his wife's name Eve [•& Havvah, that is, Living, or Life] ; decause she was the mother of all living. 21 And Yahweh God made for "Adam and for his wife coats of skins, and clothed them. 22 "And Yahweh God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know "good and evil ; and "now, lest he "put forth his hand, and take 'also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever . . . 23 TAnd Yahweh God sent him forth from the bgarden of Eden, to "till the "ground from whence he was taken. 24 TAnd he "drove out the man ; and he placed at the "east of the garden of Eden the Cherubim, and the ""flame of a sword which turned every way, to keep the way of the tree of life. 41 "And the man "knew "Eve his wife ; and she bconceived, and bare Cain, and said, I have gotten [<§ Kanah, to get] a man with [the help of] Yahweh. ' 1 146" m 34 ni94 0 79 P 44 5 4° r 71 s 46 ti49% u 187 > V305b WI48x 37 a 50 b si 314 M Or, from among. 16 M Or, lie in wait for. — Job 9" Ps 139"+. 17« geB note on 220 ; op a. 17b 51 Qr, sorrow. 20 This verse seems inserted here prematurely : the man has already given his wife a name a23, and the new designation would hardly seem appropriate till after the record of the birth of a son. Did it once follow 4I ? Many scholars regard it as an interpolation, but whether it was an early addition from an annotator's hand or was an after-thought of the writer himself, cannot be determined. In 41 ' Eve ' is probably redactorial : similar formulae in 417 2S contain no name. 22 The sequence of verses 22-24 seems' to contain repetitions implying a combination of passages. The statement in 24 ' ftnd he drove out the man ' appears superfluous after the expulsion of 28 "and Yahweh sent him forth,' and reads like a doublot from another source. But 23 plainly belongs to 19, and is the natural sequel of the doom there pronounced. On the other hand 22 supplies a different reason in the divine apprehension lest the man should eat of a fruit that had not been prohibited and stood unguarded, and might thus acquire immortality. This incongruity confirms Budde's conjecture that the original story of Eden contained but one tree cp 2'". In that view 22 and 24 were incorporated into the recital of the events following the Fall when the second tree was received into the narrative. On Budde's further conjecture that 63 originally followed 321 see 63N. 23 t therefore, Sq and. 21 T so, A and. 41 The distinction between the two accounts of the origins of the world and man is unmistakable j but the group of narratives which follow the expulsion from Eden presents many difficulties. The document relating the generations of the heaven and the earth in i-24» is resumed with the ' generations of Adam ' in 5, and the line of pre-diluvian patriarchs is carried down to Noah, the hero of the Flood. After the great destruction, the earth is peopled with a new race derived from him, and the survey of human history is then narrowed to the descent of Abraham from Shem. When these sections of P are arranged in their natural order, can the residue be all ascribed to J? Does it form a complete and homogeneous story, allowing for occasional omissions through the process of compilation? The tendency of recent investigation is to answer this question in the negative. Broadly speaking, the passages which remain are marked by the general phraseology and modes of thought already noted in 24b-3. They may be ascribed, therefore, with the greatest probability to the school of writers represented by the symbol J. Yet they show incongruities of conception which make it also probable that they are not all from, the same hand, or at any rate are not all derived from tho same source. Any collection of anciont materials must contain elements of various dates. But the question here is whether these different strata were arranged in their present order by a single writer, or whether they show such traces of manipulation as would lead to the conclusion that independent narratives have been editorially combined within the group designated as J. Thus, for example, in 4 three themes may be discriminated, i"l6 the murder of Abel by Cain, i7_2' the origin of the early arts among Cain's posterity, 25_26 the beginning of a new line from Adam through Seth. (in this last passage it is noticeable that ' Adam* [Man] appoars as a proper name for the first time, ct 41 and the usage ' the man ' in 27~324.) The assumptions underlying these three sections are by no means uniform. Thus in l s~5 the name of Yahweh is familiarly known, and his cultus is practised : but in 28 it is affirmed that the worship of Yahweh only began after the birth of Enosh, while (5J actually attributes its intro duction to him. The complaint of Cain in 14 implies the existenco of a population of which nothing has yet been said, while in I7 Cain begets a son, though as yet the only recorded human beings beside himself are Adam, Eve, and the dead Gen 4* EARLY HISTORY OF MANKIND b 26 8 Vja.% c jQ=at tfu end of days cp 2466 4°4 4X80ad Sq =present 32I3.. j3ll.. ct Pn8b. t Ex 58* /Cp Jer312 a 292 a99 14 26 Ex 238 Kum 2227 Deut 228 292« 3313* /43IO 8-15 / ah.t i Il2 3517. 22 3829 cp 137b ;'39 k j821 i913 I Num i63» S2 Deut u«> m 14 Ex 20I8 Jp« n .§ nad* o324 7)2412 3x43 4I9 . . . 2" "And "again she bare his brother Abel. And Abel was a akeeper of sheep. "And Cain was a b tiller of the "ground. 3 *And in "process of time it came to pass, that Cain brought of the fruit of the "ground an ^offering unto Yahweh. 4 And Abel, he 'also brought of the firstlings of his flock and of the fat thereof. And Yahweh 'had respect unto Abel and to his offering : 6 but unto Cain and to his offering he had not "respect. And Cain was very "wroth, and his countenance -fell. 6 And Yahweh said unto Cain, hWhy art thou fc'wroth ? and why is thy countenance •''fallen ? 7 If thou 'doest well, "shalt thou not be accepted ? and if thou doest not well, sin "coucheth at the door : and unto thee "shall be his ''desire, and thou shalt *rule over him. 8 *And Cain "told Abel his brother. And 'it came to pass, "when they were in the field, that Cain rose up against Abel his brother, and Jslew him. 9 And Yahweh said unto Cain, J'Where is Abel thy brother ? And he said, I know not : am I my brother's keeper ? 10 And he said, "What hast thou done ? the voice of thy brother's blood 'crieth 'unto me from the ground. n And now "cursed art thou from the ground, which hath 'opened her mouth' to receive thy brother's blood from thy hand ; 12 "when thou Hillest the ground, it shall not "hence forth yield unto thee her strength ; a "'fugitive and a "wanderer shalt thou be in the earth. 1J And Cain said unto Yahweh, "My punishment is greater "than I can bear. 14 Behold, thou hast "driven me out pthis day from the "face of the ground ; and from thy face shall I be d308 e 40 f 136 g333b haa8i 38 j 310 k 1461 1 141 m 34 Abel. Moreover, the city-builder of 1T can hardly be the Cain already doomed to the nomad life ; the founder of organized communities, the progenitor of the fathers of civilization, is quite a different type from the accursed and fugitive fratricide. Once more, why should the lineage begun in 28. 1,0 so abruptly closed ? This question is partly answerod by the extract from the ' Book of the Generations of Adam ' in 5L • . This opens with Seth and Enos in the same order as in 42B. , but it further contains names found in the list of Cain's descendants — Enoch ,18-24 op +17 Lamech 526-31 cp 4I8-23— while Methuselah s2!'27 seems connected with Methusael 418. The editor, however, inserts in 529 a precious fragment from J's account of the descent of Noah, which justifies the belief that the Noachic line through Seth has been abruptly out short at 426 to make room for P's fuller genealogy, compiled apparently from both Cainito and Sethite lists. There seem thus to be three sets of material, (i)the story of Cain and Abel, (2) the progress of the arts among the descendants of Cain, (3) the lineage of Noah from Adam through Seth. Among these, the main portions of (1) and (3) plainly belong to J, as they recognize the worship of Yahweh. It may, however, be doubted if they are altogether homogeneous, as the incongruity of 20 with ' 3- • points to distinct diversity of view : nor can this be overcome by the suggestion that 26. formerly stood before 1- • in a simpler form (Dillmann, Gen i 182). ' The man ' of 41 is converted in 25 into the proper name Adam, and these passages are probably, therefore, from different hands, ! being derived from the same source as 24b~3. In 7 an independent use seems made of the language of 3I6, and 1° appears to bo founded on 24 which would ' more readily ' (Dillm) read, ' If Cain takes vengeance sevenfold, then Lamech seventy-seven fold ' : 3~16a would then be secondary in relation to 24b-4l and also to 417~24, while 25_2a would be secondary in relation to both. To what source, then, is the Cainite line in i7-2' to be ascribed, and why should a Sethite list have been needed at all? Dillmann is inclined to turn to E for the fragment on primitive civilization which he would like to connect with the 'Phenician circle of legend' (Gen i 181), but the usage of language (see the Margins) does not lend any support to the ascription in the midst of the numerous parallels with J. It will, however, be noticed that the account of the rise of the various crafts in 17-22 ,s entirely independent of the catastrophe which subsequently submerged all the race but Noah and his family. Were all tho arts then concentrated in the ark, or did any of them need rediscovery afterwards ? A clue to the answer to this query is found in the narrative in Gen ill-9. After a survey of the distribution of the nations according to their languages in 10, the earth is still of one speech ui. Who are the people that are there journeying in the East ? May they not be the posterity of Cain 4lfl, still in possession of the builder's skill ? In that case, one group of traditions traced the early history of mankind without a Flood. When the narrative of the Deluge was adopted into the cycle of Israel's ancestral beliefs, some modifications were inevitable in the process of welding together stories which were not based on the same conceptions of the past. The details of these changes, omissions, curtailments, cannot now be recovered with any certainty, and the indications of the text must be regarded as probabilities only. If *"*•• and i7-24 belong to different cycles - grouped together by the redactor of J, it is possible that Abel (73n) and Jabal (73') who were both breeders of animals, had some original connexion. Cp the Introductions of Cornill and Konig, together with Stade's article ZA'FW (1894) especially pp 254-83. Most readers will endorse a former remark of Dill- mann's, that no theory has yet been propounded which satis factorily solves all the difficulties arising out of Gen 4. On J» cp Introd i 108. 42a Tho story of Abel has perhaps been fitted in with the idiom rjDirn, or this may he the continuation of a previous narrative which has been eliminated. It is noticeable that Abel's name does not receive any explanation like Cain's in 1. 2b T 6U(, The conjunction is the same as in *». On the use of rpn here, see Budde, Urgesch 217, who compares 17 20- 22em io9 2527 and adds 16I2 35 g'°. 7a M Or, shall it not be lifted up. 7b M Or, is its desire, but thou shouldest rule over it. — The reminiscence of 3W seems here unmistakable, but the difference in imagery and application rather suggests diversity of authorship. 8 M Jp said unto. Many ancient authorities have, said unto Abel his brother,' Let us go into the field. 12 The critics who regard this section as part of a later stratum in J's early history of mankind, find in this passage- a slightly different point of view compared with 317""19. Cain's occupation as a tiller of the ground is not in any way con nected with the primaeval curse : and the refusal of its strength in the future rather implies that it had been bountiful to him in the past. 13' M Or, mine iniquity.— Cp 19™ 44" Ex 347Num 14" al. 13b ji Qr, than can be forgiven. THE DESCENDANTS OF CAIN Gen57 q 3i« ^opl639 face=presence )• 16 24 Ex 2l21 § Hophf »2l*» b 77 0 48 d 107 0 93 t 30 g 181 416a The story which assigns to Cain a particular country east of Eden in which he married and built a city, does not seem homogeneous with that which represents him as doomed to a life of constant wandering. Tho traditional name Nod has apparently suggostod tho omploymont of tho term md (wan derer) in 4" by one of the assonances or word-plays characteristic especially of J. let ja That is, Wandering. 16<= M Or, in front of. 22» ji Qr> an instructor of every artificer. 22b ji Or, copper, and so elsewhere. 28" M Or, I will slay. 23b M Or, to my wounding, and a young man to my hurt. 25a This word is perhaps due to the compiler who has linked the stories together, or even to still later editorial transcription. @ omits it. 25b ^^n explanation by the annotator of the combined narra tives. Other traces of the same hand may possibly be found in the clause 'another seed instead of Abel.' In reality, however, it was the line of Cain that was replaced by the Sethite genealogy, the ancestry of Israel being traced through Noah and Shem, while the progeny of Cain porished in the Flood. 5iJ The 'generations of man' form the obvious soquol to tlie narrative of the ' generations of the heaven and the earth ' in i-24a. A new subject, the line of ten patriarchs from Adam to Noah, is marked by fresh phrases. Each step in the series is narrated in the same bare outline. Compared with the vivid presentments of J in 4, these abstractions seem only to have a numorical significance. On tho coincidences of names, cp 4iN. Tho structuro of tho description ' And Seth lived an liundrod and five years and befjat Enosh : and Seth lived after he begat Enosh eight hundred and soven years and begat sons and daughters : and all the days of Seth were nine hundred and twelve years, and he died ' recurs with rhythmic regularity. The interruptions are indicated in 24k nlld 2es, it will be observed that tho ago of Noah at tho birth of Shorn is much greater than the corresponding ages of his predecessors. A com bination of the numbers in 26 28 32 and 76 indicates the reason. The chronological adjustments close the life of Methuselah with the year of the lTlood (cp Introd XIII 28 i 122-3). On the differences of the numbers in Sam and (S) cp Dillm Gen i 217-21. lb Holziinger observes that this is the title of a book rather than of a section, and suggests that P may once have begun without a creation-story. The lengthy phrases of l-2, the double occurrence of (in the day' (which Holzinger supposes to be borrowed from 2'1l>), and the incongruities of tho pronoun which vibrates from sing to pi (though this occurs also in i27), may be due to editorial expansion after the union of P and J. Gen57 EARLY HISTORY OF MANKIND /69cp 17I g 320 h 3" Seth lived after he begat Enosh eight hundred and seven years, and begat sons and daughters : 8 and all the gdays of Seth were nine hundred and twelve years : and he died. 0 And Enosh lived ninety years, and begat Kenan: 10 and Enosh lived after he begat Kenan eight hundred and fifteen years, and begat sons and daughters : n and all the days of Enosh were nine hundred and five years : and he died. 12 And Kenan lived seventy years, and begat Mahalalel : 13 and Kenan lived after he begat Mahalalel eight hundred and forty years, and begat sons and daughters : 14 and all the days of Kenan were nine hundred and ten years : and he died. 15 And Mahalalel lived sixty and five years, and begat Jared: lfl and Mahalalel lived after he begat Jared eight hundred and thirty years, and begat sons and daughters: 17 and all the days of Mahalalel were eight hundred ninety and five years : and he died. 18 And Jared lived an hundred sixty and two years, and begat Enoch: 19 and Jared lived after he begat Enoch eight hundred years, and begat sons and daughters : 20 and all the days of Jared were nine hundred sixty and two years : and he died. 21 And Enoch lived sixty and five years, and begat Methuselah : 22 "and Enoch Avaikod witli God after he begat Methuselah three hundred years, and begat sons and daughters: 2:1 and all the days of Enoch were three hundred sixty and five years: 24 and Enoch /walked with God : and he was not ; for God took him. 25 And Methuselah lived an hundred eighty and seven years, and begat Lamech : 20 and Methuselah lived after he begat Lamech seven hundred eighty and two years, and begat sons and daughters: 27 and all the days of Methuselah were nine hundred sixty and nine years : and he died. 28 And Lamech lived an hundred eighty and two years, and begat . . . ... "a son : 2:) And he "called his name Noah, saying, This same shall Mhcomfort us for our work and for the 'toil of our hands," because of the 'ground which Yahweh hath ''cursed. a426 b Job 16 21 387f cp Pa 29I 897 30 And Lamech lived after he begat Noah five hundred ninety and five years, and begat sons and daughters : 31 and all the days of Lamech were seven hundred seventy and seven years : and he died. 32 And Noah was five hundred years kold : and Noah begat Shem, Ham, and Japheth. 61 "And "it came to pass, when men bbegan to multiply on the "face of the ground, and daughters "were born unto them, 2 that the 'sons of God saw the daughters of men that they were fair ; and they "took them wives of all that they chose. 3 "And Yahweh said, My spirit shall not "strive with man for ever, "for that he "also is flesh : "yet shall his days h 30* i 79 j 40 k 119a 3" 8 e 126 522 24 Tho waters pre vailed, . . . prevailed exceed ingly. (15) 21 All flesh gave up the ghost (Si:). (16) 82a Tho windows of heaven were stopped. (17) sb The waters decreased. (18) 14 The earth was dry. Yahweh throughout. 65 Every imagination . . . evil continually. 7 74 23 blot out. 74 I will cause it to rain. 4 Every living thing that I have mado. 4 From off the face of the ground. 1 Thou and all thy house. 2 Of every clean beast seven and seven, and of the beasts that are not clean, two. 2 Man and his wife ^). 8 Fowl of the air . . . seven and seven. 3 To keep seed alive. 5 And Noah did accord ing. . . . 12 Bain upon the earth. l7b The waters increased. 22 All in whose nostrils . . . died (mo). 82b The rain was restrained. These differences of substance are accompanied by corre sponding differences in form and phrase: from among those indicated in the margins the following may be noted :— 3a The waters returned. 13b The face of the ground was dried (§ different). The Elohim document, connected by many links of conception and phrase with the creation story in i-24a and the pedigree in 5, has been made the basis of the combined narrative and has boon preserved with substantial completeness. Wben it is withdrawn it becomes apparent that the Yahweh passages must originally have themselves constituted a whole. They cannot be rogardod as moroly supplementary, for thoy sometimes rolato the samo incident, e. g. tho directions about the animals, and their entry into the ark, in incompatible terms, that is, they contradict, instead of merely developing, the statements amid which they are inserted. They are derived, therefore, from an independent source which has not been fully retained. For instance in 71 the ark is evidently already made ; but J's account of its construction has been set aside in favour of P's 614-., which was probably the more elaborate. Similarly the erection of the altar in 820 implies a previous description of the departure from the ark, which P's statement in i8- rendered superfluous. 'a So .§ M. T destroy. 7b This verse seems to show phraseological traces of redaction in the style of P. 9 M Or, blameless. . Gen 61 EARLY HISTORY OF MANKIND q !3 r Ezek 78 a " o« i74 484 ( 17 9n 16 ct 7 u Hum io2 cp 218 Josh 5* »§tw Ex 25II 372 Lev 1441* cp Num 1 87 1 Ex 2510 17 y §t ot 8" z 98 174 Ex 14" 318 Num 312 ,88 8* a' Ct 74 V Ct 7* Cp '40 ft'Ct 78 i' Ex 3023 Ezek 49£t yet 7s a Ct 618 6 Ex 18 2 £6ai c Ct 6i»- cp P43 d S£=man and hia wife ct 619 t ,nS2 S4f 0p ,jl2 Ex l22 at /80 „48 9 g 10 cp 810 12 ft 2» Ct 6" i 12 88 > 23 Deut JlBf ot617 k Ct 622 I 532 7II M6" corrupt before God, and the earth was filled with violence. 12 And God *saw the earth, and, behold, it was corrupt ; for "all flesh had corrupted his way upon the earth. i3 And God said unto Noah, The 'end of "all flesh is 'come before me ; for the earth is filled with violence through them ; and, 'behold, I will 'destroy them with the earth. 14 "Make thee an ark of "gopher wood ; "rooms shalt thou make in the ark, and shalt "pitch it "within and without with pitch. 15 And this is how thou shalt make it : the ""length of the ark three hundred cubits, the breadth of it fifty cubits, and the height of it thirty cubits. 16 a "^light shalt thou make to the ark, and to a cubit shalt thou finish it """upward ; and the door of the ark shalt thou set in the side thereof ; with lower, second, and third stories shalt thou make it. 17 'And rI, "behold, I do "'bring the "flood [of] waters upon the earth, to 'destroy "all flesh, ^'wherein is the breath of life, from under heaven ; every thing that is in the earth shall 'die. 18 But I will 'establish my covenant with thee ; and thou shalt "'come into the ark, thou, and d'thy sons, and thy wife, and thy sons' wives "with thee. 19And of e'every living thing of pall flesh, two of eveiy sort shalt thou bring into the ark, to keep them alive with thee ; they shall be vmale and •''female. 20 "Of the 'fowl after their "kind, and of the cattle after their kind, of every "creeping thing of the "'ground after its kind, two of every'sort shall come unto thee, to *'keep them alive. 21 ''And take thou unto thee of all food that is eaten, and gather it to thee ; and it shall be for 'food for thee, and for them. 22 'Thus did Noah ; ¦''accord ing to all that God commanded him, so did he*. p aib 71 And Yahweh said unto Noah, Come "thou and all thy house into the ark ; for thee have I seen "righte ous before me in this 'generation. 2 xOf every cclean beast thou shalt take to thee seven and seven, the ''male and his female ; and of the beasts that are not clean two, the ''male and his female ; 3 of the fowl also of the air, seven and seven, "male and female; to ekeep seed alive6 upon the ¦'face of all the earth. * For yet "seven days, and I will ''cause it to rain upon the earth 'forty days and forty nights ; and every ¦'living thing that I have made will I Tbblot out from off the "face of the ground. 6 *And Noah did according unto all that Yahweh commanded him. 7 "And Noah went in, and his sons, and his wife, and his sons' wives "with him, q 169* r 94b 8 SI t 60^ UI76 v I07» w 18k x 49" y no 2189 a 199 0 And Noah was 'six hundred years dold when the "'flood [of] waters was upon the earth. b!35o 40 d 119" e 1-176 6" M & nests. 10a M Or, roof. lab ji <5r, from above. 17 Literally, 'the flood, waters,' in apposition, cp 73. 'Waters' defines the ancient word for flood, hammabbul, and is possibly an explanatory insertion. J inverts the phruso, l waters of the flood ' 77 1°. 20 A slight difference in the representation hero suggests the possibility of later expansion : the animals, instead of being collected by Noah, will spontaneously assemble. Moreover, the last clause does not quite fit its predecessor, as it implies a different subject, and seems to be borrowed from 18. 1 7s This pair of words seems borrowed from P, cp pio7, as inl 618 716 &0| an(i has been inserted here by the harmonizing', editor. Sam (S) @, however, read 'the clean fowl,' and © adds tho further clause ' and of all the fowl that are not clean, two and two, male and female.1 7-0 These verses present a mixed text, taking the place of J's account of the entry into the ark, The elements probably THE FLOOD Gen T n lo ot.617 but op 911 ) o X Sam 8 Yah- \ weft p 4p= closed 221 196 10 Josh 27 q Num 33S8 tj» >• 82cpLev iiS8 Joah is' i816* «i2«82*KCp 4 v ^ = went in oti W 21 cp i24. x 619- ot 2 yS" l Ct ' prevailed ' 18-20 24 a' » 24 ct ' increased ' 176 6' 618 J" into the ark, because of the "waters of the flood. 8 Qf "clean beasts, and of beasts that are not "clean, and of fowls, and of every thing that 'creepeth upon the ground, " there went in two and two unto Noah into the ark, mate and female, as "God com manded Noah ;— 16b "and Yahweh *shut him in. — 10 And it came to pass after the "seven days, that the "waters of the flood were upon the earth. 12 And the "rain was upon the earth 'forty days and forty nights. 17b And the waters 'increased, and bare up the ark, and it was lift up above the earth. 11 In the six hundredth ayear of Noah's life, in the "second month, on the seven teenth day of the month, on the same day were all the 'fountains of the great 'deep broken up, and the 'windows of heaven were opened. 13 In the "selfsame day "entered Noah, and Shem, and Ham, and Japheth, the sons of Noah, and Noah's wife, and the three wives of his sons "with them, into the ark ; 14 they, and eveiy "beast after its 'kind, and all the cattle after their 'kind, and every 'creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth after its kind, and every fowl after its kind, every bird of every "sort. ls And they went in unto Noah into the ark, ''two and two of ''all flesh "wherein is the breath of life. lc* And they that went in, wept in 'male and female of kall flesh, as God commanded him. n* And the flood was "forty days upon the earth ; 18 And the waters "'prevailed, and in creased greatly upon the earth ; and the ark went upon the face of the waters. 13 And the waters "'prevailed "exceedingly upon the earth ; and all the high moun tains that were under the whole heaven wore covorod. 20 "Fifteen cubits ''upward did the waters "'prevail ; and tlie moun tains were covered. 21 And kall flesh "died that 'moved upon the earth, "both fowl, and cattle, and "beast, and every Tpswarm- f "49 gi83 h 138 i 18k J 49b k 31b 1 107* m 63 n 5« o 35 PI57 derived by RP from P are indicated in smaller type, 7 cp 613 (jw 18 . 8 fche distinction between clean and unclean belongs to J 72- , hut is accommodated to P o19- ; * ' two and two,' i e one pair of each, as in P 6" 71". • 'male and female,' cp H in > and 61'. 718b This clause must have preceded the arrival of the waters of the flood 1°, and is the natural close of J's account of Noah's entry into the ark. But in combining J and P, tho addition of P's version of the same inoident W-u» necessitated tho trans position of the recital of Yahweh's protecting care in fastening 1 the aperture. " M § wing. 17 Regarded by some critics as an attempt to bring P's narrative into accord with J 12, whereas P really makes the duration of the flood much longer 724 83b~5. Others ascribe the whole of 17 to J. But J does not speak of ' the flood ' by itself, and 17b follows quite naturally on 10 la. 2J This number seems related to the height of the ark, thirty cubits 6t6. Tho ark was apparently regarded as immersed up to half its height : accordingly, whon the waters begin to deoreaso, it can just touoh the summit of the loftiest mountain 8*. Cp Introd XIII 2e i 125. 21 T Or, creeping thing that creepeth. II Gen T EARLY HISTORY OF MANKIND d' nit) ct 3>U 21 e' 4288 Bx io23 op 69 a ^=beast 714 6 0pNumi76 §* c 7ii ot 26 d§* e Cp d3 41I Num I32B f7ii 0 §» 1 12° 26W A724 . i 268 Josh 215 18 21 » J 11 cp i64 §« k Deut 2886* (73 J' . . . 22 all in whose ''nostrils was the Nbreath of the "'spirit of life, of all that was in the ''dry land d'died. 21 "And every •'living thing was Tbblotted out which was upon the cface of the ground, "both man, and cattle, and ^creeping thing, and fowl of the heaven; and they were ^blotted out from the earth ; and Noah only was 'left, and they that were with him in the ark. — 6* "And it came to pass "at the end of -forty days — 2b that the ¦'rain from heaven was restrained ; 3a and the waters returned from off the earth "continually. 0bAnd Noah opened the "window of the ark which he had made : 7 and he dsent forth a raven, and it went forth "to and fro, until the waters were dried up from off the earth. 8 "And he sent forth a dove from him, to see if the waters were ^abated from off the "face of the ground ; 9 but the dove 'found no *rest for the sole of her foot, and she returned unto him to the ark, for the waters were on the 'face of the whole earth': and he put forth his hand, and took her, and brought ing thing that swarmeth upon the earth, and every man. 24 And the waters "'prevailed upon the earth an 'hundred and fifty days. 81 And God 'remembered Noah, and every "living thing, and all the cattle that were with him in the ark : and God made a wind to pass over the earth, and the waters 'assuaged ; ** the "fountains also of the deep and the windows of heaven were ^stopped, 3b and after the end of ''an ''hundred and fifty days the waters decreased. 4 And the ark rested in the "seventh month, on the seventeenth day of the month, upon the mountains of Ararat. 6 And the waters decreased continually until the ctenth month : in the tenth month, on the first day of the month, were the tops of the mountains seen. q as r 93 a 135 b 93 0 183 daos e 40 t 157 722 A composite phrase occurring nowhere else. Rp has apparently tried to unite J's terminology ' all in whose nostrils was the nishmath of life ' with P's ' all in whom was the ruah of life,' cp 617. The process results in the unique combination ' the nishmath of the ruah of life.' 2i» M Or, and he blotted out every living tiling. — Op 67. 2Jb b.v following 62° 7" 21, 57 r 73 8 18° t 137 u no ? 45 w 71 810 7TH should he corrected to in"! as in n, §*. 11 M Or, a fresh olive leaf. 13 This was probably followed in J by Noah's departure from the ark, now related in P i"-i>. 20 The cultus of Yahweh, already established in 4 according to J, is not yet revealed according to P. Yahweh's promise Jiot to smite every living thing again 21. stands in contrast with the oovenant established by Elohim with Noah and his posterity, 2's This reference to the curse pronounced on the ground after the first transgression seems open to some BUBpicion, if the narrative of the deluge be from a different hand, JB. It may be noticed that the word ' curse ' is not that employed in 3I7, and is an unusual one in the person of Yahweh ; moreover (5J omits the particle ' and ' in the next clause, as if each began ¦I will not again. . . .' There is reason therefore to ascribe the allusion to the curse to an early compiler already acquainted with 3I7 and 65, i e PJ. Cp Holzinger, Gen 82. 2ll> M Or, sake ; for tlie. 13 Gen 82 EARLY HISTORY OF MANKIND x 18I §« y fy=rest ct 22 mil b CpDout 1 1 2» c Job 4i20f 3 xeai d iSO *igeh 6i2hi- t ,26. /6" Of A 613 i Ezek i2 t Op 27 (©me m cp JE72 « 28 neither will I "again smite any more every thing living, as I have done. 22 While the earth remaineth, seed time and harvest, and '"cold and "heat, and ''summer and ''winter, and day and night shall not 'cease. 81 And God "blessed Noah and his sons, and said unto them, "Be fruitful, and multiply", and replenish the earth". a And the 'fear of you and the "dread of you shall be upon every ubeast of the earth, and upon every fowl of the air ; "with all wherewith the ground Kdteemeth, and all the fishes of the sea, into your hand are they delivered. 3 ''Every "moving thing that liveth shall be 'food for you ; as the ''green herb have I given you all. i 1HBut flesh "with the life thereof, [which is] the blood thereof, shall ye not eat. 6 zAnd surely your blood, [the blood] of your lives, will I require; at the hand of every beast will I require it: and at the hand of man, even at the hand of "every man's brother, will I require the life of man. 6 Whoso sheddeth man's blood, by man shall his blood be shed : for in the «image of God made he man. 7 And you, "be ye fruitful, and multiply; ''bring forth abundantly in the earth, and multiply therein. 8 And God 'spake unto Noah, and to his sons Jwith him, saying, "¦'And kI, behold, I 'establish my covenant with ""you, and with your seed after youm; 10 and with every living creature that is with you, "the fowl, the cattle, and every "beast of the earth with you ; "of all that go out of the ark, "even every bbeast of the earth. u And I will 'establish my covenant with you ; neither shall "all flesh be "cut off any more by the "waters of the flood ; neither shall there any more be a flood to ''destroy the earth. 12 And God said, "This is the token of the covenant which kI make between me and you and every living creature that is with you, for 'perpetual genera tions' : 13 "I do set my. 'bow in the cloud, and it shall 'be for a token of a covenant between me and the earth. 14 And it shall come to pass, when I Jbring a cloud-1 over the earth, that the bow shall be seen in the cloud, 15 and I will 'remember my covenant, which is between me and you and every living creature of "all flesh ; and the waters shall no more ''become a flood to ''destroy "all flesh. 10 And the bow shall be in the cloud ; and I will look upon it, that I may 'remember the "everlasting covenant between 'God and every living creature of "all flesh that is upon the earth. 17 And God said unto Noah, ""This is the token of the covenant which I have 'established between me and "all flesh that is upon the earth. 18 "And the sons of Noah, that went forth of the ark, were Shem, and Ham, and Japheth : and Ham is the father of Canaan. 19 These three were the sons of Noah : and of these was the whole earth "'overspread. 20 "And Noah 'began to be an husbandman, and "planted a vineyard : 73 b 29 0 35 d 49a e 49b f no gi84 1'I57 i 185 J >78 I & m 162 n ai" 0 aib P 50 ql88"r 6ab s 37 t 135 u 6a» v 8 92 M Or, creepeth. 4 Hol^inger Gen 74 points out that the prohibition of eating with the blood 4 is elsewhere closely connected with regulations of sacrifice, which according to P* was not instituted till the Mosaic age. He suggests, therefore, that its insertion here is due to P". The awkwardness of "IK4 followed by -|nl6 may be explained by the conjecture that 6- is later still. In that case ' is tlie editorial close reproduced from 1, cp Ex 612 and 30. 1° These words soem due to later legal effort at precision (for the preposition 7 cp Driver, LO'I'6 132). The clause is absent from (5), and the usage of the term ' beast of the earth ' to include the whole animal world differs from that earlier in the verse where it denotes wild animuls in contrast to domesti cated cattle. is M Or, J have set. 13 This verse is assigned to J* as the sequel of the flood story. It does not appear to belong to P, who has already named Noah's song s32 61° 713. The last clause is probably the editorial preparation for the episode which follows 20-27, j}ut IB is independent of this, and makes for the account of the dis persion in 10. 20 The story of the invention of vine-culture and its oon- sequences does not seem to belong to the same cycle as the flood. It has its analogies rather with the sketch of the growth of the arts and crafts in 4i7-2a, op 41H, and is here regarded as belonging to the group of early materials gathered by J before the incorporation of the Deluge narrative. The opening words 'and Noah the husbandman began and planted a vineyard' (Dillm, Straok, Kautzsch and Socin, Spurrell) suggest its con nexion with other stories in which he had already appeared in that character. But in its present form it is supposed that it has been adapted to the later scheme of Noah's three sons Shem, Ham, and Japheth. The writer intends to account for the" enslaved condition of the Canaanites hi after times ; and the ex planation implies that Canaan really played the part attributed 14 NOAH AND HIS SONS Gen 107 o 2725 p 4334 Deut 3242» q Prov i82 JJf )• 28I6 4i4 7 21« S §t Op 2622 t 1612 262 3522 tpis Num 23I* )eut 3312 a( ot P54 « Cp 57. • • v 76 J' a 21 25 418 26 il 3. 6. 22. Cp 46?- c Cp 20 31 d 32 I311 cp 210 c 20 31 21 and he "drank of the wine, and pwas drunken ; and he 'was uncovered within his "tent. 22 And Ham, the father of Canaan, saw the nakedness of his father, and 'told his two brethren without. 2) And Shem and Japheth took a ''garment, and "laid it upon both their shoulders, and went backward, and covered the nakedness of their father ; and their faces were backward, and they saw not their father's nakedness. 24 And Noah rawoke from his wine, and knew what his "youngest son had "'done unto him. 25 And he said, "'Cursed be Canaan ; A "'servant of servants shall he be unto his brethren. 20 And he said, "'Blessed be Yahweh, the "God of Shem ; And let Canaan be "his servant. 27 God "enlarge Japheth, And "let him 'dwell in the "tents of Shem ; And let Canaan be "his servant. . . . lb "And "unto them were sons born after the flood. . . 28 And Noah "lived "after the flood three hundred and fifty years. 29 And all the ''days of Noah were nine hundred and fifty years : and he died. 101 ™AND "THESE AEE THE GENEEATIONS" of the sons of Noah. Shem, Ham, and Japheth. 2 bThe sons of Japheth ; Gomer, and Magog, and Madai, and Javan, and Tubal, and Meshech, and Tiras. 3 And 6the sons of Gomer ; Ashkenaz, and "Riphath, and Togarmah. 4 And Hhe sons of Javan ; Elishah, and Tarshish, Kittim, and "Do- danim. 6 "Of these were the "isles of the nations ^divided "in their lands, every one bafter his tongue ; "after their families, din their nations. 0 And ''the sons of Ham ; Cush, and Mizraim, and Put, and Canaan. 7 And ''the sons of Cush ; Seba, and Havilah, and Sabtah, and Raamah, and Sabteca : and ''the sons of Raamah ; Sheba, and Dedan. W220 3C x 218 . y 161 1 <- zi93 a' I46b b' 24 c' 207 d' 10° e' iao ('181a 77 b 18 0 65 d 35 to Ham. From zi it appears that the act of filial dishonour was committed by Noah's youngest son j whereas Ham is always enumerated in the second place. Further, the curse does not alight on Ham, but on Canaan ", 'brother' of Shem and Japheth, which has led to the conjecture (Wellh, Budde, Kuen, and others) that according to the original narrative the three sons were Shem, Japheth, and Canaan. In that case, the words in 22a Bam the father o/helong to the later harmonist. 924 M Or, younger.— Cp 27I6 4a 20m w. 2« M Or, their. v* M Or, he shall. nb M Or, their. 101" T now, 6 and. The framework of the Table of Nations in 10 consists or a toVdhoth section concerning the three Sons , of Noah, cp 6' 51 2la. The descendants of each progenitor are ' briefly enumerated, the survey beginning from Japheth and finally contracting to Shem, the ancestor of Abraham, cp nl°. •. Bach group opens and closes with the reourring formulae so frequent in P. But the compiler has incorporated material in .» totally different style. At 8 attention is at once arrested by the form of the word ' begat,' ct p30. The passage thus opened soon shows other linguistic peculiarities (see margin ••) and contains a quantity of detail by no means consonant with what has just preceded, e g the descendants of Mizraim 13. • and Canaan l6. .-, which have apparently replaced the parallel statements of P, Mizraim, Put, and Canaan having there no recorded offspring. Similarly the line of Shem 21 through Arpachshad 24- ¦ is traced in a manner wholly unlike P's genealogy in n10* ¦ (cp the two pedigrees in 4 and 5) ; Sheba 28 Havilah 29 are Cushite 7 not Joktanite and 25-30 ;s phraseo- logically connected with 8_19. The use of the name Yahweh 9, the proverbial citation 9, the historic reminiscence 1°. , the geographical detail ]9 30j the derivation 25 are all in the manner of J. It may be doubted, however, whether the portions thus recovered for J are quite homogeneous ; see ib 9 58 24, lb It is not the method ofP to insert such a clause after his toVdhoth formula by means of the copula : moreover this bears the form of the J sections in this chapter, and of corresponding passages previously. It is possible that it originally followed 918a, and was transposed when i°b was editorially inserted. 'Mini Chron i8, Diphath. 4 M In 1 Chron 17, Rodanim. 6 M Or, coastlands. 15 Gen 108 EARLY HISTORY OF MANKIND /ll2 ,.1 9 Josh 721* ), and is apparently attached to its context only by tho occurrence of the term gibbor. 11 M Or, went forth Asshur. 14 M Jrj Pelishtim. — This clause seems to be a misplaced gloss belonging to the word Caphtorim, op Am o7 Deut 223 Jer 474. ifl This long enumeration of Canaanite tribes seems incon sistent with the subsequent affirmation in ifib, for it implies the very dispersion there said to have taken place 'afterwards.' The peculiar forms of the mimes are unliko other names in this table, but resemble lists elsewhere, e g 15I9-21, which have often tho air of additions to tho text. 21a The words 'father of all the child ron of Eber' have been sometimes regarded as a harmonizing addition. Or the original may have run ' father of Eber.' 21I) M Or, the brother of Japheth the elder. 241 The origin of this verse is uncertain. Dillmann regards it as really derived by the compiler from ul°-14 and inserted hero to connect Shem 21 with Eber 26. But if so, why did not the borrower transfer also P's customary form for beget p3o, i e ' cause to bear,' instead of adopting the unusual application of the word ' to bear ' ? The comparison of the genealogies in 4 and 5 suggests that in ni°.. also P worked upon previous material, of which a trace may have been here preserved. 2Jl) M (S) reads, begat Cainan, and Cainan begat Shelah. 16 THE DISPERSION Gen 11' i Cp 4i9 * I 1 Chron ilB I 2789 Num 2421 a 48 b 129 13II 20I 3521 46I al c ioio d 14IO Bx 28t e Ex il4« /6 8 417 »#* h Cp S. 73 ti821 J Job 422 §f k Deut iol9» I Sg=mingle Ex 2g2 m Cp 57 10 &0 ^the name of the one was "Peleg ; for in' his days waB the earth ''divided; and his "brother's name was Joktan. 26 And Joktan "begat Almodad, and Sheleph, and Hazarmaveth, and Je- rah ; 2T and Hadoram, and Uzal, and Diklah ; 28 and "Obal, and Abimael. and Sheba ; 29 and Ophir, and Havi lah, and Jobab : all these were the sons of Joktan. 30 And their 'dwell ing was from Mesha, kas thou goest toward Sephar, the "mountain of the east. 31 'These are the sons of Shem, "after their families, bafter their tongues, cin their lands, "after their nations. 32 "These are the families of the sons of Noah, ''after their generations, din their nations : and of these were the nations ''divided in the earth after the flood. _ ll1 "And the whole earth was of one "language and of one "speech. 2 And "it came to pass, °as they journeyed ""east, that they "found a plain in the land of "Shinar ; and they dwelt there. 3 And they said "one to another, dGo to, let us "make brick, and burn them throughly. And they had brick for stone, and "''slime had they for 'mortar. 4 And they said, dGo to, let us ¦'build us a city, and a "tower, whose top [may reach] unto heaven, and let us make us a name ; lest we be 'scattered abroad upon the "face of the whole earth. 6 And Yahweh "came down to 'see the city and the tower, which the children of men builded. 6 And Yahweh said, Behold, they are one people, and they have all one language; and this is what they "begin to do: and 'now nothing will be %ithholden from them, which they 'purpose to do. 7 dGo to, let us *go down, and there 'confound their language, that they may not understand "one another's speech. 8 So Yahweh 'scattered them abroad from thence upon the Aface of all the earth : and they Jleft off to build the city. ° kTherefore was the name of it called Babel ; because Yahweh did there ''confound the language of all the earth : and from thence did Yahweh 'scatter them abroad upon the ''face of all the earth. 10 -'THESE ARE THE GENERATIONS of Shem. Shem was an "hundred years "old, and "begat Arpachshad "two years after the flood: n and "'Shem lived after he begat Arpachshad five hundred years, and begat sons and daughters. 12 And Arpachshad lived five and thirty years, and begat Shelah : 13 and o 18" pi88 q 770 n 27 0 157,. c nab d 164 e 13 f 7a g 19 h 8 1 187 J 14° k I5b 1 77 m93n ng> o 30 102B M That is, Division. — The following clause may be a later gloss. 28 M In 1 Chron i22, Ebal. 80 M Or, hill country. II1* This story is plainly derived from a oyole of traditions independent of those now contained in 10. It is exolnded from P by the share assigned in it to Yahweh, as well as by its general contents. But it further appears incompatible with the representation of. the dispersion of the new race derived from Noah in J". That was the issue of a natural process of migration ; here, the ambition of youthful humanity draws down upon it a divine doom. The description of the united population of the earth speaking one language and travelling nomad-fashion eastward cannot therefore apply to the peoples Who have already taken up their geographical positions; it seems rather to fit the race whose advance is sketched in 4la- ¦ . They had already learned the art of city-building ; and the tower in the land of Shinar apparently belongs to an earlier ijroup of stories before the historical glimpses in ioA0-!2. But in the process of incorporation into J's series, the narrative has received the impress of his style. ib M § lip. — 1 6- 9 ct io5. 1° M § words. 2 M Or, in the east. 8 jj That is, bitumen. I M| balal, to confound. ,oa The sequel of the toVdhoth of the sons of Noah io1. From among the sons of Shem io22 the line of Israel's ancestry is now traced through Arpachshad. For the forms of recurring phrases sees. lflb As it is difficult to reconcile this figure with other numerical data in P, the words are possibly a later addition. After completing his 500th year Noah begets Shem 532, whose birth may be therefore assigned to Noah's soist. The flood arrives in Noah's 600th 7I1, i e Shem's ninety-ninth, and lasts till Noah's 601st 8I3 ; i e Shem's 100th. Two years ' after the flood,' therefore — the phrase denotes not its beginning but its end cp o28 — Shem would be in his 102nd year, or 101 years old. The error appears to arise from neglect of the year occupied by the flood. 17 Gen ll1 ABRAM n 28 31 ,57 Neh 98t o 2521 29S1 Ex 2328 Deut 714* p Op 2 Sam 623t q 125 r 124. a 222 4j« ct n3i b 244 3o26 329 Num io30 Arpachsliad lived after he begat Shelah four hundred and three years, and begat sons and daughters. 14 And Shelah lived thirty years, and begat Eber : la and Shelah lived after he begat Eber four hundred and three years, and begat sons and daughters. 10 And Eber lived four and thirty years, and begat Peleg : 17 and Eber lived after he begat Peleg four hundred and thirty years, and begat sons and daughters. 18 And Peleg lived thirty years, and begat Reu : 19 and Peleg lived after he begat Reu two hundred and nine years, and begat sons and daughters. 20 And Reu lived two and thirty years, and begat Serug : 21 and Reu lived after he begat Serug two hundred and seven years, and begat sons and daughters. 22 And Serug lived thirty years, and begat Nahor : 23 and Serug lived after he begat Nahor two hundred years, and begat sons and daughters. 24 And Nahor lived nine and twenty years, and begat Terah : 25 and Nahor lived after he begat Terah an ""hundred and nineteen years, and begat sons and daughters. 20 And Terah lived seventy years, and begat Abram, Nahor, and Haran. 27 TAND 'THESE ARE THE GENERATIONS of Terah. Terah "begat Abram, Nahor, and Haran ; and Haran begat Lot. ...28 "And Haran died in the presence of his father Terah in the land of his "nativity, "in nUr of the Chaldees. 29 And Abram and Nahor qtook them wives : the name of Abram's wife was Sarai ; and the name of Nahor's wife, Milcah, the daughter of Haran, the father of Milcah, and the father of Iscah. 30And Sarai was "barren ; she had no pchild. 121 "Now Yahweh said unto Abram, "Get thee out of thy 'country, and from 31 "And Terah 'took Abram his son, and Lot the son of Haran, his son's son, and Sarai his daughter in law, his son Abram's wife ; and they 'went forth with them from "Ur of the Chaldees, to go into the land of rCanaan ; and they came unto Tlaran, and dwelt there. 32And the "days of Terah were two hundred and five years : and Terah died in Haran. p 60 q 82 i- 4 a 181 1127 T jfuu,, £ aa in 10i_ 28a The descent of Abram in J has apparently been omitted in favour of the more elaborate genealogy in P (cp Noah in 4-5). But the fragment in 2B-30( obviously not homo geneous with P, is naturally referred to it, as the phraseological indications all belong to J. 2811 It is doubtful whether the reference to Ur of the Chaldees is original in this verse. Ur is named three times in Gen as the original home of Abram, cp 31 ,57 jjut a difficulty arises about its locality. It is prevailingly identified with the modern Mugheir on the right bank of the Euphrates in southern Babylonia. But other statements in J imply that Abram's birthplace was by no means so far south. In 2743 2810 29° Abraham's kindred 222u- . are all at Haran, and this apparently is the ' land of his nativity ' 247 1° whence Yahweh brought him. Dillmann therefore supposes that the allusions to Ur in J have been inserted by the compiler, from some unknown source. Similar reasoning is applied by bim to the occurrence of tho name al in P. The general references in 84 nio-20 connoct tho line of Terah with northern Mesopotamia, cp 252° 282 ; tho in trusion of a southern name, therefore, must be due to an effort to incorporate a different tradition. But of this further source 18 Dillmann does not produce any other trace, and the suggestion of triple interpolation seems rather forced. Assuming the correctness of the geographical identification, it is possible to account for the name on the hypothesis that it belongs to the cycle of the flood story, the Babylonian prototype of which was located in the south. Or it is conceivable that there was more than one Ur, and that this must be sought in some other district. Chesed, the eponymous ancestor of Chasdim (the Chaldees), is not mentioned till 2222. 81 The minuteness of description in 31ft is quite after the manner of P, cp 713 8ie &o. The emigration-formula in alb harmonizes with that in 12s and its parallels, while 32 follows P's well-known method of numerical precision. The announce ment of Terah's death might seem to prepare the way for 'these are the generations of Abram,' But if that title ever existed, cp ii27 251°, it has disappeared in the process of combining J and P. 121 The regularity of P's plan suggests that the tol'dhoth of Terah 27 led to a similar section for Abram, its intro ductory formula having been removed in the process \>f compilation. The group of narratives in which Abraham is the chief figure 12-26 is found on analysis to be of mixed naturo. MIGRATION TO CANAAN Gen 12 16 c Ex 32' i4l2ctGen 463 § d 24I 268 12 24 3o27 396 e82l£ /CP24 g 2814 earth- ground Sfr op 40 A 24" i 3l18 36« 468 juSl thy "kindred, and from thy "father's house, unto the land that I will shew thee : 2 and I will "make of thee a great nation, and I will dbless thee, and "make thy name "great : and be thou a blessing : 3 and I will bless them that bless thee, and him that "curseth thee will I/eurse: and in thee shall all the "families of the earth be ''blessed. 4" So Abram went, ''as Yahweh had spoken unto him ; and Lot went with him. k 3319 3S4 3712"14 ( Deutn30op354 Josh 2426 7 Iiod6 m 13IB 15I8 263 2813 ct 178 «3S't8 i-iodb 02622 p 28I9 q 2625 3319 3521 r Josh 72 « Il2 (83 « 26I 41»4 v 262 422 434 w 199 20I 2j34 268 474 at x Ct S$ rii8> y 4688 cp 3 2 73 a' 4ol4 V 3027 396 Deut iS7 I5fo T812» 14-19 ijia c>$' d' 24S6 3043 328 8 And Abram passed through the land unto the place of *Shechem, unto the "'oak of Moreh. "And the 'Canaaniie was then in the land. 7 ''And Yahweh appeared unto Abram, arid said, Unto thy seed will I mgive this land : and there Jbuilded he an altar unto Yahweh, "who appeared unto him. 8 zAnd he "removed from thence unto the mountain kon the east of pBeth-el, and 'pitched his 'tent, having Beth-el on the west, and rAi on the east : and there he ]builded an altar unto Yahweh, and ""called upon the name of Yahweh. 9 "And Abram 'journeyed, 'going on still toward the "South. 5 'And Abram took Sarai his wife, and JLot his brother's son, and all their "sub stance that they had "gathered, and the 'souls that they had gotten in ^Haran ; and they •'went forth to go into the "land of Canaan ; and into the Bland of Canaan they came. — 4" "And Abram was seventy and five years "old when he Twent forth out of ¦'Haran. — 10 n«A.nd there was a famine in the land : and Abram "went down into Egypt to ""sojourn there ; for the "famine was sore in the land. n "And it came to paBS, when he was 'come near to enter into Egypt, that he said unto Sarai his -wife, pBehold now, I know that thou art a "fair woman to look upon : 12 and "it shall come to pass, "when the Egyptians shall see thee, that they shall say, This is his wife : and they will rkill me, but they will *save thee alive. ls Say, "I pray thee, thou art my sister : that it may "be well with me 'for thy sake, and that my soul may live '"'because of thee. H "And it came to pass, that, when Abram was come into Egypt, the Egyptians beheld the woman that she was very fair. 16 And the "princes of Pharaoh saw her, and "'praised her to Pharaoh : and the woman was taken into Pharaoh's house. 16 And he "entreated Abram well 'for her sake : d'and he had "sheep, and oxen", and he-asses, and menservants, and ^maidservants, and she- a 60 bi53 ci66 d iob 0 '55 f 146 % 4 h 119* i 17* J 137 k 27 1 220 m 15* n 26 o 127" P 9 qisa r aio a 186 t 7i» u I27b v 191 w 38 x 33 1 41 In their combination much haB been curtailed, and in fitting the separate stories unconnected by dates into the more precise chronological framework of P, some dislocations have been inevitable, and occasional fragments may be detected in the text, the exact connexion of which now seems lost beyond recall. 1-4 continues iiaH)0, ' now'= S& 'and.' 124b Tn6 mention of Abram's age on his migration from Haran must plainly follow the account of the migration itself ; it owes its position in the text to Pt. who used it as tho link between 41 and ". — T departed, .§> as in " ' went forth to go into the land of Canaan.' ea M Or, terebinth. ,8b Cp 137. Many critics regard these as editorial notes. 9* This verse may be due to the compiler who has attached tjie Egyptian episode 10-20 by its means. 1 9b M § Negeb, the southern tract of Judah. 1 1° The narrative in l0-20 shows the general style and language of J (cp I7). But it is in reality the first of three, dealing with a common incidont, cp J8 20° 2610, ' she is my sister ' I8 70'' 26'. The second, in 2oi~17, locates it at the court of Abimelech, king of Qerar. In the third the scene remains unchanged, but Isaao and Bebekah replace Abraham and Sarah 267_H. Are all these stories told by the same writer ? The second will be found to belong to the document designated E (cp Introd XII) ; the first and last apparently belong to J. The difficulty, however, reappears; did the same band produce them both? The greater simplicity of 267_n suggests that it belongs to an earlier stratum of tradition ; in 12 the court of Pharaoh with its princes 16, the wealth and dignity of Abram ifl, are described with more elaboration ; the transaction is carried further, for Sarai is actually taken into Pharaoh's palace, and great plagues descend on Pharaoh and his house. The narrative, therefore, may be assigned to the secondary elements of J (cp Introd XI 6/3 i 109). It will be noticed that Lot is not mentioned in it. 19 Gen 12 10 ABRAM t' 2 Kinga 15& 2 Chron 26^0 St /'ExulctLev ,33-. p' 20II 18 43I8 Ex 812 jq ft' Cp Il29 i> 2461 a 506 7 6 128 c 2486 63 Num 22I3 d Ct Ex 17I Num iq!2 € 128 /I24 j,367 ft 2620 i Cp 2448 2912 } Cp 20I6 34IO 21 476. 12101 Cp 2449 m 1Q op 225 il igl8 0 1922 J) 112 asses, and zcamels. " And Yahweli "'plagued Pharaoh and his house with great /plagues "'because of Sarai Abram's wife. ls And Pharaoh "'called Abram, and said, b' What is this that thou hast done unto me ? why didst thou not °'tell me that she was thy wife ?* 19 Why saidst thou, She is my sister ? so that I '''took her to be my wife : d'now therefore behold thy wife, ''take her, and "'go thy way. '° And Pharaoh gave men charge concerning him : and they ''brought him on the way, and his wife, and e'all that he had. 131 "And Abram "went up out of Egypt, he, and his wife, and "all that he had, and Lot with him, into the ''South. 2 And Abram was very "rich in *cattle, in "silver, and in "gold. 3 " And fie dwent on his jour neys from the bSouth even to "Beth-el, unto the place where his Hent had been at the "beginning, between Beth-el and Ai ; 4 unto the place of the 'altar, ivhich he had made tliere at the first : and there Abram " called on the name of Yahweh. 5 And Lot "also, which ¦''went with Abram, had 'flocks, and herds, and dtents, eb and they could not dwell together. 7 And there was a ''strife between the "herdmen of Abram's "cattle and the herdmen of Lot's cattle : "and tlie l Canaan- ite and the Perizzite dwelled then in the land. 8 And Abram said unto Lot, Let there be no strife, mI pray thee, between me and thee, and between my 'herdmen and thy herdmen ; for we are 'brethren. 9 Is not the whole land ¦'before thee ? ^separate thyself, mI pray thee, from me : if [thou wilt take] the 'left hand, then I will go to the right ; or if [thou take] the 'right hand, then I will go to the left. 10 And Lot "lifted up his eyes, and be held all the "Plain of Jordan, that it was well "watered every where, before Yah weh "destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah, like the "garden of Yahweh, like the land of Egypt, pas thou goest unto "Zoar. lla So Lot chose him all the Plain of Jordan ; and Lot 'journeyed ''east : 61 "And the "land was not able to bear them, that they might dwell together : for their 'substance was great, z 16 a' 139. b' 0' 218 d' 187 e' 163 P 2050 g' 124 a 124 b 78 0 18 d220e 8» t 137 S 15" h 126 i 33 i 155 kao8 1 17" mi86 llb and they 'separated themselves the rone from the other. 12 Abram dwelled in the 'land of Canaan, and Lot dwelled in the cities of the Plain". [-»1829] n 176' o 37 P 5 q 27 c 184 a 4 131 In combining the later story of the visit to Egypt with the narrative of the separation of Abram and Lot, it was necessary to relate Abram's return to middle Canaan, where tradition placed the parting. As nothing was said of Lot's presence in Egypt 1210-20, it is believed that tho words 'and Lot with him ' are due to the harmonist. But tho whole verso may be really his. 8~4 The editorial connexion of i2i°-i3i with the account of Lot's choice. 6 P summarizes the incident, in his usual method in cases which he does not select for expansion (cp the reference to Isaac's marriage 2520 with 34). With similar brevity the separation of Esau from Jacob is narrated in corresponding terms in 368.. 7 Probably another editorial note, op 128. 1° M Or, Circle.— Cp 19" Deut 34s. ' la The brief statement concerning Abram and Lot may have been originally followed by the conclusion of the latter's share in the narrative io26, now awkwardly appended to J's account of his escape on occasion of the overthrow io,!2"^ 20 THE INVASION OF CHEDORLAOMER Gen 141 r 28«t » I27 18 iiod t 14" 18I « Op 23I8 a toio b io22 c Joah nl8» d iol» et /£t C 37I4 Nnm 142s a! ft Deut 3I7 Num 343 t Cp JE2o7 j Num 146 Josh acIO 18. 29" *0p05 ( Deut 1 4 m Op Deut 220 n Deut 2I0 p Num 3287 M Or, maker. 21 Gen 141 ABRAM h' Hos 118 Prov 4°t 20 L8d/ V Cp 2822 f Deut 3240 cp Ex i716 a 4 op IN 6 Num 244 16 Ezek 137^ cp 462 Num 128 c Deut 3329 pfl ,3 l82S0 35a( d 4i49 Josh 13I Deut 36 Josh 228* e 30I8 32. 3,8 Ex 2fl 2215 at /8 Deut 324 926 Josh 77* g Imy 2o20- Jul' 22»t ftf>t i JQ = the son of my house ct 17I3 j 2523 ct i7» 35" 4626 Ex 16 k i917 2429 3912. 15 Vi Josh 219 Deut 24II 256* i Ct 13I8 op 4i49 16" 32I2 m Cti3l8cp22i7 264 Ex 32IS n Ex 41 6 8. 31 14SI Num 14II 0 38 IS jj ct 5020 p Ex 202 || Deut S°t q ll28 r Cp B680 « Q = possess op i>88a » irja.<> t •£* ct 'ng Jj m Deut 32117 v£t and earth" : 20 and 'blessed be "God Most High, which hath ^'delivered thine enemies into thy hand. xAnd he gave him a ' tenth of all. 21 And the king of Sodom said unto Abram, Give me the 'persons, and take the "goods to thyself. 22 And Abram said to the king of Sodom, I have ¦''lift up mine hand unto "Yahweh, "God Most High, "possessor of heaven and earth, 23 that I will not take a "thread nor a shoelatchet" nor kaught that is thine, lest thou shouldest say, I have made Abram 4'rich : 24 "save 'only that which the "young men have eaten, and the portion of the men which went with me ; "Aner, zEshcol, and "Mamre, let them take their portion. E JE E . . . 151 m After these things the "word of Yahweh came unto Abram in a 'vision, saying, Tear not, Abram : I am thy "shield, "[and| thy dexceed- ing great' "reward. 2 And Abram said, O /i,ord Yuhwoh what wilt thou give me, seeing I "go "childless, and he that shall be "possessor of my house is "Dammesek Eliezer ? 3 "And Abram said, Behold, to me thou hast given no seed : and, lo, 'one born in my house is mine heir. 4 And, behold, the "word of Yahweh came unto him, saying, This man shall not be thine heir ; but he that shall come forth out of thine own Jbowels shall be thine heir. 6 And he brought him forth ''abroad, and said, "Look 'now toward heaven, and 'tell the '"stars, if thou be able to tell them : and he said unto him, "So shall thy 'seed be. 6 And he "believed in Yahweh ; and he "counted it to him for 'righteousness. . . . '"And he said unto him, pl am Yahweh that brought thee out' of «Ur of the Chaldoos, to rgivo thoo this land to "inherit it. 8 And he Said, O-^Lord Yahweh, whereby shall I know that I shall inherit it ? u 'And he said unto him, Take me an heifer of 'three years old, and a she-goat of three years old, and a ram of three years old, and a turtledove, and a young "pigeon. 10 And he took him all these, and "divided them in the midst, and laid heaeh half 'over against the other : but the. birds "divided he not. u And the j *I46 k JSI94 1 "189 m«a35 o- 95 b 164 0 179 d 186 e 222* f 204 e 1990 h H2b i 183 I420 22b up Elyon. 22a The combination of divine names is here unusual, and has evidently occasioned perplexity. @ @ omit ' Yahweh,' Sam supplies instead O'rONn. On the hypothesis of the inter polation of 18-20, the most natural view would be that ' Yahweh ' is original, and the other titles are derived from the supple mental passage. 220 ]y[ Or, maker. 24 M Or, let there be nothing for me; only that &c. — Op 4110. 15la The phenomena of 15 are extremely complex and intricate, and all critics recognize that the analysis must be regarded as only probable. The chief peculiarities to be accounted for aro the following. The vision of 1 is presum ably in the night, and it is in accordance with this that in 6 Abram is brought forth to see the stars. But in 12 the sun has not yet set. This points to differences of origin. Further, in 3 the second answer of Abram repeats the first, and can hardly be from the same hand. Again, it is apparent that 8_n and i?. are parts of the same story. But it is doubtful whether 12. • originally belonged to it, as the deep sleep and great dark ness 12 (before sunset) seem hardly consistent with the solemn manifestation in 17. Further, the two dates of ib (400 years) and la (fourth generation) cannot be harmonized. The linguistic phenomena are no less perplexing. Several phrases appear unexpectedly which connect themselves with later literature. Thus 1 4 ' word of Yahweh came,' not elsewhere in Hex, cp 2 Sam 74 1 Kings 6" i32» 161 7 172 8 &c Hos il Mic il Is 2818 38* very common in Jer and Ezek : ¦ ' shield,' cp Deut 3329 and 1" : 2 ' Lord Yahweh ' Deut 324 920 josh 77 : 7 ' I am Yahweh that brought thee out' Ex 20* || Deut 50 ¦(- : 7 'give thee this land to possess it ' Deut 318 581 98 I2i ,„2 14 2,i j08n ,U| . nrran1) twenty- four times in Deut Ezr q]1 |- : i8 'great river' Duut i7(n24) Josh i* ct Ex 2381. Those strongly support tho view of a Doutoronmnic redaction. Slight points of contact also present themselves with P, specially ' substance ' 14 and less markedly ' good old age ' 15. If i-8 be allowed to be composite, it will be most natural to assign one part to J and the other to E (op 20I and Introd XII) who enters here for the first time. It is in E that communications come from the Deity by visions and dreams in the night (cp Introd XII 33 i 112) and the expression ' exceeding great' tends slightly in the same direction. The promises of seed in *¦ are followed by the covenant of the gift of the land. These are not necessarily connected in time and may quite well belong to different traditions, see ™. The covenant ceremony in 9. . is no doubt described according to ancient ritual, cp Jer 3418- Lev i17, though the language is different : the sacrificial animals are mostly those of the Levitical legislation, hut the phraseology is unaffected by it. lb M Or, thy reward shall be exceeding great. 2a M Or, go hence. 2b M The Chaldee and Syriac have, Eliezer the Damascene. — As Abraham's servant in 242 has no name, this verse is ascribed to E, leaving a for j. The title 'Lord Yahweh' does not necessarily make for J, as it may be redactional in both 2 and 8. 8 Apparently a duplioate of 2. It is possible that s- 6 originally followed l8, and prepared the way for i62. 7 The covenant ceremony which solemnizes the announce ment of the gift of the land is not necessarily consequent on the promise of an heir. According to L 6 the latter had been made in the night, though in 8. 8 n0 circumstance of time is specified. But the phraseology is not quite congruous with that of the latter passage, ct ' inherit thee ' (be thine heir) i and 'inherit it' 8. Moreover the demand for a sign in 8 is hardly in harmony with the faith commended in 6. If the transposition of 3- 8 to follow 18 be accepted, this passage 7_n would presumably stand in the original document next to 1318, and tlie scone of the covenant would bo placed at Hebron where Abram had built an altar cp 127. Krlltzschmar (Die liundesvorstellung im AT 61) proposes, however, to attach it1 to the first settlement of Abram in Shechem on his arrival in the land 127, where a similar promise is made. 22 THE PROMISE OF THE LAND Gen 16° w Is 188 46" Jer 12' Ezek 3g4 Job 287t x Num 1482. y Is 407 Ps 14718+ z Ct i2 and 17 a' 221 V Ex 15I8 2327 Deut 3225 Josh ,2»* c' Is 822 5o10 Ps 828 I3912t d' Josh 2318* op 337 e Ex in- /' 308 49I8 Deut 3230» g' Cp riS5 ft' Cp 25" ot 428" 442 0 31 Lev 1932 Deut 3225" § V 19I8 f Cp 96 k' Ezek 128- >t J'Cpig'SExigISm' Ex 20I8 n' Ps 13618+ 0' 127 p' Ct Ex 238! g'Deuti7cpn24 Josh i4* a 2224 2^29 251 381-8 6 2ol8 C3C3'' o!i3l! ei24t J E JE J E "birds of prey came down upon the "carcases, and Abram "drove them away. 12 "And hohen the sun teas "going down, a "'deep sleep fell upon A bram ; and, lo, an v horror of "'great darkness"' fell upon him. 13 And Ite said unto Abram, d'Know of a surety that thy seed shall be a stranger in a land that is not theirs, and shall serve them ; and they shall " afflict them four hundred years ; u and ''also that nation, whom they Shall serve, Will I f judge : and afterward shall they come out with great "'substance. " But thou shalt go to thy fathers in peace; thou shalt be buried in a good old age. . . . 10 And in the fourth generation they shall come 'hither again : for the ''iniquity of the ¦'Amorite is not yet full. . . 17 And it came to pass, that 'when the sun 'went down, and it was *'dark, behold a ''smoking furnace, and a flaming "''torch that passed between these "'pieces. 18 mIn that day Yahweh "made a covenant with Abram, saying. Unto thy seed have I "'given this land, from the driver of Egypt unto the 9'great river, the river Euphrates". 19 "The Kenite, and the Kenizzite, and the Kadmonite, 20 and the Hittite, and the Perizzite, and the Rephaim, n and the Amorite, and the Canaanite, and the Girgashite, and the Jebusite. ...lb "and she had an "handmaid, an Egyptian, "whose name was Hagar. 2 And Sarai said unto Abram, "Be hold now, Yahweh hath ^restrained me from bearing ; "go in, dI pray thee, unto my "handmaid ; "it may be that I shall MCobtain children by her. And Abram 'hearkened to the voice of Sarai. [1920->] IB1' "Now Sarai Abram's wife bare him no children : 3 and Sarai Abram's wife took Hagar the Egyptian, her handmaid, after Abram had ddwelt eten years in the "land of Canaan, and gave her to Abram her husband to be his wife. j 236 k 126 1 171 m 142 11 181 a 41 0 163 d 186 e 64' t 44 lBi2 The passage in 12-1° appears to interrupt the description of the covenant ceremony in 7_in7.. It is concerned with another subject, the Egyptian bondage, and it breaks the guardian watch which Abram kept around the divided members of the covenant sacrifice, for who frightened away the birds of prey when he had sunk into the ' deep sleep ' ? It is therefore treated as an editorial interpolation designed to reconcile the divine promise of the land with the subjection of Israel in Egypt. But the duration assigned to their servitude, four hundred years 18, is not coherent with the promise of return in the fourth generation 18, and i' therefore nrust be attributed to another source. The reference to the ' Amorite ' suggests that this is E. ,8 The definition of the boundaries is probably due to B. ; see the margin, and ct 3121 Ex 23'! Josh 24s- "•. 1° The loose grammatical connexion makes it probable that this list is an editorial appendix. For similar enumerations cp Ex 38H. In Deut 7' it appears that a traditional reckoning of seven nations has established itself. This list, being the most elaborate of all, is probably the latest (cp Dillm) from the hand of HA In 2l after ' Canaanite ' (5) and Sam add ' the Hivite.' lBl" The birth of Ishmael is related by 3? in preparation for the promise in 172°. • ¦ . The passages which lead up to 17 are easily isolated from a mixed context by the data of Abram's age. When Abram is ninety-nine years of age 17I 24, Ishmael is thirteen m. At the birth of his son, therefore, Abram is eighty- six 1618 ; and his union with Hagar accordingly takes place ten years after he has entered Canaan at the age of seventy -five 16' 241>. The description of Sarai as Abram's wife in i63 justifies the ascription of ia to P, who no doubt had his own notice of Sarai's childlessness, already recorded by J in 1 130. lb With P's brief and formal statement B. has incorporated a narrative lb~2 4-14 easily identified with J ( Yahweh 2 against P, and contrast i°~12 with 1720, handmaid JF4i against E, &c). The opening has been removed to make way for P in lft but J has already mentioned Sarai's barrenness 1130. Closer exami nation shows that a parallel incident is related in 2i8-2i, The two stories have a common object, to account for the separation of the Israelites and Ishmaelites, who nevertheless traced their descent from the same ancestor. They ascribe the same cause to Hagar's departure, viz Sarai's jealousy i64-6 219-!1. The crisis is located in the same scene, near a well in the wilderness on tho south 167 2i'4, Tho angel of Yahweh 167 has his counter part in the angel of Elohim 21I7. Tho promise of future greatness for Ishmael 1610 is repeated 21I8, and the same inter pretation of the name is suggested 16U 21I7. It cannot be supposed (Introd i 29) that one writer should have thus duplicated his own details, and the analysis will show that 2,9-21 belongs to E. In fitting them together, the editor of JE found it necessary to get Hagar back to her mistress, to provide opportunity for the second story, and' 169 must there fore be assigned to the harmonist (some critics adding 8). In 1° there seems to be an independent addition after the manner of I334-!7 assuming the birth of the Son first promised in n. The threefold repetition of the formula ' and the angel of Yahweh said unto her ' 9 10 11 thus finds a natural explanation. 2 M ,<5 be builded by her. 23 Gen 164 ABRAHAM g § 88 U» 1 Joi- 5l35 £f cp 27I3 iEx40Numnl2 j 3i63Cpi825 Ex S21 1198 I Q=*afflict 316O Ex ill- op 12a m 20I 25I8 Ex 1522* 71 Q* cp I 03I8 jp 32I2 1 Kings 38 88 || 1 Chron 58t 2 3824- Ex 2l22* ep 21 >¦ 2982 Ex 37 al t Cp Hos 89 t Cp Ex 3320-23 vt u Op U»» X I24b ,63 a 24. cp i61« 6 35» Ex 63 c6»dgl2e 20 Ezek 362 1 cp 73 / » IS cp 20 617 g Is 297' h 10 35IO » 20 Lev 26s op 73 j lt> cp 20 35II Ct 122 ^ 10-14 I6rat E JE E 4 And he "went in unto Hagar, and she "conceived : and when she saw that she had ''conceived, her /mistress was "despised in her eyes. 6 And Sarai said unto Abram, *My wrong be upon thee : I gave my "handmaid into thy 'bosom ; and when she saw that she had "conceived, I was "despised in her eyes : Yahweh ¦'judge between me and thee. 6 But Abram said unto Sarai, Behold, thy "maid is in thy hand ; 'do to her that which is 'good in thine eyes. And Sarai 'dealt hardly with her, and she Jfled from her face. 7 And the kangel of Yahweh 'found her by a "'fountain of water in the wilderness, by the fountain in the way to '"Shur. 8 And he said, Hagar, Sarai's "handmaid, whence earnest thou ? and whither goest thou? And she said, I 'flee from the face of my ¦^mistress Sarai. 9 And the "angel of Yahweh said unto her, Return to thy 'mistress, and "submit thyself under her hands. 10 And the "angel of Yahweh said unto her, I will "greatly "multiply thy "seed, that it shall not be ^numbered for multitude*. 11 And the kangel of Yahweh said unto her, Behold, thou art 'with child, and shalt bear a son ; and "thou shalt call his name "Ishmael, because Yahweh hath heard thy rafliiction. 12 And he shall be [as] a 'wild-ass among men ; his hand [shall be] against every man, and every man's hand against him ; and he shall dwell "in the presence of all his brethren. 13 And she called the name of Yahweh that spake unto her, "Thou art °'a God that seeth : for she said, Have I peven here 'looked after him that seeth me ? 14 'Wherefore the well was 'called "Beer- lahai-roi ; behold, it is between "Kadesh and "Bored". 15 And Hagar bare Abram a son : and " Abram called the name of his son, which Hagar bare, Ishmael. 16 And Abram was "fourscore and six years "old, "when Hagar bare Ishmael to Abram. 17 1 "And when Abram was "ninety years "old and nine; "Yahweh 'appeared to Abram, and said unto him, bI am "God "Almighty ; 'walk before me, and be thou "perfect. 2 And I will make my covenant dbetween me and thee, and will "multiply thee dexceedingly. 3 And Abram "fell on his face : and God 'talked with him, saying, 4/As for bme, behold, my covenant is with thee, and thou shalt be the father of a "multitude of nations. fi Neither shall thy ''name any more be called Abram, but thy name shall be Abraham ; for the father of a "multitude of nations have I made thee. 6 And I will make thee Exceeding 'fruitful, and I will make ¦'nations of thee, and Jkings shall come out of thee. 7 And I will "establish my covenant between me and hthee and thy seed after theeh 'throughout their generations for an 'everlasting covenant, to kbe a Godk unto 'thee and to thy seed after thee. 8 And I will give unto "thee, and to thy seed after thee, the land of thy 'sojournings, all the land of "Canaan, for an "everlasting "possession ; and I will kbe their God. ° And God said unto Abraham, And -^as for thee, thou shalt keep my covenant, "thou, and thy seed after thee 'throughout their generations. 10 "This is my covenant, which ye shall keep, between me and ''you "and thy seed after thee ; 'every male among you shall be 'circum cised. ll And ye shull bo 'circumcised in the flesh of your foreskin ; and )i ar 146I' k'5? 1 157 m 927 n 237 o 204 p 126 4 85 r 15b a iiq» a Iig* b 94 o 1 d 63 e 67 t 185 g 6o» h 16a i 76b j 62 k 26 1 145" m 4" u 6ad o I97b pi88b q 1070 r 40 16Uft Ct 15 where Abram, not Hagar, bestows the name. Knobel has remarked that this distinction has u documentary significance. In P the namo is always given by the father, 53 i015 17I9 2I3 . jn jjj Ofton (though not oxolusivoly) by tho mother, 42B IQ37. 2Q82. . 3Q6. . 3g3. . (0p 35I8 3&3 4,01. Ex 2a). lib M That is, God heareth. 12 M Or, against. Or, to the east of. — Cp 2518. 13a M Or, Thou God seest me. 13I> M ^} El roi, that is, God of seeing. 14» M That is, the well of the living one who seeth me. 14b Many critics suppose that 2518 in its original form con stituted the close of this story, and has been editorially transposed to the conclusion of P's toledhoth of Ishmael, 2512"". 171* On the significance of 17 as a standard for P's style and phraseology, op Introd VIII iii 2e i 64. lb The namo Yahweh is assigned here to a redactor or copyist, as it is contrary to the usage of P before Ex 62- • . The corresponding revelation of El Shaddai to Jacob 35s is intro duced by the appearance of Elohim. "Mp Shaddai. 1° Probably due to the supplemented who has neglected U) harmonize the pronouns, 24 THE COVENANT OF CIRCUMCISION Gen 187 * 13 23 27 Lev 22U cp 1414 Jer 214f I Lev 26I6 44 op46» m 20 ,28 cp 33 n Cp «"ia6 0 23I3 Num 142 2o3 p 4221* 525I6 r Cp 8 ct 122 2t13§ » 4988 Ex 31" 3483 '35"u Cp 10 a 13I8 b 24I7 29I8 334 c 241B d Q = taken z2tt* e io2 2432 4324» fQ = tean Num 2il6» g PI Lev 26 614" h <§* Judg 19S 8 i Ct Lev 2I k Ex 1239 Num „s« I 29I7 33I8 Deut 208 2884 M« it shall "be a token of a covenant betwixt me and you. 12 And he that is eight days "old shall be 'circumcised among you, "every male 'throughout your generations, he that is 'born in tlie house'', or 'bought with money of any "stranger, which is not of thy seed. 1;! He that is 'born in thy house, and he that is 'bought with thy money, must needs be 'circumcised : and my covenant shall vbe in your flesh for an Werlasting covenant. And the "uncircumcised male who is not 'circumcised in the flesh of his foreskin, "that soul shall be cut off from his people" ; he hath 'broken my covenant'. 16 And God said unto Abraham, As for Sarai thy wife, thou shalt not call her 'name Sarai, but "Sarah shall her name be. 10 And I will "'bless her, and "moreover I will give thee a son of hor : yea, I will bless her, and she shall vbe [a mother ofj •'nations ; Jkings of peoples shall be of her. Then Abraham "fell upon his face, and "laughed, an* said in his heart, Shall a child be born unto him that is an 'hundred years "old ? and shall Sarah, that is ninety years "old, bear ? 18 And Abraham said unto God, "Oh that Ishmael might live before thee ! " And God said, pNay, but Sarah thy wife shall bear thee a son ; and thou shalt call his name "Isaac : and I will 'establish my covenant with him for an Everlasting covenant for his seed after him. 20 And -'as for Ishmael, I have "heard thee : behold, I have '"blessed him, and will 'make him 'fruitful, and will "multiply him ¦¦exceedingly ; 'twelve "'princes shall he "'beget, and I will 'make him a great nation. 21 But my covenant will I 'establish with Isnac, which Sarah shall bear unto thee at this set time in the next year. 22 And he "left off talking with him, and God 'went up from Abraham. 2:I And Abraham took Ishmael his son, and all that were *born in his house, and all that were 'bought with his money, "every male among the men of Abraham's house, and 'circumcised the flesh of their foreskin in the "'selfsame day, as God had said unto him. 24 And Abraham was "ninety years "old and nine, when he was 'circumcised in the flesh of his foreskin. 25 And Ishmael his son was thirteen years "old, when he was 'circumcised in the flesh of his foreskin. 26 In the "'selfsame day was Abraham 'circumcised, and Ishmael his son. 27 And all the men of his house, those 'born in the house, and those 'bought with money of the "stranger, were 'circumcised with him. 181 "And Yahweh appeared unto "him by the ""oaks of Mamre, as he sat in the "tent door in the "heat of the day ; 2 and he clift up his eyes and ""looked, and, lo, three men "stood over against him : and when he saw them, 6he 'ran to meet them from the "tent door, and 'bowed himself to the earth, and said, 3 "°My lord, if "now I have 'found favour in thy sight, pass not away, "I pray thee, from thy 'servant : 4 let "now a klittle water be ^fetched, and 'wash your feet", and •'rest yourselves under the tree : 6 and I will fetch a "morsel of bread, and Acomfort ye your heart ; after that ye shall pass on : '"forasmuch as ye are come to your Jservant. And they said, So do, as thou hast said. 6 And Abraham ""hastened into the tent unto Sarah, and said, Make ready "quickly three measures of 'fine meal, •'knead it, and make *cakes. 7 And Abraham fran unto the herd, and fetched a calf 'tender and good, t 36 11154v 27 WI66 x go y 93 z 73 a' 131 b' 30 0' 138 a 220 b 236 0 176* d 55 e 215" f 70 K I2« h 186 1 31* j 73 k 51 • 35 m 43 171 5 m That is, Princess. 17 P's allusion to the laughter suggested by the name Isaac (he laughs). Ct 1812 2 A i» M From the Hebrew word meaning ' to laugh.' 20 Ishmael --Grid hears, cp i6'l 21I7. 18,a The narrative of Yahweh's visit to Abraham, the promise of a son to Sarah, the intercession of Abraham for Sodom and Gomorrha and the subsequent rescue of Lot from the fate of the doomed cities, is as strongly stamped with the characteristics of J as the covenant of El Shaddai with Abraham in 17 with those of P (op Introd VIII iii 21 i 64). The phraseological ividence is collected in the margins. For the ethical and religious spirit cp especially 24-32i 1 ii-». The promise of a son in 171' is here conveyed in different terms, and is followed by a different incident. The incredulous laughter suggested by the name Isaac, attributed to Abraham in 17I7, is assigned to Sarah in i812, and gives rise to a rebuke and expostulation in which Yahweh himself deigns to take part. On the probability that the narrative has received additions, see 17N 22bN. Fripp (Composition of the Book of Genesis 50-3 and ZATW l&gz 23 ff) endeavours to show that in the earliest form of the story Abraham received but one divine visitant, Yahweh himself. lb Perhaps originally Abraham : the name, being no longer required after the union of the story with P, was altered editorially (so Dillmann). lc M Or, terebinths. 3 M Or, 0 Lord. 8 M Or, for th'.refore. 25 Gen 187 ABRAHAM m Deut 32I4* a » §t 0 24I Josh 13I 23l.« P II8 <(Ct3l36tj r 2522 Cp 8g<> s Num 22s7* [ Deut 178 3oll» m Cp 1721 v Josh 711 24" w 192 42I2 a; 12M 1/ Cp "k z 118 a' Ex ui" b' Cp 91 C7 10,9 2727 29IO 336431944,8a( d> 26 }Jum i419 e'447l7Jo8h24l6 cp 2229» /'3718 387Ex424 178 a( g' Jp =jutlge»wit 19 h' 31 Ex 221 Joeh 77 1712 Deut 16* V Job 3ol9 42«t cp Gen 27 / 13" igls. J JE and gave it unto the servant ; and he ""hasted to dress it. 8 And he took '"butter, and milk, and the calf which he had dressed, and set it before them ; and he stood by them under the tree, and they did eat. 9 And they said unto him, Where is Sarah thy wife ? And he said, Behold, in the "tent. 10 And he said, I will "certainly return unto thee "when the season "cometh round" ; and, lo, Sarah thy wife shall have a son. And Sarah heard in the "tent door, which was behind him. 11 Now Abraham and Sarah were old, [and] "well stricken in age" ; it had pceased to be with Sarah after the 'manner of women. Vl And Sarah "laughed within herself, saying, After I am waxed old shall I have pleasure, my lord being old also ? la And Yahweh said unto Abraham, 'Wherefore did Sarah laugh, saying, Shall I 'of a surety bear a child, which am old ? 14 Is any thing 'too "hard for Yahweh ? At the "set time 'I will return unto thee, "when the season "cometh round, and Sarah shall have a son. 15 Then Sarah "denied, saying, I laughed not ; for she was afraid. And he said, '"Nay ; but thou didst laugh. lu And the men "rose up from thence, and looked toward Sodom : and Abraham went with them ""to "bring them on the way. 17 "And Yahweh said, Shall I hide from Abraham that which I do ; 18 seeing that Abraham shall "surely become a great and 'mighty nation, and "all the nations of the earths shall bo 'blessed in him? I0 For I have "known him, to the end that he may command his children and his household after him, that they may »koep the way of Yahweh, to "do justice and judgement ; to the end that Yahweh may "bring upon Abraham that which he hath spoken of him. 20 And Yahweh said, "Because the 'cry of Sodom and Gomorrah is great, and "because their sin is very "grievous ; 21 I will vgo down ''now, and "see whether they have done "'altogether according to the 'cry of it, which is come unto me; and if not, I will know. 22* And the men turned from thence, and went toward Sodom : 22b Njjut Abraham stood '"'yet before Yahweh. 23 And Abraham "'drew near, and said, Wilt thou "consume the ^righteous with the ywieked ? 24 'Peradventure "'there be fifty righteous within the city : wilt thou "consume and not d'spare the place for the fifty righteous that are therein ? w That he "'far from thee to do after this •¦'manner, to /slay the righteous with the wicked, that so the righteous should be as the wicked ; that be e'far from thee : shall not the Judge of all the earth do "'right? 20 And Yahweh said, If I "'find in Sodom fifty righteous within the city, then I will spare all the placo for their d'suke. '" Ami Abraham answered and said, "'Behold now, I have '''taken upon mo to spunk unto "the Lord, which am hut ''dust and ashes'': 23 'peradventure there shall lack five of the fifty righteous : wilt thou /destroy all the city for lack of five ? And he said, I will not destroy it, if I find there forty and five. 20 And he spake unto him yet ''again, and said, Peradventure there shall be forty found there. And he said, I will not do it for the forty's sake. 80 And he said, g'0h let not the Lord bo '''angry, and I will speak : 'peradventure there shall thirty be found there. And he said, I will not do it, if I find thirty there. 31 And he said, Behold now, I have taken upon me to speak unto the Lord : peradventure there shall be twenty found there. And he said, I will not destroy it for the twenty's sake. 32 And ho said, Oh lot not the Lord ho angry, and I will spoak yot hut ''this onco : peradven- E u 337 0128 P 54 qaosc r 59 cp 050 B IO'" ¦9 w aa xi99"y a 31 z 64 a' 84 V a c'157d' 7i» e' Q f'133g' i86<> h'333 i' 6a 1810 M Jjj, liveth, or, reviveth. I2 Ct P in 17" and E 216. 140 m o'r, wonderful. nb M .£) liveth, or, reviveth. 17 This passugo is marked by tho liHirulizing amplification which probably indicates u secondary stratum in tho story. According to 2U> Yahv/cb has not yot decided -what ho will do, but in 17 his purpose is already formed. Soveral of tho phrases belong to the vocabulary of later prophecy, 0 g ' ull tlie nations of the earth' 2218 264 Deut 281 cp Jer 26° 33° 448 Zech i23f : 'keep the way of Yahweh' Judg 222 (D) cp Deut 5s3 Jer 5*. Ps 377 : ' do justico and judgement ' (usually inverted) Jer 22s lc 23r' 33" Ezek iXr" I" « 2'7 33" 10 cp Am 5**. : ' bring upon ' cp Jer 36s! 442 4, The writer has the actual fate of the cities already in his mind, and his purpose is to vindicate the justice of Yahweh from -the charge of involving the righteous in tho doom of the wicked. The Divine Being before whom Abraham reverently ploads as the 'Judge of the whole earth' 26 Cp jel. ,,20 pa j,n ^ wuo cannot do anything but ' judgement ' cp 19j seems conceived on a different scale from the visitant who has shared the patriarch's hospitality. The lofty designation occurs nowhere else, and tho passugo which contains it seems to belong to the group of probable additions in which the univoreal grandeur and sole sovereignly of Yahweh aro again and again asserted in tlilo most emphatic terms cp Ex 810 2211 c-14-io 29b (Introd XI 6' i my). '-7 ¦*? my lord as in s io*8, and so in 8"-3i, THE DESTRUCTION OF SODOM Gen 19,n *' 24m 2730 . 441- 4m 2730 4,2 4I2 op 1 722 re Ex 38- 6 242s cp 178 c i84 d 27 Cp 20O «i815 /93311« g 2639 cp 155 h Ex j239» t Josh 28 j Josh 621* * Op 4721 Jg B. li\,i I JoBh 28 m 7I8 n 294 0 9 43O 44B Ex 522. Num nil 16IB p Cp 20I8 21I2 4817 Josh 24IB q 1210 » 2 Kings 61»t t 1 Sam 59 3o2 2 Kings 2526 « Ex 7I8 Niph* v Ex 426.* 10 » 1 828 x Cp 21* sgl4 I7 y ft r=tlay broke 3224 26 Josh 616 2 Ex 5I3 Josh ioIS ,715 ft Kal* »' £ CP 47u 6' 4I8 cp 15I8 c' 43IO Ex 1288* <«' Ex 44 «' Op Ex 2" .§» /' £ 2l» fl'26 158 cp 179 V 19 128 i' 4725 cp 4s7 Num 2283 at J • JE tuio ten shall be found there. And ho said, I will not destroy it for the ten's sake. sib Ya"we'' went 1,iR Wfty> nB 900n tts he had '''loft communing with Abraham. And Abraham returned unto his J'place. IO1 And the two "angels came to Sodom at even ; and Lot sat in the gate of Sodom : and Lot saw them, and rose up to meet them ; and he "bowed himself with his face to the earth ; 2 and he said, "Behold now, my lords, "turn aside, I pray you, into your "servant's house, and Harry all night, and "wash your feet, and ye shall ''rise up early, and go on your way. And they said, "Nay ; but we will babide in the street all night. 3 And he Purged them greatly ; and they "turned in unto him, and entered into his house ; and he made them a "feast, and did ''bake unleavened bread, and they did eat. 4 But "before they 'lay down, the men of the city, [even] the men of Sodom, compassed the house round, Jboth young and oldJ, all the people from ''every quarter ; 5 'and they called unto Lot. and said unto him, Where are the 'men which came in to. thee this night ? bring them out unto us, that we may "know them. ° And Lot went out unto them to the door, and ""shut the door after him. 7 And he said, I pray you, "my brethren, "do not so wickedly. 8 "Behold now, I have two daughters which have not "known man ; let me, I pray you, bring them out unto you, and do ye to them as is pgood in your eyes : only unto these men do nothing ; "'forasmuch as they are come under the shadow of my roof. 9 And they said, Stand back. And they said, This one fellow came in to 'sojourn, and he will needs be a judge: now will we "deal worse with thee, than with them. And they ¦'pressed sore upon the man, even Lot, and rdrew near to break the door. 10 But the men put forth their hand, and brought Lot into the house to them, and '"shut to the door. u And they smote the men that were at the door of the house with "blindness, 'both small and great' : so that they "wearied themselves to find the door. 12 And the men said unto Lot, Hast thou here any besides? ""son in law, and thy sons, and thy daughters, and whomsoever thou hast in the city ; bring them out of the place : 13 for we will "destroy this place, because the "cry of them is waxen great before Yahweh ; and Yahweh hath sent us to '"destroy it. 14 And Lot went out, and spake unto his "sons in law, which "married his daughters, and said, Up, get you out of this place ; for Yahweh will "destroy the city. But he seemed unto his "sons in law as one that "mocked. ls And when the "morning arose, then the angels "hastened Lot, saying, Arise, take thy wife, and thy two daughters which "'are here ; lest thou be hconsumed in the "^'iniquity of the city. 16 But he "'lingered ; and the men d'laid hold upon his hand, and upon the hand of his wife, and upon the hand of his two daughters ; Yahweh being "'merciful unto him : and they brought him forth, and ¦''set him without the city. 17 And it came to pass, when they had brought them forth abroad, that he said, Escape for thy life : "look not behind thee, neither stay thou in all the "Plain ; escape * to the mountain, lest thou be "consumed. 18 And Lot said unto them, Oh, not so, "my lord : 19 "behold now, thy servant hath 'found grace in thy sight, and thou hast magni fied thy Jmercy, which thou hast shewed unto me in 'saving my life ; and I cannot escape '''to the mountain, lest "evil overtake me, and I die : E J' 65 a ia» b 9 ° 73 d 6 e 50 f 35 g 33 h 33 i 31" J 57° 191 Probably an editorial alteration, after the incorporation of i822b-88a, j^ tne original story they were described as ' the men ' cp i8w 22 Igio 12 is. ft farther inserts ' angels ' in ", Sam in 12 and @ in ls. The earliest conception seems to imply that Yahweh is himself present, e g in 17 where the subject changes from ' they ' to ' he,' in Lot's entreaty 19. and the divine reply 21.. But in the scene at Lot's house this has been modified cp Js ; other modifications may also have entered in the transition from oral tradition to writing, or in subsequent processes of copying or documentary compilation. 8 M Or, for therefore. 12 The text ' son in law and thy sons ' oan hardly be correct. No sons are elsewhere named, but sons in law appear in 14. It has been conjectured that the reference to the ' son in law ' is an awkward adaptation by a later scribe who had 14 in view : others prefer to read ' thy sons in law,' striking out the allusion to sons. 14 M Or, were to marry. 15 M Or, punishment. 17 M See ii"1. 18 M Or, 0 Lord. 19 M Or, the evil. 27 Gen 19 ¦10 ABRAHAM |J E JE J E / 322° k' 26 Cp 29 Am 4H (' 26 op 195 )»' Deut 2923* 71' « Hos 87 Is 4i Jer 236 al o> £* p' Cp 15I7 Ex tglS Josh 820 q' 6I7 9II 16 ft >'£t30. . Ziea l' S3- 37 2o20 1 Sum 1449+ C921vf 78 V' 30I6 32^2 § 20 "behold now, this* city is near to flee unto, and it is a "little one: Oh, let me escape thither, (is it not a little one ?) and my soul shall live. 21 And he said unto him, See, I have ^'accepted thee concerning this thing also, that I will "not '-'overthrow the city of which thou hast spoken. 22 'Haste thee, escape thither ; for I cannot do any thing till thou be come thither. "Therefore the name of the city was called "Zoar. 23 "The sun was risen upon the earth when Lot came unto Zoar. 24 Then Yahweh ''rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah "''brimstone and fire from Yahweh out of heaven ; 25 and he ''overthrew those cities, and all the Plain, and all the inhabitants of the cities, and that which "'grew upon the ground. 20 But his wife "'looked back from behind him, and she became a "'pillar of salt. 27 And Abraham dgat up early in the morning "to tho place whore he had stood before Yahweh : 28 and he "looked toward Sodom and Gomorrah, and toward all the land of the Plain, and "beheld, and, lo" the p'smoke of the land went up as the smoke of a furnace. w' i61U» X' 420- V' 4!! a ul b 2462 Num 1329 Josh 15I9 Judg il«t c i614 d 167 e 12I8 8-u Lad /3>" [1312->]2;) "And it came to pass, when God ''destroyed the cities of the Plain, that God "remembered Abraham, and sent Lot out of the midst of the ""'overthrow, when he ''overthrew the cities in the which Lot dwelt, f-^ie1 1 30 ''And Lot went up out of Zoar, and dwelt in the mountain, and his two daughters with him ; for he feared to dwell in Zoar : and he dwelt in a cave, he and his two daughters. 31 And the ''firstborn said unto the "younger, Our father is old, and there is not a man in the earth to 'come in unto us alter the manner of all the earth : a2 come, let us "make our father drink ''wine, and we will 'lie with him, that we may "'preserve seed of our father. 33 And they made their father drink wine "'that "night: and the firstborn went in, and lay with her father; and he knew not when she lay down, nor when she arose. 34 And it came to pass on the morrow, that the firstborn said unto the younger, Behold, I lay yesternight with my father : let us make him drink wine this night also ; and go thou in, and lie with him, that we may preserve seed of our father. 35 And they made their father drink wine that night also : and the younger arose, and lay with him ; and he knew not when she lay down, nor when she arose. 36 Thus were both the daughters of Lot 'with child by their father. 37 And the firstborn bare a son, and '"'called his name Moab : '"'the same is the father of the Moabites "unto this day. ;'8 And the younger, "'she also bare a son, and called his name Ben-ammi : the same is the father of the children of Ammon "unto this day. 201 "And Abraham "journeyed "from thence toward the ''land of the South, and dwelt between "Kadesh and ''Shur ; and he sojourned in Gerar. 2 And Abraham said of Sarah his wife, She is my "sister : and Abimelech king of Gerar sent, and took Sarah. 3 ''But God ¦'came to k 61 1 43 m I5b » 5* 0 55 P'35 '1 Qa r 163 saast 175 a 14a w 143b 1920 .& ItfSO* with reference to the name ISIS 22. 22 M That is, Little 2°. See 13!" 148. 23 The curtness of 23 suggests that the narrative has been somewhat abbreviated. The existence of some dislocation is further evident from 2° whero the pronoun 'his' has no antecedent in w-, 27 This roforenco to 'the placo' depends on iti-^. . , If that passage be a later addition, this will follow it as an editorial identification. 29 This verse which plainly enough belongs to P's summary of the patriarchal traditions, may have originally followed i312ft. 20la At this point u considerable section presents itself from a document characterized (like P up to Kx 6'J. •) by tiio use of the divine name Elohim cp 3 8 n 18 17. it soon becomes apparent, howover, that this peculiarity docs not justify its identification with P. The formulae of P are all absent, while the affinities of style and thought with J are numerous, as the margins show. Yet this narrative is plainly not by the writer of i2l°~20 ; the emphasis here is not on the beauty of Sarah, but on the prophetic character of Abraham. The divine warning is conveyed to Abimelech in a dream 3 6 ; Abimelech himself has boon providentially saved from sin ; Abraham is a prophet, and his intercession brings healing to the king, his wife, and household 7 17. The Yahwist uddition of B. in la cannot conceal the diiferences of preceding method. On the general structure and features of E cp Introd XII i 110. The passage bore incorporated leads the way to other seotions of E in 21 22, first of all combined witli J, and then (JE) with P. lb Perhaps an insertion of tlie compiler referring to the previous lucidity among the oaks of Mainre 181. If the words 1 belong originally to E, thoro is no means of determining what' placo they are intended to designate. j 28 ABIMELECH AND SARAH Gen 21 a tj 6 i Kings o* Ps !Ol2t h * Hos 86 Ps 26«, i 2212 10 3g9« i 42" § k so4 Ex n2 Jjj cp 44I8 ct 23I3 ( Ex 3221 SO. 2 Rings i72lt m 347 cp 2923 n 18 12I7 0 Josh 720f 7> 2ll4 37U Ex 234* 4 13" )¦ 198 # 1 Ex 21IO 2227 Deut 22I2* ( §f cp 2l26 u Ex 1526 Num 12W Deut 3239" v ft ^restrained 162 a Ex 3W 481 al 618IO.. cCp«i46b J i7ie 21 /¦61« JE E Abimelech in a "dream of the night, and said to him, Behold, thou art but a^dead man, because of the woman which thou hast taken ; for she is a man's wife. * Now Abimelech had not come near her: and he said, Lord, wilt thou "slay even a "righteous nation ? 5 Said he not himself unto me, She is my sister? and she, even she herself said, He is my brother : "in the integrity of my heart and the ''innoconcy of my hands have I done this. « And God said unto him in the "dream, Yea "I know that "in the . integrity of thy heart thou hast done this, and I also "withheld thee from sinning against me : 'therefore "suffered I thee not to touch her. 7 Now therefore restore the man's wife ; for he is a "prophet, and he shall 'pray for thee, and thou shalt ¦'live : and if thou restore her not, know thou that thou shalt surely die, thou, and all that are thine. e And Abimelech ]rose early in the morning, and called all his servants, and Hold all these things in their 'ears : and the men were sore afraid. » Then Abimelech called Abraham, and said unto him, What hast thou kdone unto us ? and wherein have I sinned against thee, that thou hast brought on me and on my kingdom a 'great sin? thou hast done deeds unto me that '"ought not to be done. 10 And Abimelech said unto Abraham, What sawest thou, that thou hast done this thing ? " And Abraham said, Because I thought, 'Surely the "fear of God is not in this place ; and they will rslay me for my wife's "sake. 12 And moreover she is 'indeed my sister, the daughter of my father, but not the daughter of my mother; and she became my wife : ia and "it came to pass, "when God "caused me to pwander from my father's house, that I said unto her, This is thy "kindness which thou shalt "shew unto me ; at every place whither we shall come, say of me, He - is my brother. u And Abimelech took "sheep and oxen, "and menservants and "womenservants, and gave them unto Abraham, and restored him Sarah his wife. ls And Abimelech said, Behold, my 2land is before thee : dwell where it "pleaseth thee. 16 And unto Sarah he said, Behold, I have given thy brother a thousand pieces of silver: behold, "it is for thee a 'covering of the eyes to all that are with thee; and "in respect of all thou art 'righted. 17 And Abraham 'prayed unto God : and God "healed Abimelech, and his wife, and his 'maidservants ; and they bare children. is por Yahweh had fast "closed up all the wombs of the house of Abimelech, "because of Sarah Abraham's wife. 211* "And Yahweh "visited Sarah as he had 'said. 2* And Sarah "conceived, and bare Abraham n son in his bold age, lb And Yahweh cdid unto Sarah as he had rfspoken. . . . 2b at the "set time of which God had spoken to him. s And ^Abraham called the name of his son that was born b 107 c aio digg e 174 g 118 li 114 1 113 j 300 k 146J 1 189 mioa n 137 » o 57" P 33 q 41 r 99 a ai b 63 201S The divine name is here followed by the plural verb, cp 357 Ex 22» Josh 24u § (Introd XII 8 i 115). It may be further noted that the word ' cause to wander ' implies a different con ception from that of J in iji... In place of a command from Yahweh, working out a plan and involving a promise, Abraham is conscious only of aimless and indefinite movement. . u Apparently introduced by H. from 13I6. The regular word for women-slaves in E is noh», op 17 and "gg. J on the other hand always employs nncir, "41 j and the presence of this vord here must be due either to a copyist's error op 31s3 Sam iDillm) or more probably to editorial aotivlty in bringing Abimelech's gift up to the standard of Pharaoh's. It may be observed, however, that in Egypt wealth pours in on Abraham before the discovery of his true relation to Sarah, and takes the form of dowry paid to the bride's nearest kin : at Gerar it is bestowed afterwards in compensation to an injured husband. 16a m Or, he. 16b M Or, before all men. 211 All three sources, J E and P, seem to have contained the account of the birth of Isaac. The sequel of the promise in i8'9. . (J) is found in la 2a . the fulfilment of 17" 2l (P) is recorded in 2b-B. Most critics find the introduction to this in Ib, which appears to be a doublet of aa, the name Yahweh being due to a copyist or redactor as in 17I. It is possible, however, that ib belongs to B (cp the formula ' do to ... ' whioh P does not use in Genesis), and prepared the way for the aooount of which a trace is still found in 6. 29 Gen 213 ABRAHAM 4 L&ad g i712 19 h I7« JE E . . . 6 "And Sarah said, God hath "made me to laugh ; every one that heareth will laugh with me. 7 And she said, Who would have 'said unto Abraham, that Sarah should give children suck? for I have borne him a son in his "old age. unto him, whom Sarah bare to him, Isaac. i xAnd Abraham "circumcised his son Isaac when he was eight days dold, "as God had commanded him. 6 And Abraham was an "hundred years dold, ''when his son Isaac was born unto him. j 2922 4020 cp 155 t-19" I Ex ul cp 148 7)1 38194817 n 18 £ 463f 0 Cp 193 ct 122 1720 p 16 19 fti q 2ol3 )• Ct 167 fl 4i53 0p Ex 3932 § Qal* ( 26 u Ex 828 337 Josh 3I6 Jpt »*t w 36 X Ct 16" 2S18 § y 38I Num 224 Josh 52 620 op "HO 8 "And the 'child "grew, and was weaned : and Abraham made a great J'feast on the day that Isaac was weaned. 9 And Sarah saw the son of Hagar the Egyptian, which she had borne unto Abraham, "'mocking. 10 Wherefore she said unto Abraham, 'Cast out this "bondwoman and her son : for the son of this bondwoman shall not be heir with my son, [even] with Isaac. / n And the thing was very '"grievous in Abraham's sight 'on account of his son. 12 And God said unto Abraham, Let it not be grievous in thy sight because of the Jlad, and because of thy "bondwoman ; in all that Sarah saith unto theo, ''hearken unto her voice; for in Isaac shall thy seed be called. 1:1 And also of the son of the "bondwoman "will I "make a nation", because he is thy seed. / u And Abraham 'rose up early in the morning, and took bread and a "pbottle of water, and gave it unto Hagar, ""putting it on her shoulder, and the 'child, and sent her away : and she departed, and 'wandered in the rwilderness of Beer-sheba. 10 And the water in the pbottle was "spent, and she cast the 'child under one of the 'shrubs. I 10 And she went, and sat her down over against him a "good way off, as it were a "bowshot: for she said, Let me not look upon the death of the 'child. And she "sat over against him, and "lift up her voice, and "wept.'j 17 And God "heard the voice of the jlad ; and the pangel of God called to Ilagar out of heaven, and said unto her, What aileth thee, Hagar ? ''fear not ; for God hath heard the voice of the Jlad where he is 18 Arise, lift up the Jlad, and hold him in thine hand ; for I will "make him a great nation. 10 And God '"opened her eyes, and she saw a well of water ; and she went, and filled the bottle with water, and 'gave the Jlad drink. 20 And God was 'with the Jlad, and he ggrew ; and he "dwelt in the wilderness, and "became an "archer. 21 And he dwelt in the wilderness of Paran: and his mother 'took him a wife out of the land of Egypt. 22 "And it came to pass at that "time, that Abimelech and Phicol c 40 a 119 e 93 I f "34 g 66 >l 99 i m j a35 k 44b 1 aoo mi93 n 17611 u 226 V 97 qi54 ra35s 130 t 8a 216a E's reference to the supposed meaning of Isaac's name, ct 1717 1812. Budde and others rendering "> ' laugh at me ' think the two members of tlie verso incongruous, and uttuch ob to 7 (cp Ball and Holzingor). ob M Or, prepared laughter for me. 8 On the duplicate stories of the expulsion of Hagar cp i6ltM. For the ascription of the following to E (ugainst P) cp the margins, and (against J) cp J2 17 le- with 208 ° 18 17 and ct >6°' •. 9 M Or, playing. — Op 26s Ex 32°. »a m Or, skin. lib (SJ reads ' and put the child upon her shoulder.' Dill mann and others see in the unusual j£» a correction designed to avoid the chronological difficulty arising from the combination of JE with P, for according to 1724. 216 Ishmael was fourteen years old at the birth of Isaac, and needed no such maternal aid. But 10 imiilies that Hagar had been carrying her child. 19 The words ' and she sat over against him ' muy be an accidental repetition from the first part of the verse. 17 E's allusion to the elements of Ishmael's name, ct 1611" 1720. As" the previous verse makes no mention of any sound from Ishmael's lips, & apparently corrects i°b ' and the child lift up his voice.' 20 M Or, became, as he grew up, an archer. 22 In this passage two stories seem to be blended with muc. 1 curtailment. One 22-24 concerns an oath of good faith from Abra ham towards Abimelech of Gerar 20s and his land. The seooni1. 3° ISHMAEL AND ISAAC Gen 22 2 § Qalf cp Lev i9U Plel« a' Is 1422 Job i819f V 20I tf Cp 20IO 3i37 42 § i(' 2ol4 i> Cp 315° /¦' Josh Gen 31 fft. J/'Cp24and 26II Ct 2633 fc' Ex 13I7 cp Ex 2381 ct Josh ,32. 33 x5ga i'28 0' 3784 Num 20IB Josh 24? a Ex 1525 ,54 2029 cp 19a 2-13 X7bc b 12 16 £» c Cp 2110 d Cp Pll8<= e Num 2221* / § Piel» ct Ex 14I6 E JE E the "captain of his host spake unto Abraham, saying, God is "with thee in all that thou doest : 2:! now therefore swear unto me "here by God that thou wilt not Meal falsely with me, nor with "my "'son, nor with my son's son" : but according to the "kindness that I have done unto thee, thou shalt do unto me, and to the land wherein thou hast '''sojourned. 24 And Abraham said. I will swear. 25 And Abraham c reproved Abimelech 'because of the well of water, which Abimelech's servants had violently taken away. 20 And Abimelech said, I know not who hath done this thing : "neither didst thou tell me, neither yet hoard I of it 'but to-day. 27 And Abraham ''took 'sheep and oxen, and gave them unto Abimelech ; and they two " made a covenant. ...28 And Abraham "'set seven ewe lambs of the flock b'by themselves. 29 And Abimelech said unto Abraham, What mean these seven ewe lambs which thou hast e'set "by themselves? 30 And he said, These seven ewe lambs shalt thou take of my hand, that it may^be a witness-/* unto me? that I have digged this well. 31 c Wherefore he called that place Beer-sheba ; because there they Bsware both of them. 32 So they "'made a covenant at Beer-sheba: and Abimelech d'rose up, and Phicol the "captain of his host, and they returned into the *'land of the Philistines. 33 xAnd [Abraham] ''planted a tamarisk tree in Beer-sheba, and "'called there on the name of Yahweh, the Everlasting God. 34 "And Abraham '''sojourned in the ''land of the Philistines ¦''many days. 221 "And it came to pass "after these things, that God did "prove Abraham, and said unto him, Abraham ; and he said, "Here am I. 2 xAnd he said, Take now thy son, thine ''only son, whom thou lovest, c[even] Isaac, and "get thee into the land of "Moriah • and doffer him there for a ''burnt offering upon one of the mountains which I will tell thee of. 3 And Abraham "rose early in the morning, and "saddled his ass, and took two of his fyoung men with him, and Isaac his son ; and he •''clave the wood for the burnt offering, and erose up, and went unto the place of which God had told him. | relates to a dispute about a well 25... Both these have their parallel in J's history of Isaac 262". .. The sequel of the first appears (according to the view here taken, but thero is much critical divergence) in 31, where the name Beer-sheba is inter preted as the ' well of swearing,' in allusion to the oath demanded by Abimelech 2S. But this name contained another allusion, viz to a well, and this has apparently led to the amalgamation of the oath-story with an account of a covenant about a well 26- - , derived from the cycle of well-stories which were no doubt of great importance in the patriarchal traditions. The name might also, however, be interpreted ' well of seven.' This has probably caused the insertion of fresh material in 28-30. The statement in M that ' Abraham set the seven ewe lambs of the flock by themselves ' (Dillm) seems to imply some previous mention of their selection, and suggests that they are drawn from an independent story about the ' well of seven ' *. This source would most naturally be J. Still, both J and B frequently employ the number seven ; w 30 show phraseological affinity with E ; and it is possible that the abruptness of 28 may be due to simple abbreviation. The repetition of the phrase ' and they made a covenant ' CT 32 points to the amal gamation of two narratives with the same close, one of which was fixed by the well-incident at Beer-sheba. The oath 22-24 would most naturally be located in the land where Abraham had sojourned 23 Cp 34 ; hut its union with the well-story gaVe it another geographical base, and it was then necessary for Abimelech and Phicol to return to their own land 92. In 33 the absence of a subject implies discontinuity, and the verse is 11 191 v 171 w 576 y 138 '¦ 33 a' i8f b'135 0' I5b d'128 ,e' I5» a 95 b 104 c 163 d 110 eaoo f 335 gI28 the obvious sequel of J's story. 2123 ]y[ Qr, my offspring, nor with my posterity. 29 The suffix here nm^i differs from that in 28 ; analogous forms are found in 319 4121 4288, all in E. 34 This verse seems incongruous with ", which implies that Abraham was not then in the land of the Philistines. It may have been the original sequel of 24., 0n the hypothesis that E's Beer-sheba story has lost its opening describing Abraham's removal from Gerar cp 26i7- • ; or it may be due to RJ°, who adds it as the close of 33. In either case its position here is duo to R. 22' The narrative of the intended sacrifice of Isaac 1-13 is distinguished (save for the harmonizer's touch in H) by the use of the divine name Elohim. But it shows no point of contact in phrase or thought with P, who never depicts Q-od as ' trying ' or ' proving ' the patriarchs or their descendants, or recognizes any acts of cultus before the Levitical institutions (op Introd XIII 27 i 124). 2 Moriah is only named elsewhere in 2 Chron 3I : the designa tion ' land of Moriah,' as if it were well known and Moriah were ' one of the mountains ' in it, is consequently rendered doubtful. The name is probably due to the redactor who saw in it a reference to the proverbial utterance of 14 ; but its meaning was by no means clear; @ renders 'the lofty land,' Sam g ' the land of vision,' while @ preserves a reading which Dillmann and Ball think may possibly be original, ' the land of the Amorite ' cp JEg6. * Otherwise it must be assumed that seven was the regular number, already recognized in Abraham's act 27, 31 Gen 22" ABRAHAM g 3122 4020 4218 Ex 1911' 1« op acfi h 1912 40I5 Num 228 328 l8 i jp — ' up to thus 333 Ot EX 71U Josh 17" j Ex 24I 3310 k Judg iq29 Prov 3°"t I §=saidi/& •Ex. i"- m 4188 9 £iodtr n Lev it p Cp 'ioo q 21I7 l- 462 Ex 34 l Is 9" io34 ps 74°t u io9 Num 2il4 v Ex 3213* w Num 1428 243. ie.fi" 3,24802 I28 a' 26tt" cp Num M24 Deut 712 820 ft V 2i32 c' n29 J' 422 I938 t> io!5 388 Ct io23 /' Ct io22 g' 2424 ct 2520 h' 258 3522 3612" i' i61t> a Cp 257 17 J E JE J E 4 On the "third day Abraham "lifted up his eyes, and saw the place 'afar off. 6 And Abraham said unto his 'younS men> -A-0^6 Y6 ''here with the ass, and I and the 'lad will go 'yonder; and we will ¦'worship, and come again to you. 6 And Abraham took the wood of tho burnt offering, and Jlaid it upon Isaac his son ; and he took in his hand the fire and the 'knife ; and they went both of them together. 7 And Isaac 'spake unto Abraham his father, and said, My father: and he said, "Here am I, my son. And he said, Behold, the fire and the wood: but where is the lamb for a burnt offering? 8 And Abraham said, God will "'"provide himself the lamb for a burnt offering, my son : so they went both of them together. 9 LAnd they came to the place which God had told him of; and Abraham kbuilt the altar there, and "laid the wood in order, and lbound Isaac his son, and Jlaid him on the altar, upon the wood. 10 And Abraham 'stretched forth his hand, and took the knife to ''slay his son. n And the mangel of "Yahweh called unto him 'out of heaven, and said, "Abraham, Abraham'' : and he said, "Here am I. 12 And he said, 'Lay not thine hand upon the lad, neither do thou any thing unto him : for now I know that thou "fearest God, seeing thou hast not "withheld thy son, thine 'only son, from me. 13 And Abraham "lifted up his eyes, and looked, and "behold, behind [him] a ram caught in the 'thicket by his horns : and Abraham went and took the ram, and "offered him up for a burnt offering in the stead of his son. 14 "And Abraham called the name of that place "Yahweh-jireh : as it is "said to this day, In the mount of Yahweh "it shall be provided. 15 "And the "angel of Yahweh called unto Abraham a second time qout of heaven, and said, le "By myself have I 'sworn, wsaith Yahweh, because thou hast done this thing, and hast not 'withheld thy son, thine bonly son : n that in blessing I will ''bless thee, and in "multiplying I will 'multiply thy seed as the 'stars of the heaven, and as the 'sand which is upon the sea shore ; and thy seed shall "possess the gate of his enemies ; 18 and "in thy seed shall all the "nations of the earth "be blessed ; "'because thou hast 'obeyed my voice. lu So Abraham returned unto his 'young men, and they "rose up and went together to '''Beer-sheba ; and Abraham dwelt at Beer-sheba. 20 "And it came to pass 'after these things, that it was vtold Abraham, saying, Behold, ''Milcah, *she also hath borne children unto thy brother Nahor ; 21 Uz e'his firstborn, and Buz "his brother, and Kemuel the father of ''Aram ; 22 and Chesed, and Hazo, ami Pildash, and Jidlaph, and Bethuel. 23 And Bethuel "begat "'Bebekah : these eight did Milcah bear to Nahor, Abraham's brother. 24 And his '''concubine, 'whose name was Reumah, '''she also bare Tebah, and Gaham, and Tahash, and Maacah. Ii 1j6* i 131 J 193 231 "And the "life of Sarah was an "hundred and seven and twenty years : "these were the yours" of the life of Sarah. 3 And Sarah died in "Kiriath-arba k 137 1 ao5b in 97 o 4 P 317 q io" r 304 a I0b t 44X 11 138 v ai8b w 14 * 7 b 1? 228 M $ see for himself. 11 The angel in the original story was no doubt the angel of Elohim 21I7 ; the name has been editorially changed to Yahweh in preparation for the important insertion 1&-18, 13 M Or, according to many ancient authorities, behold a ($ one) ram caught. 14» An editorial insertion, but whether by K° or Ri" cannot be determined. In the original story the names may have been formed with El. llb M That is, Yahweh will see, or, provide. 14° M Or, he shall be seen. 15 An addition to E by a later hand familiar with the phraseology of J as the margins show. Tho solemn oath of Yahweh 'by himself'10 is mentioned only once elsewhere, in a passage of similar expansion Ex 3213 ; note the phrase so common in prophecy 'oracle of Yahweh' i°, Am 211 Hos 2™ Is i2* al. iaa Ct 128 6 and cp 1818. 18b m Or, bless themselves. 20 This clause is here treated as an editorial connexion, though the frequent recurrence of the phrase ' after these things' makes it possible that it was a continuation of E's history, into which the genealogy ' and it was told Abraham ' has been unexpectedly inserted. This appears to be most properly assigned to J as the necessary preparation for the story of 24. Both form and contents show that it cannot belong to P : and there seems no ground either of phraseology or of matter for ascribing it (with Wellh) to E. The slight marginal parallels confirm the attribution to J. 231 By the purchuse of the cave of Machpelah, Abraham, according to P, secures a permanent possession in the land of Canaan. Contrast the account of Jacob's purchase of land near Shechcm 3318"20. 32 THE CAVE OF MACHPELAH Gen 247 !>3527 Joah 15M 207 21II c 5oW» i! 9 20 49S0 so13 el2'IieV427202 4 Si Ex 50 nm 149* /Ot jgl g 18 cp 3424| h 17M $ct"i86 i Cp 2 Kinga 124 ) 19 259 49SO 5013 k 20 4q32 I Ezek 45ICP43I2 20f m 20 Lev 2580 al ct "128 o i8« 6 85 2612 cp io" C Ct I52 d 458 20 e 9 4729t /37 So». Joah 220 628 g 87 126 ot 28I 362 A12I i 3i24 29 Ex io28 19I2 34I2 Cp »Io8 J E ("the hame is Hebron), in tho "land of Canaan : and Abraham came to 'mourn for Sarah, and to weep for her. :l And Abraham rose up from "before his dead, 'saying, and [spake unto the "children of Heth, 'saying, 4_ "I am a stranger and a "sojourner with you : give me a possession of a rfburyingplace with you, that I may bury my dead out of my sight. 5 And tho children of Heth answered Abraham, saying unto him, ° Hear us, my lord : thou art "a mighty prince 'among us : in the choice of our sepulchres bury thy dead ; none of us shall withhold from thee his sepulchre, but that thou mayest bury thy dead. And Abraham rose up, and bowed himself to the ''people of the land", even to the children of Heth. 8 And he 'communed with them, 'saying, If it be your mind that I should bury my dead out of my sight, hear me, and intreat for me to "Ephron the son of Zohar, ° that he may give me the cave of mMachpelah, which he hath, which is in the end of his field ; for the full price let him give it to me in the 'midst of you for a possession of a ''buiying- place. 10 Now Ephron was 'sitting in the midst of the children of Heth : and Ephron the Hittite answered Abraham in the audience of the children of Heth, "even of all" that "went in at the gate of his city", saying, » Nay, my lord, hear me : the field give I thee, and the cave that is therein, I give it thee; in the presence of the sons of my people give I it thee: bury thy dead. 12 And Abraham bowed himself down before the "people of the land. *3 And he 'spake unto Ephron in the audience of the "people of the land, 'saying, But if thou wilt, Al pray thee, hear me : I will give the price of the field ; take it of me, and I will bury my dead there. 14 And Ephron answered Abraham, saying unto him, ls My lord, hearken unto me : a piece of land worth four hundred shekels of silver, what is that betwixt me and thee? bury therefore thy dead. 10 And Abraham hearkened unto Ephron; and Abraham weighed to Ephron the silver, which he had named in the audience of the children of Heth, four hundred shekels of silver, 'current [money] with the merchant. 1Y So the field of Ephron, which was in mMachpelah, ywhich was before Mamre, the 'field, and the *cave which was therein, and all the trees that were in the field, that were in 'all the border thereof round about', were ""made sure 18 unto Abraham for a "possession in the presence of the children of Heth, "before "all that went in at the gate of his city. 19 And after this, Abraham buried Sarah his wife in the cave of the field of Machpelah "before Mamre (the same is Hebron), in the "land of Canaan. 20 And the 'field, and the ''cave that is therein, "'were made sure unto Abraham for a possession of a dburyingplace by the children of Heth. 241 "And Abraham was "old, [and] well stricken in age" : and Yahweh had ''blessed Abraham in all things. z And Abraham said unto his servant, the "elder of his house, that ''ruled over all that he had, Put, I pray thee, "thy hand under my thigh: 3 'and I will'make thee swear by Yahweh, the "God of heaven and the God of the earth, that thou shalt not "take a wife for my son of the "daughters of the Canaanites, "among whom I dwell : 4 but thou shalt go unto my ''country, and to my dkindred, and take a wife for my son "Isaac. 6 And the servant said unto him, "Peradventure the woman will not be willing to follow me unto this land : must I needs bring thy son again unto the land from whence thou earnest ? 6 And Abraham said unto him, 'Beware thou that thou bring not my son thither again. 7 Yahweh, the "God of heaven, that took me from my 'father's house, and from the land of my d 4 e 64 f 185 g 10 h 9+ 1 144 J "7 k 131 o 36 P 35 a ISO" b 83 c 26 d 60 e 64 * '53 23a The identification of Kiriath-Arba and of Mamre ,9 with Hebron may be editorial. 6 M & a prince of God. 241 The account of the journey of Abraham's servant has Ixen attached by the compiler to the account of the death and brrial of Sarah, but its original place in the group of J r rratives cannot be determined with certainty. It would seem that 25s must originally have stcod somewhere before 2410l>. Some writers have supposed that the oath exacted from the servant really marks Abraham's deathbed, but that in the prccess of compilation J's reference to Abraham's decease was set aside for the more detailed notice of P 25'. •. In this way Isaac has become the ' master ' fl6. 4 $ for Isaac, jrobably nn explr.nntoi#Tglossj cp"«-in»dv?22. 33 Gen 247 ABRAHAM k 45I8 20 23 I Deut 234 ot r6 m cp 2743 2810 TiJpt o 202 Bx 215 p 13 &c Deut 29II Joah 921 23 27» 0 2720f r 15-18 &0 S}* t 1 833 11 24 47 2223 1) 45 2il4 Ex i284 Josh 48 TO Cp Job 3924f x Ct Lev 2ol8- y 3o'«t 2 348 Bx 14I4 ct Num 308 &c* a'.3s4 Ex 322. b' 4321 Josh 721 c> 32 Ex 57. . ; d' 48 Ex I321 cp 17 «' i^=TOAo«e i61b /' $— abroad 1917 cp i and 31 J JE E dnativity, and that spake unto me, and that "sware unto me, saying, Unto thy seed will I Jgive this land ; he shall send his "angel before thee, and thou shalt "take a wife for my son fi-om thence. 8 And if the woman be not willing to follow thee, then thou shalt be clear from this my oath ; only thou shalt not bring my son thither again. ° And the servant "put his hand under the thigh of Abraham hia master, and sware to him concerning this matter. 10 And the seiwant took ten "camels, of the camels of his master, and departed ; "having all 'goodly things of his master's in his hand : and he 'arose, and went to "'Mesopo tamia, unto the mcity of Nahor. n And he "made the camels to kneel down without the city by the "well of water at the time of evening, the time that women go out to pdraw water. 12 And he said, O Yahweh, the "God of my master Abraham, 'send me, I pray thee, good speed4 this day, and Jshew kindness unto my master Abraham. 13 Behold, I kstand by the 'fountain of water ; and the daughters of the men of the city come out to pdraw water : u and let it come to pass, that the "damsel to whom I shall say, Let down thy rpitcher, I pray thee, that I may drink ; and she shall say, Drink, and I will "give thy camels drink also: let the same be she that thou hast "appointed for thy servant Isaac ; and thereby shall I know that thou hast 'shewed kind ness unto my master. 15 And it came to pass "before he had 'done speaking, that, behold, Rebekah came out, who was born to "Bethuel the son of Milcah, the wife of Nahor, Abraham's brother, with her pitcher upon her "shoulder. 16 And the damsel was very pfair to look upon, a virgin, neither had any man qknown her : and she went down to the 'fountain, and filled her pitcher, and came up. 17 And the servant "ran to meet her, and said, '"Give me to drink, I pray thee, a "little water of thy pitcher. 18 And she said, Drink, my lord : and she 'hasted, and let down her pitcher upon her hand, and gave him drink. 19 And when she had 'done giving him drink, she said, I will pdraw for thy camels also, until they have done drinking. 20 And she 'hasted, and "emptied her pitcher into the "trough, and 'ran again unto the well to pdraw, and drew for all his camels. 21 And the man "looked stedfastly on her ; "holding his peace, to know whether Yahweh had made his journey "prosperous or not. 22 And it came to pass, as the camels had 'done drinking, that the man took a golden "'ring of "half a shekel ^'weight, and two bracelets for her hands of ten shekels weight of gold ; and said, 23 Whose daughter art thou ? tell me, I pray thee. vIs there room in thy father's house for us to lodge in ? 24 And she said unto him, I am the daughter of "Bethuel the son of Milcah, which she bare unto Nahor. 25 She said moreover unto him, We have "both "straw and "provender enough, and room to lodge in. 26 And the man 'bowed his head, and worshipped Yahweh. 27 And he said, "Blessed be Yahweh, the "God of my master Abraham, who hath not forsaken his "'mercy and his truth toward my master : as for me, Yahweh hath d'led me in the way to the house of my master's brethren. ". . . 28 And the damsel 'ran, and told her mother's house "'according to these words. 2J And Rebekah had a brother, "'and his name was Laban : "and Laban 'ran •''out unto the man, unto the 'fountain. ao "And it came to pass, when he saw the "ring, and the bracelets upon his sister's hands, and when he heard the words of Rebekah his sister, saying, Thus spake the man unto mo ; that he came unto tho man ; and, behold, he stood h 16 i 138 j 57" kai5>> 81 ui 335 n 235 P'534 5° r 70 a 51 t 43 u 66 v 84 w II x 67 y I3>> z IO° a' 57» b' a 0' I37l> 247 The clause 'and that sware unto me' maybe a later addition referring to 2216. 10s M Or, for all the goods of his master were in his hand. l°b M ,6 Aram-naharaim, that is, Aram of the two rivers. " l|o beka. See Ex 3826. 28 The gift of the ring and the bracelets 22 30 seems here to have fallen out of the text. On further indications of acci dental dislocation at a very early date cp 29N. 29 Some dislocation of clauses seems to have taken place here ; 2'jl> should probably follow 3»» ; Laban does not seek the visitor till he has heard Kebekah's news and seen the gifts. The obviously homogeneous character of the rest of thy narrative renders Knobel's suggestion of a combination of two sources here unnecessary (Dillmann). \ 34 A WIFE FOR ISAAC Gen 24s Ct Ex ?89 11 36* h' t84 «"' Cp »3 Isie ,32 j' Cp 17I 48I6 *¦' Cp Ex 28» Is 7M I' Cp Josh 2I2 ft m' Ex 2H n'139 o' 130 p' 1219 q' i24 ¦' Ezek 18 2 Chron 218 3,23t J JE by the camels at the 'fountain. " And he said, Come in, thou 'blessed of Yahweh ; wherefore standest thou without? for I have prepared the house, and room for the camels. :!2 And the man came into the house, and he ungirded the camels ; and he gave "straw and "provender for the camels, and water to "wash his feet and the men's feet that were with him. 33 And there was set meat before him to eat : but he said, 34 a ,?' eat' until * have told mine errand. And he said, Speak on. And he said, I am Abraham's servant. 36 And Yahweh hath ''blessed my master greatly ; and he is become great : and he hath given him Hocks and herds, and "'silver and gold, and menservants and "'maid servants, and camels and asses. 3° And Sarah my master's wife bare a son to my master when she was 'old: and unto him hath he given all that he hath. 87 And my master 'made me swear, saying, Ihou shalt not take a wife for my son of the daughters of the Canaanites, in whose land I dwell : 38 but thou shalt go unto my father's house, and to my kindred, and take a wife for my son. 39 And I said unto my master, Peradventure the woman will not follow me. 40 And he said unto me, Yahweh, before whom I 'walk, will send his angel with thee, and prosper thy way ; and thou shalt take a wife for my son of my kindred, and of my father's house : « "then shalt thou be clear from my oath, when thou comest to my kindred ; and if they give her not to thee, thou shalt be clear from my oath. 42 And I came this day unto the fountain, and said, 0 Yahweh, the God of my master Abraham, if now thou vdo "prosper my way which I go : 4:1 behold, I stand by the fountain of water ; and let it come to pass, that the ''maiden which cometh forth to draw, to whom I shall say, Give me, I pray thee, a little water of thy pitcher to drink ; ** and she shall say to me, "Both drink thou, and I will "also draw for thy camels : let the same be the woman whom Yahweh hath "appointed for my master's son. 46 And before I had done speaking in mine "'heart, behold, Rebekah came forth with her pitcher on her shoulder ; and she went down unto the fountain, and drew : and I said unto her, Let me drink, I pray thee. 46 And she made haste, and let down her pitcher from her shoulder, and said, Drink, and I will give thy camels drink also : so I drank, and she made the camels drink also. 47 And I "'asked her, and said, Whose daughter art thou ? And she said, The daughter of Bethuel, Nahor's son, whom Milcah bare unto him : and I put the ring upon her nose, and the bracelets upon her hands. 48 And I bowed my head, and worshipped Yahweh, and blessed Yahweh, the God of my master Abraham, which had led me in the ''right way to take my master's brother's daughter for his son. 49 And now if ye will ''deal kindly and truly with my master, tell me : and if not, tell me ; that I may "''turn to the "'right hand, or to the left. 60 Then Laban and Bethuel answered and said, The thing proceedeth from Yahweh : we cannot speak unto thee ''bad or good. 61 Behold, Rebekah is "'before thee, p'take her, and go, and let her be thy master's son's wife ''as Yahweh hath spoken. 62 "'And it came to pass, that, when Abraham's servant heard their words, he k'bowed himself down to the earth unto Yahweh. 63 And the servant brought forth jewels of *' silver, and jewels of 'gold, and raiment, and gave them to Rebekah : he gave also to her brother and to her mother ''precious things. 64 And they did ''eat and drink, he and the men that were with him, and tarried all night ; and they rose up in the morning, and he said, m'Send me away unto my master. 65 And her brother and her mother said, Let the damsel abide with us N|a few] days, at the least ten ; after that she shall go. C8 And he said unto them, E a' 33 c' 41 f 63 B' 45 h' 129 57" j' 165 k' 13* 149° m'ao5c 24*1 In this verse there seems a certain incompleteness : nutzsch and Socin (followed by Bacon) suggest that 4i» con- ined a reference to the search for a bride for Isaac : it is possible, as the word 'oath ' is different from that in B cp 36M, that the -whole may be a compiler's addition. r,R On the reading cp Dillm and Ball. 35 d 2 Gen 245 ABRAHAM ' Cp 3411 i'358 u' Cp Num 10W v' 22" w' 16" a/ 20I y' Op Josh 1518 2' 38H 19f a'r Op 3814 o $rs~iuhose i6ib !< io29 c 16H 2402 a 2224 t Ex 2838 Num i80- 29 Deut i617« / 1314 4814 g Ct 291 h 478- cp 17 23I i55 ft ¦j 17 3529 k 15I6 I 3529 op Pout 3323» vi 23I9 11 4980 50I3 cp 33'° 0 l616l> J JE "'Hinder me not, seeing Yahweh hath "prospered my way ; ""'send me away that I may go to my master. 67 And they said, We will call the damsel, and '''inquire at her mouth. 58 And they called Rebekah, and said unto her, Wilt thou go with this man ? And she said, I will go. 69 And they ""'sent away Rebekah their sister, and her ''nurse, and Abraham's servant, and his men. 00 And they blessed Rebekah, and said unto her, Our sister, be thou [the mother] of "'thousands of ten thousands, and let thy seed '"possess the gate of those which a'hate them. ul And Rebekah 'arose, and her damsels, and they "'rode upon the camels, and followed the man : and the servant p'took Rebekah, and went his way. C2 "And Isaac came "from the way of ""'Beer-lahai-roi ; for he dwelt in the x'land of the South. 03 And Isaac went out to "meditate in the field at the eventide : and he "'lifted up his eyes, and "'saw, and, behold, there were camels coming. 6i And Rebekah ""'lifted up her eyes, and when she saw Isaac, she "'lighted off the camel. 06 And she said unto the servant, What man is this that walketh in the field to meet us ? And the servant said, It is my master : and she took her "'veil, and ""covered herself. 00 And the servant told Isaac all the things that he had clone. °7 "And Isaac brought her into his mother Sarah's r'tent, and took Rebekah, and she became his wife; and he "'loved her : and Isaac was ''comforted after his mother's death, [-s-ae1] 25i "And Abraham "took •'another wife, "and her name was Keturah. 2 And she hare him Ziinran, and Jokshan, and Medan, and Midian, and Ishbak, and -Shuah. 3 And Jokshan 'begat Sheba, and Dedan. And the sons of Dedan were Asshurim, and Letushim, and Leummim. 4 And the sons of Midian ; Ephah, and Epher, and Hanoch, and Abidu, and Eldnah. 6A11 these were the children of Keturah. 5 "And Abraham gave all that he had unto Isaac— ub "And Isaac dwelt by "Beer lahai-roi. — ° "But unto the sotis of the ''concubines, which Abraham had, Abraham gave "gifts ; and he sent them away from Isaac his son, dwhile he yet lived, f eastward, "unto the "east country. E 7 And "these are the ''days of the years of Abraham's life 'which he lived, an 'hundred threescore and fifteen years. 8 And Abraham egave up the ghost, and Jdied in a 'good old age, an old man, and 'full [of years] ; and was ''gathered to his people. 9 And Isaac and Ishmael his sons buried him in tlie '"cave of 'Machpelah, in the field of Ephron the son of Zohar the Hittite, which is 'before Mamre ; 10 the field which Abraham "purchased of the children of Heth : there was Abraham buried, and Sarah his wife. n* And it came to pass after tho death of Abraham, that God kblessed Isaac his son. 12 *AND •THESE ARE THE GENERATIONS of "Ishmael, Abraham's n' 167 o' 198 p* 176" q' 55 r aao »' 180 t' ao1 a 8a b 133 0 7 d 91 e 188 93 5' 1' 75 i 5 j 64 33 77* 2402a This rather implies that Isaac has already found an independent sottlomont cp 256, presumably in consequence of Abraham's death. J's account of that event bus been eliminated by R to make way for P's statement 25s- ¦ • ; Wellhausen and others suggest that it may Originally have preceded this passage. °'2U M (SJ has, through the wilderness. — Hall proposos, ' Now Isaac had come from Beer-sheba [i e ailur the death of Abraham] to Boer-lahai-roi,' cp 2219 2511. 07 This verse seems to have received several editorial touches. fa reads 'And Isaac brought her into the tent,' so that, the words ' his mother Sarah ' •£> are grammatically out of place ; they are therefore regarded as a gloss. Of tlie same origin, probably, are tho concluding words, inserted perhaps after 24 had boon attached to 23. Wollhuuson and oihurs, however, suggest that tho word ' motlior ' has bcun substituted for ' father.' The word ' death ' doos not appear in $j, but may be reasonably supplied from ajU. 251 After tho stress previously laid on Abraham's old ago, and the possible references to his death in 24, this passago seems out of place. The difficulty of doturmiiiing its source and chronological location is increased by tho fact that it contains elements already embodied in J; og in io'iti_28 tihuba is tho son of Joktan who is doscendud through Ebor from Arpachshad, whereas in 3 Sheba is the son of Jokshan who is born of Keturah. Partly on this ground, partly because of the mention of Midian cp 3728 S6| Dillmann ascribes the Keturah- tablo to E, and places it before the birth of Isaac. There are not, however, any decisive phraseological affinities with E, while the fuw indications of style which can be gathered, point rather to J. Tho section is here regarded, therefore, as of secondary origin in relation to tho main J, though also distinct from J8 in io2". .. Bacon uttachos it to 22^ before 241. 6 This verse seems to be the basis of Uic statement in 243Gb (though Kuenen regards it as founded by R on that passage). Differont suggestions have been made ^concerning its original position, Bucon and Holzinger proposing to place it after 241, Battersby after 24°. nh This allusion to Isaac's residenoe at Beer-lahai-roi cannot bolong to P 7-n», which doos not rofer to the story of i6M. It sooins to lmvo beon placed thoro by P. as an appropriate item ol' Isaac's biography. But as it is implied in 2^, it probably belongs like 6 to an earlier portion of the story which has been eliminated in the process of compilation. 011 The provision made for Isaac 6 soems to have suggested the additional arrangements of ' to B. Only one ooncubiuo has been mentioned bui'oro 2j24 ; the generalizing plural (doe- it include llagur'O implies another hand. ob The last clause may bo im editorial gloss on ' eastward.' 12 T now. § as in i». 36 THE DESCENDANTS OF ABRAHAM Gen 252 P i6» q Lot 253I Joab l323 28 I532.. only in P r Num 31I0* J 1720 ( Num 2sl3f w 23I v 1 2II to7 29 w 167 zCt 2120 V 16I2 ! Ct 24IB o' 30" .£>" 6' Il30 c' § aitiipt ] 2i "And Isaac 'intreated Yahweh "'for his wife, because she was ^ barren : and Yahweh was 'intreated of him, and Rebokah his wife "conceived. 22 And the children "'struggled together within her ; and she said, If it be so, "wherefore do I live ? And she went to '''inquire of Yahweh. 23 And Yahweh said unto her, Two nations are in thy womb, And two "'peoples shall be separated even from thy -^'bowels : And the one people shall be stronger than the other people ; And the elder shall serve the 'younger. 24 And when her days to be "'delivered were '''fulfilled, behold, there were ''twins in her womb. 26a And the first came forth "red, , . . . . .25b "all over like an hairy •''garment ; and they called his name Esau. 2C* And after that came forth his "brother, and his hand '''had hold on Esau's ''heel ; and his name was called "Jacob . . . .26b And Isaac was threescore years 'old when she bare them, . . .27 "And the "boys 'grew : and Esau was a cunning 'hunter, a man of the field ; and Jacob was a "plain man, dwelling in "'tents. 28 Now Isaac b'loved Esau, because he did eat of his Venison : and Rebekah loved Jacob. 29 "And Jacob sod ""'pottage: and Esau came in from the field, and he m 76b 131 18 1 3° r 119" t 48 * 235 y 166 z 17a a' aao b' 180 2518s Cp iS1**". The verse is full of difficulties, for the geographical data do not seem reconcilable, the disturbing words being 'as thou goest toward Asshur.' A comparison with 1 Sam 157 led Hupfeld to propose ' as thou goest to Shvir ' ; the subject being thon identified with the Ishmaelitos. But it is possible that the verso is really continuous with ft, and in that enso tho clause may have arisen from accidental repetition of the syllable Shur. For another viow of a land of Ashurbotwoou Egypt and Palestine cp Hommol, Ancient Hebr Trad 240. Tho change of person in the concluding member probably marks the hand of the editor who applied the preceding words to Ishmael, and added a reminiscence from i612. I8b M Or, settled, ,fj fell. 18° M Or, over against. 20 M Jp Aramean. — 286 op 3120. 21 The account of Isaac's marriage in P 19, was no doubt followed immediately by the mention of the birth of his sons. In the process of compilation II has set this aside in favour of two stories from JE, one relating the birth of the twins, the other the transfer of the birthright from Esau to Jacob. At the end of the first he incorporates P's statement of Isaac's age on the occasion. But the narrative is placed too soon when compared with 26, for it is plain from 267- • that Eebekah was not thon the mothor of adult twins. The combined incidents 21-" ought therefore to follow 26". a M Or, wherefore am I thus. — Cp 8gjb. 25» M Or, ruddy.— Cp 1 Sam 1612 17424.. 25b Doubtless El had his account of tho birth of the pair of brothers, as well fts J. If so, it is possible that some traces of it may be preserved in these verses. According to J 26a the firstborn came forth admoni, which seems to point to the name Edom, on which a further play is found in an, presumably from a difforont source Tho Rocnnd description of him, con taining an allusion to tbe name Esau, may then bo plausibly assignod to tho other document, viz E. This reappears in 27 whicli in its abundanco of epithets may again presont a combined text, ' a man of the field ' and ' dwelling in tents ' forming a separate contrast porhnps drawn from J, both narrativos (as 27 will show) being familiar with Esau's aptitude for the chase. 26 M That is, One that takes by tlie heel or supplants. 27a The opening of this verse points to E, cp 218, but the remainder in which Esau and Jacob are both described by a pair of epithets, is probably composite. As J lays stress on hunting and venison (see analysis of 27) tho phrase ' cunning hunter ' may come from that source and belong to the intro duction of 28 ; while the reference to Jacob's tent life may belong to E, as J conceives the family as living together in a house 27I6 cp 3317. 27b M Or, quirt, or, harmless, ,£> perfect. 29 Tho decision concerning tho documentary origin of this passage depends on tho analysis of 27, and particularly on 273°. See 27!" ad fin. 37 Gen 25-° ISAAC n' 3D Duut 2513" »'*t J>'§* r1 Num 1531'' a 12W 6CpP3l cCp 2511b d Ct 202 e 127 / 12IO 0 122 h Ct 127 i Ct 177 j 22I7 1- 156 22I7 I 123 HI 22l8 n Op 44b o Dent nl up Pgg D8a» p 1SX l62» l81« Lev 2640* q 2922 3821 ?' 12 '8 19 2o5 s 12I- 20II B-ll Liib t 8« 11 Jp = 2l9 V 209 10 2o9 x Ct P8l y j 2-20 2 Ex igl2f cp ! «' 4723 *'#t c' 24I d' 83 Jp t' 2433 /' Job l3f w'3°lh' 2l25. . i' 18 it is possible that the hand of R'1 may have been at work. 4 M Or, bless themselves. — .§ 22I8. 6 Oil this narrative compared with 12U- • and 201- ¦ see Introd XI 6/3 i 108 and XII 52 i 117. 14 ft = cattle, cp 18. • For the peouliar use of the text cp 4717. 16 '» In those two versus tho compiler prepares for a second story concorniiig the origin of the well of Beer-sheba. In 2i26- • it has already been named in Abraham's day : Isaac, therefore, can only rename it if it has in the meantimo fallen into disuse. This is ascribed to interference by the Philistines, whioh is generalized bo us to include ' all the wells.' (Wore there other wull-stoi-ios iu B to which E thus makes rufurence?) The statement iu ls that Isaao ' called their names after the names by wliioh his father had called them,' seems inconsistent with tho subsequent narrative, in which he names the wells froi - thu incidents of his own struggles. 38 ISAAC AND ABIMELECH Gen 27l fc'Cp Lev 146* !»' 128 n' Ex 3424 ft - av. I ...... . .... _<>' J)' 50& Ex 2l33 Num 2il8» q' ¦§* CP 2 Sam 38 )¦' 2l22 s' Ex 2I8 33 s14 up 330 (' 2441 «' 31 2821 Ex i82SJOBh io21* v' cp I131 2/ Ct 362- a 48IO cp Deut 347* b 15 42 io21 (J) 20™ (E) J E jE j 18 And Isaac digged again the wells of water, which they had digged in the days of Abraham his father ; for the Philistines had ''stopped them after the death of Abraham : and he called their names after the names by which his father had called them. 10 And Isaac's servants digged in the valley, and found there a well of "" springing water. 20 And the herdmen of Gerar ''strove with Isaac's herdmen, saying, The water is ours : and he called the name of the well Esek ; because they "contended with him. 21 And they digged another well, and they ''strove for that also : and he called the name of it "Sitnah. 22 And he '"'removed from thence, and digged another well ; and for that they ''strove not : and he called the name of it "Rehoboth ; and he said, For now Yahweh hath "'made room for us, and we shall be "fruitful in the land. 2:l And he went up from thence to Beer-sheba. 24 And Yahweh "appeared unto him the same night, and said, I am the 'God of Abraham thy father : Tear not, for I 'am with thee, and will "bless thee, and multiply thy "seed for my servant Abraham's "sake. 26 And he "builded an altar there, and "called upon the name of Yahweh, and pitched his tent there: and there Isaac's servants '''digged a well. 20 Then Abimelech went to him from Gerar, and Ahuzzath his "'friend, and r'Phicol the captain of his host. 2T And Isaac said unto them, '"Wherefore are ye come unto me, seeing ye hate me, and have sent me away from you ? 28 And they said, "We saw plainly that Yahweh "was with thee: and wo said, Lot thoro now bo an 'oath betwixt us, even betwixt us and thee, and let us "make a covenant with thee ; 29 that thou wilt do us no hurt, as we have not touched thee, and as we have done unto thee nothing but good, and have sent thee away in "'peace : thou art now the 'blessed of Yahweh. 30 And he made them a "feast, and they did 'eat and drink. 81 And they "rose up betimes in the morning, and sware "'one to another : and Isaac sent them away, and they departed from him in "'peace. 32 And it came to pass the same day, that Isaac's servants came, and told him 'concerning the well which they had digged, and said unto him, We have found water. 33 And he called it "Shibah : "wherefore the name of the city is Beer-sheba unto this day. . [->2521] E 34 And when Esau was forty years "old he '"'took to wife Judith the daughter of Beeri the Hittite, and "'Basomatli tho daughtor of Elon the Hittite : "B and they were "a grief of mind unto Isaac and to Rebekah. 27la ""And it came to pass, that when Isaac was old, and his eyes were "dim, so that he could not see, he called Esau his ''elder son, 1 ISO 111 154 n 71 o 137 1> IS1 181 » '55t t 149b u 300 V IH w 85 "9 2619 M § living. 20 M That is, Contention. al M That is, Enmity. 22 jj; That is, Broad places, or, Room. 33 M See 2i'i. 3li M .£> bitterness of spirit.— Cp 28". 271 The narrative of the blessing of Isaac is admitted on all hands to be composite, but its constituents have been blended with such skill as practically to defy analysis. In 1891, Bacon (Hebraica, January, 1891) in America, and Kautzsch and Socin in Germany, published independent attempts at resolution. Ball and Holzingor have since followed. But tho diHtcultiofl are such that even aftor their labours any scheme of distribution must still be tentative, for the opening of tho chapter, in particular, shows that (on any theory) the sources have been much curtailed in the process of union. The presence of duplicate accounts may, however, be detected with sufficient clearness. A comparison of 23 and 16 indicates that two stories are intertwined. The blessing which is given in 23 ' so he blessed him,' has yet to be bestowed in 25 'that my soul may bless thee. ' In 23 the blessing follows on the identification of Jacob with Esau by the hairiness of his hands : in 27 it depends on the smell attached to the garments which Jacob is wearing. These divergences belong to different versions of the same main incident, and provide a basis for further partition. If the lassages which describe the disguise of the hands be grouped together, 21-23 wju De naturally preceded by fl_i4 and 16- of which 3S Seems the natural sequel. These verses supply a characteristic phrase, ' savoury meat such as he loveth ' 9 14 rp 4 n ; tho address ' my father' with its roply ' hero am I' in 18 finds a counterpart in the similar address ' my son ' in lb, the parallels in 221 7 suggesting their connexion with E. The following contrasts in substance and language are then ob tained : — lf> 27 goodly raiment 1| skins 1° derived from °, smooth lfl cp 1', hairy n 23 cp 2«;2Gb# 27 smell || feel n ¦ derived from 13 (the only parallels being in passages assigned on other grounds to E). 2"> venison 3 0 7o 19 31 S3 p savoury meat 4 7b 9 14 17 81. 2R my soul may bless thee * 10 sl || I (he) may bless thee 7b 10, 4 before I die II before my death 7 10 (note the different words for ' before ' and their corresponding occurrences elsewhere). The analysis thus begun is found to be occasionally confirmed unexpectedly by phraseological affinities specified in the margin (e g the designations ' elder ' and ' younger son,' ' firstborn ' run through ! !¦' 3 4b (Ct 1») "" 10 25 20ac 33 1 cp 2521 (J), ' field ' 3 6 27 nnd rara]iols on *» 2b "" (J) and " 30 (B)). The student is thus pre pared to believe that the blessing in 27-29 may De likewise 39 Gen 271 ISAAC d i813 Jp 6§t /5 33cpl73 (,7 914 17 31Jgf h 19 31 4634 Ex 014 16 ft ct 10 z 10 5ol« ct 4 ft j 13 41 cp 44b E JE E 1 38" •' •rn.Ci.ift n 23 cp 2525 o Cp 10 p 21. cp 31S4 37 Ex io21 q 2g20 l- ft* 2 Clu-un 2o25a( S 27 ct 10 I 42 024 M 227 Ct 31b v 32 [^jui'/aaac his father said] IV 32 io15 2221 3BO Ex 422 X Cp 124 £ v 2412t z 3782 Ex i64 177 Nuinii23j3l9.Deut 82» . . . lh and said unto him, cMy son : and he said unto him, bHere am I. . . 2 And he said, cBehold now, ''I am old, I know not the day of my death. 3 Now therefore take, I pray thee, thy weapons, thy "quiver and thy bow, and go out to the field, and /take me Venison ; . . . , . . .** and make me "savoury meat, such as I love, and bring it to me, that I may eat ; . . . 4b ''that my soul may bless thee "before I die. 6" And Rebekah heard when Isaac spake to Esau his son. 5b And Esau went to tho field to -'hunt for '"venison, and to bring it. 0 And Rebekah spake unto Jacob her son, saying, Behold, I heard thy father speak unto Esau thy brother, saying, 7a Bring me "Venison, . . . . . .7b and make me "savoury meat, that I may eat, and bless thee "before Yahwoh 'before my death''. 8 Now therefore, "my son, 'obey my voice "according to that which I command then. !> 'Go now to the flock, and fetch me from thence two good 'kids of the goats ; and I will make them "savoury meat for thy father, such as he loveth : 10 and thou shalt bring it to thy father, that he may eat, mso that he may bless thee before his death, i1 And Jacob said to Rebekah his mother, Behold, Esau my brother is a "hairy man, and I am a "smooth man. 12 My father 'peradventure will pfeel me, and I shall *seem to him as a "deceiver ; and I shall bring a curse upon me, and not a blessing. 13 And his mother said unto him, Upon me be thy curse, 'my son : only Jobey my voice, and go fetch me them. 14 And he went, and fetched, and brought them to his mqther : and his mother made "savoury meat, such as his father loved. 15 And Rebekah took the 'goodly "raiment of Esau her 'elder son, which were with her in the house, and put them upon Jacob her 'younger son. . . . 16 And she put the skins of the 'kids of the goats upon his hands, and upon the "smooth of his neck: 17 and she gave the "savoury meat and the bread, which she had prepared, into the hand of her son Jacob. lsa And he came unto his father, and said, "My father : and he said, bHere am I" ; . 18b «-yy-no pjfc thou, my son ? 19 And Jacob said unto his father, I am Esau "thy firstborn ; I have done "'according as thou badest me* : arise, I pray theo, sit and eat of my "Venison, ''that thy soul may bless me. 20 And Isaac said unto his son, How is it that thou hast found it so "quickly, my son ? And he said, Because Yahweh thy God hsent me "good speed. 21 And Isaac said unto Jacob, Come near, I pray thee, that I may pfeel thee, my son, "whether thou be my very son Esau "or not. 22 And Jacob went near unto Isaac his father ; and he pfelt him, and said, The voice is Jacob's voice, but the hands are the hands of Esau. 23 And he 'discerned him not, because his hands were "hairy, as his brother Esau's hands : so he blessed him. 24 And he said, Art thou my very son Esau ? And he said, I am. 25 And he said, Bring it near to me, and I will eat of my son's Venison, b 104 c 9 d 173 f 64 g 43 h 131 1 145 composite. The different divine names in 21 28 are not in them selves necessary proofs of derivation from contrasted sources cp 926.. But they tend in that direction when tho contents of the blessing are examined. In 2a the second couplet of the verse so suddenly contracts tho scope of power as to produce an anti-climax. Aftor tho homage of nations '-fla tho submission of kindred is but a small gift. 1'urthor, the subsequent reference to tho blessing in 37 only recognizes tho items of 28 and 20b . all(i on these, also, is framed the prophecy in 39-4". It would seem, then, that 27~29 may be divided into (1) 27 29" 2»° and (2) 28 29b. (,)is tbon Yahwist and(2) Elohist. ltut(j) can-inn with it 37-40 an(t the preceding M. This is supported by tho fact that the play on the namo Jacob in 3a is entiroly different from that of 2520, ascribed on independent grounds to J ; and it also secures high probability for tho attribution of 2329-34 to E, as 27311 plainly refers to that story. Both J and E may have contained it, but it is more natural to locate both the story and the allusion in the same document. 7b The words ' before Yahweh ' involve a serious difficulty in the ascription to E. They may have been introduced acci dentally from J through the similarity of the word ' before (my doath)' contrasted with ' before ' in 4b. Othor unexpected occurrences of Yahweh, duo to various causes, have boon notod in 171 21 lb 2.111. 8 The phrase ' obey my voice ' is followed in ¦' 43 by the actual order, without hortatory expansion. The words ' accord ing to that which I command thoo ' do not seem to cohero quite naturally with the preceding. Outside of Deut, where tho expression is very common, thoy occur only in Ex 34" op Num 32211. Have they also crept into tho text from J in the process of compilation ? 12 M Or, mocker.— Cp 2 Chron 36'° |\ 4° JACOB AND ESAU Gen 27 42 a* 24B* V 921 ot 28 ft c'Ct21d'821 «' 39 op Deut 3318 /'»9#t g' 37 cp 030 fc'92»i' 252s / 37 $t fc'Cp37MI' i23 cp 34 and 10° E JE E n' Cp Ex 19I8 o' 37 43n Ex „li* J>'34w* 9' Ct 2528 Hob 128 r* 2531- • .'Numii«26» J' Ct pioa § «'CpHosiil2 Jer 231 p8 5s2f »' Ex 322. 24* v>' 4923 50I6* x' 821 cp 45 y> 50IC 11 cp Deut 348 2> Cp Gen 4729 ft 'that my soul may bless thee. And he brought it near to him, and ho did "'eat : and he brought him '"'wine, and he "'drank. 2fl And his father Isaac said unto him, "'Come near now, and Jkiss me, my son. 27 And he came near, and kissed him : and he *smelled the smell of his "raiment, and blessed him, and said, See, the smell of my son Is as the smell of a field which Yahweh hath blessed : . . .28 And God give thee of the c'dew of heaven, And of the -^fatness of the earth, And plenty of "'corn and wine"'. 2011 Let peoples "serve thee, And ''nations bow down to thee : 21b Be j'lord over thy brethren, And let thy ''mother's sons bow down to thee. 230 «'Curged be every one that curseth thee, And blessed be every one that blesseth thee. 301 And it came to pass, as soon as Isaac had "'made an end of blessing Jacob, 30b And Jacob was yet scarce gone out from the presence of Isaac his father . . . 300 that Esau his brother came in from his hunting. . . .31" And he also made "savoury meat, and brought it unto his father . . . 31b And he said unto his father, Let "my father arise, and eat of his son's Venison, Hhat thy soul may bless me. 32 And Isaac his father said unto him, "Who art thou ? And he said, I am thy son, "thy firstborn, Esau. 33 And Isaac "'trembled very exceedingly, and said, Who "'then is he that hath •''taken Venison, and brought it me, and I have eaten of all "before thou earnest, and bave blessed him ? yea, [and] he shall be blessed. 34 When Esau heard the words of his father, he kcried with an exceeding great and bitter 'cry, and said unto his father, Bless me, even me also, 0 my father. . . . . . ,35 And he said, Thy brother came with p guile, and hath taken away thy blessing. 3a And he said, Is not he rightly named "Jacob ? for he hath "'supplanted me these two times : he took away my ''birthright ; and, behold, now he hath taken away my blessing. And he said, Hast thou not "'reserved a blessing for me ? ;)7 And Isaac answered and said unto Esau, Behold, I have made him thy ¦'lord, and all his brethren have I given to him for servants ; and with "corn and wine have I 'sustained him : and what ''then shall I do for thee, my son ? 38 And Esau said unto his father, Hast thou but one blessing, my father? "bless me, even me also, 0 my father. And Esau lifted up his voice, and wept. 39 And Isaac his father answered and said unto him, Behold, "of the ¦''fatness of the earth shall be thy dwelling, And "of the "'dew of heaven from above ; 40 And by thy sword shalt thou live, and thou shalt serve thy brother ; And it shall come to pass when thou shalt "'break loose, That thou shalt "'shake his yoke from off thy neck. 411 And Esau "'hated Jacob because of the blessing wherewith his father blessed him. 41b And Esau said in his '"'heart, The days of '' mourning for my father "'are at hand ; then will I slay my brother Jacob. 42 And the words of Esau her ''elder son were told to Rebekah ; and she sent and called Jacob her 'younger son, and said unto him, Behold, thy brother Esau, as touching thee, doth ""comfort himself, [purposing] to kill thee. i 173 k 141 1 33 2736 M See 2526._For the form of the quostion, '377, cp 29I6*. 38 This phrase seems to have been assimilated from '4, or perhaps introduced by a copyist. 39 M Or, away from. 41 Gen 274 ISAAC a"Cp24l0 292810 295 b" 2920 Dan n2ot ct nl c" 2 Sam n20ct Deut gl9 Lev 2628 d" 4023 e" Cp Ex il2 Lev 2o23 Num 2l5 223* /" 2634 ff" 34l 1-9 iie Kd o Op 36* ct 248 b Cp JE138 c 3511 48H d Lev 2o24 2546 Num 3363 ft e 178 /Cp«sos g Op ai" /l 2634 1251s ; 2623 33 /fc2743I Cp I2« mi 18 ,§« 1 Sam 19" 0 Ct ij7 Ex 62 J E JE J E . . .4;i" Now therefore, my son, Jobey my voice ; and arise, . . . 43b "Flee thou to ""Laban my brother to ""Haran ; . . . . . . 44 and tarry with him a ''"few days, until thy brother's c"fury turn away ; 45a until thy brother's anger turn away from thee. 45b And he d"forget that which thou hast done to him : then I will send and fetch thee from thence : why should I be "bereaved of you both in one day ? 40 "And Rebekah said to Isaac, I am ""iveary of my life because of the ^daughters of Heth : if Jacob f'take a wife °S "" duugtoen of lua, such as these, of the °" daughters of the land, what good shall my life do me ? 281 xAnd Isaac called Jacob, and "blessed him, and charged him, and said unto him, "Thou shalt not take a wife of the "daughters of Canaan. 2 6 Arise, go to Taddan-aram, to the house of Bethuel thy mother's father ; and take thee a wife from thence of the daughters of Laban thy mother's brother. 3 And "°God Almighty bless thee, and make thee fruitful, and ""multiply thee, that thou mayest be a °company of peoples0 ; 4 and give thee the blessing of Abraham, to "thee, and to thy seed with thee" ; that thou mayest inherit the 'land of thy sojournings' which God "gave unto Abraham. 6 And Isaac ''sent away Jacob : and he went to Paddan-aram unto Laban, son of Bethuel the "Syrian, the brother of Rebekah, Jacob's and Esau's mother. ° Now Esau saw that Isaac had blessed Jacob and sent him away to Paddan-aram, to take him a wife from thence ; and that as he blessed him he gave him a charge, saying, Thou shalt not take a wife of the daughters of Canaan ; 7 and that Jacob obeyed his father "and his mother, and was gone to Paddan-nrain : 8 and Esau saw that the daughters of Canaan "pleased not Isaac his father ; " and Esau went unto Ishmael, and took unto the wives ftwhich he had Mahalath the daughter of Ishmael Abraham's son, the sister of 'Nebaioth, to be his wife. 10 "And Jacob went out from ¦'Beer-sheba, and went toward *Haran. . . . . . . n "And he lighted upon "a certain 'place, and Harried there all night, because the sun was 'set ; and he took one of the stones of the place, and Jput it "under his head, and lay down in that place to sleep. 12 And he kdreamed, and behold a "ladder 'set up on the earth, and the top of it reached to heaven : and behold the ""angels of God ascending and descending on it. 13 And, behold, Yahwoh "stood Tbeside him, and said, "I am Yahweh, the "God of Abraham thy father, and the God of Isaac : the land whereon nl58 o 98 p IO1" a io» b 6 c 1 d 73 e 176 f 145 g 177 hi78 i 336 j 193 k 101 1 2150 m 97 n 315" 0I3O 2748 This verse is obviously connected with 2634. , and leads to the dispatch of Jacob to Paddan-aram to iind a bride. Whether it was an integral part of P may, howovor, bo doubted. It is not the manner of P to attributo any shure in the dovolopmont of events to the patriarch's wives : in 28I 8 Isaac is mentioned alone. Phraseological peculiarities, ' daughters of the land ' ct 28I, ' daughters of Canaan,' and the clause ' what good ' he cp 2522 ft, suggest rather the hand of the compiler who thus makes a bridge from 27 to 28'-°. The repetition ' of the daughters of Heth' appears rather cumbrous beside tho parallel clause ( of the daughters of the land ' : its omission by (ij which reads 'the daughters of this land' (g de stirpe hujus terrae), suggests that it is a gloss. 281 P's reference to the blessing of Jacob j for a similar brevity in relation to JE op 2520 and 24. 3 M El Shaddai. — According to Ex 63 P related an appearance of El Shaddai to Isaac as well as to Abraham and Jacob 171 and 35H. That account has not been presorved ; it was porhaps con sidered superfluous by B. in view of 262- . . . 6 M ft Aramean. — 2520. 7 Possibly an addition of B with referonco to 2713- (Dill mann). 10. • The sequel of the combined narrative in 2741-113. As J apparently locates Isaac at Beer-sheba this verse is naturally connected with 2623 ; while tho reference to Haran in its turn supports the attribution of 27*3b to J. na In the following narrative the contrast of l6 and 17 points to an amalgamation of different sources, easily recognized as J and E respectively (cp the dream and the angels of Elohim ,s j 12 carries with it n and 18 j and *•• contains the vow accompany ing the consecration of the mass&blia i8). With regard to the theophany in J 13-16 opinion is somewhat divided ; it has affinities with undoubted J passages, cp u and 12s, but also with others which apparently belong to the editorial expansions 13I4-17 22lc_i8. Kuenen and Cornill, accordingly, propose to attribute it to R-. The opening words, however, ' And behold Yuhweh stood beside him.' do not sound like a harmonist's combination with l2 ; thoy rather belong to an independent narrative. Of this another trace may be found (if Bacon's ingenious suggestion be adopted) in 3518. Both J and E had an account of the origin of the sacred pillar at Beth-el. E con nects it with the revealing dream 12 17. on Jacob's flight from Beer-sheba, cp 351 ¦ • . J seems to have plaoed it on his return from Aram-naharaim, after the wrestling at Peniel, cp Hos I24. If the promise of i3- be attached to that occasion, a suitable base is found also for P's selection of that place in Jacob's caroor for the theophany of El Shaddai 35s. .. in that oase, however, I0 will be an oditorial redox of ".due probably to the same combining hand which added tho words 'and Yahweh will be my God '21 1>. llb M Jj tlie place. 13 So M. T above it. 42 JACOB AT BETHEL Gen 29 '* E JE E » i23 ; (263 ; u Op 20 1 v $ 47IS. 28 Lev 2o24 Num 11I2 32" W g24 ct 4t4 7 21* X Ex 2"* y 208 428B 18 ISg.J 70(1 2Cp3l45a3s14 20 Ex 244 a' 3514 cp 3rl3 6'481»Exq1« Num 1421 » c' 358 488 Judif i23 Joah 18I3 d' 31I3 cp Num 212 e'353 /' Cp 149" g' 2629 V Cp ps6 22a r.ioaa 22b l 8du a 4^ = wen( ot 286 10 6 24II Bx 215. • C47 d 1- 34TO 491 ol e 197 /2743 g § =peace 43W thou liest, to thee will I pgive it, and to thy seed ; u and thy "seed shall be as the 'dust of the earth, and thou shalt ""spread abroad to the rwest, and to the east, and to the north, and to the south : and in thee and in thy seed shall "all the families of the earth rbe blessed. 15 And, behold, I 'am "with thee, and will "keep thee whithersoever thou goest, and will bring thee again into this "land ; for I will not 'leave thee, until I have "awaked out and I knew i 18 op 138 done that which I have spoken to thee of. 16 And Jacob of his sleep, and he said, *Surely Yahweh "is in this place it not. 17 And he was "afraid, and said, How dreadful is this place ! this is none other but the house of God, and this is tho gate of hoavon. ls 'And Jacob rrose up early in the "morning, and took the stone that he had Jput '"under his head, and Jset it up for a "pillar, and "'poured oil upon the top of it. 19 And he called the name of that place "Beth-el : b'but the na-me of the city was "'Luz at the first. 20 And Jacob * vowed a vow, saying, If "God will be 'with me, and will keep me in this "'way that I go, and will give me bread to •'"eat, and raiment to put on, 21* so that I come again to my "father's house in "'peace, ...21b Tand Yahweh will '''be my God, . . . . . . 22 rthen this stone, which I have Jset up for a pillar, shall be God's house : "Land of all that thou shalt give me I will surely give the tenth unto thee. 291 Then Jacob "went on his journey, and "came to the land of the children of the east. . . . 2 "And he "looked, and behold* a 'well in the field, and, lo, three bftocks of sheep "lying there by it ; for out of that well they watered the flocks : and the stone upon the well's mouth was great. 3 And thither were all the bflocks ^gathered : and they "rolled the stone from the well's mouth, and watered the sheep, and put the stone again upon the well's mouth in its place. * And Jacob said unto them, "My brethren, whence be ye ? And they said, Of •'Haran are we. 6 And he said unto them, Know ye Laban the son of Nahor ? G And they said, We know him. And he said unto them, Is it "well with him ? And they said, It is well : and, behold, Rachel his daughter cometh with the sheep. 7 And he said, Lo, it is yet high day, neither is it time that the ''cattle should be ^gathered together : water ye the sheep, and go and feed them. 8 And they said, We cannot, until all the bflocks be ^gathered together, and they "roll the stone from the well's mouth ; then we water the sheep. 9 While he "yet spake with them, Rachel came with her father's sheep ; for she kept them. 10 And it came to pass, when Jacob saw Rachel the daughter of Laban his mother's brother, and the sheep of Laban his mother's brother, that Jacob *went near, and "rolled the stone from the well's mouth, and watered the flock of Laban his mother's brother. n And Jacob kissed Rachel, and lifted up his voice, and wept. 12 And Jacob told Rachel that he was her father's 'brother, and that he P3041 80 r lob 8 130 1 160 u 84 v 300 w 336 XI53 y 181 a 55 b 33 o gi 28u M ,f> break forth. i» M That is, The house of God. — Cp J's method of assigning names, e g 262°-22. E's reference to the meaning of the namo is seen in 17 M. 19b is probably an editorial note founded on P °P $&' . . , 20 (5) 'Yahweh God.' Klostermann, Der Pentateuch 38, thinks ( Yahweh ' was the older reading. 21b So M. T then shall Yahweh be my God, and this stone, &c. 22 The transition to the seoond person (not previously em- . ployed) suggests that this close has been appended by another hand, ep 142°. 291 M $ lifted up his feet.—$f. The following phrase ' went to the land of the children of the East ' (§ as in 28" 1°) su —lies a third designation of the goal of Jacob's journey, 01 • went to Paddan-aram ' (P), ' went toward Haran ' (J), and is consequently ascribed to E as tho soquol of the previous vision. ' Land of the children of the East ' f , ct 25". 2 The narrative of Jacob's sojourn in Haran and his sub sequent return to Canaan 292-33 is almost entirely derived from JE. Only the scantiest traces of P survive in the record of the births of his children, and in the formula of migration which marks his departure from Paddan-aram 31I8. The decomposition of the combined stories of J and E is sometimes matter of the utmost difficulty, as the texture is often extremely closely knit, even where it is practically certain that two sources have been united. The following analysis is therefore in many places only a probable one : the justification of it sometimes depends on considerations which must be differently estimated by different students. 43 Gen 2912 ISAAC j Ex 23I Num 14I5 Beut 226* k 334 4810» «2468m 269 B223 o 3727 p Q = a month of days Num n20.f q Cp 2781 § »¦ Ex 212 11' Num 1,5* ¦ 317 41 Enth 2"+ t Ot 28 ft U 27I v 308 41I8 Beut 2lH» 10 27W x 2744 y2524z 42I7 Num n24 2l28 Josh 24! a' 267 b' Josh 922* cp ....9K 27 — c' 347 £ (i' t031 e' 3022 cp 20I8 f'uSO g' i6» A' 16" •' Op 27 3517 4429 E JE E P was Rebekah 's son : and she 'ran and told her father. 13 And it came to pass, when Laban heard the Jtidings of Jacob his sister's son, that he 'ran to meet him, and 'embraced him, and kissed him, and brought him to his house. And he 'told Laban all these things. }tJ^nd Laban said to him, "'Surely thou art my "bone and my "flesh. TAnd he abode with him the pspace of a month*'. """"' 15 "And Laban said unto Jacob, 'Because thou art my 'brother, shouldest thou therefore serve me for "nought? tell me, what shall thy 'wages be ? 10 And Laban had two daughters : the name of the elder was Leah, and the name of the 'younger was Rachel. 17 And Leah's eyes were "tender ; but Rachel was "beautiful and well favoured. 18 And Jacob loved Rachel ; and he said, I will serve thee seven years for Rachel thy 'younger daughter. 1'1 And Laban said, It is hotter that I give her to thee, than that 1 should give her to another man : abide with me. 20 And Jacob served seven years for Rachel ; and they "'seemed unto him but a *few days, for the love he had to her. 21 And Jacob said unto Laban, Give me my wife, for my days are ''fulfilled, that I may go in unto her. 22 And Laban 'gathered together all the "'men of the place, and made a feast. 23 And it came to pass in the evening, that he took Leah his daughter, and brought her to him ; and he went in unto her. . . . 24 "And Laban gave Zilpah his handmaid unto his daughter Leah for an handmaid. 25 And it came to pass in the morning that, behold, it was Leah : and he said to Laban, What is this thou hast done unto me ? did not I serve with thee for Rachel ? wherefore then hast thou 'beguiled me ? ...26KAnd Laban said, It is not so c'done in our "place, to give the "younger before the ^'firstborn. . . . . . . 2Y "Fulfil the week of this one, and we will give thee the other also for the service which thou shalt serve with me yet seven other years. 281 And Jacob did so, and "fulfilled her week : 28n n^n(j ]ie gave nml Rachel his daughter to wife. 29 And Laban gave to Rachel his daughter Bilhah his handmaid to be her handmaid. 30 and he went in also unto Rachel, and he loved also Rachel more than Leah, and served with him yet seven other years. . . . 31 And Yahweh saw that Leah was hated, and he c'opened her womb : but Rachel was-^barren. 32 And Leah 'conceived, and bare a son, and she called his name Reuben : "'for she said, Because Yahweh "hath looked upon my '''aflliction ; for now my husband will love me. 33 And she 'conceived again, and bare a son ; and said, Because Yahweh "hath heard that I am hated, he hath therefore given me '"this [son] also : and she called his name "Simeon. 34 And she 'conceived again, and bare a son ; and said, Now this Hime will my husband be "joined unto me, because I have borne him three sons : 'therefore "was his name called Levi. S5 And she 'conceived again, and bare a son : and she said, This jtime t 70 g 65 b. 93 j 6s k 15b 2915 A new source seems to be introduced here, for 1B implies that Jacob has already provod himsolf capable in service, yet nothing so far has been said about it. The opening of this section has been suppressed by the compiler. 24 The natural sequence of 23 25 seems interrupted by this verse, and a similar intrusion appears in 2(t, IMio uso of tho term 'handmaid' (nnBiu JE4i ct gg) novor omployud by E, is a further indication of anuthor writer. From 46lH 2r» it may be inferred that P had also mentioned tho gift ; and those statements, therefore, are plausibly ascribed to him, their present position being due to B. 20 The occurrence of a different term for ' younger ' (ct w) otherwise exclusively characteristic of J makes it probable that this verse is derived from that document. 28 Tho peculiar double dative here, as in 24 29 ,513 identifies this clauso with P, cp Holzingor. * "2 M .1^ raah beonyi. 3;i» M .£ shama.— For similar explanations, spocially oharao- toristic of J, cp 320 4I 20 5u ,fiU &0 3Jb M ,lj Shimeon. 34a ]y[ From tlie root lavah. ;:jb (S) Sam and tg read she called as in 35 306 8, ¦44 JACOB'S WIVES AND SONS Gen 302 y 30°* o 2614 37II Num Il29 b Cp 4821 5o24 ft C5ol9 c£Num22l8 24U* e Deut 7I3 284 18 53 /5°23 \ g 162 h j5" E j322B *§t m Ex 3422* n Num 16I3 cp 5i o 4IB cp 85 § })'2Cpail7 JE J 'therefore she called his name "Judah ; and she E will I "praise Yahweh J'left bearing. 301 "And when Rachel saw that she bare Jacob no children, Rachel 'envied her sister ; and she said unto Jacob, Give me children, or else 6I die. 2 And Jacob's anger was kindled against Rachel : and he said, 'Am I in God's stead, who hath ''withheld from thee the "fruit of the womb6? 3° And she said, Behold my amaid Bilhah, go in unto her ; that she may bear upon my •''knees, . . . . . .3" and I also may ""obtain children by her. 4 "And she gave him Bilhah her bhandmaid to wife : and Jacob went in unto her. 6 And Bilhah "conceived, and bare Jacob a son. 6 And Rachel said, EGod hath "'judged me", and hath also "heard my voice, and hath given me a son : "therefore called she his name Dan. 7 And Bilhah Rachel's "handmaid "conceived again, and bare Jacob a second son. 8 And Rachel said, EWith "mighty 'wrestlings" have I "wrestled with my sister, and have J'prevailed : and she called his name Naphtali. 9 When Leah saw that she had 'left bearing, she took Zilpah her "handmaid, and gave her to Jacob to wife. 10 And Zilpah Leah's "handmaid bare Jacob a son. n And Leah said, "Fortunate I and she called his name "Gad. 12 And Zilpah Leah's "handmaid bare Jacob a second son. 13 And Leah said, "Happy am I ! "for the daughters will "call me 'happy1' : and she called his name Asher. 14 And Reuben went in the days of '"wheat harvest, and found "mandrakes in the field, and brought them unto his mother Leah. Then Rachel said to Leah, Give me, I pray thee, of thy son's mandrakes. 15 And she said unto her, Is it a "small matter that thou hast taken away my husband ? and wouldest thou take away my son's mandrakes also ? And Rachel said, "Therefore he shall lie with thee to-night for thy son's mandrakes. 16 And Jacob came from the field in the evening, and Leah went out to meet him, and said, Thou must come in unto me ; for I have surely hired thee with my son's mandrakes. And he lay with her that night" . . . n And God ''hearkened unto Leah, and she Jacob a fifth son. ls And Leah said, God hath because I gave my "handmaid to my husband : and Issachar. 19 And Leah "conceived again, and bare "conceived, and bare given me my "hire, she called his name a sixth son to Jacob And Leah said, God hath "endowed me with a good 'dowry, -"now will my husband "dwell with me, because I and she called his name Zebulun. have borne him six sons 21 "And afterwards she bare a daughter, and called hey name Dinah. bered Rachel, . . . 22a And God "remem- a 99 41 44" g 135 2035a M Frora the ft kodah. S6b M .6 Jehudah. 801 The birth-stories of Jacob's sons appear to be of mixed origin. In ig'«-™ tho hand of J cannot bo mistalion. But in 3oi-3» tho language ohanges (note Elohim and maid riDN E99) and the marginal parallels point strongly to E. 3 M § be builded by her. — The only other oocurrence of the phrase i62 makes it probable that this clause is incorporated from J. 4 The framework of the following recital seems to be in the main drawn from J cp 'handmaid' 4 7 9. 12^ uut the compiler has added etymologies from the parallel narrative of E, in which the divine name Elohim sometimes enables the source to be clearly identified. Such passages are marked with '. 6 M & dan, he judged. 88 M & wrestlings of God. 8b M ft niphtal, he wrestled. m M .§ With fortune! Another reading is Fortune is come. "b M That is, Fortune. 1M 31 .6 With my happiness. ' M .§ asher, to call happy. — This verse seems to contain" two applications of the name Asher, one of which may belong to J and one tn E cp 20. 14 M Or, love-apples. — J or 24! Cant 713-|\ 10 Wollbuuflcn and othors conjecturo that J wont on to rolato tho conception of Itachel by means of the love-apples. If so, the account has been set aside to make way for the record of the birth of Leah's remaining sons. isa TUL ,V> sachar. 18b The word is J's characteristic term siphhah 4-i2. Its appearance here in a passage seemingly drawn from E, may be due to a simple copyist's error, or to a harmonizer's touch, or to the existence — even in verses marked by the phenomena of E — ¦ of an underlying extract from J cp 6- • . 20a 'fhe double play on the name Zebulun points again to combination. In the first case the allusion is not close, but 'endow,' zabad, and ' dowry,' zebed, make an obvious approach. 2°b M ft sabal, he dwelt. — This clause is the counterpart to the preceding, and the formula ' this time ' as in 29s4. oonneots it with J. 21 Tho vaguonoss of this statoment and its difference In form have led to the conjecturo that it was a note of one of the latest editors to supply the omission of any mention of Dinah, 45 Gen 302 ISAAC q 2Q31 r 34I4 Joah 58* s 24C4 t 12I 11 29!° 18 30 V 2927 ct 29 w 441 IB cp Lev i926Deuti8i0« x $=because.of thee 12I3 y Ct Num il7» z Cp 26I8 § a' 352 Josh 24I4 V Ex i314 Deut 620 c' Cp 50I6 Nura 2229 d' 813 4 x 42 Ex 831 tf 32I6 Prov 3081 2 Ohvon 1711+ /' 37-39 41 32lo Num 2227 0' 2521 £* h< 41 Ex 2M Cant 7°t E JE E . . . 22b and God ''hearkened to her, . . . ,..22° and [he" J 'opened her womb. 23a And she "conceived, and bare a son: . . . 23b And [she] said, God hath "taken away my ''reproach. 24 and she called his name Joseph, saying, Yahweh "add to me another son. 25 "And it came to pass, when Rachel had borne Joseph, that Jacob said unto Laban, sSend me away, that I may go unto mine own hplace, and to my 'country. . . . 20 Give me my wives "and my children for whom I have "served thee, and let me go: for thou knowest my "service wherewith I have served thee. 27 And Laban said unto him, If now I have 'found favour in thine eyes', [tarry : for] I have "'divined that Yahweh hath blessed me "for thy sake. 28 "And he said, "Appoint me thy wages, and I will give it. . . . 29 And he said unto him, Thou knowest how I have served thee, and how thy 'cattle hath fared with me. 30 For it was klittle which thou hadst before I came, and it hath "'increased unto a multitude ; and Yahweh hath ""blessed thee "whithersoever I turned: and now when shall I provide for mine own house also ? 31a And he said, What shall I give thee ? And Jacob said, Thou shalt not give me aught : if thou wilt do this thing for me, I will zagain feed thy flock ... . . . 31b H[I will] keep it. 32 1 will pass through thy flock to-day, "(removing from thence every speckled and spotted one, ^nd every black one among the sheep, and the spotted and speckled among the goats : and [of such] shall be my hire. 3;l So shall my righteousness answer for me '''here after, when thou shalt come concerning my hire that is before thee : every one that is not speckled and spotted among the goats, and black among the sheep, that [if found] with me shall be counted "stolen. 34 And Laban said, Behold, I "'would it might be "according to thy word.) 3B And he "'removed that day the "'he-goats that were ringstraked and spotted, and all the she-goats that were speckled and spotted, every one that had while in it, and all the black ones among the sheep }, and gave them into the hand of his sons ; 30 and he set "three days' journey betwixt himself and Jacob : and Jacob fed the rest of Laban's flocks. 37 And Jacob took him fl rods of fresh "poplar, (and of the almond and of the plane tree / and 'peeled white strakes in them, (and 'made the white appear which was in tho rods.) 3S" And he ''set the rods which he had peeled Vover against the flocks] in the '''gutters. h 65 i 31" j 18 1 80 n 117 0 a p 86 1 74 3022c The v6rD contains the subject ' he,' i e Yahweh cp 2981. 2sl1 Another case of dual explanation, ' taken away ' = ft 'asaph, ct 24, the name Joseph being alternately connected with the idea of removing a reproach, or of adding another son, 24 M ip Joseph. 26 The base of the subsequent narrative seems to he derived from J. But occasional doublets point to the incorporation of passages from E. Thus 20 is a duplicate of 25 and 2ya, and 2a (cp 29I6) hardly comes from the same hand as sl. In 32 Jacob proposes to separate the flocks, in 3B Laban does it himself. 28 Probably an addition, as the following pronoun 'whom' is feminine (Bacon). 28 (5J P- omit and he said. soa m ft Broken forth. 30b Jp at my foot. 3ib Sp does not contain and. The awkward soijucnce of the uncopulated verbs makos it probable that 11 passugo from E is here introduced. But tho attempt to combine two different representations has resulted in an obscure and perhaps partially corrupt text. One narrative obviously implies that Jacob employed a stratagem to secure the stronger flock 37 41-. But Jacob's recital 3I6-!3 and his reply to Laban 3186-12 suggest a very different view. So far is Jacob from having endeavoured to outwit Labq.11, that he charges him with having deceived him and changed his wages ten times 317 3241. The intentions of Laban, however, were continually frustrated by the protection 46 of the Elohim of Bethel 3i13, who guarded Jacob from harm in a distant land. From 31 8 it may be inferred that E originally contained some description of the successive arrangements between Laban and his son-in-law. But in the endeavour to combine it with J's narrative of Jacob's skill it has been so abbreviated that it can no longer be recovered except in fragments. Tho analysis, therefore, lacks complete justifica tion. The proposal in 31 is apparently carried out in W- , but the contrast of 3fl and 32 points to diversity of source. The peculiar terminology of the flock is for the most part common to both documents. Only the differences, involving points of contact elsewhere, have been noted. 87 M Or, storax tree. 38 The words in brackets stand in .£•> at the end of the clause ' where the flocks came to drink,' and in the text as divided should take that position. The word 'watering troughs' is commonly regarded as an explanation of the previous term ' gutters.' Each occurs once elsewhere in the Hexateuoh, and both occurrences are in J. The partition cannot, therefore, rest on the mere diversity of the word. But 38b 'and they conceived ' seems to be a duplicate of '»» ' and the flocks con ceived.' As the lattor attaches itself to the mention of the rods in 37-38a (j)t 38b must be assigned to E, and the parallel terms may then be regarded as drawn from different documents. JACOB IN LABAN 'S SERVICE Gen 31lf V 2420t $ 39 41 3I10 Deut I9«( = is/io0* V Cp 2I0 i'^lf op4« m> £" Jl'l2lO o Cp B ot 1 6 4821* ct 13 C 418 14 d Cp 2931 e 3o2S /Bx829« g 41 352 Lev 27I0* h 41 29I5 <41 ft\ j Cp 29 A I07 9 it 3o32. . . I 16 ct 1 Jp 71 12 ct 3o3t> 0 Ct 28 13 § 1> Cp 28*8 20 q Ex 222 ,83 21' » Cp 41" t Ex 3I § a! ct 26 Pi « 12' J E JE J E . . . 3m" in the *' watering troughs where the flocks came to drink ; and they ¦> conceived when they came to drink : ™ And the flocks ¦''conceived before the -'"rods, and the flocks brought forth ringstraked, speckled, and spotted. *°* And Jacob 'separated the lambs, *°b and [he] set the faces of the flocks toward the ringstraked and all the black in the flock of Laban . . . 40"and he put his own 'droves apart, and put them not unto Laban's flock. _ « And it came to pass, whensoever the ''stronger of the flock did ^conceive, that Jacob laid the ¦''rods before the eyes of the flock in the gutters, that they might conceive among tho rods ; 42 but wben the flock were "''feeble, he put them not in: so tho fooblor woro Laban's, and the ''stronger Jacob's. "And the man 'increased exceedingly, and " had large flocks, and bmaidservants and menservants, and "camels and asses. 311 "And he heard the words of Laban's sons, saying, Jacob hath taken away all that was our father's; and of that which was our father's hath he gotten all this "glory. . . . 2 And Jacob beheld the "countenance of Laban, and, behold, it was not toward him as "beforetime. 3 And Yahweh said unto Jacob, Return unto the Hand of thy fathers'1, and to thy bkindred; and I will "be with thee. 4 And Jacob sent "and called rfEachel and Leah to the field unto his flock, 8 and said unto them, I see your father's "countenance, that it is not toward me as "beforetime ; but the dGod of my father hath "been with me. 8 And ye know that with all my power I have "served your father. 7 And your father hath 'deceived me, and "changed my *wages ten 'times ; but God "suffered him not to %urt me. 8 If he said thus, The ^speckled shall be thy wages ; then all the flock bear speckled : and if he said thus, The ringstraked shall be thy wages ; then bare all the flock ringstraked. 9 Thus God hath 'taken away the 'cattle of your father, and given them to me. 10 "And it came to pass at the time that the flock ""conceived, that I lifted up mine eyes, and saw in a Bdream, nnd, behold, the "he-goats which leaped upon the flock were ringstraked, speckled, and grisled. 11 And the "angel of God said unto me in the 'dream, Jacob: and I said, 'Here am I. 12 And he said, Lift up now thine eyes, and see, all the "he-goats which leap upon the flock are ringstraked, speckled, and grisled : for I have seen all that Laban doeth unto thee. 1:! "I am the God of Beth-el where thou 'anointedst a pillar, where thou pvowedst a vow unto me : now arise, get thee out from this land, and return unto the land of thy ""nativity. 14 And Eachel and Leah answered and said unto him, Is there yet any portion or inheritance for us in our father's house ? 15 Are we not counted of him 'strangers ? for he hath sold us, and hath also quite devoured "our money. 10 For all the 'riches which God hath 'taken away from our father, that is ours and our children's : now then, "whatsoever God hath said unto thee, do. 17 "Then Jacob rose up, and set his sons and his wives upon the 'camels ; 18° and he 'carried away all his 'cattle. . . . 18b and 'all his 'substance which he had "gathered, the cattle of his 'getting, which he had "gathered in '"Paddan-aram, for to go to Isaac his father unto the "land of Canaan. r 32 a 169 b 60 c 130 a 94b e 118 f 18 g IOI h 97 i 104 j 16 ki55 1 72 m 6 n 4 31lft The return of Jacob was doubtless narrated in all three documents. A portion of P's account survives in 18, the opening words having been lost in the process of incorporation. The remaining narrative shows the usual traces of combination. The dream 1J 13 secures *"16 to B, B carries a with it, and leaves J by contrast to J. The original sequel of l would seem to be found in 17, but as with the migration of Abraham, so here, a divine command 3- is placed before Jacob's start; as tyhis is represented as superseding the motive for departure f 'plied by * it may belong to the compiler, whose double phrase 'land of thy fathers' and 'kindred' may be founded on the language of E and J. lb M Or, wealth. 10 12 These verses seem to be later insertionB by a redactor acquainted with the narrative in 30. The proper sequel of u is obviously found in 1S, ' the dream' J1 may also be 'a dream' cp 10 2* 203. A reference to a previous dream would probably run ' in my dream ' cp 409 16 4117. The word ' grisled ' is here peculiar cp Zech 63 cf. lfi M Or, the price paid for ub. 17 Assigned to J as tlie counterpart of E's description of Jacob's flight 21a. For the camels cp 30*3 1210 24™ 32lf!. 47 Gen 31 19 ISAAC 19 L 5ac V 3812 13 ct § Deut i519* wCt27 ft X 24 2520 28O Deut 265* y£t 2 3223 O' 224 cp 119* V Cp Jadg 1822 Ct26 C* 208 d' 29 246 £ t' 4446 /' Jer 63 g1 Cp Is 61I §t h' Cp 38 Jjj ct 20. . i' Ex i520« ¥ 421 f Cp Ex 23II NumnSlDeut321B* I' 48" 5020 Ex i818§ m' 1 Sum 262lf ft' 42 IQ84* 0' Pa 842 Zepli 2lf p' Cp 19 352 4 q' 2i25 »' Ct 18H .§ t' 44W u' Ex 172 Cp 2620 v' sol' cp 333 w' .£>* op 1 Hum a/ 42 cp 2l2fl ft y' 32I4 Is 537 Cant 6« t £ JE E i» MINow Laban was gone to "shear his sheep: and Rachel "stole the "teraphim that were her father's. 20 And Jacob "stole away "unawares to Laban the 'Syrian, "in that he told him* not that he fled. 21 So he fled with all that he had ; "and he rose up, and zpassed over "the River, and set his face toward the mountain of Gilead. 22 And it was told Laban on the "'third day that Jacob was fled. 23 And he took his brethren with him, and pursued after him seven days' journey; and he '''overtook him in the mountain of Gilead. 24 And God "'came to Laban the "Syrian in a edream of the night, and said unto him, "''Take heed to thyself that thou speak not to Jacob either good or bad. 25 And Laban ''came up with Jacob. Now Jacob had ¦''pitched his tent in the mountain : and Laban with his brethren pitched in the mountain of Gilead. 20 And Laban said to Jacob, What hast thou done, that thou hast stolen away ""unawares to me, and 'carried away my daughters as "'captives of the sword ? ...27 Wherefore didst thou flee '"'secretly, and "steal away from me; and didst not tell me, that I might have sent thee away with mirth and with songs, with "'tabret and with ¦''harp '? 28 and hast not ^'suffered me to kiss my sons and my daughters ? now hast thou ''done '"'foolishly. 29 "It is in the "power of my hand to Jdo you hurt: but the dGod of your father spake unto me "'yesternight, saying, d'Take heed to thyself that thou speak not to Jacob either good or bad. 30 And now, [though] thou wouldest needs be gone, because thou sore "'longedst after thy father's house, [yet] wherefore hast thou stolen my p'gods ? 31 "And Jacob answered and said to Laban, Because I was afraid: for I said, Lest thou shouldest "'take thy daughters from me by force. . . . :'2 "With whomsoever thou findest thy gods, he shall not live : before our brethren discern thou what is thine with me, and take it to thee. For Jacob knew not that Rachel had stolen them. 33 And Laban went into Jacob's tent, and into Leah's tent, and into the tent of the two imaidservants ; but he found them not. And he went out of Leah's tent, and entered into Rachel's tent. 34 Now Rachel had taken the teraphim, and put them in the 'camel's "furniture, and sat upon them. And Laban r'felt about all the tent, but found them not. 35 And she said to her father, Let not my "lord be angry that I cannot rise up before thee ; for the ''manner of women is upon me. And he 'searched, but found not the teraphim. 36 And Jacob was wroth, and "'chode with Laban : and Jacob answered and said to Laban, What is my ''trespass ? what is my sin, "that thou hast "'hotly pursued after me? 37 -Whereas thou hast rfelt about all my stuff, what hast thou found of all thy household stuff? Set it here before my brethren and thy brethren, that they may "judge betwixt us two. 38 This twenty years have I been with thee ; thy "'ewes and thy she-goats have not "cast their young, and the rams 11 o llj p 84 q 41 r 56' s 98 3110. The story of the theft of the teraphim 1»-42) umi the associated flight, is mainly from E ep 21 2'J. 42_ But some versos still remain doubtful. 21 ja a parallel to 17 ; 23b j9 hardly from the same writer as 26a . wnile 27 supplies a doublet to 'M. The want of close connexion between 81 and 32 is explained if si is the answer to ** cp 32N. i9b M See 30 s4 Judg 176 1 Sam 19I3 and Hos 3'. 20 M fp Stole the heart of Laban the Aramean. 21° Holzinger finds a gap between ' he fled' and ' he rose up,' and he ascribes the latter clause to J as the doublet of 17. But reasons have been offered for connecting 17 with J, and the sequence in 2l resembles that in 2410 ' ho departoil . . . and i'obo up,' so that it seems needless to divide the verse. 21b jj; That is, the Euphrates. — As the distance from the Euphrates to Gilead is much more than a seven-days' march 2;t, and the extant passages of E do not assign Laban's homo to 48 Haran, it is possible thut E placed it nearer to Gilead, and that tho clause ' and he rose up and passed over the River ' is incor porated by the oompiler from J (cp Dillmann, who suggests as an alternative that ' the Biver ' denotes some other stream. But this is less probable than that the narrator under estimated the required time). For the usage of the word cp 3637 (J) and Ex 23m (E). 27 M 6 didst steal me. — @ omits, and inserts the preceding words of*7 in 2». 29 ft the El. Cp Deut 2832 Mio 21 Prov 3s". 3i Apparently the answer to 27 ep note3 to 19 and s2 : on the other hand ^u only occurs in Gen in E. But op Lev 19I3 6* Dout 28™. 32 The abruptness of the transition is implied in the mitigating endeavours of the versions, (5) having Ka'. ttrtv 'laiewQ, g quod autem furti me arguis. (5} may represent ftr- original reading, a survival of more words lost in compilation JACOB'S AGREEMENT WITH LABAN Gen 321 2' Ex 2213 31 b»$* '2911 d" 43W Deut t" 03 ftf f" 43" Num 222» g" Ex 3'/l 2310 /." Ot 2982 i" Op 21SO 4t 61. LS~e k" Ex r6< Num 118 cp 47M PI (" 48 61. J0Bh ,26 829» m" 414 71" l6« o" 2727 3014 4I41 p" Job 386 q" Deut 2921* 63 i6a r" 166 *" 46I cp 303 (" Cp 28 E JE J E of thy flocks have I not eaten. OT That which wag "'torn of beasts I brought not unto thee ; I bare the loss of it ; of my hand didst thou ""require it, whether stolen by day or stolen by night. 40 Thus I was ; in the day the '"drought consumed me, and the '"frost by night ; and my sleep °"fled from mine eyes. 41 These twenty years have I been in thy house ; I ""served thee fourteen years for thy two daughters, and six years for thy flock: and thou hast 'changed my wages ten times. 42 d"Except tie dGod of my father, the God of Abraham, and the e "Fear of Isaac, had "been with me, ¦'"surely now hadst thou sent me away ' empty. God hath A"seen mine affliction and the '"labour of my hands, and ""'rebuked thee "'yesternight. 43 "And Laban answered and said unto Jacob, The daughters are my daughters, and the children are my children, and the flocks are my flocks, and all that thou seest is mine : and what can I do this day unto these my daughters, or unto their children which they have borne ? 44 And now come, let us make a covenant, I and thou ; [....]" and let it be for a '"witness between me and thee. 45 ''And Jacob •'"took a stone, and set it up for a pillar. 46 And Jacob said unto his brethren, *" Gather stones ; and they took stones, and made an '"heap : and they did eat there by the heap. 47 And Laban "called it "Jegar-sahadutha : but Jacob called it "Galeed. 48 And Laban said, This heap is witness between me and thee this day. 'Therefore was the name of it called Galeed : 49 "and "Mizpah, for he said, Yahweh '"watch between me and thee, when we are """"absent one from another. 50 "If thou shalt ""afflict my daughters, and if thou shalt "take wives beside my daughters, no man is with us ; ° "see, God is witness betwixt me and thee. 61 IAnd Laban said to Jacob, Behold this heap, and behold the pillar, which I have p"set betwixt me and thee. 62 This heap be witness, and the pillar be witness, that I will not pass over this heap to thee, and that thou shalt not pass over this heap and this pillar unto me, '"for harm. 63 The God of Abraham, and the God of Nahor, the "God of their father, '"judge betwixt us. And Jacob sware by the e"Fear of his father Isaac. 64 And Jacob '"offered a sacrifice in the mountain, and called his brethren to eat bread : and they did eat bread, and tarried all night in the mountain. 66 "And early in the morning Laban rose up, and '' kissed his sons and his daughters, and blessed them : and Laban departed, and returned unto his place. 821 And Jacob went on his way, and the "angels of God t is* u 8a * 97 3143 In 43 Laban replies to the expression of Jacob's fear 3i by the assertion of his paternal rights over his daughters. But the claim is only mentioned as the preface to its surrender by a covenant. The following passage 44-54 describes the agree ment, but is much confused in the present text which seems in some verses to be corrupt, as variations in @ also indicate. This is mainly the result of tho interlacing of two accountn, each narrating the oath between Laban and Jacob, 4B. . nnd "¦ ¦ being apparently duplicates. Eaoh story oonneots tho name of Galeed (e g Gilead) with the incident, interpreted as ' heap of witness.' In eaoh story, then, there is a ' heap,' but E with his love of sacred stones appears to attribute to Jacob the erection of a pillar also. The heap or cairn in 46 is presumably reared by Laban not Jacob, as the ' brethren ' 46 are Laban's kinsmen who had accompanied him in his pursuit 26. The harmonist, finding the ' pillar ' standing without further notice, seems to have introduced it into the extract from E •'•. 44 It is probable that some words have here dropped out. The want of concord between ' covenant ' (fern) and ' let it be ' (masc) is not indeed conclusive, as this is not uncommon in Hebrew grammar ; it is more important to notice that the temporary act of making a covenant could not be a permanent ' witness.' For that some visible object was needed, and the veree may have contained Laban's proposal ' let us make an henp,' cp 4fl *6. 7a This verse may possibly have originally contained E's II. statement (the counterpart of 46) l And Laban raised a heap and called it ... ' 47b jjl That is, The heap of witness, in Aramaic. 47c M That is, The heap of witness, in Hebrew. 4'* Galeed is probably intended to suggest Gilead. A later reviser, desirous apparently to connect the well-known Mizpah in Giload with this incident, adds a further explanation of Mint namo. But tho proper namo with the definite article ' tho Mizpah ' at once excites suspicion. It has been 0011- jectured that it may have crept into the story through acci dental confusion with the ' pillar ' or massibha *", as Sam actually reads. 40b M That is, The Watch-tower. 49° M

32". 49 k Gen 321 ISAAC a Num 2ol4 2i21 II Deut a26 236 Josh 72i» b 33I4 16 C tip 147 3666 d Cp 2466 3419 «I2l6 /331 g 1 Sam 306 2 Sam 132 7i 33I Judg 7I6 i Cp 4s7 Bx io'' j 2813 ct 3l42 *3iS ii2l111 Cp 2 Sam 719 Am 85 § n 3037 0 3721 Ex 219 at p Cp Hos io!4 8„16r 22" I Op 35* # t 18 33IO 48 U 3086 V31S8 w cp 2469 Ex 27 •& I 4Qll» 3/ ft = gave 308s 394 22 2 .£ = flock 292 a' 21 338 14 I' Estti 414f C' 338 Ex 424 27« d' 168 J E JE J E met him. 2 And Jacob said when he saw them, This is God's "host : and he called the name of that place "Mahanaim. . . . 3 "And Jacob sent "messengers before him to Esau his brother unto the land of 6Seir, "the "field of Edom. 4 And he commanded them, saying, Thus shall ye say unto my blord Esau, Thus saith thy "servant Jacob, I have ^sojourned with Laban, and dstayed until now: 6 and I have "oxen, and asses [and] flocks, and menservants and amaidservants : and I have sent to tell my "lord, that I may "find grace in thy sight. 0 And the messengers returned to Jacob, saying, We came to thy brother Esau, and moreover he cometh to meet thee, and ¦''four hundred men with him. 7 Then Jacob was greatly afraid and was "distressed : "and he ^divided the people that was with him, and the 'flocks, and the herds, and the "camels, into two companies ; 8 and he said, if Esau come to the one company, and smite it, then the company which is left shall Escape. 9 And Jacob said, 0 God of J my father Abraham, and God of my father Isaac, 0 Yahweh, which saidst unto me, ' Return unto thy 'country, and to thy ^kindred, and I will *do thee good : 10 "I mam not worthy of the least of all the 'mercies, and of all the truth, which thou hast shewed unto thy "servant ; for tvith my "staff I passed over this Jordan; and now I am become two companies. n "Deliver me, I pray thee, from the hand of my brother, from the hand of Esau : for I fear him, lest he come and smite me, the vmother with the children. la And thou saidst, I ivill surely ldo thee good, and qmake thy seed as the 'sand of the sea, which cannot be numbered for multitude. i3» NAnd he lodged there that night ; lilb "and [ho] took of that which he 'had with him a 'present for Esau his brother ; 14 two hundred she-goats and twenty "he-goats, two hundred "ewes and twenty rams, 15 thirty "milch "camels and their colts, forty kine and ten bulls, twenty she-asses and ten *foals. 16 And he ^delivered them into the hand of his servants, every zdrove by itself ; and said unto his servants, "Pass over before me, and put a ''space betwixt drove and drove. 17 And he commanded the foremost, saying, When Esau my brother "'meeteth thee, and asketh thee, saying, Whose art thou ? and '''whither goest thou ? and whose are these before thee? then thou shalt say, 18 [They be] thy "servant Jacob's ; it is a 'present 56* 73 413ia 33 16 h 6o i 38 j 57"; 322a Jp Mahanehy ie camp, host, or company. 2b j£ That is, hosts, or, companies. — Opinion is divided as to the precise significance of the namo. lb is uppurontly in tho dual, and is so understood here by Dillmann, who finds a reference to the company (or camp) of angels and the company of Jacob with his family and flocks cp 509. Another allusion to the dual form seems to lurk in the * two companies ' of 7 and 10, which must be ascribed, therefore, to a different hand. Wellhausen, however, Composition dea Hexateuchs (1889) 45 [433], gives reasons for regarding Mahanaim as a singular with an Aramaizing termination, understood by E but misinterpreted by J. 3a As J and B both narrated the estrangement of the brothers, Jacob's flight to his Aramean kindred, and his return, it is not unnatural to expect that they will both relate his reconciliation with Esau who has already taken up his position in the South. In this view they differ from P which contains no hint of fraternal discord, and places the separation of Esau and Jacob much later 36s. Tho basis of the account in 32-33 seems to be derived from J cp 32fl-12 and parallels to 32*- 10- 24 * * , ' two companies ' 7 10 ct 2 &c. But occasional incongruities imply the amalgamation of other material cp 13 22« 30 3310' , which may be, therefore, assigned to E. 3b The duplicate designation may be drawn from the other narrative, or may be simply a reviser's addition. 7 This passage bears various marks of distinct origin. The prayer of Jacob 9~12 with its citation of a .previous divine monition 9 cp 313 seems in 12 to dopend on 2217, and rosomblos other expanded utterances with which tho older narrative was adorned as it underwent successive revisions. Bub the allusion to ' two companies ' in 10 carries with it ab least 7b 9 which seem to be an independent reference to the name Mahanaim. Of this division nothing is said further, for the ' company ' in 33s consists of Jacob's intended gift : it interrupts the connexion between Jacob's alarm 7a and the selection of the present 13b by which he hopes to appease Esau £0 : and it was perhaps suggested by the 'division' of his wives and children 331*. Further, the situation of Jacob seems conceived differently from that of the context. In 22 he crosses the Jabbok, but in 10 he is apparently placed on the bank of the Jordan. 10 M J9 / am less than allt &c. 13a This statement seems a doublet of 21b, and both are hardly from the same source. But 21b is closely connected with the context (' he himself contrasted with l the present ') : on the other hand the statement of the text 'he lodged there' has no assignable geographical meaning except at the place last named, viz Mahanaim 2 ; it is therefore attributed to E. In the original narrative of J, the alarm of Jacob on hearing of Esau's approach 7a was immediately followed by a corre sponding precautionary measure, the selection of the propitiatory present ia°, which is at once sent on in front 21. 13b Critics of divers schools, Dillmann and Kittel, Well hausen, Kuenen, Cornill, Ball, and Holzinger, agree in assigning iab-21 to E, partly because of the duplicates in 13a 21b, partly because 21 apparently recognises only one company, ct 7 (so Dillmann ; Wellhausen takes another view of the MahaneU)* But the language of 13b_2* has strong Yahwistic affinities ; 13a can be as conveniently assigned to E as 21b ; the joint fumily in 22 belongs to the earlier stage of J and the view that 7-11 is a later expansion is. thus confirmed. Moreover 13b-sl is closely associated with 338"10 which also bears various traces of J, Tho analysis, therefore, adopts the view of Bacon. 5° THE MEETING OF JACOB AND ESAU Gen 338 t* Sfr^covtor his face ct aolfl § and *a* r i92i •; c' Cp 3117; A' 3121 l* Num 2V24 ;' 4420 : «' 19I6 § m' Num at4 Hiph" ; 0' 308 Hos 12* p' Ex 33II cp Num 128 Deut 3410 9' Ct 11 § 1 ' Bx 22» Deut 33a* t' Mio 48- Zeph 319t ('£• d 13IO 6 328 C327 rf 14 32IO e «• 1 823 / t82 24" g 29I3 & 11 4329 Cp Ex 3319 J E JE J sent unto my "lord Esau : and, behold, he also is behind us. 19 And he commanded "also the second, and the third, and all that followed the droves saying, 'On this manner shall ye speak unto Esau, when ye find him ;*> and ye shall say; Moreover, behold, thy "servant Jacob is behind us. For he said, I will 6 appease him with the 'present that goeth before mo and afterward I will see his face ; "peradventure he will /'accept me. So the present passed over before him : and he himself lodged that night in the company. au 2aE-,An?, he ' rose UP that niSht> and took his two wives, and his two handmaids, and his eleven children. E and '''passed over the ford of ''Jabbok, 231 "And he took them, 22b 230 and sent over that he had. T anCp3 j Cp 3221 i3217 (32l3 ui 198 n Op 128 o Num 2a32 Joah 5I3 ft* p i87 »§*?¦ Hithpafop47l7 Ex I513» «Ct22. ftszwork cp Ex 228 11 j Sum 158 ( 10 323 M Cp 27I8 v Ct 128 W2617 x Josh 2482 20 iiod/ E JE E 'came near, they and their children, and they 'bowed themselves. 7 And Leah also and her children came near, and bowed themselves : and after came Joseph near and Rachel, and they bowed themselves. 8 And he said, What meanest thou by all this ^company which I *met? And he said, To efind grace in the sight of my hlord. 9 And Esau said, I 'have enough ; my brother, let that thou hast be thine. 10 And Jacob said, Nay, I pray thee, if now I have "found grace in thy sight, then receive my 'present at my hand : "Jforasmuch as I have seen thy face, as one seeth the face of God, and thou wast pleased with me. u Take, I pray thee, my "gift that is brought to thee ; because God hath Adealt graciously with me, and because I 'have "enough. And he '"urged him, and he took it. 12 "And he said, Let us take our "journey, and let us go, and I will go "before thee. 13 And he said unto him, My hlord knoweth that the children are ptender, and that the kflocks and herds with me give suck : and if they 'overdrive them one day, all the flocks will die. 14 Let my hlord, I pray thee, pass over before his 'servant : and I will lead on "softly, according to the pace of the 'cattle that is before me and according to the pace of the children, until I come unto my lord unto 'Seir. 15 And Esau said, Let me now 'leave with thee some of the folk that are wilh me. And he said, '"What needeth it ? let me 'find grace in the sight of my ''lord. iG So Esau returned that day on his way unto "Seir. 17 And Jacob journeyed to Succoth, and built him an "house, and made booths for his "cattle : "therefore the name of the place is called "Succoth. 181 And Jacob came Tto Shalem. 18b s[Ancl Jacob came] to the "city of Shechem, which is in the "land of Canaan, when he came from qPaddan-aram. 180 and "encamped before the city. 19 "And he "bought the parcel of ground, where he had spread his tent, at the hand of the children of Hamor, Shechem's father, for an hundred "pieces of money. 20 xAnd he erected there an "altar, and called it "El-elohe-Israel. 341 "And "Dinah the daughter of Leah, which alio bare unto Jaoob, went out to see g 31* h 56* 1 84 J 35 k 3a ' 74 m 8gb 18 15" P 4 1 6 ' face of God ' in 10 has perhaps helped to determine the selection. In other respects the phraseology is markedly in favour of J, cp ' thy servant ' 5, ' graciously given ' B = ' dealt graciously' n $ cp 'find grace' 10, 'I have (11-) enough' ° n, 'urged 'il cp 193 9*. These parallels seem to outweigh the apparent indications of a douhlet in 10 n 'present,' 'blessing.' 33'° M Or, for therefore have I seen. "» M Sp blessing. "» M p all. 12 The narrative apparently represents Jacob as intending to visit Esau 12-14. This is plainly inconsistent -with the situation implied in 32*°, and Holzingor therefore ascribes 12-H t0 E. But the linguistic usage does not favour this, and the difficulty is overcome by tho recognition of the secondary chanictor of 329~12. In 17, howevor, Jacob's journey to Seir is stopped at Succoth, but there seems no indication of change of narrator. It may be inferred, therefore, that the Trans-jordanic Succoth was meant. With the reference to the house cp J in 27I5. Nothing appears to have been preserved from J or E concerning Jacob's passage of the Jordan and advance into middle Canaan, any more than in the case of Abraham 12°. » M That is, Booths. 18a So M (with (8). T in peace. Wellh Comp 316I proposes ' to Shechem ' : Ball corrects to oi^cn 2821. 18b The following statement seems to be the continuation of P's narrative of Jacob's migration begun in 3118. Tlie analogy of 128 suggests that the extract in the text began, 'And Jacob came.' 19 The reference to this purchase in Josh 24s2 seems decisive for the ascription to E. But the purchase implies the previous encampment, and the migratory movement of which it was the close. The description of Hamor as ' Shechem's father ' is probably an editorial preparation for the narrative in 34. i»b M ft Kesitah.— Josh 2^ Job 42"t. 2»a The verb here employed is not the usual term for building an altar (nun), but it is employed for setting up a sacred pillar (rt3UD) op 3514 20. Wellhausen accordingly pro poses to read ' pillar ' in this passage. On E's pillars, cp Introd XII 2fi i p 114. For the sacred stone at Shechem cp Josh 2426. 2»b M That is, God, the God of Israel. 341 Two narratives seem to be blended here. In the first the chief actors are Shechem on the one part n, and Simeon and Levi on the other 80 ; jn the second Shechem recedes behind his father Hamor * fl 18, and the whole of the sons of Jaoob move together Is. Tho first story relates the violation of Dinah (her marriage) and the subsequent vengeance inflicted on Shechem by her two brothers. The second desoribes Shechem's honourable love for her, the proposals made by his father, the counter-conditions of intertribal communion de manded by the sons of Jacob, the massacre of the men, the capture of the women, children, and cattle, and the plunder of the city. The linguistio affinities of the first story clearly connect it with J, and it is supposed to contain the account of a transaction obsourely indicated in 498"'. Equally dearly do various marks in the second story bring it within the scope of P. But it is so different in kind from P's other narratives of the patriarchal age, eg 17 and 23, as to make it highly improbable that it ever belonged to the ToJ'dftotA-booV. The description of the spoiling of the city 27-29 strongly recalls that of the Midianites in Num 31, whioh is of a secondary oharacber. But other features suggest the possibility that older material 52 JACOB AT SHECHEM Gen 34] & 27*8 2b- . J HJci/ c Deut ail* cp 2 Sam 13I2 14 tf 224 j e Cp «i8o /¦Cp«a3Sg 5021* ft Op JB334 t Cp ^iPy ^421 18 20 ft=speak I Deut 2221 judg 208 10 2 Sam 13I201 Joeh 7I8 m 208 cp 2928 n Cp 178 Jp = o Cp JEi8.6 9. . p 1501 p Deut 78 Joah ' =3l2* , q Cp 21 j39 r 37M 42S4 cp i3M ( a Bx 22I0 1 Sam l828t I ( Num 118H* cp utt U 273i JE . . . 2b *And he took her, "and b]ay with her, and "humbled her. 3* And his soul rfclave unto Dinah the daughter of Jacob, E 30 and [he] "damsel. "spake "kindly unto the 6 Now Jacob heard that he had 'de filed Dinah his daughter ; and his sons were with his "cattle in the field : and Jacob -*held his peace until they came. 7 And the sons of Jacob came in from the field when they heard it : and the men were "grieved, and they were very 'wroth, because he had wrought 'folly in Israel in blying with Jacob's daughter ; which thing "ought not to be done. ...u And Shechem said unto father and unto her brethren, me 'find grace in your eyes, what ye shall say unto me I give. her Let and will v Cp "146 W 3o23b x 18 22. ., Kings I28f T yotJGx34l8Deut78 the ^daughters of the land. w And Shechem the son of Hamor the Hivite, the "prince of the land, saw hor ; ,b and he "loved the /damsel. * And Shechem spake unto his father Hamor saying, Get me this *damsel to wife. 8 And H.-imor the father of Shechem went out unto "Jacob to ^commune with him. 8 And Hamor 'communed "with them, saying, The soul of my son Shechem longeth for your daughter : "I pray you give her unto him to wife. ' zAnd make ye ^marriages with us ; give your daughters unto us, and take our daughters unto you. 10 And ye shall dwell with us : and the land shall be 'before you ; dwell and 'trade ye therein, and get you ^possessions therein. 12 "Ask me never so much "dowry and 'gift, and I will give according as ye shall say unto me : but give me the /damsel to wife. ln And the sons of Jacob answered Shechem and Hamor his father with "guile, and spake, "because he had defiled Dinah their sister, 14 and said unto them, We cannot "do this thing, to give our sister to one that is Juncircumcised ; for that were a "reproach unto us : 16 only on this con dition will we "consent unto you : if ye will be as we be, that hovory male of you bo 'circum cised ; ,n thon will wo givo our f'dauglitors unto you, and wo will take your daughters to us, a 131 b 175 c 335 18 79 233 g 18S h 127" 31" j 166 k 1070 1 40 may lie at the basis of this account. The language shows many points of contaot with JE unknown olsewhere in the Tol'dhoth- book. It is the view of Wellhausen, Cornill, Bacon, and Holzinger, for example, that this earlier story was derived from E. This question cannot, however, be decided with certainty. The allusion to an Amorite conquest in 4822 does not seem in any way related to the Btory of the wooing of Dinah and the massacre at Shechem, nor does the context in E 3320 351 provide an appropriate place for it (cp Dillmann). On the other hand, similar linguistic phenomena in the use of phrases of both types JE and P have been already observed in 14, and will be noted hereafter in Num 31- •. The analysis, therefore, does not attempt to go behind the form in which the second narrative has. been combined with J. As the interlacing is very close, the assignment of some passages must be doubtful. ? 42b The peculiar accusative here (if the Masoretic punctuation is correct) differing from J's usage, and assimilated to P's (Lev 15'8 2< Num 5" 10), sooms to indicate the hand of R. 80 M Sp To the heart of the damsel. 8 Comparison with 8 and ,3 suggests that the original ran ' the sons of Jacob to commune with them.* Other passages may have undergone similar manipulation, the harmonizing process being carried on quite late, as occasional touches in (5J may also imply. 12 The language of n implies compensation for the outrage on Dinah, but that of 12 is the urgency of a genuine wooer, and the verse is therefore assigned to the second story. From 13 it may be supposed that Shechem had not left his suit entirely in the hands of his father c 8. 13 Probably a harmonizer's touch cp '¦". This form of the story does not seem to have related any violation of Dinah. ' 53 Gen 34u ISAAC 2 41*? 45I6 Deut i23 cp Lev io!9 Josh 2230 33 a' 2488 ft 6' Num 148 c'is" rf'l72tt'Cpl P 23IO 18 j* §* op Ex 3' h' Num 31' op Jiaio JE E i' Op "33 / Num 318 k' Num 319 cp ju5aa (' op 20 m! Joah 6'8 72B» n' Ex 521* o'i37 i>' Deut 4!" ^293 iJ Cp "34b 8' 38I6 O 2817- • 1 Lioc\g b Cp i37 ft ...19And the young man "'deferred not to "do the thing, because he had ''delight in Jacob!s daughter : and he was "honoured above all the phouse of his father. . . ." 26 And they 'slew Hamor and Shechem his son witb the "edge of the sword, and took Dinah out of Shechem's house, and went forth. ...2l)b "and all that was in tho ''house. 30 And Jacob said to Simeon and Levi, Ye have '"'troubled me, to make me to "'stink among the in habitants of the land, among the "'Canaan ites and the Perizziles : and, I being '''few in number, they will ''gather them selves together against me and smite me ; and I shall be ''destroyed, I and my house. 31 And they said, Should he deal with our sister as with an "'harlot ? and we will dwell with you, and we will ""become one people. 17 But if ye will not hearken unto us, to be circumcised ; then will we take our daughter, and we will be gone. 18 And their words "pleased Hamor, and Shechem Hamor's son. 20 And Hamor and Shechem his son came unto the gate of their city, and 'communed with the men of their city, saying, a These men are "'peaceable with us ; therefore let them dwell in the land, and 'trade therein ; for, behold, the land is large enough "for them ; let us take their daughters to us for wives, and let us give them our daughters. 22 Only on this condition will the men "'consent unto us to dwell with us, to become one people, if every male among us be circumcised, as they are d' circumcised. 23 Shall not their "'cattle and their 'substance and all their beasts be ours ? only let us "'con sent unto them, and they will dwell with us. 21 And unto Hamor and unto Shechem his son hearkened £all that went out of. the gate of his city ; and every male was circumcised, all that went out of the gate of his city. 25 And it came to pass on the third day, when they were "'sore, that "two of the sons of Jacob, Simeon and Levi, Dinah's brethren, took each man his sword, and came upon the city "unawares, and '''slew kall the males. 27 "The sons of Jacob came upon the slain, and spoiled the eity, because they had defiled their sister. a8 They took their ''flocks and their herds and their asses, and that which was in the city, and that which was in the field ; 291 and all their ^'wealth, and all their '¦'little ones and their wives, f took thoy captive and ^'spoiled. 351 And God said unto Jacob, "Arise, go up to "Beth-el, and dwell ATA* ^fmrl bfY^rtl-^ fVici'f* nn nlt.fli' nnt.r* rt-rtfl M"wVi<-» nnnafli^ nnf/i 4V,aa there : Land bmake there an altar unto God, ""who appeared unto thee 111 3J u 146 0 78 1> 153 q 78 r aio a ISO a 138 b 137 3419 The marriage of Shechem must have followed, as in 2a Dinah is carried off by her brothers from his house. 2fla It can hardly be supposed that Simeon and Levi accom plished the entire slaughter themselves. Tho subject is rather the Ben§ Jacob 13, and the insertion of the two names is probably due to the compiler, who has adopted them from J cp 80. 25b m 0r, boldly. 27 The peculiar style of the opening phrase, and the allusion in b cp iflb, seem to indicate the aotivity of the compiler. The , natural sequel of the slaughter of the males in 28 i3 the spoiling of the city 27. 2» So lp. T even. ' The house,' in oontrast with ' the city ' 3T, must be Shechem's M. 851 This clause may be an editorial allusion to the incident 54 JACOB AGAIN AT BETHEL Gen 35" c 27". 2 Hllb 2-4 l5a ( d Josh 2423 t Op I'4a /CpEx 19IO g 4221 Deut 3ll7 21» ft Cp 32I3 ,§ i Ex 322 j Ex 2I2 Joah 26 721.« k Cp Josh 2426 m 2819 n Cp 232 0 Cp 2 327 Josh 8611 7 I'lodff p Cp 21SI 9 Cp 20I8N v Ot 2488 a Cp Judg 48 t 17I « 2511 cp 33 v 178 ct 3227. ¦ io Cp 178 18 28 X,78 JM72' E JE E when thou "fleddest "from the face of Esau thy brother. 2 'Then Jacob said unto his household, and to all that were with him, dPuk away the strange gods that are among you, and 'purify yourselves, and /change your "garments : a and let us "arise, and go up to Beth-el ; and I will make there an altar unto God, who answered me in the day of my "distress, and was "with me in the way which I went. 4 And they gave unto Jacob all the strange gods which were ''in their hand, and the 'rings which were in their ears, and Jacob ¦'hid them under the "oak which was *by Shechem. 6 "And they journeyed : and "a great kerror was upon the cities that were round about them, and they did not pursue after the sons of Jacob. bb [And Jacob came to Beth-el] "he and all the people that were with him. 7 £And he "built there an altar, and pcalled the place "El-beth-el : because there God 9was revealed unto him, when he "fled from the face of his brother. 8 "And Deborah Rebekah's rnurse died, and she was buried below Beth-el under the "oak : and the name of it was called "Allon- bacuth. °a "So Jacob came to "'Luz, which is in the 'land of Canaan (the "same is Beth-el), 9 "And God 'appeared unto Jacob again, when he came from Taddan-aram, and "blessed him. 10 "And God said unto him, Thy name is Jacob : thy "name shall not be called any more Jacob, but Israel shall bs thy name : and he called his name Israel. n And God said unto him, "I am "God Almighty : 'be fruitful and multiply1 ; a '"nation and a company of nations shall be of thee, and "kings shall come out of thy loins ; 12 and the land which I "gave unto Abraham and Isaac, to Jthee I will give it, "and to thy heed after thee will I give the land. u And God "went up from him "in the place where he spalce with him. 0 158 d 161 e 130 h 94 i 73 j 16a of 27, suggested by the language of 3b which is much more in the style of E cp 2820. 4 M Or, terebinth. 5a The change of subject here to ' the sons of Jacob ' points to the story in 34, bo that this verse is dependent on the redaction of that chapter. Bb M ft a terror of God. — Op 30s and 238. "¦ Tho continuation of 3i,B, wand §. Luz is omplnyod by P with archaeological propriety as the ancient namo(cp Klriath- arba 23s), as he has yet to relate the theophany on which tho name Beth-el was founded. In 8b jg must have originally con tained some similar notice of Jacob's arrival at Beth-el, as the sequel of 9. 7 M That is, The God of Bethel. 81 This verse is assigned on the whole to E, though the only previous reference to Rebekah's nurse comes from J 24B9, where, however, she is not named. (For E's love of names cp 152 Ex i15 ; and for a similar record of death and burial cp Num 2o,b.) But as all three sources J E P locate Isaac in the South, it is not apparent how the aged family servant should be travelling with Jacob through middle Canaan. The passage seems altogether dislocated from its original connexion in the story of Isaac and Rebekah, and its proper place is lost. 8b M That is, The oak of weeping. ' P's account of the Beth-el revelation, tho counterpart of that to Abraham in 17 (cp Introd V 9a). In reference to 2810' • *,he editor has inserted the word ' again.' (5) adds ' in Luz.' 10 Both 1° and ll begin with the same words. A comparison of this passage with 171 suggests that originally the announce ment of the Divine Presence preceded the change of Jacob's name in 10. The displacement may be accidental, or due to some curtailment of the whole section. The promises are much briofor than in 17 ; if any omissions have boen made in the process of compilation, tho recurring phrases in 10- may have boon brought noaror together. It is, howovor, a curious circumstance that P does not employ the name Israel for Jacob in his subsequent narrative, ct 'Abraham' 176 9 16 &c: it is used only in the phrase ' children of Israel.' May it be inferred that 10 is an editorial afterthought, to provide in P a parallel to J's story in 322»? This would account for Its unexpected position, and for the final clause ' and he called his name Israel,' which is not after the manner of P in 17. It is noticeable also that no explanation is given of the new name was its meaning already so familiar that it needed none ? 1' M ft El Shaddai. — cp 171. 12 The parallel in 178 suggests that the clause originally ran ' to thee will I give it and to thy seed after thee.' But the whole may possibly be an addition. 13 The corresponding phrase in 1722 contains no local refer- onco : lalJ seems derived from ln : Ball, however, regards it as an accidental dittograph of <*, and rostores from 1722 ' when he had left off speaking with him.' , 55 Gen 3514 ISAAC l* *5g'>7o:tw' 2 Ct 2818 a' 2 Sam 23I6 2 Kings i613 V Cp rii 8 d 28I8 Tia8 d' Ct 2819 «' 487 2 Kings S19f f Op Ex 13I6 § 8' 3828 Ex 1I8. .+ ft' 3o24 ot 24 20b cp 2933 ft i'Cpi6»»i< 20 ^5g6 /Cpl4ct3i4S /f 47SO Dout 348* C128 in' Am 527 Jer 22«t n1 Mic 481 0/2224 JE E p> 36» 46OT op 42a 0/232)-* 258. aCt 9 "And Jacob "set up a "pillar place where he spake with , pillar of stone : and he "'poured out a '''drink offering there on, and "'poured oil thereon. in the him, 16 And Jacob d'called the name of the place where God spake with him, Beth-el. 16 "And they journeyed from Beth-el ; and there was still "'some way to come to Ephrath : and Rachel travailed, and she had /'hard labour. 17 And 'it came to pass when she was in •'"hard labour, that the "'midwife said unto her, Tear not ; for "now thou shalt have '''another son. 18 And 'it came to pass, as her soul was in departing (for sho died), that ''she called his name "Ben-oni : but his father called him "Benjamin. 10 "And Rachel died, and was buried in the way to Ephrath (the same is Beth-lehem). 20 INAnd Jacob kset up a J''pillar upon her &'grave : the same is the Pillar of Rachel's grave "unto this day. 21 "And "Israel journeyed, and ''spread his "tent "''beyond the tower of n'Eder. 22" And 'it came to pass, while "Israel dwelt in that land, that Reuben went and lay with Bilhah his father's "'concubine : and Israel heard of it. . . . 22b Now the sons of Jacob were twelve : 23 the sons of Leah ; Reuben, Jacob's firstborn, and Simeon, and Levi, and Judah, and Issachar, and Zebulun : 24 the sons of Rachel ; Joseph and Benjamin : 2S and the sons of Bilhah, Rachel's handmaid ; Dan and Naphtali : 20 and the sons of Zilpah, Leah's handmaid ; Gad and Asher : "these are the sons of Jacob which ''were born to him in sPaddan-aram. 21 And Jacob came unto Isaac his father to Mamre, to 'Kiriath-arba q'(the same is Hebron), where Abraham and Isaac sojourned. 28 And the "days of Isaac were an "hundred and fourscore years. 29 And '''Isaac "gave up the ghost, and died, and was 'gathered unto his people, r'old and full of days : and Esau and Jacob his sons r'buried him. 361 "AND "THESE ARE THE GENERATIONS of "Esau (the same is Edom). k 315° 1 127b m 154 n 130 o 143b P 49 q 330 •75 s 188 t 3 u 181 V Q3 w 51 * 75 a 77a 3514 This verse is now felt to be inappropriate to P who nowhere else recognizes any sacred pillars, or ascribes any acts of sacrifice to the patriarchs (cp Introd XIII 27). It may be the sequel of J's story of the origin of the massibha in Beth-el cp 28llaN, which the compiler has insorted where P's narrative of the Beth-el revelation supplied a fresh occasion. It is, however, possible that the latter half of the verse has received editorial enrichment. The chrism has its parallel in 2818 and may belong to the antique story. But the preceding description of the libation, though not without older counterpart elsewhere, may have taken form here under the influence of tho Levitical ritual. 18 In 10'22 the narrative of Jacob's advance is resumed. The determination of the sources is not free from difficulty, many critics assigning 18-20 to E. But as in 1 Jacob had been com manded to remain at Beth-el, and no motive is assigned for his departure, it would seem more natural to recognize a change of document. Holzingor assumes that both narratives related tho birth of Benjamin in connexion with the death of Ruchol, and finds traces of duplication in i6b and i7a. On the other hand, Rachel is apparently still alive in 3710 (E), and this contradiction is hardly removed by the supposition that the symbolism of the dream may be independent of the facts. The parallel in l'b certainly points to J, and 18-18] therefore, is assigned (though not without hesitation) to J. 18a jj That is, The son of my sorroio. 18 j m Tbat j^ The aon 0y the r-gM hand 19 Further embarrassment arises in i°.. 19 resembles 8 ju form, and might therefore naturally be ascribed to E, but for the difficulty of 3710 (which might, howovor, lie inoro easily evaded on tho hypothesis that the d roam-story was well fixed in tradition before the family history was organized into a consecutive narrative). Moreover, the opening words seem superfluous after the parenthetic remark in 18, and lend 56 additional strength to the ascription to E. It may, however, be argued that the reference to the burial-place (cp parallels in J) required the formal announcement of the death ; and the words ' for she died ' may be a copyist's or editor's gloss. If the verse be E's, what later place can be found for it in the Jacob-Joseph cycle after 3710? Dillmann allots it to P, but see 487N. The identification of the grave with Beth-lehem seems a late error, cp 1 Sam io2 Jer 3118. 20 The statement of erection resembles that in u ; E in each reference to a sacred pillar employing a different word 2818 31*8 Ex 244. The verse is therefore ascribed to J. On the other hand the name Jaoob, contrasted with Israel 21, seems to imply divergence, and many oritics attribute 20 to E. But 3710 still stares them in the face. Moreover the name Jacob has been used by J since 3a28) e g 33I 1° 17 and perhaps in 34. The objection, therefore, does not seem conclusive, cp 211*. 21 At this point begins a series of passages marked by the name Israel cp J,j49- This appears to be characteristic of J, and may point to the incorporation of materials from some fresh cycle. The description of Bilhah as Israel's ' oonoubine ' instead of 'handmaid' 30*, lends some' slight confirmation to this view. 381 After the death and burial of Abraham P prooeeded at once to enumerate the descendants of Ishmael, before deal ing with the line of Isaac So here with Esau (T now, !p and) before Jacob's tol'dlioth 37s. But the list of the descendants of Esau presents many marks of composite origin. The recur ring title ' and these are the generations of Esau ' JfS 1 8 at once points to tho union of material from different sources, and this expectation is confirmod by the diversity of tho contents of the suvoiul sections. In 1-° jbo namos of Esau's wives cunnot bo harmonized with those in 26s* 28° (' Zibeon the Hivite ' 'in a should read ' Horite ' nn cp 20. .). Within the framework 1 2» (!) 6b, therefore, fresh data have been incorporated in agreemen.. DESCENDANTS OF ESAU Gen 3631 6 Ct 2634 28» c Cp 3526 d 128 e 31I8 cp JB!8 / 138 ot 27 33I8 pCtlB h Cp 18- 18-20 Sp~children 21-28 i Cp 18-19 21 29. 40-43 Ex 15I8* SI i4k si Mjind "these are the kings that reigned in the land of Edom, before there reigned any king over the children of Israel. with 1° u 20.., perhaps replacing some earlier enumeration. The migration of Esau 6- is obviously parallel with the similar migrations of Abraham and Jacob : the separation of the brothers which here follows the death of Isaac is clearly inde pendent of the representations of JE in 27 and 33, though it is possible that it may once have occupied an earlier place in the narrative, e g after 3s28. In 8-19 further difficulties appear. The title is repeated cp 1 with a fresh identification of Esau ; the names of Esau's wives 10 u agree with 2. (though their nationalities are omitted), so that the two lists have boon brought into relation with eaoh other, "» having boon added, and the awkward phraseology of 14 implying editorial treat ment. The frequent repetitions in this section seem due to repeated revisions and insertions ; in 16 Korah is evidently out of place cp ,4 18, and Gatam should precede Kenaz « cp u. On the whole, therefore, this section must be regarded as secondary. The materia] in 2°-80 is similarly composite, M- being a brief equivalent of 20-2S where the pedigree of Oholibamah indicates connexion with 2b- ¦ and 14- • . The parallel to the ' dukes of the Horites' 29 is found in the 'dukes of Esau' Sp 4°-» where the names differ so widely from those in 8-18 (cp Timna 12 Oholi bamah « who here appear as ' dukes ') that the passage cannot be ascribed to the same source. As the phraseology of '*« and 41 coincides with that of P, this section (and probably 29-) may be regarded as part of the original toVdhoth of Esau. From what sources the compiler drew his materials outside P must remain undetermined. Holzinger conjectures a base for 18-19 in J cp 81N, but there is nothing either in form or in substance to determine it. 362 M Some ancient authorities have, son. See 24, 9 M Sp Edom. n M In 1 Chron 1s6, Zephi. 18a Tho list of dukes in iB~19 is founded on the same material as that ombodiod in l~B, and differs widely from that in ^-*9. It must theroforo be regardod as sooondary. i»b M Or, chiefs. 20 Further secondary lists are found in 20-30, where 29. seems a duplicate of 20- • , ct ' land of Edom ' 21 and ' land of Seir ' 80. The material seems to lie outside of the usual limits of P and some of it (as in 21) is probably of great antiquity, bu,t it has been cast by a compiler into P's forms 22 M In i Chron i39, Homam. 23a u in , Chron i4°, Allan. 23b M In 1 Chron i<°, Shephi. 26a M Sp Dishan. 20 'J M In 1 Chron i41, Ilamran. 27 M In 1 Chron i42, Jaakan. 81 With this verse R introduces an extract 32-30 from a docu ment wholly different in style from the context. Its source is unknown, but on the analogy of other passages of composite. origin, e g 10, it is provisionally assigned to J. 57 Gen 363 ESAU j Num 2i2 * 251s Num 3" o Op 1312 b Nam 1332 14S6. CP*) c Op 4327 Ex i87 dSp*t Ps I268f J JE 32 And Bela the son of Beor reigned in Edom ; and the name of his city was Dinhabah. 33 And Bela died, and Jobab the son of Zerah of Bozrah reigned in his stead. 34 And Jobab died, and Husham of the land of the Temanites reigned in his stead. 35 And Husham died, and Hadad the son of Bedad, who smote Midian in the •'field of Moab, reigned in his stead : and the name of his city was Avith. 3fl And Hadad died, and Samlah of Masrekah reigned in his stead. 37 And Samlah died, and Shaul of Kehoboth by the River reigned in his stead. 38 And Shaul died, and Baal-hanan the son of Achbor reigned in his stead. 39 And Baal-hanan the son of Achbor died, and "Hadar reigned in his stead : and the name of his city was "Pau ; and his wife's name was Mehetabel, the daughter of Matred, the daughter of Mo-zahab. E 40 "And "these are the names of the dukes that came of Esau, according to their 'families, mafter their places, *by their names ; duke Timnah, duke "Alvah, duke Jetheth ; 41 duke Oholibamah, duke Elah, duke Pinon ; 42 duke Kenaz, duke Teman, duke Mibzar ; 43 duke Magdiel, duke Iram : "these be the dukes of Edom, "according to their habitations in the land of their "possession. This is Esau the father of "the Edomites. 371 And Jacob "dwelt in the 'land of his father's sojournings", in the bland of Canaan. 2a "THESE ARE THE GENERA TIONS of Jacob. "Joseph, being seven teen years dold, was 2b [And Joseph was] "feeding the flock with his brethren ; and he was a lad ; 20 with the sons of Bilhah, and with the sons of Zilpah, his father's wives : 2d and Joseph brought the evil ''report of them unto their father. 3 "Now BIsrael hloved Joseph more than all his children, because he was the son of his 'old age : and he made him "a coat of many colours. 4 And his brethren saw that their father ''loved him more than all his brethren ; and they Jhated him, and could not speak "peaceably unto him. 6 And Joseph "dreamed a dream, and he 'told it to his brethren : "and they hated him yet the mmore. ° And he said unto them, Hear, nI pray you, this dream which I have dreamed : 7 for, behold, we were ^binding "sheaves in the field, and, lo, my sheaf arose, and "also pstood upright ; and, behold, your sheaves came round about, and made obeisance to my sheaf. 8 And his brethren said to him, Shalt thou "indeed reign over 6s» 18P n l8> o 127b a 145a b 4 0 77a d no,' e 208 t 335 g hi 49 ISO 63 j 167 k mn IOI 318123185 0 P 126 3l5b q 337 8689a M In 1 Chron i50, and some ancient authorities, Hadad. sub n in , Ohron i8», Pai. 40a in 40-48 the style of P is again clearly marked. Cp the list of Ishmael's descendants 2513~16 immediately following the record of the death of Abraham. 40b M ln , Chron i", Aliah. 43 M Sp Edom. 372a At this point the Editor has inserted into the brief framework of P the rich group of stories concerning Joseph and his brethren. Their composite character becomes clear as the combined narrative proceeds, though much uncertainty still attaches to many of the details. For the general dis tribution of 37 cp 3N lflN. In 2 clause b jg assigned to J, as P nowhere describes the shepherd-life of the patriarchs on which J loves to dwell ; nor does he employ the word ' lad ' (cp margins). 2d likewise involves a view of family relations and a play of character and motive unlike P's treatment of the pre-Mosaic age, and is consequently also allotted to J. But in the final redaction of the Hexateuch some critics detect the hand of a reviser, who seems to have added various touches more or less characteristic of later style, especially as exemplified in P. Cp Kuenen, Hex 337-8. Thus in 2 the phrase ' the evil report of them ' excites some suspicion by its grammatical difficulty, while the word 'report' only occurs elsewhere in Num 1332 14s8. P in Hex, and Jer 2<|i° Ezek 36s Ps 3il3-Prov 10i» 25ioh.. Cp 402K. 81 That the narrative in 37 is derived from two sources is clearly proved by the divergences in 25b-27 j^a 28] Cp i8n it is natural, therefore, to expect traces of duplicate origin in the earlier portion. The following clues may be added to the mar ginal indications : — J Israel 37s ls || Jacob 37s4 E. J Coat of many colours 3 (23b) 82 || coat 23a 81 82b S3 E. J hated 4 (6t 8bj || envied " cp 301 E. J cause of ill-will, Israel's partiality 3- II Joseph's dreams 6-11 e. 3b M Or, a long garment with sleeves. 6 A harmonizer's touch, referring to *, not contained in (5) cp 8. E postpones the mention of the brothers' jealousy till n, when all the dreams have been told. 58 JOSEPH AND HIS BRETHREN Gen 37 27 JE E /3olot« P3318" h 3i44 0p 163 i Num 132a 228 Deut i22 26 Josh 14? ja013 I' 2 Kings 6»8t !224 m Num 3518 Mai 1I4 Ps t0526f cp 2» n i826 o 2486 ft\ p Ct Wb ft cp "3IO 9 Ex 2i33ctGen 40I6 Ex i228 ft r32ll« Deut 198 11 ft t22" U4i27Deut32«"V Is 2ll3t 10 Ex i82l" X 28b 454 y 29J4 us ? or shalt thou 'indeed have dominion over us ? And they Jhated him yet the "more for his dreams, and for his 'words. ° And he dreamed yet another dream, and "told it to his brethren, and said, Behold, I have dreamed yet a dream ; and, behold, the sun and the moon and eleven stars made obeisance to me. 10 And he "told it to his father, "and to his , brethren ; and his father ^rebuked him, and said unto him, What is this dream that thou hast dreamed? Shall I and thy mother and thy brethren "indeed come to 'bow down ourselves to thee to the earth? 11 And his brethren ¦''envied him ; but his father kept the "saying in mind. 12 And his brethren went to "feed their father's flock in "Shechem. *3* And 'Israel said unto Joseph, Do not thy brethren "feed the flock in Shechem ? ''come, and I will send thee unto them. ^ . 13b And he said to him, "Here am I. "a And he said to him, "Go "now, see whether it be well with thy brethren, and well with the flock ; and 'bring me word again. 14b So he sent him "out of the vale of Hebron, and he came to Shechem. 15 "And a certain man found him, and, behold, he was 'wandering in the field : and the man asked him, saying, Wliat seekest thou ? 16 And he said, I seek my brethren : Hell me, I pray thee, ivhere they are feeding [tho flock]. 17* And the man said, They are departed hence : for I heard them say, Let us go to kDothan. 17b And Joseph went after his brethren, and found them in Dothan. 181 "And they saw him 'afar off. ...18bAnd "before he came near unto them, they "'"conspired against him to "slay him. 19 And they said "one to another, Behold, "this ""dreamer cometh. 20 Come now therefore, and let us pslay him, "and cast him into one of the 'pits, and we will say, An evil beast hath devoured him: and we shall see what will become of his dreams. 21And "Reuben heard it, and rdelivered him out of their hand ; and said, Let us not "take his life. 22 And Eeuben said unto them, Shed no blood ; cast him into this pit that is in the wilderness, but 'lay no hand upon him : that he might 'deliver him out of their hand, to restore him to his father. 23 And it came to pass, when Joseph was come unto his brethren, that they stript Joseph of his coat, "the coat of many colours that was on him ; 24 and they took him, and cast bim into the pit : and the pit was "empty, there was no water in it. 20* And they sat down to eat bread. 25bAnd they lifted up their eyes and 'looked, and, behold, a "travelling company of Ishmaelites came from Gilead, with their zcamels bearing "spicery and "balm and "myrrh, going to carry it down to Egypt. 26 And Judah said unto his brethren, What ""profit is it if we pslay our brother and conceal his blood? 27 ICome, and let us "'sell him to the Ishmaelites, and let not our hand be upon him ; for he is our brother, our "flesh. And his brethren hearkened unto him. 33a 319 u 104 v 133 w na x 107 55 16 3710 The dream has been already narrated to his brothers in *. (5) omits ioa and inserts ' his father ' before ' his brethren ' in 9. 14a A duplicate of ' oome ' in 18. 14b It is doubtful whether J asoribed to Jacob a sojourn in Hebron : these words may be due to B. Op Kuenen, Hexateuch 225. 16 jn 1B-I7a Hie seems to have supplied the connexion between J'b Shechem and E's Dothan. 18" The divergence in the following passage betwoon the Ishmaelitos who buy Joseph from his brothers, and tho Midianitos who kidnap him, points plainly to the amalgamation of two narratives. The analysis is founded on the subjoined doublots : — J the plot to kill Joseph "» || proposal to slay him 20 E. J Intervention of Judah 2tN 28 Cp 43' 8 4414 1S II Reuben 22 2» op 4j22 37 E. J Joseph is sold ""28b 45* || kidnapped 28» 40" E. T 4.- Tokn.a.ljfxi 25 27 28b ,„1 |l hr Midianitnn 28a 3( J to Ishmaelites 28 27 28b 39i || t,y Midianites '¦ IE. J Sold in Egypt to an unnamed Egyptian 3o1K 2 6) hjg master 8 7- 16 "¦ || Potiphar s8 401. 41IO 12 E. J Favoured by the keeper of the prison but a prisoner 3920-2:1 40sb 111b 4,ub || servant of the captain of the guard 344<)4 7U4I12E, ,8b The late use of this word, and the peculiarity of its construction here, lead Kuenen to see in it a sign of R's activity, Hex 328. 19 M ft master of dreams. 20 Porhaps an editorial preparation for Reuben's proposal 22. 21 Elnowliore in J Judah is tho spokesman, cp 28 43 3 a 4416 1B# It is boliovcd that Judah's namo stood here originally, and was afterwards altered cither by dosign or inadvertence so as to conform to the next verse. For Reuben see 4222. The second ' and said ' 22 points to a change of source. 23 A harmonizing addition. 2",a M Or, gum tragacanth. Or, storax. 2Sj m Or, mastic. 25o jj Or, ladanum. 59 Gen 37 28 JACOB— ISRAEL 28 l3j„ e34lo a' Ct bring down 2»3Q1 V Cp 34 Num 148 C' 42W 36 Cp j24 (i'272S§=(iis. t' Cp 20 ft 4428 9' 441s Josh 78 h' Ex 33* Num 1488* ct 35 %' Num 2ol5 Josh 247 ¥ Cp 4238 k' $* cp 50IO (' 508 Ct 34 TO' 402 7 «' 2I22 1-11 irfa U2i22 I) 18 2 Sam 2I8 c 2 6 !6ib li 28 3516. e 248 /2221 g 10 cp 198 h i825 i Num 2021 Spi j Cp 268 Sp *3«19 I 25,8(1111410211 14-20 limn ill 813b « 18 2 Sam 208 Is 544t o 2488 j) Op Cant 5I4 «Cpi58.£r34si JE E 28u '•And there passed by Midianites, 'merchantmen; and they drew and lifted up Joseph out of the pit, 28bAnd [they] *sold Joseph to the Ishmaelites for twenty pieces of silver. 280 and they "'brought Joseph into Egypt. 29 And Reuben returned unto the pit ; and, behold, Joseph was not in the pit ; and he '''rent his clothes. 30 And he returned unto his brethren, and said, The child "'is not ; and I, whither shall I go ? 31 And they took Joseph's coat, and killed a he-goat, and dipped the coat in the blood ; 32"And they sent the coat of many colours, . . . :l2b and they brought it to their father ; and said, This have we found : d'know now whether it be thy son's coat or not. 33a And he d'knew it, and said, It is my son's coat ; an "'evil beast hath devoured him. ...s'-ib Joseph is ""without doubt ¦''torn in pieces. 34 And Jacob "'rent his garments, and put sackcloth upon his loins, and '''mourned for his son ''many days. 35And all his sons and all his daughters rose up to ''comfort him ; but he refused to be comforted ; and he said, For I will J'go down to "the b' grave to my son '''mourning. And his father ''wept for him. 30 And the "Midianites sold him into Egypt unto Potiphar, an '"'officer of Pharaoh's, the ""'captain of the guard. 381 HiAnd it came to pass "at that time, that Judah went down from his brethren, and ''turned in to a certain Adullamite, "whose name was Hirah. 2 And Judah saw there a daughter of a certain Canaanite "whose name was Shua ; and he took her, and went in unto her. 3 And she "conceived, and bare a son ; and "he called his name Er. 4 And she conceived again, and bare a son ; and she called his name Onan. 6 And she yet again bare a son, and called his name Shelah : and he was at Chezib, rfwhen she bare him. ° And Judah "took a wife for Er his •''firstborn, cand her name was Tamar. 7 And Er, Judah's firstborn, was "wicked in the sight of Yahweh ; and Yahweh *slew him. 8 And Judah said unto Onan, Go in unto thy brother's wife, and "perform the duty of an husband's brother unto her, and raise up seed to thy brother. 9 And Onan knew that the seed should not be his ; and it came to pass, when he went in unto his brother's wife, that he spilled it on the ground, blest he should 'give seed to his brother. 10 And the thing which he did was "evil in the sight of Yahweh : and he slew him also. u Then said Judah to Tamar his daughter in law, Remain a widow in thy father's house, till Shelah my son be grown up : for he said, Lest he also die, like his brethren. And Tamar went and dwelt in her father's house. 12 And in ^process of time Shua's daughter, the wife of Judah, died ; and Judah was "comforted, and went up unto his *'sheepshearers to Timnah, he and his friend Hirah the Adullamite. 13 And it was told Tamar, saying, Behold, thy 'father in law goeth up to Timnah to fcshear his sheep. u xAnd she "'put off from her the garments of her "widowhood, and ''covered herself with her "veil, and pwrapped herself, and sat in tbe gate of Enaim, which is by the way to Timnah ; for she saw that Shelah was grown up, and she was not given unto him to wife. 15 When Judah saw her, he 'thought her to be an rharlot ; for she had covered her face. 1(i And he ""turned unto her by the way, and said, Go to, I pray thee, let me come in unto thee : for he knew not that she was his daughter in law. And she said, What wilt thou give me, that thou mayest come in unto me? 17 And he said, I will send b'75 b 61 3786 m ft Sheol, the name of the abode of the dead, answering to the Greet Hades, Acts 22'. 36a M Sp Medanites. '"M^ chief of the executioners. 381 This narrative, which breaks the sequence of the Joseph story, bears many marks of the style and language of J, and is accordingly assigned to the group thus designated. But of its ultimate source nothing is known, though it doubtless belongs to the cycle of traditions relating the origins of tribal clans ; for Er 3 cp 1 Chron 421. It appears designed to illustrate and justify the Levirate law, but it has also been thought to have some affinities with the story at the base of Judges 19. As that narrative partly depends on Gen 19, so here in 27-so there is a distinct parallel with 2524-25. Qn the chronological difficulty cp Introd IV I7. 8 (5) Sam % she called, as in 4. Cp i6'is. 8 M See Deut 25s.— Spf. 60 JUDAH AND TAMAR Gen 39s « 278 (28§t m Ex 282I t>25otEx28=8 ' W 267 x Prov I29t y 16U z Hos I2 24 oi a' Ot Lev 218 cp 3i2» o Ex i65» p Ot rr77 q Cp 421 Josh 88 23 r Ex 43 1 3188 I 17 19" ¦u Cp '185 V 28-23 4o3 6f m Op 57 a Ct 2 chief of the butlers 6 Ct 2 Pharaoh c ft=sinagainst 398 ii ,1p =master 392 e 4il0Deuti34a( /3738 »il10 * Op 392011 i Ct 304 i Cp 4* * 298 4j43 474 ft I Prov 198 2 Olivnn 26I8 Uau il8f JE E all that he "hath into my hand ; ° "there is none 'greater in this house than I ; neither hath he 'kept back any thing from me but thee, '"because thou art his wife : how then can I do this great "wickedness,- and sin against God ? 10 And it came to pass, as she spake to Joseph "day by day, that he hearkened not unto her, to lie by her, [or] to be with her. n And it came to pass about this time, that he went into the house to do his 'work ; and there was none of the men of the house there within. 12 And she 'caught him by his garment, saying; Lie with me : and he left his garment in her hand, and rfled, and got him hout. .13 And it came to pass, when she saw that he had left his garment in her hand, and was fled forth, 14 that she called unto tlie men of her house, and spake unto them, saying, 'See, he hath brought in an Hebrew unto us to 'mock us ; he came in unto me to lie with me, and I cried with a loud voice : 10 and it came to pass, when he heard that I lifted up my voice and cried, that he left his garment by me, and fled, and got him out. 18 And she laid up his garment by her, until his master came home. 17 And she spake unto him 'according to these words, "saying, The Hebrew servant, which thou hast brought unto us, came in unto me to mock me : 18 and it came to pass, as I lifted up my voice and cried, that he left his garment by me, and fied out. 19 And it came to pass, when his master hf ard the words of his wife, which she spake unto him, saying, 'After this manner did thy servant to me ; that his wrath was kindled. 20 And Joseph's master took him, and put him into the "prison, Nthe place where the king's prisoners were bound : and he was there in the prison. 21 But Yahweh was "with Joseph, and shewed "kindness unto him, and Jgave him favour in the sight of the 'keeper of the prison. 22 And the keeper of the prison ¦'committed to Joseph's hand all the prisoners that were in the prison ; and whatsoever they did there, he was the doer of it. 23 The keeper of the prison looked not to any thing that was under his hand, "'because Yahweh was "with him ; and that which he did, Yahweh made it to bprosper. 401 "And it came to pass "after these things, — [that] the "butler of the ''king of Egypt and his "baker "offended their <*lord the 'king of Egypt — 2 NTthat Pharaoh was "wroth against his two ¦''officers, against the bchief of the butlers, and against the bchief of the bakers. 3 And he put them in "ward in the house of the bcaptain of the guard, into the ''prison, the place where Joseph was bound. 4 And the captain of the guard 'charged Joseph with them, and he "ministered unto them : and they continued a ¦'season 'in ward. ° And they Jdreamed a dream both of them, each man his dream, in one night, each man according to the "interpretation of hiS' dream, Jthe "butler and the abaker *of the ''king of Egypt, which were bound in the ^prison. 6 And Joseph came in unto them in the morning, and saw them, and, behold, they were 'sad. 7 And he asked Pharaoh's 31b 191 a 95 b 191 0 109 d 101 e 106 399 M Or, he is not. 20 Apparently an editorial preparation for the narrative in 4o2- -, which is founded on the idea that Joseph's master, a high court-officer 403 378°, was himself in charge of offenders against the royal pleasure. It is noteworthy that both the keeper of the prison 3t)zl~iS, and the captain of the guard 40s, are designated by the same title ear. 401 The opening words of this verse contain one of E's recurring phrases, and probably led direct to 2. It appears to have incorporated words from a similar narrative of J. 2 T A nd. The narrative of Joseph's life as a slave in the house of the captain of the guard, and his interpretation of the dreams first of the royal servants and then of Pharaoh himself, is derived almost wholly from E, as the criteria noted in the margins will show. In a few passages 40s B 15 the harmonist bus endeavoured to combine E's conception with J's story of his imprisonment in consequence of tho false ohurgo of I'otipliur's wile ; and from this source is probably derived the statement in 4ii4b. Both documents, however, appear to have narrated his prediction of the years of plenty and famine, and his elevation to the post of Pharaoh's chief minister. From 41s0 onwards the narrative exhibits frequent signs of diversity of material, but its resolu tion into its original factors can only be attempted with much reserve as to detail. The critical problem is further complicated by the occasional appearance of words or expressions indicating that this whole group of narratives has passed through a much later redaction, cp Giesehreoht, ZATW i 237, and Kuenen, Bex 338. Instances will be found in 4o>9 41I3 47 428 43" 45is 23. To these may be added the recurring formulae ' land of Canaan ' 42s 7 &o p4 (though this may be naturally explained as due to contrast with tho 'land of Egypt ') and 'spake . . . saying' 3917 13 42I4 504 cp pi85a, elsewhere in Gen JE only in an allied phrase pi8sd. In 42s the appearance of the ' sons of Israel' has been attributed to the same influence cp 46s, but (as it would seem) unnecessarily. The frequency of the expression ' land of Egypt ' (usual in P), eg fifteen times in JE 41I8-88 ct "7 421_3 432 16 &o has also boon quoted in this connexion 1 but its ropoated recurrence (for example) in JB Ex 9-11 renders this explanation doubtful, unless, indeed, it be extended to this group of narratives also. 62 JOSEPH A SLAVE IN EGYPT Gen 41" JE E ¦m Ct 3920 « Neh 22 Spt o 41I8 38. p M Joel i7f q Cp Num 178 r Cp Is 186 Job ,5S3t a Num i328- Deut 328J» * Sp Hipht it 49II Num ,320 23 al V 13 21 ft* ct 442 »6t I 18 Josh ill y 2 Kings 2527 z 41I3 cp Dan n7 20.38 a' Cp Josh 618 ot Lev 510 ft V 12I3 c> 3728a 0p 117 d'228e' 41I4 Bx I22» p Ex 298 Judg 6" g> 22 4I13 Josh 829 IO!6al> Deut 2i22.« h' 224 Cp II9"1 V Ezek i64 f f 21* cp 155 f 2746b 4,30 O 86 6 Cp 29I4 Sp C 17 2480 rf 18 Job 8»t e 17 Ex 28 715 f 21 ct 28" „221» < Ct Ex 2581 j 23 27 ,§t *4°6 ( Dan 2' cp Pa 774 m 14 3i4 n Cp i>i85= 0 402 p 408. ¦'officers that were "with him "in ward in his master's "'house, saying, Wherefore "look ye so sadly to-day? 8 And they said unto him, We have ddreamed a dream, and there is none that can "interpret it. And Joseph said unto them, Do not interpretations belong to "God ? tell it me, I pray you. 9 And the chief butler told his dream to Joseph, and said to him, In my dream, behold, a vine was before me ; 10 and in the vine were three ''branches: and it was as though it 'budded, . [and] its ''blossoms shot forth ; [and] the 'clusters thereof 'brought forth ripe "grapes : xl and Pharaoh's "cup was in my hand ; and I took the grapes and "'pressed them into Pharaoh's cup, and I gave the cup into Pharaoh's hand. 12 And Joseph said unto him, This is the "interpre tation of it : the three branches are three days ; 13 "'within yet three days shall Pharaoh "lift up thine head, and restore thee unto thine "office: and thou shalt give Pharaoh's cup into his hand, after the former "'manner when thou wast his butler. 14 "But have me in thy remembrance when it shall 6be well with thee, and 'shew kindness, I pray thee, unto me, and make mention of me unto Pharaob, and bring me out of this house : 10 for indeed I was "stolen away out of the land of the Hebrews : Jand '''hero also hnvo I dono nothing thnt they should put me into the "'dungeon. 10 When the chief baker saw that the interpre tation was good, he said unto Joseph, I also was in my dream, and, behold, three ¦''baskets of '"white bread were on my head : 17 and in the uppermost basket there was of all manner of bakemeats for Pharaoh ; and the birds did eat them out of the basket upon my head. 18 And Joseph answered and said, This is the interpretation thereof : the three baskets are three days ; 19 '"within yet three days shall Pharaoh "lift up thy head from off thee, and shall ''hang thee on a tree ; and the birds shall eat thy flesh from off thee. 20 And it came to pass the "third day, which was Pharaoh's ''birthday, that he made a •''feast unto all his servants : and he "lifted up the head of the chief butler and the head of the chief baker among his servants. 21 And he restored the chief butler unto his butlership again ; and he gave the cup into Pharaoh's hand: 22 but he hanged the chief baker: as Joseph had interpreted to them. 23 Yet did not the chief butler remember Joseph, but *'forgat him. 411 And it came to pass at the "end of two ''full years, that Pharaoh "dreamed : and, behold, he "stood by the "river. 2 And, behold, there came up out of the river seven kino, well favoured and fatfleshed ; and they fed in the dreed-grass. 3 And, behold, seven other kine came up after them out of the river, ill favoured and leanfleshed ; and stood by the other kine upon the 'brink of the river. 4 And the ill favoured and leanfleshed kine did eat up the seven well favoured and fat kine. So Pharaoh •'awoke. 6 And he "slept and "dreamed a second time : and, behold, seven ''ears of corn came up upon one 'stalk, "rank and good. 0 And, behold, seven ears, thin and ^'blasted with the east wind, sprung up after them. 7 And the thin ears swallowed up the seven "rank and full ears. And Pharaoh •'awoke, and, behold, it was a dream. 8 And it came to pass in the *morning that his spirit was 'troubled ; and he "sent and called for all the "magicians of Egypt, and all the wise men thereof: and Pharaoh told them his dream; but there was none that could binterpret them unto Pharaoh. 9 Then "spake the "chief butler unto Pharaoh, "saying, I "do remember my faults this day : 10 Pharaoh was pwroth with his servants, and put me in ward in the house of the captain of the guard, me and the chief baker : u and we dreamed t 57b bio6 407 According to E Joseph is the slave of Pharaoh's chief executioner 37s8, but he is not himself a prisoner, as is implied in ' with him,' which must therefore be due to B. 14 The phraseology of this verse has echoes of J, and the last clause ' bring me out of this house ' is rather the language of a prisoner than a slave cp ] 6b. Had J also a story of the dreams ? 411 m ft Yeor, that is, the Nile. 6 M Sq fat. 8 M Or, sacred scribes. 9 M Or, will make mention of. 63 Gen 411 JACOB— ISRAEL q Cp 37I8H r4o»840I8 ( 40" It 40I8 op 402H i> 2 Bum 1220 ft l'lolf w 408 X Ot « I424 y 408 458 JE E «'.&t cj 29-31 84 47 53 Prov 3IO Ecol 512t d' 2786 e' 228 ,/'39 Deut il348 «'396 a dream in one night, I and he ; we dreamed each man according to the interpretation of his dream. 12 And there was with us there a young man, an Hebrew, 'servant to the captain of the guard ; and we 'told him, and he interpreted to us our dreams ; to each man according to his dream he did interpret. 13 And it came to pass, as he interpreted to us, so it was ; "me he 'restored unto mine "office, and him he 'hanged. u Then Pharaoh ™sent and called Joseph, Jand they brought him "hastily out of tlie "dungeon : and he shaved himself, and "chnngod his raiment, and came in unto Pharaoh. " And Pharaoh said unto Joseph, "1 have dreamed u dream, and there is none that can interpret it : and I have heard say of thee, that when thou hearest a dream, thou canst interpret it. 10 And Joseph answered Pharaoh, saying, "It is not in me: 'God shall give Pharaoh an answer of peace. 17 And Pharaoh spake unto Joseph, aIn my dream, behold, I stood upon the brink of the river: la and, behold, there came up out of the river seven kine, fatfleshed and well favoured ; and they fed in the reed-grass : 19 and, behold, seven other kine came up after them, poor and very ill favoured and leanfleshed, such as I never saw in all the land of Egypt for badness : 20 and the lean and ill favoured kine did eat up the first seven fat kine : 21 and when they had eaten them up, it could not be known that they had eaten them ; but they were still ill favoured, as dat the beginning. So I -'awoke. 22 And I saw in my dream, and, behold, seven ears came up upon one stalk, full and good : 23 and, behold, seven ears, "'withered, thin, [and] Jblasted with the east wind, sprung up after them : 24 and the thin ears swallowed up the seven good ears : and I told it unto the magicians ; but there was none that could declare it to me. 25 And Joseph said unto Pharaoh, The dream of Pharaoh is one : what "God is about to do he hath declared unto Pharaoh. 20 The seven good kine are S6ven years ; and the seven good ears are seven years: the dream is one. 27 And the seven lean and ill favoured kine that came up after them are seven years, and also the seven ''empty ears J'blasted with the east wind ; they shall be seven years of famine. 28 That is the thing which I spake unto Pharaoh ; what "God is about to do he hath shewed unto Pharaoh. 29 "Behold, there come seven years of great "'plenty throughout all the land of Egypt : 30 and there shall arise after them seven years of famine ; and all the plenty shall be forgotten in the land of Egypt ; and the famine shall consume tho land. ...31And the plenty shall not be known in the land by reason of that "famine which followeth ; for it shall be very "grievous. 32 And for that the dream was ^doubled unto Pharaoh '''twice, it is because the thing is established by God, and God will 'shortly bring it to pass. 33 Now therefore let Pharaoh "'look out a man -''discreet and wise, and set him over the land of Egypt. 34Let Pharaoh do [this], and let him "'appoint 'overseers over the land, 70 d 8b e 39 ' 43 4113 M Or, I was restored . . . and he was hanged. 28 The recital of Pharaoh's dreams is practically homogeneous, save for the insertion from J in 14. There are, indeed, some small phraseological differences in the repetition (e g 1 ' by the river,' 17 ' on the brink of the river ' ; ct rmin 2_1 and i*>n 18- op J in 396 but also E 2917),but these seem altogether inadequate to establish any diversity of origin. The account of Joseph's counsel to tho king, however, and his subsequent promotion shows various marks of its dual source Thus 30 and 31 seem to contain duplicate predictions : in 33 Pharaoh is udvised to nominate one minister with full responsibility, but in 34 a fresh suggestion is made for the appointment of a number of officers, while tho reservation of one-fifth of the produco is plainly different from the recommendation to collect ' all the food ' of the coming plenteous years. But 33 is the natural sequel of 321 and 35a apparently refers to 29 (the plural subject being an editorial accommodation). Tho food was to be stored in the cities 36c 48( where its sale was under Joseph's direction Mb 42s ; and this points to a different arrangement from the migrations rendered necessary in 4721. The investiture of Joseph 41-48 wjth power over ' all the land of Egypt ' is described in terms harmonious with J, and contrasting with his elevation ' over Pharaoh's house' 40 cp 45s. But many critics, it may be noted, attribute 4a> • (in whole or part) to E. The name Poti-phera, however, bears a most suspicious likeness to Potiphar, Joseph's master, according to E 378°. It seems possible that the same name was lodged in the traditions, but was variously applied in J and E. If 46 is rightly assigned to J, the name in 60 is due to the harmonist. The duplicates in 46b and 40b suggest that in 40b 40a there is an extract from P's brief notioe of Joseph's administration : the datum of age is in P's manner, and is hardly to be reconciled with the description of Benjamin's youth in JE. 64 JOSEPH GOVERNOR OF EGYPT Gen 41° '•'4724 i' 48 Josh io8 ¥ *» Ex 814« Ct48£ V 3923 cp t69 V Op 48 ot 4,21 m' Lev 62 4f n' Sp =sbe not cut off, JoBh 923 0' 34" 4518 p> 4o20 9' 45" r-4521 »' 3ico Ex 3312 (' Sp =P«< 398 ct83 u' Ct Ex 25I2 cp Is32l „'32l k' Ezek i6Ht x1 4629 Ex 1420 IS4* E JE E 48 J-naa y> 320 a' ft =passed 126 a" Lev 32 512 6l6f cp Num 528 I" 22" 32I2 c"i5ld" 118 e" 158 ft f ¦§ 5°23 428 p"Cp4JS J." Num 2321 Deut 267* i" 2ol3 j" Cp 2622 i" 3i42 Deut 267 al I" 21H m" Cp 8 n" Dout 88 Hiph* 0" 31I8 p"Cpn4 8. 9" © omits, cp 67b ) " 472O ct 31 ft and "'take up the '''fifth part "'of the land of Egypt in the seven plenteous years, 3ea And let them ''gather all the food of these good years that come, 36band J'lay up corn l'under the hand of Pharaoh for food, 35" in the ''cities, and let them keep it. 3Ca And the food shall be for a m store to the land against the seven years of famine, which shall be in the land of Egypt ; 36bthat the land "'perish not through the famine. 37 And the thing "'was good in the eyes of Pharaoh, and in the eyes of 'all his servants. 38 And Pharaoh said unto his servants, Can we find such a one as this, a man in whom the spirit of God is ? 30 And Pharaoh said unto Joseph, Forasmuch as 'God huth shewed thee all this, there is none so •''discreet and wise as thou : 40 thou shalt be "'over my house, and ''according unto thy word shall all my people "be ruled : only in the throne will I be greater than thou. . . . 41 And Pharaoh said unto Joseph, "'See, I have ''set thee over all the land of Egypt. 42 And Pharaoh took off his "signet ring from his hand, and put it upon Joseph's hand, and "'arrayed him in vestures of "fine linen, and put a gold " chain about his neck ; 43 and he made him to ride in the second "'chariot which he had ; and they cried before him, "Bow the knee : and he ''set him over all the land of Egypt. 44 And Pharaoh said unto Joseph, I am Pharaoh, and without thee shall no man lift up his hand or his foot in all the land of Egypt. ir'a 'And Pharaoh "'called Joseph's name Zaphenath-paneah ; and he gave him to wife Asenath the daughter of Poti-phera priest of On. . . . 45b And Joseph went out over the land of Egypt. 4C* And Joseph was thirty years ' old when he stood before Pharaoh king of Egypt. 46bAnd Joseph went out from the presence of Pharaoh, and z'went throughout all the land of Egypt. 47 And in the seven plenteous years the earth brought forth by ""hand- fuls. 48 And he ''gathered up all the food of the seven years which were in the land of Egypt, and laid up the food in the ''cities : the food of the field, which was round about every city, laid he up in the same. 49 And Joseph •''laid up corn as the """sand of the sea, ""very much, until he d"left ""numbering ; for it was without number. 50 And unto Joseph ¦'''were born two sons before the year of famine came, which ""Asenath the daughter of Poti-phera priest of On bare unto him. 51 And Joseph called the name of the firstborn "Manasseh : For, [said he], God hath made me forget all my ''"toil, and all my '"father's housp. 52 And the name of the second called he "Ephraim : For God hath made me ^"fruitful in the land of my A "affliction. 63 And the seven years of plenty, that was in the land of Egypt, '"came to an end. 6* And the seven years of famine """began to come, according as Joseph had said : and there was famine in all lands ; but in all the land of Egypt there was bread. 65 And when all the land of Egypt was ""famished, the people hcried to Pharaoh for bread : and Pharaoh said unto all the Egyptians, Go unto Joseph ; ""what he saith to you, do. 60*"And the famine was over p"all the face of the earth. 66b And Joseph opened all the "storehouses, and sold unto the Egyptians ; «"and the famine was '"sore in the land of Egypt. g 119* h 141 4140 M Or, order themselves. Or, do homage. — Sp ' kiss ' cp 143. 42 M Or, cotton. 43 M Abrech, probably an Egyptian word, similar in sound to the Hebrew word meaning to kneel. 61 M That is, Making to forget. 52 M From a Hebrew word signifying to be fruitful. II. 88a Apparently a doublet of M. 80b ft literally 'all in which was , . .' Sam adds 'corn,' @fi©X point to words equivalent to the RV. Sp is generally regarded as corrupt. The last clause, omitted by®, maybe due to HP. 65 Gen 415 JACOB— ISRAEL b 27" C 438 4719 d Ct 6 op 8 e 38 4.29 Ex 21&t /CP49 g EcoIob 7!" 8 108 §t ;, 4,Mb' i 19I cp 37I8 'j Sp Hithpa* e\' I4S „ 2 20 -2 4^26 E JE E *43 i 4t,14 23 m 378- ¦ n Cp in (,19 31 34 §» p 30 3730 9 Cp 1-185 rft* s 2746 1 19 24 cp 3920 Ct 4628 Ex 148 w Sp— gathered 2922 v 224 cp 11911 W 2o7 § 2; 33 pa 3719f 57 And all "countries came into Egypt to Joseph for to buy corn ; "because the famine was '"sore in all the earth. 421 "Now Jacob saw that "there was corn in Egypt, and Jacob said unto his sons, Why do ye "look one upon another ? . . . ...2And he said, ''Behold, I have heard that "there is corn in Egypt: get you down thither, and buy for us from thence ; "that we may live, and not die. 3 And ^Joseph's ten brethren went down to buy corn from Egypt. 4But Benjamin, Joseph's brother, Jacob sent not with his brethren ; for he said, Lest peradventure "mischief befall him. 6 And the sons of ¦'Israel came to 'buy among those that came: for the famine was in the "land of Canaan. 0 And Joseph "was the "governor over the land ; he it was that Rsold to all the people of the land : and Joseph's brethren came, and bbowed down themselves to him with their 'faces to the earth. '"And Joseph saw his brethren, and he knew them, but ¦'made himself strange unto them, [7MJ 7" and he said unto them, Whence come ye? And they said, From the land of Canaan to buy 'food. . . . 8 And Joseph knew his brethren, but they knew not him. 9 And Joseph 'remembered the "dreams which he "dreamed '"of them, — 7b "and he spake "roughly with them ; — and said unto them, Ye are spies ; to see the nakedness of the land ye are come. 10 And they said unto him, Nay, dmy lord, but to buy food are "thy servants come. n We are all one man's sons ; we are "true men, "thy servants are no spies. 12 And he said unto them, Nay, but to see the nakedness of the land ye are come. 13 And they said, We "thy servants are twelve brethren, the sons of one man in the land of Canaan ; and, behold, the youngest is this day with our father, and one ''is not. u And Joseph said unto them, That is it that I 'spake unto you, 'saying, Ye are spies : 15 hereby ye shall be 'proved : by the life of Pharaoh ye shall not go forth hence, except your youngest brother come hither. 10 Send one of you, and let him "fetch your brother, and ye shall be 'bound, that your words may be 'proved, whether there be truth in you : or else by the life of Pharaoh surely ye are spies. 17 And he "put them all together into ward three days. 18 And Joseph said unto them the "third day, This do, and "live ; for I 'fear God : la if ye be true men, let one of your brethren be 'bound in your prison house ; but go ye, cany corn for the ^famine of your a 84 b ia» d 56* e 73 f 10a 4107a •£> ' all the earth ' followed by a plural verh : ct the plural of the same noun in 84 ' all lands.' 67b This clause has somewhat the air of an editorial annota tion, hardly needed after Ma : the word ' was sore ' is not J's usual phrase cp °°b. 421 The nurrutivo in 42-45 prosents the game general characteristics as that in 40-41 ; there are considerable portions which are clearly uncompounded j there are others in which the interlacing of different documents appears extremely close. To the indications already enumerated the following pdrullols and contrasts may be added :-— E Jacob 42I M 4527. 42s.Speaks roughly and accuses them of being spies 7b 9. . 30, His brothers describe him as ' the man, the lord of the land ' 4230 83, The money is found in the sacks on being emptied when they reach Jacob, provision for the way being furnished sepa rately 4225 35, E uses saq 4225 85 . jtg occur rence in 4227a seems due to the compiler. Israel 42° 438 8 1] 4528. Joseph recognizes his breth ren 427. He does not disclose himself but makes kindly inquiries 4270 437' ¦ 27--. His brothers describe him as ' the man ' 438-3 7 &(,, The money is found in the mouth of the sacks, when one of them is opened for pro- vendor on the way 4227 28ft 4J12 18 21 448. J employs the word amtahath for sack 4227b 28 43i2 18 21-23 28 448 "t- The brothers wait till the corn is consumed before making a second journey 43s, * Juduh takes tho lead 43s 8 44-; E They are to return at once with Benjamin for the release of Simeon and permission to continue trading 4233- 80 4314 23b. Itouben is prominent 43s2 s7 op 372a- The analysis founded on these differences both of substance and form cannot, however, attain in many cases to more than various degrees of probability, and it is sometimes possible that a passage which soems to be simple may comprise diverse elements. Thus in 438 ' of my hand shalt thou require him ' may be a doublet (E) of ' surety ' (J) ; so that °b 10 may 00n. eoivably be drawn from E. Similarly in 457 ' to preserve you a remnant ' (J), and ' to save you alive ' ? (E). The linguistio affinities are not by any means always decisive : an attempt is made in the margin to indicate their conflicting character : as in the story of Jacob, so here, the similarities of style are very close. Thus two words are used for oorn, shibher 42!- M 26 432 442 47I4* and bar 4188 49 423-25 4523, Both seem employed by each writer as by Amos 85- . 6 On the expression ' land of Canaan • e 7 13 S9 82 op 402H 6 This clause may be due to B, cp the late usage of tc^tf ; in Chaldee frequent in Daniel and in Ezr 420 721 ; cp 4o3N. 'b This clause seems out of place in the present text of 7, and appears to suit E's bitter accusation ' ye are spies ' better than J's friendly inquiry ' whence come ye ? ' It is therefore transposed to '•'. 66 JOSEPH AND HIS BRETHREN Gen 437 yCpNum ^ Sp Deut7928'i9» z 1719 a' 2 Sam 14I3 Ezr iol9f 0-353 if Deut 328» d' 37 3722 /' SO ct 27 0' 4521 ft' Cp 31W 466 § / Cp lH 4312 21 k> 189 $ J'34Wm' 14" n' Ct 27 4321 0' 28" p' Ex 191a q' Ex 1I6 2i29 cp Gen 1825 r> 4420 ct 13 if 723 op 69, ct §442° (' 4429 31 U' Ot I515 ,§ 1>'4420B1» a 188S Jj 64270c 6-7 Slc 4426 ct 428033 d JSx l921 23 Deut 420 C4423 / 2442 49 ft» ff4=2 ft 197 \ i 2447 cp 337 E JE E houses: 20 and bring your youngest brother unto me; so shall your words be "verified, and ye shall not die. And they did so. 21 And they said eone to another, We are "verily "'guilty concerning our brother, in that we saw the ''distress of his sou] when he "'besought us, and we would not hear; "therefore is this 'distress come upon us. 22 And .Reuben answered them, saying, Spake I not unto you, saying, Do not sin against the child ; and ye would not hear ? therefore also, behold, his blood is required. 23 And they knew not that Joseph understood them ; for there was an 'interpreter between them. 24 And he turned himself about from them, and wept; and he returned to them, and spake to them, and took Simeon from among them, and 'bound him before their eyes. 25 Then Joseph commanded to fill their vessels with corn, and to "'restore every man's money into his -''sack, and to- 'give them provision for the way : and thus was it done unto them. 20 And they ''laded their asses with their corn, and departed thence. ...27And as one of them opened his sack to give his ass 'provender in the lodging place, he 'espied his money ; and, behold, it was in the mouth of his ¦'"sack. 28" And he said unto his brethren, My money is restored ; and, lo, it is ''even in my •''sack : and thoir heart failed them". 20 And thoy came unto Jacob thoir father unto tho land of Canaan, and told him all that had befallen them ; 30 saying, The man, the lord of the land, spake "roughly with us, and took us for spies of the country. 31 And we said unto him, We are "true men ; we are no spies : ; 2 we be twelve brethren, sons of our father ; one ''is not, and the youngest is this day with our father in the land of Canaan. 33 And the man, the lord of the land, said unto us, Hereby shall I know that ye are "true men ; leave one of your brethren with me, and take [corn for] the "famine of your houses, and go your way : S4 and bring your youngest brother unto me : then shall I know that ye are no spies, but that ye are "true men : so will I deliver you your brother, and ye shall ''traffick in the land. 85 And it came to pass as they ".'emptied their ¦''sacks, that, behold, every man's 'bundle of money was "'in his •'"sack : and when they and their father saw their bundles of money, they were "'afraid. — 28b "And they turned p' trembling Bone to another, saying, What is this that God hath done unto us? — 36 And Jacob their father said unto them, Me have ye 'bereaved of my children : Joseph pis not, and Simeon is not, and ye will take Benjamin away : all these things are "against me. 37 And d'Eeuben spake unto his father, saying,- 'Slay my two sons, if I bring him not to thee : deliver him into my hand, and I will "'bring him to thee again._ ...38And he said, My son shall not go down with you; for his brother is ''dead, and he only is "'left : if "mischief befall him by the way in the which ye go, then shall ye ''bring down my v'gray hairs with "'sorrow to "the 'grave. 431 And tho famine was "sore in the land. 2 And it enmo to pass, when they had "eaten up the corn which (hoy had brought out of Egypt, their father said unto them, Go again, buy us a blittle 'food. 3 And Judah spake unto him, saying, The "man did solemnly ^protest unto us, saying, "Ye shall not see my face, except your brother be with you. 4 ¦'If thou "wilt send our brother with us, we will "go down and buy thee food : 6 but if thou wilt not send him, we will not go down : for the "man said unto us, Ye shall not see my face, except your brother be with you. 6 And dIsrael said, Wherefore Mealt ye so ill with me, as to tell the "man whether ye had yet a brother ? 7 And they said, The "man 'asked straitly concerning ourselves, and concerning our "kindred, h 85 i 67 j S3 k 88 1 75 a a6 •> 5' 0 84 a 49 e 60 4228 The rest of this verse 28b js marked by E's phraseology, cp ' one to another,' ' Elohim,' and seems misplaced here. It appears most appropriate after s6, when the discovery is made that each man's money has been returned to him cp 421". 86 M Or, upon. s»M|i Sheol. See 37™. 67 p 2 Gen 437 JACOB— ISRAEL j Ex 3427 Deut 17IO. ct 4i40 k 11 22 39I (4a2 m 44S2* cp 38" «3l39 0 4482 cp 1113a p 3142 q 19I8 r Cp 2733 ft S 2t'' tSp' u 48 10 Sp— restored 33 x 4227 ^421" *£ta' Cp 3921 6' Ct so Deut 13"* Jer 42I2 c' 4219 24 d' Cp 394 441 4 e' Ex 22I Deut 2831* /' 25 Josh ill al g' 26 Deut 2820" ft' 12" V Deut 9I8 20 Ezek 10I Hithpaf ^,828 E JE E 1' 27. op 298 Ex l87 Juifg 623 m'i84 ri Cp 262 ft o'Cp73 3/335 S' Ct 14 ft r' 1 KinRB 328 Hos 118 up Lain slot »' Ex 2" 424 t' Ex 83 cp JudS iSl 2 Sam 13I8 1 Kings il5 ft saying, Is your father ryet alive? "have ye ; an other] brother? and we told him 'according to the tenor of these words : could we in any wise know that he would say, *Bring your brother down ? 8 And Judah said unto dIsrael his father, Send the lad with me, and we will arise and go ; that we may live, and not die, "both we, and thou, and also our little ones. 9 I will '"be surety for him; of my hand shalt thou "require him : if I bring him not unto thee, and 'set him before thee, then "let me bear the blame "for ever : 10 for ^except we had "lingered, psurely we had now returned a 'second time. u And their father "Israel said unto them, If it be so "now, do this ; take of the 'choice fruits of the land in your vessels, and 'carry down the "man a "present, a "little "balm, and a little honey, "spicery and myrrh, "nuts, and almonds : 12 and take doulile money in your hand ; and the money that was "returned in the '"mouth of your "sacks carry again in your hand ; Jperadventure it was an "oversight : 13 take also your brother, and arise, go again unto the "man. . . . 14 and "God Almighty "'give you ''mercy before the "man, that he may release unto you your "other brother and Benjamin. And if I be kbereaved of my children, I am bereaved. 15And the men took that "present, and they took double money in their hand, and Benjamin ; and rose up, and went down to Egypt, and stood before Joseph. 10 And when Joseph saw Benjamin with them, he said to the ^'steward of his house, Bring the men into the house, and "'slay, and -^'make ready ; for the men shall dine with me at ''noon. 17 And the man did as Joseph bade ; and the man brought the men into Joseph's house. 18 And the men were afraid, because they were brought into Joseph's house ; and they said, '''Because of the money that was "'returned in our "sacks 'at the first time are we brought in ; that he may "seek occasion against us, and ''fall upon us, and take us for bondmen, and our asses. 1" And they 'came near to the ^'steward of Joseph's bouse, and they spake unto him at the door of the house, and said, 20 mOh my lord, we came indeed down 'at the first time to buy food : 21 and "it came to pass", when we came to the "lodging place, that we opened our "sacks, and, behold, every man's money was in the "mouth of his sack, our money in full k' weight: and we have brought it again in our hand. 22 And other money have we 'brought down in our hand to buy food : we know not who put our money in our "sacks. 2:l And ho said, ''Peace be to you, fear not: your God, and the pGod of your father, hath given you 'treasure in your sacks : I had your money. EAnd he brought "'Simoon out unto thein. 24 And the man brought the men into Joseph's house, and gave them water, and they '"'washed their feet ; and he gave their asses 'provender. 2S And they ¦''made ready the "present against Joseph came at "'noon: for they heard that they should eat bread there. 2e And when Joseph came home, they brought him the "present which was in their hand into the house, and "bowed down themselves to him to the earth. 27 And he asked them of their ''welfare, and said, Is your father ''well, the old man "'of whom ye spake ? Is he 'yet alive ? 28 And they said, "Thy seivant our father is ''well, he is 'yet alive. And they "bowed the head, and made obeisance. 2'J And he lifted up his eyes, and saw Benjamin his brother, his mother's son, and said, Is this your youngest brother, "'of whom ye spake unto me ? And he said, God be p gracious unto thee, my son. 30 And Joseph 'made haste ; for his "'bowels did '''yearn upon his brother : and he "'sought where to weep ; and he entered into his ''chamber, and wept there. 31 And he washed his face, t 91b g " h 5a i 7* i 84 k 98 •-¦'¦» 8b m 56b a 3 0 53 P iaob q 67 s iab t 43 43d M Sp I shall have sinned against thee for ever. seems duo to the late redaction which has left its traces on Jla M See 3726. llb M That is, pistachio nuts. other portions of the Joseph-cycle cp 4021*. 14 M Sp El Shaddai. — The occurrence of this name (cp pi) 18 j£ ft rou himself upon us. 68 JOSEPH AND BENJAMIN Gen 442' »' 46S4 Ex 828 ^921 04316 6 12 16. Ex 2531 &o Jer 358+ C4227 daiUe 6 3,25 8IsJ /3°27 f'S' ft 17 Sp l828 *4321 j 34 26» 398 JoBh 97 cp Ex 612 30» fc Ct 3i32 i3o3f mSp= clear 2441b M3l35 0 1833 J> 3794 § »£•r Cp 438 ot 428 87 « 50I8 « .§ Hithpat cp iggb u 413 "" « 4327 § » so4Ex n2 op 23IO Num i428 X 4238 3T3224 B 39I Ct 4234 J JE **d came out; and he "'refrained himself, and said, Set on bread. And they set on for him by himself, and for them by themselves, and for the Egyptians, which did eat with him, by themselves : because the Egyptians might not eat bread with the Hebrews ; for that is an abomination unto the Egyptians. 33 And they sat before him, the firstborn according to his '" birthright, and the youngest according to his "youth : and the men 'marvelled one with another. 34 And "he took [and sent} messes unto them from before him: but Benjamin's 'mess was five * times so much as any of theirs. And they drank, and ""'were merry with him. 441 And he commanded the "steward of his house, saying, Fill the men's sacks with food, as much as they can carry, "and put every man's money in his sack's mouth. * And put my bcup, the silver cup, in the sack s mouth of the youngest, and his corn money. And he did "according to the word that Joseph had spoken. 3 As soon as the morning was light, the men were sent away, they and their asses. 4 [And] when they were gone out of the city, and were not yet ''far off, Joseph said unto his "steward, Up, follow after the men; and when thou dost "overtake them, say unto them, Wherefore have ye rewarded evil for good ? "[Wherefore have ye stolen my silver cup ?] 5 *Is not this it in which my lord drinketh, and whereby he indeed ¦'divineth ? ye have "done evil in so doing. 6 And he "overtook them, and he spake unto them these words. 7 And they said unto him, Wherefore speaketh bmy lord 'such words as these ? >JGod forbid that "thy servants should do such a thing. 8 Behold, the money, which we found in our "sacks' mouths, we 'brought again unto thee out of the land of Canaan : 'how then should we steal out of thy lord's house silver or gold ? 9 With whomsoever of "thy servants it be found, let him *die, and we also will be "my lord's bondmen. 10 And he said, Now also let it 'be "according unto your words : he with whom it is found shall be my bondman ; and ye shall be '"blameless. u Then they 'hasted, and took down every man his "sack to the ground, and opened every man his sack. 12 And he "searched, [and] "began at the eldest, and "left at the youngest : and the ''cup was found in Benjamin's "sack. 13 Then they "rent their clothes, and "laded every man his ass, and returned to the city. 14 And 'Judah and his brethren came to Joseph's house ; and he was 'yet there : and they "fell beforo him on tho ground. u And Joseph said unto thoin, What deed is this that ye have done ? know ye not that such a man as I can indeed ¦''divine ? 16 And "Judah said, What shall we say unto 'my lord ? what shall we speak ? or how shall we 'clear ourselves ? God hath found out the "iniquity of "thy servants : "behold, we are bmy lord's bondmen, "both we, eand he also in whose hand the cup is found. 17 And he said, ftGod forbid that I should do so : the man in whose hand the cup is found, he shall be my bondman ; but as for you, get you up "in peace unto your father. 18 Then Judah came near unto him, and said, ''Oh my lord, let "thy servant, I pray thee, speak a word in my lord's ""ears, and let not thine anger burn against "thy servant : for thou art even as Pharaoh. 10 bMy lord asked "his servants, saying, 'Have ye a father, or a brother? 20 And we said unto bmy lord, We 'have a father, an old man, and a child of his Jold age, a little one ; and his brother is rdead, and he alone is "left of his mother, and his father loveth him. 21 And thou saidst unto "thy servants, 'Bring him down unto me, that I may set mine eyes upon E b 56 0 73 d 43 rf gi» ll 56b 1 84 j 63 4334a jf Or, messes were taken. 34b jj; ft drank largely. 441 The return of each man's money a second time can hardly be part of the original story. The device of the cup is designed to test the loyalty of the brothers to Benjamin. But a repetition of the gift of the money (by which their honesty had been already successfully proved 8) has no further signi ficance. And when the sacks are opened H-, nothing is said of its discovery, ct 422'. and 42s6, 4 The words in brackets found in (5) 2 @ seem to have dropped accidentally out of the text. 18 Some critics propose to Tead ' they ' as in 1. Judah seems first to act as spokesman in 18. 69 Gen 44 21 JACOB— ISRAEL a' 438 t'432 c*43s d> 3788b «' 2927 ! /'4238 » 35« Sp b Num 128 Et c Cp Num 141b d 5o4 ct 16 « Ct 43" 4419-31 /Exisl5« g 2728. A53728 i3&Spi j Ct Lev 13I8 24 * 48I6 Sp I Ex 3421 1 Sam 8l2f m 822 Ex 23I8 n Sp* Am 18 al 0 5o28 Ex il? p 328 S4l41)¦ 8 20 op 242 J E JE J E him. 22 And we said unto bmy lord, The lad cannot leave his father : for if he should leave his father, his father would die. 23 And thou ''saidst unto "thy servants, Except your youngest brother come down with you, ye shall seo my face no more. 24 And "it came to pass" when we came up unto "thy servant my father, we told him the words of "my lord. 25 And our father said, b'Go again, buy us a 'little food. 26 And we said, We cannot go down : if our youngest brother 'be with us, then will we go down: for we may not see the "'man's face, except our youngest brother be with us. 27 And thy servant my father said unto us, Ye know that my wife bare me two sons : 2i and the one went out from me, and I said, Surely d'he is torn in pieces ; and I have not seen him since : 20 and if ye take "'this one also from me, and •'"mischief befall him, ¦'"ye shall bring down my gray hairs with "sorrow to "the mgrave. 30 Now therefore when I come to thy servant my father, and the lad be not with us ; seeing that "his life is bound up in the lad's life ; 31 it shall come to pass, when he seeth that the lad is not [with us], that he will die : and "thy servants shall -/"bring down the gray hairs of thy servant our father with sorrow to "the mgrave. 32 For "thy servant became "'surety for the lad unto my father, saying, If I bring him not unto thee, then shall I "'bear the blame to my father for ever. 33 Now therefore, let "thy servant, I pray theo, abide instead of the lad a bondman to bmy lord ; and let the lad go up with his brethren. 34 For Jhow shall I go up to my father, and the lad be not with me ? lest I see the evil that shall come on my father. 45la "Then Joseph could not "refrain himself before all them that stood by him ; and he cried, Cause every man to go out from me. lb And there stood no man with him, while Joseph bmade himself known unto his brethren. 2 And he ""wept aloud : and the Egyptians heard, ...2band the dhouse of Pharaoh heard. 3 And Joseph said unto his brethren, I am Joseph ; "doth my father yet live ? And his brethren could not answer him ; for they ¦''were troubled at his presence. 4And Joseph said unto his brethren, "Come near to me, I pray you. And they came near. And he said, I am Joseph your brother, whom ye ''sold into Egypt. 5" And now be not 'grieved, . . . 6b TAnd be not 'angry with yourselves, 50 that ye *sold me hither : . . . 5d for God did send me before you to •'preserve life. ° For these two years hath the famine been Ain the land : and there are yet five years, in the which there shall be neither 'plowing nor '"harvest. 7 And God sent me before you to preserve you a "remnant in the earth, and to "save you alive "by a great pdeliverance. 8 So now it was not you that sent me hither, but God : and he hath made me a father to Pharaoh, and lord of all his 'house, and rruler over all the land of Egypt. 9 bHaste ye, and go up to my father, and say unto him, Thus saith thy 1 51 ¦n 7S a 79 l> 43 442911 31 m Sp evil.— Op Ex 32" Sp. 2»>> 81 M Sp Sheol. See 3788. 30 M Or, his soul is knit with the lad's soul. See i Sam 181. 45l The narrative of Josoph's disclosure of himself and tho subsequent invitation to his futhor and brethron is obviously composite, but some uncertainty still hangs about the details. The opening seems to be derived from J in sequel to the pleading of Judah, and with this is associated the allusion to the transaction with the Ishmaelites '. Joseph's message to his father follows in 8 with the promise of residence in Goshen i°-. The urgency of 9 is repeated in 13 : in 14 Joseph falls on Benjamin's neck cp JaS ; the ' little ones ' |,J also seem to belong to J, and in 28 it is Israel who accepts his son's proposal. On the other hand a number of indications pload for B. In ib ' stood ' represents a different Sp compared with Ia ; ' made himself known ' ' wept aloud ' each oocur but once elsewhere and both in B ; the question in 3 is E's parallel to the inquiry in 4327 ; in 6b-8 the use of Elohim makes for E (cp the marginal passages) as do the parallels to 12 and u. The 11 ocount of Pharaoh's command to Joseph w-i> is a duplicate of Joseph's instructions ""ll, while the gifts of Joseph in 2ib-23 produce the desired effect on Jacob 26"27 (ct Israel 28). in the sequel J represents Joseph as only informing Pharaoh about his family when they huve actually reached Goshen 4628- • : there is thus a clear divergence between the two narratives. 2 M Sp gave forth his voice in weeping. 5 So ^, T nor angry with yourselves. 7 M. Or, to be a great company that escape. 70 JOSEPH SENDS FOR JACOB Gen 463 t 47I2 5021" eupsu Sp Niph Prov 2D1S 2321 3„9T »Ct2b M41S7 x $p\ ct 44I3 y Ex 228 cp Num 2o4 2 20 23 24IO a' 21 27 465 Num V Cp Deut 7I8 c'426d' 2928 Ex 178 Josh 5I6 c'Cprig /^« 0' 41" *' 4334 i' Josh 720» / 2 Chron n23 Dan 412 2lf k' ft ^tremble Ex 1J14 Deut 225» I' 4229 W' Cp 3 n' Hnb 1* Ps 778 388t o'lS6 p' Sp lived cp Ps 2228 6g32 9' Ex g28 r'4327«' 4630 274 a ii2 6 223 c Num 126* cu ¦S1 » (Jp 22*1 J E JE j E son Joseph, "God hath made me lord of all Egypt : come down unto me, tarry not : 10 and thou shalt dwell in the land of "Goshen, and thou shalt be near unto me, thou, and thy children, and thy children's children, and thy "flocks, and thy herds, and all that thou hast : n and there will I "nourish thee ; for there are yet 'five years of famine ; lest thou "come to poverty, thou, and thy household, and all that thou hast. 12 And, behold, your eyes see, and the eyes of my brother Benjamin, that it is my mouth that speaketh unto you. 13And ye shall tell my father of all my glory in Egypt, and of all that ye have seen ; and ye shall bhaste and bring down my father hither. 14 And he "fell upon his brother Benjamin's neck, and wept; and Benjamin wept upon his neck. 16 And he kissed all his brethren, and wept upon them : and after that his brethren talked with him. 10 And the "fame thereof was heard in Pharaoh's house, saying, Joseph's brethren are come : and it "pleased Pharaoh well, and his servants. 17 And Pharaoh said unto Joseph, Say unto thy brethren, This do ye ; 'lade your "beasts, and go, get you unto the land of Canaan ; 18 and take your father and your households, and come unto me : and I will give you the *good of the land of Egypt, and ye shall eat the fat of the land. ...ld"Now thou art commanded, this do ye; take you "'wagons out of the land of Egypt for your 'little ones, and for your wives, and bring your father, and come. 20 Also '''regard not your stuff; for the "good of all the land of Egypt is yours. 21* And the "'sons of Israel *did so : 21b And Joseph gave them "'wagons, "'according to the commandment of Pharaoh, and ¦'"gave them provision for the way. 22 To all of them he gave each man "'changes of raiment ; but to Benjamin he gave three hundred pieces of silver, and '''five changes of raiment. 23 And to his father he sent ''after this manner ; ten asses laden with the "good things of Egypt, and ten she-asses laden with corn and bread and •''victual for his father by the way. z4 So he sent his brethren away, and they departed : and he said unto them, See that ye A'fall not out by the way. 2S And they went up out of Egypt, and 'came into the land of Canaan unto Jacob their father. 26 And they told him, saying, Joseph is m'yet alive, and he is rruler over all the land of Egypt. And his heart "'fainted, for he "'believed them not. 27 And they told him all the words of Joseph, which he had said unto them: and when he saw the "'wagons which Joseph had sent to carry him, the spirit of Jacob their father ^'revived. . . .28And Israel said, It is ''enough ; Joseph my son is ''yet alive : I will go and see him before ''I die. 46la And "Israel "took his journey with ball that he had, "and came to Beer-sheba. 2 And God ''spake unto "Israel in the "visions of the night, and said, dJacob, Jacob. And he said, "Here am I. 8 And he said, I am God, « 39 d 33 e 28 > 52 a 49 bU4 c 104 469 The language of this verse is not inconsistent with J ('haste' JE43, 'tarry not' 19" cp Josh io19) except in the use of ' Elohim ' which is no longer dramatically appropriate as in 4323 S,J 44I6 hetween supposed strangers, and may be due to editorial assimilation, op so'24". The wor that thou art "yet alive- And Joseph said unto his brethren, and unto his 'father's house, I will go up, and 'tell Pharaoh, and will say unto him, My brethren, and my father's house, which were in the land of Canaan, are come unto me ; and the men are "'shepherds, for they have been keepers of "cattle ; and they have brought their "'flocks, and their c'herds, and "'all that they have. xxru1* Sha11 COme to pass' "when Pharaoh shall "'call you, and shall say, What is your "occupation ? 34 that ye shall say, 'Thy servants have been keepers of "cattle from our "youth even "until ''now, "'both we, and our fathers : ''that ye may dwell in the land of 'Goshen ; for every shepherd is an 'abomination unto the Egyptians. 471 Then Joseph went in and "told Pharaoh, and said, My father and my brethren, and their flocks, and their herds, and all that they have, are^come out of the "land of Canaan ; and, behold, they are in the land of Goshen. 2 And from among his brethren he took 'five men, and "presented them unto Pharaoh. s And Pharaoh said unto his brethren, What is your "occupation ? And they dsaid unto Pharaoh, "Thy servants are shepherds, "both we, and our fathers. 4 "And they said unto Pharaoh, To "sojourn in the land are we come ; for there is no /pasture for thy servants' flocks ; for the 'famine is sore in the land of Canaan : now therefore, we pray thee, let thy servants dwell in the land of "Goshen. "[And Pharaoh said unto Joseph]—6" In the land of "Goshen let them dwell : and if thou knowest *any "able men among them, then make them rulers over my "cattle. — E 'And "Jacob and his sons 'came into Egypt to Joseph. And Pharaoh the 'king of Egypt heard.] 6 "And Pharaoh 'spake unto Joseph, saying, •'Thy father and thy brethren are come unto thee : 6* the land of Egypt is 'before thee ; in the 'best of the land make thy father and thy brethren to "'dwell ; 7 And Joseph brought- in Jacob his father, and 'set him before Pharaoh : and Jacob blessed Pharaoh. 8 And Pharaoh said unto Jacob, How many are the "days of the years of thy life ? ° And Jacob said unto Pharaoh, The days of the years of my Tksojournings are an 'hundred and thirty years : few and evil have been the days of the years of my life, and they have not "attained unto the days of the "years of the life of my fathers in the days of their "sojournings. 10 And Jacob blessed Pharaoh, and went out froni the presence of Pharaoh. n And Joseph "placed his father and his brethren, and gave them a "possession in the land of Egypt, in the 'best of the land, in the land of Ttanieses, as Pharaoh had commanded : 12 And Joseph 'nourished his father, and his brethren, and all his father's household, with bread, "'according to the number of their "little ones. 13 "And there was no bread in all the land ; for the 'famine was very sore, so that the land of Egypt and the land of Canaan "fainted by reason of the famine. 14 And Joseph 'gathered up all the money that was "found in the land of Egypt, and in the land of Canaan, for the "corn which they w 6a X303 y 153 z 218 a' 208 b' 18 <=' 33 a' 124 »' 139 t' 73 h' 11 i' 221 aCp'4 b 39 0 74 d 73 e II f 29 g 84 h 18 i 185 k H5 1 93 mi8a n 137 o 5a* 474 These words are perhaps repeated accidentally from 3. 4b The text here adopted in "• is derived from the Greek which places 8b between 4 and "; the words found in (5J but absent from Sp are inserted in brockets. eb M Or, men of activity.— Cp Ex 18^ 26*. 5 P's parallel to the preceding story of Israel's settlement in J : ct 7 with % ' land of Barneses ' u with ' land of Goshen ' 4 6 : the sequel is found in 27b 28, 9 So M. T pilgrimage. 12 So M. T according to their families. 18 The account of the progress of the famine, leading up to the explanation of Egyptian fiscal arrangements in 26) hag seemed to some critics out of place here. Wellhausen finds it appropriate neither to J nor E in its present connexion and suggests that it was derived originally from some parallel to 41, Others more confidently attach it to 41s6. It is supposed that the second year 18 would then fit the date in 458 n. The marks of J's authorship are, however, numerous, cp the margins, and the parallels ospooially in ]8. 2i., Yot one or two peculiarities, at least, may be detected : thus the word ' give ' 1° is used with an object as in 2^ 301 B, contrasted with J's employment of it as an interjection cp 164 : and the phrase ' the famine was sore' 20 is identical with that in 4188.. These instances are hardly adequate to support a plea for E's presence when the text shows none of the incongruities of a composite narrative : but the possibility of it must at any rate be admitted, though further proof seems wanting (Holzinger thinks the probability especially strong in rs-sej. The references to 'the land of Canaan ' 13~15 can hardly have belonged originally to the narrative which related how the soil of Egypt was gradually bought up for Pharaoh, and must be assigned to R. 73 Gen 47u JACOB— ISRAEL w 18 cp Josh 3I6 x Cp 2921 30I Sp y Ib 164 2920 Ps J78t z © Sam g iweod a' Ex 98 V Josh 7" Pi" c/ 4288 ^391 /'44» i/422 A' Lev 2622. . Nam 2i30» i' 4186- ¥ 4l35 f I94 § (' Ezek i627 Prov 308 31I5 m' Ezek i643t n> 2612 E JE E 0' 4331 26 ii-a'i qf 1 Sam 3025 1' Op 1 *' Sp — the days Deut 31I4 1 Kings 2lf cp Gen 27^1 «'242 W Deut 3il8» i/ Sp= bring 4S19 27 45- vf 3520 2/248/ 482b 49! 83* )S3bEx "bought : and Joseph brought the money into Pharaoh's house. 16 And when the money was "all spent in the land of Egypt, and in the land of Canaan, all the Egyptians came unto Joseph, and said, *Give us bread: for why should we die in thy presence ? for [our] money 'faileth. 16 And Joseph said, Give your "cattle ; . and I will give 'you for your cattle, if ' money 'fail. 17 And they brought their cattle unto Joseph : and Joseph gave them bread in exchange for the "'horses, and for the "flocks, and for the herds, and for the asses : and he "fed them with bread in exchange for all their cattle for that year. 18 And when that year was "ended, they came unto him the second year, and said unto him, We will not b'hide from "my lord, how that our money is "all spent ; and the herds of cattle are my lord's ; there is nought "'left in the sight of my lord, qbut our ^'bodies, and our lands : 1D wherefore should we die before thine eyes, "both we and our land? "'buy us and our land for bread, and we and our land ¦'"will be servants unto Pharaoh : and give us seed, "'that we may live, and not die, and that the land be not '''desolate. 20 So Joseph "'bought all the land of Egypt for Pharaoh ; for the Egyptians sold every man his field, because the famine was ''sore upon them : and the land became Pharaoh's. 21 And as for the people, "he removed them "to the J'cities from one *'end of the border of Egypt even to the other end thereof. 22 "Only the land of the priests bought he not: for the priests had a ''portion from Pharaoh, and did eat their portion which Pharaoh gave them ; 'wherefore they sold not their land. 23 Then Joseph said unto the people, Behold, I have "bought you this day and your land for Pharaoh: m'lo, here is seed for you, and ye shall "'sow the land. 2i And it shall come to pass at the ingatherings, that ye shall give a fifth unto Pharaoh, and four "'parts shall be your own, for sped of the field, and for your food, and for them of your households, and for food for your "little ones. 25 And they said, Thou hast p'saved our lives: let us "find grace in the sight of "my lord, and we /'will be Pharaoh's servants. 26 'And Joseph 5'inade it a statute concerning the land of Egypt 'unto this day, that Pharaoh should have the fifth ; only the land of the priests alone became not Pharaoh's. 27"And "Israel dwelt in the land of Egypt, in the land of "Goshen. 27b K^nd they 'gat them possessions therein, and were "fruitful, and multiplied exceedingly. 2a And Jacob lived in tho land of Egypt ''seventeen years: so the days of Jacob, "'tho years of his life, wore an 'hundred forty and seven years. 29 "And the "'time drew near that "Israel must die: and he called his son Joseph, and said unto him, If now I have "found grace in thy sight, put, I pray thee, ''thy hand under my thigh, and ydeal kindly and truly with me ; bury me not, I pray thee, in Egypt : 30 but when I "'sleep with my fathers"', thou shalt "'carry me out of Egypt, and bury me in "their "'buryingplace. And he said, I will do 'as thou hast said. 31 And he said, Swear unto me : and he a'sware unto him. And "Israel bowed himself upon the ''bed's head. 48 1 "And it came to pass "after these things, that one said to Joseph, i> 56 q 138 * 8S s 31" t 142b u 49 v 137 w 73 J 57 a 95 4717a m ft caUie 0f the flocks, and for the cattle of the herds — 2614 2 Chron 3320 1- Cp 33. "b M ft led them as a shepherd. — Cp Ex 151s Hitlipa 3314*. 2i» M According to Sam (SJ «,, he made bondmen of them, from it-c. 2'b M Or, according to their cities. 22 The clauses relating to the priests' land 22 21 may possibly be later additions. 27U Tho sequel of ll. 20 The manner of tho oath exacted by Israel from Joseph presents an unmistakable parallel to that domunded by Abraham from his servant 242, and is unanimously assigned to J. 30 This verse seoms to have been altered by tho harmonizer who has in view the statements of 4920. . so'2b is, file oath subsequently recited by Joseph 506 specifies Jacob's own burying- place. Bruston has conjectured, ZATW 1887, 206 ff, that the original form of 487 once stood between 29 and w, and that J represented Jacob as desirous of interment in Rachel's grave. 48l "With the exception of 3-7 which is at once recognized as bulongiiig to F, this chapter presents several perplexities. The burial-oath in 4728-31 js the preparation for the funeral solemnities of 5oi-i°, but before the narrative of Israel's death both J and E seem to have included a special blessing on 74 THE BLESSING ON JOSEPH'S SONS Gen 48 16 a Sp* ct 4720 64160 c Num 1320* d4731 « 35° "P 35°" /35° gt^Sp ht76ft1283 j 35" „ . k Cp -"187b lCt">6o E JE J E Behold, thy father is "sick : and he took with him his ''two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. 2a And one told Jacob, and said, Behold, thy son Joseph cometh unto thee : .2"and "Israel 'strengthened himself, and sat upon the rfbed. m 338 3 And Jacob said unto Joseph, "God "Almighty appeared unto me at eLuz in the dland of Canaan, and ¦''blessed me, and said unto me, 4 "Behold, I will make thee 'fruitful, and multiply thee, and I will Amake of thee a 'company of peoples ; and will •'give this land to fthy seed after thee for an "everlasting "possession. 5 And 'now thy two sons, which were born unto thee in the land of Egypt before I came unto thoo into Egypt, are mine ; Ephraim and Manasseh, even as Reuben, and Simoon, shall be mino. ° And thy 'issue, which thou "'begettest after them, shall be thine ; they shall be called after the name of their brethren in their inheritance. 7 " And as for ime, when I came from *Paddan, Rachel died "by me in the Hand of Canaan in the way, when there was still some way to come unto Ephrath : and I buried her there in the way to Ephrath (the samo is Beth-lehem). P Cp 173" 3 jr.13.- r Sp Pier* s Cp «9a t Sp=bring 9b ct 10b ft U 2725 ct 10b v 244» w Num 2230 ft\ cpgi x Cp Jtfx 68 !/£t 2 30SO 8 And "Israel Tsaw Joseph's sons, and said, "'Who are these ? 9a And Joseph said unto his father, They are my sons, whom God hath given me here. 9" And he said, "Bring them, I pray thee, unto me, and I will bless them. loa Now the "eyes of "Israel were 'dim for age, so that he could not see. 10" And he brought them near unto him ; and he ''kissed them, and 'embraced them. u And "Israel said unto Joseph, I had not 'thought to "see thy face : and, lo, God hath let me see thy seed also. 12 And Joseph brought them out from between his knees ; and he mbowed himself with his face to the earth. 13 And Joseph 'took them both, Ephraim in his right hand toward "Israel's left hand, and Manasseh in his left hand toward Israel's right hand, and "brought them near unto him. 14 And "Israel stretched out his right hand, and laid it upon Ephraim's head, who was the "younger, and his left hand upon Manasseh's head, "guiding his hands wittingly ; for Manasseh was the firstborn. 15 And he blessed "Joseph, and said, The God before whom my fathers Abraham and Isaac did "walk, the God which hath "fed me "all my life long unto this clay, 1G the "angel which hath "redeemed me from all evil, "bless the lads ; and let my name be named on them, and the name of my fathers Abraham and Isaac ; and let them 'grow into a 'multitude in the midst of the earth. h 49 C I d 4 e 73 t 163 g 62 11,127 1 30 j 94 k 6 78 n 92 o 208 P 4 q IOa Joseph's house. Two blessings are here recorded 1B. and 20, one being pronounced on ' the lads ' i8, the other being uttored in the singular ' in thee ' 20. Moreover, the two sons of Joseph are twice ' brought near ' to their grandfather wb and 13b. The narrative therefore shows signs of composition from two sources. In 481-2* the indications point slightly to B, while 2b ja obviously connected with 47s1. At 8 the reappearance of the name ' Israel ' suggests J once more ; but the statement that Israel ' saw ' Joseph's sons' conflicts with ' could not see ' 1°, and it appears better therefore to attribute the clause to B, the use of ' Israel ' for ' Jacob ' being due to B cp « n. The sequel of ob 101 i8 found in 13, where Joseph fulfils the injunction of 9°, while u belongs to » 9a. The action of 12, where Joseph removes his sons from Jacob's embrace, presupposes 10", while he reverently prepares to receive his father's blessing himself. The incident in Is- l7-19 has been regarded by Kuenen as a later insertion in E's narrative : but these verses are entirely coherent with the passage previously assigned to J, and the marginal references confirm the ascription. On the blessings cp 18» 48s M Sp El Shaddai. « M Or, hast begotten. 7> This verse has no connexion with the prophecy about Ephraim and Manasseh. In its present form it depends on 35". It has been conjectured that a referenoe to Rachel may have followed 40'!. If P supposed Rachel to have been buried with Leah at Machpelah, the discrepancy, when JE was com bined with it, may have boon too glaring, and the present passage may have been inserted editorially, based on the older document. 7b M Or, to my sorrow. 8 T beheld. Sp = sow, ct l°a ' could not see,' cp u ' see thy face,' ' see thy seed.' By analogy with " the sequence of verbs in 8 might be translated ' and when Israel Baw Joseph's sons, he said.' 14 M Or, crossing his hands.— lip Piel|- cp Gen 3' Deut 29s 32s 29 Josh i7- Hiph \ 18 (5) them. A confusion seems to have arisen in the combina tion of the two stories. According to 9b Israel desires to bless his grandchildren, and Joseph brings them to him 15'. It would be natural for the blessing to follow, and it is found accordingly in I'-, cp 'walk' 24", the references to the fathers cp 2813, the phrases ' all my life long,' ' grow into a multitude,' and the general prophetic character. But in 20 another blessing is pronounced on ' them,' yot it is delivered in the singular, ' in thee.' It would seem that this is the benediction on Joseph cp 1B, for which preparation was made as he prostrated himself to receive it 12. In J, therefore, the blessing on ' the lads ' has been accidentally transferred to Joseph : in E the benediction on Joseph alights upon his sons. The critical difficulty would porhaps be most oasily settled by transposing the two intro ductions w» and 20". 75 Gen 481 JACOB-ISRAEL a' Cp 38W Sp V Cp Ex 17I2* d'^=bn(2818 t> 2582 ot 508- • p ft = restore 372a ^313"h' Josh 24I2 a 28I cp "ug 0 298 C 424 38 d 4185 J0Bh 108 e 2932 /4l2Ex918a( g Deut 2il7 h Cp 47 Sp i Ex 152 13 *3522 iSp*8* ¦ i-iiac m 3428 n Ps 169 578 o Is 1420 r's 86"t J)3426 g Josh 108 8* r ,§=a(ron^ up Ex 1421 Num ,3*8 a ,£>* Am ill 1 .§=A Deut 2868* Judg 5" W Ct Ex 2622. &o* V Prov 1722 25W Sp j' Judg 5I8 k>* 2 Sam i28 !' * Is 464 S34 m' Cp Deut 20II Joah 16W 1713" n' 30* C Cp «9o6 j/ Num 218 S'3»lJ Ex 15I «' « la 8" Ps 25S (' Ex i413 152 u' Ct 30II v' Hab 3I8 w' 30I3 x1 Num 1320 3/' * Lam 48 z> * Hab 3" Ps i833 a" Num 244 18 Deut 32I Joah 2427 b» Cp 4162 c"Judg}4d" Ps 1828 «" Ex il4 /" Pe 18I4" g" 2741 solo" h" 4822 i" Num 2421 j" la i24 k" Cp 4813 /" 318 m" Cp 'I n" 2788 0" Cp i2 Ex 156 Deut 87 33IS p" * Hos 22 q" 718- • Ex 17"* 1" Deut 33IB Hab 3«f »" Dent 33I8 20 ("*Ib ii« u" 3788 v" * la 332s u" Ex 15O JACOB'S BLESSING JE Gen 4927 E P 11 Binding his c'foal unto the vine, And his ass's colt unto the d' choice vine ; He hath washed his ''garments in wine, ' And his ¦'vesture in the blood of grapes : 12 His eyes shall be 'red with wine, And his teeth white with milk. 13 Zebulun shall ¦'"dwell at the "haven of the sea : And he shall be for an "haven of "'ships ; And his ''border shall be "upon Zidon. 14 Issachar is a ''strong ass, "Couching down between the J"sheepfolds : 15 And he saw "a resting place that it was good, And the land that it was *'pleasant ; And he bowed his shoulder to ''bear, And became a servant under '"'taskwork. 18 Dan shall "'judge his people, As one of the tribes of Israel. 17 Dan shall be a "'serpent in the way, An "'adder in the path, That "'biteth the horse's "'heels, So that his '"rider falleth backward. 18 "7 have ''waited for thy ''salvation, 0 Yahweh. 19 Gad, "a "'troop "shall "'press upon him : But he shall press upon their 4'heel. 20 "Out of K'Asher his bread shall be "'fat, And he shall yield royal "''dainties. 21 Naphtali is a ''hind let loose : He giveth ¦'goodly ""words. 22 Joseph is "a ''"fruitful bough, A fruitful bough by a fountain ; His "branches ""run over the d"wall. 23 The archers have ""sorely grieved him, And ¦'"'shot at him, and ""persecuted him: 24 But his v'bow abode in ^"strength, And the arms of his hands were made "'strong, "By the hands of the /'Mighty One of Jacob, ("From thence is *"the shepherd, the stone of Israel,) 25 Even by the !"Qod of thy father, who shall help thee, And by the """Almighty, -who shall bless thee, With blessings of heaven ""above, Blessings of the ""deep that 'coucheth beneath, Blessings of the '"breasts, and of the womb. 26 The blessings of thy father Have '"prevailed above "the blessings of my progenitors Unto the utmost Abound of the '"everlasting hills'": They shall be on the head of Joseph, And on the '"crown of the head of him "that wns separate from his brethren. 27 Benjamin is a '"wolf that ""ravinoth : In the morning he shall devour the ""prey, And at even he shall divide the ""spoil. 49isai> 11 ft o<>ocft._:Deut '7 Josn 91 op Judg s1T. 1'° M Or, by. » M Or, rest— Num 10" Dent i2»*. 17 M Or, horned snake. 18 The devotional style of this verse, contrasted with the descriptive character of the rest of the poem, suggests that it was originally a marginal annotation by a pious scribe. Cp Fripp, Genesis 135. i9a M Sp gedud, a marauding band. — Ps i829. p gad, to press. According to some ancient versions, Asher, his 19b M 20 m bread &c. 22. m 22b M i the son of a fruitful tree. 1 daughters. 24» M Or, active.— Cp 2 Sam 6i"f. 24b The description of Joseph is much fuller than that of any of the other tribes, and between 2B- and Deut 3313~ifl there is an obvious connexion. It is not so certain, however, on which side lies the originality. On the probability that this passage is a later addition to the text, cp Fripp, ZATW 1891, 262-6 : or the addition may begin at 26. 24c M Or, From thence, from the shepherd. Or, as otherwise read, by the name of the shepherd. 26a 55; According to some ancient authorities, the blessings of the ancient mountains, the desire (or, desirable things) of the everlasting hills. 28b M Or, that is prince among. — Ct Num 62. 77 Gen 49* JACOB— ISRAEL X" Ct 4730 y" 238 2" 25W a1" 234 V" Cp 3528 <.-"' 23" I722 o Cp 28 b 3 26 ft Cant 213f C252l d$tc Cp "185 /452 ?44ls h 4729 243 i Ct 4821 j j£) = burying place 4730 1- 2626 Num 21I8 iCpi-4 m 327 n Cp Dai 0 Ct 232* p Sp* Am 5M y 2741b r 128 ot 15I8 4822 s 4983 ct Joseph 7 4929 S3 m 4929. 1 j£ =came again 6 0 Cp 7. . 28 "All "these are the twelce tribes of Israel : and this is it that their father spake unto them, and blessed them ; every one according to his blessing he blessed them. 29 And he charged them, and said unto them, "I am to be "gathered unto my people : *"bury me with my fathers in the ''"cave that is in the field of dEphron the Hittite, 30 in the cave that is in the field of "Machpelah, which is 'before Mamre, in the Eland of Canaan, which Abraham ""bought with the field from Ephron the Hittite for a "possession a'"of a buryingplace : 31 there they buried ""Abraham and Sarah his wife ; there they buried 6"'Isaac and Eebekah his wife; and there I buried Leah": 32 the "'"field and the cave that is therein, which was purchased from the children of Heth. 33a And when Jacob d'"made an end of charging his sons, ..33"Nho gathered up his foot into Lho bod. lie 'yielded up the ghost, and was "gathered unto his people. 6O1 "And Joseph "fell upon his father's face, and wept upon him, and kissed him. 2 And Joseph commanded his servants the physicians to 6embalm his father : and the physicians embalmed "Israel. 3 And forty days were "fulfilled for him ; for so are fulfilled the days of 'embalming : and the Egyptians wept for him threescore and ten days. 4 And when the days of ''weeping for him were past, Joseph "spake unto the ¦'house of Pharaoh, "saying, If now I have "found grace in your eyes, speak, I pray you, in the ''ears of Pharaoh, saying, 5 My father ''made me swear, saying, 'Lo, I die : in my J'grave which I "have 'digged for me in the 'land of Canaan, there shalt thou bury me. Now therefore lot me go up, I pray theo, and bury my fatlior, and I will come again. 0 And Pharaoh said, Go up, and bury thy father, according as he made thee swear. 7 And Joseph went up to bury his father : and with him went up all the servants of Pharaoh, the elders of his house, and all the elders of the land of Egypt, 8 and all the house of Joseph, and his brethren, and his father's house : only their "little ones, and their dflocks, and their herds, they left in the land of "Goshen. 9 And there went up with him 'both chariots and horsemen : and it was a very egreat "'company. 10 And they came to the threshing-floor of Atad, which is "beyond Jordan, and there they "lamented with a very great and gsore ''lamentation : and he made a 'mourning for his father seven days. 11 And when the inhabitants of the land, the 'Canaanites, saw the "mourning in the floor of Atad, they said, This is a 'grievous "mourning to the Egyptians: "wherefore the name of it was called Abel-mizraim, which is "beyond Jordan. 12 "And "his sons did unto him according as he 'commanded them : 13 for his sons carried him into the land of Canaan, and buried him in the "cave of the field of Machpelah, which Abraham bought with the field, for a possession of a buryingplace, of Ephron the Hittite, before Mamre. 14 And Joseph ''returned into Egypt, he, and his brethren, and "'all that went up with him to bury his father, after he had buried his father. 15 "And when Joseph's brethren saw that their father was dead, they a 188 94 75 10 4 4 £ g h 127 i fii a 49 b 31 0 5a d 33 e 39 f 11 g 78 h I5b 4928 Theao clauses, in P's manner, seem due to tho compiler, who has incorporated the previous poem from JE. With tho subsequent instructions for burial ct 4720-81, and cp 5012b is, 81 It has been suggested that P here added the name of Eaehel cp 48™. 83b A touch probably incorporated by E from J's account of the death of Jacob op 4751 48s. SO1 The narrative of the mourning for Israel is studded with the characteristic phrases of J. This does not exclude tho possibility of the incorporation of touches from E ; but tho indications adduced by Holzinger (Iob cp 8b arid 10*, and the two clauses in 2) are not very strong. The recital of the oath in " reproduces 4720, ct 4929, •. 6 M Or, bought. — Ges-Brown, Hebr Lex, unhesitatingly identifies Sp with the meaning 'dig' cp a625 Ex 21s8 Num 2ii8 2 Chron 1614. " M Sp ebel. 12 The conclusion of P's narrative of Jacob, following 4920-S3. 1° The petition of Joseph's brethren for forgiveness appears in the main to be derived from E cp J9* . But it may be questioned whether the story is quite homogeneous. The opening of 18 nan can hardly be correct ; the same verb occurs 78 THE DEA TH OF JOSEPH Ex V X Cp 30»4 y 2741 2 v Sp* a' 277b V Ex 2321 Josh 24l9cpExiol73282 3^7 e> Ex 3231 Sp* d! 3IB «' 4224 452 15 cp 4330 »' 4419 V Op B33 )' 457 *'45u47» i'343 m' 41 81. n' Num 3288 O'4l80§ p' 308a 9' Op 8 r* Ex 3I8 op 21I «' Cp 22H V •£=«)•* Ex 25I0 Deut 10I E JE E said, "It may be that Joseph will "hate us, and will fully requite us all the evil which we "did Unto him. le And they sent a message unto Joseph, saying, Thy father did command "'before he died, saying, 17 So shall ye say unto Joseph, ^'Forgive, C'I pray thee now, the transgression of thy brethren, and their sin, for that they Mid unto thee evil : and now, we pray thee, forgive the transgression of the servants of the '''God of thy father. And Joseph "'wept when they spake unto him. _..1 And his brethren also went and ¦''fell down before his face ; and they said, <• Behold, we be thy servants. " And Joseph said unto them, Fear not : for '''am I in the place of God ? And as for you, ye meant evil against me; but God meant it for good, to bring to pass ''as it is. this day, to J'save much people alive. ... Now therefore fear ye not: I will 'nourish you, and your "little ones. And he 'comforted them, and ''spake "kindly unto them. 22 And Joseph dwelt in Egypt, he, and his father's house : "and Joseph lived an hundred and ten years. 23 And Joseph saw '"'Ephraim's children of the third generation: the children also of "'Machir the son of m Manasseh "were born '"'upon Joseph's "knees. 24 "And Joseph said unto his brethren, I "'die : but God will surely 'visit you, and ]bring you up out of this land unto the land which he "sware to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob. 26 And Joseph took an oath of the children of Israel, saying, God will surely '"visit vou, and ye shall 'carry up my bones from hence. 20 So Joseph died, ' being an hundred and ten years old : and they 'embalmed him, and he was put in a ''coffin in Egypt. EXODUS* l1 NNow Bthese are the names of the sons of Israel, which came into Egypt ; every man and his household came with i 30a j 136 k 217 ft 188 immediately after, =1 ( command * ; can it be translated ' send a message' just before? Moreover (5J has 'and they came.' If that reading be adopted,, there is no difficulty in the closing words of 17, -which otherwise have no apparent reference in the text. But in that case, why should tlie brethren need to go and fall down before him 18 ? Is there not here an extract from a parallel narrative of J ? Another trace of such a counterpart may perhaps be found in 21, where ' fear ye not ' is a duplicate of 19; and 'nourish' 'little ones' and 'comfort' all point to J (' spake kindly ' may be due to amalgamation, cp the doubtful ascription to J in 34s*). Ball follows (5J in 16, and adopts Vatke's emendation ' and his brethren also wept ' in 18. But there seems a difference in tone between the entreaty of 17 and the humble submission which follows. 502i M^To their heart. 22 This clause is sometimes assigned to P cp 53 &c, but the word ' hundred ' $ does not correspond to P's peculiar usage. The same difficulty arises in 26, where the form of phrase suggests HP (cp pfi5). A sufficient parallel, however, seems found in Josh 24^. 23 gam Te&da * {n the days of Joseph.' 24 This verse has been commonly ascribed to E on the ground of the phrase 'God will surely visit you' cp 25. But'(i) the reference to the oath to the patriarchs is not after the manner of E cp JFaiy : (2) the promiso of dolivorance is in harmony with • J Ex 38 33', while (3) the announcement of a divine visitation for the purpose of ' bringing Israel up ' is actually realized in Ex 310-. There remains the use of the name ' Elohim.' This appears to be due to the peculiar revision through which the Joseph stories have passed. The name ' Yahweh ' does not occur in J after 30,23. It might have been expected in 43s9 (cp 39s where an Egyptian recognizes Yohweh's presence with Joseph) cp 4416 45*. ll This list has been regarded as an abbreviation of that in Gen 46s* •. It seems hardly likely, however, that the same writer would find it necessary to repeat himself so soon. The enumeration here, therefore, is treated as primary, embodying the traditional number ' seventy ' 5 cp Deut io22. Its formulae obviously connect it with P. * The book of Exodus is concerned with the circumstances of the children of Israel contrasted with the previous biography of Jacob and his sons. The incidents in the family life of the patriarchs give place to the fortunes of the nation. The narrative opens with the increase of the people after the death of Joseph, and extends to the erection of the Dwelling in the wilderness on the first day of the second year after the Exodus. "Within the narrative are lodged important groups of legislation, attached to the night of deliverance, the march through the desert, and the camp at the sacred mountain. Both narratives and laws will be found to belong to the documents already distinguished in Genesis, J E and P, the last-named, however, assuming here a greater prominence as the depositary of priestly law. It may, however, be observed that while the portions of P can be for the most part discriminated with practical cortainty, tho detailed partition of J and E is ofton precarious, especially in tho earlior chapters. One of the leading criteria of E ceases to be regularly available after the revelation of the divine name Yahweh in 3. In other respects the frequent correspondence in general methods of representation and in phraseological usage, causes additional difficulty ; and the results in the text can in many cases only claim a higher or lower degree of probability. The composite character of the narrative of Israel's sojourn in Egypt 1-1316 is, however, sufficiently plain, as the divergences of representation are unmistakable. (1) The two revelations of the name Yahweh 316 and 63 have been already discussed, Introd i 29. Each of the two documents to which they belong contributes material to the opening description ; in 2s4 Elohim remembers his covenant with Abraham Gen 17 (P) ; in i17 the midwives fear 79 Ex l1 ISRAEL IN EGYPT a Gen 462«t b Ot Gen 5028 c Gen 7lcp Judg 210 d Cp »59 iQen 611 / Op Gen 396 g Eccles 7^ 7, Cp 7 12 20b Gen 7l71> i Gen 424 49I j ft m them that hate ua Gen JE E 6 And Joseph 6died, and all his brethren, and all that "generation. 8 Now there arose a new king over Egypt, which-^knew not Joseph. 9 And he said unto his people, Behold, the people of the children of Israel are "more and 'mightier than we : 10 'come, let us "deal wisely with them ; lest they ''multiply, and hit come to pass, that, Nvhen there 'folleth out any war, they 'also join themselves unto jour Jenemies, and Jacob. 2 Reuben, Simeon, Levi, and Judah ; 3 Issachar, Zebulun, and Ben- jamin; 4 Dan and Naphtali, Gad and Asher. 6 And all the bsouls that "came out of the loinsa of Jacob were seventy souls : and Joseph was in Egypt already. . . . 7 And the children of Israel were 'fruitful, and increased abundantly, and "multiplied, and Nwaxed 'exceeding dmightyj and the "land was filled with them. b 146 « 73 d 157 0 63 ' 59 K 164 h 3b i ia6 j 167 l7 This verse shows some signs of combination. P's usual formula is ' be fruitful and multiply,' but he also employs the verb ' to swarm.' On the other hand he does not use the verb 1 wax mighty ' or the derivative adjective, save in Num 321 (probably founded on earlier materials). The verb is found in 20 and in Gen 2616* ; the adjective in ° Gen 1818 Num 1412 aa6 (as well as seven times in D). But J must have related the increase of the Israelites cp 9b, and J also uses the verb ' to multiply ' cp 10 20b Gen y^b 1610 22" (Hiph). The words ' and multiplied and waxed mighty ' may be provisionally ascribed to incorporation by B, and 20b is perhaps an accidental duplicate of the same original, misplaced. * 8 M Or, too many and too mighty for us. Elohim JE102 and he deals well with them 20a. Traces of the Yahwist are seen at once in 32 7- 16~18, and the allusions to the affliction of Israel 7 seem to rest on ill«. After 62- ¦ the distinction founded on the varying use of the divine name ceases to be applicable, though in some rare cases Elohim is still preferentially employed, e g i317~19. (2) Side by side with these variations of theological conception are corresponding historical difforonces. According to J Gen 4510 46'28 4727a Israel is settled in Goshen, and this view is found in 822 o2fl. As a pastoral people their flocks and herds Gen 46s'2 471 508 are of the utmost importance to them io9- 2i 1232 38. Their men are 600,000 in number, beside women and children ; and Pharaoh takes 'his people' 13s in pursuit of them. But in E Gen 4618 and P Gen 4711 the Israelites settle in Egypt. There they are accordingly found in close proximity with Egyptian neighbours, from whom they can ask for valuables 322 ii2, or from whose houses they must carefully distinguish their own that Yahweh may pass over them i213. They are near enough to the capital for the king to communicate with the Hebrew midwives. and few enough to need only two i16- • ; while Pharaoh thinks 600 chariots sufficient for their capture on the march i47a. (3) The story of Moses further shows some interesting variations. Iu a15- he dwells in the land of Midian, and 10 21 marries tho daughter of the priest of Midian and has one son 21« cp 419-. When he returns to Egypt his wife and son accompany him 420. In 31, however, his father in law is named Jethro cp 418, and Moses leads the flock to the mountain of God, identified as Horeb cp ' this mountain ' 12. On his return to Egypt his wife remains behind, and when Jethro brings her to her husband she has two sons i8°* ; later on, she is described as a Cushite, Num 121, (4) In the interviews with Pharaoh one set of demands is urged by Moses alone in the name of ' Yahweh God of the Hebrews ' 318 53 7lfl 91- 1S io3 (• ; and Moses asks leuve to go three days' journey into the wilderness to sacrifice to Yahweh 318 5s 827( or serve him 7ie gi 20 9i 13 ios &c# Another formula is found in 312 ' serve Elohim upon this mountain,' while in the name of 'Yahweh God of Israel' Moses requires the release of Israel that they may hold a feast to him in the wilderness 51. A third demand is made by Aaron 7s""7. (5) On the special narratives of the plagues cp 78N, and on the rod of Moses 4ZN. (6) Different laws will be found in 12 and 13 concern ing the Passover and Unleavened Bread, and concerning the firstling dues. In 121-20 43-60 the language bears very numerous marks of P ; the laws are divinely addressed to Moses and Aaron l 4S, and designed for the congregation 2. But in 21 133 Moses speaks alone to the elders 21 or the people 27b 133 and the legal phraseology shows affinities of a quite different type. While details must be sought in the Analysis, the Word-lists, and the conspectus of the Laws, the general significance of these data may be exhibited for the opening chapters in the following table : — J E P The people in Goshen B22 928. They are afflicted ill. and Yahweh Bees it 37 17, and their cry comes to him 39tt. Yahweh promises to deliver them 38 523} and bring them up to a land flowing with milk and honey 38 n 136 ; Moses reluctant 410, Aaron assigned ua hit) spokesman, lie being Aaron's God 4I8. Yahweh God of the Hebrews 3I8 53 7io 0i 13 io3. Demand for permis sion to go three days' journey 53 S27. Sucnttce to Yahweh 3I8 58 86 26. Moses marries Zip- porah, daughter of the priest of Midian 22* and has one Bon 22 ; they go with him to Egypt 4IB.. Moses* rod changed to a serpent 42". The people in Egypt 1 15. . 322 ns [Elohim] Bees their oppression 39b. Elohim proposes to send MoBes to Pharaoh 310, and promises to be with him 3I2 : the name Yahweh given 3I6 : MoBes very great in Pharaoh's eyes n3. Yahweh God of Israel 5I. Moses sent to Pha raoh to bring Israel forth 3KM2. Serve Elohim on this mountain 3I2. MoseB marries the daughter of Jethro 31 ; they have two sons who remain with their mother under Jethro's care 18I 6., The rod of God given to Moses 420b cp 720b 923 ,oM. The people in Egypt 17 i2l3. Elohim hears their groaning 224 66. Elohim reveals him self aa Yahweh 62 ; promises to take Israel for a people 6s* and bring it into the land concerning which he lifted up his hand 68 : Moses to go in to Pha raoh 6H, and made his god, Aaron being Mobob' prophet 7*. Yahweh will bring them forth 6fl. Yahweh will be to Israel for Elohim 67. Aaron's rod changed to a reptile ?9 cp 19 85. ie. 80 ISRAEL IN EGYPT Ex 2" h §t op igi I 37 4S1 Gen i6« m 2" s^. 66-f n Gen 4" 0 Sp* t Kings 9I9 j> ia57 9 Num 223b cp Gen 27W Tj6v ao23 Num 2if»# r 6B IIIpli* op Ezek 29I8 » '* Lev 25*' <0 53 cp Ezek 34*t •¦ t Gen 4923 |H 22< Pielf Ex 2321 Hiph* u 69 Deut 26° v Gen n3 w Sp=said cp Gen 22? x Gen 35" 3828^ y Jer i83f 2 Gen 42W a' Gen 457 V 18H Gen 40' cp 930 c' Josh 56* ct 18 d' Gen 12" a Gen 202 ct '8a b Cp Gen 30" 18 <: 3 Josh 24» ctr2£ d Gen 6" 71 eSp* /Is349t (7 Is 19' h 7I6 Gen 418* i Gen 22* J JE "fight against us, and get them up out of the land. " Therefore they did 'set over them "taskmasters to 'afflict them with their mburdens. And they "built for Pharaoh "store cities, Pithom and pKaamses. 12 But the more they 'afflicted them, the more they ''multiplied and the more they "spread abroad. And they "were 'grieved because of the children of Israel : u* "and they 'made their lives 'bitter with "hard service, in "mortar and in brick, and in all manner of service in the field. E " And the Egyptians "made the children of Israel to 'serve with "rigour" ub all their service, wherein they made them serve with "rigour. ki56 1 193 m 80 15 "And the king of Egypt "spake to the Hebrew 'midwives, of which the name of the one was Shiphrah, and the name of the other Puah : 16 and he '"said, When ye "do the office of a midwife to the Hebrew women, and see them upon the "birthstool ; if it be a son, then ye shall "kill him ; but if it be a daughter, then she shall live. n But the midwives "feared God, and did not as the king of Egypt commanded them, but "'saved the "men children alive. 18 And the king of Egypt pcalled for the midwives, and said unto them, '¦'Why have ye qdone this thing, and have "'saved the men children alive? 10 And the midwives said unto Pharaoh, Because the Hebrew women are not as the Egyptian women ; for they are lively, and are delivered rere the midwife come unto them. 2°a And God "dealt well with the midwives : 20bAnd the people ^multiplied, and 'waxed very mighty. ' 21 and 'it came to pass, because the midwives "feared God, that he made them houses. 22And Pharaoh charged all his people, saying, Every son "'that is born ye shall cast into "the river, and every daughter ye shall *save alive. . 21 "And there went a man of the house of Levi, "and "took [to wife] a daughter of Levi. 2 And the woman "conceived, ''and bare a son : and when she saw him that he was a goodly child, she chid him three months. 3 And when she could not longer chide him, she took for him an dark of "bulrushes, and "daubed it with "slime and with ¦'pitch ; and she put the child therein, and laid it in the "flags by the ftriver's brink. 4 And his sister stood 'afar off, to "know what would be done to him. 5 And the daughter of Pharaoh came down to bathe at the river ; and her maidens walked along by the firiver side ; and she saw the ark among the "flags, and sent her "handmaid to fetch it. 6 And she opened it, and saw the child : "and, behold, the babe wept. And she had n 10a o 234 P q 139 146' '-' 13a s 38 18 ° 99 11s M Or, abhorred. 1' The verb finds its complement inS^b. Mft In this verse, also, mingled eiements may be traced. l*a seems a doublet of 13 ; ' hard service ' undoubtedly stood in JE as well as in P (69) cp Deut 26s (Introd i 174); while the allusion to ' mortar and brick ' recalls the language of Gen n8. The hand of the expander may probably be traced in the awkward grammatical collocation of the words ' wherein ' &c. I6 The story of the midwives contrasts with the command in 22 : the use of Elohim " 2°. suggests E, who elsewhere seems to love the detail of names (cp Introd XII 3 i 116). 22 M See Gen 41'. 21" The linguistio indications in 1 and ° point to E rather than J. "* This clause seems to owe its present form to R. Sp would II. 8l be strictly rendered ' and took the daughter of Levi.' Either the name of the future mother of Moses has dropped out accidentally ; or it has been omitted designedly on account of divergence from the definite statements of P ; or the words 'the daughter of Levi' have been editorially inserted instead of the more common formula ' a wife of the daughters of Levi ' to harmonize with Num 26r'9 (cp Dillmann). s* M That is, papyrus,— Cp Is 182 35? Job 8xlf. 3b M That is, bitumen.— Cp Gen n3 14!°+. 4 For the peculiar form of infinitive cp Gen 463 JEiig. 6 The use of the second word ' babe ' and the further phrase 'had compassion' hns suggested to some critics (Wellhausen, Dillmann, Bacon, among them) that this clause is derived from a parallel narrative by J. Ex 26 ISRAEL IN EGYPT j Gen 1918 k Cp Gen 358 I Op Gen 24«» mSpl n Gen 15I 0 Gen 218 j)Cp23 q Gen 64 r ill *^ = («rnetiGen 2449 al t Gen 35<- • u Cp Gen 138 ft v Gen 281«* x Gen 168 3/ Gen 24II" 292.. z 19 Prov 206 Ps 3°lf a' ^ = gutters Gen 3o38 Ji' Gen 324 c' Sp = saved 1430 d' Gen 26" e' Op Gen 27M ,§ /' Gen 32" gf Gen 31 04 fc' Gen 1 8" Sp )'425i82* / Cp 426 ct 182 *' Gen 12IO (' Cp Gen 31I5 m' Sp* Ezek 9! 218 al n' Sp=service jH 0' JnBh 818* ct JEJ4I p' Sp* ct Gen ,820 q' 66 )¦' 6» Judg 2I8 Ezek 3o24f «' Gen 6" 1 ^ioa* u Ct 2I8 j E JE J E 'compassion on him, and said, This is one of the Hebrews' children. 7 Then said his sister to Pharaoh's daughter, Shall I go and call thee a *nurse of the Hebrew women, that she may nurse the child for thee ? 8 And Pharaoh's daughter said to her, Go. And the 'maid went and called the child's mother. 9 And Pharaoh's daughter said unto her, "Take this child away, and nurse it for me, and I will give^thee thy "wages. And the woman took the child, and nursed it. 10 "And the child grew, and she brought him unto Pharaoh's daughter, and he became her son. And she called his name "Moses, and said, Because I "drew him out of the water. . . . . . . u "And pit came to pass 9in those days, -when Moses was grown up, that he went out unto his brethren, and looked on their 'burdens : and he saw an Egyptian smiting an Hebrew, one of his brethren. 12 And he "looked this way and that way, and when he saw that there was no man, he smote the Egyptian, and 'hid him in the sand. 13 And he went out the second day, and, behold, two men of the Hebrews strove together : and he said to him that did the wrong, Wherefore smitest thou thy fellow? u And he said, Who made thee "a prince and a judge over us? thinkest thou to kill me, as thou killedst the Egyptian? And Moses feared, and said, "Surely the thing is known. *5 Now when Pharaoh heard this thing, he ""sought to slay Moses. But Moses fled ^from the face of Pharaoh, and "dwelt in the land of Midian : and he sat down by a "'well. 16 Now the priest of Midian had seven daughters: and they came and "drew water, and filled the "'troughs to water their father's flock. 17 And the shepherds came and ''drove them away : but Moses stood up and "'helped them, and watered their flock. 18 And when they came to "Reuel their father, he said, d'How is it that ye are "'come so "soon to day ? 19 And they said, An Egyptian ^'delivered us out of the hand of the shepherds, and moreover he 'drew water for us, and watered the flock. 20 And he said unto his daughters, And "where is he ? "why is it that ye have left the man? "'call him, that he may eat bread. 21 And Moses *'was content to dwell with the man : and he gave Moses ''Zipporah his daughter. 22 And she bare ¦'a son, and he called his name Gershom : for he said, I have been "a ^'sojourner in a ''strange land. 23°> "And ?it came to pass in the course of those many days, that the king of Egypt died. [->419] 23 b And the children of Israel '"'sighed by reason of the "'bondage, and they "'cried, and their p'cry came up unto God by reason of the bondage. 2* And God 9'heard their ''groaning, and God 'remembered his covenant with Abraham, with Isaac, and with Jacob. 25 And God "'saw the children of Israel, and God took knowledge [of them]. 31 NINow Moses was "keeping the flock of "Jethro his father in law, 0 43 d go e 89" t 135 a 308 2WB- M Sp Mosheh. l°b M Sp mashah, to draw out. 11 Many critics assign 11-1* or n-13* to E. The indications are slight, but the balance seems in favour of J. 13 The words ' dwelt ' and ' sat down ' are the same Sp, and this awkward repetition is perhaps to be explained out of the amalgamation of different stories. © attempts to mitigate it by rendering 'and dwelt in the land of Midian, and having come into the land of Midian he sat down on the well.' 13 The priest of Midian who in 2i becomes the father in law of Moses has in 18 no name, but in 18 he is called Reuel cp Num io29f. In 31 4i8b i8i- •, however, he is designated Jethro (4i8a Jether) and in Num io29 Judg 4n Hobab son of Reuel (on the meaning of jnn see Dillm, and Ges-Brown, Hebr Lex). The name Jethro seems clearly to belong to E, while ' Hobab son of Reuel ' may be assigned to J. It is supposed by somo critics that B has struck out the name which probably once stood in 18, and that Beuel in Is is likewise editorial. 22 M ft Ger. 23 (S) repeats 28» before 419 which was probably its original place. The oompiler may have transferred it as a suitable con necting link with the summary of P 23b-28) tne continuation of i1*. But it is also possible that *»» rightfully follows 22 and that 4". 21-23 stood in immediate sequence with it. The death of the king, in this view, was the immediate cause of Moses* return. The strange incident in 424-28 seems better placed before the great commission in 3I8. . , for why should Yahweh seek to kill the leader to whom he has entrusted the deliverance of Israel? According to this arrangement, adopted by Bacon and Battersby, the revela tion in the bush took place on the journey back, or in Goshen. 8la All three documents J E P related the divine com mission to Moses to deliver the Israelites. In E and F this is combined with a solemn revelation of God by the name of Yahweh (cp Introd i 112 and 121). P's account is postponed till 62> ¦ • , but E's narrative has been amalgamated with J's. The main elements of the united product can be separated by the usual criteria. But the importance of this crisis in the oareer of Moses for the subsequent history of Israel has apparently 82 THE CALL OF MOSES Ex 315 6 Gen 31I8 C 4*7 188 24l3» dSp\ e 2-4 Deut 331st /OpDeut4ll g Gen 19! ft Gen 262' i Gen 22II j Gen i613* k Joeh 5I5 ct Deut 71 Sp IWSp m Cp 1912- rBa n Gen 468 up 18 0 Deut 31" p Cp 10a 8 481 Gen 29S2 r 17 ct 9b cp jii. » 19 4U < £* Jer 4S3 K 5^3 12" l88- • Genj2H v Cp nggb m Gen 1 821 a; Deut 267* ct 7 y 2221 23s z Gen 3720 cp 163 a' 12-15 428 i,'Ct4lo.. 612 71 c' Cp Gen 20U Sp d' ft = sign ct 48.17 e' Cp 5I 244- ¦ J E JE J E "the priest of Midian : and he ''led the flock to the back of the wilderness, and came to the 'mountain of God, "unto "Horeb. ...2 And the "angel of Yahweh appeared unto him in a 'flame of fire out of the midst of a "bush : and he "looked, and, behold, the bush 'burned with fire, and the bush was not consumed. 3 And Moses said, I will "turn aside "now, and see this great sight, ''why the bush is not burnt. 4a TAnd Yahweh saw that he turned aside to see, ib And God called unto him out of the midst of "the bush, and said, 'Moses, Moses. And he said, 'Here am I. 5 and he said, Draw not nigh •'hither : Jput off thy shoes from off thy feet, for the place 'whereon thou standest is '"holy ground. 6 TAnd he said, I am "the "God of thy father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob. And Moses "hid his face ; for he was pafraid to look upon God. 7 And Yahweh said, I have 'surely "seen the 'affliction of my people which are in Egypt, and have heard their Jcry by reason of their "task masters ; for "I know their 'sorrows ; 8 and I am 'come down to "deliver them out of the hand of the Egyptians, and to " bring them up out of that land unto a "good land and a large, unto a "land flowing with milk and honey", "unto the place of the Canaanite, and the Hittite, and the Amorite, and the Perizzite, and the Hivite, and the Jebusite. 9a And "now, behold, the Jcry of the children of Israel is "come unto me. . . . 9b ""Moreover I have seen the "oppression wherewith the Egyptians "oppress them. 10 "Come "now therefore, and I will "'send thee unto Pharaoh, that thou mayest bring forth my people the children of Israel out of Egypt. u "And Moses ""'said unto God, Who am I, that I should go unto Pharaoh, and that I should bring forth the children of Israel out of Egypt? 12 And he said, "' Certainly I will "be with thee; and this shall be the * token unto thee, that I have sent thee : when thou hast brought forth the people out of Egypt, ye shall c'serve God upon this mountain. 13 And Moses said unto God, Behold, when I come unto the children of Israel, and shall say unto them, "The God of your fathers hath sent me unto you ; and they shall say to me, What is his name ? what shall I say unto them ? 14 "And God said unto Moses, "i am that i am : and lie said, 'Thus shalt thou say unto the children of Israel, "i am hath sent me unto you. 18 And God said moroovor unto Moses, 'Thus shalt thou say unto the children of Israel, "Yahweh, "the God of your fathers, the God of b 105 0 4 d 55 e iSS f 104 g 94" h 179 1 237 k 83 1 19 m 136 n 34 o 187 p 196 r 232b begotten a variety of editorial amplifications, designed partly to prepare the way for the great struggle between Moses and Pharaoh, partly to introduce Aaron, and partly to bring conflicting details into harmony. In the process of compilation each document, it would seem, has suffered excision and curtailment, and it is probable that some passages have been dislocated from their original setting and transposed cp 22aN. The general justification of the analysis will be found in tho margins. 3lb Some critics think that according to B tho fathor in law of Moses was not himself priest. If so, these words must be regarded as a harmonistic addition cp 2I8". i° Possibly an editorial explanation ; (S) has ' mount Horeb ' as in 338 cp 17°. *a T And when Yahweh saw . . . God called. Sp runs literally 'And Yahweh flaw. . . and God called . . . and he said.' 4a may thus quite well introduce 6, while 4b opens E's theophany. 4b Sp as in 2 may be rendered ' a ' or ' the.' If the latter rendering be preferred, these words must be regarded as R's addition (so Bacon). But both J and E may quite well have preserved the same detail : cp E's reference in Deut 33I6. 6 T moreover. But the conjunction is the same as in '¦. The repetition ' and he said ' suggests another hand cp Gen . 8 Similar enumerations will he found in 17 135 2323 2S 33s 34U Deut 71 20" Josh 3!° 9! ii3 128 24H. Opinion is divided as to their character in JE ; are they original, or are they editorial amplifications? The longer lists in Gen io18-!8 is10'-1 have certainly the air of additions. In the present passage the phrases ' good land ' ' flowing with milk and honey ' have a Deuteronomic sound. On the other hand, the phraseology of D cannot bo wholly new ; it must have had some basis in prior usage ; and it would be natural that the earlier writers should use sparingly and on the most solemn occasions a terminology which had already become traditional : moreover, tho torm ' placo ' is not found again in this connexion, but cp JB6g. Tho rcpotition in 17 (inverting tho order of the clauses) is more likely to be due to B. (5) in both passages adds ' the Girgashite,' thus bringing the list up to the Deuteronomio 1 seven ' Deut 71. Cp Holzinger, Einl 483. ob Sp = and also, apparently an editorial connexion, 9b being a duplicate of7. u Each narrative describes tho reluctance of Moses to under take the difficult task of the liberation of Israel, cp J 41°. •, P 612 7i. l4a At this point E discloses for the first time the name Yahweh. But the real answer to the question in 13 is con tained in 15. The form employed in i*b is never employed elsewhere, and J4 appears to be a later insertion designed to explain the divine name Yahweh which is here connected with the verb hayah ' to be.' The two answers are editorially linked by the particle rendered moreover ( = ' again ' Gen 423 ^). ub M Or, I AM, BLOAVSE I AM. Or, I AM W110 AM. Or, I WILL BE THAT I WILL BE. 14c M Qr, I WILL BE. Sp Ehyeh, lB Sp Jehovah, from the same root as Ehyeh. 83 Ex 31 ISRAEL IN EGYPT P HOS I2& g' Prov 2724 ft\ cp 17I8 h' 429 Num nl3 i' 431 Gen so24 ¥ Cp 8 • i7ac k> 53 8 17 88 25 27 io25 (' Cp i>8oi> m' Ex 34IO Josh 36» n' ioi cp 58 0' 118 cp lien 3220 at p' Gen 3i42 q' „1 I236 r' Cp 124* s' Gen 2468 (' i236» 2 Chron 2o25 o Cp 826 6316 c Gen 39I2 d Gen 25M e Gea 19I3 /316 g Gen i63 h Num 12IO* 2 Kings 527 i 2 Kings 5I4 J E JE J E Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, hath sent me unto you : this is my name for ever, and this is my •''memorial unto ' all generations. 16 Go, and '''gather the "elders of Israel together, and say unto them, "Yahweh, "the God of your fathers, the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob, hath appeared unto me, saying, I have 'surely Visited you, and [seen] that which is 'done to you in Egypt : 17 and I have ¦''said, I will ""bring you up out of the 'affliction of Egypt unto the land of the Canaanite, and the Hittite, and the Amorite, and the Perizzite, and the Hivite, and the Jebusite, unto a "land flowing with milk and honey. 18 xAnd they shall "hearken to thy voice : and thou shalt come, thou and the 'elders of Israel, unto the king of Egypt, and ye shall say unto him, Yahweh, the vGod of the Hebrews, hath "met with us : and "now let us go, "we pray thee, "three days' journey into the wilderness, that we may ^'sacrifice to Yahweh our God. 19 "And TI know that the king of Egypt tmll not give you leave to go, no, not by a '' 'mighty hand. 20 And I will 'put forth my hand, and smite Egypt with all my '"'wonders which I will do n'in the midst thereof: "'and after that he will let you go. 1 "And I will "'give this people favour in the sight of the Egyptians : ' " come to pass, that, when ye go, ye shall not go ''empty : 151 t H6b 44 87" 131 86 174 305b u' 31P b' 3» and b it shall come to pass, that. 22 but ''every woman shall ask of her '"neighbour, and of her that sojourneth in her house, "'jewels of silver, and jewels of gold, and "'raiment: and ye shall put them upon your sons, and upon your "' l6' daughters ; and ye shall ''spoil the Egyptians. 41 And Moses answered and said, But, "behold, they will not 'believe " '3t me, nor bhearken unto my voice : for they will say, Yahweh hath not b 44^ Appeared unto thee. 2 And Yahweh said unto him, What is that in thine hand ? And he said, A "rod. 3 And he said, Cast it on the ground. And he cast it on the ground, and it became a "serpent ; and Moses cfled from before it. * And Yahweh said unto Moses, "Put forth ¦• a«5y thine hand, and dtake it by the tail : (and he put forth his hand, and 'laid hold of it, and it became a rod in his hand :) 5 that they may "believe that ¦'Yahweh, the dGod of their fathers, the God of Abraham, the God d iao>> of Isaac, and the God of Jacob, hath appeared unto thee. ° And Yahweh said furthermore unto him, Put now thine hand into thy "bosom. And he put his hand into his bosom : and when he took it out, behold, his hand was ''leprous, as [white as] snow''. T And he said, Put thine hand into thy bosom again. (And he put his hand into his bosom again ; and when he took it out of his bosom, behold, it 'was turned again as his [other] flesh.) 8 And it shall come to pass, if they will not "believe thee, neither bhearken to the voice of the first sign, that they will believe the voice of the latter sign. 9 And it shall come to pass, if they will not "believe "even these two signs, neither bhearken unto thy voice, that thou • "6 shalt take of the water of the river, and pour it upon the dry land : and the water which thou takest out of the river shall become "blood upon 8ifl This phrase coinciding with that in 13 cp 13 may be due to the harmonizer, but cp 4B. 19 These verses do not seem in their present form to belong either to J or to E. Not to J because (1) they interrupt the connexion between 3ifl_i8 and 41, and (2) they contain distinct literary marks of E, ' give you loave ' JEn8, and the peculiar infinitive ' to go ' Sp ,Eiiga. Yet on the other hand tho phrase ' by a mighty hand ' doos not belong to E, but tends to appear in passages kindred with D cp D8ob : for ' wonders ' cp 34!°. The passage seems to have been amplified from E by ltf0. 21 These instructions must obviously belong to the narrator who regards the Israelites as settled, not apart in tho land of Goshen, but among the Egyptians themselves cp ym. 42 The rod was one of the ancient elements of the tradition. Here it is represented as the shepherd's staff which was naturally in Hoses' hands, and it becomes the medium of the display of the divine power to him. In E it is apparently given him by God 17, and consequently bears the name ' rod of God' 201) (cp 'mountain of God') : as suoh, it is the instru ment with whioh Moses achieves the wonders 720D o23 10I3. F transfers the rod to Aaron, and supplies a different occasion for its conversion into a serpent cp 7s"!3. J's story of the signs seems to be considerably abbreviated. It is not made clear from 1_8 that the signs are to be repeated for the persuasion of the incredulous Israelites ; hut this becomes plain from 9 cp s0. 8 may have read originally ' if they will not believe the first sign, neither hearken to thy voice.' 8 M .£> nahash. — Cp 206 and ct 79. 9 A. reference to a third sign which has become in E and F the basis of one of the plagues, no longer designed for the assurance of the Israelites, but for the punishment of Pharaoh cp E 7" "i> 20b, p 7I9. 84 MOSES COMMISSIONED Ex 4 24 ) 523 g24 Gen 39s Sp k Gen 4628 Bx i526 2412 al I Cp Gen 13S 37w§ m Cp "96 n Gen 6« o Cp ra6 pCp2" S31r Gen 458 j£j op QIb » Gen 44" «2l5 u Sp=made them to ride Gen 4i43 Deut 32"" 213* V 78 9 n9. ct 320 to Gen 27I9 X 7I6 io3 7 11 24 26 I231 24. . X6ma J E JE J E the dry land. 10 And Moses said unto Yahweh, fOh Lord, I am not "eloquent, "neither "heretofore, nor ¦'since thou hast spoken unto 'thy servant : for I am Jslow of speech, and of a slow tongue. n And Yahweh said unto him, Who hath made man's mouth ? or who maketh [a man] dumb, or deaf, or seeing, or blind? is it not I Yahweh? 12 "Now therefore go, and I will 'be with thy mouth, and Heach thee What thou shalt speak. 13 "And he said, 'Oh Lord, send, <"l pray thee, by the hand of him whom thou wilt send. M *And the "anger of Yahweh was kindled against Moses, and he said, 'Is there not Aaron thy brother the Levite ? I know that he can speak well. "And also, behold, he cometh forth »to meet thee : and when he seeth thee, he will be "glad in his "heart. " And thou shalt speak unto him, and put tho words in his mouth: and I will 'he with thy mouth, and with hiB mouth, and will Hoaeh you what ye shall do. >» And he shall be thy spokesman unto the people : and it shall come to pass, that he shall be to thee a mouth, nnd thou shalt be to him "as God. . . . " And thou shalt take in thine hand "this prod, wherewith thou shalt do the signs. 18 And Moses went and returned to "Jethro his "father in law, and said unto him, Let me go, I pray thee, and return unto my brethren which are in Egypt, and see whether they be 'yet alive. And Jethro said to Moses, Go "in peace. 19NAnd Yahweh said unto Moses in Midian, Go, return into Egypt : for all the men are dead which 'sought thy life. 20" And Moses took his wife and his "sons, and "set them upon an ass, and he returned to the land of Egypt. 20b And Moses took the rrod of God in his hand. 21 "And Yahweh said unto Moses, When thou goest back into Egypt, see that thou do before Pharaoh all the "wonders which I have put in thine hand : but I unit "harden his heart, and he will not let the people go. 22 And thou shalt say unto Pharaoh, "Thus saith Yahweh, Israel is my son, my "firstborn : 2:! and I have said unto thee, Let my son go, that he may xserve me ; and thou hast ^refused to let him go : behold, I will slay thy son, thy firstborn. ... 2i "£And it came to pass on the way at the 'lodging place, that 56b 11 8" , h 169 I j tf k 187 1 130 m 186 n 233 o 183 P 87* <1 68 r 53 410 M & A man oftvords. — This passage is the counterpart in Jof3«. -E, cp 412 and 3*2. 13 In 13_1° it is not apparent in what way the anger of Yahweh expresses itself against the reluctance of Moses. It is believed, therefore, that this is really a later insertion to pre pare for the introduction of Aaron, for whom a place had to he found in the story. The want of uniformity in his appearances, the curious alternation between plural and singular verbs in the immediate context of his entry into the narrative (cp 88 12a 25 28 927 io18 17b wjth 89 12b 29 g33 io7a 18), and the fact that in the earliest extant account of the sanctuary he had no function, Joshua being the servitor of Moses in the Tent of Meeting Ex 3311, render it probable that the passages narrating his activity are all secondary as compared with the original J. The description of Aaron as ' the Levite ' (in the sense of priest) on whom devolves the duty of proclaiming to the people the divine teaching, points in the same direction ; ct i820* • where Moses is himself the giver of teaching (torah). Cornill ascribes his appearance here, as well as in 27- 29- and the rest of the passages in 5-10 to R.P, cp Num ilN. But this seems to overlook the parallel in 6*2 71, which cannot be regarded as the source of 413* ¦. The. passage is therefore viewed as secondary in J but older than P. 14 This passage is certainly related to 27. But it can hardly he by the same writer (Bacon), for it implies that Aaron has already started, whereas according to 27 he has not yet received the diving command to join Moses in the wilderness. It seems better, therefore, to regard it as a sign of editorial preparation, introduced by the connecting link * and also.' Its removal improves the connexion of 14a and 18. 17 cp 2N an(i 20 ?18b 17b 20b 023 ro1S |+lfl ,7r> 0. Dillmann conjectures that the pronoun ' this ' is due to B replacing * rod of God ' as in 20b. But the passage seems rather to indicate a gift on the part of God (like the stone tables). The ' signs ' are probably not to be interpreted of those recounted in 2_fl ; they are those to be hereafter performed against Pharaoh. In that case the passages in 33 preparing Moses for the resis tance of Pharaoh have been set aside in the process of uniting J and E. 1S M £ Jether. 10 According to 316 Moses has already received instructions to return, so that in the original narrative of J this passage may have preceded the theophany in 32* * now combined with E. It is suggested, therefore, that it followed 22311. 2(1 J has only related the birth of one son 222, and 25 implies that there was no second. The plural seems to be an editorial reference to i82~4. at r, The commission to Moses in this passage may be founded upon oldor olemonts, hut its place here is due to R, who has attached it to 19~20 with the echoing phrase l when thou goest to return into Egypt ' ; the word * wonders ' recurs later in P cp Deut 434 &c. The message to Pharaoh in 22- is never repeated, and if the passage is not to be assigned to editorial preparation, it must have been transposed from some later scene, such as the beginning of n4 (Dillm io28). 2*b M § make strong.— Cp io2° 27, ct 7I4. 24 The story in 24~20 has many peculiar features. The sudden and unexpected intervention of Yahweh, the perplexing silence concerning its cause and purpose especially after the great task just assigned to Moses, the remedy adopted by Zipporah, her archaic use of the flint knife, and the obscurity of her utter ance — these are all marks of great antiquity. The source from which the incident has been drawn, prior to its incorporation in J, cannot ho determined ; its interpretation belongs to the history of circumcision. 85 Ex 424 ISRAEL IN EGYPT y 27 Gen 32" 2216 a' Gen i825 fc'22l c' Ezek 3»t d' Gen 19I2 ft P Op " »'3M A' 37 a io3 23*4 320 &3i« c Cp 3I8 ct Dent 228 Sp* «i 8 17 318 c 93 16 ct Nam 14I2 Lev 2625 Dout 2821* /Cp3225 g 2312 16 cp Gen 4633 h ill iCt 12I6 Sp j Op "83 i Gen 2426* I 8 14 16-19 Gen n3 m 12 Num ,532.* n 3o32 S7» Ezek 45II 2 Ohron 2413T 0 8 ll 19 21IO al p Sp Niphf 3 Sp — aervici il4 )• Gen 44.* « Cp pi85'l (Bx IS1* 'S521 at u Gen 19I3 ft v Cp i64 20 Gen 2627 x Cp Gen 4722 ft J E JE J E Yahweh "met him, and "sought to "'kill him. 25 Then ''Zippprah took a "'flint, and cut off the foreskin of her son, and "cast it at his feet ; and she said, Surely a ^'bridegroom of blood art thou to me. 26 So he let him alone. Then she said, "A bridegroom of blood [art thou], because of the circumcision. 27 And Yahweh said to Aaron, Go into the wilderness to meet Moses. And he went, and "met him in the ''mountain of God, and kissed him. 28 And Moses told Aaron all the words of Yahweh wherewith he had sent him, and all the •''signs wherewith he had charged him. 29 And Moses and Aavon went and "'gathered together all the elders of the children of Israel : 30 and "Aaron spake all the words which Yahweh had spoken unto Moses, and did the signs in the sight of the people. 31 And the people believed : and when they hoard that Yahweh had "Visited the children of Israel, and that he had '''seen their affliction, then they "bowed their heads and worshipped. 51 "And afterwards Moses and Aaron came, and said unto Pharaoh, "Thus saith Yahweh, the God of Israel, Let my people go, that they may "hold a feast unto me in the wilderness. 2 And Pharaoh said, Who is Yahweh, that I should bhearken unto his voice to let Israel go ? I know not Yahweh, and moreover I will not let Israel go. ...aAnd they said, bThe God of the Hebrews hath "met with us: let us go, we pray thee, "three days' journey into the wilderness, and ^sacrifice unto Yahweh our God ; lest he "fall upon us with "pestilence, or with the sword. 4 And the king of Egypt said unto them, Wherefore do ye, Moses and Aaron, •'loose the people from their "works ? get you unto your ''burdens. 5 And Pharaoh said, Behold, the people of the land are now many, and ye J'make them rest from their ''burdens. 6 And the same day Pharaoh commanded the ""taskmasters of the people, and their ^'officers, saying, 7 Ye shall no more give the people 'straw to make 'brick, as heretofore : let them go and "'gather straw for themselves. 8 And the "tale of the bricks, which they did make heretofore, ye shall lay upon them ; ye shall not "diminish aught thereof : for they be pidle ; therefore they cry, saying, Let us go and ''sacrifice to our God. 9 Let dheavier 'work be laid upon the men, that they may labour therein ; and let them not 'regard lying words. 10 And the taskmasters of the people went out, and their ^officers, and they "spake to the people, saying, Thus saith Pharaoh, I will not give you straw. n Go yourselves, get you straw where ye can find it: for nought of your "work shall be "diminished. 12 So the people were 'scattered abroad throughout all the land of Egypt to '"gather 'stubble for straw. 1:l And the taskmasters were "urgent, saying, Fulfil your "works, [your] "daily tasks, as when there was straw. 14 And the -"officers of the children of Israel, which Pharaoh's taskmasters had set over them, were beaten, "and demanded, ""Wherefore have ye not fulfilled your "'task "both yesterday "and to-day, in making 'brick as heretofore ? 15 Then the Jofficers of the children of Israel came and cried unto Pharaoh, saying, Wherefore dealest thou thus with hthy a 87 b 44b 0 86 d 83 8 73 f 80 g II h 73 426 M Sp made it touch. — Cp 1222 = strike. 29 M Or, A bridegroom of blood in regard of the circumcision. 30 Cp i*". The text of RV ascribes the performance of tlie signs to Aaron. But this is certainly not contemplated in I-*, nor is it suggested in 13-10. The original subject of 'did' (Sp he . did) must he Moses ; and the present form of the verse must result from the later redaction. 51 J and E appear both to have rolated the domand made by Moses on behalf of tho Israelites for the royal purmission to depart, and the opening of 5 seems to contain material from each source. Thus 3 is a doublet of 1 and 6 of * ; 3 is easily identified with J (see the margins) and !• i, therefore, fall most naturally to E. The place of Aaron in the original narrative is doubtful cp 4i3H ; according to J the petition of Moses was to be supported by the elders 3I8. It has been suggested that the plea alleged in the latter part of 1 may be due to H, who seeks to bring E into accord with J. In ij11'19 a special reason is assigned why the Israelites did not march to Canaan by the shortest route from the south-west, but in 3I2 a visit to the sacred mountain is already contemplated, and 1)' is not, there- fore, out of harmony with E. The story in 6_23 seems to be all of one piece, and the linguistic indications point to J rather than E. 8 The referenoe to the ' officers ' 6 1° seems to be an editorial anticipation of " where they are first described. i' M Sp saying. 86 MOSES AND PHARAOH Ex 61 y Gen 438 Sp t Ezek 45llfcp8 a' Gen 16B 6' Gen 821 2727 c' Gen 3480 ct 1624* ' d' Gen 438 ft Num nil ,10 ,.13 «'3 /38 a319 6320 c nl I23» cp 148 d Gen 17I 358 «224 fil'Sp g Op ™85» ® go A ill i Sp^deliver 38 j <§=«fi)'vice i!4 k Cp d8o° J Lev 26I2 m Num 1480* Ezek 206. ls 23 28 41 367 n Deut 334* Ezek II16 25410 ,,24 362. »? 0 ft —hard ser vice i!4 p »<>t ct 410. J JE J servants ? ls There is no straw given unto "thy servants, and they say to us, Make brick : and, behold, thy servants are beaten ; but the "fault is in thine own people. 17 But he said, Ye are "idle, ye are idle : there fore ye say, Let us go and ''sacrifice to Yahweh. 18 Go therefore now, and work ; for there shall no straw be given you, yet shall ye deliver the ztale of bricks. « And the 'officers of the children of Israel did see that they "were in evil case, when it was said, Ye shall not "minish aught from your bricks, [your] "daily tasks. 20 And they met Moses and Aaron, who stood in the way, as they came forth from Pharaoh : 21 and they said unto them, Yahweh look upon you, and "'judge ; because ye have made our savour to be "'abhorred in the eyes of Pharaoh, and in the eyes of his servants, to put a sword in their hand to slay us. 22 And Moses returned unto Yahweh, and said, Lord, wherefore hast thou *evil entreated this people? 'why is it that thou hast sent me? 23 For 0 since I came to Pharaoh to speak in thy name, he hath *evil entreated this people ; neither hast thou -/"delivered thy people at all. 61 "And Yahweh said unto Moses, 'Now shalt thou see what I will "do to Pharaoh : for by a "strong hand shall he ''let them go, and by a strong hand shall he "drive them out of his land. E 2 "And God spake unto Moses, and said unto him, "I am Yahweh : 3 and I appeared unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob, as t"El Shaddai, but "by my name Yahweh I was not "known to them. 4 And I have also "established my covenant with them, to give them the 'land of Canaan, the 'land of their sojournings, wherein they sojourned. ° And moreover hI have "heard the groaning of the children of Israel, whom the Egyptians •''keep in bondage ; and I have 'remembered my covenant. 6 "Wherefore "say unto the children of Israel, °I am Yahweh, and I will bring you out from under the ''burdens of the Egyptians, and I will 'rid you out of their 'bondage, and I will Jredeem you with a ^stretched out arm, and with great 'judgements : 1 and I will take you 'to me for a people, and I will 'be to you a God : and ye shall "know that I am Yahweh your God, which bringeth you out from under the ^burdens of the Egyptians. 8 And I will bring you in unto the land, concerning which I ""lifted up my hand to give it to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob ; and I will give it you for an "heritage : CI am Yahweh. 9 And Moses spake so unto the children of Israel : but they hearkened not unto Moses for "anguish of spirit, and for "cruel bondage. 10 And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, n Go in, "speak unto Pharaoh king of Egypt, that he let the children of Israel go out of his land. 12 And Moses "spake before Yahweh, saying, Behold, the children of Israel have not hearkened unto me ; how then shall Pharaoh hear me, Nvho am pof puncir- cumcised lips ? 13 "And Yahweh spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, and gave them a charge unto the i 83* a 187 b 146° 179' e 60* I 4» h 94a i I3S J I331* k 99 1 26 m 17 90 n 185' o i85>> p 166 61' M Or, were set on mischief, when they said. 61 This verse seems most naturally treated as the divine reply to the expostulation of Moses 522., and is consequently assigned to J. In 12s!' Pharaoh bids the children of Israel depart immediately and in 1239 they are ' thrust ( = driven) out.' For ' strong hand ' (other than Tahweh's) cp Num so50 ; used of Yahweh Ex 3" 13' 33U. 2 Cp 3IX, and Introd V 2 i 33 and XIII 1 i tai. Sa So HSp. T God Almighty. 3<> M Or, as to. So M Or, made known. 6 Driver, LOT6 151, ascribes 8_8 to Ph (cp Introd XIII 87 i 145). The chief linguistic support for this attribution is probably to be found in the formula ' I am Yahweh.' But this appears sufficiently explained as the repetition of the revelation in 2, There do not seem any other distinctive marks of Ph : and the words ' redeem ' fl ( judgements ' 6 with the phrases of 7 seem . rather to belong to P8. The parallels with Ezekiel deserve attention. It may further be remarked that 3~s would be very incomplete without some hint of tho mode by which the divine promise would be carried out. Reminiscences of J may be found in ' Imrdons ' and ' dolivor ' fl. 0 M Or, impatience, Sp shortness of spirit. — Spf. 13 Tho text in this passage seems to be a later amalgam. The answer of Yahweh to the question of Moses 12, is not delivered until 7I, where the way is prepared for it by the repetition of the dialogue 2&-so# Ttie intervening matter is by no means homogeneous. Only three tribes are catalogued, Beuben, Simeon, and Levi. The first two u u have their brief counterparts in Gen 46s •. The treatment of Levi is much fuller n-20, and is apparently designed to introduce Aaron and Moses, of whose descent nothing has as yet been said. Bacon regards this passage as original to P, and proposes to attach it to i5. It is no doubt fuU of P's phrases, but the detail seems unequal ; 21. interrupts the family history of Amram ; and the fragments cannot be said to be harmoniously welded together, or to form a suitable transition from the compact summary of il-5 to the subsequent narrative of the bondage of Israel and the revelation of Yahweh. They must be assigned in their present connexion to the secondary elements of P. It is note worthy that nothing is said of the wife of Moses ; did P find the 87 Ex 61 ISRAEL IN EGYPT q Gen 46» r Gen 4610 a Gen 46U Num 3" t Num 3I8 u Num 3" 2659 v Num 320 w Num 2659t J E a Cp D99 b Ct 4" c Cp "114 d6" e Ps 958 Prov 2814tctExi316 /CpDior» g Cp Ezek 614 &c(7) children of Israel, and unto Pharaoh king of Egypt, to bring the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt. , „ , » iThese are the heads of their '•fathers' houses: the 'sons of Reuben the nrstborn of Israel ; Hanoeh, and Pallu, Hezron, and Carmi : «these are the "families of Reuben. 15 And the 'sons of Simeon ; Jemuol, and Jamin, and Ohad, and Jachin, and Zohar and Shaul tlio son of a Canaanitish woman ; ithese are the families of Simeon. And "these are the names of the sons of Levi 'according to their "generations ; 'Gershon, and Kohath, and Merari : and the 'years of the life of Levi were an "hundred thirty and seven years. 17 The sons of 'Gershon ; Libni and Shimei, 'according to their families. " And the sons of "Kohath ; Amram, and Izhar, and Hebron, and Uzziel : and the "years of the life of Kohath wore an "hundred thirty and three years. 19 And the sons of Merari ; Mahli and Mushi. iTliese are the families of the Levites according to their "generations. 0 And Amram took him '"Jochebed his father's sister to wife ; and she bare him Aaron and Moses : and the 'years of the life of Amram were an "hundred and thirty and seven years. 21 And tho sons of Izhar ; 'Korah, and Nephog, and Zichri. 2a And the sons of Uzziel ; Mishael, and Elzaphan, and Sithri. *" And Aaron took him Elisheba, the daughter of Amminadab, tlie sister of Nahshon, to wife j and she bare him 'Nadab and Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar. 24 And the sons of Korah ; Assir, and Elkanah, and Abiasaph ; ithese are the families of the Korahites. 26 And Eleazar Aaron's son took him one of the daughters of Putiel to wife; and she bare him 'Phinehas. 'These are the heads of the 'fathers' [houses] of the Levites 'according to their families. 26 zThese are that Aaron and Moses, to whom Yahweh said, Bring out the children of Israel from the land of Egypt according to their hosts. a7 'These are they which spake to Pharaoh king of Egypt, to bring out the children of Israel from Egypt : these are that Moses and Aaron. 28 And it camo to pass on the day when Yahweh spake unto Moses in the land of Egypt, 20 that Yahweh "spake unto Mosos, saying, °I am Yahwoh : "speak thou unto Pharaoh king of Egypt all that I speak unto thee. s0 And Moses said before Yahweh, Behold, I am pof uncircumcised lips, and how shall Pharaoh hearkon unto me ? 71 And Yahweh said unto Moses, "See, I have made thee a 6god to Pharaoh : and Aaron thy brother shall be thy "prophet. 2 Thou shalt speak all that I command thee : and Aaron thy brother shall speak unto Pharaoh, dthat he let the children of Israel go out of his land. 3 And aI will "harden Pharaoh's heart0, and multiply my -''signs and my Avonders in the land of Egypt. 4 But Pharaoh will not hearken unto you, and I will lay my hand upon Egypt, and bring forth my 'hosts, my people the children of Israel, out of the land of Egypt by great "judgements, 8 And the Egyptians shall dknow that I am Yahweh, when I "stretch forth mine hand upon Egypt, and bring out the children of Israel from among them. 6 And Moses and Aaron did so ; "as Yahweh commanded them, so did they. 7 And Moses was fourscore years 'old, and Aaron fourscore and three years old, when they spake unto Pharaoh. 8 "And Yahweh "spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying, 9 When q 188 r 66 s 65 t 18 uV 18a w 93 x 14 y la z 188c a 94 b ga d I79b e 1891 t ng S i85a tradition of her foreign origin incompatible with the stricter ideas of his time ? 78 The narrative of the wonders 78-u10 is plainly composite. Various reasons unite to enforce this conclusion ; the following analysis is founded on two broad classes of evidence, (u) material differences of representation, and (#) accompanying peculiarities of phraseology, (i) Scattered through the record occur short sections of which 78"13 is the type. They are based on the idea of ' showing a wonder ' -f. Mosea receives tlie divine command, and transmits it to Aaron, who executes it with his rod : tho magicians of Egypt then attempt to produco tho sumo marvel, at first with success, but afterwards imputontly : tlio heart of Pharaoh is strong, and ho will not liston. Thoao common marks unite the following passages f~™ ™-iQa- 22 8r,~7 16b ia"10 98"12. They are unconnected by any marks of time ; they constitute a succession of displays of power increasing in force until tho editorial close in n10. Their recurring phrases (see the margins), the peculiar relation of Mosos and Aaron cp 71-, the prominence assigned to Aaron as tho agont of the wondor with his rod cp Num 178, while elsewhere the wonder is wrought by Moaes with his rod, justify the ascription of these passages to P. Some points of linguistic affinity with JE are of course inevitable, in travelling ovor so much common ground (2) The materials left after the elimination of P, again exhibit differences both of conception and language. Thus (i) J has already located the Israolites in the land of Guahon Gen 4510 and thoy uro accordingly represented as residing there in 822 a20 ; they are consequently unaffected by the flies or the hail. On the other hand in io21-23 they are living in the midst of the people in Egypt itself, and their immunity from the oppression of the darkness is secured by the appearance of light in their dwellings. This latter view of their intermingling with the Egyptians lies at the basis of the instructions in 321- and their sequel n2-, and the passages founded on it must be assigned to E. Again (ii) the agency by which the plagues are successively induced, varies on different occasions. In one sorios Moses simply announces to Pharaoh tho divine intontion, but in another he is dirocted to stretch out his hand that the visitation may follow a2* io12 21 (ct a29 83)- Tho hand of Mosos wields tho rod o23 io13 cp 2i 72ul>, apparently the rod of 417 exprossly given to him for tho purpose. The coincidence of (i) and (ii) in io21"23 secures all the rod-passages to E. It will be noticed that these contain no mention of Aaron ; Moses throughout appears alone ; moreover he does not predict, he performs ; no word is said to Pharaoh ; act after act follows without recorded speech. (3) The residue exhibits numerous indications of the handiwork of J, The Israelites inhabit the land of Goshen, and are occupied with flocks and herds 822 92G iofl 21 cp Gen 46s2 M 47* 6. The reiterated demands addressed to Pharaoh for permission to depart that Israel may servo Yahweh 716 81 20 91 13 io3, carry out the instruction of 318, tho interviews taking place in the palace (' go in ' £ 318 81 91 io1, 'stand before' 820 913 ct 71B). The incidents of the several narratives may be tabulated thus : — 88 THE PLAGUES Ex T h 10 8" m i 10 12 10 81 10. j Ct 4a * Gen 418 ( 22W Deut i810" m 22 810 012 ct o35 n 22 816 10 „12 0t 9so 0 815 32 97 34 Cp 78 7> Ct 81 20 J E Pharaoh shall "speak unto you, saying, Shew a wonder for you : then thou shalt say unto 'Aaron, Take thy 'rod, and cast it down before Pharaoh, that it become a "serpent. 10 And Mosos and Aaron went in unto Pharaoh, and they Mid so, as Yahweh had commanded : and Aaron cast down his 'rod before Pharaoh and before his servants, and it became a •'serpent. n Then Pharaoh also called for the 'wise men and the sorcerers : and they also, the "magicians of Egypt, did in like manner with their "enchantments. 12 For they cast down every man his rod, and they became serpents : but Aaron's •rod swallowed up their rods. 13 And Pharaoh's heart "was hardened, and he ""hearkened not unto them ; "as Yahweh had spoken. 14 "And Yahweh said unto Moses, Pharaoh's heart is ""stubborn, he 'refuseth to let the people go. . . . . . . l5 pGet thee unto Pharaoh in the 'morning ; lo, he goeth out unto the water ; and thou shalt kstand h 189U i 68 j 236 k 215 E Waters of tho river turned to blood. Aaron's rod changod to a serpent. Waters of Egypt turned to blood. Frogs. Lice. Bolls. Moses stretches out his hand with the rod 7I5 20b Q22. io12. 21. , The river smitten, death of the fish. Frogs. Flies. Murrain. Hail. Hail. Locusts. Locusts.Darkness. Death of the first- [Death of the first- Death of the first born, born.) born. The narrative of P has probably been preserved intact ; portions of J and E have no doubt been curtailed or omitted in the process of amalgamation. The following differences of phrase may be noted : — B Pharaoh ' refuses to let the people go ' 7H 82 92 jo<. ' Yahweh, God of the Hebrews ' 7I6 9I 13 io3. ' Let my people go that they may serve me ' 7I8 81 20 91 13 i03. ' Thus saith Yahweh . . . Behold 1 will ..." ?17 gl. 20. gl (3) 13 18 IO3*. ' Intreat Yahweh ' 83 28 028 i017. ' Removal ' of the plague 88 31 ic-17 cp p33. Marks of time, to morrow ' 810 S3 20 gn. 10*. Unheard of charae* tor of tho infliction 9I8 24b ICP6b 14 „1, Pharaoh's heart Pharaoh's heart Pharaoh's heart 'stubborn' (Qal and 'strong' (Qal and Hiph) 'strong' (Qal and Hiph) Hiph) 7" 816 32 07 34. 985 io20 27. ?13 22 810 (Q12 Pi). Andhehearkenednot as Yahweh had spoken 713 22 810 10 Q12. Other items of linguistio usage will be found noted in the margins. The narrative of J shows occasional signs of expan sion in the hortatory manner already noticed in Genesis cp 810>> 22b 014-16 29b IO!b 2.. xt is also probable that the part here played by Aaron is due to later remodelling rather than to the original story cp 413w. 79 M Sp tannin, any large reptile j and so in 10 1J. — Cp Gen i21, and ct ls. "» M Soe Gen 41".— Cp 22 8' " 9". lib M Or, secret arts. 13 M Sp was strong.— Cp " 8W ot2. iy i 19 85 10. The magicians 7H 22 87 18 011. Aaron stretches out his hand with his rod 79 10 80. 10.. Land of Egypt 7I0 21b 80-7 16. nOab I21 12. 17 41. 51. 14a Tho miracle of tho water is the only 'sign' which seems to have been narrated by all threo writers J E P prior to the death of tho firstborn, and tho compiler has attempted to wold tho accounts together. But the narratives are not founded on the same conception, and the result is obviously not homo geneous. In 17b it is predicted that the waters in the River (y'or), when struck with the rod of Moses, shall be turned into blood, tho term y'or being regularly applied to the Nile. But in 19 a fresh command is given to Moses to instruct Aaron to stretch out his rod over the waters of Egypt, which include not only the Y^or but every drop from the ' streams ' (yeorim) down to the liquid already standing in the household stores. Plainly " 2"« 21b 22 belong to the series inaugurated by 78-13 cp ym. Tho remaining narrative is still composite. The criteria already enumerated in 79N show that io-i7a belongs to J. In the formula ' Thus saith Yahweh . . . Behold I will smite,' Yahweh is obviously the subject of the verb op 81- 20- 913 18 io3-, and it is plain from 2" that tho writor conceived of Yahwoh as himsolf smiting the rivor, with tho result that tho ftsh died 13 21, and the Egyptians could not drink the water. But if 17a belongs to J, the continuation must be drawn from another source, for Yahweh did not himself wield the rod. This can be no other than E cp 78H. This rod Moses has already been directed to take in his hand 10 ; with this he smote the waters in tho River 20b, and they were turned to blood (ct 19 ' become '). In combining the two narratives B. has altered the pronoun 'thine' cp o22 io12 21 to 'mine,' as the verb (now assigned to Moses as subject) required the first person. The nature of the change in the river produced by Yahweh, according to J, is not stated. But there is nothing to imply that it consisted in con version into blood. Nothing, indeed, need have happened to the water at all. Yahweh's power is sufficiently shown in the mysterious death of the fish, which would suffice to pollute the sacred stream, and render it undrinkable. Why, then, should B, havo united this story of J with the very different incidnnt of E? Because J's reference to tho transformation of tho Nilo waters belonged to auotbor part of tho cyclo, and could not ho utilized hero. In 4ft Mosos is tliroctod to oonvinco his countrymen by taking water out of the rivor, and pouring it out on the dry soil, when it would become blood. "Whether this was actually wrought among the signs which he did before them according to 4R0, is not stated. But it creates a pre sumption that J's view of the transaction was limited to a display of the power of Moses before Israel, when the water affected was not the whole river (E), still less every particle in the entire country (P), but only the contents of a vessel which could be emptied on the ground. In the process of compilation, however, these elements were no longer discriminated, and J's account of the death of the fish found its natural explana tion in amalgamation with E's independent account of the change of the Nile-stream into blood before Pharaoh and his court. A final harmonistic effort 15 identified the ' rod of God ' which was expressly given to Moses for the purpose of working tho signs (E) 417 2"b, with his own shophord's staff (J) which had boon turned into a snake 42, •. "'Ml heavy. 89 Ex 71 ISRAEL IN EGYPT q aft JQ = brink s 81 20 9l IS jqS t Gen 24I1 Joah 3ioj5 „ 810 25 Q14 io2 cp pi79b vCt4ow 21 8W x Cp Gen 19II Sp y 8«" la i425 al 2 Sp~the gather ing of their waters Gen ilO E JE E b' Op M c> Op 1» d' 33I8 cp 10O i'Uenai80 2618'- op 144 P Gen 251* g' Op " by the 'river's brink to 'meet him ; and the rod which was turned to a "serpent shalt thou take in thine hand. 10 And thou shalt 'say unto him, Yahweh, the '"God of tho Hebrews, hath sent me unto thee, saying, "Let my people go, that they may serve me in the wilderness : and, behold, "hitherto thou hast not hearkened. 171 "Thus saith Yahweh, 'In this thou shalt "know that I am Yahweh : behold, I will smite [the river. . .] . . . llb with the rod that is in "mine [thine J hand . upon the waters which are in the river, and they shall be "turned to blood. 18 And the fish that is in the river shall die, and the river shall "'stink ; and the Egyptians shall "loathe to drink water from the river. . . . 20b And he lifted up the rod, and "smote the waters that were in the river, in the sight of Pharaoh, and in the sight of his servants ; and all the waters that were in the river were "turned to blood. . ,.21"And the fish that was in tho river died ; and the river '"stank, and the Egyptians could not drink water from the river. 23 And Pharaoh '''turned and went into his house, neither did he "''lay even this to heart. 21 And all tlio Egyptians "'digged round about the rivor for water to drink ; for they could not drink of the water of the river. 25 And seven days were-^fulfilled, after that Yahweh had "'smitten tho river. 19 And Yahweh said unto Moses, Say unto 'Aaron, Take thy 'rod, and stretch out thine hand over the waters of Egypt, over their rivers, over their "streams, and over their "pools, and over all their zponds of water, that they may become blood ; and there shall be blood through out all the land of Egypt, both in vessels of wood and in vessels of stone. 2oa And Moses and Aaron ''did so, as Yahweh commanded ; 21b and tlie blood was throughout all the land of Egypt. 2a And the ^'magicians of Egypt did in like manner with their ''enchantments : and Pharaoh's heart "was "'hardened, and he "'hearkened not unto them ; "as Yahweh had spoken. 183 in 87° n 333 o 87" q 194 716 M See 43. 19 M Or, canals. — ^1 = river a3 715 17. Cp' 90 *'* M -ft was strong. 23 M Jp set his heart even to this, — Ot 921, THE PLAGUES Ex 8 10 l[728in^J <* 318 SS o' 10I 6 20 710 c 717a d 1223 C 10' 1 10 /2-13p87845 lo530f g 713 ct 5 * Cp F157 i Gen 4380 ^ ^' Gen 4731 k Gen 15I7 J 1234 Deut 28O "1 « [81 in Sp] m 16 710 n7" o .p = remove 31 io!7 cp aa4b Jl 26 3I8 q .§ Hithpa* r Cp § io3 7 Gen 3o30 Num j 33 20 gS. t 2' cp 0 $ u Gen 1217 i) Gen 4i36 40» w Cp Num n3 a: 7I8 y Xa.ro. $s\ 81 And Yahweh Tsaid unto Moses, aGo in unto Pharaoh, and say unto •>¦ "Thus saith Yahweh, bLet my people go, that they may serve 'me. It t.nrm "raftion +«. l^t AT «v i i i c.~w _"ii «-]!_.. *i _ii 11 E hi 2 And if thou "refuse to let them go, "behold, CI will ''smite all thy borders with /frogs : 3 and the "river shall ''swarm with frogs, which shall go up and come into thine house, and into thy bedchamber, and upon thy Jbed, and into the house of thy servants, and upon thy people, and into thine 'ovens, and into thy 'kneadingtroughs : 4 and the frogs shall come up both upon thee, and upon thy people, and upon all thy S©1 VfliHtS • And Yahweh said unto Moses, mSay unto Aaron, Stretch forth thine hand with thy rod over the rivers, over the "streams, and over the pools, and cause frogs to come up upon the "land of Egypt. ° And Aaron stretched out his hand over the waters of Egypt; and the frogs came up, and covered the land of Egypt. 7 And the "magicians did in like manner with their enchantments, and brought up frogs upon the "land of Egypt. . . . Then Pharaoh called for Moses and Aaron, and said, "Intreat Yahweh, that he "take away the frogs from me, and from my people; and I will let the people go, that they may 'sacrifice unto Yahweh. 9 And Moses said unto Pharaoh, Have thou this 'glory over me : against 'what time shall I dintreat for thee, and for thy servants, and for thy people, that the frogs be destroyed from thee and thy houses, and remain in the "river "only ? 10 And he said, Against "to-morrow. And he said, Be it 'according to thy word : "that thou mayest know that there is none like unto Yahweh our God. " And the frogs shall 'depart from thee, and from thy houses, and from thy servants, and from thy people ; they shall remain in the river "only. 12 And Moses and Aaron went out from Pharaoh : and Moses "cried unto Yahweh "concerning the frogs "which he had brought upon Pharaoh. 13 And Yahweh did 'according to the word of Moses ; and the frogs died out of the houses, out of the courts, and out of the fields. w And they "gathered them together in ""heaps : and the land *stank. 15a But when Pharaoh saw that there was "respite, he """hardened his heart. lsb ["And Pharaoh's heart was hardened] and [he] "hearkened not unto them ; as Yahweh had spoken. 10 And Yahweh said unto Moses, "Say unto Aaron, Stretch out thy rod, and smite the dust of the earth, that it may become "lice throughout all the "land of Egypt. 17 And they did so ; and Aaron stretched out his hand with his rod, and smote the dust of the earth, and there were lice upon 'man, and upon 'beast ; all the dust of the earth became lice throughout all the "land of Egypt. 18 And the "magicians did so with their enchantments to bring forth lice, but they could not : and there were lice upon 'man, and upon beast. 19 Then the magicians said unto Pharaoh, This is the finger of God : n 87« b 68 d 48 e 189 f 3 g 141 h 43 io8<> 81 T spake. Sp as in 714 820 91 io1 &c. 4 This announcement was no doubt followed in J by the description of the arrival of the frogs. But K has Bet this aside in favour of the corresponding extraot from P. For 6-7 op ?8S j 6 M Or, canals. !° This passage is one of a small group of parallel declarations 717l^gio 226 9u-i6 29b I0ib 2. which are probably to be regarded as hortatory expansions designed to emphasize the religious lesson of the great conflict. The grounds for this view are in no single case decisive, but they acquire strength by mutual support. In each passage there is a more or less definite disturbance of the context, most clearly visible, perhaps, in iolb 2. In 810 @ has a slightly different form of words, ' that thou mayest know that there is no other save Yahweh ' cp Is 4514 21 &c j similarly 22 ' that thou mayest know that I am Yahweh the Lord [(S)1 God] of all the earth.' The relation of these affirmations of the unqualified sovereignty of Yahweh to tho history of Hebrew monotheism would involve inquiries whioh cannot be undertaken hore : but it may be pointed out that the formula ' know that I am Yahweh ' 717 io2b coinoides with the frequent phrase of P, e g 7" cp pi79b. Extremely rare elsewhere Deut 29° 1 Kings 2013 28, unrepresented in the earlier prophetic literature it suddenly becomes one of the catchwords of Ezekiel who employs it more than sixty times. Its occurrence in 717 is rendered more suspicious by the contrast of the pro noun directly following (>3:n for *:n). But cp Driver, Deut 321. 12 M Or, as he had appointed unto Pharaoh. 15a M Ip made heavy. — Cp 714. lsb The natural close of 0"7 (cp 713 22) would be 'And Pharaoh's heart was strong (T hardened) and he hearkened not unto them' &c. R has removed the first words to join the seoond clause to the conclusion of J. 18 M Or, sand flies. Or, fleas. 91 Ex 81 ISRAEL IN EGYPT a' q13 b' 21-31 Ps 7845 lo531t c" Cp 3 9 11 29 31 d' 94 n7 3316» e' 92« Gen 45IO /' Cp Wb g' 342 cp Gen 4,32 n' Cp Gen 4332 i' iq13 cp 3l6 y3ra k' Cp Gen 21I0 i'GenjI7* in' Cp 11 69 n' 9I4 cp 63 n 81 b 17 Gen 1822 cpgi c Gen 47I7 dl658e822 /810 g Op Lev i612« Ezek io2 7 Mojjt and Pharaoh's heart "was hardened, and he 'hearkened not unto them ; as Yahweh had spoken. 20 "'And Yahweh said unto Moses, JRise up early in the morning, and kstand before Pharaoh"' ; "lo, he cometh forth to the water ; and say unto him, "Thus saith Yahweh, lLet my people go, that they may serve me. 21 Else, if thou wilt not let my people go, behold, I will send b'swarms of flies1' upon "'thee, and upon thy servants, and upon thy people, and into thy houses : and the houses of the Egyptians shall be full of swarms of flies, and also the ground whereon they are. 22 And I will d'sever lin that day "'the land of "Goshen, in which my people dwell, that "no swarms of flies shall be there ; /'to the end thou mayest know that I am Yahweh in the midst of the earth. 2:i And I will "put a division between my people and thy people: by "to-morrow shall this sign be. 2* And Yahweh did so ; and there came grievous swarms of flies into the house of Pharaoh, and into his servants' houses : and in all the land of Egypt the land was "corrupted by reason of the swarms of flies. 25 And Pharaoh called for Moses and for Aaron, and said, Go ye, psacrifice'to your God in the land. 26 And Moses said, It is not "'meet so to do ; for we shall sacrifice the '''abomination of the Egyptians to Yahweh our God : lo, shall we sacrifice the abomination of the Egyptians before their eyes, and will they not ''stone us ? 27 We will J"go "three days' journey into the wilderness, and sacrifice to Yahweh our God, as he shall command us. 28 And Pharaoh said, I will let you go, that ye may sacrifice to Yahweh your God in the wilderness ; only ye shall not go very ''far away : dintreat for me. 23 And Moses said, Behold, I go out from thee, and I will dintreat Yahweh that the swarms of flies may 'depart from ^'Pharaoh, from his servants, and from his people, "to morrow : only let not Pharaoh deal ''deceitfully "any more in "not letting the people go to sacrifice to Yahweh. 30 And Moses went out from Pharaoh, and "intreated Yahweh. ;u And Yahweh did 'according to the word of Moses ; and he "removed the swarms of flies from "'Pharaoh, from his servants, and from his people ; there "''remained not one. 32 And Pharaoh "hardened his heart "'this time also, and he did not let the people go. 91 Then Yahweh said unto Moses, "Go in unto Pharaoh, and tell him, 'Thus saith Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, "Let my people go, that they may serve me. 2 For if thou ''refuse to let them go, and wilt hold them ''still, 3 behold, the hand of Yahweh is upon thy "cattle which is in the field, upon the "horses, upon the asses, upon the dcamels, upon the "herds, and upon the "flocks : [there shall be] a very 'grievous ^murrain. 4 And Yahweh shall "sever between the "cattle of Israel and the cattle of Egypt: and there shall nothing die of all that belongeth to the children of Israel. 5 And Yahweh appointed a set time, saying, ¦'To-morrow Yahweh shall do this thing in the land. 8 And Yahweh did that thing on the morrow, and all the "cattle of Egypt died : but of the cattle of the children of Israel died not one. 7 And Pharaoh sent, and, behold, there was not so much as one of the "cattle of the Israelites dead. But the heart of Pharaoh was '"stubborn, and he did not let the people go. J 300 k 314 1 143 39 61 0 86 1> "3 87 68 1816 1 3§78 8 And Yahweh said unto Moses and unto Aaron, Take to you "handfuls of "''ashes of the furnace, and let Moses 'sprinkle it toward the heaven in the sight of Pharaoh. '¦> And it shall ''become small dust over all the 'land of «: 148 h 37 i • 4° 810 M Sp was strong. — Cp 713. 20 Cp the identical phrase in 716 (' cometh forth ' = ' goeth out ' Sp). Its insertion here may possibly be a scribal supplement Or the unconscious suggestion of memory. It is not repeated in 913. 23 M Or, set a sign of deliverance. Ps in9 i3o7f. 24 M Or, destroyed. 32 M Sp made heavy. — Cp 16. 97 Sp heavy.— Cp 714. Sp set redemption. — Is 502 8 M Or, soot. 92 THE PLAGUES Ex 92 E i 0-11 Lev 13I8. . Deut 2827 36" j Lev 13I2 *B-§t (711 m Cp 7I3 n 7I3 p 832 q Cp 'IS 5b r Cp 8W » Op Bx 2323 t Gen 28IO M £* Hithpof »810 w Josh ii3* x 23b cp 195 y 24b IO0b 14 It6 z Sp* cp Is 108I ' Jer406lHlpht a/CpGen 15I u'Ct723^ c' 23 io12. 21. d'4"e'^10 /' lo" p'88 Egypt, and shall be a 'boil •'breaking forth with 'Mains upon man and upon beast, throughout all the land of Egypt. 10 And they took ftashes of the furnace, and stood before Pharaoh ; and Moses "sprinkled it up toward heaven ; and it became a boil breaking forth with blains upon man and upon beast. And the 'magicians could not' stand before Moses because of the boils ; for the boils were upon the magicians, and upon all the Egyptians. And "Yahweh "hardened the heart of Pharaoh, and he "hearkened not unto them ; as Yahweh had spoken unto Moses. k l , v , Yahweh sald unto Moses> 'Rise up early in the morning, and stand before Pharaoh, and say unto him, "Thus saith Yahweh, the God ? •¦, » *febrews> "Let niy peoplo go, that they may serve mo. » For 1 will nhis time send all my "plagues upon thine heart, and upon thy servants, and UP?i X E6°P ; lthat thoU mayest 'know that there is none like me in all the earth. Dor now I had put forth my hand, and smitten thee and thy people with ("pestilence, and thou hndst been 'cut off from tlie earth : " 'but in very deed "for this cause have I made thee to stand, "'for to shew thee mv power, and that my name may be "declared throughout all the earth. " As ""yet "exaltest thou thyself against my people, that thou wilt "not let them go? 18 Behold, "to-morrow "about this time I will *cause it to rain a very 'grievous hail, "such as hath not been in Egypt since the day it was founded even until now. 19 "Now therefore send, "hasten in thy "cattle and all that thou hast in the field ; [for] every man and beast which shall be found in the field, and shall not be brought home, the hail shall come down upon them, and they shall die. 20 He that feared the a'word of Yahweh among the servants of Pharaoh made his servants and his "cattle flee into the houses : 21 and he that b 'regarded not the a'word of Yahweh left his servants and his "cattle in the field. 22 "And Yahweh said unto Moses, "'Stretch forth thine hand toward heaven, that there may be hail in all the land of Egypt, upon man, and upon beast, and upon every Pherb of the field, throughout the land of Egypt. 23a And Moses "'stretched forth his *rod toward heaven: and Yahweh sent thunder and hail, and fire ran down unto the earth. 23b And Yahweh 'rained hail upon the land of Egypt, 241 So there was hail, and fire "mingled with the hail, 24b very 'grievous, "such as had not been in all the land of Egypt "'since it became a nation. 25a and the hail smote throughout all the land of Egypt all that was in the field, both man and beast. 25b And the hail smote every "herb of the field, and brake every tree of the field. 2e Only in the land of "Goshen, where the children of Israel were, was there no hail. 27 And Pharaoh sent, and called for Moses and Aaron, and said unto them, f'l have sinned 'this time : Yahweh is righteous, and I and my people are wicked. 28 "'Intreat Yahweh ; for there hath J 300 k 314 1 331 m 71 n sig o 61 P 46 q 39 r 6s 012 M ft made strong. — Cp 71'. 19 According to 9° ' the cattle of Egypt ' are already all dead, and in 25b, consequently, the destructive effect of the hail is limited to trees and herbs. The prediction of the death of the cattle which should be exposed to the storm, must therefore be regarded as an editorial afterthought in reference to 26a. The passage which follows 20- seems in like manner to be an annotation, without any strict sequence, founded on the desire to mitigate the severity of the divine judgement in the case of pious heathen. On the phrase ' word of Yahweh ' cp Gen 151. 22 The announcement of the hail in 1B finds its natural con sequence in 23b cp 824 io13b, where the plagues arrive without any intervention on the part of Moses. The instruction to him to stretch out his hand, therefore, appears as a new feature. When it is further added ' that there may be hail on man and upon beast throughout tho land of Egypt,' it becomes plain that this passage cannot proceed from the writer of 8. For the general reasons for assigning it to E cp 78*. The phrase ' and upon every herb of the field ' seems due to the harmonist, as it is used regularly by J cp 2-b, whereas E writes ' herb of the land ' io12. In 23a ' sent thunder andhail' is an obvious duplicate of J's 'rained hail' j the reference to 'fire' is resumed in 24a, and 22 finds its stquel in 2r>. The source of 3I- cannot be decided with certainty, and critics differ in their ascription. The explanation seems needless after the general statement of 20b ; on the other hand it may be said to prepare the way for io12. And it is not out of harmony with E's general familiarity with matters Egyptian. 241 M Or, flashing continually amidst. — ft Ezek i4f . 93 Ex 92 ISRAEL IN EGYPT ft' 33» Is i!5 i' Gen 118 f Op S10b fjjjl842343l7t l> Is 2825 Ezek 4«t m'$t n' Sp* 2 Sam alio at a 81 0CP73c320 d Deut 40 « Sp Hithpa Num 2220» /7I7 Deut 298 g 1 op 80 ft 7I0 i810 j Sp eye 10 Num 226 11^ k Gen 328 I Gen 26 m 9I8 n Gen i822 p 2" cp 148 J E JE J E been enough of [these] "mighty thunderings and hail ; and I will let you go, and ye shall stay no longer. 29 And Moses said unto him, As soon as I am gone out of the city, I will '''spread abroad my hands'' unto Yahweh ; the thunders shall ''cease, neither shall there be any more hail ; J'that thou mayest know that the earth is Yahweh's. 80 But as for thee and thy servants, I know that ye will "not yet fear Yahweh "God. 31 And the ''flax and the barley were smitten : for the barley was in the ear, and the flax "was boiled. 32 But the wheat and the ''spelt were not smitten : for they were not '"'grown up. 3a And Moses went out of the city from Pharaoh, and '''spread abroad his hands unto Yahweh: and the thunders and hail ''ceased, and the rain was not "'poured upon the earth. 34 And when Pharaoh saw that the rain and the hail and the thunders were ''ceased, he sinned yet more, and "hardened his heart, he and his servants. 35 And the heart of Pharaoh "was hardened, and he did not let the children of Israel go ; Nas Yahweh had spoken Tby the hand of Moses. IO1 And Yahweh said unto Moses, "Go in unto Pharaoh : "for I have "hardened his heart, and the heart of his servants, that I might "shew these 'my signs in the "midst of them : 2 and that thou mayest tell in the ears of dthy son, and of thy son's son, "what things I have ewrought upon Egypt, and 'my signs which I have done among them ; that ye may /know that I am Yahweh. 3 And Moses and Aaron went in unto Pharaoh, and said unto him, bTllUS Saith Yahweh, the God of the Hebrews, "How long wilt thou refuse to humble thyself before me ? 'let my people go, that they may serve me''. 4 Else, if thou "refuse to let my people go", behold, 'to-morrow will I bring locusts into thy border : 5 and they shall cover the ¦'face of the earth', that one shall not be able to see the earth : and they shall eat the residue of that which is ^escaped, which remaineth unto you from the hail, and shall eat every tree which 'groweth for you out of the field : 6 and thy houses shall be filled, and the houses of all thy servants, and the houses of all the Egyptians ; as neither thy fathers nor thy fathers' fathers have seen, '"since the day that they were upon the earth unto this day. And he "turned, and went out from Pharaoh. 7 And Pharaoh's servants said unto him, "How long shall this man be a snare unto us? ''let the men go, that they may serve Yahweh their God : knowest thou "not yet that Egypt is destroyed ? 8 And Moses and Aaron were brought again unto Pharaoh : and he said unto them, Go, serve Yahweh your God : but who are they that shall go ? ° And Moses said, We will go with our young and with our old, with our sons and with our daughters, with our "flocks and with our herds will we go ; for we must hold a "feast unto Yahweh. 10 And he said unto them, So be Yahweh 'with you, as ' I will let you go, and your "little ones : look to it ; for evil is "before you. n Not so : go now ye that are men, and serve Yahweh ; for that is what ye desire. And they were ''driven out from Pharaoh's presence. 12 "And Yahweh said unto Moses, 'Stretch out thine hand over the land a 194 b 87 0 68 « 33 t 130 g 59 928 M Sp voices (or thunderings) of God. — Cp Qon 308. In these verses the editors may have incorporated some touches from E. 80 Omitted by (SJ, and possibly due to later redactioual influence cp Gen 2'""'. sl M Or, was in bloom. — Spf. 84 M Sp made heavy.— Cp 714. 3tia M Sp was strong.- — B. may possibly here have assimilated E's phrase ' Yahweh made strong Pharaoh's heart ' io20 27, to P's formula 713 (Dillm) ; but J E P all seem to use their formulae in both modes. sob Another indication of scribal influence. For the phrase ' by the hand of Moses ' see pi8oc. 36° T By Moses. 10la At this point the analogy of previous passages suggests that the command should run ' and say unto him ' cp 81 20 91 13, followed by a fresh divine warning. Only in one case u4-8 does Moses, when already in the royal audience-chamber, utter Yahweh's intent without prior instruction. As the text stands, Moses is sent to Pharaoh for the first time in the narrative without a message, while an explanation of the divine purpose is supplied instead in terms which seem to show affinities with Deuteronomic phrasoology. The message, howevor, is obviously contained in 8_8. It is worthy of note that Sam here reads (after 2) ' and say unto him, Thus saith Yahweh , . . unto this day,' while it then appends 3-6 as in Sp. This is an interesting if naif attempt to restore the divine word to its usual place in J's scheme of narrative. The present arrangement seems due to two causes, (1) a dislocation of text caused by the insertion of lb~2, and (2) the statement in the sequel 6 ' he turned and went out from Pharaoh.' This was required for the subsequent development of the story. But it implied the presence of Moses before the king. To secure that, 3a seems to have been introduced ; the editor forgetting that while he brought Moses and Aaron in to the audience, only Moses came out. Ib M Jp made heavy. 2 M Or, how I have mocked the Egyptians. 10 M Or, what ye purpose. Sp before your face. 12 This passage precisely resembles 922>, and is assigned to E 94 THE PLAGUES Ex IF r lBb 0t 46 «923 t 1421 op Num n31 ct Gen 4.8 u 10 cp 4 82 v Q4 24b w Gp 0 9I8 24b x Sp* Mlo 30 al jr»4 88 j 927 a' Cp Gen 50" V 88 c* Cp l3b d' Cp Gen 3134 e> Deut 2820 P Gen 40" 10 4217 • *7a<* 28 I7b6 g' Cp 18" *'318 i'Gen 24O a Gen 12I7 6 61 c Gen 1821 d 321. J E jE J E of Egypt for the locusts, that they may come up upon the land of Egypt, and eat every 'herb of the land!.', even all that the hail hath left. 13" And Moses stretched forth his "rod over the land of Egypt, 13 And Yahweh brought an 'east wind upon the land all that day, and all the night ; and when it was morning, the east wind brought the locusts, U* ant ot Deut 167 Sp h 29" Lev i» i Lev 2230 j Deut 1 63 la S2l2t k S3 27 § la 3I6( 14-20 I geft I Lev 2339 41 Num 29I2 ct Bx 51 23" Deut 16I6 Sp* E JE E the sight of the Egyptians. Moreover the 'man Moses was very great in the land of Egypt, in the sight of Pharaoh's servants, and in the sight of the people. 4 And Moses said, "Thus saith Yahweh, About ¦''midnight will I go out into the midst of Egypt : 5 and all the firstborn in the land of Egypt shall die, from the firstborn of Pharaoh that sitteth upon his throne, even unto the firstborn of the ""maidservant that is behind the "mill ; "and all the firstborn of cattle. 6 And there shall be a great "cry throughout all the land of Egypt, ''such as there hath been none like it, nor shall be like it any more. 7 But against any of the children of Israel shall not a dog "move his tongue, against man or beast : 'that ye may know how that Yahweh doth Jput a difference between the Egyptians and Israel. 8 And all these thy servants shall come down unto me, and bow down themselves unto me, saying, Get thee out, and all the people that follow thee : and after that I will go out. And he went out from Pharaoh in *hot anger. B "And Yahweh said unto Moses, Pharaoh will not hearken unto you : that my Iwonders may be multiplied in the land of Egypt. 10 And Moses and Aaron did all these wonders before Pharaoh : and Yahweh "hardened Pharaoh's heart, and he did not let the children of Israel go out of his land. 121 NJAnd Yahweh 'spake unto Moses and Aaron in the land of Egypt, "saying, 2 This month shall be unto you the beginning of months : it shall be "the "first month of the year to you. 3 "Speak ye unto all the ''congrega tion of Israel, "saying, In the "tenth [day] of this month they shall take to them every man a "lamb, "according to their fathers' houses, a lamb for an household : 4 and if the household be too 'little for a lamb, then shall he and his neighbour next unto his house take one according to the "number of the "souls ; 'according to every man's eating ye shall °make your count1' for the lamb. 5 Your lamb shall be 'without blemish, a male of the "first year : ye shall take it from the sheep, or from the goats : 6 and "ye shall 'keep it up until the "fourteenth day of the same month : and the whole "assembly of the ""congregation of Israel shall "kill it "at "even. 7 And they shall take of the blood, and put it on the two side posts and on the dlintel, upon the houses wherein they shall eat it. 8 And they shall eat the flesh in that night, "roast with fire, and unleavened bread ; with Aiitter herbs they shall eat it. ° Eat not of it ''raw, nor "sodden at all with water, but "roast with fire ; its head with its ''legs and with the inwards thereof. 10 And ye shall 'let nothing of it remain until the morning ; but that which remaineth of it until tlio morning ye shall burn with fire. u And thus shall ye eat it ; with your loins girded, your shoes on your feet, and your staff in your hand : and ye shall eat it in ^haste : it is Yahweh's passover. 12 "For I will go through the pland of Egypt in that night, and will smite all the firstborn in the "land of Egypt, both man and beast ; and against all the gods of Egypt I will execute ''judgements : rI am Yahweh. 13 And the blood shall "be to you for a token upon the houses where ye are : and when I see the blood, I will *pass over you, and there shall no 'plague be upon you "to destroy you, when I smite the pland of Egypt. 14 "And this day shall Bbe unto you for a "memorial, and ye shall 'keep it a feast to 0 87a d 41 a 33 a 185" b 183 e i8sb d 45 e 18 t 105 fe 116 ll 14°, 1 19b 1 133 k "9 1 39a m 24b n 100 0 33 ' 55 f 151 g' 118 i' 189 J' 33 k' 198 I' II m 33 11' 136 0' 43 t' 6 q' 161 i' 3 122la rn n,en. In 21-27 there are traces of different hands blended into one editorial complex. The opening and closing formulae seem to belong to J cp 316 4M sl ; and much of 21b 23 may also be due to him (ct 22 and 7), though it may be questioned how far the implication that the Israelites were mixed up with the Egyptians can be ascribed to the original J who places them apart in Goshen. But several touches are best explained by later editorial redaction, as ' according to your families ' 21, and some of the detail and repetition in 22 ; on the other hand ' the destroyer ' 23 seems here an agent as in 2 Sam 2416. 24 appears to belong to P as the close of I4~20. With the forms of S6-27a 0p I35 8 10 14 rjeut 6!0 &c ; and for the entire passage Deut i61-8. The absence of any reference to tho sprinkling of the blood in D has led some critics to ascribe u, 97 the whole- ordinance as hero enjoined to a later date. D, how ever, forbids the slaughter of the passover in the homestead, and transfers it to the central sanctuary, where the threshold ritual was no longer appropriate. 21b M Or, go forth. 21c M Or, kids. 27 M Or, for that he passed. 28 The sequel of the commands for immediate action 1-13. 91 This passage has been sometimes deemed inconsistent with the declaration of Moses io29 that lie would not see Pharaoh again. But there is a difference between seeking an audience to demand leave to depart or to threaten chastisement, and response to the urgent summons of the stricken king. 3e These verses seem to be an editorial addition founded on 322 and n3. The last words of36 may possibly be original. Ex 123 THE MARCH TO SINAI V Cp 322 0' Neh 138 ct Lev 1348. .+¦ p1 Gen 188 S'6l£ r' Gen 19W ft i> Sp dwelling . . which they dwelt ct Pi45 i'£t 48-60 igde 43 Lain 45 Zsoe 48 i6mi u' Cp I45b E JE J they E Egyptians, so that they let them have what they asked. And 1 'spoiled the Egyptians. 87 And the children of Israel journeyed from m'Eameses to Succoth, about "six hundred thousand on foot that were "'men, beside "'children. 38 And a '''mixed multitude went up "'also with them ; and ""'flocks, and herds, even very ''much "'cattle. 3U And they baked unleavened *'cakes of the dough which they brought forth out of Egypt, for it was not leavened ; because they were ''thrust out of Egypt, and could not *" tarry, "'neither had they prepared for themselves any v'victual. 1. i8aM/ a C'i Num 3H iSiOtt 12 3410 t-10 Igei b 208 Ueut 248 25" Sp cp »g7 c Cp i>6i d Cp i>8o° e 0 14 10 0|> »s6b /23IO 34I8 Ueut i61f g Deut 610 h 38 i Cp D107 j Cp »69» il226J3418m 108 34I8 ct 12I6 7- ii0e 10 "Now the "'sojourning of Die children of Israel, which they sojourned in Egypt, was four hundred unit thirtg years. 4> And it came to pass at the end qf four hundred and thirty years, even the °fseltfsame day it came lo pass, that all the " 'hosts of Yahweh went out from the land of Egypt. i% It is "a ''night lo be much observed1' unto Yahweh for bringing them out from the land of Egypt: "" this is tliat niglit of Yahweh, to be much observed of all the children of Israel "throughout their generations. 43 xAnd Yahweh said unto Moses and Aaron, "'This is the ordinance of the passover: there shall no ''alien eat thereof: 44 but every man's servant that is z'bought for money, when thou hast '"circumcised him, then shall he eat thereof. 45 LA ""sojourner and an hired servant shall not eat thereof. 4e In one house shall it be eaten ; thou shalt not carry forth aught of the flesh abroad out of the house ; neither shall ye break a bone thereof. 47 All the ¦"congregation of Israel shall "keep it. 48 *And when a "'stranger shall sojourn with thee, and will keep the passover to Yahweh, let ""all his males be circumcised, and then let him come near and keep it ; and he shall be as one that is d'born in the land : but no d"uncircumcised person shall eat thereof. 4J One law shall be to him that is d'homeborn, and unto the ""stranger that sojourneth '"among you. 50 ''Thus did all the children of Israel ; as Yahweh commanded Moses and Aaron, ''so did they. 61 And it came to pass the "'selfsame day, that Yahweh did bring the children of Israel out of the land qf Egypt by their ^ hosts. 131 *And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, "saying, 2 "Sanctify unto me "all the firstborn, whatsoever openeth the womb among the children of Israel", "both of man "and of beast : it is mine. 3 "And Moses said unto the people, 'Remember this day, in which ye came out from Egypt, out of the ''house of ^bondage ; for by ''strength of hand Yahweh "brought you out from this placo : there shall no leavened bread be eaten. 4 This day ye "go forth in the -'month Abit/. s And it "shall be when Yahweh shall "bring thee into the land of the ''Canaanite, and the Hittite, and the Amorite, and the Hivite, and the Jcbusite, 'which he "sware unto thy fathers to give thee, a Hand ^flowing with milk and honey, that thou shalt Iceep this kservice in this month. ° 'Seven days thou shalt eat unleavened bread, a*nd in the seventh day shall be a '"feast to Yahweh. 7 LUnleavened bread shall be eaten throughout the seven days; and there shall no leavened a' 53 f 78 a' 18 v' 173 w' 1880 x' 188" y' 154 ¦<¦' 36 a" 40 b" 144 c"i07°d" 166 e" I45b i" 33 a 185" b 86° e 35 e 317 I 34 1237 Cp Num ii21. It is however possible that the number is due to the harmonist, bringing the story into accord with the detailed scheme of P. ¦ 40 These verses seem to be a later insertion in P, Tho date in 40 cannot be harmonized with the genealogical representa tions in 613- • according to which the Exodus took i>lace in the fourth generation from Jacob. The efforts made to ovorcomo the difficulty in the Greek and Samaritan texts, us well as elsewhere, show what continuous attention was bestowed upon the passage. 42a j£ Qr, u night of watching unto Yahweh. — Budde, Bacon, Nowack (Heb Archdol ii 149) assign 42a to J. 42b jj Qr, this same night is a night of watching unto Yahweh for all tic. " M. Sp do it. 133a The analysis of a-le presents many difficulties as the passage seems to have passed undor successive revisions, receiving addition after addition from fresh hands. Tito com plexity of tho linguistic phenomena is partly exhibited in tho margins, where traces of JE, D, and P, will all be found. The basis of the whole passage may bo confidently assigned to J, but it is not eaBy to determine his precise share in its present form. The parallels with D in 3 make it probable that the 98 original address of Moses began in 4, and the basis of 4_8 may be ascribed to J (in 8 ' because ' lura pleads strongly for J, as it is nowhere used by D). It is probable, however, that the passage has been amplified from a simpler original, the nucleus of which is found in * 8, t£\,Q phraseology in 6 is of a secondary type : 7- shows rather the style of a hortatory expander, anxious to supply a historical basis for an ancient institution, originally ordained in J's covonant-words Ex 3418. But in 9 (cp lfl) the phraseology of D is again prominent, yet with a difference; the phrases 'be for a sign and a memorial' point to Rp, and the remarkable expression concerning 'the law of Yahweh' which oocurs nowhere else in the Hex, points to a very late type of phraseology, having its true analogue not in the only two passages where the words occur in the prophetic canon, but in still later books Ezr 7™ Neh 98 io29 2 Ohron 121 179 34" (signs of still further addition may be soon in © 8 ' Yahweh Clod,' " 'Yahweh thy God'). In il tho stylo of 6 is again pro minent, introducing la., tho gruator part of which is borrowed from 3419*, the remarkable word 'cause to pass over' probably indicating the later adaptation. The work of the amplifier is manifest again in u-w, perhaps on a basis of J cp 15. 3b M Sp bondmen. THE DEPARTURE FROM EGYPT Ex 13 20 0 12 20 io2 9 tutavd p 1« Deut 68 r37 q Cp Ex 17I4 Josh 47 1*37 II3a r Sp* Is s24 Am 24 Ps ig8 cp sn I Ct I224 tCp 23153418 = time appointed u Judg Xl40 2x19 1 8nm i« 2i»+ "-" *8ab v 3419 ct 2 Sp w Deut 7I8 284 18 51f ft j-342023420Deut2i4 7» 14. LI0f a' Deut 62» V Gen 3517 ft if Deut 58 nisf d' 3284 Num 237 cp Gen 2427 «' Gen 2182 yjoslnl44l2» cp Num 32I7. g9 Gen so25 h' Num 336 cp 17! 192 ct 1527 E JE bread be seen with thee, neither shall there be leaven seen with thee, "in all thy borders « And thou shalt Hell 'thy son \n that day, saying, It is 'because of that which Yahweh 'did for me when I 'came forth out of Egypt. • '¦And it nn!!, ofCZ/ ^ Unf° thee"P°n »'« hand, and for a "memorial between thine eyes, that the law of Yahweh may be m thy mouth: for with a strong hnnd hath Yahweh "brought thee out of Egypt. " Thou shalt therefore "keep this ordinance in its season from year to year". " -And it 'shall be when Yahweh shall bring thee into the land of the Canaanite, as he "sware unto thee and to thy fathers and shall give it thee, ™ that thou shalt "set apart unto yahweh all that openeth the womb, and every "firstling which thou hast that cometh of a beast ; the "males shall be Yahweh's. " And every "firstling of an ass thou shalt redeem with a "lamb ; and if thou wilt not redeem it, then thou shalt "break its neck : and all the firstborn ol man among thy sons shalt thou redeem". » 'And it "shall be when "thy son asketh thee in time to come, saying, What is this? that thou shalt say unto him, By "strength of hand Yahweh "brought us out from Egypt, from the "house of bondage t and 'it came to pass, "when Pharaoh "would <4nrdly lot us go, that Yahweh 'slew all the firstborn in the land of Egypt, both the firstborn of mln, and the firstborn of beast: "therefore I sacrifice to Yahweh all that openeth the womb, being males ; but all the firstborn of my sons I redeem. '« And it shall be for a *sign upon thine hand, and for frontlets between thine eyes : for by strength of hand Yahweh "brought us forth out of Egypt. 17 "And it came to pass, when Pharaoh had let the people go, that God *led them not by the way of the e'land of the Philistines, although that was near ; for God said, Lest peradventure the people"repent when they see war, and they return to Egypt : 18 but God led the people about, by the way of the wilderness by the Eed Sea: and the children of Israel went up ¦''armed out of the land of Egypt. w And Moses took the bones of Joseph with him : for he had straitly sworn the children of Israel, saying, "'God will surely visit you ; and ye shall "carry up my bones away hence with you. E 318 143146= 20 "And they '''took their journey from Succoth, and encamped in Etham, in the edge of the wilderness'''. 3" 310 85" n aob o 136 1312 M Sp cause to pass over. — Ezek 2026 cp Lev 1821 ct 2. 13 M Or, kid. 14 M Sp bondmen. 16 M Or, hardened himself against letting us go. 17 The triple narrative of the plagues raises the presumption that the passage of the Red Sea was also related by all the three documents J, E, and P. Diversities of matter and form do in fact show that the existing account is composite, but whereas the shares of J and P are practically complete, E's version is but scantily preserved. The opening section describing the beginning of the march 17-19 is naturally assigned to him in virtue of the use of the name Elohim (perhaps in his original source), and the reference to the transport of Joseph's mummy. But fresh elements enter directly after, a brief extract from P's itinerary 20, and J's account of the divine guidance 21- (see notes). The formulae of I41- 4 identify these verses with P, and 4 finds its natural continuation in 8. The phrases of 4 ' make strong the heart ' ( get me honour ' and ' his host ' reappear in 17> , closely connected with ,6, in which Moses is commanded to stretch out his hand over the sea and divide it, that the Israelites may pass through on ' dry ground.' This is achieved in 21*« ; in 22 the Israelites march across cp 10b, and the Egyptian host of chariots and horsemen enter in pursuit ls 2't Under similar monition Moses stretches out his hand again over the sea 20 27a, the waters return and the 'host' with its chariots and horsemen is engulfed 28. The narrative is through out compact and coherent, and serves as the base into which other materials have boon fitted. Thus the preparations of Pharaoh for pursuit are related independently in 14°., while 7 points to additional detail from yet another source. The language of 10-14 finds no echo in P but presents all the characteristics of JE, and especially of J : while in a6 the rod of Moses and in 19 the angel of Elohim show the presence of E. The divine method of making the sea 'dry land' 21b (ct 1° 22 Sp) through the agency of an east wind, has no relation to the outstretched hand of Moses or the cleavage of the waters into two solid walls ; but it bears a close analogy to the similar instrumentality in io13. Some of the details of adjustment between J E and R. necessarily remain doubtful : a summary of E's original narrative will be found in Josh 24. 2° This verse belongs to a series of scattered passages describ ing the stages of the Israelites' march, constructed on the base 'and they journeyed from . . . and encamped (pitched) in ... ' cp 171 192 &o. Thoy are collected into continuous form in Num 33 cp °. 99 Ex 13 21 THE MARCH TO SINAI a' Num 14H j' Gen 2443 ft ct" V © omlte V Cp 33" Hiph Num 1444 Josh 18 Qal* a Ezek 469t cp 131 b Joel iie EBth 3I6t c 17- Lev ioS* CWE78 d 17 ft=army 9 e Gen 4628 /'54 J JE . . .21 And Yahweh ''went before them by day in a "pillar of cloud, to J'lead them the way ; and by night in a pillar of fire 4'to give them light ; that they might go by day and by night : 22 "the pillar of cloud by day, and the pillar of fire by night, ''departed not from before the people. E g Num 158O 338+ 5 And dit was told the king of Egypt that the people were "fled : and the heart of Pharaoh and of his servants was changed towards the people, and they said, 'What is this we have done, that we . have let Israel go from serving us? e And he "made ready his "chariot, and took his people with him : . . . 7 "And he took six hundred chosen chariots, and all the chariots of Egypt, and /captains over all of them. 1 9» > e 158 ¦ f 146* 1321 Three representations of the divine presence in the cloud are to be found in the Hexateuch. In P it covers the Dwelling at its consecration Ex ^o34* - Num 916- ¦, and remains over the Tent of Meeting until it is time for the camp to be moved, when it is taken up. A second set of passages also connects it with the Tent of Meeting, but places it at the entrance, where it comes down in the form of a pillar and remains in converse with Moses Ex 337- Num 126 cp Deut 3115 : reasons will be given hereafter for ascribing these to E. But in the text 21 nothing has yot been said of any sanctuary ; tho pillar with its twofold aspect by day or night serves another function, that of guidance and protection. In 1410 two symbols, the angel of Elohim, and the pillar, have been combined, by R. As the ' angel of Elohim' naturally belongs to E, the guardian pillar must be regarded as the equivalent in J. The words in 13s1 ( to givo them light . . . ' are not found in (y, and aro probably an explanatory gloss, 22 m or) jie i00]c noi away tjie puiar of cloud by dayt nor the Ac. l*44a M Q make strong. — Cp 8 17 912. ** So 8 23 £. •? follow. Ct wa fl M Or, chariots, 7 After Pharaoh has already collected his forces in 6, the statement that he took six hundred chosen chariots can hardly proceed from the same writer. The words and all the chariots of Egypt are again incongruous with 7a. © reads ' and all the horse ' : if this reading be adopted, the two terms harmonize with Josh 246 : if the Jrj> text be retained, the words must be treated as a gloss, or allotted to J (interpreting ' chariot ' in 6 as singular). 8 M b$ made strong. 0 The first words of this verse only repeat the statement of 8, and may belong to E cp Josh 246b. In the dislocated order which follows, ' and overtook them encamping by the sea all the horses chariots of Pharaoh and his horsemen and his army boside Pi-hahiroth' there is evidence of some confusion of the toxt probably due to imperfeot amalgamation of materials : E probably had a reference to the l horses, chariots, and army' cp Deut 1 i4. TOO THE EGYPTIAN PURSUIT Ex 1419 k Gen 12II ct pn8 t Ot 8 cp Num 1029 S8 ft i 2B cp B45 Gen 2421 I 21a 56. cp 7I9 8" m Op 210 22 JE E 10* And when Pharaoh ''drew nigh, the children of Israel "lifted up their eyes, and, behold, the Egyptians 'marched after them ; and they were sore afraid. ... 10b "and the children of Israel h_cried out unto Yahweh. 11 And they said unto Moses, Because there were no graves in Egypt, hast thou taken us away to die in the wilderness? 'wherefore hast thou dealt thus with us, to bring us forth out of Egypt? 12 Is not this the word that we 'spake unto thee in Egypt, saying, Let us alone, that we may serve the Egyptians? For it were better for us to serve' the Egyptians, than that we should die in the wilderness. 13 And Moses said unto the people, JFear ye not, kstand still, and see the salvation of Yahweh, which he will 'work for you today: "for the Egyptians whom ye have seen to-day, ye shall see them again no mmore for ever. 14 Yahweh ¦'shall "fight for you, and ye shall *hold your peace. 15" "And Yahweh said unto Moses, Wherefore hcriest thou unto me ? . . 16" And lift thou up thy rod, them encamping by the sea, beside Pi- hahiroth, before Baal-zephon. l!" "And the "angel of God, which Ht> ["And Yahweh spake unto Moses, saying] "speak unto the children of Israel, that they go forward, l0" and 'stretch out thine hand over the sea, and "divide it: and the children of Israel shall go into the midst of the sea on dry ground™. 17 And °I, behold, I will "harden the hearts of the Egyptians, and they shall go in after them: and I will cget me honour upon Pharaoh, and upon all his dhost, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen. 18 And the Egyptians shall "know that I am Yahweh, when I have "gotten me honour upon Pharaoh, upon his chariots, and upon his horsemen. g 176" ii 141 i Ct '185 J 154 k 314 1 14 6° m 123 n 156 94b P 97 14,10b jn j tne Israelites expostulate with Moses ; with n cp 173 Num 143 Ex 515. According to Josh 24? they cried to Yahweh ; this passage, therefore, is assigned to E. 13 M Or, for whereas ye have seen the Egyptians to-dalf. 15a r^ne ex[gi{ng narrative contains no appeal from Moses to Yahweh unless it is implied in 10b. But a later passage 17* contains a similar incident, assigned with much probability to E ; and the indication that E has been employed immediately after ' and lift thou up thy rod ' cp 417 justifies the attribution of these words to the same source. 16b B has perhaps removed the words usually preceding the formula ' speak unto the children of Israel' *• cp 25s 3113 Lev 42 728 &c. 17 M ^ make strong. 19 Cp i321N. That this verse is composite can hardly be doubted ; but the relation between the two clauses indicated by the word 'removed' (¦£> - 'marched' 10, 'took their journey' 1320) is curious. In 20 the division is doubtful, partly owing to diffi culties in the text (cp Dillm). As the pillar has taken up its stand in 19l>, the description of the movement in 20a seenre best to follow 10n making * the angel ' the subject of ' came * ; Josh 247 further implies that E recorded a ' darkness ' (though $ is not IOI Ex 141 THE MARCH TO SINAI n Ct 1321 0 1321. JE E p Cp iols i3l7*» q 35 Ct i6b r 16b cp Gen 7II «Cpl went "before the camp of Israel, removed and went behind them ; 19b And the "pillar of cloud removed from before them, and stood behind them: 20" and 'came between the camp of Egypt and the camp of Israel ; and there was the cloud and the dark ness, . . . 2011 yet gave it light by "night : and the one came not near the other all the night. 21b And Yahweh caused the sea to go [back] by a strong !'east wind all the "night, and made the sea 'dry land, . . . ( ft = camp 20 ct i 17 28 u 2327 Deut 2I6 cp 723 Josh 10IO* » Gen 41" 4620 w Spi op 78 x Cp Gen 248: yCp2» 241 And it came to pass in the "morn ing watch, that Yahweh 'looked forth upon the 'host of the Egyptians through the "pillar of fire and of cloud, 2*b "And he "discomfited the 'host of the Egyptians. 25 and he "took off their "chariot wheels, "that they drave them ""heavily : so that the Egyptians said, Let us "flee from the face of Israel ; for Yahweh Jnghteth for them against the Egyptians. 21a And Moses 'stretched out his hand over the sea ; 210 and the waters were 'divided. 22 And the children of Israel went into the midst of the sea upon the dry ground: and the waters were a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left. 23 And the Egyptians pursued, and "went in after them into the midst of the sea, all Pharaoh's horses, his chariots, and his horsemen. q 936 271> And the sea returned to its "strength "when the morning "ap peared ; and the Egyptians "fled "against it ; and Yahweh "overthrew the Egyptians in the midst of the sea ; 20 And Yahweh said unto Moses, 'Stretch out thine hand over the sea, that the waters may come again upon the Egyp tians, upon their chariots, and upon their horsemen. 27* And Moses 'stretched forth his hand over the sea, r 54 s 183 the same). If the text in 20b is oorrect, the mention of ' light ' suggests J's pillar of fire : but ® has ' and the night passed.' 1420 t u Came. 24b fhe fragments of 13 are difficult to recover, and critical certainty here is impossible. But 24b and 25a are probably from different hands. One writer simply records the overthrow of the host of Egypt (Sp -= ' camp of Egypt ' 20a), the other describes the agenoy employed. 25b seems in the manner of J who fre quently draws attention to the means adopted by Yahweh, while 2*b is in the conoiser style of B. The linguistic marks confirm this partition. 20a jj Some anoient versions read, bound. — Sp 234b. asb jj Or, and made them to drive. — Sp as in io13 (' brought an East wind ') Gen 3i2« Deut 4a7 28s7*. S7a M Or, wonted flow. — Op Gen 49s* Num 2421 Deut 21*. 27b M Sp shook off.—Sp* cp Ps 136" Neh 5" Pif. 102 THE DELIVERANCE OF ISRAEL Ex 151 z tip=came again 28 or returned 37 6' Gen 22" Josh a Op Num 2i'7 Judg 51 b Is 122 Ps 118U c§t d Cp Ps 248 Sp = batlle. e 1428 / 14< " 28 0i47 h 8 Is 63U Ps 77I8 1069 * Cp Mio 7I9 Jon 38 Neh g« i » Is 422IT i Judg io8t I I021 54 2324» m 3225 Deut 33II n Ezek 78 o32I2 p Is 524 Nah ilo q Ps 18IS r Jer 18U Is 443 P87818 44 « Josh 3I3 18 pB 337 78" ( Zeph tl2 Zech 148 Kth Job ioWt w Ps 468 Ezek 274 v 1448 w Gen 4027 x Lev 2683 Ezek S*al y ls 4o24f 2 PS 934 a' Ps 868 808 77I3 JE 28b there "remained not so much as one of them. 30 Thus Yahweh "'saved Israel "that day out of the hand of the Egyptians; and Israel saw the Egyptians dead upon the "sea shore. 31 "And Israel saw the great "work tvhich Yahweh did upon the Egyptians, and the people "feared Yahweh : and they Re lieved in Yahiveh, and in his "servant Moses. E 2Sa and the waters "returned, and covered the chariots, and the horsemen, 'even all the ''host of Pharaoh that went in after them into the sea. -" "But the children of Israel walked upon rtlie dig ground in the midst of tlie sea; and the waters were a wall unto them on their right hand, and on their left. 69 14a* 151 "Then sang Moses and the children of Israel this song unto Yahweh, and spake saying, I will sing unto Yahweh, for he "hath triumphed gloriously : The horse and his rider hath he thrown into the sea. 2 KTYahweh Ws my strength and song, And he is become my salvation6 : This is my God, and I will "praise him ; My father's God, and I will exalt him. 3 Yahweh is a rfman of war : Yahweh is his name. * Pharaoh's "chariots and his /host hath he cast into the sea : And his chosen "captains are sunk in the Red Sea. 5 The *deeps cover them : They wont down into the 'depths liko a stono. 8 Thy right hand, 0 Yahwoh, is ^glorious in povvor, Thy right hand, 0 Yahweh, *dasheth in pieces the onomy. 7 And in the greatness of thine excellency thou 'overthrowest them that "Vise up against thee : Thou "sendest forth thy "wrath, it ''consumeth them as ''stubble. 8 And with the 'blast of thy nostrils the waters were "piled up, The 'floods stood upright as an 'heap ; The ''deeps were 'congealed in the "heart of the sea. 9 The enemy said, I will "pursue, I will overtake, I will "divide the spoil ; My lust shall be satisfied upon them ; I will *draw my sword, my hand shall destroy them. 10 Thou didst "blow with thy wind, the sea covered them : They "sank as lead in the "mighty waters. 11 Who is "'like unto thee, 0 Yahweh, among the gods ? Who is liko thee, ./glorious in holiness, Fearful in praises, "'doing wondors ? 12 Thou stretchedst out thy right hand, Tho earth swallowed them. w 103 x 134 y 207b 1429a Th{a verae seems to be a simple repetition of 22 by some later hand. 29b So Sp op 22 and ct Mb. T dry land. 31a An editorial close to the original combined narrative of JE. Note especially the designation of Moses as ' Yahweh's servant.' 81b M Sp hand.— Cp D8o. 151 M Or, is highly exalted. 2a The poem in 2-18 seems to be a supplemental hymn attached to the triumph-song in lb cp sl*. It bears no close relation to either of the narratives analysed in 14. Occasional points of phraseological contact occur, eg in * 9, but the indications are too alight to establish any definite literary connexion upon either side. On the other hand there are various signs of dis tance from the event which it commemorates. (1) The delinea tion in i-™ seems lacking in the personal and local colour which imparts such vividness to the song describing the overthrow of Sisera in Judg 5. (2) The situation implied in 13-l7 looks back on the settlement of the people in Canaan, i7b pointing clearly to Jerusalem (though the clause might be a later enlargement). (3) The linguistic parallels show affinities with later prophecy and psalm which can hardly be completely explained by hypo theses of imitation, except in the case of some poems which are obviously reproductive. They seem rather to spring from a common stock of lyric and religious expression. Under what circumstances the poem was inserted into JE cannot be deter mined ; but it is probable that it was incorporated before the union of the combined document with P. See further, Introd XIV 3 i 160. 2b So M Sp Jah. T 27ie Lord. 103 Ex 15' THE MARCH TO SINAI c> 13I7 d'6«Gen48l8d Is 4oU Ps 232 /' Cp Jer 3 123 g' Deut 225 h' Jer 624 5043 Mio 49 Ps 488 V Gen 36" )' Gen 453 k' Pa 555t V Josll 2^ 24» m' Josh 28 Gen ,5i2 n' Josh iol2> 0' 1 Kings 8I3 p' Ps 488 875 q' Mio 47 Ps 14610 r> Gen 3127 * 3219* (' §* Ps 7862 ct ,317 u' Gen 167 v' Cp 3I8 w' Sp* Prov 9I7 a.' i6< Gen 22I cp 192 y' Cp "58 i' Cp Dia a" Cp D36a t" Deut 4«> al c" Deut 710 d" 2326* £" Gen 20" /" Cp 23 ft r E JE J E 13 Thou in thy mercy hast "'led the people which thou hast d' redeemed : Thou hast "guided them in thy strength to thy holy /habitation. 14 The peoples have "'heard, they "'tremble : *'Pangs have taken hold on the inhabitants of Philistia. 16 Then were the ''dukes of Edom i' amazed ; The "mighty men of Moab, ^'trembling taketh hold upon them: All the inhabitants of Canaan are ''melted away. 16 '"'Terror and dread falleth upon them ; By the greatness of thine arm they are as "'still as a stone ; Till thy people pass over, 0 Yahweh, Till the people pass over which thou hast "purchased. 17 Thou shalt bring them in, and plant them in the mountain of thine inheritance, The "'place, 0 Yahweh, which thou hast made for thee to dwell in, The sanctuary, 0 Lord, which thy hands have ^'established. 18 Yahweh shall 'reign for ever and ever. 19 Tor the horses of Pharaoh went in with his chariots and with his horsemen into the sea, and Yahweh brought aguin the waters of the sea upon them ; but the children of Israel walked on Tdry ground in the midst of the sea. 20 "And Miriam the "prophetess, the sister of Aaron, took a ''timbrel in her hand ; and all the women went out after her with timbrels and with "'dances. 21 And Miriam answered them, • Sing ye to Yahweh, for he "hath triumphed gloriously ; The horse and his rider hath he thrown into the sea. 22 And Moses ''led Israel onward from the Red Soa, and they went out into the wilderness of "'Shur ; and they went "'three "days in the wilderness, and found no water. 2! And when they came to Marah, they could not drink of the waters of Marah, for they were bitter: "therefore the name of it was called "Marah. 2i And the people murmured against Moses, saying, What shall we drink ? 25a And he "cried unto Yahweh ; and Yahweh shewed him a tree, and he cast it into the waters, and the waters were "'made sweet. . .25b "There he made for them a statute and an ordinance, and there he x' proved them. 26 And he said, If thou wilt diligently dhearlcen to the "'voice of z' Yahweh thy God, and ivilt a"do that which is right in his eyes, and ivilt give ear to his commandments, and h"keep all his statutes, I will ""put none of the d" diseases upon thee, which I have put upon the Egyptians : for I am Yahweh that "'healcth thee. 27 And they -^"came to Elim, where were twelve ^springs of water, and threescore and ten palm trees : and they encamped there by the waters. 114 161 "And they took their journey from Elim, and all the "congregation of the children of Israel came unto the wilderness of bSin, which is between Elim and "Sinai, on the ^fifteenth day of the dsecond month after their departing out of the land of Egypt. 2 "And the whole "congregation of the b 15b 141 4 44 61 a 45 b 8 c 7 d 183 ] 516 M fy rams. 16 M § gotten. — Gen 41. 16a An addition of late date, presumably by If, founded on 14s2 20* -, explaining the significance of the preceding poem. 19b So 6 14s2 2» ct 2H>. T dry land. ¦ 20 The description of Miriam's triumph-song 20. seems wholly independent of what precedes in 1, and is naturally therefore assigned to E. This is confirmed by her description as the 1 prophetess,' and by her appearance in other E passages Num I21- • 201. 21 M Or, is highly exalted. 22 The compiler of Num 33s apparently road 'throe days' journey ' cp J86. 23 M That is, Bitterness. 25b The last person named in 25a is Moses ; but it becomes plain that the subject of 26b 26 ;3 Yahweh himself. A change of document, therefore, occurs at this point. Both substance and form support the ascription to E, who relates the successive acts by which first Abraham and then Israel are divinely tested. The phrase ' made for them [ft him, referring to the people in some omitted passage] a statute and ordinance ' is repeated Sp in Josh 242s (E) ; @ however reads here ' statutes and ordinances ' (Jp judgements) cp Deut 51 &c. In 26 the numerous parallels with D clearly betray later rodaotion, though the last words sound original. It is ovident that 20 is not the true sequel of 95b which must have related the trial to which the people were exposed ; this seems to be E's account of the origin of the name Massah, 'proving' or 'trial' cp Deut 33s and Ex i7lbN. In 27 the itinerary of 22. ia resumed. 161 The opening clause ' and they took their journey from Elim ' may be part of J's itinerary, cp the formulae in J71 Num 201 22. In Num 3310- a camp at the Red Sea is interposed between Elim and the wilderness of Sin. 2 The description of the gift of the manna 2-38 offers many perplexities through the presence of conflicting phenomena. As ', the margins show, it is largely derived from P, but it is evident at once that great dislocations have taken place in the narrative. Thus (1) in *• Moses and Aaron announce to the people what is subsequently u> communicated to Moses by Yahweh : in other words, he delivers the divine message to Israel before he has himself received it. But (2) the story implies the existence of the Levitical Dwelling with the ark containing the Sacred 104 THE MANNA Ex 1615 J E a 278 383" 6 88 Lev 2510 265f cp Ezek 39I9 Pb 7826 c Cp Num 20I2 d Gen 3j48 e513 / 1526b Deut 82 10 g Gen 2721 h Jer 26* 44IO 2 Kings io31 cp 1820 i Gen 4316 2is Ex , 2320 Num 23I Josh j" jCp6* JtCpS !Cpl»m Num 16*2 Sp turned «6» 0 Num nM. p Cp Lev 15I8 Jj ct Num ii9 8 Sp* Job 3829 Ps 147I9 children of Israel "murmured against Moses and against Aaron in the wilderness : s and the children of Israel said unto them, "Would that we had died by the hand of Yahweh in the land of Egypt, when we sat by the flesh "pots, when we. did ''eat bread to the full'' ; for ye have brought us forth into this wilderness, to kill "this whole assembly with hunger. TAnd Yahweh said unto Moses, Behold, I will 'rain bread from heaven for you ; and the people shall go out and ^gather a day's "portion every day, that law1", or no, I may ¦''prove them, "whether they will ''walk in my B "And it shall come to pass on the sixth day, that they shall 'prepare that which they bring in, and it shall be twice as much as they gather daily. « "And Moses and Aaron said unto all the children of Israel, At even, then ye shall ¦'know that Yahweh hath brought you out from the land of Egypt : 7 and in the morning, then ye shall see the "glory of Yahweh ; for that he heareth your "murmurings against Yahweh : and what are we, that ye "murmur against us ? 8 "And Moses said, [This shall be], when Yahweh Bhall give you in tho evening flesh to eat, and in the morning bread to the' full ; for that Yahweh heareth your "murmurings which ye murmur against him : and what are we ? your murmurings are not against us, but against Yahweh. 9 And Moses said unto Aaron, Say unto all the "congregation of the children of Israel, 'Come near before Yahweh : for he hath heard your "murmurings. 10 And it came to pass, as Aaron spake unto the whole "congregation of the children of Israel, that they "looked toward the wilderness, and, behold, the "glory of Yahweh appeared in the cloud. u And Yahweh ''spake unto Moses, saying, 12 I have "heard the "murmurings of the children of Israel : hspeak unto them, saying, "At even ye shall eat flesh, and in the morning ye shall be filled with bread ; and ye shall Jknow that I am Yahweh your God. 13 And it came to pass at even, that the "quails came up, and covered the camp : and in the morning the dew ''lay round about the camp. w And when the dew that ^lay was gone up, behold, upon the face of the wilderness a small "round thing, small as the 'hoar frost on the ground. 15 "And "when the 0 114 t 19s g 79 h 18S i 32 I79b Testimony M. It is not till the Dwelling is completed that the 'Glory of Yahweh ' 10 first appears in the cloud cp 4o34- •. In the Dwelling stands the ark into which Moses is directed to put the Testimony 2521 402°. It is there that the rods of the Twelve Tribes are laid up before Yahweh Num 177 10 ; and this only can be the place where the pot of manna is deposited 33. Nor can the narrative be relieved of this anachronism by viewing 33> as a later addition. The phrase in 9 ' come near before Yahweh ' similarly describes attendance at the sanctuary cp Lev 96 161 Num i822. The story, then, in its present form implies the existence of a centre of worship which is not yet constructed, and must have been transposed to its present place from a later stage. Is it possible to conjecture the cause of this displace ment? Two reasons may be named. (1) The gift of the manna is not the only provision of food. Besides the morning ' bread,' it is also promised 12 that there shall be evening ' flesh.' In ls accordingly at even the camp is covered with ' the quails.' But no quails have previously been mentioned. The narrative has evidently been abbreviated at the same time that its situation has been changed. There is, however, a windfall of quails related by J Num n31- •, which is preceded by a description of the manna ib 7- • . It is conjectured that the narrative of J was the real source or antecedent of P's combination of quails and manna, and that the compiler, instead of blending them, shifted P's version of the incident to an earlier date. But what cause determined its incorporation here ? Because (2) it would seem probable that E had attached his manna-story to this point. The gift of food is twice announced to Moses, but in very different terms ; 4 and "¦ can hardly be from the same writer. In * it is stated that it is the divine purpose to ' prove ' the people in connexion with the provision of the bread from heaven. It has been argued by Bacon that this is the antecedent of Deut 82- 16 ; the conception of the ' proof ' of Israel apparently belongs to E, op Gen 22I &c ; the passage fits in with I526b, and belonged originally to E's explanation of the name Massah (' Trial-place ' or ' Proving '). There is, therefore, an element of E in the chapter, a promise of food from heaven, which formed the natural olemont with which K might group P's quails and manna. How far can this element (usually ascribed to J) be traced? The parallel of 15a with Deut 816 suggests its presence there, incorporated into the later narrative. Bacon adds 16a 19b 21 3=a. But the linguistic details hardly support his ascription ; and it is not without difficulties also upon other grounds, for the opposition which he discovers between l6a and 16b seems to involve a strained interpretation of the legal phrase ' according to his eating.' The whole story, therefore, in its present form is assigned to P. In reaching that form it has no doubt received various additions designed to meet specific difficulties ; the most notable being the arrangements for the sabbath. Some of tho passages horo assigned to HP show linguistic affinities with other Hexateuchal documents. But this is by no means the only case in which a section believed on independent grounds to be supplemental refuses to confine itself within the limits of P's formulae. It is possible that the sabbath regulations may have been inserted when the narratives of JE and P were combined, so as to fit tho ordinances of P into closer concord with tho original contents of E. 164 So Sp. T then said Yahweh. 6 Critics who assign 4 to J usually allot 6 to the same source. The instruction has evident reference to the sabbath observance on which such repeated stress is laid in P, see Laws 9b. Neither J nor E has any such provision elsewhere, and the verse is here treated as an editorial preparation for 22. . ; whether it replaces any earlier regulation in E, must be left an open question. 6 In the dislocated state of the text the original order cannot be determined. The verses may have run 11-)2 »-io 6-7, 8 ' An explanatory gloss of R ' (Dillmann). The italic words in RV are an attempt to indicate that the words ascribed to Moses are simply an interpretation of6'. 12 M Sp Between the two evenings. 1* M Or, flake. 1Ba In this verse, as Bacon has urged, there is probably a trace of E cp lbN. For the phrase ' one to another,' frequent in E (though also occasionally used by P) cp JEnaa : 'knew not what ™5 Ex 161 THE MARCH TO SINAI r 18 21 I34 a 382« Num i2. . ( Cp 12IO ufti v Lev 106 Num ,622 3Iu joah 22I8 oprj78 23-80 Xgb x Cp Num 118 y Cp 209 2 Cp Num 14II a' Gen 26s !.' Cp JE65 • c< Gen 22 d> Nnm n7 e7 Num 17* / Ezek i220 26" 3812t E children of Imiel saw it, they said one to another, "What is it? for tliey wist not what it was*. And Moses said unto them, It is the bread which Yahweh hath given you "to eat. 16 "'This is the thing which Yahweh hath commanded, Gather ye of it every man "according to his 'eating ; an omer a "head, according to the number of your "persons, shall ye take it, every man for them which are in his tent. " And the children of Israel did so, and gathered some more, some "less. 18 And when they did mete it with an omer, he that gathered much "had nothing over, and he that gathered "little had no lack ; they gathered every man ""according to his 'eating. 19 And Moses said unto them, Let ho man 'leave of it till the morning. 20 Notwithstanding they hearkened not unto Moses : but some of them left of it until the morning, and it "bred worms, and stank : and Moses was "wroth with them. 21 And they gathered it morning by morning, every man '"according to his 'eating : and when the sun " waxed hot, it melted. *2 "And it came to pass, that on the sixth day they gathered twice as much bread, two omers for each one : and all the 'rulers of the "congregation came and told Moses. 2S xAnd he said unto them, This is that which Yahweh hath spoken, To-morrow is a "solemn rest, a 'holy sabbath unto Yahweh : xbake that which ye will bake, and seethe that which ye will seethe ; and all that Premaineth over lay up for you Ho be kept until the morning. M And they laid it up till the morning, as Moses bade : and it did not stink, neither was there any worm therein. 25 And Moses said, Eat that to-day ; for to-day is a sabbath unto Yahweh : to-day ye shall not find it in the field. M "Six days ye shall gather it ; but on the seventh day is the sabbath, in it there shall be none. 27 And it came to pass on the seventh day, that there went out some of the people for to gather, and they found none. 2a And Yahweh said unto Moses, "How long refuse ye to keep my commandments and my "'laws? 29See, for that Yahweh hath given you the sabbath, therefore ho giveth you on tho sixth day the bread of two days ; abide ye every man in his b'place, let no man go out of his b'place on the seventh day. M So the people ''rested on the seventh day. 31 And the "house of Israel called the name thereof "Manna : and it was like '''coriander seed, white ; and the taste of it was like "wafers [made] with honey. 32 And Moses said, 'This is the thing which Yahweh hath com manded, Let an omerful of it "be kept for your "generations ; that they may see the bread wherewith I fed you in the wilderness, when I brought you forth from the land of Egypt. 33 And Moses said unto Aaron, Take a "pot, and put an omerful of manna therein, and e'lay it up 'before Yahweh, "to be kept for your "generations. 34 As Yahweh commanded Moses, so Aaron e'laid it up before the "Testimony, "to be kept. 35 "And the children of Israel did eat the manna forty years, until they came to a land ¦'"inhabited ; they did eat the manna, until they came unto the borders of the 'land of Canaan. 35 Now an omer is the tenth part of an ephah. 17la And all the "congregation of the children of Israel bjourneyed from the wilderness of cSin, dby their "journeys, "according to the commandment of Yahweh, and bpitched in Eephidim. . . .lb "And there was no water for the people to drink. 21 Wherefore the k no 1 i88b m 19b 11 146 0 105 P 134 q l9a r 131 s 137° »9 39 nb 161 45 g7ao 8 18 it was ' cp Deut 83, D's retrospects being largely founded on E cp Introd i 71. 1616b M Or, it is manna. Sp Man hu.—' Wist ' = ' knew ' Deut 8s. a6 A discrepancy has been found in this verse on the ground that tho phrase ' every man according to his eating ' does not imply a fixed amount, while ' an omer a head ' docs. But the previous use of the phrase in 124 suggests that the writer has in view the varying amounts that would be needed by families varying in size, age, and sex. On an average an omer a head would suffice. But large families would still require more, and small families less in actual quantity. Measuring the manna as they collected it (the insertion of ' when ' in .RK™ to help out the grammar appears to indicate — probably erroneously — that the measurement was not made till afterwards), they found that adherence to the prescribed proportion exactly used up the available amount (cp Dillmann). The words ' had nothing over ' and ' had no lack ' rather denote ' did not exceed ' and ' did not fall short' in relation to the omer per head. The miracle lay not in the adjustment of the rations to tho individual appotitos, but in the exactness with which the supply satisiiod tho total demand. Those who deferred collecting till too late, found that their shares had melted 21. 22 jn 22-so it i8 probable that another hand has dealt specially with the sabbath provision on the basis of P's legislation. 31 is not the proper sequel of s0. "M^ Man. 36 This verse has been divided by many critics between P and J, though eaoh of the two members has been assigned in turn to each source. It may be doubted, however, whether sftb is more than an emphatic repetition of 86a ; the unusual order, ' the manna did they eat,' would hardly stand by itself ; and the very Blight linguistic indications are more favourable to P. II1 M Or, stages. lb The narrative in lb~7 shows no point of contact with the preceding story or with P generally, while careful examination discloses that it is itself composite. Thus s seems a duplicate of lb 2, while in 7 two names are apparently bestowed on one place. But, as Bacon has pointed out, ' there is no trace else where of a place Massah-Meribah ' (Exodus p 87). T> mentions only Massah 619 922, while the Blessing of Moses clearly distin guishes them Deut 33s. The question is complicated by the appoaranco of a seoond Meribah-story connected with Kadesh in Num 201-13. It will be made probable that J and P are there combined. If so, it seems unlikely that J should have described a similar event with a similar issue at an earlier 106 WATER FROM THE ROCK Ex 18 ' a 7b Gen 3i38 op Num 203 (,,52* c Gen 1 825 cp Nam 2o* d Urn cp 7»° ct i5^6ft=prove e 2i28 cp ai6 /Joah 36 a » .17 sob i a4is 3311 Num It Gen 48"* ( Cp 34< m Sp =memorial 315 Deut 25" (3228)* «Cp3l« 1 03I63I8 J E JE J E people "strove with Moses, and said, Give us water that we may drink. And Moses said unto them, Why strive ye with me ? ...3And the people thirsted there for water ; and the people 'murmured against Moses, and said, 'Wherefore hast thou 'brought us up out of Egypt, to "kill "us and our children and our "cattle with thirst?— ...2b wherefore do ye ''tempt Yahweh ?— 4 And Moaes 'cried unto Yahweh, saying, What shall I Jdo unto this people ? they be almost ready to "stone me. 5 And Yahweh said unto Moses, •'Pass on before the people, and take with thee of the "elders of Israel ; and thy "rod, wherewith ''thou smotest the river, take in thine hand, and go. 8 Behold, I will stand before thee there upon the rock in Horeb ; and thou shalt smite the rock, and there shall come water out of it, that the people may drink. And Moses did so in the sight of the "elders of Israel. ...7aAnd he called the name of the place "Massah, . . .7* and "Meribah, because of the "striving of the children of Israel. 7c and because they dtempted Yahweh, saying, mIs Yahweh "among us, or not ? 8 "Then came Amalek, and "fought with Israel in Eephidim. ° And Moses said unto 'Joshua, Choose us out men, and go out, "fight with Amalek : to-morrow I will "stand on the top of the hill with the "rod of God in mine hand. 10 So Joshua did as Moses had said to him, and "fought with Amalek : and Moses, Aaron, and JHur went up to the top of the hill. n And "it came to pass, "when Moses held up his hand, that Israel prevailed : and when he let down his hand, Amalek pre vailed. 12 But Moses' hands were rheavy ; and they took a stone, and put it under him, and he sat thereon ; and Aaron and Hur ''stayed up his hands, the one on the one side, and the other on the other side ; and his hands were steady until the "going down of the sun. 13 And Joshua "discomfited Amalek and his people with the 'edge of the sword. 14 And Yahweh said unto Moses, 'Write this for a "memorial in a book, and rehearse it in the ears of Joshua : "that I will utterly "blot out the "remembrance of Amalek from under heaven. ls And Moses "built an altar, and called the name of it "Yahweh-nissi : 16 and he said, "Yahweh hath sworn : Yahweh will have war with Amalek from "generation to generation. 181 Now "Jethro, 'the priest of Midian, Moses' "father in law, heard of all "that God had done for Moses, and for Israel his people, "how that Yahweh had brought Israel out of Egypt. f 89b I if 1 141 j 146" k 151 1 105 111 84 n 58 o 156 p aisb q I97> r 78 a 336 t 150 uCfH3 V 135 w 137 a 146° stage of the wanderings. Bacon has therefore suggested that the two names in 7 represent an editorial fusion of two sources. J's traditions attached parallel incidents to two names, Massah and Meribah. B appears also to have contained explanations of both designations cp Deut 33s Ex I528b. The Massah-story of J and the Meribah-story of 3D were founded on a common motive, and have been editorially blended, just as the Meribah- story of J has been subsequently amalgamated with a counter part in P. At the outset lb-2» forms the introduction to E's explanation of Meribah 7b. 5 will then fall to J, and with this attribution the linguistio marks are in oomplete harmony. The olause in 3b ' wherefore do ye tempt Yahweh ' cannot, however, be in its proper place ; it is related to 7ac, but must have followed instead of preceding 3. 7o shows that other matter contained in J has been suppressed in the unifying process. In 4_6 there are no indications of diversity of author - Bhip. The mention of the rod of Moses 6 secures it to B, and this is oonfirmed by ' Horeb ' 6. But this name shows ' that the story has been placed too soon cp 16, for Israel has not yet reached the sacred mountain cp 186 and 192. 17s Sp ' me and my sons and my cattle ' ct 2. ""¦ M That is, Tempting, or, Proving. 7b M That is, Chiding, or, Strife. 8 The fight with Amalek 8"16 belongs to B, for Moses again wields the rod of Gtod 9. But various circumstances concur to show that this section also is placed too soon. Joshua enters in 9 without introduction as though he were well known : he is already tho tried captain on whom devolves the choice of men for military enterprise. Yet in 3311 he is formally described, apparently for the first time, and he is then still ' a young man.' Moses, on tho other hand, is no longer able himself to sustain his hand outstretched with tho rod. The relation between Moses and Joshua, therefore, seems to belong to a more advanced s'tage than the institution of the Tent of Meeting. This result is confirmed by the name of Israel's foe, Amalek, who is else where locatod in the wild open country through which the highlands of Judah sink slowly towards the south Num 1320 cp H2' 43 45( cp (jon ,^7 (near Kadesh). It is probable, there fore, that this narrative has been inserted too soon (Bacon and Battersby propose to place it after Num 1216). If so, the identification of the incident with Rephidim 8 is no doubt editorial ; the defining English ' then ' is simply ' and ' Sp. 13 M Sp prostrated. — Op 3218*. 1* M Or, for. 15 M That is, Yahweh is my banner. 16 M Or, Because there is a hand against the throne of Yahweh. Sp A hand is lifted up upon the throne of Yah. — See Ewald, Hist of Israel i 3 p 251. 181 An explanatory gloss by another hand as is implied in the change of the divine name. I07 Ex 182 THE MARCH TO SINAI C 221 420 d222e 38 : / Cp Gen 33'- ft=ibowedhh)l self g Gen 43!" h Num 2ol4 Lam 36 Neh 932t i Num 20I4 Deut 31I7 Joah 223 j Pa 218 Job 3»t * 38 I Gen 22'2 m Cp 21I* Deut n io25 cp 248 328 Gen 318* 46I 0 ilB cp 330 p 179 cp ai5b 3 1 Sam 98 cp Gen 2522 r Cp 337- • 8 Cp Gen 265 u Num 24H* v Sp* cp Ezok -" ,,3 7. . h Al. . 338 .. (Lev i53i) Cp l6< DlI5b Sp = see 24H Num 24^ m* cp Gen 228 1r. Clan . 7ob y 25 Gen 47' 2 Gen 3728 J E JE J E 2 "And Jethro, Moses' father in law, took "Zipporah, Moses' wife, after he had sent her aivay, and her two sons; 3 of which the name of the one was dGershom ; for he said, I liave been "a sojourner in a strange land : 4 and the name of the other ivas "Eliezer; for [he said], The "God of my father was my help, and delivered me from the sword of Pharaoh. 6 And Jethro, Moses' father in law, came with his sons and his wife unto Moses into the wilderness where he was encamped, at the "mount of God : ° and he said unto Moses, I thy father in law Jethro am come unto thee, and thy wife, and her two sons with her. ...7And Moses went out to meet his father in law, and ¦''did obeisance, and kissed him ; and they "asked "each other of their rwelfare ; and they came into the tent. 8 And Moses told his father in law all "that Yahweh had done unto Pharaoh and to the Egyptians "for Israel's sake, all the ''travail that had 'come upon them by the way, and how Yahweh delivered them. 9 And Jethro ^'rejoiced for all the goodness "which Yahweh had done to Israel, in that he had ^delivered them out of the hand of the Egyptians4. 10 And Jethro said, "Blessed be Yahweh, who hath ^delivered you out of the hand of the Egyptians1', and out of the hand of Pharaoh ; "who hath delivered the people from under the hand of the Egyptians. u Now 'I know that Yahweh is greater than all gods : yea, in the thing wherein they "'dealt proudly against them. 12 "And Jethro, Moses' father in law, took a "burnt offering and sacrifices for God : and Aaron cam", and all the 'elders of Israel, to eeat bread with Moses' father in law before God. 13 And it came to pass on the morrow, that Moses sat to judge the people : and the people stood about Moses from the morning unto the evening. u And when Moses' father in law saw all that he did to the people, he said, What is this thing that thou doest to the people ? "why sittest thou thyself alone, and all the people ''stand about thee from morning unto even ? 15 And Moses said unto his father in law, Because the people come unto me to 'inquire of God : 16 when they have a "matter, they come unto 'me ; and I judge between a "man and his neighbour, and I make them know the "statutes of God, and his "laws. I7 And Moses' father in law said unto him, The thing that thou doest is not good. 18 Thou wilt surely 'wear away, 'both thou, 'and this people that is wfth thee : for the thing is too 'heavy for thee ; thou art not able to 'perform it thyself alone. 1!' 'Hearken now unto my voice, I will "give thee counsel, and God be mwith thee : be thou for the people to Godward, and bring thou the ''causes unto God : 20 and thou shalt "teach them the statutes and the laws, and shalt shew them the ""way wherein they must walk, and the work that they must do. 21 Moreover thou shalt "'provide out of all the people "able men, such as "fear God, men of truth, hating unjust 2gain ; and place such over them, to be "rulers of thousands, rulers of b 105 II2b 151 149 h 108 i 78 k H9» 1 44" III 130 191 182 The Meeting of Moses and his father in law a_J1 appears to have heen related hoth by J and E. In 6- Jethro arrives and converses with Moses, yet in 7 Moses sets out to meet him, The hand of J seems recognizable in 7, while that of E is plainly to be discerned in 5. But the antecedents in the two sources must have been different. In J Moses had but one son, on his return to Egypt, when his wife accompanied him 420 2C. E, on the other hand, represented Moses as leaving his family under his father in law's care. The two views are harmonized by R in 2 ; 3 is plainly founded on 222 ; but tho origin of 4 is unknown (for ( sword ' (SJ reads ' hand '). Eliezer is mentioned nowhere else in the Hex, though in P Aaron has a son named Eleazar. The situation in 6 again implies displacement, for in io/1* Israel is still on the march to the sacred mountain. On the original position of E's narrative see 12N : J's may have led up to Num io29. 3 M $ Oer. See a*2. * M £ El, God, and ezer, help. 10 The phraseology of °~n shows most affinity with J. But the duplicate clauses of 10 may result from an amalgam of J and E. The shorter forms of 10 in © where 10b disappears altogether, are worthy of note : ©AU 'And Jethro said, Blessed be Yahweh, that he hath delivered them out of the hand of the Egyptians and out of the hand of Pharaoh'; ©L 'And Jethro said, Blessed he Yahweh who hath delivered his people from the hand of the Egyptians and from the hand of Pharaoh.' 12 It has been already pointed out that in E's narrative Jethro finds Moses and the people already encamped beneath the mount of God. The sequel in 12_27 shows similar signs that it has been inserted here too soon. The elaborate judicial organization indicated in 2B- is apparently not yet instituted in 2412-14. Moreover it presupposes a collection of statutes and laws divinely given 18 20 ; and its establishment is more appropriate to the scene of a lengthened stay than to a mere station on the way. Accordingly in Deut i*"17 it is assigned to Horeb, shortly before the people started again upon the march, und this is supported in E by Jethro's reference 23 to their approaching departure. The whole section, therefore, originally fell among the last of the Horeb scenes. 08 ARRIVAL AT SINAI Ex 193 E JE E a! Gen 2628 !>' Ct r84 t> Ct Num io29. a 17I 6 tSl Num il tfl 3338 hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens : 22 and let them judge the people at all seasons : and it shall be, that every great "matter they shall bring unto thee, but every small "matter they shall judge themselves : so shall it be 'easier for thyself, and they shall bear [the burden] with thee. 23 If thou shalt do this thing, and God command thee so, then thou shalt be able to endure, and all this people also shall go to their "place in "'peace. 2i So Moses "hearkened to the voice of his father in law, and did all that he had said. 2S And Moses chose "able men out of all Israel, and made them '''heads over the people, rulers of thousands, rulers of hundreds, rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens. 28 And they judged the people at all seasons : the hard "causes they brought unto Moses, but every small matter they judged themselves. 27 And Moses c'let his father in law depart ; and he went his way into his own land. 192* "And they 'journeyed from "Eephidim, and came to the wilderness of "Sinai, and they "pitched in the wilderness. — 1 In the "third month ''after the children of Israel were gone forth out of the land of Egypt, the same day came they into the wilderness of "Sinai. — p 65 q 44a a 97a b o' 0 183 . . .2" and there Israel 'pitched before the mount. up unto "God. s" "And Moses went 1921 In iq1-21 P continues the itinerary interrupted at 171. But the order of the Hebrew text appears to have been changed, for it can hardly be supposed that the original writer brought the Israelites to Sinai before mentioning that they had left Bephidim. The B V somewhat obscures the customary language of P in parallel passages by rendering 2 And when they were departed &o, though the phraseology is identical with that of 171. The compiler, it would seem, felt that the date in 1 would make a more effective introduction to the narrative of the great events at Sinai, and perhaps also thought that he would secure a closer connexion with JE if the final words in 2» ' and they pitched in the wilderness ' immediately preceded E's phrase ' and there Israel pitched Sp before the mount.' 2b ft as in **. T camped. 3a With 8 begins the story of the great theophany which formed the core of the traditions concerning the giving of the Law. P's description of it is not introduced till 2416a which is apparently continuous with iQ2a '. The intervening material is chiefly derived from E (see 2o1K) but the narrative of the manifestation on the sacred mount is plainly not from one source alone. The difficulty of explaining the repeated ascents of Mosos (cp 8 7 "• 14 20 2r') at once suggests diversity of dooumont, and this inference is established by comparison of 14_17 witfi 20-25. in 10 directions are issued for the purification of the people which are fulfilled in u-. The people are then ready, the signal of Elohim's advent is given on the mountain, and Israel is solemnly brought forth to meet its God 17. But the divine intercourse with Moses 19 is* suddenly arrested by a new call to the top of the mount. There fresh instructions are supplied for the sanctification of the priests 22, for the preven tion of too eager curiosity on the part of the people 21, and for the return of Moses to the summit with Aaron **. The narra tive concludes abruptly with the statement 2» that ' Mosos wont down to the people and said unto them . . .,' leaving the reader to imagine the instructions which he communicated. In 20 ¦ ¦ the divine words for which preparation has been made in 19 ore solemnly uttered, with the result that the torrifiod pooplo, already at the foot of the mount, ontreat Moses that the speech of heaven may cease 20™ and be transmitted to them through him. Moses accordingly draws near alone «, and the summons to Aaron 192* remains unfulfilled. The contrast of 19M-M with jqH-17 2018-2i points to a J source and an E source. But this criterion is an insufficient basis of analysis. Since the revela tion described in 316 E has repeatedly employed the name Yahweh, and in the present passage """ plai nly. depends on ». where Yahweh is found. [It may be noted that (4) here points to considerable variations of redaction in this matter Thus in 7 8ab 18 2l>> 23 2*b (& ABL read Elohim for Yahweh ; so also 8b 2i» (5)*» 22a @iL . further, 3b ©" M» ®" Yahweh Elohim for Yahweh; and vice versa 20* ®*» Yahweh to H ohim] The material differences, however, suffice for partition. Starting from the passages already noticed, the following contrasts are obtained : — J E (1) Yahweh comes down on Sinai llb 18 2°, (2) with smoke and fire 18, (3) in the sight of all the people llb. The mountain ' trembles ' 13. (4) Bounds are to be set to the mountain, the border of which must not be touched 18. 23. (^) The priests to be sanctified 22 24. 1 (6) The.blastofaram's'iorn13. Elohim (Yahweh) comes 199 so2", in a thick cloud 9 18 cp 2018 21, that the people may hear when he speaks with Moses 9 19 2019. The people ' tremble ' l6. The people are brought forth to meet Elohim at the nether part of the mount 17. The whole people to be sancti fied i°».. The sound of the trumpet 16 19 The people terrified, they stand far off w 2018. Moses drew near to the dark ness alone 2o2i. (7) The people endangered by their eagerness to press forward and see 21. (8) ' They Bball come up to the mount ' ls cp Moses and Aaron shall come up 2*. There remains a difficult passage in 3b~8 unaffected by the foregoing distribution. The close juxtaposition of two divine names excites attention, and the peculiar phraseology of »• unknown outside Deuteronomy points to expansion at the hands of Rd. It is less certain whether the whole of the divine address is an addition, and it is not without significance in this respect that G-8 reappears in © after 2321. Bacon (whose analysis of this chapter the editors have largely followed) sup» posos that flb~8 stood originally after 2o2l, the contribution of ' Ea being limited to so-o». The words in 6b then refer to 2o1_>7. The phrase in 6b, however, resembles the title to a collection of precepts, and sounds rather introductory than retrospective cp 211. Tho opening words have thoir parallols in 316 2022a, while ' yo yourselves have soon ' * Sp matchos 2o22b : and as the people have already themselves heard the divine words in 2o1-17, it is not clear why Moses should need to recite them again to the elders. It is possible that in the confusion of the fragments 7- is an accidental variant of 24s. A similar casualty seems to have generated 8b as a duplicate of 9b. Yet even 7 and 8 do not seem quite homogeneous, for the divine message, communicated only to the elders in 7, is accepted by the united people in 8. Further difficulty arises from the emphatic pro noun ' they shall come up to the mount ' ]3. It cannot refer to ' all the people ' u, for these are expressly prohibited from touching the border. It is conjectured, therefore, that the passage has found its way into a wrong context, and that m>-is should follow 20-24 There" the priests are directed to sanctify log Ex 19n ISRAEL AT SINAI 3b-6» Znjc c 2022 Deut 292 Josh 238 ft cp Deut i31 d Cp Deut 32II e Cp »3i /Deut 78 gSpih CpB6o 12020 j Sp* op 1« 2o21 iCt-tl- -Slop 134 I U ct 22. P86° m M ct '173 « 15 cp ng^ o 23 ft Hiphf j> Cp Gen 248 q Gen 26H r aol8 1 10 20I8 Ct 13 t Gen 4228!1 11 Op Gen 15I7 11 Sp = trtmbhd^ Gen 2788 w 342 x 23 Gen 433 y 24 iS7 cp Pi 2324* Z 24 2 Cp 2021 a' Num nl8 Joah 3o 7is ct 10 y Cp sm 2S] 14 And Moses went down from the mount unto the people, and 'sanctified the people ; and they "'washed their "garments. (J5 And he said unto the people, Be ready against the "third day : come not near a woman. 10 And it came to pass on the "third day, when it was "morning, that there were 'thunders and lightnings, and a "thick Jcloud upon the mount, and the "voice of a trumpet exceeding loud ; and all the people that were in the camp 'trembled. 17 And Moses brought forth the people out of the camp to meet God ; and they pstood at the nether part of the mount. ,..18 And mount "Sinai was altogether on smoke, because Yahweh 'descended upon it in fire : and the smoke thereof ascended as the "smoke of a furnace", and the whole "mount "quaked greatly. 10 And when the "voice of the trumpet waxed louder and louder, Moses spake, and God answered him by a voice". 20 And Yahweh 'came down upon mount mSinai, to the ""top of the mount : and Yahweh called Moses to the top of the mount ; and Moses went up. 21 And Yahweh said unto 'Moses, Go down, "charge the people, lest they ''break through unto Yahweh to gaze, and many of them perish. 22(And let the priests also, which "come near to Yahweh, "'sanctify themselves, lest Yahweh qbreak forth upon them. 2S And Moses said unto Yahweh, '''The poople cannot come up to mount '"Sinai : for thou didst charge us, saying, "Set bounds about the mount, and sanctify it. 2i And Yahweh said unto him, °'Go, get thee down0', and thou shalt come up, thou, and Aaron with thee : but let not the priests and the people "break through vv a aaab e ai8 f 146° g "58" h 151 i 391 J 116 k 161 1 19 m 76 n 936 0 78 P 314 q 80 themselves, apparently as a qualification for an extraordinary interview with Yahweh. Kuenen surmised that in 21 the text originally ran ' thou shalt come up, thou and Aaron with thee, and the priests : hut let not tho people hreak through' &c. If this passage preceded Hl>-13) the contrast hetween ' ye ' (the people) 12 and ' they ' (the priests) 13 would be explained. But in that case 23 (where Moses intimates to Yahweh that his previous command rendered further arrangements superfluous) can only have heen inserted after the text had assumed its present order. 193a' ® the mount of God. 6a The word rh*c (here rendered ' peculiar treasure ') only occurs elsewhere in the formula l a peculiar people ' (nbaD CI?1?) Deut 70 142 2618 where (5J always renders Xabs Tiepiovtrios. The occurrence of the same phrase in (M in the present passage makes it probable that we should restore the corresponding Sp here, 6b M Or, above. lib This date, which does not appear elsewhere in J may be duo here to editorial connexion. i3a M Or, it. i3b So M. T trumpet— Ct " ». 180 The pronoun is here expressed with emphasis : cp 3N ad fln 24s. 18 M Some ancient authorities have, people. 10 The sequel of this passage will be found in 2o18-21. IIO THE TEN WORDS Ex 205 a Deut 58 cp Gen 157 !> 138 8I5ae c Cp 23" 34H "85 *-« z5b!> d Deut 4I6 23 26 58 27I5 Lev 26I* cp 23 3417 « Deut 58-10 /Num 128 Deut 412. . . 58» g 2324 34I4 Dent S9 Lev 26I op "93 E JE E to come up unto Yahweh, lest he "break forth upon them. [_nb_13] 25 So Moses went down unto the people, and "told them ' 201 And God spalte all these "tvords, saying, "I am Yahweh thy God, which 'brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the 'house of "bondage. 3 LThou shalt have none "other gods "before me. 4 'Thou shalt not dmake unto thee a dgraven image, "nor [the , likeness of] any ./form that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth : B thou shalt not "bow down thyself unto thorn, nor *sorve them : for I Yahweh thy God am a 'jealous God, ^'visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, upon the third and upon the fourth h 23'* Deut 5' i 34H Dout 424 50 (,K\ op Joah 24I3 3 34' Nuin 14IB Deut s» op 7'" 1926 ft said unto them cp Gen 48. The arrangement suggested above indicates that the omitted words spoken by Mosos to the people contained the divine instructions for their safety. 201 The ' Ten Words' as they are designated in Deut io1 op Ex 342s are almost unanimously assigned in the present redac tion to E, though critical opinion is divided as to their place in his original narrative. A comparison with Deut 5 shows that 1-21 was known to Y> substantiaUy in one piece : *"1T cp Deut 56~2i , 18 (igiG) cp Deut 522, io cp Deut 523-27, while the use of the divine name Elohim 201 19*21 points to the same Elohistic source already traced in 19. Two main questions arise concerning the literary history of the Words : (1) are they reproduced here in their original form, or have they received additions in the shape of explanations and commentaries ? (2) If they can be reduced to a simpler type, what relation does the series bear to any similar laws which may be traced elsewhere ? (i) The facts that there are variations in the reasons assigned for the observance of the fourth commandment op Ex 2011 Deut 516, and that the Deutero- nomio version shows slight divergences in the treatment of the fifth and tenth, have been long recognized as affording good grounds for the belief that some of the commandments have received hortatory expansion. The analogy of other laws points in the same direction (Introd i 73) and it is now generally believed that the Words were primarily ' moulded in uniform shape,' and expressed in ' terse and simple form ' (Driver LOT* p 34). Is it possible to recover this anoient type 1 Dr Briggs (Higher Criticism of the Hexateuch* 181-7) has endeavoured to recon struct it, finding the primitive form of 'Word' in the direct prohibition ' Thou shalt not ... ' Tho additions are, in this view, later than the actual Words, and may be ascribed»with some confidence to other hands. This is made practically cer tain by their striking literary affinities, for they seem at various points to touch the phraseology of J, of E, and of D respectively. Thus the introductory clause 2 contains two expressions strongly characteristic of D, ' Yahweh thy God ' and ' house of bondage,' pointing to an earlier form ' I am Yahweh which brought thee out of the land of Egypt,' cp Gen 15' ' I am Yahweh which brought thee out of Ur of the Chaldees.' The additions to the second Word, as the margin shows, cp ' heaven above ' &o ' bow down and serve ' ' Yahweh thy God,' tend in the same direction. But, on the other hand, the language of "¦ shows striking parallels with J in 347 " cp 'Yahweh is a jealous God' 'visiting the iniquity . . ' ' keeping mercy for thousands.' The phrase in the toxt, 'showing (doing) mercy,' is peculiar to JE, and nowhere occurs in D (though cp Deut 79) : on tho other hand tho allusions to ' hate ' and ' love ' seem to belong to the religious atmosphere of D, who alone in the Bex makes the love of God a motive of human action, though the expression (in a somewhat different sense) is probably one of great antiquity, cp Judg 53]. The fourth commandment 8-" has been revised by KP cp "» ; but the influ ence of D can also be traced with much probability in the phrase ' Yahweh thy God,' in the enumeration of the members of the household, and in the description of ' thy stranger that is within thy gates,' when compared with the simpler language of E23", ' that thine ox and thine ass may have rest, and the son ot thy handmaid (Sp = maidservant 201°), and the stranger Similarly the phrases in 12 recur repeatedly in D and in D only. It may be affirmed, then, with considerable probability, that the horta tory additions have been themselves expanded in the spirit ot the great Deuteronomic school (cp Introd XVI 2d 1 175), and that thev were founded on earlier material derived from Jandl, perhaps by the editor designated TU". But (11) behind the commentaries lie the Words themselves. Had they a place in the original narrative of E? In their present position they constitute a kind of introduction to the legislation which follows, but they havo littlo in common with it : the arrangomont in D by which thoy aro presented as the solo legislation of Horeb op 22N is much more impressive. Now the Words aro reported by D as the basis of the covenant between Yahweh and Israel. It will be seen hereafter that both J and E record such a covenant, cp Ex 24 and 34 : but neither document founds it on these Ten Words, though each associates it with 'Words' of Yahweh. Further it may bo noted that each of these collections shows parallels with some of the Ton Words. Thus with 203 cp J 3414 ' Thou shalt not bow down (ft as in 204) to another god,' E 3220 forbidding sacrifice to another god under pain of ' devotion,' and Er 2313 ' the name of other gods ye shall not cause to be remem bered ' cp 2024" : with 204 cp J 3417, ' thou shalt make thee no molten gods,' and Er 2o28 ' ye shall not make with me gods of silver, and gods of gold ye shall not make unto you ' : with 207 cp 2228 ; and with 2o8- • cp J 34s1 ' Six days thou shalt labour, but on the seventh day thou shalt rest,' and E 23I2 ' Six days thou shalt do thy works, but on the seventh day thou shalt rest/ where in both cases 'rest' in Sp means 'keep sabbath.' The question can hardly be discussed in all its bearings until the Covenant-Words of J and E have themselves been analysed. But the existence of these several groups (which will be found closely parallel to each other) suggests that the Ten Words, the latter of which run a highly independent course, were not part of the original narrative of E (for why should E himself arrange these duplicates side by side ?) but were added from some other source. Some confirmation of this view is found in the con sideration of the narrative 1919 2o18_21 compared with Deut 522« ¦. It is clear from the Deuteronomic account that the people were supposed to have heard the actual words uttered by Yahweh ' with a great voice-.' But it may be doubted if that was the conception of E. The people witness a storm of thunder and lightning, they hear a trumpet blast which they interpret as the divine utterance, but it does not appear that they are conscious of articulate address from Elohim. As the outward signs of the theophaivy becomo more majestic and terrible, they dread lest Deity should speak 10 and they should perish. The original account of E, therefore, probably contained no spoken 'Words' from Elohim to the assembled people, but only the tradition of the awful Voice. Concerning the antiquity of the Words them selves, doubted by Colenso, Wellhausen, Kuenen, Stade, Bacon, Addis, Meisnor, Steuernngel, Staerk, Holzinger, Kraetzschmar, and others, cp Driver (LOT6 33), Briggs (Higher Criticism* 186), Dillmann-Ryssel (Ex und Lev9 226), and Wicksteed (Christian Reformer 1886 i 307). It is perhaps sufficient toobserve here that (as noted above) E does not base the covenant on the so-called ' Ten Words,' but on the Words now combined with the judge ments in the Covenant-book cp 22N. D is the first to treat the Ten Words as the sole foundation and contents of the Horeb- covenant. The prominence thus assigned to them (together with the linguistic affinities on which Colenso and Meisner have dwelt with especial emphasis) adds weight to the conjecture that they took shape between the first collection of laws and narra tives in J and E, and the later reproduction of ancient torah in D. But if this be so, there is no clue to the circumstances under which they were incorporated into E. On difficulties connected with the place of the Ten Words in Israel's religions and social history cp Addis Hex i 139. 2 M .£1 bondmen. 3 M Or, beside me. — Sp my face (presence). Ill Ex 205 ISRAEL AT SINAI k Cp 074a I Gen 266 cp B8a° "¦501 m 34*1 Num J4I8 Deut 511 Pi* 8. . Igbi 10 luo,a n Deut 5I4 24I4 29II 3il2f ct 'I45b 0 Cp B5t 11 *gbj p Cp B73 g Cp B6o° 12 iiaa is lahii 14 iris 16 i3aa 18 i4fu r 191' «2l24 t Deut 527 u Deut 526 v 1526b ,64 Qen 22I to Deut 522 cp 19IO E JE E generation of them that hate me ; tt and "shewing mercy unto "thousands, of them that *love me and 'keep my commandments. 7 iThou shalt not take the name of Yahweh thy God "in vain : for Yahweh will not ""hold him guiltless that taketh his name "in vain. 8 "Hemember the sabbath day, to keep it holy. ' Six days shalt thou labour, and do all thy work : 10 ibut the seventh day is a sabbath unto Yahweh thy God : [in it] thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy manservant, nor thy ''maidservant, nor thy cattle, nor "thy stranger that is "within thy gates : n iu 20 2J.i,. The remaindor is then allotted to (1). But this remainder is itself found on investigation to consist of highly various materials. There is the humanitarian legislation for the protection of the stranger, the ethical insistence on the upright administration of justice, strangely mingled with regu lations about first fruits and sabbath (whether of days or years) and a calendar of annual feasts. It is readily seen that these are alike neither in style nor in substance. The conditional form of the strict 'judgement ' is reproduced in 23* • ; but by its side are the participial clauses in which Dr Briggs finds tha proper type of the 'statute ' 2219-, and the commands and pro hibitions 2218 28. 2»b 80 jn wbich the same critio recognizes the characteristics of the ' Word ' (Higher Grit2 242 ff). It does not seem possible to base any distinction on these slender variations in expression. It is more apposite to notice that the moral and 112 THE WORDS OF YAHWEH Ex 202 x 194 23a Ii J yCP3 43417 28b z5b(; 24« iiodi 2 Ct 27L ¦ E JE E children of Israel, "Ye yourselves have seen that I have talked with you from heaven. 2S KLYe shall not "make [other gods] tvith me ; 'gods of silver, or gods of gold, ye shall not make unto you. 24 "'An altar of *earth thou shalt social legislation tends constantly to expand into the prophet's appeal rather than the lawgiver's command cp 22s3. 27 23'., and is thus strongly marked off from a specific group of regulations which do not embody the experience of life but are occupied with the requirements of worship. These laws are broken up in their present position, but they are readily seen to constitute a little collection by themselves. Different investigators, such as Roth- stein (Bundesbuch 1888), Bantsch (Bundesbuch 1892), and Bacon, approaching the problem by different methods, have substanti ally agreed in the view that the ' Words ' are to be found in the cultus laws 2o22"26 2229_8i 2310-!9, with the concluding exhortation in 2320"38. The Book of Judgements would naturally contain the available rules for the protection of life and property. With them would be suitably associated other provisions for the wel fare of the community, such as the infliction of the ban on those who were guilty of treason to the national God by worshipping an alien deity 2220, or the prohibition of ribald Bpeech whether against the earthly or the heavenly ruler 2228. The varied contents of Deut 12-26 under the title 'Statutes and Judgements' show what diversified materials might thus be nggregatod together. ,But tho particular institutions of tho cultus wore not founded on custom and UBage, whether formulated in judicial decisions, or as yet implied only in the higher standards of reli gion. They were regarded as derived directly from the divine will, and owed their origin to a positive utterance. Accepting this distinction provisionally, it may be noted further that the ' Words ' 244 were recorded by Moses in a book : with solemn sacrifice and ceremony the people pledged themselves to obedi ence : and on the basis of these ' Words ' Yahweh entered into a covenant with Israel 248. But as soon as these prescriptions are examined by themselves, it is observed that the bulk of them reappear in another connexion in 34, where they are again embodied in a covenant which Yahweh purposes to make with Israel 3410' • . Let the following parallels be considered : — (1) 2023 Prohibition of image worship . . . 3417 (2) 24-26 Regulations for the construction of altars (3) 3229 (jift 0f firstborn sons to Yahweh . (4) 30 Gift of firstborn animals to Yahweh (5) 31 No meat torn by wild beasts to be eaten . (6) 2310-" Observance of the seventh faUow year . (7) 12 Observance of the seventh day of rest (8) 14 17 Observance of three annual feasts . (9) 15 Feast of Unleavened Bread (10) le Harvest and Ingathering . . (11) 18» No leavened bread to be used in sacrifice (12) ltb No fat to be left till the morning . (13) 19a Firstfruits to be given to Yahweh . . 20a (14) Mb No kid to be seethed in its mother's milk 2eb. It is clear that the terms of the covenant proposed in 3410 are largely parallel with the ' Words * on which the previous covenant has already been formally established. Reasons will be given hereafter for believing that its context belongs to J ; but as it cannot be supposed that J related the institution of the covenant twice over in slightly different terms, the previous 'Words' and their acceptance by tho people must be assigned to H. This conclusion is roinforced by other considerations, partly linguistio, as the margins will Bhow, and partly sub stantial op 24s". The harmonist of J. and E, in fixing the present places of the two versions, has brought them into closer accord by modification and addition, so that the texts of the two doouments have been moulded into completer correspond ence. The probable signs of such changes will be noted when they occur. This is the only case in which J and B agree in ascribing the preparation of a documentary record to Moses; and this agreement may be taken in evidence that J and E were both acquainted with some older written source, (but cp 342'"). The distinction already emphasized between the ' Words and the ' Judgements ' (with the additional materials attached to them) makes it necessary to account for the incorporation of the latter collection at this point of the narrative. It will be found (1) that they are suitable rather for a settled and agricultural people than for the life of the desert, and (2) that many of them are included, sometimes with important amend ments, in the Book of Deuteronomy, whose central body of legislation is described 12I under the double heading of ' Statutes II. 20b 19 20a 22 2Ka 2ftb and Judgements.' Deut is emphatic in its statement that nothing was publicly enjoined at Horeb but the Ten Words 522 81 61. It was pointed out by Kuenen that the author no doubt had some reason in the materials which he employed for placing his great reproduction of the Mosaic Teaching at the end of the wanderings under the slopes of Pisgah. Now his chief source of sacred law (so far as Pentateuch permits us to trace it) was the so-called Covenant-book. This, argued Kuenen, must once have stood in the position which Deut now occupies, at the close of Moses' life as the people prepared to quit the wilderness for the settled occupations of the land which was afterwards to bear their name. The partition of the Covenant-book of the older criticism into two unequal parts, does not affect Kuenen's suggestion. The 'Judgements' constituted the earliest summary of the Mosaic Torah, and may possibly have belonged to a hoito- tory address now superseded by Deut. That they, too, are due to an Elohistic source may be inferred from their use of the name Elohim 21° 13 22s- n (&} **, and other linguistic marks (such as the designation rTDM for 'bondwoman' cp JE99, and the repeated uso of tho words 'jyj "ityj and i:n in tho sonse of 'matter' or 'cause' JRlo8. Bantsch, indeed, argues that Ex 22°~12 is prosupposed in Gon 3i8"-40 and must be attributed to J. But tho plea is doubly precarious. The connexion between the two passages cannot be proved ; and in the foregoing analysis of the Jacob-stories the verses in question are assigned to E. This suggestion affords no support, therefore, to the view (abandoned by Wellhausen and Driver)that the Judgement- book was derived from J. In the process of uniting JE with D, if the Judgement-book really did stand at the end, it became necessary to find another place for it, and it Seemed most appropriately combined with the other brief collection of religious law in E, the Covenant-words at Horeb. Other suggestions perhaps deserve a passing mention. Thus Holzinger (Hex 179) proposes to connect it with Joshua's covenant at Shechem Josh 2425. It might seem more natural to associate it with E's narrative of the institution of the Judges Ex 18, which represents Moses as already in possession of divine statutes and laws Ex 181", which could bo taught to the people so. This narrative (it has been shown) is placed too soon ; in its original position among the later Horeb scenes it might well have been preceded by a collection of regulations for judicial procedure, and the special warnings in 231"3 6~8 would have been particularly apposite. Is it unreasonable to find a trace of such an arrangement in the language of Deut 118, which implies that tho Mosaic teaching was not all postponed to the eve of the passage of tho Jordan in the land of Moab? For a recent attempt to arrange the Words and Judgements in Decalogues, Pentades, and Triplets, cp Briggs, Higher Criticism 2 210-32. Some other scholars treat them as an expansion of the Decalogue Ex 20. 2o22l> This verse (together with 23) i3 often regarded as redac- tional. This view finds some support in the fact that different forms of the introductory words seem to have been extant. Thus Sam roads ' And Yahweh spake unto Moses saying, Speak unto the children of Israel' : and (4)AIIL supply 'And Yahweh said unto Moses, Thus shalt thou say unto tho house of Jacob, and tell tho children of Israel ' cp 193. In the Sp text Kuenen thought he detected the traces of Rd's hand cp Ueut 413 3fl, but the signs of D's influence cannot be said to be strong. More significant is the appearance of tho name 'Yahweh,' dis continuous with the usage of 19-21, and the contrast of the plurals in 22' with the singular in 24-20. 23 The verse is not free from difficulty. BV accepts the Hebrew punctuation according to which the first clause runs ' Ye shall not make with me ' : an object has then to be supplied, such as 'other gods' (Rothstein points to Lev 261). Briggs practically follows (5) 8 and other ancient authorities, and renders ' Ye shall not make with me gods of silver,' ' and gods of gold ye shall not make you,' -which he regards as the first and second commands of the first pentade. But this kind of repetition seems strangely feeble. 24 It may bo doubted whether -4~2S is in its right place ; it is unrepresented in J's Covenant-words. Budde (ZATW xi 228) suggests that it was originally pait of the narrative of the institution of the sanctuary, which must have once followed 113 * Ex 202 ISRAEL AT SINAI 24b ^aAbcpa a' 248 328 Deut 278- Josh 831 cp io26 i812 Lev 178 24c Iloac V Sp* Am 5" cp Deut 278 c7 Deut 27S ct 26 infa d' Ct 2842 a Ct Deut 61 12I 2-11 i,adc 2- ¦ *gj'> i, 0 20. Deut I512. 16« c 11 Gen 29,e dSpr e Cp 18I9 22S /Deut 15" # Deut 1517+ 7-11 Xihb 7i Sp Qal* cp 2 Sam 208=* appoint i ft* Hoa 57 67 Jer 320 a( j Sp = covering 22K Gen 2ol«. Deut 22I2" 12-14 iah<: * Sp* 1 Sam 24II I Cp § Pa 91I0 Prov 1221 2 KInga s't ro Dent i4S 17U 1 820 n Josh q4 Prov t4 8S12t 16-17 Lifrab 16 Lap 0 2228 ft = ,.gri^ Lev 209 18-27 Xaia'jc 3> Is 584f q Num 21I8* so. iadi h-i E JE J E make unto me, land shalt "sacrifice thereon thy "'burnt offerings, and thy "'peace offerings, thy 'sheep, and thine 'oxen : zin every place where I "record my name I will come unto thee and I will bless thee. 25 And if thou make me an altar of stone, thou shalt not build it of ''hewn stones: for if thou "'lift up thy tool upon it, thou hast polluted it. 26 xNeither shalt thou go up by steps unto mine altar, that thy ^'nakedness be not discovered thereon. 211 Now "these are the judgements which thou shalt set before them. 2 IIf thou buy an Hebrew "servant, six years he shall serve : and in the seventh he shall go out 6free "for nothing. 3 If he come in dby himself, he shall go out rfby himself : if he be 'married, then his wife shall go out with him. 4 if his master give him a wife, and she bear him sons or daughters ; the wife and her "children shall be her master's, and he shall go out ''by himself. s But if the servant shall plainly say, I clove my master, my wife, and my children ; I will not go » out free : 6 then his master shall bring him 'unto "God, and shall bring him to the Aioor, or unto the door post ; and his master shall dbore his ear through with an "awl ; and he shall serve him for ever. 7 xAnd if a man sell his daughter to be a Mdmaidservant, she shall not go out as the menservants do. 8 If she please not her master, "who hath 'espoused her to himself, then shall he let her be redeemed : to sell her unto a strange people he shall have no power, seeing he hath 'dealt deceitfully with her. 9 And if he ^espouse her unto his son, he shall deal with her after the manner of daughters. 10 If he take him another [wife] ; her "food, her ¦'raiment, and her dduty of marriage, shall he not diminish. n And if he do not these three unto her, then shall she go out "for nothing, without money. 12 xHe that smiteth a man, so that he die, shall surely be put to death. 13 And if a man *lie not in wait, but God 'deliver [himl into his hand ; then I will appoint thee a place whither he shall flee. 14 And if a man come "'presumptuously upon his 'neighbour, to 'slay him with "guile ; thou shalt take him from mine altar, that he may die. 15 xAnd he that smiteth his father, or his mother, shall be surely put to death. 10 "And he that "stealeth a man, and selleth him, or if he be found in his hand, he shall surely be put to death. 17 And he that ""curseth his father, or his mother, shall surely be put to death. 18 'And if men contend, and one smiteth the* "other with a stone, or with his pfist, and he die not, but keep his bed : M if he rise again, and walk abroad upon his "staff, then shall he that smote him be quit : "only he shall pay for "the loss of his time, and shall cause him to be thoroughly healed. 20 "And if a man smite "his servant, or his Jmaid, with a rod, and he die under his hand ; he shall surely be punished. 21 Notwithstanding, h aoa i 33 107 b 334 c 180 <1 99 nab 310 g "7 li 18 33° and preceded the description of Moses' usage 337-11. On the other hand D's version of the ' Statutes and Judgements ' opens with a law defining the place where cultus is legitimate Deut I21- • ; and a similar subject stands' at the head of the Holiness- legislation Lev 17. These possibilities cannot be definitely decided : the transpositions and adjustments of the text which seem to have taken place on an extensive scale, make it impossible to recover the original openings either of the Covenant-words or of the Book of Judgements. 2024 M Or, cause my name to be remembered. 211 Like other documents of the Hexateuch this early collection of laws has no doubt received editorial additions and amplifications. But it does not seem possible to distinguish the work of the first collector on his original materials from the amendments or expansions of later hands. 2 M Or, bondman. « M Or, the judges.— Cp aa8 28. 7 M Or, bondwoman. 8 M Another reading is, so .that he hath not espoused her. "0 M ft flesh.— Ctp95. 18 © 'he that stealeth a man of the children of Israel.' © places 16 after 17 so as to join the two offences against parents in immediate succession. This may be due to an effort after symmetry, but it may possibly represent an earlier order. The introduction of 17 may be due to a scribal recollection of Lev 209. 17 M Or, revileth. 18 M Sp his sitting or ceasing. 20a Budde suggests that the natural sequel of ls- is found in' 28-26i while 20. should stand before 28. in 22 for D^m • ^ the judges determine,' he would read O'bDH ' for the miscarriage.' 20I' M Or, his bondman, or his bondwoman. I14 THE JUDGEMENTS Ex 229 )' Sp Hoph Gen 41B 24f • 36 3236 Joah 248 cp 82 t Gen 16H u 28 Gen A2* v Deut 22I8* w Deut 328! Job 3i"t 23-25 I4eo 1 Lev 2420 y Gen 42s* 2e. iad« 28-38 i3dl z.si- Qalt cp Deut 3317" a' 38 £4 I' 30I2 Num 35si.. c' Pa 498f >*ad/ 1-4 *3a!> o Gen 43I8 2- laho t Jer 2S4t c Gen 328I »• I3d6 t£ Gen 45I7 e Gen 476a /Gen 318» g ft* Judg 15B h Dout 168 2328* i6t 7-Ifl X3ea •• ^4b '» J «§=e2 brought near Joah 7 14 Niphf It 26 Deut 2413 296 Josh 9'' 13 228* I Lev 63. Deut 223f E JE J E if he continue a day or two, he shall not 'be punished : for he is his money. 22 And if men strive together, and "hurt a woman 'with child, so that her fruit depart, and yet no "mischief follow : he shall be surely "fined, according as the woman's "husband shall 'lay upon him ; and he shall pay as the "judges determine. 23 'But if any "mischief follow, then thou shalt give life for life, 24 "eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot, 26 "burning for burning, "wound for wound, "stripe for stripe. 26 xAnd if a man smite the eye of his servant, or the eye of his "maid, and destroy it ; he shall let him go 'free for his eye's sake. 27 And if he smite out his manservant's tooth, or his "maidservant's tooth ; he shall let him go ''free for his tooth's sake. 28 xAnd if an ox "gore a man or a woman, that they die, the ox shall be surely 'stoned, and his flesh shall not be eaten ; but the "owner of the ox shall be quit; 23 But if the ox were "'wont to gore "in time past, and it hath been testified to his "owner, and he hath not kept him in, but that he hath killed a man or a woman ; the ox shall be 'stoned, and his "owner also shall be put to death. 30 If there be 'laid on him a '''ransom, then he shall give for the "'redemption of his life whatsoever is laid upon him. 31 "Whether he have "gored a son, or have gored a daughter, according to this judgement shall it be done unto him. 32 zIf the ox 'gore a manservant or a "maidservant ; he shall give unto their master thirty shekels of silver, and the ox shall be 'stoned. 33 And if a man shall open a pit, or if a man shall dig a pit and not cover it, and an ox or an ass fall therein, 34 the "owner of the pit shall make it good ; he shall give money unto the "owner of them, and the dead [beast] shall be his. 38 And if one man's ox "hurt "another's,, that ho die ; then they shall sell the live ox, and divide the price of it; and the dead also they shall divide. 3C Or if it be known that the ox was wont to gore "in time past, and his "owner hath not kept him in ; he shall surely pay ox for ox, and the dead [beast] shall be his own. 221 zIf a man shall "steal an ox, or a sheep, and "kill it, or sell it ; he shall pay five oxen for an ox, and four sheep for a sheep. — 2 NIIf the "thief be found ''breaking in, and be smitten that he die, there shall be no "bloodguiltiness for him. 3 If the sun be "risen upon him, there shall be bloodguiltiness for him : — he should make restitution ; if he have nothing, then he shall be sold for his "theft. 4 If the "theft be found in his hand alive, whether it be ox, or ass, or sheep ; he shall pay double. [2~3a] 6 zIf a man shall cause a field or vineyard to be eaten, and shall let his "beast loose, and it feed in another man's field", of the "best of his own field, and of the best of his own vineyard, shall he make restitution. 6 If fire break out, and catch in ¦''thorns, so that the "shocks of corn, or the ''standing corn, or the field, be consumed ; he that kindled the 'fire shall surely make restitution. 7 ^If a man shall deliver unto his 'neighbour money or stuff to keep, and it be "stolen out of the man's house ; if the "thief be found, he shall pay double. 8 If the "thief be not found, then the "master of the house shall ¦'come near unto "God, [to see]whether he have not "put his hand unto his neighbour's goods. 9 For every "matter of 'trespass, whether it be for ox, for ass, for sheep, for ''raiment, [or] for any manner of 'lost thing, 1 194 j aiS k 169 213'1 a 117 2 [J3 22M b na<> 0 107 d ao5b e 108 f 333 2131 Thedistinctionbetweenmembersof the family and slaves perishes in » cannot be caUed upon for reparation in 3. The in 81. may be later (cp the peculiar formula of reference 31) than the general law in 29- . The analogy of m suggests that 31 began with cn ' if,' instead of IK, and ® reads edi' bt as in 50 32. 222a A slight displacement has probably occurred here. The case of the housebreaker who is killed in resistance to his burglarious act 2-3a interrupts the enunciation of the principle of restitution by a cattle-lifter 1 3b *. Obviously the thief who "5 rule in 2 3ft seems to belong to an independent group, of which, however, no other member can now be traced. 2b M $ blood. r> (SJ and Sam agree in dividing this case into two, adding as the sequel to r'a and the introduction to nb 'lie shall pay well (for it) from his field according to its produce ; and if it eats the whole field up,' ¦ • ¦. 8 M Or, the judges. — Cp 2i6. I 2 Ex 229 ISRAEL AT SINAI m Qen 3783b n 2316611 3i44 0 81 Gen 3i38 14. X3fii 16 Iiji, p Cp Deut 1 1 18 q Deut 2228 I8I5J6 r Op 711 Deut i8io« 19 Lill, 20 igasr 21-24 laab a Lev 1988 25W 17 Deut 23I8* 1 30 238 Num 2225* u Op DI05 26-27 Lg[li v Sp Hiph Deut 2812 44* w Deut 24II 26b I3ka x Lev 2588. Dout 232U» y llcut 248 17* 2 21™ a' 346* i8a I500 I' 21" 28b Iia'j (^ Cp *ia6 29a I80C ci' Nuin i827 Deut 22»t 29b i8ac t' Ci> 13I 12 so i8b.( y Op 198 Deut 1421 31b I6oa 114ft a 2o7 b Gun 29I3 c Cp 20W 2. l^Gtl d Cp 2 Sam 2IO 1 Kings 1621 * e20 Del,t i611 /Lev i915 82» g 30I8 Lev 1421 19I6* E JE J E whereof one saith, This is it, the "cause of both parties shall come before "God ; he whom "God shall condemn shall pay double unto his neighbour. 10 If a man deliver unto his "neighbour an ass, or an ox, or a sheep, or any beast, to keep ; and it die, or be hurt, or driven away, no man seeing it : " the oath of "Yahweh shall be between them both, whether he hath not dput his hand unto his neighbour's goods; and the "owner thereof shall accept it, and he shall not make restitution. 12 But if it be "stolen from him, he shall make restitution unto the "owner thereof. 13 If it be "'torn in pieces, let him bring it for "witness ; he shall not make good that which was "torn. 14 zAnd if a man "borrow aught of his "neighbour, and it be hurt, or die, the "owner thereof not being with it, he shall surely make restitution. 10 If tho "owner thereof be with it, he shall not make it good : if it be an hired thing, "it came for its hire. 16 'And if a man ^entice a virgin that is not 'betrothed, and lie with her, he shall surely 'pay a dowry for her to be his wife. 17 If her father utterly "refuse to give her unto him, he shall pay money according to the dowry of virgins". is i^nou shalt not suffer a 'sorceress to live. 19 ^Whosoever lieth with a beast shall surely be put to death. 20 xHe that sacrificeth unto any god, "save unto Yahweh 'only, shall be Tdevoted. 21" *And a stranger shalt thou not "wrong, neither shalt thou 'opprtss him : 21" "for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt. 22 Ye shall not afflict any "widotv, or fatherless child. 23 If thou afflict "them in any wise, and they Jcry at all unto me, I will surely hear their kcry ; 24 and my 1 wrath shall ivax hot, and I will "kill you with the sword ; and your 'wives shall be "ividows, and your children "fatherless. 20 'If thou "lend money to any of my people with thee that is poor, thou shalt not be to him as a "' creditor, "'neither shall ye lay upon him xusury. 20 If thou at all take thy neighbour's l'garment to ''pledge, thou shalt restore it unto him by that the sun goeth down : 27 for that is his 'only "covering, it is his "garment, for his skin : wherein shall he sleep ? and it shall come to pass, when he 'crieth unto me, that I will hear ; for I am "'gracious. 28 'Thou shalt not '''revile 'God, Lnor curse a "'ruler of thy people. 20 "'p}10U shalt not delay |to oiler of | "the a' abundance of thy fruits, and *of thy liquors. The ''firstborn of thy sons shalt thou give unto me. 30 ^Likewise shalt thou do with thine oxen, [and] with thy sheep : seven days it shall be with its dam ; on the eighth day thou shalt give it me. 31 NiAnd ye shall bo ¦'"holy men unto me : 'therefore ye shall not eat any ilesh that is "torn of beasts iir the field ; ye shall cast it to the dogs. 231 Thou shalt not take up a "false ''report : "put not thine hand with the "wicked to be an unrighteous "witness. 2 Thou shalt not ''follow a multitude to do evil ; neither shalt thou "speak in a cause to turn aside after a multitude to 'wrest [judgement J : 3 neither shalt thou ¦''favour a "poor man in his cause. g 197 136135 j 141 k 33 1 333 m aio n 161 194 231 228ab ]y[ Or, the judges. — 'Condemn' cp Deut 251"-. 11 & God. IJ M Sp ask.— Cp 322 i,s 1236. 15 M Or, it is reckoned in (Sp cometh into) its hire. 17 At this point the collection of technical ' Judgements' comes to an end. The precepts that follow form a kind of supplement into which various social and moral exhortations have found their way, concluding with warnings against tho perversion of justice 238~8 not inappropriate to those who would bo expected to frame thoir decisions 011 the basis of tho procuring ooilu. 20 So M Sp. T utterly destroyed. See Lov 272'J. — Cp "35. 21b The following clauses differ in stylo from the context, partly owing to the use of the plural for the singular verb, partly to the explanation in 21b Cp Deut iu19 ->418 22 Tjev >9a*i partly to the throats of divine anger '-'3'. Thoy aro 1 regarded with much plausibility as hortatory expansions cp 2Gb 31 23»b «. 23 Sp him aa in 21a and so throughout 23. 2r> Probably a gloss on the preceding rule. 28 M Or, the judges. 29a Fj.om tne collection of Covenant-words cp 2oa2N. 28t M ft thy fulness and thy tear. 31 The plural verb here again excites suspicion cp 27«, though it is required by tho word * men.' But a parallel (though not identical) pussage is found in Dout 14s1, whore it is followed by tho equivalent of 2320b n ;a possible, as Bacon has suggested, that 29-31 originally belonged to 2318-19a, but suffered displace ment when the close of the Covenant-words of E was harmonized with the covenant of J 3426- (see table 2o22!<). 232 M Or, bear witness. 16 JUDGEMENTS AND WORDS Ex 232 4- 130a h Gen 20I3 t Gen i7 8-8 l\oh j 11 Deut 154-U 2414* k Deut 10" i619 2726» I Deut i61«* »4"t» t4ha >12221 10-17 Igai 10. Xgja 0 Gen 3128 NUm 11SI jjeut 32IB WXgbc p Ct 2o8 cp 18 labours Sp q Cp Deut $14 r 2il7 2 Sam l614f 13 Isaeh 8 21 up °IOO t Josh 23? u Num 2228 S2.f otn ft " s1 lfla Xgec 16b Lyeb 18a Igf(, w Gen 822 16b Igi(, x 342it 18 Ljai 18a ijno y 3428 cp Judg 21 18b Zjq'i 18a !8oi '3428 1* X6dd a' 348 E JE J E 4 "If thou meet thine enemy's ox or his ass ''going astray, thou shalt surely bring it back to him again. B If thou see the ass of him that "hateth thee 'lying under his burden, "and wouldest forbear to help him, thou shalt surely help with him. 6 Thou shalt not "wrest the judgement of thy Jpoor in his cause. 7 Keep thee far from a false ''matter ; and the innocent and "righteous 'slay thou not: "for I will not "justify the "wicked. 8 And thou shalt take no *gift : for a gift 'blindeth them that have '"sight, and 'perverteth the "words of the "righteous. °a xAnd a "stranger shalt thou not oppress : °" for "ye know the heart of a stranger, seeing ye ivere strangers in the land of Egypt. 10 rAnd six years thou shalt sow thy land, and shalt gather in the increase thereof : " but the seventh year thou shalt "let it rest and "lie fallow ; that the ^poor of thy people may eat : and what they leave the beast of the field shall eat. In like manner thou shalt deal with thy vineyard, [and] with thy oliveyard. 12 LSix days thou shalt do thy "work, and on the seventh day thou shalt "rest : "that thine ox and thine ass may have rest, and the son of thy ''handmaid, and the stranger, may be 'refreshed.13 "'And in all things that I have said unto you "lake ye heed : and 'make no mention of tlie name of other gods, neither let it be heard out of thy mouth. 14 Three "times thou shalt "keep a feast unto me in the year. 15 The feast of unleavened bread shalt thou keep : "seven days thou shalt eat unleavened bread, as I commanded thee, at the time appointed in the month Abib (for in it thou earnest out from Egypt) ; J/and none shall 'appear before me empty : 16 'and the feast of ""harvest, the firstfruits of thy labours, which thou sowest in the field : *and the feast of "ingathering, at the end of the year, when thou gatherest in thy labours out of the field. 17 "Three times in the year all thy males shall 'appear before the Lord. 18 KlThou shalt not "offer the blood of my sacrifice with leavened bread ; ^neither shall the fat of my feast 'remain all night until the morning. 19 "'The zflrst of the firstfruits of thy ground thou shalt bring into tho house of Yahweh thy God. "Thou shalt not "seethe a kid in its mother's milk. 20 "Behold, I "'send an ''angel before thee, to keep thee by the way, c 167 d 108 0 199 g 174 h 99 1 903 j 178 k 97 234 The laws in *¦ curiously interrupt the sequence of precepts on the impartial administration of justice ; either they have been incorporated after this group had been formed, or 8-9 js a postscript from another source cp e with 2-, 7 with *, and 8 with 2221. 6 M Or, and wouldest forbear to release it for him, thou shalt surely release it with him. 7 (5J and thou shalt not justify the wicked for the sake of gifts. 8 M Or, cause. — Cp J"io8. 11 M Or, release it and let it lie fallow. Soo Dout 15s. 12 M Or, keep sabbath. — The passage which follows may bo a later amplification cp Deut 5™. 13 This verse is generally recognized as a conclusion left stranded by successive manipulations of the text. In its present form it shows the influence of It ; but 13b seems originally to have been parallel to 3414 j Sam reads ' make thou no mention ' for Sp ' make ye.' 15 This passage, interrupting the grammatical sequence of 16a 18> seems to have been derived word ibr word from 3418 20. The words 'as I commanded thee' apparently refer to 13s' •, and are in their proper place in J's covenant, but cannot be original in E. 17 Another incorporation by the harmonist from 34s3 : the precept is not needed after 14. 18 Parallel to 3425, but probably independent of it : J limits the rule to the Passover. Ma Identical with 342". The law seems already covered by 22M. 19b Probably original to E as well as to J. Cp 22s] ". 2° The following exhortation seems in the main to Lelong to E, though it has received considerable additions from tho Deuteronomic school 23-26a 27 sib-ss. jt may^ however, bo doubted whether it is in its right place here. Does it belong to the ' Judgements ' or to the ' Words ' ? On the one hand the Covenant in 3410"27 closes with the command in ,9b : on the other hand the analogy of the discourses in Deut 28 and Lev 26 suggests that the Book of Judgements may have concluded with n similar utterance of warning and hope. But, again, it may bo urged that if the Covenant-words bo limited to the original toxt of 2229":I1 23,n-,n, they form after all only a one-sided bond : thoy enumerate the obligations of Israel but contain no declara tion of tho promise of Yahweh. Such a promise would naturally follow the commands ; and a prospective hortatory discourse, therefore, concludes the Mosaic Covenant-words of Horeb much ns a similar retrospective discourse is connected with Joshua's covenant at Shechem Josh 24. In this view the unexpanded original of 20-33 is an integral part of the Covenant- record. In that case, however, it may be observed that it is at present placed too soon. The opening reference to the departure of Israel 20 seems premature, when Moses has not yet even received the tables bearing the Ten Words of 2o'~17. Bacon therefore argues that the whole of E's Covenant-story belongs to a later stage of the Horeb incidents, and originally im mediately preceded Israel's start upon the march ; see 3428N. Another combination seems also possible. The language of 20-22 points to a permanent guido, which would be in continual legislative relations with tho people (2211 'I speak' = 'I Bhall speak' Sp). It is natural to connect such a representative Presence with the sanctuary, which became the centre of judicial as well as religious functions cp 337 181'. If it may be 117 Ex 23 20 ISRAEL AT SINAI l* Num 23I Josh 44 al c' Gen sol7 Josh 2413 d'Spi e' Deut 28 201210 f Cp »34 »'38 h' Cp 9" ot 28- 24a 15a! i' 208 cp D33a 24b I5ei> j'I57 k' Sp =danh 34I3 Dout 78 128 I' Cl) »33° mi Cp "l* «' I52«» 0' Gen 11SO Deut 714 pi Gen 15I2 «' M24 )¦' Joah 78 12 »' Deut 720 Josh u' Lev 2688 Joah 828* %• Deut 722t w' Sp= fruitful Gen 2622 a.' Cp Gen 1518 Deut ii24 Slb-33 Z$clc y' Cp »5a i' 34I2 op 181 a" Deut 244 1 Kin^rt 14I8 I528 SO 84 &0 I" Op Da3b c" 34I2 Deut 7I8 Josh 23I3 ct Ex io7* a 1924 Cp Oct 12 16a DCt Num nl6. 24.. c Gen 228 d Gen 224 e 1922 E JE J E and to bring thee into the place which I have ''prepared. 21 "Take ye heed of him, and 'hearken unto his voice ; "provoke him not : for he will not "'pardon your ""transgression ; for my name is in him. 22 "But if thou shalt indeed hearken unto "his voice, and do all that I speak ; then I *will be an enemy unto thine enemies, and an "'adversary unto thine adversaries. 23 "por mine *angei shall go before thee, and f'bring thee in unto the "'Amorite, and the Hittite, and the Perizzite, and the Canaanite, the Hivite, and the Jcbusite : and I tvill '''cut them off. 2i LThou shalt not ''bow down to their gods, nor * 'serve them, nor do after their works : Lbut thou shalt utterly f overthrow them, and k'break in' pieces their "pillars. 2511 And ye shall v serve Yahweh m'your God. •25" And "lie shall bless thy bread, and thy water; and I will take "'sickness away from the midst of thee. 20 There shall none "cast her young, nor be "'barren, in thy land : the number of thy days I will fulfil. 27 "I ivill send my p' terror before thee, and will q' discomfit all the people to whom thou shalt come, and I will make all thine enemies turn their ''backs unto thee. 28 And I will send the £'hornet before thee, which shall ''drive out "the Hivite, the Canaanite, and the Hittite, from before thee. 20 I will not 'drive them out from before thee in one year ; lest the land become "'desolate, and the beast of the field multiply against thee. 30 By "'little and little I will ''drive them out from before thee, until thou be "'in creased, and inherit the land. 31" And I will "set thy border "'from the Red Sea even unto the sea of the Philistines, and from the wilderness unto "the River : 31" Lfor I will "'deliver the inhabitants of the land into your hand; and thou shalt "drive them out before thee. 32 Thou shalt "'make no covenant with them, nor ivith their gods. 33 They shall not dwell in thy land, lest they "¦"make thee sin against me : for if thou b" 'serve their gods, it will surely be a c' 'snare unto thee. 241 ("And he said unto Moses, "Come up unto Yahweh, thou, and p Aaron, Nadab, and Abihu, and 'seventy of the "elders of Israel ; j and "worship ye dafar off:', z and Moses "alone shall 'come near unto ,v I "Yahweh ; but they shall not come near ; neither shall the people go up . \ with him. 1 44b m 333 n 98 148 a 151 b 135 conjectured from 2o24-28 33'. . that E contained u. small corpus of sanctuary records, legislative and narrative, this discourse may have belonged originally to the description of the original Tent of Meeting, and the arrangements for the intercourse of Yahweh with his people. 2321 M Or, be not rebellious against him. — Sp Hiph*. 22a On (5J's addition of 196. hero, see 19s8. 22 b © my voice. 23 This passage does not seem to belong to the context where it interrupts the enunciation of the divine promises to Israel 22 2flb 20 . the demand for the destruction of the consecrated pillars can hardly proceed from tho writer who immediately after describes Moses as erecting twelve 244, and who narratod the origin of the pillars at Bethel and Galeed Gen 281' 3i4» ; while the affinities of language with D point clearly to editorial amplification. 21 M Or, obelisks. See Lev 261 2 Kings 32. 26 @ C / will bless. This reading seems to preserve tho original continuity pf 22 2»b op 23»_ 27 Apparently a duplicate of 28. 28 This summary of the hostile nations under these threo names does not occur elsewhere. (SJ reads first the A tnarite. It has been conjectured that this was E's original designation cp JEg6, and that the namos now in the toxt are duo to tho har monist, cp 38N. Tlio pronoun ' them ' iu 2'J. ia singular in Sp, 31 M That is, the Euphrates. 241 The opening words in Sp ' and to Moses he said' suggest at once the presence of a new source, for the whole preceding section 2o22-23 has been addressed to Moses. The instructions in * are carried out in 9-n, while the account of the intervening Covenant-ceremony 3_8 completes the narrative of2018* •. It is usually supposed that Aaron, Nadab, and Abihu correspond to tlie ' priests ' of 19s2 J (Sam adds Eleazar and Ithamar), whereas E describes Moses as performing the Covenant-sacrifice with the aid of certain 'young men' 5, cp the designation of Joshua as sanctuary-servant 3311. The amalgamation of the two narra tives here is probably due to the harmonist's perception that 24L 8-n formed the counterpart in J of the Covenant-feast in 8-8. As this could only have been celebrated once, it was necessary to combino the accounts of J and E if they were both to be retained. Dillmann believes that touches from J are to be dis covered in 4» (Cp 3427) 7 8>> : but this view has not found any general support. The hand of the editor who combined the ' Judgements ' with the ' Words ' may be seen in s. Kuenen, however, followed by Cornill, assigns !• °-11 to E1 (cp Elohim11), but recognizes tha't 3~8 belong to another narrative. On the place which he provides for it see 3428011. Other critics, like Budde, have asoribed 1- »-ii fundamentally to E, but have recog nized foreign elements in them. Kittel even suggests the possible presence of F. The names of Nadab and Abihu are found elsewhere only in P ; and in »° the expressions 'God of Israel ' and ' very (o3y) heaven ' "how affinities with his vocabu lary, while 'nobles' n occurs only once besides in an exilian passage. But the names of Aaron's sons may have belonged to tho older tradition ; and P nowhere relates any such vision of Deity. 2 @ reads God ^ ", Il8 THE COVENANT AT THE MOUNT Ex 25* 8-8 Illle /198 g i714 cp 3427 4a Ziodf 4blgg.,- h Gen 28'8 ot 2324 i Ct ri8r 6 Ltiagha j Ct I92'2 it 2o24 op 1812 I Is 2224 Cant 7at m 8 cp 1*148 n Ct 3427 0 Sp=ears n2 pCp8b q Num 16' Josh 22I6 ' cp iao i- Cp ri38 » Ct Lev 124 6« t IB 4I»t u Num 244 18 v Gen 2484 cp "49" w 31Mb ct 34I ft X 4I2 IB 14 148/1 ~)=dbide Gen ySp = 22^ Z i712 o' 4084 Num 91s. I' Cp Ezek i27. c' Deut 90 11 op 3428 25-28 ^Illy i-o ii2au E JE E 3 *And Moses came and ctold the people all the words of Yahweh, and all the judgements : and -^all the people answered with one voice, and said, ¦''All the words which Yahweh hath spoken will we do. ( 4 "And Moses "wrote all the words of Yahweh,^ and drose up early in the morning, and "builded an ''altar under the mount, and 'twelve 'pillars, 'according to the twelve tribes of Israel. 5 'And he sent 'young men of the children of Israel, J'which "offered *burnt offerings, and sacrificed peace offerings of oxen unto Yahweh. ° And Moses took half of the blood, and put it in !basons ; and half of the blood he msprinkled on the altar. '7lAnd he took the "book of the covenant, and read in the "audience of the people : and they said, 'All that Yahweh hnth spoken will we do, and be obedient. 8 And Mosos took the blood, and "sprinkled it on the people, and said, Behold the blood of the covenant, which Yahweh hath "made with you "concerning all these "words. 9 Then "went up Moses, and Aaron, Nadab, and Abihu, and seventy of ^ the "elders of Israel : l0 and they saw the 'God of Israel ; and there ' was under his feet as it were "a paved work of sapphire stone, and as it were the 'very heaven for 'clearness. u And upon the 'nobles of the children of Israel he 'laid not his hand: and they "beheld God, and did "eat and drink. 12 And Yahweh said unto Moses, Come up to me into the mount, and be there : and I will give thee the "tables of stone, "and the law and the commandments, which I have written, that thou mayest xteach them. 13 And Moses 'rose up, and Joshua his "minister : "and Moses went up into the 'mount of God. M *And he said unto the "elders, "Tarry ye "here for us, until we come again unto you : and, behold, zAaron and Hur are with you : whosoever "hath a "cause, let him come near unto them. 16a And Moses went up into the mount, 15b "And the cloud "'covered the mount. lc And the "glory of Yahweh 'abode upon mount 'Sinai, and the cloud covered it six days : and the seventh day he called unto Moses out of the midst of the cloud. 17 And the ^'appearance of the pglory of Yahweh was like devouring fire on the top of the mount in the eyes of the children of Israel. 18" And Moses entered into the midst of the cloud, and went up into the mount : 18b and Moses was in the mount "'forty days and forty nights. e aig d 30O 8 '37 g no h 181 1 305b ) Ia8 k 109 1 log m 168 n 107 o 108 79 54 7 251 "And Yahweh 'spake unto Moses, saying, 2 "Speak unto the children £ Jifb 244 This passage has occasionally been combined with 3427 as the sequel of Yahweh's Covenant with Israel 3410""37. The repe titions in the text are certainly noteworthy : in 8 Moses recites the Words to the people and they unanimously promise obedi ence to them : in 7 they are solemnly read out of the Covenant- book, and a similar promise follows. Are these parts of one narrative ? The mention of the sacred pillars in 4 has usually been regarded as decisive in favour of E. But it will be noticed that they are introduced without a verb : the term ' built ' is nowhere applied to pillars, which are said to be ' Bet up ' Gen 2818 3i46 3ji4 ; nor are altars and pillars ever said to be erected together. Is it possible that there are here traces of combina tion to which we may also owe the doublets in s and 7 ? 8a m Or, upon all these conditions. 8b Are these the ' Words' of4, or (as soroe critics suppose) the Decalogue of 2o1-17? 10 M Or, work of bright sapphire. — §f. 12 This clause can hardly be original in its present form, as there is nowhere any mention of any law or commandment written by Cfod except the Ten Words, which would hardly be described in these terms. @ and Sam omit and. It is possible that the order may have become confused, and that the words ' which I have written ' should immediately follow the ' tables of stone ' cp 3216- , but such a combination seems hardly natural. The phrase as it now stands may have been expanded from a shorter one on the basis of Deut s27. The word ' teach ' is not the Deuteronomio limmid cp D7ib, but horah cp Deut i710' »48 3310 Lev ion, from which the term torah 'law' (teaching) is derived. '8 This statement seems premature, as in u Moses addresses the ' elders ' (?) who are left below, with Aaron and Hur at their head, to carry on the judicial work which Moses had hitherto superintended (cp Ex i812K). The repetition of Moses' ascent in 1Ca shows that either i3ft is an" accidental anticipation, or 14. is an afterthought from another hand, 14 The ' elders' here named cannot be the seventy 9 who are already on the mountain. If the word is original, the elders must be addressed as representatives of the people cp 318 429. It has been suggested, however, that it is due either to accidental reminiscence in copying or perhaps to intentional harmonizing, and replaces the ' people.' 16b At this point the narrative of P interrupted in 192 is resumed : in 15a~i7 the great manifestation on the mount is described in his peculiar terms, and the way is prepared for the corpus of P's Sinaitic legislation, beginning with the Dwelling, its sacred furniture and vessels, and its priests. In the following analysis the linguistic affinities with the general matter of P (both in narrative and laws) are briefly indicated, but many technical terms in the description of the fabric and its contents remain unnoticed, as no critical questions in any way depend on them for solution. The repetitions of the different sections constituting 25-3 1 will be found tabulated under 351. 251 The conception of the Dwelling and its furniture, to gether with the appointment of the Aaronic priesthood to 119 Ex 252 ISRAEL AT SINAI a 352i 29 Qalf 6 Num 46 i5S3 Ezek 238 277 <; Num 4I8 Ezek 277 d Lev 144 Num 48 196 62720 /3o2S358* 1 Kings io2 ai g 291 3o25 &,» (23)1 op 1*33 A28i7 * s8' 35 39 Lev 88f 8. iioasbti j Ezek 40* cp Ex 2540 2630 278 Num 84 k 40 Joah 2228 ctt)eut4l6-18* Ezek 83 108 10-21 XI3o ioOc I Ct Deut iol 3 m Gen 615 n Gen 614 cp 2633 86 2721 4022 LeV i62 J£ | of Israel, that they take for me an "offering : riof eveiy man whose heart "maketh him willing ye shall take my "offering. 3 And dthis is the "offering which ye shall take of them ; gold, and silver, and brass ; 4 and 6blue, and "purple, and dscarlet, and "fine linen, and goats' [hair] ; 5 and rams' skins dyed red, and "sealskins, and acacia wood ; fl K6oil for the elight, /spices for the ^anointing oil, and for the fsweet incense ; 7 MonyX stones, and stones Ho be set, for the ffephod, and for the 'breastplate. 8 LAnd Nlet them make me a ''sanctuary; that I may ldwell jamong them. 9 According to Jall that l,T ahow theo', the 'pattern of the "Dwelling, and the pattern of all the furniture thereof, "even so shall ye make it. 10 LAnd Mthey shall make an 'ark of acacia wood: two cubits and a half shall be the ^length thereof, and a cubit and a half the "breadth thereof, and a cubit and a half the '"height thereof. n And thou shalt overlay it with 'pure gold, "within and without" shalt thou overlay it, and shalt make upon it a "crown of gold round about. 12 And thou shalt mcast four rings of gold for it, and put them in the four feet thereof; and two rings shall be on the one "side of it, and two rings on the other "side of it. 13 And thou shalt make staves of acacia wood, and overlay them with gold. u And thou shalt put the staves into the rings on the sides of the ark, to bear the ark withal. d 188b 104 95b 59 91 54 aa 94 1 43b in 198 minister in it, is universally recognized as the contro of P's representations of the Mosaic institutions. The whole section a5— 3ll8a i9 bound together by numerous links of thought and language, which serve in like manner to establish connexions with the rest of P's narrative and legislation (see the margins). Yet this passage plainly falls apart into two uneven divisions at 29* rj- : the character of the series of paragraphs in 30-3111 is discussed in the notes in loc. But the constitution of 25-29 also demands attention. Here likewise there appear occasional signs of supplemental handiwork, see notes on 272° 282i 4l 2921 38 But behind thase lies the curious fact that in 25-2719 the sanctuary is always called the ' Dwelling ' P54, while in 28-29 this name is replaced by the older term ' Tent of Meeting ' cp 337 (Introd VIII i 2, XII 2e). The title ' Dwelling * is of course freely used in the great repetition Ex 35-40, but the main portions of the Priestly Law in Lev ignore it. In Lev 810 174 its appearance is due to the harmonist : in is31 2611 it seems to denote not the visible fabric but the ideal presence of Yahweh with his people. Similarly the allusions to the court in Lev 616 2a may be regarded as glosses. In the regulations for the annual atonement ceremony Lev 16 the name is avoided, though the Tent of Meeting is curiously said lfi to ' dwell ' with Israel in the midst of their un cleannesses, and the references to the Testimony, the ark, and the * covering ' agree with the descrip tion in Ex 25. The Dwelling becomes again prominent in the arrangements for the Camp and its removal Num i48- ¦ 3-4 9-10 (cp 16- 3130 47). The absence of the term from the Priestly Law proper, which is usually based on the older name 'Tent of Meeting,' is highly significant (in Lev i?4-0 or (2) of duplioate records, one of the vision and another of commands founded on the vision, cp Klostermann, Neue Kirch- liche Zeitschr (1897) 318. The general view indicated above finds unexpected support in Klostermann's elaborate essay, which contains many interesting textual suggestions. But his inter pretation of Ex 337> • as the account of a single incident 245, and his ascription of the sections on the Dwelling to the age of Solomon 383, do not seem in any way tenable. Cp Nowack, Archdol ii 53- •, and Benzinger, Archdol 395- •. 252a ]y[ Or, ]ieave offering. 2b On tho possibility that ab~7 is not original cp 1H. 4 M Or, cotton.— Cp Gen 4142 Ezek 1610 277. 6 M Or, porpoise-skins. — Cp Num 4° Ezek 1610. 8 (y omits. The referoncos to supplemental passages, anoint ing oil 3o22~33) sweet incense 30s4-38, show that the verse has been inserted for completeness by a later hand. 7 M Or, beryl.— Cp 28° 2<> 35 39 Gen 2*2 Ezek 2813 Job 28" 1 Chron 29s f*. 8 (Si and thou shalt make , . . and I vnll appear among you, Cp 2946 Ezek 372<>-28 91 So M Jp. T tabernacle. Cp §4ab. 9b The grammatical difficulty involved in the i * even/ may possibly be overcome if this clause (notice the plural) could be regarded as a fragment from the address in 2b-7> @ reads more simply, ' thus shalt thou make it ' ; Sam also makes the verb singular, hut retains the difficult i. Cp however Driver, Tenses in Hebr* § 124. 10 (5J Sam and thou shalt make as in 13 17> 23 31 &c cp n. 11 M Or, rim. Or, moulding, — Cp 24- 30s. 372 11. ae.^ 12 § rib. 120 THE DWELLING Ex 262 » 37° 4°3 21* cp Ezek 28" U p Sp = speak 29*2 Num 788 23-so Xiada 7ha 5 Cp UM r 27 37I2 14» Cp 1 Rings 728. 1 37I2 Ezek 406 43 43IS+ t Lev 1341 Num 343 Josh 15B (32) u 30' 37M Num 287 cp Gen 35»* 81-40 xI9d6 v Lot 244 Num 38I 49 84 w Gen 442 x Am 91 y Num 84 178 z Gen 41 5 a' Gen 618 J> 34 3719.t c' Cp 31bM d> Gen il» Num 82 38-« JE The staves shall be in the rings of the ark: they shall not be taken from it. And thou shalt put into the ark the "testimony which I shall give T\* I ^d, t1h°U shalt make a TO(!oveli"g of pure gold : two cubits and a half [shall be] the "length thereof, and a cubit and a half the "'breadth uu til And thoU shalt make two cllerubim of gold ; of "beaten work shalt thou make them, at the two ends of the covering. w "And make one cherub at the one end, and one cherub at the other end : "of one piece with the covering shall ye make the cherubim on the two ends thereof. 21 And the cherubim shall spread out their wings "on high, "covering the covering with their wings, with their faces "one to another ; toward the covering shall the faces of the cherubim be. 21 And thou shalt put the covering "above upon the ark ; and in the ark thou shalt put the "testimony that I shall give thee. 22 And there j wm rmeet with the6j and j wil] *>commune with thee from above the covering, from between the two cherubim which are upon the ark of the testimony, of all tilings which I will give thee in commandment unto the children of Israel. 23 rAnd thou shalt make a table of acacia wood : two cubits [shall bel the iuil ¦ thereof> and a cubit the "breadth thereof, and a cubit and a half the height thereof. 2i And thou shalt overlay it with pure gold, and make thereto a 'crown of gold round about. 2r> And thou shalt make unto it a border of an "handbreadth round about, and thou shalt make a golden 'crown to the 'border thereof round about. 2« And thou shalt make for it four rings of gold, and put the rings in the four 'corners that are on the four feet thereof. 27 "Close by the 'border shall the rings be, for places for the staves to bear the table. 28 And thou shalt make the staves of acacia wood and overlay them with gold, that the table may be borne with them. 29 And thou shalt make the dishes thereof, and the spoons thereof, and the flagons thereof, and the bowls thereof, to "pour out withal : of pure gold shalt thou make them. 30 And thou shalt set upon the table "shewbread before me alway. 31 'And thou shalt make a "candlestick of pure gold : of beaten work shall the candlestick be made, even its "base, and its shaft ; its "cups, its "knops, and its "flowers, shall be "of one piece with it : 32 and there shall be six "branches going out of the "'sides thereof; three branches of the candlestick out of the one side thereof, and three branches of the candlestick out of the other side thereof: 33 three cups '''made like almond-blossoms'1' in one branch, a knop and a flower ; and three cups made like almond-blossoms in the other branch, a knop and a flower : so for the six branches going out of the candlestick: si and in the candlestick four cups made like almond- blossoms, the knops thereof, and the flowers thereof: 35 and a knop under two branches "'of one piece with it, and a knop under two branches "'of one piece with it, and a knop under two branches c'of one piece with it, for the six branches going out of the candlestick. 30 Their knops and their branches shall be "'of one piece with it : the whole of it one beaten work of pure gold. 37 And thou shalt make the lamps thereof, seven : and "they shall "light the lamps thereof, to *givo light over against it. 3S And the c'tongs thereof, and the ^snuffdishes thereof, shall be of pure gold. 30 Of a talent of pure gold "shall it be made, with all these vessels. 40 And see that thou make them after their ^pattern, which hath been shewed thee in the mount. 281 xMoreover thou shalt make the "Dwelling with ten "curtains ; of fine Hwined linen, and blue, and purple, and scarlet, with cherubim the work of the "cunning workman shalt thou make them. 2 The length of each curtain shall be eight and twenty cubits, and the breadth of each curtain four cubits : n 161 o 47 p 169 q 184 III* 134 54" 25" So M. T mercy-seat. « M Or, turned.— Cp " 36 377 17 ™ Num 84 io2 Jer iosf. 191 This verge may be supplemental : Sp begins n\n;i, a formula only used in 2842, while the plural 'ye' 19b is unexpected. (5) Sam begin ' they shall be made ' and in b read ' thou.' i»» M Sp out of the mercy-seat. 30 M Or, Presence-bread. "» M Sp thigh. sib M ft out 0f the 8ame 871 Sam (51 thou shalt. 57b m Or, set up. Sil (5) 'shalt thou make all these vessels'; Sam also reads 'shalt thou make.' 26' So M. T tabernacle. Ex 262 ISRAEL AT SINAI d 28' 3Q< Ezek ,9 11 e 26 36t / 36" Hipht g " 33 35n 36I3 3933t h Ct JE1B5 i 28I8 398 Ezek 2ll9f JE j£t *.¦ 35u 36" ai cp Gen 813 I 255 16-U9 xiab& m 26 36 398s 4olfi Num 336 4S1 Ezek 2767 n 259 0 Gen 13H jj 35 279 3623 389 Num 210 329 io6 Deut 327» Ezek 2o4» al q 26- 35-40 Num 3S6. 43l. Cant 5I6 Job 3867 21- iioaf )¦ 23 27 3627. 82« I Kings 610 Ezek 46 1 9 al s 3628f t 3629 cp Cant 42 6»f » 3629» Ezek 4621- Neh 324. v Deut 38 w j633» Judg 710 Ezek 4 17 at 30 £iaia a: 259 81. iiabc all the curtains shall have one measure. 3 Five curtains shall be ''coupled together "one to another ; and [the other] five curtains shall be coupled one to another. 4 And thou shalt make "loops of blue upon the edge of the one curtain "from the selvedge in the coupling ; and likewise shalt thou make in the edge of the curtain that is outmost in the second "coupling. 5 Fifty loops shalt thou make in the one curtain, and fifty loops shalt thou make in the edge of the curtain that is in the second "coupling ; the loops shall be -''opposite "one to another. ° And thou shalt make fifty "clasps of gold, and couple the curtains "one to another with the clasps : and the Dwelling shall be one. 7 And thou shalt make curtains of goats' [hair] for a tent over the Dwelling : "eleven curtains shalt thou make them. 8 The length of each curtain shall be thirty cubits, and the breadth of each curtain four cubits : the eleven curtains shall have one measure. ° And thou shalt couple five curtains ''by themselves, and six curtains by themselves, and shalt "double over the sixth curtain in the dforefront of the tent. 10 And thou shalt make fifty loops on the edge of the one curtain/that is outmost in the "coupling, and fifty loops upon the edge of the curtain which is [outmost in] the second "coupling. u And thou shalt make fifty clasps of brass, and put the clasps into the loops, and couple the tent together, that it may be one. 12 And the •'overhanging part that "remaineth of the curtains of the tent, the half curtain that remaineth, shall hang over the back of the Dwelling. 13 And the cubit on the one side, and the cubit on the other side, of that which "remaineth in the length of the curtains of the tent, shall hang over the sides of the Dwelling on this side and on that side, to cover it. u And thou shalt make a 'covering for the tent of 'rams' skins dyed red, and a covering of "sealskins 'above. 15 'And thou shalt make the "'boards for the Dwelling of acacia wood, standing up. 16 Ten cubits shall be the length of a board, and a cubit and a half the breadth of each board. 17 Two tenons shall there be in each board, "joined "one to another: "thus shalt thou make for all the boards of the Dwelling. ls And thou shalt make the boards for the Dwelling, twenty boards for the "south side ^southward. 19 And thou shalt make forty 'sockets of silver under the twenty boards ; two sockets under one board for its two tenons, and two sockets under another board for its two tenons : 20 and for the second side of the Dwelling, on the north side, twenty boards : 21 *and their forty sockets of silver ; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 22 And for the 'hinder part of the Dwelling westward thou shalt make six boards. 23 And two boards shalt thou make for the "cornors of the Dwelling in the hinder part. 2i And they shall be double "beneath, and in like manner they shall be entire unto the top thereof unto "one ring : thus shall it be for them both ; they shall be for the two "corners. 25 And there shall be eight boards, and their sockets of silver, sixteen sockets ; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. 20 And thou shalt make "bars of acacia wood ; five for the boards of the one side of the Dwelling, 27 and five bars for the boards of the other side of the Dwelling, and five bars for the boards of the side of the Dwelling, for the hinder part westward. 2b And the "middle bar in the midst of the boards shall pass through from end to end. 29 And thou shalt overlay the boards with gold, and make their rings of gold for places for the bars : and thou shalt overlay the bars with gold. 30 'And thou shalt ''rear up the Dwelling according to the fashion thereof which hath been "'shewed thee in the mount. 31 'And thou shalt make a 'veil of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen : with cherubim the work of the "cunning workman "shall it be made : zi and thou shalt hang it upon four pillars of acacia overlaid with b 184 57 e 134 t 169' 1690 h 6o" 171 264a M Or, that is outmost in the first set. 4b M Or, set. »°» M Or, first set. M Or, set. 10b17 M Or, set. 14 M Or, porpoise-skins. M Or, morticed. 24 ]y[ Qr, the first. 31 (S) slialt thou make it : Sam shall they make it. 122 THE DWELLING Ex 27 21 V 27 36 3«t 83-85 Laid J2523al 2s3! 8« iiabd 6' 26*35- 39- Num 3- 2 Sam 17I9 la 228 Ps io5S9f C' 26-28 35' 38- J's 1391° Put 1-8 Jiodp xaea a 27- 30 37-39 1 Kings 76 Ezek4i2l43l8 Qalf b 382» c 163 383» d Num 413 Piel* « 383 Num 414» /38s Nnm 4» 7I3. .» g Lev 10I 1612 Nuro 4I4 !66 cp 2588 ft *35 38-t t 6 384» •*384t *25l3 I 387 Jer S221 Job nl2» HI 258 9-19 i!aec n 26I8 0 35 38- Num 328 42« 1 Kings 634 ff p 26I J2619 r 26-12 j 10. 36383810.. t «2636 U35lS38-Num 3" 482 Judg 529 a! 20. iioeb isdc v 30S4 Lev 242 7 Prov Jobt 10 2q40 Lev 242 Num 286 1 Kings silt JE gold, their "hooks [shall be] of gold, upon four sockets of silver. 33 AAnd thou shalt hang up the veil under the clasps, and shalt bring in thither within the veil the Jark of the testimony' : and the veil shall "divide unto ycmbetween the 'holy place and the "most holy. 3i And thou shalt "put the covering upon the ark of the testimony in the most holy place. 3fi And thou shalt set the "table without the veil, and the "'candlestick "over against the table on the side of the Dwelling toward the "south : and thou shalt put the table on the north side. 30 LAnd thou shalt make a '''screen "for the door of the Tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, the work of the " embroiderer. 37 And thou shalt make for the screen five pillars of acacia, and overlay them with gold ; their hooks shall be of gold : and thou shalt "cast five sockets of brass for them. 271 *And thou shalt make the altar of acacia wood, five cubits long, and five cubits broad ; the altar shall be "foursquare : and the height thereof shall be three cubits. 2 And thou shalt make the horns of it upon the four corners thereof: the horns thereof shall be of one piece with it: and thou shalt overlay it with brass. 3 And thou shalt make its "pots to dtake away its ashes , and its "shovels, and its •''basons, and its "fleshhooks, and its "firepans: "all the vessels thereof thou shalt make of brass. 4 And thou shalt make for it a ''grating of 'network of brass ; and upon the net shalt thou make four brasen rings in the four "corners thereof. B And thou shalt put it under the •'ledge round the altar "beneath, that the net may reach halfway up the altar. 6 And thou shalt make 'staves for the altar, staves of acacia wood, and overlay them with brass. 7 And the staves thereof shall be put into the rings, and the staves shall be upon the two "sides of the altar, in bearing it. 8 'Hollow with planks shalt thou make it : as it hath been ""shewed thee in the mount, ™so "shall they make it. 9 xAnd thou shalt make the "court of the "Dwelling: for the south side "southward there shall be "hangings for the court of fine ptwined linen an hundred cubits long for one side : 10 and the pillars thereof shall be twenty, and their 'sockets twenty, of brass ; the 'hooks of the pillars and their 'fillets [shall be] of silver. n And likewise for the north side in length there shall be hangings an hundred cubits long, and the pillars thereof twenty, and then- sockets twenty, of brass-; the hooks of the pillars and their fillets of silver. 12 And for the breadth of the court on the west side shall be hangings of fifty cubits: their pillars ten, and their sockets ten. 13 And the breadth of the court ""on the east side eastward" shall be fifty cubits. u The hangings for the one side [of the gate] shall be fifteen cubits : their pillars three, and their sockets three. u And for the other side shall be hangings of fifteen cubits : their pillars three, and their sockets three. 1G And for the gate of the court shall be a 'screen of twenty cubits, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, the work of the embroiderer: their pillars four, and their sockets four. 17 All the pillars of the court round about shall be filleted with silver ; their hooks of silver, and their sockets of brass. 18 The length of the court shall be an hundred cubits, and the breadth fifty every where, and the height five cubits, of fine twined linen, and their sockets of brass. 19 "All the instruments of the Dwelling in all the "service thereof, and all the "pins thereof, and all the pins of the court, shall be of brass. 20 wAnd thou shalt command tho children of Israel, that they bring unto theo "pure olive oil "beaten for the 'light, "to cause a lamp to burn 'continually. a In the "tent of meeting, without the --veil which is before the 'testimony, -Aaron and his sons shall order it from evening to morning before Yahweh : it shall be a "statute "-for ever 'throughout their generations "on the behalf of the children of Israel. ,i 161I- 1 ll» m 88°97) 57- 36 © omits for tlie door of the Tent. "1* m ft ends. 7 M Sp ribs. " © shalt thou. This reference to the provision of oil for the ever-burning reaks the otherwise orderly sequence of 25-29 cp 25s. It implies that the Tent of Meeting is ready, and the Aaronio priesthood installed in their sacred charge. Compared with Lev 24 1-3 Num 81"4 it seems to have been inserted later here for completeness. It is not reproduced in 35-40. 20b ji Or, to set up a lamp continually. — Cp $ow Lev 24' Numo2-. 2i" M See 2522 29" 3O30. 2"> M Or, due. 210 M Or, from I23 Ex 28' ISRAEL AT SINAI 1-29 IU06 1-3 iiaga a 3i0 35io 36i. s Job 94 3724 Prov io8t b 313 3531 85 c Cp 188 d257e 28- 39 Lev 87 * /§t y 28- 39 Lev 89 Ezek 2i26f h 28- 39 Lev 87 13 ,64 is 2221t 4 Xngb i2546-12 Xiag6 j 261 £ 27. 296 39 Lev 8't I 396 et Is 3o22t m 11 36 , Kings 780 Zecli 39 „ 396 13 cp Ezek 41 24 ct Num 3238 £t 0 28 39 Ps 45l3t 13-29 liagc p 39I5 1 Kings 7I7 2 Chron 36 16f 5 28 39* r 27I 8 269 t 3991 u 257 . v 28 39 1 Kings 636 72. . ]&ek 4623 2 Chron 48 13 w 39IO Ezek 2813 Job 2819t 124IO V 3912t z 3913 Ezek 2813t a' Cp Gen 9I ^ (/ Cp 165 JE 281 LAnd "bring thou near unto thee "Aaron thy brother, and "his sons "with him, from among the children of Israel, that he may dminister unto me in the priest's office, even Aaron, "Nadab and Abihu, 'Eleazar and Ithamar, Aaron's sons. 2 And thou shalt make "holy garments for Aaron thy brother, for glory and for beauty. 3 NAnd thou shalt speak unto all that are "wise hearted, whom I have ''filled with the spirit of wisdom, that they make Aaron's garments to "sanctify him, that he may dminister unto me in the priest's office. 4 And "these are the garments which they shall make ; a ''breastplate, and 1111 'ephod, and a "robe, and a coat of ¦'"chequer work, a ""mitre, and a ''girdle : and they shall make "holy garments for "Aaron thy brother, Land his sons, that he may ''minister unto me in the priest's office. 5 And they shall take "the gold, and the 'blue, and the purple, and the scarlet, and the fine linen. 6 'And they shall make the 'ephod of gold, of blue, and purple, scarlet, and fine twined linen, the work of the ¦'cunning workman. 7 It shall have two shoulderpieces joined to the two ends thereof ; that it may be joined together. 8 And the ''cunningly woven band, which is upon it, 'to gird it on withal, shall be like the work thereof, [and] of the same piece ; of gold, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen. ° And thou shalt take two "onyx stones, and "grave on them the names of the children of Israel : 10 six of their names on the 0110 Htono, and the numes of the six that remain on the other stone, according to their Jbirth. n With the work of an engraver in stone, like the engravings of a signet, shalt thou '"engrave the two stones, "according to the names of the children of Israel : thou shalt make them to be "inclosed in "ouches of gold. 12 And thou shalt put the two stones upon the shoulderpieces of the 'ephod, to be stones of kmemorial for the children of Israel : and Aaron shall bear their names before Yahweh upon his two shoulders for a kmemorial. 13 LAnd thou shalt make ouches of gold : u and two ^chains of pure gold ; like -^cords shalt thou make them, of "wreathen work : and thou shalt put the wreathen chains on the ouches. 16 And thou shalt make a breastplate of judgement, the work of the •'cunning workman ; like the work of the ephod thou shalt make it ; of gold, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, shalt thou make it. 10 'Foursquare it shall be [and] "double ; a 'span shall be the length thereof, and a span the breadth thereof. 17 And thou shalt set in it "settings of stones, four "rows of stones : a row of "sardius, '"topaz, and "carbunclo shall be the first row ; 18 and the second row an "emerald, a "sapphire, and a "diamond ; 10 and the third row a "jacinth, an "agate, and an "amethyst ; 20 and the fourth row a "beryl, and an "onyx, and a zjasper : they shall be inclosed in gold in their settings. 21 And the stones shall be according to the names of the children of Israel, twelve, according to their names ; like the engravings of a signet, "'every one according to his name, they shall be for the twelve ''tribes. 22 And thou shalt make upon the breastplate chains like cords, of wreathen work of pure gold. 23 "And thou shalt make upon the breastplate two rings of gold, and shalt put the two rings on tho two ends of the breastplate. 24 And thou shalt put tlie two wreathen chains of gold on tho two rings at the ends of the breastplate. 2"' And the | other] two ends of the two wreathen chains thou shalt put on the two ouches, and put them on the shoulderpieces of the ab cdef g 118 ia' 176 129* iabo 89 h 86' i 59 J 77 k 113 281 As the priesthood of Aaron alone is specified in 1 4, tho reference to his sons and the enumeration of their names may possibly be the additions of a later editor. 3 in 3-5 jt ;s possible that the compiler has added a supple mental passage after the type of 316 3510. The enumeration in 4 does not follow the order of the subsequent sections, and the introduction of the plural 'they shall make' causes the sumo kind of confusion as has been already noticed in 25s 10. Tlio opening of G should probably run ' and thou shalt make ' cp 13 ln 3136 39.. 4 M Or, turban. B M See 25°. » M Or, beryl.— Cp 25', 11 © ¦ omits according to the names . . . 12 put the two stones. ©*"¦ omits thou shalt make them . . . of gold. 171 M Or, ruby.— 39!° Ezek 2813f. 17b M Or, emerald.— 3910 cp Ezek 2813+. iBa M Or, carbuncle.— 39H Ezek 27!" 2813f. 18b M Or, sardonyx. — 39U Ezek 2813f. 10 M Or, amber. — 39I2t- 20a jy[ Or, chalcedony.— 3913 Ezek i™ io9 2813 Cant 5U Dan k " 20b M or, beryl. ' - 23 © omits 23-28 as it stands in Jp, but after 29 inse abridgement of 21. . : I24 THE PRIESTHOOD Ex 293 c' 37 269 0)) 71 d' Ct 28 ft g 3921t so lube iagJ 31-33 £iage /' 3922 Num 48 cp Lev 622. Deut 13I8 3310* fl' 2535 ,q22 27« I'll™?9 i'34 ,024-28» Is 61 j' 34 392H k1 48 2930 jo20 35I9 3gl 26 41 Ct Deut 108 36-38 Ziag/i (' 39SO Lev 89 JE »'£* 89 iiag/ n' Cp 20 inclosed 40 42. Xiigd iagi; 0' 29' 3928 Lev 8l3t 41 illfi dft 42 info V' 3Q28 Lev 610 ,64 "23 32» q' 3928 Lev 610 i64 Ezek 4418t 1-35 Lufk 13j o(27)CpQeni87i>(i3)2Sam619t c (38) ot Gen „7 9« rf (7) 1 Ohron 2329t e (42) Uon 18O* ep Ezek i613 10 46H ephod, in the ° forepart thereof. m "And thou slialt make two rings of gold, and thou slialt put them upon tho two ends of tho brcnstplato, upon tho edge thereof, whicli is toward tlio side of tlie opliod inwnid. 27 And thou shalt mako two rings of gold, and shalt put them on tho two shoulderpieces of tlie opliod 'underneath, ^'in the forepart thereof, '"close by the coupling thereof, above the ^cunningly woven band of the ephod. And they shall "'bind the breastplate by the rings thereof unto the rings of the ephod with a lace of blue, that it may be upon the ^cunningly woven band of the ephod, and that the breastplate be not "loosed from the ephod. 29 And Aaron shall bear the names of the children of Israel in the breastplate of judgement upon his heart, when he goeth in unto the "holy place, for a "memorial before Yahweh "continually. 30 'And thou shalt put in the breastplate of judgement "the "Urim and the Thummim ; and they shall be upon Aaron's heart, when he goeth in before Yahweh : and Aaron shall bear the judgement of the children of Israel upon his heart before Yahweh "continually. 31 ''And thou shalt make the robe of the ephod •'"all of blue. 32 And "it shall have a hole for the head in the midst thereof: it shall have a binding of "'woven work round about the hole of it, as it were the hole of a '''coat of mail, that it be not rent. 33 And upon the ''skirts of it thou shalt make pomegranates of blue, and of purple, and of scarlet, round about the skirts thereof ; and ¦'bells of gold between them round about : 'n4 a golden bell and a pomegranate, a golden bell and a pomegranate, upon the skirts of the robe round about. 33 Aud it shall be upon Aaron to "'minister : and the sound thereof shall be heard when he goeth in unto the "holy place before Yahweh, and when he cometh out, 'that he die not. 30 'And thou shalt make a ''plate of pure gold, and grave upon it, like the engravings of a signet, "holy to yahweh. 37 And thou shalt put it on a lace of blue, and it shall be upon the "mitre ; upon the "forefront of the "mitre it shall be. 38 And it shall be upon Aaron's "'forehead, and Aaron shall "bear the iniquity of the 'holy things, which the children of Israel shall "hallow Tin all their holy gifts ; and it shall be "always upon his forehead, that they may be "accepted before Yahweh. 39 'And thou shalt ''weave the coat in "'chequer work of "fine linen, and thou shalt make a "mitre of "fine linen, and thou shalt make a girdle, the work of the embroiderer. 40 'And for Aaron's sons thou shalt make coats, and thou shalt make for them girdles, and "'headtires shalt thou make for them, for glory and for beauty. 41 VLAnd thou shalt put them upon b 'Aaron thy brother, and upon bhis sons "with him ; and slialt 'anoint them, and "consecrate them, and ^sanctify them, that they may ^minister unto me in the priest's office. 42 "And thou shalt make them '''linen 'breeches to cover the flesh of their nakedness ; from the loins even unto the thighs they shall reach : 43 and they shall be upon "Aaron, and upon his sons, when they go in unto the tent of meeting, or when they come near unto the altar to ^'minister in the "holy place ; that they "bear not iniquity, qand die : it shall be a 'statute for ever unto *'him and unto his seed after him. 291 *And "this is the thing that thou shalt do unto them to "hallow them, to "minister unto me in the priest's office : "take one "young bullock" and two rams ""without blemish, 2 'and unleavened bread, and ''cakes unleavened "mingled with oil, and ''wafers unleavened "anointed with oil : of "fine wheaten flour shalt thou make them. 3 And thou shalt put them into one 1 169° m 43 n 88» o 134 p 170 q 53« r gob s a8« t 88" u 86<1 V 2Ib w 17 33 86" z 6a a' 162 a 188b b 86" e iaga d 123 e 33 2g26 ThiB passage 20-28 seema to contain anothor account of the two rings 23 and their fastening on to the shoulderpieces. © omits. 30 M That is, the Lights and the Perfections. 82 M Or, there shall be a hole in the top of it. 37 M Or, turban. 39ao M Qr, silk. 391> M Or, turban. 411 This verse breaks the immediate connexion, anticipates instructions in the next chapter, and (in particular) gives direc tions for the anointing of Aaron's sons who are not included in the unction 297 29 0p Lev 812. The reservation of the ceremony to Aaron is implied elsewhere in the title ' tho Anointed driest' cp a3b. On the other hand Aaron's sons are anointed in 30™ 40" Lev 736 io7 Num 3', all of them passages in P». In the present passage and its parallels 2921 Lev 8™ the ritual seoms to have been editorially conformed to the advanced standard. 4ib M .§> fill their hand.— Cp 6g. 42 Dillmann suggests that 42« may be an addition founded on Lev 61°; the linen breeches are not named in 29s Lev 813, A slight linguistic confirmation is found in the opening formula mriV, elsewhere only in 2519, itself perhaps doubtful. 291 The description of the ceremonies of priestly consecration introduces at once a number of the ritual terms peculiar to P whether in the limits of the Hexateuch, or in the wider range of the Old Testament. It has not been thought necessary to tabulate the details : the marginal figures in brackets denote tho numbor of occurrences of each significant phrase, while occasional points of linguistic contact are further noted for general purposes of illustration. 125 Ex 293 ISRAEL AT SINAI /Lev 82 g Ritually (39) cp ^4 i Lev 87t } 3930 Lev 892il2 1 iiid6 *25«8 £ngc I 284 Ml 2840 9b XIia,j 11-14 LjBf n (i8)cpAm 3H »(9)tP(7)tS(»)tr (16) ot Deut 32I4* s(6)t Lev 411 8" i627 Num 196 Mai 23t 15-18 Lybm 11 Lev 16 12 820« 1 8am xi7 at v (8) Judg 1920 Ezek 24* »f w (8) Am 312t 19-34 Ijpj *<8)t y ^P 56'1 ct Gen ,39 z Lev 823. I414. . .» thumb— great toe Sp (14) Juds: i6.f 21 Jirf.n a' Lev 38 73 820 9"t V (12) Dout 2836» 23-32 XymA ''(¦3)t ci'Le Lev 783 829« 27X„je JE •''basket, and 'bring them in tho basket, with the bullock and the two rams. 4 And g Aaron and his sons thou shalt Turing unto the "door of the tent of meeting, and shalt "wash them with water. 5 'And thou shalt take the ^garments, and put upon Aaron the coat, and the robe of the ephod, and the 'ephod, and the breastplate, and 'gird him with the cunningly woven band of the ephod : 6 and thou shalt set the "mitre upon his head, and put the Jholy 'crown upon the "mitre. 7 'Then shalt thou take the 'anointing oil, and kpour it upon his head, and "anoint him. 8 'And thou shalt tring his sons, and put coats upon them. 9 And thou shalt gird them with 'girdles, "Aaron and his sons, and bind '"headtires on them : 'and they shall have the ''priesthood by a "perpetual statute : and thou shalt "consecrate Aaron and his sons. 10 And thou shalt 'bring the bullock before the tent of meeting : and Aaron and his sons shall "lay their hands upon the head of the bullock. n 'And thou shalt pkill the bullock before Yahweh, at the ''door of the tent of meeting. 12 And thou shalt take of the blood of the bullock, and put it upon the "horns of the altar with thy finger ; and thou shalt pour out all the blood at the "base of the altar. 13 And thou shalt take all the pfat that covereth the inwards'", and the 9caul upon the liver, and the two 'kidneys, and the fat that is upon, them, and "burn them upon the altar. 14 But the flesh of the bullock, and its "skin, and its 'dung, shalt thou 'burn with fire 'without the camp : it is a '"sin offering. 10 'Thou shalt also take the one ram ; and Aaron and his sons shall lay their hands upon the head of the ram. 10 And thou shalt slay the ram, and thou shalt take its blood, and "sprinkle it round about upon the altar. 17 And thou shalt "cut the ram into its "pieces, and wash its inwards, and its '"legs, and put them "with its "pieces, and "with its head. 18 And thou shalt 'burn the whole ram upon the altar : it is a "burnt offering unto Yahweh : it is a "sweet savour, an "offering made by fire unto Yahweh. 13 'And thou shalt take the other ram ; and Aaron and his sons shall lay their hands upon the head of the ram. 20 Then shalt thou kill the ram, and take of its blood, and put it upon the ""tip of the "right ear of Aaron, and upon the tip of the right ear of his sons, and upon the "thumb of their right hand, and upon the "great toe of their right foot, and sprinkle the blood upon the altar round about. 'a "LAnd thou shalt take of the blood that is upon the altar, and of the ^anointing oil, and ^sprinkle it upon Aaron, and upon his garments, and upon his sons, and upon the garments of his sons '¦with him : and he shall ^be hallowed, and his garments, and his sons, and his sons' garments 'with him. 22 Also thou shalt take of the ram the fat, "and the "'fat tail, and the ''fat that covereth the inwards, and the 'caul of the liver, and the two 'kidneys, and tho fat that is upon them, and the right "'''thigh ; for it is a ram of "consecration : 23 'and one loaf of bread, and one cake of oiled bread, and one wafer, out of the basket of unleavened bread that is before Yahweh : 24 and thou shalt put the whole upon the hands of Aaron, and upon the hands of his sons ; and shalt "'wave them for a "'wave offering before Yahweh. 25 And thou shalt take them from their hands, and burn them on the altar upon the burnt offering, for a sweet savour before Yahweh : it is an offering made by fire unto Yahweh. 2B And thou shalt take the "breast of Aaron's ram of consecration, and wave it for a wave offering before Yahweh : and it shall be thy d'portion. 27 'And thou shalt sanctify the breast of the "wave offering, and the "thigh of the "'heave offering, which is waved, and which is 'heaved up, of the ram of consecration, even of that which is for Aaron, and of that which is for his sons : 28 and it shall be for Aaron and his sons as a "'due for ever from the children of Israel : for it is an heave offering : and it shall be an heave offering from the children of Israel of the '''sacrifices of their peace offerings, even their heave offering f 118 g iaf 1 59 j 88" k 138 1 iagb m 63 n 6g» o 103 1> 100 37 s iaob t ji81 u 148 v 118° w 158 x n8» y 149 z 176 a.i 86> V 6gl> C 175 d' 1181 e' 118' V 85 e' 6a h' 118' 29« M Or, turban. 9 (5J omits ' Aaron and his sons ' ; the words seem to have been added to secure for Aaron tho girdlo (28*) ignored in n. 14 M 6 sin. 17 M Or, upon. 21 Cp2841aN. The place of this verse in (5) before the last clause of 20 ' and sprinkle ' &c is a further indication of its supple mental character. The variation in the word ' sprinkle ' Sp should also be noticed, cp Lev 821 30, where it will be observed that 30 has not been inserted in a precisely corresponding situation. 22a The conjunction is omitted in Sam as well as in Sp Lev 3a ; (Si adds it in each case, cp 22b 27 m Or, shoulder. Addis, Hex ii 266. 126 THE PRIESTHOOD Ex 302 29 Ino I JE />Num82«i5ll-13 cp Deut 258 88 iiak 38-42 ijda lal gi (16) Ezek 4n 4524 466. -t h' 2720 40 Lywb 42. . Xioau i' Ct 2522 45 Iioar ;' Cp 6«- 1-10 iiad-f a£t unto Yahweh. 20 'And the holy garments of Aaron shall be for his sons after him, to be anointed in them, and to be consecrated in them. 30 Seven days shall the son that is priest in his stead put them on, when he cometh into the tent of meeting to "'minister in the ''holy place. 31 And thou shalt take the ram of consecration, and seethe its flesh J'in a holy place. 32 And Aaron and his sons shall eat the flesh of the ram, and the bread that is in the basket, at the door of the tent of meeting. 33 And they shall eat those things wherewith k'atonement was made, to "consecrate fand| to sanctify them : but a ' stranger shall not eat thereof, because m'they are holy. 34 And if aught of the flesh of the consecration, or of the bread, remain unto the morning, then thou shalt burn the remainder with fire: it shall not be eaten, because m'it is holy. 35 And Alius shalt thou do unto Aaron, and to his sons, according to all that I have commanded thee : seven days shalt thou consecrate them. 30 "'And every day shalt thou "'offer the bullock of sin offering for atonement : and thou shalt "cleanse the altar, when thou makest atonement for it; and thou shalt anoint it, to sanctify it. :l7 Seven days thou shalt make atonement for the altar, and sanctify it : and the altar shall be "'most holy ; "whatsoever toucheth the altar shall '"'be holy. ss niNow tnis js tliat v,.],;^ thou shal(. offel. upon the altar . two iamb3 P'of t}le firgt year day by day 1'continually. 3" The one lamb thou shalt offer in the morning ; and the other lamb thou shalt offer "at f'even : 40 and with the one lamb a ''tenth part [of an ephah] of fine flour mingled with the fourth part of an "'hin of '''beaten oil ; ^and the fourth part of an hin of wine for a ''drink offering. 41 And the other lamb thou 9halt offer "at ''even, and Bhnlt do thereto according to tho u'meal offering of the morning, nnd according to tlie ''drink offering thereof, for a sweet savour, an offering made by fire unto Yahweh. ¦" IIt shall be a continual burnt offering throughout your ''generations at the door of the tent of meeting before Yahweh : where I will w'meet with you, to ''speak there unto thee. 43 And there I will "'meet with the children of Israel ; "and [the Tent] shall be "'sanctified by my J'glory. 44 And I will sanctify the tent of meeting, and the altar : Aaron also and his sons will I sanctify, to minister to me in the priest's office. 45 "And I will ''dwell among the children of Israel, and will a"be their God. 40 And they shall b"know that I am Yahweh their God, that J'brought them forth out of the land of Egypt, that I may ''dwell among them : ° "I am Yahweh their God. 301 N7'And thou shalt make an altar "to burn "incense upon : of acacia wood shalt thou make it. 2 A cubit shall be the length thereof, and i' 881> j' £7b k' 351 i' , 153 m' go1 0' 88J p' ngb q' 134 r' s' i6o» t' n8 J' 79 z'a" if b' 179" 0" I7g» 95" 2033 Sp fill tlieir hand : the words which follow seem to be an explanatory gloss. 381 Addis, Hex ii 268, treats 36. as an afterthought based on Lev 8. It may, however, be pointed out that Lev 8s4 regards the sevenfold atonement. as already prescribed, and this in volved purging the altar 15 cp Ex 2912, so that some instructions of this kind might be expected in Ex 29. 861) m Or, purge the altar, by thy making atonement— Cp 137*. 87 M Or, whosoever. — Cp 3029 Lev n2'. . i510- • 224 Num 19". ¦ op Ex 19"*. 38 The directions concerning the continual burnt offering s"",i are hardly in keeping with the commands for the construction of the sanctuary and the consecration of the priesthood. They would seem more appropriate at the head of a ritual calendar, such as Num 28-. There they are actually to be found 28s-8 cp Lev fi8"!3, but opinions differ as to which is the more original, and there are no decisive indications. The comparison, how ever, indicates that 'thou' in Ex 29s8""4! is not addressed to Moses as in 37 and 42. (On the relation of the passage to the Covenant in Neh io33 cp Introd XIII 110 i 156.) The passage is treated here, therefore, as an editorial extension, to which a closing verse has been added in 42 ; note the transition from 1 thou ' to ' your,' and ' you ' and ' thee ' in the last clause (where ffl and Sam have sing alone), and the attempt to harmonize different views of the Tent of Meeting. Yahweh promises both to meet his people and to speak with Moses (cp 33'') at the door of the Tent of Meeting ; but in 2522 the meeting with Moses takes place in the innermost sanctuary, where the divine voice is to be heard from between the Cherubim above the ark. If 42 and 43 were originally discontinuous, 43 might be naturally regarded as the sequel of 37, tho altar being the place where Yahweh met his people in the act of sacrifice. 39 4i M Sp between the two evenings. 43 Sam ' and they shall be sanctified,' (5) ' and I will be sancti fied.' Klostermann (Neue Kirchliche Zeitschr 1897 310) proposes to correct by Lev io3 'np3 'rump;1! ' and I will be sanctified in them that come nigh me.' 46 The language of46' shows affinities with Ph (cp Introd XIII 87 i 145), and the passage may have wound up the account of the institution of tho Tent of Meeting now replaced by the DweUing of PR cp 251N: but such a description cannot be safely assigned to Ph proper which avoids the term and only speaks of a ' sanctuary,' Lev 1930 203 2i12 (2!) 262. 301 After the full close in 2943"^6 the instructions for an addi tional altar in front of the veil 1-1° have a supplemental look. The sections which follow appear to share the same character Cp 11 n 22 34N, Various considerations confirm this view, eg (1) the phrase ' the altar ' 271 implies that there was no other. This designation occurs not less than 100 times in P : but in the latest strata the distinction is marked in various ways cp 3028 3 »8- 3830 Lev 47 &c. (2) There is no mention of the incense altar in the ceremony of atonement described in Lev 16, and the reference in 10 depends on the ritual there enjoined. (3) ' According to Lev 10 Num 16', the priests offered incense, not on an altar, but on pans or censers ' (Addis). (4) Sam places 3o1_1° between 2636 and s6 ; but (5) follows the order of Sp. (5) The reference to the spices for the incense 25° which seems to presuppose 307 is an editorial insertion 256N. Cp Introd XIII 10a. On the allied questions connected with the altars in the Temples of Solomon and Ezekiel see Stode, ZATW iii 168, and Nowack, Archdol ii 40. 127 Ex 302 ISRAEL AT SINAI i.. ijij b Cp34 c 2537 d252 10 Ljyc lied gha 11-16 i^ob iam e Cp 2180 /(§J omits 17 1,394 (/283I93538. Lev 811* 1 KingB 7S0. h Sp 40SO 2 Chron 4«t ct Qen 24S2§ JE a cubit the breadth thereof; foursquare shall it be : and two cubits shall be the height thereof : the horns thereof shall be of one piece with it. 3 And thou shalt overlay it with "pure gold, the "top thereof, and the "sides thereof round about, and the horns thereof; and thou shalt make unto it a "crown of gold round about. 4 And two golden rings shalt thou make for it under the crown thereof, upon the two ribs thereof, upon the two sides of it shalt thou make them ; and they shall be for places for staves to bear it withal. 5 And thou shalt make the staves of acacia wood, and overlay them with gold. ° And thou shalt put it before the "veil that is by the ark of the testimony, "before the "covering that is over the testimony, where I will 'meet with thee. 7 'And Aaron shall gburn thereon ''incense of ''sweet spices : every morning, when he dresseth the "lamps, he shall burn it. 8 And when Aaron "lighteth the lamps "at 'even, he shall "burn it, a Jperpetual incense before Yahweh throughout your "generations. 9 Ye shall offer no 'strange "incense thereon, nor "'burnt offering, nor "meal offering ; and ye shall dpour no "drink offering thereon. lu 'And Aaron shall make "atonement "upon the horns of it "once in the year : with the blood of the "sin offering of atonement once in the year shall he make atonement "for it through out your kgenerations : it is 'most holy unto Yahweh. 11 "'And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 12 When thou takest the sum of the children of Israel, 'according to those that are numbered of them, then shall they give every man a "ransom for his "soul unto Yahweh, -^when thou numbeiest them ; that there be no plague among them, when thou numberest them. 13 This they shall give, every one that passeth over unto them that are numbered, "half a shekel after the shekel of the "sanctuary : (the shekel is twenty gerahs :) half a shekel for an offering to Yahweh. u Every one that passeth over unto them that are numbered, from "twenty years old and upward, shall give the 'offering of Yahweh. 16 The rich shall not give more, and the poor shall not "give less, than the half shekel, when they give the offering of Yahweh, to make atonement for your souls. 16 And thou shalt take the atonement money from the children of Israel, and shalt appoint it for the "'service of the tent of meeting ; that it may b'be a "'memorial for the children of Israel before Yahweh, to make atonement for your souls. 17 "And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 18 Thou shalt also make a "laver of brass, and the "base thereof of brass, to ''wash withal : and thou shalt put it between the tent of meeting and the altar, and thou 4» &' e f 47 HI g h1 j k1 in n0 37, 95b 33 124 79b 153 118= Il8h Ii8d Vq nil r gob a 185 t i8> u 146 V 8a w 88= X 169" y n8« z 105 a' b' c' 140 37 113 303a M £ roo/.~37M. 3b M § walls.— 372tJ. 30 M Or, rim. Or, moulding. — 2511. 6 This clause is omitted by Sam (S) and some Sq MSS, and has rather the appearance of an explanatory gloss. 8a M Or, setteth up. Jp causeth to ascend. — Cp 2720. 8b M § between the two evenings. 1(>ft M Or, for. 10b Tb.is verse implies the rite described in Lev 16, whore no mention, however, is made of the incense altar, cp 12-H where it ia expressly ignored. This section, therefore, must be regarded as posterior to that institution. On the place of Lev 16 in P cp i6!N. 100 m Or, upon. ]1 The poll-tax of half a shekel 1S practically rests upon the completed sanctuary and the census (Num 1) of which nothing has yet been said : and this anticipatory reference itself indi cates its supplemental character. The tax is devoted to the service of the sanctuary, but it is not prescribed how often it is to be paid. In 2 Chron 246- the tax is plainly understood as an annual contribution. But in the covenant under Nehemiah Neh io"12 only one-third of a shekel is demanded. Diiferont explanations have been offered of this discrepancy. Kuenen and Cornill (with whom Addis agrees) suppose that the text represents a later stage of codification than the agreement under Nehemiah (a similar discrepancy may be noticed in the age at which the Levites were to begin to serve Num 824 and 4s ^ 30, cp i Ohron 23s4* ¦), and that this section is a post-Ezran addition. For other suggestions cp Ryle, Ezr-Neh% in loc. The objection that a later scribe in incorporating this rule would have empha sized its annual character, seems partly met by the considera tion that the ' service of the tent of meeting ' for which the money was ' appointed' lfl was a permanent institution, obviously needing continuous support, and partly by the fact that the Jews themselves in accepting the Levitical arrangements as types for their regular guidance, actually did regard this as a yearly due. 17 The natural place for the instructions about the laver would have heen in 27, after the directions concerning the altar 1-8 ; cp its position in the repetition 38s. Its association here with other later items throws it into the group of secondary passages, but the opening words of 18 l And thou shalt make ' Cp 1 b o 25 3&j suggest that it was once continuous with some other passage. It may be noted further that there is no description of the size or design of the laver, while in other cases there is an abundance of precise detail. 128 PREPARATIONS FOR THE DWELLING EX 317 19. . infn lah« JE 22-82 iiad/ i ft =tand j Gen 621 ft *2S<> I Lev 25IO Sp' m Prov 7I7 Cant 4I1 n 3528* Is 324 a( oSBAtp 1 Chron gSO 2 Chron i6Hf g 8S 85 3729* 1 Chron 9S0 Ecol iol r 252s, »2S31 t 01)1-7 M Ct 27I 80 ludi fn » Cp Dent 28<0» 10 Ct 58 34-88 Ijieiadg *$t y 2 Sam 2243 II Pb i842 Job i4l9t iCpe 1-11 Ziaai a j1 b 283 c 3581 Qen il 4188 Num j42» d 3581 36I Deut 3228* e 3582. . 0t Qen 6» Sp* /CP257 g Gen 6" A 288 pe p« shalt put water therein. 19 zAnd d' Aaron and his sons shall wash their hands and their feet thereat : 20" when they go into the tent of meeting, they shall wash with water, "'that they die not ; or when they come near to the altar to minister, to burn an ''offering made by fire unto Yahweh : 21 so they shall wash their hands and their feet, that they die not: and it shall be a "'statute for ever to them, even to him and to his seed throughout their 'generations. 22 ^'Moreover Yahweh spake unto Moses, "saying, 23 yTake thou also unto thee the chief "'spices, of 'flowing "myrrh five hundred [shekels1, and of sweet "cinnamon half so much, even two hundred and fifty, and of "sweet calamus two hundred and fifty, 24 and of "cassia five hundred, after the shekel of the "sanctuary, and of olive oil an hin : 26 and thou shalt make it an h'holy anointing oil, a "perfume ^compounded after the art of the 'perfumer : it shall be an holy anointing oil. 20 And thou shalt ''anoint therewith the tent of meeting, and the ark of the testimony, 27 and the 'table and all the vessels thereof, and the "candlestick and the vessels thereof, 28 and the 'altar of incense, and the "altar of burnt offering with all the vessels thereof, and the "laver and the base thereof. 29 And thou shalt sanctify them, that they may be J'most holy : "whatsoever toucheth them shall be holy. 30 'And thou shalt anoint Aaron and his sons, and sanctify them, that they may ''minister unto me in the priest's office. 31 And thou shalt speak unto the children of Israel, saying, This shall be an holy anointing oil unto me throughout your 'generations. 32 Upon the flesh of man shall it not be 'poured, neither shall ye make any like it, according to the "composition thereof: it is holy, [and] it shall be holy unto you. 3S Whosoever 'compoundeth any like it, or whosoever putteth any of it upon a 'stranger, he shall be ' cut off from his people. 34 NIAnd Yahweh said unto Moses, Take unto thee sweet spices, "stacte, and ^onycha, and "galbanum ; sweet spices with pure "'frankin cense : of each shall there be a like weight ; 3C and tliou shalt make of it incense, a "perfume after the art of the perfumer, "seasoned with salt, pure [and] holy : 3a and thou shalt "beat some of it very small, and put of it before the ""testimony in the tent of meeting, 'where I will 'meet with thee : it shall be unto you J'most holy. 37 And the incense which thou shalt make, according to the "'composition thereof ye shall not make for yourselves: it shall be unto thee holy for Yahweh. 38 Whosoever shall make like unto- that, to smell" thereto, he shall be ''cut off from his people. 311 "And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 2 "See, I have called by name "Bezalel the son of Uri, the son of Hur, of the "tribe of Judah : 3 and I have ''filled him with the "spirit of God, in wisdom, and in ''under standing, and in knowledge, and in all manner of 'workmanship, * to devise 'cunning Works, to work in gold, and in silver, and in brass, 6 and in cutting of stones for •''setting, and in carving of wood, to work in all manner of ^workmanship. ° "And I, behold, I have appointed with him "Oholiab, the son of Ahisamach, of the "tribe of Dan ; and in the hearts of all that are ftwise hearted I have put wisdom, that they may make all. that I have commanded thee : 7 the tent of meeting, and the. far-k of the ¦ testimony, and the Covering that is thereupon, and all d' ia< e' saa f n8« g' 6a h' 89 V a3 j' 90 k' iag" 1' So m' 7a a 185 b 13 c 165 d 177b 15 161 47 SO22 The use of the holy oil assumes the existence of the two altars 28 ana the laver; and this section, therefore, cannot be earlier than i-10 : moreover in 30 the unction is enjoined on Aaron's sons (i e ordinary priests) whereas in 2Q7 Lev 812 Aaron alone is to be anointed. 24 M Or, costus.— Ezek 27i9t. " M Or, whosoever.— 29". 841 The prescriptions concerning the incense are the natural sequel to the ordinance of the inoense-altar i"10. That they were not included in the original scheme is confirmed by the II. 129 fact that the references to the incense and the oil for the chrism 25s have been added. On the history of incense-offerings cp Benzinger, Archdol 444, and Nowack, Archdol i 247. 34b M Or, opobalsamum. — Sp = drop Job 3627f. 36 M Or, tempered together. — Cp Lev 213 Ezek i64f . 811 Tho recapitulation in 1_11 is based on the series of instructions in 25" including 31 ; the passage belongs therefore to the secondary strata of P and prepares the way for the great repetition 35-40. Ex 317 ISRAEL AT SINAI l 25z» j 258' jfc3olI 3028 ot 27I m 30I8 n 282 03l26 p 318* q Cp 189* 12. Igbh r 17 ,§s=*ofe?t Qen 912 17II 14-17 Xgbo 1 Ezek 2ol« 21 U 328 al t Gen 22 u 23I2 v Qen 1722 ft 1-24 r5b Polel Judg 52et b Ct 26 Cp '94 c 8 24 Gen 2740 Qal* d Cp Gen 354 « la 81f /34I7 Lev 194 Num 3362 Deut 912 16 27I6* Hoe 132 al g Cp Ex 136 A 24* i 80 ,813 i2o24 k Qen 2584 (CpGen2i9§ m Deut 9I2 J E IP" p» the furniture of the Tent ; 8 and the 'table and its vessels, and the pure ^candlestick with all its vessels, and the *altar of incense ; 9 and the 'altar of burnt offering with all its vessels, and the mlaver and its base ; 10 and the "finely wrought "garments, and the "holy garments for 'Aaron the priest, and the garments of his sons, to Jminister in the priest's office ; n and the "anointing oil, and the incense of %weet spices for the kholy place : "according to all that I have commanded thee shall they do. 12 m^nd Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 13 'Spoak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily ye shall keep my ""sabbaths : for it is a 'sign between me and you throughout your "generations ; that ye may "know that I am Yahweh which ''sanctify you. "* 'Ye shall keep the '"sabbath there fore ; for "it is holy unto you : every one that 'profaneth it shall 'surely be put to death. 141" por whosoever "doeth any work therein, 'that soul shall be cut off from among his people. 15 Six days shall "work be done ; but on the seventh day is a sabbath of "solemn rest, vholy to Yahweh : whosoever doeth any work in the sabbath day, he shall "surely be put to death. 16 Wherefore the children of Israel shall keep the sabbath, to observe the sabbath throughout their "generations, for a "perpetual covenant. 17 It is a 'sign between me and the children of Israel for ever : for in six days Yahweh made heaven and earth, and on the seventh day he 'rested, and was "refreshed. 184 And he gave unto Moses, when he had "made an end of com muning with him upon mount "Sinai, the two 'tables of the testimony. . . . 18b [«And Yahweh gave him the two] tables of stone, written with the finger of God. 321 NXAnd when the people saw that Moses "delayed to come down from the mount, the people 'gathered themselves together unto Aaron, and said unto him, Up, make us "gods, which shall go before us ; for as for this Moses, the man that "brought us up out of the land of Egypt, we know not what is become of him. 2 And Aaron said unto them, "Break off the golden drings, which are in the ears of your wives, of your sons, and of your daughters, and bring them unto me. 3 And all the people "brake off the golden rings which were in their ears, and brought them unto Aaron. ', * And he received it at their hand, and fashioned it with a ''graving tool, and made it a ¦''molten calf: and "they said, "These be thy gods, O Israel, which "brought thee up out of the land of Egypt. fi And when Aaron saw [this], he 'built an altar before it ; 'and Aaron made proclamation, and said, To-morrow shall be a "feast to Yahweh. 6 And they *rose up early on the 'morrow, and "offered yburnt offerings, and brought Jpeace offerings ; and the people sat down to J'eat and to drink, and rose up to 'play. \ 7 "And Yahweh spake unto Moses, Go, mget thee down ; for thy people, h 88° 1 ia« J iag" k 88« 1 188b 111 137 u 76b 0 P % q BO" r 6a>> H 177' t 50* u 137c v gob w 6a y i6i(l a 13S b 137 3110 M Some ancient versions render, garments of service. 12 The language of the Sabbath-law here enforced with such emphasis has several affinities with Ph ; 13 ' keep my sabbaths ' cp Lev 199 80 262 ; 'I am Yahweh which sanctify you ' Lev 208 218 16 28 229 16 82 . 14 * profane ' (of the sabbath only here in Hex), frequent in Ph in other applications Lev i82i 198 12 29 2o3 2ifl 12 16 23 232 0 15 32 ; ' every one that profaneth it ' Sp pi followed by sing vb op Lev 17I4 198. It may be inferred that the language of an older law is here incorporated and enriched with a fuller setting. In what stage of P this took place is less clear. It is not certain how far-Ps made similar appropriations, though there are phenomena in 62« • 2Q42. . which point in that direction. One or two words, however, aro not in the manner of P* ; lfl 'to obsorvo (lit do) the sabbuth ' only in Dout 5'°, )7 ' made heuvon and em Hi ' instead of ' created,' and ' was refreshed. ' On tho argument founded by Buddo on these peculiarities cp ao11N Gen i1H ; they are, however, not out of character with the more varied usage of other secondary passages. Note further the transition to 'children of Israel ' u ; 171> reads like an explanatory addition. 18b At this point the compiler resumes the narrative of B, suspended in 2413b. The description of the tables of stone as ' written with the finger of God ' reappears in Deut q10 and was certainly in D's source. As the narrative that follows 3a1"* seems due to E, it is most natural to ascribe iab to the same document. The words in brackets are supplied from Deut 910 (Sp delivered = gave). 32la The narrative of the apostasy of the golden calf seems to contain various elements, but its main story is almost unanimously ascribed to E. In 15 17 Moses descends with Joshua from the mount with the two tables in his hands, the description in le cohering with 3ii8b and 3413. The passage in 16-21 appears to he homogeneous (only Dillm breaks it at 10) and curries with it i-9. For details of the analysis cp 7 20 80, and on the place of the whole story cp 3428. ib M Or, a god. 4& ©" he. <» M Or, This is thy god. 7 In the sequel of the story i7-!' Moses seems wholly unpre,- 130 THE GOLDEN CALF Ex 3225 n Cp Hob 98 0 Cp »ii4 p Deut ols cp Gen 71 3112 Ex 378 9 33s B 349 Deut 96 13-f r Ct Deut 9U Sp cp 2 Sam 1 6H 1 12 338 5 cp Num t Gen ia3 Num 14I2 « 6* 1 8am 13I2 v Num 14I7 m Bx 31s x Num 14I6 y Gen 4420 fi « Deut 13I7 Josh 726 a' Num 254 32I4 6' Deut 9* > j 307 k 317 1 304 56" 174 pared for the discovery of the apostasy. It is certainly conceiv- ' able that the actual spectacle of it should have aroused a wrath before unrealized ; but, as Bacon has observed, ' the fact remains that i"-24 would be a great deal simpler and more intelligible if 7"l* had not preceded.' The intercession in 9"14 is marked by special J phrases, e g ' face of the ground ' ' repent ' (of Yahweh) 12, hut as it refers in l8 to a supplemental passage in Gen 22le it must he assigned to the harmonist (unless with Bacon ls be ascribed to a subsequent hand, in which case the rest might be derived from J). But the whole interview is parallel in style and thought to another in Num I4n- • , where again there seem traces of hiter adaptation. On the whole, therefore, '"I4 is here treated as continuous. The introduction to it is found in 1' , which has apparently replaced the account of the conclusion of Moses' stay in the mount preceding his descent 16. The verses were probably known to D in their present position cp -Deut pi2- • . It may be noticed that 9 which seems to make a fresh start is omitted by @). Steuernagel (Deut 33) ingeniously supposes that it has heen introduced here from Deut 91S. 32" g0 ft, T mrill% ,B The reference to the ' testimony ' shows here the hand of E" cp pi6i: in Deut 911 i" the sacred stones are called 'tables of the covenant ' ; they are carried in Moses' hand cp 3429 ; D represents them as borne in his hands Deut 9I5 cp Ex 3219 Q'ri (Ketib hand). The detail in i"> is after the manner of P ; for the rare use of "OS in the sense of ' side ' cp 258' 28' Sp. 28» The account of the massacre in which the Levites take Yahweh's side is difficult to harmonize with the rest of the narrative, for after so severe a punishment why should the people need further chastisement 86 j jj js noj ciear what is the precise meaning of 25, nor whether Moses pauses at the gate 28 on first entering the camp on the descent from the mount, or whether (after expostulating with Aaron 21. .) be then takes up his position there to prevent the escape of the guilty people. Further obscurity shrouds the close of the incident '», where the tribe of Levi is apparently consecrated as the sacred tribe in consequence of its vigorous championship of Yahweh's cause. This is altogether different from the programme of P in 28 : and it seems wholly unconnected with the arrangements of the 131 Ex 32 26 ISRAEL AT SINAI w' ist a/ Gen 298 ot 1 yi Ct 'as 2' Gen 50I7 o" Mai 3I8 Pa 6928 Dan 12I b» 13" e" 2323 332 d" Cp Qen 5026 Am 3H e" Cp 1223 Josh 245 a Gen 13I b Gen 127 c Cp 2320 328* d Cp 232s 148 e Cp 2323 17c / 6 328. g Gen 3784 Num i43»* h 6. ft* cp 322 E JE J E Aaron had let them loose for a "derision among their '"''enemies : 2e then Moses stood in the gate of the camp, and said, Whoso is on Yahweh's side, [let him come] unto me. And all the sons of Levi x' gathered themselves together unto him. 21 And he said unto them, "Thus saith Yahweh, the God of Israel, Put ye every man his sword upon his thigh, and go to and fro from gate to gate throughout the camp, and 'slay "every man his "brother, and every man his "companion, and every man his neighbour. 28 And the sons of Levi did "according to the word of Moses : and there fell of tlie people that day about three thousand men. 29 And Moses said, "Consecrate yourselves to-day to Yahweh, "yea, every man "against his son, and "against his brother ; that he may bestow upon you a blessing this day. . . . 30 "And it came to pass on tho "morrow, that Moses said unto the people, Ye have sinned a "'great sin : and 'now I will go up unto Yahweh ; rperadventure I shall make ^"atonement for your sin. 31 And Moses returned unto Yahweh, and said, z?Oh, this people have sinned a ''great sin, and have made them gods of gold. 32 Yet "now, if thou wilt z' forgive their sin—; and if not, "blot me, 'I pray thee, out of thy ""book whicli thou hast written. 3S And Yahweh said unto Moses, Whosoever hath sinned against me, him will I blot out of my book. 81 And "now go, '"lead the people unto [the place] of which I have spoken unto thee : behold, °"mine "angel shall go before thee : nevertheless in the day when I d"visit, I will visit their sin upon them. 35 And Yahweh '"smote the peoploj because they made the calf, which Aaron made. 331 "And Yahweh spake unto Moses, Depart, "go up hence, thou and' the people which thou hast "brought up out of the land of Egypt, unto the land of which I "sware unto Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, saying, Unto thy seed will I 'give it: 2 and I will "send an caiigel before thee; and I will ddrive out the "Canaanite, the Amorite, and the Hittite, and the Perizzite,. the Hivite, and the Jebusite : 3 unto a land dflowing with milk and honey :. for I will not go up in the 'midst of thee ; for thou, art a •'stiffnecked people : lest I ¦'consume thee in the way. * And when the people heard these evil tidings, they ''mourned : and no man did put on him. his ''ornaments. 87 p ua q a r 64 8 13 t 18 u 97 a 136 b 317 0 4 d 34 e 58 Tent of Meeting described in B 337~n where the care of the sanctuary is entrusted to the Ephraimite Joshua. These con siderations suggest the derivation of 25-23 from J, who has already recognized the sacerdotal function, though the relation between the new Levites and the priests mentioned in 1922 is nowhere explained. The ascription is not free from objection on grounds both of matter and form. Linguistically, the phrases 26 'broken loose' ' let them loose,' 27 ' thus saith Yahweh God of Israel ' ' every man his brother,' point to E ; though in 28 ' according to the word of Moses ' the style of J is approached : no sharp lines, however, can be drawn around the possibilities of interchange in such expressions; More perplexing is the question, if 2&_2S bo drawn from J, what was its antecedent in that document? Did J also relate the calf-apostasy? There is no reason to think so, unless it be this passage itself, which would hardly have been introduced here by the harmonist unless its connexion in J had some affinities with its new setting in E. It soems to roplaco in the combined narrative the manifestation of the divino angor against Aaron, which must have been a feature in the original story cp Deut 920. This circumstance confirms its assignment to J, but throws no light on its placo in that document. Bacon conjectures that the offence thus punished was rather rebellion than idolatry ; but there is no adequate evidence for any confident decision. 322»b m ft whispering.— Spf. 29a m ft jpm your hand. 29b jj or) for every man hath been against his son and against his brother. 29cd M Or, upon. so jn 30-35 jt ia usual to see the sequel of E's narrative, and the margins show abundant points of contact with E's usage. There is still, however, some incongruity between 3J- and 35, The implication of 34b is that the punishment is indefinitely postponed (the passage has been thought to refer to the fall of the kingdom of Israel Am 314), and the immediate infliction of the plague in s5 is wholly unexpected. In allotting it to J Bacon can only overcome a similar incongruity in relation to 26-29 by suggesting that HP has inserted 'people' for the original authors of the movement whom he identifies with Nadab and Abihu. It is further probable that 30_84 is a later expansion of the narrative. The metaphor of the 'book' only appears elsewhere in post-exilian literature : the developed con sciousness of sin, atonement, and personal responsibility (op Ezek 18) may belong to a more advanced order of theological reflexion. In 35 the awkward juxtaposition of the two final clauses seems to result from some editorial manipulation. 831 In 32s4 Moses has already received instructions to com mence the march. The fresh command ' depart, go up hence ' is accordingly ascribed to J. The sequence of 3 on * is inter rupted by the renewed promise of the guidance of the Angel, introduced probably from 3a34 cp 232° 25. But this promise is practically inconsistent with the refusal of Yahweh 3 to accom pany, the people, for the Angel was his manifested presence. Both grammatical connexion and harmonizing purpose mark this verse, therefore, as an addition. In • the mourning of the people on hearing that they must undertake the journey without the divine aid, has been apparently amplified by the clause ' and no man did put on him his ornaments,' which is wanting in (SJ. 4b is really inconsistent with 8 which is most naturally assigned to B (its absence from @, however, may be also due to the perception of its incongruity with 6, so that it was dropped to avoid confusion). On the hypothesis that 7"H was preceded by an account of the institution of the sacred tent cp 7", Bacon (with whom Battersby agrees) suggests that the ornaments which the people now strip from themselves as they hod once stripped them from the Egyptians (Sp — ' spoiled ') were offered in penitential self-devotion for the decoration of the Meeting- place of Yahweh and Israel. B has then combined the repre sentations of i-4 and fl by means of the connexion in a. But in respect of J's version of the Covenant now placed in 34, the ; command in 1 to depart is evidently placed too soon, 132 } Sp Hlthpaf cp 322 7-11 Ijofen k Gen 21IG I Cp Hos 58 ire Cp 132m n Num 126 cp Deut 3il6 0 Gen 226 p Cp Num 128 Gen 3380 Deut ll^Xuho0 1322 op Num cp 208 »»98( Gen 2788 U822v Num 1421. ofc '79 10346.x Cp Gen 33B Num 62» y Deut 13"^ = have compos. - sion 2 Cp Deut s'< E THE TENT OF MEETING JE Ex 3321 » E 6 And Yahweh said unto Moses, Say unto the children of Israel, Ye are a fstiffnecked people : if I go up into the "midst of thee for one moment, I shall 'consume thee : therefore now *pul off thy ornaments* from thee, that I may know what to do unto thee. 6 And the children of Israel ^stripped themselves of their ornaments from mount 'Horeb onward. . . .7 N£Now Moses used to take the tent and to pitch it without the camp, *afar off from the camp ; and he called it, The tent of meeting. Arid it came to pass, that every one which 'sought Yahweh went out unto the tent of meeting, which was without the camp. 8 And it came to pass, when" Moses went out unto the Tent, that all the people rose up, and stood, every man at his tent door, and looked after Moses, until he was gone into the Tent. 9 And it came to pass, when Moses entered into the Tent, the "pillar of cloud "descended, and stood at the door of the Tent" : and [Yahweh] spake with Moses. 10 And all the people saw the pillar of cloud stand at the door of the Tent : and all the people rose up and "worshipped, every man at his tent door. n And Yahweh spake unto Moses *face to face, as a 'man speaketh unto his friend. And he turned again into the camp : *but his ''minister Joshua, the. son of Nun, a young man, 'departed not out of the Tent. 12 "And Moses said unto Yahweh, See, thou sayest unto me, "Bring up this people : and thou hast not 1ft me know "whom thou wilt send with me. (Yet thou hast said, I know thee by name, and thou hast also 'found grace in my sight. 13 Now therefore, I pray thee, If I hare "found grace in thy sight, shew me now thy "ways, that I may know thee, to the end that I may find grace in thy sight : and consider that this nation ls thy people. 14 And he said, My 'presence shall go [with thee] and I.will give thee 'rest. ™ And he said unto him, If thy presence go not [with mej "carry us not up hence. " For wherein 'now shall it be known that I have 'found grace in thy sight, I and thy people ? is it not in that thou goest with us, so that we be "separated, I and thy people, from all the people that are upon the Jface of the Tground ? 17 And Yahweh said unto Moses, I will do this thing also that thou hast spoken : for thou hast 'found grace in my sight, and I know thee by name. ls And he said, Shew me, I pray thee, thy '"glory. " And lie said, I will make all my goodness pass before thee, and will ""proclaim the name of Yahweh before thee ; and I will be "gracious to whom I will be gracious, and will "shew mercy on whom I will shew mercy. 20 And he said, Thou canst not ksee my face : for man shall not see me and *livo. 21 And Yahweh said, Behold, there is a place by me, and thou shalt stand f 105 h 109 i 31" j 40 k 303 S37 The sudden introduction of this description of the Sanctu ary is ill the highest degree surprising. ' The tent ' 7 is evidently well known, bat nothing has yet been said about it. For it is clear that this cannot be the Levitical Dwelling 25-29, though in 29*2 it is ealled_tb»JPeht oi*Meeting, (1) because the Dwelling has not yet been constructed cp 35-40, and (2) because the place of the Dwelling is in the centre of the camp, with the twelve tribes grouped round it Num 2. The Tent of Meeting, on the other hand, is outside, at a distance cp Num u16 24-3° 124. Further, it Is not served by the Levitical priesthood, but by the Epbraimite Joshua n Num n23, whose presence in the Dwelling would have been forbidden under pain of death. The passage in the test, therefore, conceives the sanctuary in a manner absolutely Incompatible with P, and must be drawn from a wholly Independent source (cp Introd VIII i 2i 51). The only available sources are J and E, and the deoision in favour of H is unanimous among the critics. No doubt is possible that '"'l Num 1 iJ«. 24-30 Bnd ia4- • all belong to tho same group of narratives : while the association of Moses with Joshua cp 2.1'9 179, and the stress laid on prophecy, identify them with E. But if E described the usage of the sacred Tent, he must also have narrated its institution, and with it the construction of the ark. In the final compilation this section was no doubt set aside for the more elaborate representations of P. But it is a probable, conjecture that Buch an account once followed 6. The Levitical Dwelling is wrought out of the gifts of the people. ¦ The story of their voluntary offerings no doubt had its counter part in the earlier source : and the statement that che children of Israel parted with their brnaments seems best explained by the application of them to the preparation of the Tent. A curious point of verbal contact is found in the employment of the same torm ' spoilod themselves ' which served earlier for the ' spoiling ' of the Egyptians. l'2* Tlio expostulation -of Moses in this passago seems directly connected with the command in 1_3. But it may be doubted whether the materials of 12~a3 are now arranged in their proper order. The words quoted in '? ' Yet thou hast said ' &c are not uttered till 17 : either, therefore, 17 once stood before 12, or, if 17 is in its place, some other divine utterance must have pre ceded 12. The latter is the view of Bacon who unites 3 with I2 by means of Num niob-iB an(i a conjectural passage con taining the required phrase (it must be remembered that before the union of JE with P Ex 33-3428 was followed immediately by Num io2D-i2). Another suggestion is that of Kautzsch who proposes to translate 14 as a question, ' Shall (or must) my presence go with thee, and must I give thee rest?' while Dillmann regards 14~18 as the sequel of 3+0-fl, a suggestion which has tho support of Drivor. Tlio difficulty may bo partially met by a simple rearrangement of tho vorsos; if 17 bo transferred as the antocodont of 12, the prayer of Moses 13 ' Make me to know thy way ' is answered by the promise { My presence shall go with thee.' Of this 1C Moses desires immediate assurance, which Yahweh grants with the announcement 19 that he will make his goodness pass before him. But Moses, still urgent, prays that Yahweh will enable him to see his glory, his very self 1'. The prayer cannot be satisfied *>, ' Thou canst not see my face ' (the ' presence' of15)': but in the cleft of the rock he shall behold his back as Yahweh passes by 2i-23# The more natural order would seem to be 17 12*"lli 19 18 2e-23) leading directly to 34s"9. 12b m Or, him whom. 13 Sp (K°tib) % , and Dillm in loc. w So Sp. T earth.* J33 Ex 332 ISRAEL AT SINAI al Is 221t a i Sp stones ct 24I2 31I8 6Cp28H c 19II Josh 84 d 1920 e Ct 339 /3319 g Deut 48I* ep 3319 h 2227* cp 33I8 i Num 14I8* ; 207 Sp = hold [him] guiltlesi k 329 I Num 14I9. TO 3ao 11-16 l$cV> n Cp »39b 0 Cp 332 p 38 Deut 7I J E JE J E upon the rock : -a and it shall come to pass, while my "'glory passeth by, that I will put thee in a "'cleft of the rock, and will 'cover thee with my hand until I have passed by : 23 and I will take away mine hand, and thou shalt see my back : but my 'face shall not be seen. 341 "And Yahweh said unto Moses, Hew thee two tables of "stone like unto the first : and ''I will write upon the tables the words that were on the first tables, which thou brakest. 2 And be "ready by the morning, and come up in the morning unto mount 'Sinai, and present thyself there to me on the dtop of the mount. 3 And no man shall come up with thee, ""neither let any man be seen throughout all the mount ; bneither let the "flocks nor herds feed before that mount. * And he hewed two tables of "stone like unto the first ; and Moses rose up early in the morning, and went up unto mount "Sinai, as Yahweh had commanded him, and took in his hand two tables of "stone. 5 And Yahweh descended in the "cloud, Tand he stood with him there, and "called upon "the name of Yahweh. 6 "And Yahweh passed by before him, and /proclaimed, Yahweh, Yahweh, a God "full of compassion and ^gracious, 'slow to anger, and plenteous in 'mercy and truth ; 7 "keeping merey for thousands, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin: and that will by no means Jclear [the guilty] ; visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, and upon tho children's children, upon the third and upon the fourth generation. 8 And Moses 'made haste, and hbowed his head toward the earth, and worshipped. 9 And ho said, If now I have 'found grace in thy sight, 0 Lord, let the JLord, I pray thee, go in the kinidst of us ; for it is a *stiffnecked people ; and 'pardon our iniquity and our sin, and "take us for thine inheritance. 10 "And he said, Behold, I 'make a covenant : before all thy people I will do '"marvels, such as have not been "wrought in all the earth, nor in any nation : and all the people among which thou art shall see the work of Yahweh, for it is a terrible thing that I do with thee. ll '¦Observe thou that which I "command thee this day; behold, I "drive out bofore thee the ^Amorite, and the Canaanite, and the a 76 b 11 c 33 d 19 e IS» t 57" n iab 1 31" I 5? k 58 1 181 34l At this point J's narrative of the Covenant 10-27 is intro duced (cp jo22"), but in the present text it is combined with other matter which can hardly have belonged to it originally. It is evident that there is a close connexion between 6-8 and 3319, the solemn proclamation of 6> being the answer to the entreaties of Moses and the fulfilment of the divine promise. The scene in the cleft of the rock where Yahweh passes by 332a 348 declaring his own august titles, is in a different locality from the top of the mountain whore he descends for Moses to stand with him and invoke his aid. But when these verses are removed, it would still seem that the preparation for the great theophany i~6 is not in its original place. Tho resemblance to the passages assigned to J in 19 op 2. with iqiib-u 20. #] makes it probable that the incident here depicted stood originally in closo connexion with them, and constituted the coro of J's account of the Sinai-revelation. Tho Covenant itself is obviously new ; the opening words of 1° have no other covenant behind them. Bat the transpositions consequent on the union of J and E rendered it necessary to find another place for J's version of the ' Words of Yahweh ' cp l8l< ; and it is here brought into connexion with a renewal of the Tables which had been broken in sight of the apostate Israel. The phrases which seem to have been inserted to effect this adaptation are printed in small type. Prom Deut 10I-5 it may be plausibly inferred that the narrative also provided for the construction of the ark, this reference having been afterwards removed as inconsistent with 25 and 37 cp 3371*. It is, however, possible, so some critics have thought, that the directions concerning the stones may have been derived from E which must have contained an account of their replacement ; to this suggestion of Kuenen's Wellh replies that if E did relate the restoration of the tables, the natural place would have been before tho account of the sanctuary which contained the ark 337'-. Others have sug gested that as in 27 Moses is instructed to write the divine words, the original command ran ' thou shalt write,' which was after wards altered to the promise ' I will write ' in conformity with E's representation that the inscription on the stones was divine cp 3i18b 32". The sudden introduction of the name Moses after "¦ lends a slight additional probability to the view that 1 4a0 are foreign elements wrought into J's toxt n " '. 5a So M. T and stood with him there, and proclaimed the name of Yahweh. 6b M Or, Yahweh by name. 6 For the place of this section cp 1K and 3312M, Bacon ascribes 7b to Rd, and Battersby regards the proclamation of the divine titles as the expression of a later school of religious thought, Such aggregates of predicates are supposed to belong to a more advanced devotional vocabulary than can be traced with certainty in the writers of the eighth century (cp the difficulty suggested by Am 4I3 53 &o). If this view be adopted, it carries with it a similar amplification in 33!°. On the other hand cp Dr A B Davidson (Hastings' DB ii 202a), ' the very surprising ancient passage Ex 34s- ¦ left little to be added later.' 7 M See 205- . 9 Dillm is inclined to adopt Ewald's emendation 'and lead us ' (n' hitltdnu for nBlialUinu), with reference to the refusal of Yahwoh to ' go up in the midst' of Israel 33s cp 33,J. Dillm then finds the answer to the prayer of Moses in 33l4T17, a con nexion also favoured by Driver ; cp 331Z". 10a Tiie covenant in i""27 is obviously parallel (cp ao22") to the ' Words of Yahweh ' in 23 which are solemnly adopted as the base of the Covenant in 343-8. As it appeared, however, that the ' Words ' h,ad undergone considerable editorial manipula tion and expansion, so it may be affirmed that the ' Covenant ' of 34 has received various additions to the simplicity of its primitive form. This may be stated on general grounds of • analogy, for example, with the Ten Words of 2o1_i7, an analogy recognized by the author (or implied by the editor) of 27-28 ; and it is confirmed by the observation of the occasional olose parallels both in phraseology and thought with Deut op 11_13 16-. 21. The language of i° is also not without features of apparently later date ; the announcement to Mosos of wonders transcending all human experienae resembles similar vindica tions of the divine greatness by Moses to Pharaoh, in which there was reason to see a later hand, e g 918 : the phrase ' such as have not been created ' finds, indeed, support in Num 1630, but has natural affinities with the language of later propheoy, e g Jer 3122 ia 4s7 4s7 &c (cp Cheyne, Introd to the Book of Isaiah 211 and '48) ; and ' work of Yahweh ' is found elsewhere only in Deut u7 (cp 9) Josh 2431 || Judg 27 Jer 5110. On the whole, though with hesitation, *.he chief part of 10 is assigned to the expander. Much other growth must probably be recognized if the descrip tion in 28 be applied to the original form of 10-27. ! io" M Sp created. ' 134 THE COVENANT AT SINAI Ex 34 28 8 Cp Qen 248 »io8 r Deut 72 e Deut 7I8 1" ^sea * Deut 78 u 208 v 206 id Num 1483 Deut 31 18 x Dent 73 17 Igba y 204 23 * Jjev iq4| 18-24 igai 18» Xge6 a' 23UJ 6' 136 c'13* io-2ob X8a6b(> d' 1312 ct 222». e' 13H 500 Xyett /» 231B1> gt 28. cp 303 21 Xgba h' 23" i' Gen 458* 9 23I8 22a Igfo *' Deut 168 ct 23IO 22b Igfa V Cp »3gb ct 2,28. m> Deut 1220 198* 11' 20I7 || Dent S2! 72s Joah 721 26 vjacna tf Ct 23I8 26b x^oagd* 26a I80(, pi 2319 26b leda 27 Xllld qi Gen 437 r> Cp 2418b «' Deut g9 18 (' Cp 1 Deut io4 3 E JE Hittite, and the Penzzite, and the Hivite, and the Jebusite. >2 *Take heed to !.oL? { !f *.' ™ ke, « 'covenant with the inhabitants of the land whither thou goest, lest it be for a We in the midst of thee: >3 *but ye shall 'break down their altars, and 'dash in pieces their "pillars, and ye shall 'cut down their "Asherim : vi for thou shalt worship no "other god : for Yahweh, whose name is jealous, IS a jealous God : I6 lest thou 'make a 'covenant with the inhabitants ot the land, and they ttgo a whoring after their gods, and do sacrifice unto their gods and one call thee and thou eat of his sacrifice ; " and thou *take of their daughters unto thy sons, and their daughters go a whoring after their gods, and make thy sons go a whoring after their gods. " *Thou shalt vmake thee no molten gods". " 'The "feast of unleavened bread shalt thou keep. Seven days thou shalt eat unleavened bread, "as I commanded thee, at the time appointed in the month Abib: for in the month "'Abib thou earnest out from Jigypt _ » All that openeth the womb is mine ; and all thy "cattle that is male, the firstlings of ox and sheep. 2" And the "'firstling of an ass thou shalt redeem with a "lamb: and if thou wilt not redeem it, then thou shalt break its neck. All the firstborn of thy sons thou shalt redeem . 'And * none shall "'appear before me empty. zl "'''Six days thou shalt work, but on the seventh day thou shalt rest: in '"plowing time and in ^harvest thou shalt rest. M 'And thou shalt observe the feast of weeks, [even] of the firstfruits of wheat •''harvest, 'and the feast of ¦''in gathering at the year's "end. M Three times in the year shall all thy males ' appear before the Lord Yahweh", the God of Israel. 24 "For I will ('cast out nations before thee, and ""enlarge thy borders"1' • neither shall any man "'desire thy land, when thou goest up to "'appear before Yahweh thy God three times in the year. ™ 'Thou shalt not "'offer the blood of my sacrifice with leavened bread ; 'neither shall the sacrifice of the "feast of the passover T°remain all night unto the morning. 2S 'The *'first of the firstfruits of thy ground thou shalt bring unto the house of Yahweh thy God. 'Thou shalt not seethe a kid in its mother's milk. 27 'And Yahweh said unto Moses, Write thou these words: for after the ''tenor of these words I have 'made a covenant with thee and with Israel. 28 "And he was there with Yahweh '"forty days and forty nights ; he did '"neither eat bread, nor drink water. And ''he wrote upon the tables the words of the covenant, the ten "commandments". E in 18 o 178 3413a m Or, obelisks.— Cp 2324. 13b ]\i Probably the wooden symbols of a goddess Asherah. 14 The particle ' for ' may be the connecting link between the previous exhortation and the first ' Word.' 29 M Or, kid. 21 This verse is obviously out of place cp 2312, as it interrupts the sequence of the feasts, and the law of firstlings connected with the early spring festival of Unleavened Bread. It probably stood between 17 and ls. 22 M ft revolution^ Sp* 1 Sam i20. 24 The indications of Deuteronomic phraseology in this verse, 1 cast out,' ' enlarge thy borders,' ' Yahweh thy God,' receive a curious confirmation from the fact that the worshipper who desires to ' see Yahweh's face ' must go up. Does this mean to the central sanctuary at Jerusalem cp Deut 17s? Apparently, for it is provided that during his absence at the distant templo his land shall be undisturbed. 26a In 23I8 ' my feast ' ; here limited apparently to the pass- over, which is not otherwise named, and may be specified in later harmony with Deut 16*. 2Bb Sp as in 23" Deut 164. T be left. 28a This verse seems the natural sequel of 1°-27 and is so here printed. But it is not free from embarrassment. If the text of 37« is continuous, then the words of the Covenant were inscribed on the tables by Moses. On the othor hand in 1 Yahweh promises to write the words himself. Can 28 and 1 be assigned to the same source? The suggestion already quoted in 1H for overcoming this difficulty seems certainly rather forced. It must, therefore, be regarded as conceivable that 28 is wholly or partially derived from another document, which can only be E. This view receives some support from two circumstances. (1) The words of the Covenant are called the Ten Words, a title which is elsewhere given to 2o2-17 cp Deut io4 : for reasons stated in 28cN it does not seem likely that this designation was also applied to J's Covenant (it may, however, be supposed that the appositional phrase is a later gloss). (2) A very early use of the words he wrote &c applies them unhesitatingly to Yahweh Deut io4. D, therefore, could hardly have found them in a connexion in which Moses was the sub ject : in reading Deut io1"4 it does not seem possible to thrust in Ex 3410-27 between s and 4. As E reported the first tables to have been written by God 3216, it would be natural for the second pair to be in like manner divinely graven : and those critics who find traces of E in 1 and 4, see similar indications in 23. 2»b M Sp words.— Different reconstructions of the' Ten Words' out of 14-26 have been offered by F W Newman, Hist of the Hebrew Monarchy'' (1847) 123; Stade, Gesch i 510; Wellh, Oomp 331- •; Holzinger, Einl 217-; Bacon, Exodus 297; Briggs, Higher Crit 189-210. 280 At tho close of the difficult sections containing the Sinai- Horeb revelation according to JE 19-24 32-34™, it may be desirable to sum up the general results of the analysis, bearing in mind the cautious remark of Driver that ' more than one hypothesis may be framed wh,ich will account, at least apparently, for the facts demanding explanation.' The present form of the narrative is tho result of a long process the steps of which can be very imperfectly traced. The elements of the problem can perhaps best be approached through a consideration of the parallel narrative in Deut : the following table exhibits the corre sponding passages in J E and D.* * The passages are cited in their present form irrespective of the activity of R. J35 Ex 3428 ISRAEL AT SINAI J (Ex) Theophany ut Sinai J«g- Summons to Moses, Aaron" &c 241"2. Ascent of Moaes, Aaron, &o, to a sacred Feast 248-H. E {Ex) Theophany at tlie Mount (Horeb) Eig. TheTouWordsaol-w. Approach of Moses alone 20I8-21, The Words of Yah weh 2o22-28. The Book of Judge ments 21-239. Tho Words of Yah weh (continued) 2310-33. The Covenant of the Words of Yahweh 24s"8. 3,11 Ascent of Moses and Joshua 24I2-I6J1. Moses in the Mount for forty days 2418**. Gift of the tables jlSb. The Golden Calf 32l-fl, (313) Warning of Yahweh and intercession of Moses 327-14. Descent of Moses and Joshua ; fracture of the Stones ; destruction of the calf and expostu lation with Aaron 32i(>-2i, the D (Deut) The Covenant on Horeb s2-B* The Ton Words 56-21. Approach of Moses alone 522-31. Massacre by Levites and their pointment as the sacred tribe 322&~29. Instructions to de part and refusal of Yahweh to go with Israel 33!"*. Colloquy ,12-23 with Yah Interceasipn of Moses ; instructions to depart ; plague 3280-35. Tho people strip themselves of their ornaments. Usage of the Tent of Meeting 336-11. Moses in the Mount for forty days q9. Gift of the Tables Warning of Yahweh 9I2-H. Descent of Moses ; fracture of the Stones ; intercession of Moses, anger of Yahweh with Aaron, and destruction of the calf qIU-21 25-20. Preparation of the Stones and Ark, and ascent of Mount Sinai web. 33: Preparation of the Stones and ascent of Mount Sinai 34I-6. Yahweh passes by before Moses 348-9. Yahweh's Covenant 34IO-27. writes the [? Yuliweh writes the Yahweh writes tho Words of the Covenant, Words of the Covenant, Ten Words, and the the Ten Words 3428. the Ten Words 3428.] stones are placed in the ark iol-5. Separation of the tribe of Levi to carry the ark io8. The questions suggested by this table are manifold; but (1) it may be well to start from the element common to J E and X>, viz the solemn institution of a Covenant at Sinai (Horeb) between Yahweh and Israel. Yet the terms of this Covenant are not idonticul. In all throe documents thoy are dosoribod as ' Words,1 but the contents of the ' Words ' do not agree. There is a close approximation between the Covenant-words of J and E, but the Ten Words of D are obviously independent. (1) The representation of D is definite and emphatic that the published legislation at Horeb was limited to the Ten Words. In Deut 5s0. the people are dismissed to thoir tents, while Moses remains on the mount : ' but as for thee stand thou here by me, and I will speak unto thee all the commandment, and the statutes, and -the judgements which thou shalt teach them, that they may do them in the land which I give them to possess it.1 The new legislation which forms the substance of the Deuteronomic code, is thus conceived to have been com municated to Moses at Horeb, but first promulgated to Israel on the eve of their passage over the Jordan to take possession of the land of Canaan. Bat (3) while the greater part of the Covenant-words of J and E reappear later on in D among the laws delivered in the land of Moab, E contains in addition the Ten Words which D selects as the basis of the Horob- covenant, and a book of Judgements besides, which is also largely reproduced at the end of the wanderings in D. It was long ago noticed by Q-oethe that according to the present arrangement of 3410-28 the second tables contained another version of the Ten Words, and recent criticism has widely adopted this view. But that was seen to carry with it the implication that it was derived from a different source ; and as soon as the Ten Words of 20 were definitely assigned to E, the Ten Words of 34 naturally fell to J. Accordingly (to go no further back than 1880) Dillm proposed to transfer 34II-28 to the scene between Yahweh and Moses, Aaron, Nadab, and Abihu, and the seventy representative elders 24I"2 ; the feast upon the mount 0-11 then solemnized the ratification of the covenant. It is impossible here to review all the suggestions of reconstruction ¦which have since been made, but two schemes require a brief exposition. (1) In his treatise on the Hexateuch Kuen dwelt with much force on the evidences of a Deuteronomio redaction of the Sinai-Horeb sections of JE ; and he pointed out that while D had used the Covenant-hook of E (' Words ' + 'Judgements'), he made no reference to its delivery to Moses or its acceptance by the people, and further that there was also no room in D for the Covenant-words of J at Sinai. From this he inferred that neither E's Covenant-book nor J's Covenant- words formed part of JE's account of the events at Sinai. Seeking a more suitable place for them originally, and observing that the contents of both codes were designed for the settled life of Canaan, 'he suggested that they had originally occupied in JE the place now assumed by D itself, viz the ' field of Moab.' The promulgation of the Deuteronomic ' Statutes and Judgements ' is itself regarded as a second Covenant ; it super seded both the Covenant-book and the Covenant-words j and if these were to be preserved at all, it was needful to find for them some other .occasion. It was the work of Bd to transfer them to the Sinai-Horeb period; and adapt them to the new setting. These were not, however, the only additions which the original narratives received. The Ten Words in so1-", and the fabrication of the Golden Calf, were incorporated into E, when it passed from Ephraim and was expanded in Judea. The nucleus of the Horeb Covenant-story was found in 24!- 9_n which Kuen ascribed to E1 ; the Covenant-book and the Covenant- sacrifice beneath the mount on which Moses died in Moab being fused together with the sacred Covenant-meal upon the Mount of God. Thus E's Horeb-scenes underwent successive enlargements in different stages of its history, the latest of all being the great transposition of the Covenant-book from the end to the beginning of the wanderings. The redistribution of Kuen has been enthusi astically adopted by Cornill and Kratzschmar. (2) A very different reconstruction has been presented by Bacon. Distinguishing the Covenant-book of the older criticism into a collection of 'Judgements' and a book of the 'Words of Yah weh,' he accepts Kuen's theory of the displacement caused by union with D so far as concerns the ' Judgements ' : but this leaves the Covenant-words and ceremony still at Horeb. The main problem then before him is to determine the original places of the two Covenants in J and E. While, with Kuen, he sends the ' Judgements ' of 21-239 forward to Moab, with Dillm he draws the Covenant- words of J back to 24L 8~u and regards them as J's version of the Ten Words. The Ten Words of 20I" 21 are left in their place : but if they constituted the sole con tents of the Horeb-covenant of E (cp Deut 5), what occasion can be found for further Words and their deliberate ratification ? These are viewed as a renewal of the Covenant-relation whioh has been broken by the great apostasy. The brilliant combina tions of Bacon assume many dislocations in the existing narra tive, but do not involve such wholesale transpositions as the proposals of Kuen ; they save much more for the original material of the Sinai-Horeb revelation both in J and E. The two documents, according to Bacon, must have run here, as elsewhere, a closely parallel course : and the general harmony of their contents may be exhibited as under : — E Yahweh (Elohim) appears on Horeb io8"' 8,1-ua i*-17 ". The Ten Words 2o1-21 io3b[- •' 6D-8, Ascent of Moses to receive the Tables H1™* 18b. The Golden Calf 32I-6. Moses descends with the tables 3i18b 3216 and destroys the Calf 32"-24. Intercession of Moses who is instructed to lead the people away 32s0-3*. Yahweh appears on Sinai IQ20-22 24 llb-13 25. Ascent of Moses &o : Cove nant-meal 24'- e-n. Preparation of the Stones, the Covenant-words 341"5'' I0~ 28i-_ [Rebellion of Israel.] Intercession with Yahweh 337-" Massacre by the Levites 3325r_ Chastisement by Yahweh who commands Moses to depart 3j35r 33I 3, [36 MOSES DESCENDS FROM THE MOUNT Ex 352 JE u' Lev i620 Josh 19II ft* cp Gen i72S v> SS-36 ftf k' Cp 2522 Num 7B9 :r/§Lev835I0ls Num 3I6 362 cp Gen 4519 Ezek(3)t 1-8 Zgbfc 29 "And it came to pass, when Moses came down from mount "Sinai with the two tables of the 'testimony in "Moses' hand, when he came down from the mount, that Moses wist not that the skin of his face "shone "by reason of his speaking 'with him. 30 And when Aaron and all the children of Israel saw Moses, behold, the skin of his face shone ; and they were afraid to come nigh him. 3l And Moses called unto them ; and Aaron and all the "rulers of the 'congregation returned unto him: and Moses spake to them. 32 And afterward all the children of Israel came nigh : and he gave them in commandment all that Yahweh had spoken 'with him in mount Sinai. ra And when Moses had "'done speaking 'with them, he put a "veil on his face. s But when Moses went in before Yahweh to ""speak with him, he took the "'veil off, until he came out ; and ho came out, and spake unto the children of Israel that which he ""was com manded ; 85 and the children of Israel saw tlie face of Moses, that the skin of Moses' face shone : and Moses put the "'veil upon his face again, until he ""went in to speak with him. 351 K1And Moses 'assembled all the ^congregation of the children of Israel, and said unto them, bThese are the words which Yahweh hath commanded, that ye should do them. 2 "Six days shall "work be done, but on the seventh day there shall be to you an "holy day, a 'sabbath p 7 q 161 r 185" s 131 t 45 a 45* b 188 c 177 d goa e 137" J Renewed Intercession of Moses (Num ii"' «• «•) 33i2-28. Second great manifestatien of "Yahweh, with pardoning mercy 346-"'. [Construction of the Ark and Tent, and appointment of the Levites to carry the Ark.] Visit of Hobob 187 «!•.. Departure from Sinai Nnm E Mourning of the people and surrender of their ornaments 3B46- [Construction of the Ark and the Tent.] [The Covenant renewed : the second Ten Words ao22"28 2,10-18 2229-«l 33I8 19b 13 20-31 24»-8 Visit of Jethro I81"27'.'. Usage of the Tent of Meeting 337"11- Scenes at the Tent (i) the Seventy Elders Num iii«. *-*> (a) murmurs at Moses' wife Num ui-". [Departure from Horeb.] Every reader of Bacon's elaborate expositions of this scheme must admire its boldness and skill. It does not altogether over come the difficulty on which Kuen has laid so much stress, viz the Deuteronomic affirmation that the Horeb-legislation was limited to the Ten Words. Too much weight, however, must not be attached to this assertion in view of the free adaptation which can constantly be .traced in D's use of older materials. But not only does it emphasize (in the case of E) a Covenant- renewal which D ignores, it also ascribes to the Ten Words of E a Covenant-character of which the narrative says nothing, yet it altogether neglects them when the Covenant is remade. ¦ Further, in identifying the Covenant-words of J with tho Ten Words, it suggests by implication that those of E were of later date j for if they were known to J, why should he have substi tuted others for them? This is not a difficulty to the critics who, like the numerous writers already cited 2oi", regard the Ten Words of E as the product of the great prophetio movomont of the eighth century, but it is an embarrassment to the view of their earlier origin.' If the Ten Words in their simplest form are really of ancient use, it seems inconceivable that J should have produced a totally different code and called it by the same name. Apart from that designation (which may, after all, be a later and mistaken gloss) there is close concurrence between the terms of the two Covenants in J and E, rendering it prob able that in the original documents they occupied similar places. Substantial agreement, with variations in terminology and order, is the natural mark of a common antiquity. It is in the last resort conceivable, therefore, that J and E both contained the Ten Words and tho Covenant-story : in the nnion of JB one delivery of the Ten Words was found sufficient ; and whilo E s version was retained, J's was set aside. The two Covenants, howevor, did not resemble each other so closely as to be incom patible at a little distance, and both therefore were incorporated at different stages of the united narrative, undergoing further revision afterwards by BA The Covenant-idea rose into promi nence in reflexion on the past, and D, in embodying the materials of JE's ' Covenant- words ' in the legislation of Moab may have transferred the conception with the title to the utterance in the hearing of the people at the Mount of God. (This view, how ever, seems less probable than that suggested in 2o1N.) In the analysis in the text nothing further is attempted than the distribution of the narrative into its constituent elements. The reader must form his own judgement as to the processes through which they have passed on the way to their present combination. Cp (for a different criticism) Battersby, ' Exodus ' in Hastings' DB i 8ioa. 3420a x],;s sootion is closoly alliod to P, and seoms the natural continuation -of 3i1R. But it has not been assigned to P8 without challenge, for Kuen observes that it ' presupposes the existence of the sanctuary that, according to P, has still to be built, and seems to place it outside the camp 3** in common with 337-11.' He regards it, therefore (Hex 76 332) as an addition from a much later hand. It is clear that 3*. implies the sanctuary, but there is no reference to its situation and it is difficult to know -why it should be supposed to be outside. The narrative of P must have contained some mention of Moses' descent, and his communication of the divine instructions to the people. It is probable, therefore, that 29-33 belongs to it, while the expander may have added the particulars concerning the removal of the veil on occasion of Moses' attendance on Yahweh in the sanctuary, thus converting into a continuous phenomenon what was the exceptional result of his solemn communion on the mount. In this view 32, which obviously anticipatos 35*'* in the prosont text, served as the earlier conclusion of the Sinai scene in P before the insertion of the great Repetition (cp 35™ and *H) and 81- is an' addition of a later editor. 29b The awkward occurrence of the name Moses here (which Sam corrects into ' his ') and the repetition of the clause ' when he came down from tho mount ' point to some kind of amalga mation, possibly from tho narrative of J. 290 m Or, sent forth beams (Sp horns). 29d ji .Or, while he talked with him. 351 The Sabbath-law in i_s is often regarded as a part of the great Repetition of the instructions for the preparation of the Dwelling cp 3i12"17. But the title ' these are the words' &c suggests a longer series of injunctions than the commands in 2. ; and of these 2 only is actually contained in 31115, 8 being entirely independent. It is probable, therefore, that this was the beginning of a more extensive collection, and does not stand in its original place. At the close of 8 (5J adds the phrase ' I am Yahweh .' If the words are genuine, it becomes almost certain that the passago has boon oditorially transposed op Lev 23s. 2 M See 31". 137 Ex 352 ISRAEL AT SINAI JEIP" a @ adds / am Yahweh 4-9 iiaaa 625" c © om 8 cp 2s8 10-19 iiaad d3oi-- e 3o26 /3o35 g Ct 27I ft3ols i 39IO Num 326 37 pe P' of solemn rest to Yahweh : whosoever °doeth any work therein shall be put to death. 3 Ye shall kindle no fire throughout your 'habitations upon the sabbath day". 4 "And Moses »spake unto all the congregation of the children of Israel, Baying, •This is the thing which Yahweh commanded, saying, 6 "Take ye from among you an ""offering unto Yahweh : whosoever is of a willing heart, let him bring it, Yahweh s offering ; 8 gold, and silver, and brass ; and blue, and purple, and scarlet, and nne linen, and goats' [hair] ; 7 and rams' skins dyed red, and sealskins, and acacia wood ; 8 "and oil for tha light, and spices for the anointing oil, and for the sweet inc> M Or, necklaces.— Num 3iB°-|-. 30 M See 3I1"6. 368 M See 261-1*. 27 M Or, beryl. 36 M Or, craftsman. "' M Or, that was outmost in the first set. llb M Or, set. i7» M Or, first set. 1™ M Or, set. 19 M Or, porpoise-skins. 20 M see 26ts-29. 139 Ex 36" ISRAEL AT SINAI JE P 35. Xiabc 87. iiabd 1-9 iiao 10-16 Xiada 17-24 ijadf. 26-28 Iiad(( P8 P" cubits was the length of a board, and a cubit and a half the breadth of each board. 22 Each board had two tenons, "joined °one to another : thus did he make for all the boards of the Dwelling. 23 And he made the hoards for the Dwelling ; twenty boards for the south side southward : 24 and he made forty sockets of silver under the twenty boards ; two sockets under one board for its two tenons, and two sockets under another board for its two tenons. 26 And for the second side of the Dwelling, on the north side, he made twenty boards, 2a and their forty sockets of silver ; two sockets under one board, and two sockets under another board. w And for the hinder part of the Dwelling westward he made six boards. 28 And two boards made he for the corners of the Dwelling in the hinder part. 29 And they were double beneath, and in like manner they "were entire unto the top thereof unto "one ring : thus he did to both of them in tho two corners. 30 And there were eight boards, and their sookets of silver, sixteen sockets ; under every board two sockets. sl And he made bars of acacia wood ; five for the boards of the one side of the Dwelling, s2 and five bars for the boards of the other side of the Dwelling, and five bars for the boards of the Dwelling for the hinder part westward. 33 And he made the middle bar to pass through in the midst of the boards from the one end to the other. 34 And he overlaid the boards with gold, and made their rings of gold for places for the bars, and overlaid the bars with gold. 35 Mt^n(j jie ma(je the veil of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen : with cherubim the work of the cunning workman made he it. 3a And he made thereunto four pillars of acacia, and overlaid them with gold : their hooks were of gold ; and he cast for them four sockets of silver. 37 *And he made a screen for the door of the Tent, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen, the work of the embroiderer ; 3S and tho five pillars of it with their hooks : and he overlaid their chapiters and their fillets with gold : and their five sockets were of brass. 371 "'And Bozalol mudo tho ark of acacia wood : two cubits and a half was the length of it, and a cubit and a half tlie breadth of it, and a cubit and a half the height of it : 2 and he overlaid it with pure gold within and without, and made a "crown of gold to it round about. 3 And he cast for it four rings of gold, in the four feet thereof; even two rings on the one "side of it, and two rings on the other "side of it. 4 And he made staves of acacia wood, and overlaid tliem with gold. 6 And he put the staves into the rings on the sides of the ark, to bear the ark. 8 And he made a Tcovering of pure gold : two cubits and a half [was] the length thereof, and a cubit and a half the breadth thereof. 7 And he made two cherubim of gold ; of "beaten work made he them, at the two ends of the covering ; 8 one cherub at the one end, and one cherub at the other end : of one piece with the covering made he the cherubim at the two ends thereof. 9 And the cherubim spread out their wings on high, covering the covering with their wings, with their faces one to another ; toward the covering were the faces of the cherubim. io Mi^nrl he made the table of acacia wood : two cubits [was] the length thereof, and a cubit the breadth thereof, and a cubit and a half the height thereof: n and he overlaid it with pure gold, and made thereto a crown of gold round about. 12 And he made unto it a border of an handbreadth round about, and made a golden crown to the border thereof round about. 13 And he cast for it four rings of gold, and put the rings in the four corners that were on the four feet thereof. 14 Close by the border were the rings, the places for the staves to bear the table. ls And he made the staves of acacia wood, and overlaid them with gold, to bear the table. la And he made the vessels which wero upon the table, the dishes thereof, and the spoons thereof, and the bowls thereof, and the flagons thereof, to pour out withal, of pure gold. n MAnd he made the candlestick of pure gold : of beaten work made he the candle stick, even its base, and its shaft ; its cups, its knops, and its flowers, were of one piece with it : 18 and there were six branches going out of the sides thereof; three branches of the candlestick out of the one side thereof, and three branches of the candlestick out of the other side thereof: 19 three cups made like almond-blossoms in one branch, a knop and a flower ; and three cups made like almond-blossoms in the other branch, a knop and a flower: so for the six branches going out of the candlestick. 20 And in the candlestick were four cups made like almond-blossoms, the knops thereof, and the flowers thereof : 21 and a knop under two branches of one piece with it, and a knop under two branches -of one piece with it, and a knop under two branches of one piece with it, for the six branches going out of it. 22 Their knops and their branches were of one piece with it ; the whole of it was one beaten work of pure gold. 23 And he made the lamps thereof, seven, and the tongs thereof, and the snuff-dishes thereof, of pure gold. 24 Of a talent of pure gold made he it, and all the vessels thereof. 26 "'And he made tho altar of incense of acacia wood : a cubit was the length thereof, and a cubit the breadth thereof, foursquare; and two cubits was the height thereof; the horns thereof were of one piece with it. 20 And he overlaid it with pure gold, the top thereof, and the sides thereof round about, and the horns of it : and he made unto 3622 M Or, morticed. 29a xhe tenses in this verse excite some suspicion ; the impf yrv has the appearance of being ' copied mechanically ' from 26s4 (Dillm and Addis) ; Sam seems to correct to vn. But see Driver, TenseeF p 1621. 2 » M Or, the first. 371 M See 2510-2°. sab jyr ft rib. 7 M Or, turned. 17 M See 253i-™, 86 M See 363l-»7 2 M Or, rim. Or, moulding. 6-9 So M. T mercy-seat. 10 M See 2523-29. 25 M See 30I-6. 140 THE MAKING OF THE DWELLING Ex 383 JE P it tiadfg W iiaea i iiaeb 1-20 ijaec 21-51 xlaf a Cp Num 44« 6 Cp Num 286 J ot Ex 3l6» it a crown of gold round about. " And he made for it two golden rings under the crown thereof, upon the two ribs thereof, upon the two sides of it, for places for staves to bear it withal. 28 And he made the staves of acacia wood, and overlaid them with gold. 29 MiAnd he made the holy anointing oil, and the pure incense of sweet spices, after the art of the perfumer. 381 MIAnd he made the altar of burnt offering of acacia wood : five cubits was the length thereof, and five cubits the breadth thereof, foursquare ; and three cubits the height thereof. 2 And he made the horns thereof upon the four corners of it ; the horns thereof were of one piece with it : and he overlaid it with brass. 3 And he made all the vessels of the altar, the pots, and the shovels, and the basons, the fleshhooks, and the firepans : all the vessels thereof made he of brass. 4 And he made for the altar a. grating of network of brass, under the ledge round it beneath, reaching halfway up. 6 And he cast four rings for the four ends of tho grating of brass, to he places for the staves. 6 And he made the staves, of acacia wood, and overlaid them with brass. 7 And he put the staves into the rings on the sides of the altar, to bear it withal ; he made it hollow with planks. 8 "xAnd he made the laver of brass, and the base thereof of brass, of the mirrors of "the "serving women which served at the door of the tent of meeting. 9 MZAnd he made the court : for the south side southward the hangings of the court were of fine twined linen,. an hundred cubits: 10 their pillars were twenty, and their sockets twenty, of brass ; the hooks of the pillars and their fillets were of silver. 11 And for the north side- an hundred cubits, their pillars twenty, and their sockets twenty, of brass ; thehooks of the pillars and their fillets of silver. 12 And for the west side were hangings of fifty cubits, their pillars ten, and their sockets ten ; the hooks of the pillars and their fillets of silver. ls And for the oast side eastward fifty cubits. 14 The hangings for the one side [of the gate] were fifteen cubits ; their pillars three, and their sockets three ; " and so for the other side : on this hand and that hand by the gate of the court were hangings of fifteen cubits ; their pillars three, and their sockets three. le All the hangings of the court round about were of fine twined linen. 17 And the sockets for the pillars were of brass ; the hooks of the pillars and their fillets of silver ; and the overlaying of their chapiters of silver ; and all the pillars of the court were filleted with silver. 18 And the screen for the gate of the court was the work of the embroiderer,, of blue,, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen : and twenty cubits was the length, and the height in the breadth was five cubits, "answerable to the hangings of. the court. I9 And their pillars were four, and their sockets four, of brass ; their hooks of silver, and the overlaying of their chapiters and their fillets of silver. 20 And all the pins of the Dwelling, and of the court round about, were of brass. 21 i Cp Gen 21 P" pe F made the sockets to the door of the tent of meeting, and the brasen altar, and the brasen grating for it, and all the vessels of the altar, « and the sockets of the court round about, and the sockets of the gate of the court, and all the pins of the Dwelling, and all the pins of the court round about. 301 i-And of the blue, and purple, and scarlet, they made finely wrought garments, for ministering in the holy place, and made the holy garments for Aoron ; »"as Yahweh commanded Moses. , „ . . , 2 "And he made the ephod of gold, blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen. 3 "And they did beat the gold into thin plates, and cut it into wires, to work it in the blue, and in the purple, and in the scarlet, and in the fine linen, the work oi the cunning workman. 4 They made shoulderpieces for it, joined together : at the two ends was it joined together. B And the cunningly woven band, that was upon it, to gird it on withal, was of the same piece [and] like the work thereof; of gold, ot blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen ; "as Yahweh commanded Moses •And they wrought (he onyx stonos, inclosed in ouches of gold, graven with the engravings of a signet, according to tho names of the children of Israel. And he put them on the shoulderpieces of the ephod, to be stones of memorial for the children of Israel ; "as Yahweh commanded Moses. 8 "And he made the breastplate, the work of the cunning workman, like the work of the ephod ; of gold, of blue, and purple, and scarlet, and fine twined linen It was foursquare ; they made the breastplate double : a span was the length thereof, and a span the breadth thereof, being double. lu And they set in it four rows of. stones : a row of sardius, topaz, and carbuncle was the first row. And the second row, an emerald, a sapphire, and a diamond. 12 And the third row, a jacinth an agate, and an amethyst. 13 And the fourth row, a beryl, an onyx, and a jasper : they were inclosed in ouches of gold in their settings. " And tho stones were according to the names of the children of Israel, twelve, according to then- names; like the engravings of a signet, every one according to his name, for the twelve tribes. And they made upon the breastplate chains like cords, of wreathen work of pure gold. 16 And they made two ouches of gold, and two gold rings ; and put the two rings on the two ends of the breastplate. 17 And they put the two wreathen chains of gold on the two rings at the ends of tho breastplate. 18 And the [other] two ends of the two wreathen chains they put on the two ouches, and put them on the shoulderpieces of the ephod, in the forepart thereof. 19 And they made two rings of gold, and put them upon the two ends of the breastplate, upon the edge thereof, which was toward the side of the ephod inward. 20 And they made two rings of gold, and put them on the two shoulderpieces of the ephod underneath, in the forepart thereof, close by the coupling thereof, above the cunningly woven band of the ephod. sl And they did bind the breastplate by the rings thereof unto the rings of the ephod with a lace of blue, that it might be upon the cunningly woven band of the ephod, and that the breastplate might not be loosed from the ephod ; "as Yahweh commanded Moses. 22 xLAnd he made the robe of the ephod of woven work, all of blue ; 23 and the hole of the robe in the midst thereof, as the hole of a coat of mail, with a binding round about the hole of it, that it should not be rent. 2l And they made upon the skirts of the robe pomegranates of blue, and purple, and scarlet, [and] twined [linen]. 25 And they made bells of pure gold, and put the bells between the pomegranates upon the skirts of the robe round about, between the pomegranates; 28 a bell and a pomegranate, a bell and a pomegranate, upon the skirts of the robe round about, to minister in ; "as Yahweh commanded Moses. 27 MXAna they made the coats of fine linen of woven work for Aaron, and for his sons, 28 and the "mitre of fine linen, and the goodly headtires of fine linen, and the linen breeches of fino twined linon, and the girdle of fine twined linen, 29 and blue, und purple, and scarlet, the work of tho embroiderer j "as Yahweh commanded Moses. so ax^m! they made the plate of the holy crown of pure gold, and "wrote upon it a writing, like the engravings of a signet, holy to yahweh. 31 "And they tied unto it a lace of blue, to fasten it upon the "mitre above ; "as Yahweh commanded Moses. 32 HiThus was ^finished all the work of the Dwelling of the tent of meeting : and the children of Israel did according to all that Yahweh commanded Moses, bso did they. 33 And they brought the Dwelling unto Moses, the Tent, and all its furniture, its clasps, its boards, its bars, and its pillars, and its sockets; 34 and the covering of rams' skins dyed red, and the covering of "sealskins, and the veil of the screen ; a 189° b 189' 391 This phrase, repeated seven times in 391 31, seems to correspond to the sevenfold refrains in Gen 1 cp 32, 2 M See 2S8-!2. 3 This verse has no counterpart in 288"12. 8 M See 2815-28. — It will be noted that the repetition contains both descriptions i0-18 19_21 of the rings for fastening on tho breastplate; and while @ omits 2828"28 the corresponding passage 3919_2i Sp is in its place 3627~29 @, 22 M See 28s!-34. 27 M See 28s9- 42. 28 M Or, turban. 30 M See 28™-. sia This verse has no counterpart in the preceding section. 3ii) M Or, turban. 82 On the indications of a parallel between the order of the Dwelling and the order of the heavens and the earth in Gen 1 see 354N ad fin. @ omits 32", and reproduces 33-43 with variations of order and some omissions. The peculiar designation ' Dwell ing of the tent of meeting ' 32 occurs only here and in 40I 8 29, where © has only 'tent of meeting.' 34 M Or, porpoise-skins. 142 THE DWELLING ERECTED Ex 403 c Cp Gen iSl d Cp Gon i28 23 1-15 xlaia H» IllOft 13b lnd/ 14- XufpgtJ 16 Xiidy a Cp 2B4m 16 iiaio 17-19 Xiaic 20-30 ilai,( si. xial« b 362 83 Xjah; i Xiobp JE pe p. 36 the ark of the testimony, and the staves thereof, and tlie covering ; s8 the table, an the vessels thereof, and the shewbread ; 37 the pure candlestick, the lamps thereof, even the lamps to be set in order, and all the vessels thereof, and the oil for the light ; and the golden altar, and the anointing oil, and the sweet incense, and the screen lor the door of the Tont ; 39 the brasen altar, and its grating of brass, its staves, and an its vessels, the laver and its base; 4° the hangings of the court, its pillars, and its sockets, and the screen for the gate of the court, the cords thereof, and the pins thereof, and all the instruments of the service of the Dwelling, for the tent of meeting ; the finely wrought garments for ministering in the holy place, and the holy garments tor Aaron the priest, and the garments of his sons, to minister in the priest's office. According to all that Yahweh commanded Moses, so the children of Israel did all the work. « And Moses "saw all the work, and, behold, they had done it ; as Yahweh had commanded, even "so had they done it : and Moses 4lessed them. x.u. iu . Yal>weh "spake unto Moses, saying, 2 On the first day of the 'first month shalt thou 'rear up the "Dwelling of the tent of meeting. 3 And thou shalt put therein the ark of the testimony, and thou shalt screen the ark with the veil. 4 And thou shalt bring in the table, and set in order the things that aro upon it ; and thou shalt bring in the candlestick, and "light the lamps thereof. 6 And thou shalt set the golden altar for incense before the ark of the testimony, and put the screen of the door to the Dwelling. 8 And thou shalt set the altar of burnt offering before the door of the "Dwelling of the tent of meeting. 7 "And thou shalt set the laver between the lent of meeting and the altar, and shalt put water therein. 8 And thou shalt set up tie court round about, and hang up tho screen of tho gate of the court. 9 And thou u halt take the anointing oil, and anoint the tabcrriaclo, and all that is therein, and shalt hallow it, and all the furniture thoreof : and it shall bo holy. >° And thou shalt anoint the altar of burnt offering, and all its vessels, and sanctify the altar : and the altar shall be most holy. " And thou shalt anomt the laver and its base, and sanctify it. And thou shalt bring Aaron and his sons unto the door of the tent of meeting, and shalt wash them with water. ls '-And thou shalt put upon Aaron the holy garments; *and thou shalt anoint him, and sanctify him, that he may minister unto me in the priest's office. " xAnd thou shalt bring his sons, and put coats upon them : *and thou shalt "anoint them, as thou didst anoint their father, that they may minister unto me in the priest's office : and their anointing shall "be to them for an 'everlasting priesthood ^throughout their generations. le lhThus did Moses : according to all that Yahweh commanded him, so did he. 17 xAnd it came to pass in the "first month in the second year, on the first day of the month, that the Dwelling was "reared up. 18 And Moses 'reared up the Dwelling, and laid its sockets, and set up the boards thereof, and put in the bars thereof, and reared up its pillars. « And he spread tho tent over the Dwelling, and put the covering of the tent above upon it ; "as Yahweh commanded Mosos. 2u lAnd ho took and put the testimony into the ark, and set tho staves on the ark, and put the covering above upon the ark : 21 and he brought the ark into the Dwelling, and set up the veil of the screen, and screened the ark of the testimony ; as Yahweh commanded Moses. 22 And he put the table in the tent of meeting, upon the side of the Dwelling northward, without tho veil. 23 And ho sot tlio broad in order upon it before Yahweh • iis Yahweh commanded Mosos. 24 And ho put tho candlestick in tho tent of meeting' ovor ngainst the table, on tho sido of the Dwelling southward. M And he "lighted tho lamps before Yahweh ; as Yahweh commanded Moses. 20 And he put the golden altar in the tent of meeting before the veil : 27 and he burnt thereon incense of sweet spices ; as Yahweh commanded Moses. 2S "And he put the screen of the door to the Dwelling. 29 And he set the altar of burnt offering at the door of the "Dwelling of the tent of meeting, "and offered upon it the burnt offering and the meal offering ; as Yahweh commanded Moses. 30 "And he set the laver between the tent of meeting and the altar, and put water therein, to wash withal. 31 "And Moses and Aaron and his sons washed their hands and their feet thereat : s2 whon they wont into the tont of mooting, and when thoy ''came near unto tho allnr, thoy wnshod : as Yahweh com manded Moses. 83 'And ho reared up tho court round about tho Dwolling and the altar, "and set up the screen of tho gate of tho court. So Moses finished the work. 34 JThen the cloud covered the tent of meeting, and the 'glory of Yahweh filled the Dwelling. •" And Moses was not able to enter into the tent of meeting, because the cloud Jabode thereon, and the 'glory of Yahwoh filled the Dwelling. 88 And when the cloud was taken up from ovor the Dwelling, the children of Israel went onward, throughout all their 'journeys : 37 but if the cloud were not taken up, then they journeyed not till the day that it was taken up. 3S For the cloud "of Yahweh was upon the Dwelling by day, and there was fire therein by night, in the sight of all the house of Israel, throughout all their kjourneys. 185" 183 60" 54* 27 6a76>> 189 79 J 54" 97° 404 M Or, set up. 7 © omits 7 n and curtails a. i" Again a sevenfold repetition 19-32 cp 391H. 25 M Or, set up. 28 © omits. 29 © omits 29b. s°-32 © omits cp © 38". 3i M See 3o">-. 33 © omits 33b. 38 For nirv Klostermann proposes (NKZ 1897 p 76) to read rpir 'was' (otherwise unexpressed in Sp). The construction ' there was cloud ' will then be parallel to Sp in the next clause. It may be added that ' cloud of Yahweh ' occurs elsewhere only in Num io34, cp ' thy cloud ' Num 14I4. J43 Lev I1 ISRAEL AT SINAI LEVITICUS" 1-3 Xnlio 1-13 Xybj a Ct flock and herd JB33 b 10 14 3I 6 12 C 10 3! 6 d 32 8 13 44 e 11 32 8 13^4 / 11 32 8 13 JE pt p 59 fi = «fai« ctH '• Xiod™ 9-&t r 412 6W.» «Pi*cp ij3 7 26 Deut 146. Qal 1-8 lyniaoi a Ex 292 6 512 Num 526f c 5I2 616 Qen 4i"t siiijA 4-13 i^mlonc d 14 ot 1 1 2 eSpi /Ex 292 g 621 cp Gen i85 n 78 round about upon the altar "that is at the door of the tent of meeting. 6 And he shall flay the burnt offering, and "cut it into its "pieces. Y And the sons of Aaron the priest shall "put fire upon the altar, and ''lay wood in order upon the fire : and Aaron's sons, the priests, shall lay the pieces, the head, and the 'fat, in order upon the wood that is on the fire which is upon the altar : ° but its 'inwards and its Jlegs shall 'he "wash with water: and the 'priest shall burn the whole on the altar, for a burnt offering, an offering made by fire, of a sweet savour unto Yahweh. 10 And if his oblation be of the flock, of the sheep, or of the goats, for a burnt offering ; he shall offer it a male without blemish. " And he shall kill it mon the side of Ihe altar northward before Yahweh : and Aaron's sons, the priests, shall sprinkle its blood upon the altar round about. 12 And he shall cut it into its pieces, with its head and its Nam, the letter n having been accidentally anticipated. In the last clause it is customary to understand the priest as subject ; but the priest's action only begins in 9, and the context points to the worshipper. In that case 8 may be regarded as part of an editorial amalgam. II. H5 '¦ Lev 2° ISRAEL AT SINAI JE i> xirJ/, i Ct 7H Am 46 ,? Ex 3086 k Cp Ex 12I6 ft 14-16 Xymc oi 8c/< ( Joah 511» 111 16f n 23I4 2 Kings 442 116 I7PK a i3 I 9 14 48 Bx 2gl3 ct 18 c 10 15 Ex 29I3 d 10 15 49 j{* e Ct 1116 i9 19 22 cp ll7 612 / Ex 2922 f$t 14-17 I6e/ pt pe s/mZZ 6w« it upon the altar : an offering made by fire, of a sweet savour unto Yahweh. 10 LAnd that which is left of the meal offering shall be Aaron's and his sons' .• it is a thing most holy of the offerings of Yahweh made by fire. u No meal offering, tvhich ye shall offer unto Yahioeh, shall be made with leaven : for ye shall burn 'no leaven, nor any honey, as an offering made by fire unto Yahweh. 12 As an oblation of first [fruits] ye shall offer them unto Yahweh : but they shall not come up for a sweet savour on the altar. 13 And every oblation of thy meal offering shalt thou j season with salt ; neither shalt thou ksuffer the salt of the "covenant of thy God kto be lacking from thy meal offering : with all thine oblations thou shall offer salt. ** LAnd ifHhou offer a meal offering of firstfruits unto Yahweh, thou shalt offer for the meal offering of thy firstfruits com in the ear parched with fire, '"bruised corn of the "fresh ear. ls And thou shalt put oil upon it, and lay "frankincense thereon : it is a meal offering. 10 And the priest shall burn the "memorial of it, part of the "'bruised com thereof, and part of the oil thereof, with all the ^frankincense thereof: it is an offering made by fire unto Yahweh. 31 lAnd "if his oblation be a sacrifice of "peace offerings ; if he offer of the herd, whether "male or female, he shall offer it without blemish before Yahweh. 2 And he shall lay his hand upon the head of his oblation, and kill it "at the door of the tent of meeting: and Aaron's sons the priests shall sprinkle the blood upon tho altar round about. 8 And he shall offer of the sacrifice of peace offerings an offering made by fire unto Yahweh ; the 'fat that covereth the inwards, and all the fat that is upon the inwards, * and the two ckidneys, and the fat that is on them, which is by the dloins, and the ccaul upon the liver, "with the kidneys, shall he take. away. 3 And Aaron's sons shall burn it on the altar "upon the burnt offering, which is upon the icood that is on the fire : it is an offering made by fire, of a sweet savour unto Yahweh. 0 And if his oblation for a sacrifice of peace offerings unto Yahweh be of the flock ; "male or female, he shall offer it without blemish. 7 If he offer a lamb for his oblation, then shall he offer it before Yahweh : 8 and he shall lay his hand upon the head of his oblation, and kill it before the tent of meeting : and Aaron's sons shall sprinkle the blood thereof upon the altar round about. 9 And he shall offer of the sacrifice of peace offer ings an offering made by fire unto Yahweh ; the fat thereof, the fat •''tail entire, he shall take it away ''hard by the "backbone ; and the 6fat that covereth the inwards, and all the fat that is upon the inwards, 10 and the two "kidneys, and the fat that is upon them, which is by the loins, and the caul upon the liver, "with the kidneys, shall he take away. n And the priest shall burn it upon the altar : it is the "food of the offering made by fire unto Yahweh. 12 And if his oblation be a goat, then he shall offer it before Yahweh : 13 and he shall lay his hand upon the head of it, and kill it before the tent of meeting : and the sons of Aaron shall sprinkle the blood thereof upon the altar round about. u 'And he shall offer thereof his oblation, [even] an offering made by fire unto Yahweh ; the ''fat that covereth the inwards, and all the fat that is upon the inwards, 10 and the two "kidneys, and the fat that is upon thorn, which is by the loins, and the caul upon the liver, "with tho kidneys, shall he take away. 10 And the priest shall burn them upon the altar : it is the food of the offering madu by fire, for a sweet savour : all the fat is Yahweh's. 17 It shall be a "perpetual statute throughout your generations in all your "dwellings, that ye shall eat neither fat nor blood. P! a 107* b 43 0 6ac d 7611 e 55* 2l3 Cp ' bread of thy God ' 218 &C. ' God ' is used with a pro nominal suffix, but without the name Yahweh, twenty times in passages assigned to 1?h Lev i82i 1912 14 32 2i»-8 12 17 21. 22'ia 2314 2415 2517 88 43 Num io10 1540 (cp 67). In six out of the ten other passages where it is thus used in the Hex the pronoun is needed by the context in each case. The exceptions are Num 2513 (P«) Deut 31" 3-I3 (tho Song of Moses) Josh y23. 31 M Or, thank offerings. 2 The usual phrase is ' kill it before Yahweh ' i5 cp n. In 8 if the editor would seem to have found it sufficient to replace ' Yahweh ' by ' the tent of meeting ' as the place of his presence. Cp i3. 4 10 is ji Or, which he shall take away by the kidneys. "MJp bread.— Cp Lev 21" 8 17 21. 2226^ ,m ph. ' I46 THE SIN OFFERING Lev 4 32 JE l-ss tjaj a273i§6 6 16 622 C 17 99 I46 16 61 Num iol8 d Ex 2688 e Bx 30I • / Ex 2912 17 Ex 3028 a 3s *34 j Cp T ot 36 k Ex 29" I Ex 29K m Cp 1I6 ct 611 n ilo oJpt p Num 1522* cp Dout 27I8 q 52-4 Num 5M Niph« r Cp 189 I 26 31 36 5IO. . . 1922 Num ,526. 88 Niph+ t j3... 11 30 34 816 ,614 Ex 2912 Num i9« pu p< 4' "'And Yahweh spake unto Moses, saying, 2 Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, "If any one" Bhall sin ""unwittingly, in any of the things which Yahweh hath commanded not to be done, and shall do any one of them : s "if the "anointed priest shall sin so as to bring ''guilt on the people ; then let him offer for his sin, "which he hath sinned, a young bullock without blemish unto Yahweh for a sin offering. And he shall bring tho bullock unto the door of the tent of meeting before Yahweh ; and he shall lay his hand upon the head of the bullock, and kill the bullock before Yahweh. 6 And the "anointed priest shall take of the blood of the bullock, and bring it to the tent of meeting: « and the priest shall "dip his finger in the blood, and sprinkle of the blood seven times before Yahweh, before the ''veil of the sanctuary. 7 And the priest shall put of the blood upon the horns of the "altar of sweet incense before Yahweh, which is in the tent of meeting ; and all the blood of the bullock shall he pour out at the /base of the "altar of burnt offering, which is at the door of the tent of meeting. 8 And all the fat of tho bullock of the sin offering he shall ''take off from it ; the *fat that covereth tho inwards, and all the fat that is upon the inwards, • and the two 'kidneys, and the fat that is upon them, which is by the loins, and the caul upon the liver ; "with the kidneys, shall he take away, 10 as it is 'taken off from the ox of the sacrifice of peace offerings : and the priest shall burn them upon the /altar of burnt offering. " And tho skin of the bullock, and all its flesh, with its head, and with its 'legs, and its inwards, and its 'dung, 12 even the whole bullock shall he carry forth "without the camp unto a clean "place, where the "ashes are "poured out, and burn it on wood with fire : where the ashes are "poured out shall it be burnt. 18 And if the whole 'congregation of Israel shall ''err, and the thing be 'hid from the eyes of the "assembly, and they have done any of the things which Yahweh hoth commanded not to be done, and are "guilty ; 14 when the sin wherein they have sinned is known, then the assembly shall offer a Nyoung bullock for a sin offering, and bring it before the tent of meeting. w And the elders of the 'congregation shall lay their hands upon the head of the bullock before Yahweh : and the bullock shall be killed before Yahweh. "And the ^anointed priest shall bring of the blood of the bullock to the tent of meeting : 17 and the priest shall "dip his finger in the blood, and sprinkle it seven times before Yahweh, before the veil. 18 And he shall put of the blood upon the horns of the "altar which is before Yahweh, that is in the tent of meeting, and all the blood shall ho pour out nt tho /base of the ialtar of burnt offering, which is at the door of the tent of meeting. " And nil the fat thereof shall he ¦'take off from it, and burn it upon the altar. "> 'Thus shall he do with the bullock ; 'as he did with the bullock of the sin offering, 'so shall he do with this : and the priest shall make atonement for them, and they shall be "forgiven. 21 And he shall carry forth the bullock "without the camp, and burn it as he burned tho first bullock : it is the sin offering for the assembly. 22 When a hruler sinneth, and doeth "unwittingly any one of all the things which Yahweh his God hath commanded not to be done, and is 8guilty ; 23 if his sin, wherein he hath sinned, be made known to him, he shall bring for his oblation a goat, a male without blemish ; 24 and he shall lay his hand upon the head of the goat, and kill it in the 'place where they kill the burnt offering before Yahweh : it is a sin offering. 28 And the priest sholl "take of the blood of the sin offering with his finger, and put it upon the horns of the /altar of burnt offering, and the blood thereof shall he pour out at the /base of the altar of burnt offering. 26 And all the fat thereof shall he burn upon the altar, as the fat of the sacrifice of peace offerings : and the priest shall make atonement for him as concerning his sin, and he shall be "forgiven. 27 And "if any one of the "common people sin "unwittingly, In doing any of the things which Yahweh hath commanded not to be done, and he sguilty ; M if his sin, "which he hath sinned, be made known to hiin, then he shall bring for his oblation a goat, a 'female without blemish, for his sin "which he hath sinned. 29 And he shall lay his hand upon the head of the sin offering, and kill the sin offering in the 'place of burnt offering. 30 And tho priest shall "take of the blood thereof with his finger, and put it upon the horns of the /altar of burnt offoring, and all the blood thereof shall he pour out at the /base of the altar. 31 And all the fat thoreof shall he take away, as the fat is taken away from off the sacrifice of peace offerings ; and the priest shall burn it upon the altar for a sweet savour unto Yahweh ; and the priest shall make atonement for him, and he shall bo "forgiven. 32 And if he bring a "lamb as his oblation for a sin offering, he shall bring it a 168 b 81" c 143d d 85 * 45" g 8i» h 131 I 107* 41 The description of the riteB of the sin offering in 4 is clearly later than the bulk of 1-7 for it distinguishes the ' altar of sweet incense ' 7 from the ' altar of burnt offerings ' cp Ex 30'. For other indications cp notes 3 14 32, and the marginal references. 2 M Or, through error. 3 The following section illustrates the enrichment of ritual and the elaboration of ceremonial characteristic of the later Ps compared with P8 and the earlier P". Ct Ex 2910-i4 P8, and Lev 814-17 P", where the blood of the sin offering is not taken into the inner sanctuary. 9 M See 34. 13 The use of this word l3- 21 is unexpected by the side of the term 'congregation.' For the 'elders' i» cp Ex i22l and Lev 91. 14 This requirement is probably another indication of later date. In o3 15 168 &c (P8) the offering of a be-goat is enough, (5J and Sam add ' without blemish.' 27 M 6 people of the land. 32 In 28 a goat is required cp •1 I4 23. This section which allows a lamb as alternative, may therefore be a Bupplement, but as the language is unchanged, it is probably from the same hand. 147 L 2 Lev 4s ISRAEL AT SINAI 5-7 Xnlx 1-0 loaa 1 x4f/i a Cp Num 521 2 X6bii I 2-4 413 3i6gc 4I5dc Ps I06S3 Prov i218f d Cp Is 4i23 e4a 7-10 I7S0 /CpEx 368 otnjj pi" Ai" M7 j 9I8 Num 1524 29I8 i 13 16 18 67 420 11-13 Vjae 1 21 m aa n 42 14-16 Ijga JE P' p, a 'female without blemish. 33 And he shall lay his hand upon the head of the sin offering, and kill it for a sin offering in the 'place where they kill the burnt offering. 34 And the priest shall "take of the blood of the sin offering with his finger, and put it upon the horns of the /altar of burnt offering, and all the blood theroof shall he pour out at the /base of the altar : K and all the fat thereof shall he take away, as the fat of the lamb is taken away from the sacrifice of peace offerings ; and the priest shall burn them on the altar ; "upon the offerings of Yahweh made by fire : and the priest shall make atonement for him as touching his sin "that he hath sinned, and he shall be "forgiven. 51 "And if any one sin, in that he heareth. the voice of "adjuration, he being a witness, whether he hath seen or known, if he do not utter [it], then he shall 'bear his iniquity : 2 Lor if any one touch any unclean thing, whether it be the carcase of an unclean beast, or the carcase of unclean cattle, or the carcase of unclean Creeping things, and it lbe hidden from him, and he be unclean, then he shall be "guilty : 3 Lor if he touch the auncleanness of man, whatsoever his uncleanness be wherewith he is unclean, and it be hid from him ; when he knoweth of it, then he shall be guilty : * ''or if any one swear "rashly with his lips to **do evil, or to do good, whatsoever it be that a man shall utter "rashly with an oathj and it be hid from him ; when he knoweth of it, then he shall be guilty in one of these [things] : 5 and it shall be, when he shall be guilty in one of these [things], that he shall 'confess that wherein he hath sinned : * and he shall bring "his guilt offering unto Yahweh for his sin "which he hath sinned, a female from the flock, a lamb or a goat, for a sin offering ; and the priest shall make atonement for him as concerning his sin. 7 "LAnd if his means 'suffice not for a lamb, then he shall bring 'his guilt offering for that tvherein he hath sinned, two turtledoves, or two young pigeons, unto Yahweh ; one for a sin offering, and the other for a burnt offering. * And he shall bring them unto the priest, who shall offer that which is for the sin offering first, and "wring off its head from its neck, but shall not "divide it asunder : 9 and he shall sprinkle of the blood of the sin offering upon the hside of the altar ; and the rest of the blood shall be ^drained out at the 'base of th[e altar : it is a sin offering. i0 And he shall "offer the second for a burnt offering, 'according to the "ordinance : and the priest shall make atonement for him as concerning his sin "tvhich he hath sinned, and he shall be "forgiven. 11 LBut if his 'means suffice not for two turtledoves, or two young pigeons, then he shall bring his oblation for that wherein he hath sinned, the "tenth part of an ephah of fine flour for a sin offering ; he shall put no 'oil upon it, neither shall lie put any frankincense thereon : for it is a sin offering. 12 And he shall bring it to the priest, and the priest shall "'take his handful of it as the memorial thereof, and bum it on the altar, "upon , the offerings of Yahweh made by fire : it is a sin offering. 13 And the priest shall make atonement for him as touching his sin "that he hath sinned "in any of these things, and he shall be "forgiven : and [the remnant] shall be the priest's, as the meal offering. u KLAnd Yahweh spake unto Moses, saying, 15 If any one Commit a ''trespass, and sin 'unwittingly, in the holy things of Yahweh ; then he shall bring his' guilt offering unto Yahweh, a ram without blemish out of the flock, according to thy a 38* b 1571" 0 8i» d 167" 44 f 109 g i6ob h 164* i 168 435 ji Or, after the manner of. 5' This chapter has been regarded as an appendix to 4. But there are no clear indications of late date like those in 4 (cp 6 with 428-3i). On the other hand the passage in 5~67 is rather a collection of fragments (cp 14 61) of different origin and date on the sin and guilt offerings (see vol i Laws). The oldest nucleus seems to lie in ji-8, because of the absence of ritual direction, and the greater individuality of style. In 1 the cause of guilt is by no means parallel with the error of inadvertence 42. The ac cumulation of different cases in l-4 ct 43 33 22 27, the phrase ' bear his iniquity,' and the stress on ' uncleanness,' point to affinity with Ph : while tho absence of any definite distinction between sin and guilt offerings implies that the use of the terms was not yet fully fixed. 6 7b M Or, for his guilt. Or, his trespass offering, 7a A supplement added to meet cases of poverty. The elaborate ritual directions in 8- ct 6 show the later origin of the passage. 8 M Or, pinch. — Cp ii". i°» M Or, prepare. 10b \ reference to the usage already defined i4* • . 12 M Or, after the manner of. 14 in 14-18 an(i 51-7 guilt offerings are required as well aa restitution in full with one-fifth more, in cases of withholding what is due to Yahweh and to a neighbour. These passages Beem later than 51 " as they distinguish the guilt offering clearly, but they are somewhat similar in form. The same may be said of 17~i9 which now interrupts the sequence of the ' trespass ' sections, and seems to be itself supplemental to 51"0. The discovery of guilt incurred unconsciously 4 is met by con fession and atonement. But what of the cases where subsequent calamity or misfortune (cp Dillm iu loc) suggested the presence of guilt for which the sufferer could not account 17? These also required a proper guilt offering, and a ram is demanded 1S, ct the goat of 423 28. 148 THE GUILT OFFERING Lev 6 15 0 6« p 68 2214 2713 Num 57 cp Gen 4724» 17-10 tjgb 94W 1 ts2° In Sp] 1-7 ^B'i 30/66 SO' a 4 ct Oen 4i3GT &Is6i8 Ezek 2220 Ps 62lof c 19I3 Ezek 18I8 d Ex 22O t igll- /Ex 3ol2Num 57£ PS" &513 8 [61 in Sp\ 8-13 Xybf t Cp 1b 33I4 Ps I023f j 12. Deut 3222* lo liodo Iiga kft* I Ex s842 m jlo n i623 o Ex 358 ,£> 14-18 ynwoi J) 22 JE Pl ps 'estimation in silver by shekels, after the "shekel of the sanctuary, for a guilt offering : ln and he shall "make restitution for that which he hath done amiss in the holy thing, and shall add the "fifth part thereto, and give it unto the priest : and the priest shall make atonement for him with the ram of the guilt offering, and he shall be "forgiven. 17 "And if any one sin, and do any of the things 'which Yahweh hath commanded not to be done ; though he knew it not, yet is he guilty, and shall "bear his iniquity. » And he shall bring a ram without blemish out of the flock, according to thy Estimation, for a guilt offering, unto the priest : and the priest shall make atonement for him concerning the thing wherein ho erred 'unwittingly and know it not, and ho shall be 'forgiven. It is a guilt offering : ho is certainly guilty before Yahweh. 61 LAnd Yahweh spake unto Moses, saying, 2 If any one sin, and commit a "trespass against Yahiveh, and deal falsely with his "neighbour in a matter of "deposit, or of "bargain, or of brobbery, or have "oppressed his neighbour; 3 or have found that tvhich was lost, and deal 'falsely therein, and 'swear to a lie ; in any of all these that a man doeth, sinning therein : 4 then it shall be, if he Itath sinned, and is ^guilty, that he shall restore that, which he took by robbery, or the thing which he hath gotten by oppression, or the "deposit which was committed to him, or the lost thing whicli he found, r> or any thing about tvhich he hath sworn falsely; he shall even restore it in 'full, and shall "add the fifth part more thereto : unto him to whom it appertained shall he give it, in the day of his "being found guilty. ° And he shall bring his guilt offering unto Yahweh, a ram without blemish out of tlie flock, according to thy ''estimation, for a guilt offering, unto the priest : 7 and the priest shall make atonement for him before Yahweh, and he shall be h forgiven ; concerning whatsoever he doeth so as to be "guilty thereby. 8 "LAnd Yahweh spake unto Moses, saying, 9 Command Aaron and his sons, saying, KThis is the law of the burnt offering : "the burnt offering shall be "on the 'hearth upon the altar all night unto the morning ; and the fire of the altar shall be Jkept burning thereon. 10 'And the priest shall put on his linen 'garment, and his linen 'breeches shall he put upon his flesh ; and he shall 'take up the "ashes whereto the fire hath consumed the burnt offering on the altar, and he shall put them beside the altar. ll And he shall "put off his garments, and put on other garments, and carry forth the ashes 'without the camp unto "a clean place. 12 And tho fife upon the altar shall be %ept burning thereon, it shall not ''go out ; and the priost shall "burn wood on it every morning : and he shall lay the burnt offering in order upon it, and shall burn thereon the fat of the peace offerings. 13 Fire shall be •'kept burning upon the altar ^continually ; it shall not 'go out. 14 ''And this is the law of the meal offering : the "sons of Aaron shall offer it before Yahweh, before the altar. 15 And he shall ptake up therefrom his handful, of the fine flour of the meal offering, and of the oil thereof, and P' 61 88" a I54» 8lb 61 e 85 f 130" g «4 62a On 2J7 cp $14n. The word ' neighbour ' Sp is found else where only in Ph ao6 : its occurrence here suggests that this passage may have some affinity with that group cp 5™, 2b M Or, pledge. — 6f. 8 Tho soction 6*-7™ which closos the saoriflcial codo, might be called ' a manual for priests, edited afresh with sevoral additions.' The original constituents are easily separated by following the clues afforded by the introductory formulae ' this is the law of ... ' and the terms of the colophon 737. Both the order of subjects, and the framework in which they are set, show that this collection is not based on 1-67, or by the same author as 1-3. But the ease with which the references to P8 can be eliminated, seems to indicate that in its original form this section was, like 1-3, older than P8. The phrases that appear to be from an editor's hand are again marked by small type. 01 This is the first occurrence of a phrase which occurs altogether seventeen times cp 188'1, but always in passages already isolated on other grounds as part of a collection of priestly teaching. In titles it will bo found in Lev 6° 14 2"' 71 11 142 Num 6IS 914 : in colophons Lev ii40 127 i3M 14s2 M 67 ,-32 Num 529 62i. 9b It mny bo a question whether tho law in °~la has not been modified by tho editor. It seoms, though somewhat obscurely, to refer to tlio daily burnt offering, and in particular to that of the evening. If this was only instituted very late, as some critics have suggested cp Nowack, Hebr Archdol ii 222, this paragraph must be either late or revised. Some authorities, chiefly on this ground, ascribe the whole section 68-7 to P". But tho analogy of the remaining paragraphs confirms the belief that the general case of the burnt offering was originally in the writer's view cp J2b. 8° M Or, on its firewood. 11 This direction shows that the passage is at least earlier than i1G and 411', where 'the place of the ashes' is apparently well known. 14 Ct 'the priest' I0-12. In inserting 'sons of Aaron' the editor has left the singular in the next verse. 149 Lev 61 ISRAEL AT SINAI JE 16-18 inji " xynd o 784 Num 188 19... ?• Ct 29 78 @ priests 19-23 i^me nd« »Cp 8-0 t 712 1 Ohron 2329t u 48 24-29 tjad 20 29 Xnj{ II Op 18 W jiSS^GBO j512 Num 5I7* x Jer 464 2 Chron 416t y 1511-* 2 76 cp 18 30 Zjsj 1-7 i7gd ii Ex 2922 e 38 Bx 29M J 62» e 628 8 Xybolljll 9 X7m/irjj /27f 10 inra.m 11 jo g 25 hSp* P' P8 --' Pa all the frankincense which is upon the meal offering, and shall bum it upon the altar for a sweet savour, as the memorial thereof, unto Yahweh. 16 xAnd that which is left thereof shall Aaron and his sons eat : it shall be eaten without leaven in a "holy place ; in the court of the tent of meeting they shall eat it. 17 'It shall not be baken with leaven. I have qgiven it as their portion of my offerings made by fire ; it is most holy, as the sin offering, and as the guilt offering. 18 Every male among the ''children of Aaron shall eat of it, as a bdue for ever 'throughout your generations, from the offerings of Yahweh made by fire 1 whosoever touch eth them shall be holy. 19 "LAnd Yahioeh spake unto Moses, saying, 20 This IS the oblation of Aaron and of his sons, which they shall offer unto Yahweh 'in the day when he is anointed ; the 'tenth part of an ephah of fine flour for a meal offering 'perpetually, "half of it in tlie morning, and half thereof in the evening. 21 On a "baking pan it shall be made with oil ; when it is 'soaked, thou slialt bring it in : in "baken pieces shalt thou offer the meal offering for a sweet savour unto Yahweh. 22 -*"<* <*« "anointed priest that shall be in his stead from among his sons shall offer it : by a * statute for ever it shall be wholly burnt unto Yahweh. M And every meal offering of the priest shall be wholly burnt ; it shall not be eaten. 24 LAnd Yahweh spake unto Moses, saying, 26 Speak unto Aaron and to his sons, saying, This is the law of the sin offering : in the place where the burnt offering is killed shall the sin offering be killed before Yahweh : it is most holy. 28 'The priest that offereth it for sin shall eat it : in "a holy place shall it be eaten, in tlie court of the tent of meeting. 27 "Whatsoever shall touch the flesh thereof shall be holy: and when there is sprinkled of the blood thereof upon any garment, thou shalt 'wash that whereon it was sprinkled in "a holy place. 28 But the ""earthen vessel wherein it is sodden shall be broken : and if it be sodden in a brasen vessel, it shall be ^scoured, and "rinsed in water. 29 "Every male among the priests shall eat thereof : it is most holy. so Hx^n(j no s;n offering, whereof any of the blood is brought into the tent of meeting to make atonement in the holy place, shall be eaten : It shall be burnt with fire. 71 xAnd this is the law of the guilt offering : it is most holy. 2 In the place where they kill the burnt offering shall they kill the guilt offering : and the "blood thereof shall he sprinkle upon the altar round about. 3 And he shall offer of it all the fat thereof; the 'fat tail, and the "fat that covereth the inwards, * and the two kidneys, and the fat that is on them, which is by the loins, and the caul upon the liver, "with the kidneys, shall he take away : 6 and the priest shall burn them upon the altar for an offering made by fire unto Yahweh : it is a guilt offering. 6 IdEvery male among the priests shall eat thereof : it shall be eaten in "a holy place : it is most holy. 7 As is the sin offering, so is the guilt offering : there is one law for them : the priest that maketh atonement therewith, he shall have it. 8 KiAnd the priest that offereth any man's burnt offering, even the priest shall have to himself the skin of the burnt offering which he hath offered. 9 LAnd every meal offering that is baken in the oven, and all that is dressed in the 'frying pan, and on the "baking pan, shall be the priest's that offereth it. 10 nxAnd evory meal offering, "mingled with oil, or ''dry, shall all the sons of Aaron have, "ono as well as another. h 6a° I 76b j i6ob k 8a 1 173 a 184 616 This direction is repeated in 28 78 io12-14, and the unusual expression ' a holy place ' also occurs in 27 : the clause defining the locality as ' the court ' &C seems to have been added to explain the ambiguous phrase. In io10-20, a later supplement based on 6M_b0, the phrase is altered into ' the placo of the sanctuary,' which confirms the conjecture that the defining clauses are explanatory glosses. 49 An ordinance about the double daily meal offering seems here to have been applied to the day of the priestly consecration to avoid the appearance of clashing with the daily burnt offering : or the phrase may have been inserted to prepare the way for the ceremonies of &¦. 21a M See 2°. 21b ]yr Tlie meaning of the Jg> word is uncertain. — f. 27 M Or, whosoever. 80 This regulation has the appearance of a supplement, marking an exception to the ' law of the sin offering,' arising out of the introduction of varieties of sin offering in F3, as in 4. Ct ' holy place ' (Sp = holiness 88") with ' a holy place ' 26' : the reference to the ' tent of meeting ' coincides with 4", and is not supplemental as in 20. 74 M See 34. 8 The references to the priest's dues on the burnt offering and meal offering are plainly additions in their present context, But it is hard to see why they should have been thrust in here. With 8 ct Ex 29" where the skin is burnt : it is now made a perquisite of the officiating priest. 9 M Sees6. 10 This seems a later supplement, providing for the kind of meal offering that had then become most common. See '7m", • 15° THE SACRIFICE OF PEACE OFFERINGS Lev 7 .15 11-21 Xjpt 12-18 Xynefl i 13 10 a329 ct Josh 719* *62l 16-18 Ijjof I Ct 2230 ft MX8gc? m 198 n 197 Ezek 4I4 18 654t 19-21 X6O8 21 xeb« 0 1 1 10-13 20 23 41 ' Ezek 8W Is 6617t op Deut 29" 22-27 I6ep p 17I8 228 cp Ex 2231 JE P q Ex 2924. r Ex 2920 81-34 Xjrjfc »2" ( Ex 2928 u Num 3I2 818 188 11 6I7 »»• iirjp Aj 1 Iii"^.nd th!s Is. the law of the sacrifice of peace offerings, which i0ne sha offer unto Yahweh. " 'If he offer it for a 'thanksgiving, then he snail otler with the sacrifice of thanksgiving unleavened •'cakes mingled with oil, and unleavened ¦'wafers anointed with oil, and "cakes mingled with oil, of fine flour *soaked. « With icakeg of Ieavened bread he 8haH 6ffer his oblation with the sacrifice of his peace offerings for 'thanksgiving. And ot it he shall offer one out of each oblation for an heave offering unto Yahweh ; it shall be the priest's that sprinkleth the blood of the peace offerings. " *And the flesh of the sacrifice of his peace offerings: for thanksgiving shall be eaten on the day of his oblation ; he shall not 'leave any of it until the morning. » *But if the sacrifice of his oblation be a vow, or a freewill offering, it shall be eaten on the day that he offereth his sacrifice : and *"on the morrow that which remaineth of it shall be eaten: but that which remaineth of the flesh of the sacrifice on. the third day shall be burnt with fire. 18 And if any of the flesh of the sacri fice of his peace offerings be eaten on the third day, it shall not be "accepted, neither shall it be imputed unto him that offereth it : it shall be an ^abomination and the soul that eateth of it shall cbear his iniquity. 1 7n? J16 k toucheth anY unclean thing shall not be eaten ; it sha 1 be burnt with fire. And as for the flesh, every one that is clean shall eat thereof: 2° but the soul that eateth of the flesh of the sacrifice ot peace offerings, that pertain unto Yahweh, having his uncleanness upon h™> that soul shall be dcut off from his people. 21 £And when any one shall touch any unclean thing, the uncleanness of man, or an unclean beast, or any unclean "abomination, and eat of the flesh of the sacrifice of peace offerings, which pertain unto Yahweh, that soiil shall be "cut off from his people. 22 z"And Yahweh spake unto Moses, saying, 2S Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, Ye shall eat no fat, of ox, or sheep, or goat. 2l And the fat of that "which dieth of itself, and the fat of that which is torn of beasts, may be used for any otlier "service : but ye shall in no wise eat of it. 2r' For whosoever eateth the fat of the beast, of tvhich men offer an offering made by fire unto Yahweh, even the soul that eateth it shall be Acut off from his people. 20 And ye shall eat no manner of blood, whether it be of fowl or of beast, in any of your 'dwellings. 27 Whoso ever ii be that eateth any blood, that soul shall be "cut off from his people. 28 "And Yahweh spake unto Moses, saying, m Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, Jfe that offereth the sacrifice of his peace offerings unto Yahweh shall bring his oblation unto Yahweh out of the sacrifice of his peace offerings : 30 his oivn "hands shall bring tlie offerings of Yahweh made by fire ; the fat with the 'breast shall he bring, that the breast may be waved for a wave offering before Yahweh. 31 'And the priest sliall burn the fat upon the altar : but the 'breast shall be Aaron's and Ms sons'. 32 And the right "thigh shall "ye give unto the priest for an heave offering out of the sacrifices of your peace offerings. :|;! He "among the sons of Aaron, that offereth the blood of the peace offerings, and the fat, shall have the right "thigh for a 'portion. 3* "For the wave breast and tho heave "thigh have I "taken of the children of Israel out of the sacrifices of their peace offerings, and have "given them unto Aaron the priest and unto his sons as a eduefor ever from the children of Israel. 86 "This Ms the "anointing-portion of Aaron, and the anointing-portion of his sons b i7« c a8»' d 50' 1770 55s g 62° h i88b 711 The paragraph on the ' peace offerings ' especially conveys the impression of a very early piece. With 12"l4 ct Num 15s ; I6-!8 cp 2229-j l8 'abomination' cp 197, 'bear his iniquity' cp 198 20" i» j 2°- ' cut off from his people' 174 «• 1829 198 2018 (22*) 23M' : there are thus several phraseological affinities with Pi*. x2 The order in Sp ' and fine flour soaked cakes mingled with oil ' is peculiar. @ omits the repetition of ' cakes mingled.' Cp 828 Ex 292s. 22 A supplement of uncertain origin and date (though show ing affinity with earlier passages) providing for the slaughter and consumption of animals not offered in sacrifice. 28 A supplement similar to the preceding, about the priests' dues. Tho appearance of ' Aaron and his sons ' in sl after ' the' priest' is noteworthy, and similarly 'ye' 82. Can this be an' early draft of Ex 2920-28 completed and inserted here? In that cose 33- would be its conclusion by the later editor. 32-34 M Or, shoulder.— Ex 2922. 33 The position of these words in Sp after ' fat ' confirms the ' general grounds for their rejection. ; 84 A supplement by Ef who here returns to the use of the1 first person in the divine utterance to which he is accustomed. 8,ia Hero the sons of Aaron share in his anointing, as in I" only ; cp Ex 2841. 88b M Qr, portion. — Cp Num i8e Sp in this sensef* 151 Lev 7"5 ISRAEL AT SINAI 87 Xyan 1-36 Xndifj a Bx 29O b Kx 297 c ICx 29I0 d Ex 2Q4 6 Xiaic e Ex 294 7-9 13 Xiag / Ex 296 8 Xub/ g Bx 29s h Ex 288O i Ex 298 j Ex 28S7 k Ex 29O 1 Ex 39I 101-12 XHdo lOb Xjobd m Ex 29I2 27I n Ex 30I8 13 Xnge o Ex 29''. 14-17 Xysi p Ex 29IO 0 Ex 29U r Ex 2g'2 < Ex 29I8 ( Ex 29I4 18-21 lybp u Ex 29I8 v Ex 29IO to Ex 29I7 JE p. P8 ±" out of the offerings of Yahweh made by ftro, in the day whon he presented them to 'minister unto Yahweh in tho priest's office ; 3e which Yahweh commanded to be given them of the children of Israel, in the day that he Janointed them. It is a 8dne for ever throughout their 'generations. 37 "This is the law of the burnt offering, of the meal offering, and of the sin offering, and of the guilt offering, and of the 'consecration, and of the sacrifice of peace offerings ; S3Nwhich Yahweh commanded Moses in mount mSinai, in the day that he commanded the children of Israel to offer their oblations unto Yahweh, in the wilderness of Sinai. 81 ""And Yahweh spake unto Moses, saying, 2 Take Aaron and his sons "with him, and the "garments, and the ^anointing oil, and the "bullock of tho sin ofloring, and tho "two rams, and the basket of unleavened bread ; 8 and "assemble thou all the "congregation at the ''door of the tent of meeting. 4 And Moses ddid as Yahweh commanded him ; and the congregation was assembled at the door of the tent of meeting. 5 And Moses said unto the congregation, "This is the thing which Yahweh hath commanded to be done. 6 'And Moses brought Aaron and his sons, and "washed them with water. 7 *And he ' put upon him the coat, and girded him with the girdle, and clothed him with the robe, and put the ephod upon him, and he girded him with the cunningly woven band of the ephod, and bound it unto him therewith. 8 LAnd he placed the "breastplate upon him : and in the breastplate he *put "the Urim and the Thummim. 9And he 'set the "mitre upon his head ; and upon the "mitre, in -front, did he set the golden plate, the holy 'crown ; 'as Yahweh commanded Moses. 10 xAnd Moses took the anointing oil, "Land anointed the 'Dwelling and all that was therein, and ^sanctified them. " "And he ^sprinkled thereof upon mthe altar seven times, and anointed the altar and all its vessels, and the "laver and its base, to ^sanctify them. 12 And he 'poured of the anointing oil upon Aaron's head, and anointed him, to "sanctify him. 13 ''And Moses "brought Aaron's sons, and clothed them with coats, and girded them with girdles, and bound head tires upon them ; 'as Yahweh commanded Moses. 14 xAnd he brought the bullock of the sin offering : and Aaron and his sons plaid their hands upon the head of the bullock of the sin offering. 16 And he 'slew it ; and Moses 'took the blood, and put it upon the horns of the altar round about with his finger, "and ]purified the altar, and 'poured out the blood at the base of the altar, and "sanctified it, to make katonement for it. 16 And he took all the "fat that was upon the inwards, and the caul of the liver, and the two kidneys, and their fat, and Moses burned it upon the altar. 17 But the 'bullock, and its skin, and its flesh, and its dung, he burnt with fire 'without the camp ; 'as Yahweh commanded Moses. 18 xAnd he presented the ram of the burnt offering : And Aaron and his sons "laid their hands upon the head of the ram. 1J And he "killed it : and Moses sprinkled the blood upon the altar round about. 20 And he '"cut the ram into its pieces ; and Moses burnt the i iag* j 93 k 76" 6gb 7 a 176 b 34* ° 45 d j8gb e i88b t 54" g 86" h i4g i 138 j 143s k as» 1 iaob 737 The colophon concludes this little 'priests' manual.' The words ' and of the consecration ' soem to have slippud into tho wrong place from the margin, where they may have been a gloss to refer to 28-30 or to 6'0-23. Tho rest defines the original items of the collection, 'burnt offering' 69"13, 'meal offering' 6li~ls, ' sin offering ' 625"30, ' guilt offering' 71"10, 'peace offerings' n-2'. The other paragraphs 6™-23 722"27 2*-34 36- are thus excluded as supplementary. 88 The reference to ' Mount Sinai ' contrasted with ' out of the tent of meeting' |i, hears out the suggestion 68N that the materials of this section may have been derived from sources older than Ps. Cp 351 26ie Ph. The treatment has been adjusted to the camp 611, but tho usages described seem to bo those of the Temple priosts. 8l M See Ex 29. — This chaptor is UBiially rogardod as an ex pansion, of an earlier and briefer account of the fulfilment of Ex 29, just as Ex 35-40 may be founded on a shorter version of the con struction of the Dwelling Ex 25-28 30 31 . This passage, however. is earlier than Ex 35-40 as it recognizes only one altar. Its laborious reproduction of Ex 29, with a few slight modifications, 0 g 3 20. 20 si) shows that it cannot well have formed part of P8. The formula ' as Yahweh commanded Moses ' serves as a kind of refrain ° 13 17 21 20 (0p 5 84) ex 3gi . on jts secondary character cp Introd i 155*. 8 M That is, tlie Lights and the Perfections. 0 M Or, turban. 10 Probably an interpolation, as (1) there is no parallel in Ex 29, and (2) (SJ has a rather different order, placing i°b after n. n This verse similarly contrasts with Ex 29 which, except for the interpolation in 21, religiously restricts the application of tho holy oil to ' Aaron's houd.' It is therefore probably another gloss liko b0 Ex 2841 292». 15 The 'purification,' ' sanctiflcation,' and 'atonement' for the altar seem like the explanations of a writer anxious to leave nothing in his original Ex 2912 without its interpretation. 152 AARON AND HIS SONS CONSECRATED Lev 9° X 18 ct g'S Ex 29" y Ex 29I8 82-32 Ljpn 2 Ex 29I8 22 a' Ex 2920 V Ex 2920 if Ex 2922 28 81. Xymy d' Ex 2923 «' Ex 2924 /' Ex 2920 g' Ex 2928 SOXllfj V Cp Ex 2o»l- S2X707 i' Ex 2984 f 12* 2580 Num 68 13§ f Ex 2988 »' Ex 3484 1-24 Inb-X a 883 6Ct43 c Cp 168 ps ct 4l4P» d Ex 292 « Gen 17I feuSp JE P' pe p» "head, and the pieces, and the Tat. 21 And he washed the inwards and the legs with water ; and Moses "burnt the whole ram upon the altar : it was a burnt offering for a sweet savour : it was an offering made by fire unto Yahweh ; 'as Yahweh commanded Moses. 22 zAnd he presented the "other ram, the "ram of ""consecration : and Aaron and his sons laid their hands upon the head of the ram. 23 And he "'slew it ; and Moses took of the blood thereof, and put it upon the tip of Aaron's right ear, and upon the thumb of his right hand, and upon the great toe of his right foot. And he brought Aaron's sons, and Moses put of the blood upon the tip of their right ear, and upon the thumb of their right hand, and upon the great toe of their right foot : and Moses "sprinkled the blood upon the altar round about. 20 And he took the fat, and the "'fat tail, and all the fat that was upon the inwards, and the caul of the liver, and the two kidneys, and their fat, and the right "thigh : 2" *and out of the "'basket of unleavened bread, that was before Yahweh, he took one "unleavened cake, and one cake of oiled bread, and one wafer, and placed them on the fat, and upon the right thigh : 27 and he "'put the whole upon the hands of Aaron, and upon the hands of his sons, and waved them for a wave offering before Yahweh. 28 And Moses •''took them from off their hands, and burnt them on the altar upon the burnt offering : they were a "consecration for a sweet savour : it was an offering made by fire unto Yahweh. 29 And Moses "'took the breast, and waved it for a wave offering before Yahweh : it was Moses' "'portion of the ram of "consecration ; 'as Yahweh commanded Moses. 30 stAnd Moses took of the anointing oil, and of the blood which was upon the altar, and ''sprinlded it upon Aaron, upon his garments, and upon his sons, and upon his sons' garments "with him ; and sanctified Aaron, his garments, and his sons, and his sons' garments "with him. 31 And Moses said unto Aaron and to his sons, 4'Boil the flesh at the door of the tent of meeting : and there eat it and the bread that is in the basket of ""consecration, "as I commanded, saying, Aaron and his sons shall eat it. 32 *And that which ''remaineth of the flesh and of the bread shall ye burn with fire. 33 And ye shall not go out from the door of the tent of meeting seven days, until the days of your ""consecration be ¦''fulfilled : for he shall "consecrate you ''seven days. 3i As hath been done this day, so Yahweh hath commanded to do, to make "atonement for you. 35 And at the door of the tent of meeting shall ye abide day and night seven days, and "keep the charge of Yahweh, "that ye die not : for so I *am commanded. 30 And Aaron and his sons did all the things which Yahweh 'commanded by the hand of Moses. 91 KIAnd it came to pass on the "eighth day, that Moses called Aaron and his sons, and the "elders of Israel ; 2 and he said unto Aaron, Take thee a 'bull calf for a sin offering, and a ram for a burnt offering, ¦without blemish, and offer them before Yahweh. 3 And unto the children of Israel thou shalt "speak, saying, Take ye a "he-goat for a sin offering ; and a calf and a lamb, both "of the first year, without blemish, for a burnt offering ; * and an ox and a ram for peace offerings, to sacrifice before Yahweh ; and a meal offering rfmingled with oil : for to-day Yahweh "appeareth unto you. ° And they brought that which Moses commanded •''before the tent of meeting: and all the ""congregation drew near and stood before Yahweh. ° And Moses said, eThis is the thing which Yahweh commanded that ye should do : and the 'glory of Yahweh shall m 69b n 39b 0 5a* P i8o» a 123 b i85b c ngb d 45 e i88b f 79 8J2 j%,6 amplifying term is introduced earlier here cp Ex 29™ : the original author can hardly be supposed to have thus anno tated his own work. 25 M Or, shoulder. 28 A substitute for the homelier ' loaf of bread ' in the original Ex 2928. 80 See Ex 2841 2921 and notes. " M 8) Onkelos and @ read, as I am commanded. See 36 ioIs. 33 M ft fill your hand. 9" The main thread of the Priestly Law and History Book is resumed here from Ex 29, and it is not necessary to suppose tho elimination of anything more in the interval than some brief account of the construction and erection of the sanctuary and the consecration of the priesthood, such as has been expanded into Ex 35-40 and Lev 8. The terminology of the ritual in this chapter coincides entirely with that of P, cp Aaron and his sons, sin offering, burnt offering, peace offering, meal offering, make atonement, offer the oblation, slay, pour, sprinkle, burn, de. That the ritual is tbat of P& is inferred (1) because it implies only one altar 7-i° i2-14 &c ; (2) the blood is not brought into the inner sanctuary cp 43N ; (3) the ritual of the sin offering 8-11 15 is less detailed than that in 814-17 cp 41-21, and similarly with tho burnt offering 12-14 cp rib-21. lb Perhaps an indication of later correction (Dillm), ot ' children ' 3 where Sam and (5) again introduce ' elders.' 153 Lev 96 ISRAEL AT SINAI JE g Ex 16IO 8-11 15 Irjaj h 48 i Ex 29I2 j Ex 29I8 k Ex 29I4 12-14 18 Xybll i 13 18 £. m Ex 29I8 n Cp Ex 29I7 ct 820 o 5I0 p 22 ot i^g Sp 18-21 Xypfc j Ex 2928 22 xnhj r Cp Nam 623 a io2 Nuin i63» I Cp Deut 3243 Hiph* 1-6 x^ia a Ex 278 6924c Sp= consumed 924 d Ex i44=(7ct im honour Sp e Ex 618 22 « xnf( di pt pB P" "appear unto you. 7 And Moses said unto Aaron, Draw near unto the altar, and offer thy sin offering, and thy burnt offering, and make atone ment for thyself, and "for the people: and offer the oblation of the people, and make atonement for them ; as Yahweh commanded. 8 ISo Aaron drew near unto the altar, and slew the calf of the sin offering, "which was for himself. 9 And the sons of Aaron presented the blood unto him : and he 'dipped his finger in the blood, and put it upon the 'horns of the altar, and poured out the blood at the base of the altar : 10 but the Jfat, and the kidneys, and the caul from the liver of the sin offering, he burnt upon the altar ; as Yahweh commanded Moses. 11 And the Aflesh and the skin he burnt with fire without the camp. 12 *And he slew the burnt offering ; and Aaron's sons 'delivered unto him the blood, and he "sprinkled it upon the altar round about. 13 And they 'delivered the burnt offering unto him, "piece by piece, and the "head : and he burnt them upon the altar. 14And he "washed the inwards and the legs, and burnt them upon the burnt offering on the altar. 15And he presented the people's oblation, and took the "goat of the sin offering which was for the people, and slew it, and offered it for sin, as the first. 16 And he presented the burnt offering, and offered it "according to the ordinance. 17 And he presented the meal offering, and ^filled his hand therefrom, and burnt it upon the altar, besides the burnt offering of tho morning. 18 lHe slew also the ox and the ram, the sacrifice of peace offerings, which was for the people : and Aaron's sons 'delivered unto him the blood, and he "'sprinkled it upon the altar round about, 10 and the fat of the ox ; and of the ram, the fat tail, and that which covereth [the inwards], and the kidneys, and the caul of the liver : 20 and they put the fat upon the breasts, and he burnt the fat upon the altar : zl and the breasts and the right thigh Aaron 'waved for a wave offering before Yahweh ; "as Moses commanded. 22 *And Aaron lifted up his hands toward the people, and 'hlessed them ; and he came down from offering the sin offering, and the burnt offering, and the peace offerings. 23 And Moses and Aaron went into the tent of meeting, and came out, and blessed the people : and the 'glory of Yahweh appeared unto all the people. 24 "And there "came forth fire from before Yahweh, and consumed upon the altar the burnt offering and the fat: and when all the people saw it, they 'shouted, and "fell on their faces. IO1 SIAnd "Nadab and Abihu, the sons of Aaron, took each of them his "censer, and put fire therein, and laid bincense thereon, and "offered dstrange fire before Yahweh, which he had not commanded them. 2 And there 'came forth fire from before Yahweh, and "devoured them, and they died before Yahweh. 3 Then Moses said unto Aaron, "This is it that Yahweh spake, saying, I will be 'sanctified in them that "come nigh me, and "before all the people I will be ^glorified. And Aaron held his peace. 4 And Moses called "Mishael and Elzaphan, the sons of "Uzziel the uncle of Aaron, and said unto them, Draw near, carry your brethren from before the ''sanctuary 'out of the camp. 5 So they drew near, and carried them in their coats 'out of the camp ; as Moses had said. 6 "lAnd Mosos said unto Aaron, and unto J Eleazar and unto Ithamar, his sons, "Let 67 13d gs» 118" 153 188° 86b, 64 Ii 88 1 130 j I3b 97 Kead with © ' for thy house ' ; the people are named in the next clause. 8 @AU omit : @L ' calf of his sin offering.' 2i(SJA" Sam ' as Yahweh commanded Mosos ' cp 10. 21 Possibly 2411 is an interpolation, for in 13 and 10 the fat is not mentioned in connexion with the burnt offering ct H20, while it is stated that Aaron burnt the pieces that were delivered to him one by one for that very purpose. Moreover 22 records the conclusion of the whole sacrificial process. How then can ' the burnt offering and the fat ' be still upon the altar ? (Cp De Wette, Beitrdge ii 302-4 quoted by Kalisch.) It is possible that @'s rendering in !>• 17 20 ' offer ' and ' put ' for ' burn ' may be influenced by this consideration, but the same terms are not unfrequently employed elsewhere, eg 18 13 I6 17 210 3° n. IO1 The materials of 10 are composite, and the regulations in 0~20 seem to have been somewhat loosely thrown together, though 6- 12_i6 and i6~20 are attached to the main incident in 1~6. This appears duo to P>, whore it stands as the immediate sequel of 9s4 as an illustration of the danger of unauthorized cultus. For the quotation in 3 see Klostermann's emendation Ex 2943". 3 M Or, are nigh. fla A secondary supplement as it includes all priests alike in the unction cp Ex 2841N. Moreover 7 seems to imply that the consecration was not yet complete : but according to 9I it was finished. ub M Some ancient versions render, Uncover not your heads. ¦- 154 DEATH OF NADAB AND ABIHU Lev 11* / 1345 21M Num 5is» g i3« 2ilof h Ex 1620 Num 1622 Josh 22I8 i Ex 168I j Num 1687 7Xiof k Ex 2g7 8 XMf j 10 I6kc iihm 1 1 Sam 2i4- Ezek 2228 i220 4423 481»t m 2o25 n i487 op Ex 2412 Ct "71 12-16 Lnjh 12 i^iala/ 0 lie 6io J. 886 14l7pa ,734 18-20 I7S{ )• 98 15 1 Sp* 1 Kings 618 al (620 Ug2 7. 1-23 isae JE Pl not the /hair of your heads/ go loose, neither »rend your clothes ; that ye kdie not, and that he be not *wroth with all the 'congregation: but let your brethren, the whole 'house of Israel, bewail the ^'burning which Yahweh hath kindled. 7 LAnc\ ye shall not go out from the door of the tent of mooting, lest ye die : for the ''anointing oil of Yahweh is upon you. And they did according to the word of Moses. 8 ""And Yahweh ""spake unto Aaron, saying, 9 Drink no wine nor strong drink, thou, nor thy sons "with thee, when ye go into the tent of meeting, that ye kdie not : it shall be a "statute for ever "throughout your generations. 10 '"'And Tye shall "put difference between the "'holy and the 'common, and ""between the runclean and the "clean ; » and Tye shall "teach the children of Israel all the statutes which Yahweh hath spoken unto them 'by the hand of Moses. 12 KiAnd Moses spake unto Aaron, and unto JEleazar and unto Ithamar, his sons that were left, Take the "meal offering that remaineth of the "offerings of Yahweh made by fire, and ent it without leaven "bosido tho altar : for it is "most holy : 13 and ye shall eat it in a Mioly place, because it is thy due, and thy sons' duo, of tho offerings of Yahweh made by fire : for so I pam commanded. » ^And "the nvave breast and the "heave thigh shall ye eat in a clean place ; thou, and thy sons, and thy daughters "with thee : for they are given as thy due, and thy sons' due, out of the sacrifices of the * peace offerings of the children of Israel. 15 The heave thigh ond the wave breast shall they bring with the offerings made by fire of the fat, to wave it for a wave offering before Yahweh: and it shall be thine, and thy sons' "with thee, as a "due for ever ; as Yahweh hath commanded. 16 "lAnd Moses diligently sought the rgoat of the vsin offering, and, behold, it was burnt : and he was angry with lEIealar and with Ithamar, the sons of Aaron that were left, saying, v Wherefore have ye not eaten the sin offering in the place of tlie "sanctuary, seeing it is ""most holy, and he hath giien it you Ho &bear the iniquity of the 'congregation, to "'make a' atonement for them before Yahweh? 18 Behold, the blood of it was not brought into the sanctuary "within : ye should certainly have eaten it in the sanctuary, 'as I commanded. I0 And Aaron spake unto Moses, Behold, this day "have they "'offered their sin offering and their burnt offering before Yahweh ; and there hare befallen me such things as these : and if I liad eaten the sin offering to-day, would it have been well-pleasing in the sight of Yahweh 1 20 And when Moses heard [that], it was well-pleasing in his sight. II1 KLAnd Yahweh "spake unto Moses and to Aaron, saying unto them, 2 Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, "bThese are the living things which ye shall eat among all the k 53" 1 46 in l8s> n 176 o 63° p 76° q 53 r l67b b 43b t i8o« u Ii8<> v 118 • w go™ x 8> y 175 z 85 a' 1181 I' 118 J c' 281 d' 25* o' 118 ' a 185 b l88» IO8 A fragment, marked by a closing formula ob, but slenderly connected with the text (note the phrase ' that ye die not ' 9 cp fl). Laws directly addressed to Aaron are rare Num 181 8 20*. For the prohibition in 9 cp Ezek 442t. 10"> Another fragment attached to the preceding without any apparent link. On the lack of grammatical connexion cp Driver and White (Leviticus in Haupt's SBOT Sp p 28). The passage shows affinity with Pfc in its emphasis on teaching cp Introd XIII 9a i 152. D also lays stress both on distinctions of clean and unclean Deut 14s-20, and on the priestly duty of instruction 24s- cp 33!°. i°b u So M. T and that ye may. 12 This paragraph, also a fragment, is joined to the context by the introductory clause. The rest recalls 614-18 26~29 76 by its provision for eating the holy food ' in a holy place ' '", ' in a clean placo ' 14. Nowhoro olso is the peculiar expression ' a holy placo ' defined, without reference to tho Tont of Mooting, as ' bosido tlio altar' 12. For the substance of the paragraph cp 780-84, Owing to the completeness with which the earlier matter has boon assimilated with the later form, the regulation is here ascribed toP". 11 A very late supplement. The anger of Moses is not caused by neglect to bring the blood into the sanctuary, as provided in 4 (P8) ; it is assumed that Aaron was aware of that provision, and had sufficient reason for not carrying it out. Aaron is only charged with a less serious omission in not eating a sin offering which had thus become of a lower grade. Cp also 6le". 17 M Or, to take away. II1 The subject of sacrifice with which the priesthood is first concerned 1-10 now makes way for the treatment of unclean ness and purification 11-15 under four heads, animals 11, child birth 12, leprosy 13-14, issues 15. The laws are addressed paitly to Moses alone, as in earlier sections 121 14I, partly to Moses and Aaron together nJ 13I 151. In its present position the series interrupts the sequence of 161 on ioi"e, and its place is rather due to the compilers of the complex whole of the Priestly Code than to the author of Pe. Its existing form, therefore, may be due to P8, and this view is supported by occasional signs of acquaintance with regulations of the sacrificial code, as in 126"8 ,413. . 21. . ,s14. 29., Bufc i,]ce ,_3 5_<;7 an(j g8_?) the legislation in 11-15 seems to contain materials for the most part older than P&, worked up in a later setting. Occasional resemblances to Ph have led some critics to ascribe them mainly to that source. Thus Driv-Wh assign 1 i2-2S 41-17 to ph 14 seems probable, how ever, that the whole law is more complex cp 2s ; and it is here placod together with the cognate laws in 12-15 with ^° group of priestly teaching P*. 2 The contents of the law of the clean and unclean animals are in a high degree complex. Two distinct themes run through it (1) uncleanness as affecting food, and (2) uncleanness as pro- duood by touch. Intorpretors differ as to whether the second half of tho colophon 47 rofois to both or only to tlio first. Thoso who restrict 47 to cases of permitted and prohibited food regard tho section on uncleanness by touch 21-4° as an addition cp 2il'. If, however, 47ft is not simply repeated in 47b the colophon recognizes both branches of the main subject. But even the regulations dealing with lawful and unlawful foods are not homogeneous. 2b-8 exhibits the distinction of clean and unclean as in Deut 143"8. But in 8-23 this nomenclature is dropped, and all forbidden creatures are sheqec ' abomination ' (ct ' abominable thing' Deut 143 to'e'bhah), tho subject being resumed after the section on defilement by touch 24-40 -with another class of ' creeping things ' which aro also shiqec 41- . The structure of the whole group may be thus tabled : — I Forbidden food : (1) Clean and unclean, land animals 2b_s, Colophon: beast, (2) Abomination, water-animals 9~12, bird, birds 13_19, waters, wingod creeping creeping things 2°-23. things on earth. 155 Lev ll2 ISRAEL AT SINAI a 3- • Deut i40-» b 1 26 Deut I48-« C 3^7 28 Deut I4 6-84- d Deut i48f i Deut :47« 8X6b/ /Deut i49 g »-l2 Dent M»'t ft721i 13 48 2o26 Deut 726 Ps 2224f j Deut i412-18 k Deut i4i2t iSpfm Deut 14I3 Job 287t n Deut i418* o Deut i416t p Deut i416 Job 39201 q Deut i418 Pa I028t r Deut i4l7f * Deut i410f t Deut i4l7* v. Deut i418* d Deut i4i8f v) Deut i418 lb 220t xSp* 24-38 X6bp JE p' ps beasts that are on the earth. 3 "Whatsoever "parteth the hoof, and is 6clovenfooted, [and] "cheweth the "cud, among the beasts, that shall ye eat. 4 Nevertheless these shall ye not eat of them that chew the cud, or of them that part the hoof : the camel, because he "cheweth the cud but parteth not the hoof, he is "unclean unto you. B And the "coney, because he "cheweth the cud but parteth not the hoof, he is unclean unto you. 6 And the dhare, because she "cheweth the cud but parteth not the hoof, she is unclean unto you. 7 And the "swine, because he parteth the hoof, and is clovenfooted, but "cheweth not the cud, he is unclean unto you. 8 Of their flesh ye shall not eat, "and Hheir carcases ye shall not touch ; they are unclean unto you. 9 'These shall ye eat of all that are in the waters : whatsoever hath "fins and scales in the waters, in the seas, and in the rivers, them shall ye eat. 10 And all that have not fins and scales in the seas, and in the rivers, of all "that move in the waters, and of all the living creatures that are in the waters, they are an habomination unto you, ll and they shall be an ^abomination unto you ; ye shall not eat of their flesh, and their carcases ye shall 'have in abomination. 12 What soever hath no fins nor scales in the waters, that is an ''abomination unto you. 13 And these ye shall 'liave in abomination among the fowls ; they shall not be eaten, they are an ''abomination : 'the "eagle, and the "gier eagle, and the "ospray ; 14 and the 'kite, and the n falcon 'after its kind ; 15 every raven 'after its kind ; 16 and the "ostrich, and the "night hawk, and the "seamew, and the phawk "after its kind; n and the Hitlle owl, and tlie 'cormorant, and the "great owl ; 18 and the "horned owl, and the 'pelican, and the 'vulture ; 19 and the "stork, the "heron "after its kind, and the "hoopoe, and the "bat. 20 All winged 'creeping things that go upon all four are an ''abomination unto you. -21 Yet these may ye cat of all winged 'creeping things that go upon all four, which have legs above their feet, to xleap withal upon tlie earth ; 22 even these of them ye may eat ; the "locust "after its kind, and the "bald locust after its kind, and the "criclxt after its kind, and the "grasshopper after its kind. 23 But all winged "creeping things, which have four feet, are an ''abomination unto you. 24 »Xj^n(j j,y these ye shall become unclean : whosoever toucheth the carcase of them shall be unclean until the even : m and whosoever heareth [aught] of the carcase of p. 167" d 157!" e i8<< II Forbidden touch : Clean and unclean, land animals 24-28) creeping things on earth -$-sl, effects of contact 82-38^ carcases of boasts 39-i°. I Forbidden Food : (2) Abomination, crooping things on earth 41-42, Here it is clear that the section on contamination by touch II interrupts the list of edible creatures which are shiqec I (2). But why should the list of prohibited animals fall into two unequal divisions marked by different terminology, while the entire list in Deut 144""20 is on the basis of clean and unclean ? And why, in the second group concerning touch should only two classes be mentioned out of five recognized in the first? The difficulties do not end here. Some of the abomination passages seem to contain doublets. In 9 ' waters ' is followed, us though analytically, by ' seas ' and ' rivers ' ; but 10 begins ' And whatsoever hath no fins and scales in the seas and in the rivers,' while 1 2 runs ' Whatsoever hath no fins nor scales in the waters ' : aro these from the same hand ? So ,ob exhibits parallel clauses, and 23 Sp really repeats 20. This duplication is particularly clear in 43-45, where ***. forms a close to 43 (following on 41.), and iib repeats with variations the commands of 43 (ct especially ' creeping thing that creepeth ' and ' creeping thing that moveth '). The whole law, therefore, seems to be compiled from at least two sources, (1) concerning clean and unclean, whether in food or contact, (2) concerning ' abomination ' in eating, a group already showing traces of composite character. To (1) may be assigned, roughly, 2b-8 so. with later supplements in 24"38, theso extracts boing only portions of a larger original. (2) 9_23 4i"44a (with perhaps 4D) uie dcrivod from a similar series of food-laws, based on the conception of ' abomination,' and Bhowing marked affinity with Ph, note the parallel ' ye shall not make your souls abominable ' 43 and 2025, with the phrases ' I am Yahweh your God ' ao3b, ' be ye holy ' aoa*, and ' I am holy' 203°. This second group is not without resemblance to J, eg 'sanctify yourselves' 41 cp207Ex 1922 Num n78 Josh36 713*, ' goeth on the belly ' 42 cp Oen 3", ' bring up ' 46 cp "136. It is possible that these series are founded on earlier ordinances once comprised in P1' 2020 and now expanded, the characteristic conclusions having boon retained. 1 l3a The list of animals in s-23 is closely parallel to that in Deut 143"20, but there is no general agreement on the precise relation of one to the other ; Dillm, for example, maintaining the priority of Lev as of P in general, and Driver, Deut 165, regarding the Deuteronomic law as the earlier. See Deut i43H, Bb-7 jj ft bringeth up. 61 M Jp shaphan, the Hyrax Syriacus or rock-badger. — Deut 147 Ps 104I8 Prov 302»f. 8 Some critics regard this as an editorial addition harmoniz ing with 24. •, but cp Deut 148. 13 M Or, great vulture. 18 M Sp tahmas, of uncertain meaning. 18 M Or, swan. 19 M Or, ibis. 22 m four kinds of locusts pr grasshoppers, which are not certainly known. 21 It is possible that 24"'i is distinct from ">"*, as it looks like an elaboration of the prohibition in 8, which would hardly have appeared there if a continuation of the same law had con tained these fuller directions. The language of 26- is not entirely parallel with that of 3>, and does not cover the cases of the camel, coney, or hare. An additional class, the ' creeping things,' is also mentioned with a list of names found nowhere elso. .Tho law further proscribes means of cleansing, whereas no modo is spocifiod for removing the defilement contracted by eating forbidden food. Further, it has been argued that 47a does not refer to uncleanness by touch. Driv-Wh observe that no reference is made to ii~40 in the subscription 46. 156 CLEAN AND UNCLEAN Lev 12c z i Sam 64* • Is 66«t a' Sp cp 18 horned owl i/628c' Gen 7II d' Is 6iUf 39 160/ 41-44« X6a/ t> Ct 11 13 Sp yoiir souls /'l92 44b-45 X6bA p' Sp your souls Ezek 4I1 ct 43b V Cp «J36 48 xea/jr l-s X6f a Cp Qen ill < 6 i5l9- c Spf op 1583 20I8 8X6m6d883 «,10 /Cps7 JE them shall 'wash his clothes, and be unclean until the even. s« Every boast which parteth the hoof, and is not clovenfooted, nor choweth the cud, is unclean unto you : every one that toucheth them shall bo unclean. 27 And whatsoever goeth upon its paws, among all beasts that go on all four, they are unclean unto you : whoso toucheth their carcase shall be unclean until the even. » And he that beareth the carcase of them »iT.i. clothes, and be unclean until the even : they nre unclean unto you. And 'these are they which nre unclean unto you among tho ''creeping things that creep upon the earth ; the "weasel, and the "mouse, and the "great lizard "after its kind, and the gecko, and the "land-crocodile, and the "lizard, and the "sand-lizard, and the chameleon si irhese are they which nre unclean to you among all "Hhat creep: whosoever doth touch them, when they are dead, shall he unclean until the even. And upon whatsoever any of them, when they are dead, doth fall, it shall be unclean ; whether it be any vessel of wood, or raiment, or skin, or sack, whatsoever vessel it be, wherewith any 'worlds done, it must be put into water, and it shall be unclean until the eren ; then shall il be 'clean. 33 And every "earthen vessel, whereinto any of them falleth, whatsoever is in it shaU be unclean, and it ye shall break. All food [therein] which may be eaten, that on which water cometh, shall be unclean : and all drink that may be drunk in every [such] ressel shall be unclean. *> And every thing where upon [any part] 0/ their carcase falleth shall be unclean ; whether oven, or "range for pots, it shall be broken in pieces : they are unclean, and shall be unclean unto yon, '" Nevertheless a ''fountain or a pit wherein is a ^gathering of water shall be dean : but "that which toucheth their carcase shaU be unclean. And if [aught] of their carcase fall upon any * sowing seed which is to be sown, it is clean. Bui if water be put upon the seed, and [aught] of their carcase fall thereon, it is unclean unto you. k 39 xAnd if any beast, of which ye may 'eat, die ; he that toucheth the carcase thereof shall be unclean until the even. 40 And he that eateth of the carcase of it shall 'wash his clothes, and be unclean until the even : he also that beareth the carcase of it shall wash his clothes, and be unclean until the even. 41 'And every "creeping thing that ''creepeth upon the earth is an habmnination ; it shall not be eaten. 42 Whatsoever goeth upon the belly, and whatsoever goeth upon all four, or whatsoever hath many feet, even all creeping things that creep upon the earth, them ye shall not eat ; for they are an ^abomination. 43 Ye shall not make "yourselves abominable with any creeping thing that creepeth, neither shall ye make yourselves unclean with tltem, that ye should be defiled thereby. 44a jT(,,.">j am Yahweh your God : "sanctify yourselves therefore, and "be ye holy ; for ''I am holy. """"And ye shall not defile ''yourselves with any manner of creeping thing that "moveth upon the earth. 45 For I am Yahweh that brought you *'up out of the land of Egypt, to "be your God : ye shall therefore "be holy, for •''I am holy. 40 "This is the law of the beast, and of the fowl, and of every living creature that pmoveth in the waters, arid of every creature that ''creepeth upon the earth : 47 to 'make a difference between the unclean and the clean, and between the living thing that may be eaten and the living thing that may not be eaten. 121 ""'And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 2 Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, If a woman "conceive seed, and bear a man child, then she shall bbe unclean seven days ; 'as in the days of the ""impurity of her "sickness shall she be unclean. 3 'And in the eighth day the flesh of his foreskin shall be dcircumcised. 4 And she shall continue in the blood of [herj "purifying three and thirty days ; she shall touch no 'hallowed thing, nor come into the "sanctuary, until the days of her purifying be fulfilled. 5 But if she bear a hmaid child, then she shall be unclean two weeks, as in her "impurity : and she shall continue in the blood of [herj purifying threescore and six days. e And when the days of her purifying are ''fulfilled, for a son, or for a daughter, she shall bring a lamb 'of the first year for a 6burnt offering, and a ¦'young pigeon, or a turtledove, for a sin offering, "unto the door of the tent of meeting, p» 173 g l88» h 157* 1 177" J 43" k 74 I 110 m 179a n aoab o aoaa P 49 q 26 53 a 185* b 167' 0 139 d 41 t 88» g 91 h 107'! 1 ng° ll30 M Words of uncertain meaning, but probably denoting four kinds of lizards. 35 M Or, stewpan. 36a M Or, cistern. sob jyj Qr, he who. 44b T neither shall ye. - 46 In 11-15 the use of this opening phrase is restricted to the colophon (cp i88b) see 127 13™ 1482 M 67 (cp Num s29), save in 142 where it appears in the title, as in 6s-7, a section in many ways analogous to this. 121 This chapter is later than 1519 to which it apparently refers in 2b ; but it presents the same general features, and seems best considered along with it (see 1511*). 2 6 M Or, separation. 6 The only trace of adaptation to the ' Camp ' form of legisla tion first introduced by P*. J57 Lev 12° *5ioi 20I8* lr4« xehc a(6)t 6 i4Mf C (I2)f e (39) Deut 24s' JE /(22)t 17(6)" A 8-8t i Cp 2 18 24 29 38 40 47 ft j 24 0t Qen 45r>" k 26IO Uoilt 425t, i (6) Bx 99- op Num 176 8 Gen 4o'0« m 18-20 23 Ex 910. Deut 2827 33» ISRAEL AT SINAI pt P8 unto the priest : 7 and he shall "offer it before Yahweh, and ''make atone ment for her ; and she shall ]be cleansed from the 'fountain of her blood. "This is the law for her that beareth, whether a ^ale or a female. And if her means "'suffice not for a lamb, then she shall take two turtledoves, or two young pigeons ; the one for a burnt offering, and tlie other for a sin offering : and the priest shall make atonement for her, and she shall be^clean. X31 "LAnd Yahweh "spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying, 2 NbWhen a man shall have in the skin of his flesh a "rising, or a 6scab, or a "bright spot, and it become in the skin of his flesh the plague of leprosy, then he shall be brought unto "Aaron the priest, or unto one of his sons the priests -. 3 and the priest shall look on the plague in the skin of the flesh : and if the hair in the plague be turned white, and the appearance of the plague be ddeeper than the skin of his flesh, it is the plague of "loprosy : and the priest shall look on him, and dpronounce him unclean. 4 And if the bright spot be white in the skin of his flesh, and the appearance thereof be not deeper than the skin, and the hair thereof be not turned white, then the priest shall shut up [him that hath] the plague seven days : 6 and the priest shall look on him the seventh day : and, behold, if in his eyes the plague be at a stay, and the plague be not ¦''spread in the skin, then the priest shall shut him up seven days more : 0 and the priest shall look on him again the seventh day : and, behold, if the plague be "dim, and the plague be not spread in the skin, then the priest shall pronounce him clean : it is a ''scab : and he shall "wash his clothes, and be clean. 7 But if the scab spread abroad in the skin, after that he hath shewn himself to the priest for his 'cleansing, he shall shew himself to the priest again : 8 and the priest shall look, and, behold, if the scab be spread in the skin, then the priest shall pronounce him unclean : it is leprosy. 0 'When the plague of leprosy is in a man, then he shall be brought unto the priest ; 10 and the priest shall look, and, behold, if there be a white rising in the skin, and it have turned the hair white, and there be •'quick raw flesh in the rising, "it is an *old leprosy in the skin of his flesh, and the priest shall pronounce him unclean : he shall not shut him up ; for he is unclean. 12 And if the leprosy 'break out abroad in the skin, and the leprosy cover all the skin of [him that hath] the plague from his head even to his feet, as far as appeareth to the priest ; 13 then the priest shall look : and, behold, if the leprosy have covered all his flesh, he shall pronounce [him] clean [that hath] the plague : it is all turned white : he is clean. 14 But whensoever raw flesh appeareth in him, he shall be unclean. 16 And the priest shall look on the raw flesh, and pronounce him unclean : the raw flesh is unclean, it is leprosy. 10 Or if the raw flesh turn again, and be changed unto white, then he shall come unto the priest, n and the priest shall look on him : and, behold, if the plague be turned into white, then the priest shall pronounce [him] clean [that hath] the plague : he is clean. 18 And "when the flesh hath in the skin thereof a '"boil, 19 and it is healed, j 43" k i88» 1 107" m 58 a '185" b igob d 167" ¦73 f 49= 128 Supplementary, because (i)it comes after tho colophon 7b, and (2) tho provision for cases of poverty olsowh ore (s7 1421 cp iu) appears to have been added later. 131 The laws dealing with leprosy 13-14 are obviously incor porated in the general Priestly Godo cp 13L \c, but they aro by no moans homogeneous, und the extreme elaboration of treat ment prescribed throughout, suggests that the practice in these matters was not codified early. Deut 24s shows that there was a recognized procedure laid down by the priests, but the omis sion of any detail (ct 143-20 0n clean and unclean) may perhaps indicate that it was yet unwritten. On the successive additions to the original leprosy code see the notes, and in particular 1454 67H. The vocabulary naturally shows a considerable number of peculiar terms. Where these terms only occur in 13 14, the number of occurrences is marked in brackets without further detail, or additional instances elsewhere are separately enumer ated ; thus 2 ' plague ' (61) Gen 127 Ex 111 Deut 178 216 248f. Tho gonoral phrasoological affinities with P, apart from tho ideas of ' clean ' and ' unclean,' are noted in the usual way. Phrases appearing only in these chapters, such as l shut up seven days ' ,ji. 21 20 si eo 64| belong to the general manner of P, but need no special uttention. 2 Tho first soction comprises i~ta, and treats in 2_2s of ' a rising or a scab or a bright spot,' and in 20-44 0f a ' scall ' ' upon the head or upon the beard.' The whole stress is laid upon the detection and discrimination of leprosy. If the sufferer be a leper, then 15' regulates his conduct. If ' the plague ' be not leprosy, then the priest is to ' pronounce him clean ' o is 17 23 28 31 37, and ' he is clean ' 13 17 37, or ' and he shall wash his clothes and be clean ' e 34. No hint is given that anything more is needed, and the reference to the washing of the clothes almost Beems to exclude the ritual of 14 in whole or in part (see further I41"). Tho slight traces of the influence of P* are indicated in 2b and *6b, where the Aaronic priesthood and the camp are unexpectedly introduced : with 2 cp 142. 1 '58 LEPROSY Lev 13 4 1 JE P' n 24 42 i 49 i487f o 21 20 I437» p 2B Prov t627f q 28 28f; )• 80 i49 I027 2iS» I 32 30f ( 30-37 ,464f M^t v i48> 218 Num 6»18. w Spi j; 41* y 2 Kings 223f ; 42. fGf P' and in the place of the boil there is a white rising, or a bright spot, "reddish- white, then it shall be shewed to the priest ; 20 and the priest shall look, and, behold, if the appearance thereof be "lower than the skin, and the hair thereof be turned white, then the priest shall pronounce him unclean : it is the plague of leprosy, it hath broken out in the boil. 21 But if the priest look on it, and, behold, there be no white hairs therein, and it be. not lower than the skin, but be dim, then the priest shall shut him up seven days : 22 and if it spread abroad in the skin, then the priest shall pronounce him unclean : it is a plague. 23 But if the bright spot stay in its place, and be not spread, it is the ^scar of the boil ; and the priest shall pronounce him clean. 24 Or 'when the flesh hath in the skin thereof a 'burning by fire, and the ^'quick [flesh] of the burning become a bright spot, reddish-white, or white ; 26 then the priest shall look upon it : and, behold, if the hair in the bright spot be turned white, and the appearance thereof be deeper than the skin ; it is leprosy, it hath broken out in the burning: and the priest shall pronounce him unclean : it is the plague of leprosy. 20 But if the priest look on it, and, behold, there be no white hair in the bright spot, and it be no lower than the skin, but be dim ; then the priest shall shut him up seven days : 27 and the priest shall look upon him the seventh day : if it spread abroad in the skin, then the priest shall pronounce him unclean : it is the plague of leprosy. 28 And if the bright spot stay in its place, and be not spread in the skin, but be dim ; it is the rising of the burning, and the priest shall pronounce him clean : for it is the scar of the burning. 29 And 'when a man or woman hath a plague upon the head or upon the 'beard, 30 then the priest shall look on the plague : and, behold, if the appearance thereof be deeper than the skin, and there be in it 'yellow thin hair, then the priest shall pronounce him unclean : it is a 'scall, it is leprosy of the head or of the beard. 31 And if the priest look on the plague of the scall. and, behold, the appearance thereof be not deeper than the skin, and there be no "black hair in it, then the priest shall shut up [him that hath] the plague of the scall seven days : 32 and in the seventh day the priest shall look on the plague : and, behold, if the scall be not spread, and there be in it no yellow hair, and the appearance of the scall be not deeper than the skin, 33 then he shall be "shaven, but the scall shall he not shave ; and the priest shall shut up [him that hath] the scall seven days more : 84 and in the seventh day the priest shall look on the scall : and, behold, if the scall be not spread in the skin, and the appearance thereof be not deeper than the skin ; then the priest shall pronounce him clean: and he shall "wash his clothes, and be clean. 35 But if the scall spread abroad in the skin after his 'cleansing ; 36 then the priest shall look on him : and, behold, if the scall be spread in the skin, the priest shall not seek for the yellow hair ; he is unclean. 37 But if in his eyes the scall be at a stay, and black hair be grown up therein ; the scall is healed, he is clean: and the priest shall pronounce him clean. 38 And "when a man or a woman hath in the skin of their flesh bright spots, even white bright spots ; 39 then the priest shall look : and, behold, if the bright spots in the skin of their flesh be of a dull white; it is a "tetter, it hath broken out in the skin ; he is clean. 40 And Bif a man's "hair be fallen ofF his head, he is "bald ; [yet] is he clean. 41 And if his hair be fallen off from the front part of his head, he is "forehead bald ; [yet] is he clean. 42 But if there be in the "bald head, or the "bald forehead, a reddish-white plague ; it is leprosy breaking out in his bald head, or his bald forehead. 43 Then the priest shall look upon him : and, behold, if the rising of the plague be reddish-white in his bald head, or in his bald forehead, as the appearance of leprosy in the skin of the flesh ; 44 he is a hleprous man, he is unclean : the priest shall surely pronounce him unclean ; his plague is in his head. 159 g 1081 h 103 Lev 1345 ISRAEL AT SINAI JE a' iO0 2ilot I' Sp* Mic37ai 47-59 I6i -S0L6h/7l6h Cp 8 ,340 k Ex 292 | 12 IS 21 24f m 44 18 n I7 26 28 Ex 2920 0 18 28.« ct Gen 138 Sp p 4« i61"(2) q S» 882 ft r Cp 5I8 21-32 Ighg Jlc 1 Ot 18 Sp op Ex 12IO Lev 7I6. JE P' ps the bird that was 'killed over the "running water : 7 and he shall 'sprinkle upon him that is to be cleansed from the leprosy seven times, and shall pronoimce him clean, and shall let go the living bird into the "open field. 8 And he that is to be cleansed shall "wash his clothes, and shave off all his hair, and 'bathe himself in water, and he shall be clean : "Land after that he shall come into the '•camp, but shall dwell "outside his tent seven days. 8 And it sliall be on the seventh day, that he shall shave all his hair off his head and his 'beard and his Eyebrows, even all his hair he shall shave off: and he shall ''wash his clothes, and he shall 'batlie his flesh in water, and he shall be clean. 10And on the eighth day he shall take two he-lambs 'without blemish, and one ewe-lamb "of the first year without blemish, and three 'tenth parts [of an ephahl of fine flour for a meal offering, 'mingled with oil, and one log of oil. nAnd the priest that clcanseth him shall msct the man that is to be cleansed, and those things, before Yahweh, at the door of the tent of meeting: 12 and the priest shall take one of the he-lambs, and offer him for a guilt offering, and the log of oil, and wave them for a wave offering before Yahweh : 13 and lie shall 'kill the he-lamb in the place "where they kill the sin offering and the burnt offering, in the place of the "sanctuary : for as the sin offering is the priest's, so is the guilt offering : it is "most holy : u and the priest shall take of the blood of the guilt offering, and the priest shall put it upon the vtip of the right ear of him that is to be cleansed, and upon the thumb of his right hand, and upon the great toe of his right foot : 15 and the priest sliall take of the log of oil, and "pour it into the palm of his own "left hand: le and the priest shall 'dip his right finger in the oil that is in his left hand, and shall "sprinkle of the oil with his finger pseven times before Yahweh : 17 and of the rest of the oil that is in his hand shall the priest put upon the tip of the right ear of him that is to be cleansed, and upon the thumb of his right hand, and upon the great toe of his right foot, upon the blood of the guilt offering : J8 and the rest "of the oil that is in tlie priest's hand he shall put upon the head of hint that is to be cleansed : and the priest shall 'make atonement for him before Yahweh. 19And the priest shall "offer the sin offering, and make atonement for him that is to be cleansed because of his uncleanness ; and afterward he shall kill the burnt offering : 20 and the priest shall "offer the burnt offering and the meal offering upon the altar : and the priest shall make atonement for him, and he shall be clean. 21 "And if he be poor, and cnnnot rget so much, then he shah take one he-Iamb for a guilt offering to be waved, to make atonement for him, and one 'tenth part [of an ephah] of fine flour mingled with oil for a meal offering, and a log of oil ; n and two turtledoves, or two young pigeons, such as he is And he shall break ilmon the house, the stones of it, and the timber thereof, and all the mortar of the house ; and he shall catry them forth vout of the city into an unclean place. 46 Moreover he that goeth into the house all the while that it is shut up shall be unclean until the even. 47 And he that Heth in the house shall ''wash his clothes ; and he that eateth in the house shall wash his clothes. 48 And if the priest shall come in, and look, and, behold, the plague hath not spread in the house, after the house was plaistered ; then the priest shall pronounce the house clean, because the plague is healed. 49 LAnd he shall lake to cleanse the house two birds, and t>cedar wood, and scarlet, and hyssop : 60 and he shall kill one of the birds in an earthen vessel over "running water : 61 and he shall take the cedar wood, and the hyssop, and the scarlet, and the living bird, and dip them in the blood of the slain bird, and in the "running water, and sprinkle the house seven times : 6a "and he shall cleanse the house with the blood of the bird, and with the "running water, and with the living bird, and with the cedar wood, and with the hyssop, and with the scarlet : °3 but he shall let go the living bird ™out of the city into the open field : so shall he make atonement for the house : and it shall be clean. 64 ""This is the law for all manner of plague of leprosy, and for a scall ; 55 and for the leprosy of a garment, and for a house ; 5C and for a rising, and for a scab, and for a bright spot : 67 "to * teach when it is unclean, and when it is clean : "this is the law of leprosy. 151 "LAnd Yahweh "spake unto Moses and to Aaron, saying, 2 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When Lany man "hath an issue out of his flesh, because of his Issue he is "unclean. 3 And this shall be his uncleanness in his issue : whether his flesh "run with his issue, or his flesh be ^stopped from his issue, it is his uncleanness. 4 Every bed whereon he that hath the issue lieth p. 191 4" 94a ia7b x i88b a 185' b igo<< 0 i67b 1481 This clause is absent from (5) @, and is generally recog nized as an intrusion, cp Dillm-Ryss and Driv-Wh. 83 This section is often connected with that on the leprosy of a garment 1347-59, as it contains some common terms cp 37 14. But its independence may be inferred from the circumstances (1) that it has a new introductory formula 33> ct 134™, (2) that it adopts 49- • the mode of cleansing described in 142-8^ (3) that it lias no colophon ct 1339. From (1) it may also be concluded that 84-63 js ]utor than 9-32 ; just as tho mention of atonement in °> implies a later source than 2-8a where no atonomont is needed. 84 The elaborate regulations for the treatment of leprosy in a house conclude with a remarkable piece of ancient ritual 49-63) and are here considered as based upon long established usage. But the prolixity of detail implies later handling. The customary opening formula required fuller expansion to accommodate so obvious a provision for settled life in the legislation of the wildorness. Parallels will be found in other sections embodying early material, eg 1923 2310 25s. Similarly, Deut 17I4 189 26l, though with characteristic differences in subsequent expression. 60-82b 11 ft living. 02a A new feature is here introduced in ' cleansing with the living water ' which in 6- is only connected with the killing of the bird. In other respects also the description of the proce dure is rather vague and confused. 64 The colophon reflects the composite elements of 13-14 like a mirror. At first it probably consisted only of 67b ' this is the law of leprosy,' which follows tho regular usage, cp i88b (15), whereas 64 has an unusual variant, ' the law for.' The first addition would then be 64 (its two clauses answering to i32-2B and 29-44 respectively) and 67a. M, taken from 13s verbally and referring only to I32-28, looks like a gloss which should have been inserted before ' and for a scall ' (i329-44). The clause in 66a ' and for the leprosy of a garment ' must also be an addition, referring to i3*7-60 which has already its own colophon. The noxt words ( and for a house ' will be the last addition. They can hardly have belongod to the previous clause, for the matter they rotor to is separated from the section on tho garment by 141-32, and the idiom in Sp would require 'and for the leprosy of an house.' 67 The whole stress is here laid on the discrimination of leprosy, and no allusion is made to the ritual of cleansing. Thus it would seem that originally 64 67 followed i348a and that five distinct supplements have been successively incorporated 1347"69 I42-sa I48b-20 ,42i-S2 I433-53i the last three being, in substance at all events, much the most recent. 15' This chapter has been regarded as supplementary, or as largely modified by an editor. The tedious repetitions of lead ing phrases perhaps give rise to this impression. The only distinctive traces of P8, however, lie in the allusions to the ' door of the Tent of Meeting ' 14 29, and these may easily have been added here as elsewhere. The sacrificial ritual l4- 'a' seems parallel with that of the sin offering in 5. In the case of normal or recurrent secretions, where it would have been unnatural, it is omitted. 162 ISSUES Lev 15 30 /628» ' cp I» 57 h f- 32 ,„20 224 Num 518t JE shall be unclean : and eveiy thing whereon he sitteth shall be unclean. 5 And whosoever toucheth his bed shall ''wash his clothes, and "bathe him- sell in water, and be unclean until the even. ° And he that sitteth on any thing whereon he that hath the issue sat shall wash his clothes, and bathe himself in water, and be unclean until the even. 7 And he that toucheth the flesh of him that hath the issue shall wash his clothes, and bathe himself in water, and be unclean until the even. 8 And if he that hath the issue "spit upon him that is clean ; then he shall wash his clothes, and bathe himself in water, and be unclean until the even. 9 And what "saddle soever he that hath the issue rideth upon shall be unclean. 10 And whosoever toucheth any thing that was under him shall be unclean until the even : and he that beareth those things shall wash his clothes, and bathe himself in water, and be unclean until the even. " And whomso ever he that hath the issue toucheth, without having 'rinsed his hands in water, he shall wash his clothes, and bathe himself in water, and be unclean until the even. 12 And the 'earthen vessel, which he that hath the issue toucheth, shall be broken : and every vessel of wood shall be 'rinsed in water. 13 And when he that hath an issue is cleansed of his issue, then he shall number to himself seven days for his 'cleansing, and wash his clothes ; and he shall bathe his flesh in "running water, and shall be clean. I4 And on the eighth day he shall take to him 'two turtledoves, or two young pigeons, and come before Yahweh unto the door of the tent of meeting, and give them unto the priest : ls and the priest shall 'offer them, the one for a sin offering, and the other for a burnt offering ; and the priest shall make atonement for him before Yahweh for his issue. 10 And "if any man's seed of 'copulation go out from him, then he shall bathe all his flesh in water, and be unclean until the even. 17 And every garment, and every skin, whereon is the seed of copulation, shall be washed with water, and be unclean until the even. 18 The woman also with whom a man shall lie with seed of copulation, they shall both bathe themselves in water, and be unclean until the even. 19 And "if a woman have an issue, [and] her issuo in her flesh be blood, she shall be in her "impurity seven days : and whosoever toucheth her shall be unclean until the even. 20 And every thing that she lieth upon in her "impurity shall be unclean : every thing also that she sitteth upon shall be unclean. 21 And whosoever toucheth her bed shall wash his clothes, and bathe himself in water, and be unclean until the even. 22 And whosoever toucheth any thing that she sitteth upon shall wash his clothes, and bathe himself in water, and be unclean until the even. 23 And if it be on the bed, or on any thing whereon she sitteth, when he toucheth it, he shall be unclean until the even. 24 And if any man lie with her, and her impurity be upon him, he shall be unclean seven days ; and every bed whereon he lieth shall be unclean. 25 And if a woman have an issue of her blood many days not in the time of her impurity, or if she have an issue beyond tho time of her impurity ; all the days of the issue of her uncleanness she shall be as in the days of her impurity : she is unclean. 26 Every bed whereon she lieth all the days of her issue shall be unto her as the bed of her impurity : and every thing whereon she sitteth shall be unclean, as the uncleanness of her impurity. 27 And whosoever toucheth those things shall be unclean, and shall wash his clothes, and bathe himself in water, and be unclean until the even. 28 But if she be cleansed of her issue, then she shall number to herself seven days, and after that she shall be clean. 20 And on the eighth day she shall take unto her "two turtledoves, or two young pigeons, and bring them unto the priest, to the door of the tent of meeting. 80 And the priest shall offer the one for a sin offering, and the other for a burnt offering ; and the p. d 173 43= 117 g igo" 159 M Or, carriage. — i Kings 5" Cant 3i°t ct Gen 4143 Ex h2". 163 13 M Sp living. 19 20 m Or, separation. — ""iag. M 2 Lev 153 ISRAEL AT SINAI JE i Num 58 iq13 3534 y 20I8 cp 122* 1-34 Ljyb gho a 10" 2-28 l7yaB b 614 96 ft c Bx 16IO i*Cp4s4 I'llOe t Ex 284 /423 g Sp=came up Josh 18H 19IO h Cp Ex 2980 Sp 117 12 1714 i Ex 278 j Ex gi* t Ex 258 pt p8 J priest shall make atonement for her before Yahweh for the issue of her uncleanness. 31 Thus shall ye "separate the children of Israel from their uncleanness ; that they die not in their uncleanness, when they 'defile my TDwelling that is in the midst of them. 32 "This is the law of him that hath an issue, and of him whose seed of copulation goeth from him, so that he is unclean thereby ; 33 and of her that is •'sick with her impurity, and of him that hath an issue, of the 'man, and of the woman, and of him that lieth with her that is unclean. 161 "LAnd Yahweh spake unto Moses, after the death of the two sons of Aaron, awhen they drew near before Yahioeh, and died; 2 xand Yahweh said unto Moses, Speak unto Aaron thy brother, that he come not at all times into the "holy place within the bveil, 'before the "covering which is upon the ark ; that he ddie not : for I will "appear in the cloud upon the covering. 3 "Herewith shall Aaron come into the holy place : with a young bullock for a dsin offering, and a ram for a burnt offering. 4 IHe shall put on the holy linen coat, and he shall have the linen breeches upon his flesh, and shall be girded with the linen girdle, and with the linen "mitre shall he be attired : they are the 'holy garments ; and he shall "bathe his flesh in water, and put them on. 5 And he shall take of the 'congregation of the children of Israel two 'he-goats for a sin offering, and one ram for a burnt offering. 6 And Aaron shall present the bullock qf the sin qfferingr which is for himself, and make atonement for himself, and for his house. 7 And he shall take the two goats, and 8set them before Yahweh at the Moor of the tent of meeting. 8 And Aaron shall cast 'lots upon the two goats ; one lot for Yahweh, and the other lot for "Azazel. 9 And Aaron shall present the goat upon which the lot "foil for Yahwoh, and ''offer him for a sin offering. *° But the goat, on which the lot fell for Azazel, shall be "set alive before Yahweh, to make atonement "for him, to send him away for Azazel into the wilderness. . ll'And Aaron shall present the bullock qf the sin offering, which is for him self, and shall make atonement for himself, and for his house, and shall kill the bullock of the sin offering which is fur himself: 12 'and he shall take a 'censer full of coals of fire from off the altar before Yahweh, and his ¦'hands full of *sweet incense beaten small, and bring it within the veil : 13 and he shall put the incense upon the fire before Yahweh, that the cloud of the incense may cover the covering that is upon the 'testimony, that he ddie not : h 53> i 107' 171 4763* e 174" t 45 5 I4Ih h mb i 106 j 161 15s" Cp Num 62.. Hiph Lev 222 Niph* cp Ezek i45 7, But Sam reads Dmnim, which scorns also to lie behind (SJ ti/\aB(ts rrofqaiTt, and Si docebitis, cp Ex 1820. This reading on tho wholo supports those who find an ancient flavour in this verso. 31b T tabernacle cp 54b. In what sense is the Dwelling to be understood? It has been often interpreted of the fabric of the sanctuary described in Ex 25-30. But it seems rather to denoto the gracious inhabitation of the land by its divine Lord cp 26'! Num s3 35s4 (cp Introd XIII 38 i 129). In that case the passage would belong to a stage when the outward structure had not yet been invested with the dignity belonging to it in P*. 32 The colophon by its conformity to type cp n46N confirms the ascription of the chapter to a cycle of toroth anterior to Ps. But the wording seems redundant, and 33b perhaps botrays irregular additions. In 32 33a the references are clear to 2-16 ifl-18 i»-24. But 33b includes 2-16 afresh as well as 25-30 wniie there seems no special reason for the allusion to 24 ;u the last words. The change of construction in the final clause deserves notice ,' is lE'N1; parallel to "> in 1454, or is it attracted by -oi1)? 161. This important chapter has been much discussed (cp Benzinger, ZATW 1889 65-89, Cheyne, ZATW 1895 153 ; cp Addis, Ilex ii 330, and Driv-Wh, Lev 79). For its historical relations see Introd XIII 11/3 i 156. The more drastic suggestions for its disintegration have failed to carry general conviction, but it is hard to believe it homogeneous. The following is offered as a probable account of its litorary history. (1) Tho kernel is found in the diroctions for tho cleansing of tho inner sanctuary, the Tent of Meeting, and the altar cp 20, and for an atonement for the people cp 21 on the occasion (left undefined) of Aaron's entering within the veil. This is assigned to P«, because (a) the term ' tho altar ' 12 18 20 26 ja used throughout as though it were the only one : (b) the censor is employed 12- so as to excludo tho presence of the golden altar, only the great altar of burnt offering having fire always upon it 6a> • (cp Dillm) ; ' before Yahweh ' 12 as in i6 13 cp 46 ; (c) the ritual in no degree transcends Ex 29 or Lev 9, where it is parallel with them. The ritual terminology includes the usual words burnt offering, sin offering, make atonement, present, cleanse, uncleanness, hallow, &.o. (2) An introductory verse has been prefixed, con necting the need for atonement with the death of Aaron's sons, and by a series of systematic alterations and additions 8 0 11 14 17b &c, a special element of atonement for Aaron and his house has been introduced throughout the course of the ritual. As this is not mentioned in ia and 20, this personal element would seem not to be original, and this impression is oonflrmed by the awkwardness of the allusions in 8 and ". The words and clauses suspeoted as additions are, as far as possible, printed in small type. But the assimilation is very thorough, and may be very early. On the other hand, the sevenfold aspersion 14 19 usually belongs elsewhere to P' (4a 17 8US 147 ™ 27 61 Num i94f) ; and the increase in the personal dignity and importance of the high priest points in the same direction. (3) The ceremonial is to be repeated at the consecration of every high priest S2K. (4) It is made an annual fast day 29N. 3 The introduction of Aaron's sin offering and burnt offering seems somowhat premature hero, before he is robed 4. Subse quently ° is repeated iu n, so that the place of Aaron's own sacrifice in the ceremony is doubtful. The passages seem best explained as later additions to the text. 4 M Or, turban, " M Or, dismissal. 10 M Or, over. .64 THE DAY OF ATONEMENT Lev 16 m l 48 17 811H ,47 16 27 81 Num I94f m JoBh 2219 It Cp 37* oJ3t29 IJICV! j»611 ?4B- i-4«- 8 2327 l6o° t Ex 1249 82. iiieo u Cp 4 JE ps p, and he shall take of the blood of the bullock, and sprinkle it with his finger upon the covering on the east; and Hefore the coveting shall he sprinkle of the blood with his finger heven times. " Then shall he kill the goat of the sin offering, that is for the people, and. bring his blood within the veil, and do with Ms blood as he did with the blood of the buih:k, and sprinkle it upon the covering, and before the covering: 10 and he shall make atonement for the holy place, because of the uncleanness of the children of Israel, and because of their transgressions, 'even all their sins: and so shall he do for the tent of meeting, '"that "Mwelleth with them in the midst of their uncleanness. 17 And there shall be no man in the tent of meeting when he goeth in to make atonement in the holy place, until he come out, and have made atonement for himself, and for his household, and for all the •'assembly of Israel. 18 And he shall go out unto the altar that is before Yahweh, and make atonement for it ; and shall take of the blood qf the bullock, and of the blood of the goat, and put it upon the horns of the altar round about, 19 And he shall sprinkle of the blood upon it with his finger seven times, and cleanse it, and "hallow it from the uncleanness of the children of Israel. 20And when he hath made an end of atoning for the holy place, and the tent of meeting, and the altar, he shall present the live goat : 21 and Aaron shall "lay both his hands upon the head of the live goat, and "confess over him all the iniquities of the children of Israel, and all their transgressions, 'even all their sins ; and he shall put them upon the head of the goat, and shall send him away by the hand of a man "that is in readiness into the wilderness : 22 and the goat shall "bear upon him all their iniquities unto a "solitary land : and he shall let go the goat in the wilderness. 23 xAnd Aaron shall come into the tent of meeting, and shall pput off the linen garments, which he put on when he went into the holy place, and shall leave them there: 24 and he shall "bathe his flesh in water in a holy place, and put on his garments, and come forth, and offer his burnt offering and the burnt offering of the people, and make atonement for himself and for the people. 25 And the 'fat of the sin offering shall he "burn upon the altar. 20 And he that letteth go the goat for Azazel shall 'wash his clothes, and bathe his flesh in water, and afterward he shall come into the camp. 27 And the bullock of the sin offering, and the goat of the sin offering, whose blood was brought in to make atonement in the holy place, shall be carried forth "without the camp : and they shall 'burn in the fire their 'skins, and their flesh, and their dung. 28 And he that burneth them shall wash his olothes, and bathe his flesh in water, and afterward he shall come into the camp. 29 "And it shall "be a ''statute for ever unto you : in the "seventh month, on the 'tenth day of the month, ye shall "afflict your souls, and shall do no manner of "work, the 'homeborn, 'or the stranger that sojourneth among you : 30 for on this day shall atonement be made for you, to cleanse you ; from all your sins shall ye be clean before Yahweh. 31 It is a sabbath of *' solemn rest unto you, and ye shall "afflict your souls ; it is a "statute for ever. 32 M And the priest, who shall be b'anointed and who shall be "'consecrated to d'be priest in his father's stead, shall make the atonement, and shall put on the linen garments, even the "holy garments : 33 and he shall make atonement for the holy "'sanctuary, and he shall make atonement for the tent of meeting and for the altar ; and he shall make atonement for the priests and for all the people of the assembly. k 64 31* 54" 86" o 103 l> 45 '1 37 r 173 B 130* t 38 U Vw X V63<= I«3 30 7z ,77a 34 a' 137° b'0' d' 23 69a 139" 91 16" Not a Ps phrase, cp Josh 830*. 27 M Or, appointed. —Spf. 2' In 28-31 34 a yearly fast day is enjoined. The character of the ceremony seems here to have altered. All reference to the cleansing of the holy place, the tent of meeting, and the altar is omitted. The atonement for the children of Israel because of all their sins 34 is the great transaction to be repeated once in the year. These verses are hardly from the hand of the first author of the ritual. 82 This paragraph is clearly inserted to provide that Aaron's 165 successors should do as he had done. But the generality of the terms and the absence of any Aaron phrases indicate that it is not original. The terminology also has changed : ' the holy place ' 18> 20 has become the ' holy sanctuary ' ; ' the priests ' 33 take the place of ' himself and his house ' u i7b. The regulations are here viewed as an earlier insertion than 29« •, and as applying to the day of consecration : but they might have been added later to provide theomitted reference to other acts of atonement, and to declare explicitly the continuous right and duty of the high-priest. Lev 16 4 V Cp 426 Sp 1-7 i7a'P< ioanc a 8 10 22I8 Ezek i44 7f 6 Ex 16SI nb c 7I8 op Num 18'J7 30 d Gen 98 ,47 83 Nam ,910 /32 g Cp D16 /l33 6 i 1929 206- Nuni 1530 Ex 3415. Deut 31I8 Ezek 2o30 8-10 i aa' 8. 17am pe ioanti j Sp i420op JKlIO k Cp Ex 2024 Lev 22I8 21 10-14 teoci I Qen 94 Dout 1223 OT 14 Num i824< )l "17a o Cp Deut 1218 24 Ezek 247 p Cp Ex 31H ft JE ISRAEL AT SINAI pii p« Ps 34a M«d > to harmonize as far us possililo any conflicting data ; thus in 17 the opening words boar tlio plainest marks of Ps, and must, as olsowhore, bo assigned to tho editor who combined Ph with PK. Tho association of priesthood and laity in legislative address is exceedingly rare in P cp 2218f. 3 Like D Deut 1a1- ¦, Ph opens with a ritual law 3-9. This is itself in two parts 3~7 and 8-, which have a common aim. 3~7 in iU present form lays down three rules: (1) no slaughter of domostio animals may tako place without sacrilice ; (2) sacrifice, may be offered only to Yahweh ; (3) and only at tho contral sanctuary. 8- repeats (2) and (3). The whole has boon adapted to the camp-scheme of legislation by RP, to whom the enuncia tion of the third principle seems due. Ph does not elsewhere speak of the Dwelling in its technical sense, or refer to the ' entrance of the tent of meeting.' The recurrence of this phrase in both laws 6 and tt shows it to be editorial. For comparison with other codes see Laws as noted in the margin. On the general implications of this enactment and its relative antiquity compared with the fundamental conception of D see Introd i 146, and cp Driv-Wh, Lev 85 (only available when the Introd and notes had been completed) : the slight difference in the view of the stages of the text turns on the use of the ' Dwelling.' 4 T tabernacle, op 540. The parallel with the 'tent of meet ing ' seems to make it clear that this term is here used in the sense of the Levitical sanctuary, and not in its ideal meaning cp 1531, In that case the clause is an editorial addition founded on Ex 25* • : Ph only knows of the sanctuary 2112. c Tho whole of this vorso may bo sooondary, cp tlie ritual in i°. On the other hand the coremony was no doubt ancient, though its specification is hardly after the manner of Ph. 7 M Or, natyrs. — Is 1321 3411 f. 8 The peculiar opening of this verse l and to them thou shalt say,' addressed to the laity cp 202, suggests that the following passage has lost some of its original context. In 8 there seems cloarly a doublet of 2b~7 : the instructions are rather more developed ; tlie law applies to non- Israelites as well as to the house of Israel ; the ultar gifts include burnt offering as well us peace offering 6. In 10~16 it must be doubtful whether the prohibition of eating with blood cp 1926 is continuous with 3~7 or with 8*. The reference to the strangers in 10 13 points to the same source as in 8- ; in any case, the editorial work in .10~16 is better assimilated than in 3_"7, and cannot be isolated with cortainty. 1iab M Jp soul. 13 Some $$ MSS and Sam read l house.' On the other hand (5J has ' children ' (sons) in 3 8 10 as well as in this passage. 166 THE HOLINESS LEGISLATION Lev 18 25 18 LQQc q 72« 228 Ex 22SI r ll2» 1-5 Igdp «-i8 iigi a Cp " . JE b 20M Ex 6Mf c Cp 1 Sam 16 20 iiU d 23 2ot» Num S20f 21" I5l6 211> izod 22 r,fe «2ol3 /20'6EX 22l» 17 2ol2f 24-30 L5dh nip h 20" 28. Iqo.hi i Ex 208 3234 347 P" ps " "'-And every "soul that eateth "that which dieth of itself, or that which is 'torn of beasts, 'whether he be "'homoborn or a stranger, he sliall b'wnsh his clothes, and 1 hnthe himself in water, and bo d'unclonn 'until tho oven : then shall ho °'be clean. 10 But if he wash them not, nor bathe his flosh, then ho shall ''boar his iniquity. 181 'And Yahweh *spake unto Moses, saying, 2 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, bI am Yahweh your God. 3 "After the doings of the land of Egypt, wherein ye dwelt, shall ye not do : and after the doings of the "land of Canaan, whither "I bring you, shall ye not do : neither shall ye "walk in their statutes. * My judgements shall ye 'do, and my statutes shall ye 'keep, to walk therein : "I am Yahweh your God. 6 Ye shall therefore Tceep my statutes, and my judgements: which if a man do, he shall live "in them : BI am Yahweh. 0 "None of you shall approach to any that is near of 'kin to him, to 'uncover [their] nakedness : "I am Yahweh. 7 "The nakedness of thy father, even the nakedness of thy mother, shalt thou not uneover : she is thy mother ; thou shalt not uncover her nakedness. 8 The nakedness of thy father's wife shalt thou not uncover : it is thy father's nakedness. 9 The nakedness of thy sister, the daughter of thy father, or the daughter of thy mother, whether "born at home, or "born abroad, even their nakedness thou shalt not uncover. 10 The nakedness of thy son's daughter, or of thy daughter's daughter, even their nakedness thou shalt not uncover : for theirs is thine own nakedness. n The nakedness of thy father's wife's daughter, "begotten of thy father, she is thy sister, thou shalt not uncover hor nakedness. lz Thou shalt not uncover the nakedness of thy father's sister: she is thy father's 'near kinswoman. 1:| Thou shalt not uncover the nakedness of thy mother's sister : for she is thy mother's 'near kins woman. 14 Thou shalt not uncover the nakedness of thy father's brother, thou shalt not approach to his wife : she is thine ''aunt. 15 Thou shalt not uncover the nakedness of thy daughter in law : she is thy son's wife ; thou shalt not uncover her nakedness. 10 Thou shalt not uncover the nakedness of thy brother's wife : it is thy brother's nakedness. n Thou shalt not uncover the nakedness of a woman and her daughter ; thou shalt not take her son's daughter, or her daughter's daughter, to uncover her nakedness ; they are 'near kinswomen : it is '""wickedness. 18 And thou shalt not take a woman to her sister, to be a "rival [to her], to uncover her nakedness, beside the other in her life time. ,9 'And thou shalt not approach unto a woman to uncover her nakedness, as long as she is "'impure by her "uncleanness. 20 'And thou shalt not ''lie carnally with thy "neighbour's wife, to "defile thyself with her. 21 'And thou shalt not give any of thy seed "to make them pass through [the fire] to Molech, 'neither shalt thou "profane the name of thy God : "I am Yahweh. 22 'Thou shalt not lie with mankind, "as with womankind : it is ""abomination. 23 And thou shalt not ''lie with any ^beast to "defile thyself therewith : neither shall any woman stand before a beast, to 'lie down thereto : it is "confusion. 24 ""Defile not ye yourselves in any of these things : for in all these the nations are defiled which 'I ''cast out from before you : 25 'and the land is defiled : therefore I do 'visit the iniquity thereof upon it, and the z 35 ft' ;h b' 173 0' '74 d' 1671 e' 42a f 193 ft i»5" b ao3b c 4» d 94" e 217 t 199 g 9031 h ai8 1 204 J 315 k 230 > 139 m 167° n 206 o 167J p aio a. 193 r 205 a 167* 1710a An appendix, which is probably from tho compiler's hand. The law is more rigorous than that of Dout 14s'. Tlio ' stranger ' who may there buy the food which would pollute an Israelite, here incurs the same uncleanness, and needs the same purification cp 19s4 2422. 16b M Sp a carcase. — Cp n39- 22s. 18' The hortatory introduction in 2b-B has sevoral parallels in Pb especially in the form of closing admonitions cp 24_3" 19" TO22-24 229i-33 2S18 38) an(j on a m0re extended scale 26s-*8. 8 M Or, by.— Cp Ezek 20" « 2l. 7 The laws in «-19 find a curious parallel within Ph in 2011 21 : on the relation between the two groups see 2o8s. It is possible that the general introduction in 6, with its plural address, mny be due to the writer of 2b-5 (Baentsch). 17 M Or, enormity. 1B M Or, separated for. 21 M Or, to set them apart to Molech.— Cp 202 Ex 1312 Deut 18'° ,lor 32''' Kzok 2o:" 2v'17 2 Kings 163 1717 21". This verso so cloarly interrupts the context 20 22- • that it can hardly be in its original place. The link of association which has led to its insertion here is probably founded on the figure of harlotry applied to the Molech cult 205. The refrain 'I am Yahweh' would moro naturally point to tho sories in 19 cp I912- -. 24 For this concluding exhortation cp 3N. The whole passage implies considerable expansion, in the adaptation of earlier materials. Thus the verbs in 26 are really all in the past tense, 1 and the land was dofiled . . . and I visited . . . and the land vomited ' ... as though a passage of retrospect had been con verted into prophecy cp 2023. Perhaps 24 and s0 are nearest to their original form. In 29 the editor drops the conception of national punishment for individual doom cp I7n- • •. 167 Lev 18' ISRAEL AT SINAI j Cp 2022' JE k 20* 2616 jeBi s» xia.i a Ct Ex 20I2 cp *30O at igb« 0 30 262 Ex 3il3 ct Ex 208 4Ish> c Ex 3417 8-8 I70i d Sp= sacrifice 2229 e Ct 715-18 / 7I8 Ezok 414 Is 654t ct 1822 Sp 9 *3ic g 2322 Deut 2419 h 2322 Goa 4714 i 2322f j llout 2421 Poel* kSp\ fi» r-3B,l I Ex sols lib r4f/ m62 n 63 12 X50; o Op Ex 2o7 W 18a Zgae J) 62 * Deut 24H 2829 33* q 62 4 Ezok 187 12 10 13b L*g 3C^> >£* 0 Deut 2414. 14 iak6 ( Cp Deut 27I8 16 140^ m ss Dout 2s19 3241* Jor 26 Ezek i8« 33I6 v Ex Bx 233 w 32 Bx 238" 16 H$j x Sp* Jer 94 Ezek 229 y Cp Ex 237 "iabcz Gen 416 a' Sp* cp Jer 3' 12 Pa 1038 V Cp 31 19 IgU c' Deut 229t d' Deut 22"t ph ps land 'vomiteth out her inhabitants. 26 •'Ye therefore shall 'keep my "statutes and my judgements, and shall not do any of these "abominations ; neither the vhomeborn, nor the "stranger that sojourneth among you: 27 (for all these "abominations have the men of the land done, which were before you, and the land is defiled ;) 28 that the land 'vomit not you out also, when ye defile it, as it vomited out the nation that was before you. 29 Tor whosoever shall do any of these "abominations, even the 'souls that do them shall be ycut off from among their people. 30 Therefore shall ye "keep my charge, that ye do 'not any of these "abominable statutes, which were done before you, and that ye defile not yourselves therein: "I am Yahweh your God. IO1 And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 2 Speak unto all the "congregation qf the children of Israel, and say unto them, M'Ye shall "be holy: for dI Yahweh your God am holy. ;i 'Ye shall "fear every man his mother, and his father, 'and ye shall ''keep my "sabbaths : 'I am Yahweh your God. 4 xgTurn ye not unto "idols, nor make to yourselves "molten gods : 'I am Yahweh your God. 6 'And when ye ''offer a ''sacrifice of peace offerings unto Yahweh, ye shall ''offer it that ye may be 'accepted. ° It shall be eaten the same day ye offer it, and on the "morrow : and if aught renjain until the third day, it shall be Jburnt with fire. • And if it be eaten at all on the third day, it is an /abomination ; it shall not be "accepted : 8 but every one that eateth it shall 'bear his iniquity, because he hath ""profaned the holy thing of Yahweh : "and that "soul shall be cut off from his people. 8 'And "when ye reap the harvest of your land, thou shalt not wholly reap the corners of thy field, neither shalt thou *gather the 'gleaning of thy harvest. 10 And thou shalt not Jglean thy vineyard, neither shalt thou 'gather the ^fallen fruit of thy vineyard ; thou shalt "leave them for the poor and for the stranger : 'I am Yahweh your God. n 'Ye shall not 'steal ; 'neither shall ye '"deal falsely, nor "lie one to "another. 12 'And ye shall not swear by my name "falsely, so that thou ""profane the name of thy God : "I am Yahweh. I3 'Thou slialt not poppress thy neighbour, nor 9rob him : 'the 'wages of a 'hired servant shall not abide with thee all night until the morning. 14 'Thou shalt not curse the deaf, nor put a stumbling-block before the 'blind, but thou shalt 'fear thy God : "I am Yahweh. 15 'Ye shall do no "unrighteousness in judgement : thou shalt not "respect the person of the poor, nor '"honour the person of the mighty : but in righteousness shalt thou judge thy "neighbour. 16 'Thou shalt not go up and down as a ^talebearer among thy 'people : neither shalt thou stand against the ''blood of thy neighbour : "I am Yahweh. n 'Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thine 'heart : thou shalt surely rebuke thy "neigh bour, and not 'bear sin because of him. 18 Thou shalt not take Vengeance, nor "'bear any grudge against the children of thy people, but thou shalt ''love thy neighbour as thyself : "I am Yahweh. 19 Ye shall "keep my statutes. 'Thou shalt not let thy cattle "gender with a "'diverse kind ; thou shalt not sow thy field with c'two kinds of seed : neither shall there come upon thee a garment of c'two kinds of '''stuff mingled together. P' t ai6 11 313 v 34„ w 145b i46»I97b 39b a 185' b 45 O 303 d 303° e an f 303b g a»4 h 118I 17b 38 17' 1 193 m sio o 206 p 3IO* q ao3« 1 300* 8 308 t 301 ll 199 v 205 183° So Sp as in 3. T customs. Cp 2023. 192 The collection of laws in 19 is introduced and closed by brief exhortations showing affinities with 183"3 and 24"30. But the contents are not confined to a single topic, and their variety clearly points to diversity of source. Thus (1) some precepts are repeated 3b and 80a, 14b and 32b, 16a and 36» ; (2) the peculiar term rpDy ' neighbour ' u 15 17 alternates curiously with the common n 13 l6 l8 ; (3) the ritual passage 6-s does not seem to belong by subject to the rest of the religious moral and social legislation of the context ; its incongi'uity with yi^— 19 makes it indeed improbable that it is an editorial insertion of the typo of 21*, but it may rather be taken as belonging to a group of cultus laws of which traces remain in 21-22 retouched by a later hand ; (4) the alternate predominance of the singular ' thou ' JS-io an(j the plural 'ye' 2~12 and 23_37 seoms partly duo to difference of origin. The materials may be to some extent of ancient date, as they have analogies with regulations in several codes where the same subjeots have been treated; thus (1) with the Ten Words 3. 11. ; (2) with the Book of Judgements (Ex 21-23) 1... 33. . further points of contact exist (3) with J 4 9 20 ta, and (4) with D 9 10 « " " 2« 28 31 33 36 : while the phraseology often resembles that of Jer and Ezek (besides Ph words) 7 « «¦ " 20 36. The signs of arrangement into groups are discussed by Briggs, Higher OrM 245 ff, and more fully by Paton, Orig Form of Lev 17-19 j analogy has been found in 3-8 to the laws of the first table of the Docalogue j and in l-20 to those of the second. 4 M Sp things of nought. See Jor 14".— Cp Is 2s 18 2» io10- 191 3 3 17 Ezek 3o'3 al. 8 The formula seems an editorial addition cp go* ; ct 174 9" 22', where the phraseology is different. 168 THE HOLINESS LEGISLATION Lev 206 20 irjd ad.t e' 15I6 22* Num 5>»t /' «4i 9'Spi h' Op Bx 218 i'Spi 21 irj« 78/ j' Cp 6«- V Sp=as touching 43B 23-25 X6n i' Cp Gen 29 38 m' Judg q27f n' Ex 23I0 26» L6ee 0' Cp 17W 26b L§jd p1 Gen 3027 445 16 Deut 1810* q' Deut 18W 14* Is 26 27. I5fc(, r' Ct Josh 63 H* «' Spi cp 216 Deut i42 t'Sp\ 29 lime U' l826 »'i7730» Lgbf sob xioao to' 2o« 27 Deut i8U» 82 Xja; x* Cp Job 29' 33. x3ait y' 25" 17 Bx 2221 Deut 23"* 2' EX 2221 239 ss. i4eAd6 a" Sp = measure cp Ex 262 8 Josh 3 4 6" 262« c" Ezek 4U l» 1 Chron 2329t d"§*Ezek4510c" Deut 2515 /" Deut 251<- Ezek 4slo B" Ex 2g40 h" 2233 253S 2613 Num 1541 cp Ex 202 1-6 X5lc 2ft1 a Cp 178 10 is b 1821 ct Ex 2229 C Cp 2bH d Sp* Ezek 2226 ei830 /177 "¦sif g 27 I911 JE P" ps 20 'And "whosoever lieth "'carnally with a woman, that is a ''bondmaid, betrothed to an husband, and not at all '"'redeemed, nor '"freedom given her ; "they shall be punished ; they shall not be put to death, because she was not free. 21 vlAnd he shall bring his i'guill offering unto Yahweh, unto the door of the tent of meeting, even a ram for a guilt offering. 22 And the priest shall make atonement for him with the ram of the guilt offering before Yahweh for his sin which he liath sinned : and he shall be forgiven *'for his sin which he hath sinned. ™ 'And 'when ye shall come into the land, and shall have planted all manner of rtrees for food, then ye shall count the fruit thereof as their runcircumcision : three years shall they be as uncircumcised unto you ; it shall not be eaten. 2i But in the fourth year all the fruit thereof shall be 'holy, for "'giving praise unto Yahweh. 25 And in the fifth year shall ye eat of the fruit thereof, that it may yield unto you the "'increase thereof: 1 am Yahweh your God. 20 'Ye shall not "e&t any thing "with the blood : 'neither shall ye p'use enchantments, nor « practise augury. 27 'Ye shall not "round the corners of your heads, neither shalt thou mar the corners of thy beard. 28 Ye shall not make any "'cuttings in your flesh for the "'dead, nor print any ''marks upon you: "I am Yahweh. 29 '"'Profane not thy daughter, to make her a harlot ; lest the " land fall to "'whoredom, and the land become full of "wickedness. 30 'Ye shall ""keep my "sabbaths, 'and 'reverence my sanctuary : . "I am Yahweh. 81 "Turn ye not unto them that have "'familiar spirits, nor unto the "-'wizards; seek them not out, to be ''defiled by them: 1 am Yahweh your God. S2 'Thou shalt '"'rise up before the hoary head, and •"honour the face of the old man, and thou shalt rfear thy God : "I am Yahweh. 33 £And if a stranger sojourn with thee in your land, ye shall not do him •''wrong. s* The d'stranger that sojourneth with you shall be unto you as the "homeborn among you, and thou shalt ''love him as thyself ; *'for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt : 1 am Yahweh your God. 36 'Ye shall do no "unrighteousness in judgement, in ""meteyard, in '""weight, or in ""measure. 36 Just ^'balances, just ""weights, a just-^'ephah, and a just '¦"hin, shall ye have : 1 am Yahweh your God, h" which brought you out of the land of Egypt. 37 And ye shall "observe all my statutes, and all my judgements, and do them : "I am Yahweh. 201 LAnd Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 2 "Moreover, thou shalt say to the children of Israel, "Whosoever he be of the children of Israel, "or of the "strangers that sojourn in Israel, that 'giveth of his seed unto Molech ; he shall surely be put to death : the "people of the land shall dstone him with stones. 3 "I also will 'set my face against that man, and will "cut him off from among his people ; because he hath given of his seed unto Molech, to "defile my 'sanctuary, and to 'profane my holy name. * "And if the 'people of the land do any ways dhide their eyes from that man, when he givelh of his seed unto Molech, and put him "not to death : 6 then I will 'set my face against that man, and against his ^family, and will "cut him off, and all that 'go a whoring after him, to commit whoredom with Molech, from among their people. 6 'And the 'soul that mturneth unto them that have "familiar spirits, and unto the F w igoc x 191 y 166 z 90* a' 198 b' 210 c' 167' d' 145" «' 34 a 18 5» b 318 0 i45b d 152 e 94 f 212 K 197" h 167" J 2IOb k 65 1 I46» m 214 I920 m ft there shall be inquisition. — §f . 2i The incongruity of 2i' with the context is obvious. The language is that of 4-67 cp 420 67 ; but the source of the insertion cannot be determined. J6 Cp 17I4. In the text Sp reads literally ' on the blood ' as in Ezek 3326 ; op Ezek 186 22s as corrected by W E Smith, Iiel of Sem 324.; Smend, AT Bel Gesch 313; Bertholet hesitates; Toy, JEzek(rn. Haupt's SBOT), concurs. 29 M Or, enormity. — Cp 220. 202a A fresh collection of precepts for the laity is here opened. The contents are less varied than those of 19, as they deal only with different forms of spiritual and sexual unchastity 2-7 and 3"2i. The order of the opening words 'And to the children of Israel thou shalt say' recalls 177 cp the subsequent formulae with I713. The prohibition of the Molech rites ib~5 seems like an expansion of 1821* (which appears out of place in its present context) ; while 6 finds a supplement in 27 which has been left out of the collection and added afterwards at the close. (The fundamental conception of 27, however, is not quite identical with that of 6. RY ^ disguises the fact that the ' familiar spirit ' is inside the man or woman : Driv-Wh render ' in whom is a ghost or a familiar spirit ' : and 6 (cp 1931) ' if there be any one that regards ghosts or familiar spirits.') The first section closes at 7. 2b Dillmann suggests that the phrase here and in 4 is due to K cp 427* (Num 149 differently) Ezek 727 12" 332 39" 4522 4g3 8, 4 There appears to be a contradiction between 2 and 3, inasmuch as 2 prescribes death by stoning, while 3 implies some form of divine judgement. Is this due to careless ex pression on the part of a single writer (Wellh) or to diversity of source (Dillm)? It is difficult to decide (a third alternative being that 3 and 4- are independent supplements to z, here editorially amalgamated), but in 4- it is probably correct to find traces of editorial emphasis and expansion ; the doom announced in 3 on the single sinner extending in fi to his family and all who share his guilt. The style of 4 much resembles that of the editorial work in 1 7. 169 Lev 20u ISRAEL AT SINAI JE 7- xnlr h @ Sam omit, cp 86° exibei Ex 2il7 cp Ezek 227 ft 10 iii; j Ex 20I4 11. XIBj *i8S I i8>5 m i828t 13 III/ 14 iiel- 018" p Cp 219 Gen 3824 15. Lfig q i823 Ex 22I9 »• J«2I0 a i828 17 iiel 1 189 u Prov i43if 18 X,lft v Cp 1533 TO 18- §* a: i27 18-21 iiem 3/i8i3 2 1812 a' 18I4 b' Gen 152 Jer 22sot c1 i81« 22-20 Xnlj d' Sp~und ye shall 8 cp 1926 28 Xgdi e' i828 (5) Sam nations cp 1824 /' Cp Ex il2 y' 2540 cp Gen i57 B88 (ct PI27) Ezek 3510 h' Uon 2815 Nnm nl2 32ll ft Cp »6g i'"34 , 25. xea to j'Cp n« *' u4s "wizards, to ¦'"go a whoring after them, I will even 'set my face against that soul, and will 8cut him off from among his people. 7 '*Sanctify yourselves therefore, and "be ye holy : for "I am Yahweh your God. 8 "And ye shall "keep my statutes, and do them : "I am Yahweh which sanctify you. 9 'For "every one that 'curseth his father or his mother shall surely be put to death : he hath cursed his father or his mother ; his 'blood shall be upon him. 10 'And the man that 'committeth adultery "with another man's wife, even he that committeth adultery with his neighbour's Wife, the adulterer and the adulteress shall surely be put to death. u 'And the man that lieth with his 'father's wife hath "uncovered his father's nakedness : both of them shall surely be put to death ; their 'blood shall be upon them. 12 And if a man lie with his 'daughter in law, both of them shall surely be put to death : they have wrought "confusion ; their 'blood shall be upon them. 13 'And if a man lie with "mankind, as with womankind, both of them have committed "abomination : they shall surely be put to death ; their 'blood shall be upon them. 14 'And if a man take a "wife and her mother, it is "wickedness : they shall be 'burnt pwith fire, both he and they ; that there be no wickedness among you. 15 'And if a man lie with a 'beast, he shall surely be put to death : and ye shall 'slay the beast. 16 And if a woman approach unto any beast, and "lie down thereto, thou shalt Tslay the woman, and the beast : they shall surely be put to death ; their 'blood shall be upon them. 17 'And if a man shall take his 'sister, his father's daughter, or his mother's daughter, and see her nakedness, and she see his nakedness ; it is a "shameful thing ; and they shall be "cut off in the sight of the children of their people : he hath "uncovered his sister's nakedness ; he shall "bear his iniquity. 18 'And if a man shall lie with a woman having her "sickness, and shall "uncover her nakedness ; he hath ""made naked her "fountain, and she hath uncovered the fountain of her blood : and both of them shall be "cut off from among their people. ' lu 'And thou shalt not "uncover the nakedness of thy "mother's sister, nor of thy 'father's sister : for he hath '"made naked his wnear kin : they shall "bear their iniquity. 20 And if a man shall lie with his "'uncle's wife, he hath "uncovered his uncle's nakedness : they shall vbear their sin ; they shall die *' childless. 21 And if a man shall take his "'brother's wife, it is ^impurity : he hath "uncovered his brother's nakedness ; they shall be ''childless. 22 'Ye shall '''therefore pkeep all my statutes, and all my judgements, and do them : that the land, whither "I bring you to dwell therein, 'vomit you not out. 2a 'And ye shall not "walk in the statutes of the "'nation, which "I cast out before you : for they did all these things, and therefore I ¦''abhorred them. 2i But I have said unto you, Ye shall *'Tpossess their *'land, and I will give it unto you to "'possess it, a land ''flowing with milk and honey : "I am Yahweh your God, which have "'separated you from the peoples. 25 "'Ye shall d'therefore "'separate between the ¦'"'clean beast and the unclean, and between the unclean fowl and the clean : and ye shall not make your 'souls ''abominable by beast, or by fowl, or by any thing where with the ground "teemeth, which I have separated from you as unclean. n 302 o ao3b P 199, q 203" r 195 a 215 u 197b v 193 w 304 * 139 y 316 z 317 a' S3 20s The introduction to a fresh section cp 22 185. In 9 it is natural to see a parallel to E's 'judgement' Ex_2i17 : 10 opens a series of laws summed up in the most general form in the seventh of the Ten Words. The relation of ia-'il to lS6"19 has heen variously estimated : are they from the same hand (Driver) or have thoy been drafted separately, and, in tho lattor case, if they are derived from a common original, which is the earlier ? The table of prohibited intercourses in 18 contains no penalties, but the order seems better adjusted and the cases are more numerous than in 20, which provides no parallels to 187 10 i7b 18. This is so far an indication of later origin. Further, the series in i86- • is introduced by a general principle (unless this be the work of the author of 2b~;i) which is then specifically applied in all possible directions in uniform style. But in ao10- • there are some delicate suggestions of combined sources, or of occa sional addition, eg the duplicate clauses in i°ab, the unexpected 'you' and 'thou' in 14b lBb— la 19) ftI1^ especially the varying formula in J9a whioh corresponds to the regular form i87, • . These signs perhaps imply an earlier draft modified by later editorial activity, ao19 owing its retention to the fact that it specified the punishments which were omitted in 18. 10 Apparently an accidental repetition, Abbott, Driv-Wh, Addis : probably the result of amalgamation of texts, Dillm. " M Or, enormity.— Cp 18". >• So Sp as in «. T kill. 23 So Sp as in 22. T customs. Cp i830. 24 So Sp T inherit. 25a The connexion here can hardly be original, as it seems to be founded on the word ' soparate.' Jp runs simply ' and ye shall.' The thought of 25. is cognate with that of u43"4', and this passage may have once introduced a list similar to that in 1 1. 25b m ft creepeth.— p49a. 170 THE HOLINESS LEGISLATION Lev 21 18 27 *5J(/ {' Cp Ex 22I8 2i* ^iiam l-» Xilfa 1-4 X6bc a Ezek 4425 k isko 6 Cp Deut i4l Ezek 4420 C IO27 d Zech i23t t Cp I923t 7 tieit /i422i3Num 309 Ezek 4422t g Nnm 68 cp Deut 76 i42 21 2613 • xinM 10-15 inb(>da 10 Iiioj h Nnm 3526 28 Joah 208* cp 2 Kings 12IO 224 8 234 i Cp Ex 297 j io« 11 X6bc 13. Iiere * Deut 22H. . Judg n37. Ezek 238 8f 17-23 xufc JE p. And ye shall "be holy unto me : for b'I Yahweh am holy, and have "separated you from the peoples, that ye should be mine. 27 "'A man also or a ''woman that hath a "familiar spirit, or that is a Vizard, shall surely be put to death : they shall ''stone them with stones: their 'blood shall be upon them. 21 And Yahweh said unto Moses, sSpeak unto tlie priests the "sons of Aaron, and say unto them, "There shall none "defile himself for the "dead among his "people ; 2 exoept for his 'kin, that is near unto him, for his mother, and for his father, and for his son, and for his daughter, and for his brother ; 3 and for his sister a virgin, that is near unto him, which hath had no husband, for her may he "defile himself. * He shall not "defile himself, "[being] a, chief man among his "people, to 'profane himself. 5 'They shall not make baldness upon their head, neither shall they shave off the "corner of their beard, nor amake any "cuttings in their flesh. 6 They shall gbe holy unto their God, and not "profane the name of their God : for "the 'offerings of Yahweh made by fire, the 'bread of their God, they do "offer : therefore they shall sbe holy. 7 'They shall not take a woman that is a harlot, or "profane ; neither shall they take a woman ¦'put away from her husband : for he is holy "unto his God. 8 "Thou shalt sanctify him therefore ; for he offereth the Jbread of thy God : he shall "be holy unto thee : for 'I Yahweh, which sanctify you, am holy. 9 'And the daughter of any priest, if she 'profane herself by playing the harlot, she 'profaneth her father : she shall be "burnt with fire. 10 'And he that is the fthigh priest among his brethren, "upon whose head the 'anointing oil is "poured, and "that is "consecrated to put on the garments, shall not let the hair of his head -"go loose, nor rend his clothes ; u 'neither shall he go in to any "dead body, nor "defile himself for his father, or for his mother ; 12 neither shall he go out of the "sanctuary, nor "profane the sanctuary of his God ; for the "crown of the anointing oil of his God is upon him : 1 am Yahweh. 13 'And he shall take a wife in her 'virginity. 14 A widow, or one •'divorced, or a "profane woman, an harlot, these shall he not take: but a virgin of his own "people shall he take to wife. 1B And he shall not 'profane his seed among his "people : for 'I am Yahweh which sanctify him. 16 And Yahweh 'spake unto Moses, saying, Speak unto Aaron, saying, 17 'Whosoever he be of "thy seed throughout their 'generations that hath a "blemish, let him not approach to offer the 'bread of his God. 18 For whatsoever man b' 203° a 130' b l67» 0 198 d 208 e 204 f 210! g 202* h aioa 1 118" J «96 k 118' I 203d m 38 11 128 o 69* P 9' q 210° r 2031 a 1851 t 76b u 194 2027 Cp 2aM. This fragment has apparently been detached from its original connexion and attached loosely to the close of a section containing cognate material. 211 The general legislation in 18-20 is followed in 21-22 by a group of laws concerning the maintenance of priestly holi ness, and the nature of the sacred gifts. This short code presents many of the phenomena already noticed. Thus (1) the hand of the lator editor acquainted with the requirements and institutions of PB is ofton traced in allusions such as those in alio 12 22. And (2) diversity of original matorials may bo partially inferred from frequent alternations in form, in the use of the second and third persons, the singular and the plural, &C. The hortatory element characteristic of Ph is less prominent, and the brief close 223i-33 sounds rather like an imitation of earlier phraseology in 18-20 which has lost the ring of direct address to the nation characteristic of such passages as 1824- • 2o22'-. The ritual regulations appear to belong to a less developed stage than P* cp Introd i 149, and occasional points of contact occur with the laws of J and E. Peculiarities of phrase may be noticed in the expressions ' bread of God ' and 'I am Yahweh which hallow you' 213 i« 2S 229 » 32 (aiB0 208 Ex 3i13f). The little corpus has doubtless undergone successive revisions : the more obvious additions are indicated in small type. The frequency of these may partly result from the similarity of subject to the bulk of P". The superscription in 31I implies that the laws are addressed to the priests, but cp 8. 4 M Or, as a husband. (5) has, on a sudden. 6 The term ' fire offerings of Yahweh ' occurs sixty times in P cp Deut 181 Josh 1314*. But they are mentioned in Ph only in passages otherwise proved to have received editorial additions, and they are not necessary to tho context. Cp 21 2222 27 2^. 7 M Or, polluted. — Cp Ezek 2125 ft, cp Gres-Brown, Heb Lex. 8 This verse interrupts the transition from the character of ¦tho priest's wife to tho conduct of his daughter. It is not clear who is addressed as 'thou'; the pronoun can really only dosignato Israel, but op '. Tho first half of tho verse is perhaps to be regarded as introduced by the compiler from an older source to reinforce the sanctity of the priesthood. In 8b (5) Sam read ' which sanctify them.' 10ft The references to the unotion and vestments are some times supposed to be derived from Ex 29, and to have been added by BP cp 23. But the ' great priest ' in the Solomonic temple no doubt had his special robe, and may quite possibly have been anointed, the ceremonies enjoined in Ex 29 being only a late literary reproduction of an earlier use. 10b M ft whose hand is filled. — p69a. 12 M Or, consecration. 14 M Or, polluted. 17 It must be doubtful whether Pb regarded the priests as the posterity of Aaron cp Introd XIII 8a i i44 : and the formulae here and in 2l 224 (ct 3) may be derived from RP. If the passage stood thus originally it can hardly be older than Ezekiel. Driv-Wh (like Horst, Lev xvii-xxvi [1881] 22) suggest that the primary phrase was ' seed of the priests.' 171 Lev 21 18 ISRAEL AT SINAI isp\ m 2223-j- n 2222 Deut 2827t O 2222f V Cp « 22* Num i64° 2 Hif.i a Cp 1581 IIou olo Ezek i47 b 13 Num 58 l832f s^ iirf/'6k(( c Cp 21" * X6hbgabj d Cp 21" e 11 is Bx 12" Sp /ll 13 I516 JE 8-18 tijfs 8 I60i ?i i715 Ezek 443 i Ezek 414 10 iaed j Gen 17I2 (42 n Cp 43 ph p« F* he be that hath a blemish, he shall not approach : a blind man, or a lame, or he that 'hath a "flat nose, or '"any thing superfluous, 10 or a man that is brokenfooted, or brokenhanded, 20 or 'crookbackt, or a dwarf, or that hath a 'blemish in his eye, or is "scurvy, or "scabbed, or 'hath his stones broken ; 21 no man fof the seed of "Aaron the priest, that hath a blemish, shall come nigh to offer the offerings of Yahioeh made by fire : he hath a blemish ; he shall not come nigh to offer the 'bread of his God. 22 He shall eat the 'bread of his God, "both of the "most holy, and of the holy. 23 Only he shall not "go in unto the "veil, nor come nigh unto the altar, because he hath a blemish ; that he "profane not my sanctuaries : for 'I am Yahweh which sanctify them. 2i TAnd Moses spake unto » Aaron, and to his sons, and unto all the children of Israel. 221 And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 2 Speak unto ''Aaron and to his sons, that they "separate themselves from tho lholy things of the children of Israel , "width they "hallow unto me, and that they "profane not my holy name : °I am Yahweh. ;! LSay unto them, "Whosoever he be of all your seed throughout your 'generations, that approacheth unto the eholy things, which the children of Israel "hallow unto Yahweh, having his "uncleanness upon him, that 'soul shall be cut off from before me : "I am Yahweh. 4 »«-What man soever of the dseed of Aaron is a leper, or hath an issue ; he shall not eat "of the holy things, until he be "clean. And whoso toucheth "any thing that is unclean by the 'dead, or a man whose -''seed goeth from him ; s or whosoever toucheth any "creeping thing, whereby he may be made unclean, or a man of whom he may take uncleanness, "whatsoever uncleanness he hath ; ° the "soul which toucheth any such shall be unclean until the even, and shall not eat of the holy things, unless he "bathe his flesh in water. 7 And when the sun is down, he shall be clean ; and after ward he shall eat of the holy things, because it is his bread. 8 lrrhat which ''dieth of itself, or is torn of beasts, he shall not eat to 'defile himself therewith: "I am Yahweh. ° They shall therefore "keep my charge, lest they "bear sin for it, and die therein, if they 'profane it. "I am Yahweh which sanctify them. 10 There shall no 'stranger eat of the holy thing : a "sojourner of the priest's, or Ian hired servant, shall not eat of the holy thing. n IBut if a priest buy any "soul, the 'purchase of his money, he shall eat "of it ; and such as are ¦'born in his house, they shall eat "of his bread. 12 And if a priest's daughter be married unto a 'stranger, she shall not eat "of the "heave offering of the holy things. 13 But if a priest's daughter be a widow, or ^divorced, and have no child, and is returned unto her father's house, as in her youth, she shall eat of her father's bread : but there shall no 'stranger eat "thereof. 14 "And *if a man eat of the holy thing 'unwittingly, then he shall put the mfifth part thereof unto it, and shall give unto the priest the holy thing. 15 And they shall not profane the ''holy things of the children of Israel'', which they offer unto Yahweh ; 1G and [so] cause them to qbear the iniquity that "bringeth 7guilt, when they eat their holy things : for "I am Yahweh which sanctify them. 17 "And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 18 Speak unto "Aaron, and to his sons, and unto w 88d x 171 y is' a i8s> b iai 0 86<> d 3I0b e 203* f 76' e 88» h 167° i 50" j ai8 k 4a» 1 198 m 157 b n i46» o I74» P 39° q 193, r 210" 8 20 3d t 153* u 144 V 78 1I8S x igo° y 8i<> 2118 M Or, slit. 22 This distinction is not recognized in 22, and is therefore regarded by many critics as an insertion. 2a These words seem to involve tlie structure of Ex 25-27, cp 263i. >, and are therefore regarded here as an editorial addition, cp Lev i74N. The terms 'Dwelling' and 'tent of meeting' are not employed in 21-22, whero tho place of cultus is called the 'sanctuary' ail2, and can even be designated in the plural 2i23 (with reference to the altar and other sacred objects or places, Dillm, Driv-Wh), though (5) reads ' sanctuary of his God ' as in 12. 24 So Sp. T so. The passage is peculiar, for this formula is usually elsewhere introductory. In 2344 the word ' spake ' (so Sp) is followed by an object, the set feasts.' 222 This clause stands in ft after 'my holy name,' and the awkward order points to an interpolation. As the law does not really begin till s, and the words ' say unto them ' look back to 1_2a, there is some reason for regarding the whole of 2 as part of the introductory formulae ; hut it does not seem after the manner of the editor who combined Ph with P» thus to reproduce the phrases of the shorter code. 4a With 4_7 op u-16 both for style and contents. Opinion is divided as to whether the passage is continuous with 3, or is to be regarded as early P' on a basis of Ph. 4b M Or, any one. 14 Kuenen finds in this verse, as in 1-7 and rr-M, indications of imitation or revision after PK. 17 This title, like that in 17L, may perhaps point to an amalgamation of laws in the following section designed on the one hand for the priesthood e g 25, and on the other for the laity. The materials of the section 17-26 have sometimes been assigned to a later stage of P than Ph, and some of the characteristic phrases of Ph do not occur. But various reasons both of style and substance plead on the whole against this view. The passage seems itself composite, i8t>-20 has a complete 17; THE HOLINESS LEGISLATION Lev 232 JE P 18-25 i.aan el,( 8gO 18-20 tybi 0 178 l1Vf p 2,18-20 q 21" r 2il8f «§t 26-28 t61e uSpcp 177 V Ex 2230 w Num 1528 j218 29 l70ipitt 2: 196 ct 7U y 7IB et 19O 81-33 Inl( 32 1 50/ ,38 z 19: '•« ^a? 7ee p. art «ie children of Israel, and say unto them, "Whosoever he be of the house of Israel, or of the strangers in Israel, that offereth his 'oblation, whether it be any of their vows, or any of their freewill offerings, which they offer unto Yahweh for a burnt offering ; w that ye may be "'accepted, [ye shall offer] a male "'without blemish, °'of the beeves, of the sheep, or of the goats. 20 But whatsoever hath a d'blemish, that shall ye not offer : for it shall not be "'acceptable for you. 21 ''And "whosoever offereth a sacrifice of peace offerings unto Yahweh to "accomplish a vow, or for a freewill offering, °'of the herd or of the flock, it shall be "'perfect to be "'accepted ; there shall be no "'blemish therein. 22 "Blind, or broken, or maimed, or having "a wen, or scurvy, or scabbed, ye shall not offer these unto Yahweh, nor make an ^offering by fire of them upon the altar unto Yahweh. z'» Either a bullock or a lamb that hath anything 'superfluous or 'lacking in his parts, that mayest thou offer for a free will offering ; but for a vow it shall not be "'accepted. 24 That which hath its stones 'bruised, or crushed, or 'broken, or cut, ye shall not offer unto Yahweh ; neither shall ye "do [thus] in your land. 2S Neither from the hand of a "'foreigner shall ye offer the ''bread of your God of any of these ; because their "corruption is in them, there is a "'blemish in them : they shall not be "'accepted for you. 26 '-And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, ZT"When a bullock, or a sheep, or a goat, is brought forth, then it shall be "seven days under the dam ; and from the eighth day and '"thenceforth it shall be "accepted for tlie oblation of an offering made by fire unto Yahweh. 28 And whether it be COW or ewe, ye shall not "'kill it and her young both in one day. 29 "And when ye 'sacrifice a sacrifice of thanksgiving unto Yahweh, ye shall sacrifice it that ye may be "'accepted. 30 On the "same day it shall be eaten ; ye shall leave none of it until the morning : "I am Yahweh. 31 ''Therefore shall ye "'keep my commandments, and do them: "I am Yahweh. 82 *And ye shall not "profane my holy name ; but I will be "hallowed among the children of Israel : "I am Yahweh which hallow you, 33 that brought you out of the land of Egypt, to J'be your God : "I am Yahweh. 23i *i And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, ^ Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, n8t> ,7o b' 123 "' 35 d' ig4 e' 154 f 196 %' 100 h' 199 «' 86>> j' 26 a 185' parallel in 21, marked, however, by curious differences of phraseology. Thus each is concerned to secure victims for sacrifice free from any defect. But instead of a general prin ciple covering all cases, the precept is distributed over two groups, (1) burnt offering, (2) peace offerings, yet each of these comprises the same subdivisions, viz vows and freewill offerings. The terminology of the two regulations shows marked differences within the parallelism ; cp the opening formulae ie" ... XDV \r"N Tnp' iirM and 21 Tip* '3 t'H ; 19 ' that ye may be accepted ' 20 ' acceptable for you ' and 21 ' to be accepted ' ; M ' herd, sheep, and goats ' and 21 ' herd or flock ' ; 20 ' whatsoever hath a blemish ye shall not offer ' and 2i ' there shall be no blemish therein.' It may be further noted that the changes in number and person in i8b-2o nre unusually frequent, being due, ap parently, to successive redactions. The affinities of "b-20 are with 17; those of 2i~24 with 2117"20. Neither passage seems adequate to the later ritual standard. (1) makes no reference to other classes of burnt offering such as the sin and guilt offerings, or the daily and seasonal sacrifices ; while (2) ignores the thanksgiving cp 29 which in 711' • constitutes a third division of the peace offerings. 22a M Or, make a special vow. — pi73. 22 M Or, sores. M M Or, sacrifice them. — pii7. 29 The law in 2». has sometimes heen refused to Ph as being a supplement to I96- to make it accord with j1**1*. But the phraseology agrees with the rest of Pb and the verb 'to sacrifice ' 26 196 is not common elsewhere in the laws of P8 or P' (only Lev o4), while it is characteristic of JED and Ph 175 7. The proximity of 29- to 27 which is obviously related to E's demand Ex 22s0, led Wellh to compare the regulation for the consumption of the thanksgiving sacrifice with another rule in E Ex 2313. Baentsch, Heil Ges 102, suggests that the triple division in Num 15s corresponds to that in Lev 7, so that the technical 'thanksgivings' are equated with the sacrifices at the set feasts, and thus Wellh's identification is justified. In this view 29- is founded on an early ritual, and the classification of 7U-18 represents the amalgamation of ordinances represented at a prior stage by 2218b-24 29> 19s-8. 23l The compiler of the Hex here takes up again the main document P8, with a calendar of sacred seasons. This calendar, strictly speaking, begins at * ; the form of 2b is awkwardly framed in view of the subsequent announcement ; in 38 the sabbaths are not included among the ' set feasts ' ; and it is probable that 2b~3 is a redactional addition, by which the sabbath with its ' holy convocation ' was incorporated among tho series of tho yearly festivals cp 58. But this series is set forth in terms that are obviously not homogeneous. The para graphs introducing the successive regulations begin with a common formula 1 9 23 26 83^ to which an addition is made in four out of the five cases (ct 26) instructing Moses to convey the divine command to the people. But the contents of the calendar are not set forth with the same uniformity. It has been largely interpolated from Ph, the passages inserted having in their turn undergone more or less modification and addition to suit their new setting. The Passover and Feast of Unleavened Bread ^8, and the Feast of Trumpets or New Tear's Day 23-25, belong wholly to P8, to which are further referred 21 closing the ordinances for Pentecost, and ss-33 regulating the Feast of Booths. These are assigned to fixed days ; ' holy convocations ' are appointed, and ' servile work ' prohibited, while an ' offering made by fire ' is usually prescribed. Similar characteristics are found in 26-32 (with the formula ' do no manner of work ' 28 cp s); but cp 27H. The extracts from Ph are identified by various marks : (1) they do not fit the title in * (cp Eb) nor the 173 Lev 232 ISRAEL AT SINAI icjbl ISIgd/ 6-8 Lg6g 9-18 I gad 10-14 Xge/ 8oj 10b triad a 1923 op Deut 261 6i43* CI9S d 212 Ex 23I8 3426 e 16- cp Num 33s JoBh 5U* 12 X7V7C fSp = do cp 2224 Ex 2988 p214 h Num 153 i Sp* j214 16-20 Igfd S0f 17 l7ed *2l ; 2n 21 Igfe 22 I3i,( 111 198. JE P" pK P5 2b The "set feasts of Yahweh, which ye shall proclaim to be "holy convoca tions, even these are my set feasts. 3 xSix days shall 'work be done : but on the seventh day is a sabbath of "solemn rest, an "holy convocation ; ye shall do no manner of "work : it is a sabbath unto Yahweh in all your "dwellings. 4 'These are the set feasts of Yahweh, even "holy convocations, which ye shall proclaim in their appointed season. 6 xIn the "first month, on the fourteenth day of the month "at "even, is Yahweh's passover. 6 xAnd on the 6fifteenth day of the same month is the feast of unleavened bread unto Yahweh : seven days ye shall eat unleavened bread. 7 In the first day ye shall have an "holy convocation : ye shall 'do no "servile work. 8 But ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto Yahweh seven days : in the seventh day is an "holy convocation ; ye shall do no 'servile work. 0 xx^n(j Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 10* rSpeak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, 10b J-yyhen ye be acome jnto the land 'which *I give unto you, and shall "reap the harvest thereof, then ye shall bring the sheaf of the 'firstfruits of your harvest unto 'the priest : n and he shall mwave the sheaf before Yahweh, to be "accepted for you : on the "morrow after the sabbath the priest shall wave it. 12 KIAnd in the day when ye wave the sheaf, ye shall Coffer a he- lamb "without blemish ""of the first year for a burnt offering unto Yahweh. 13 And the "meal offering thereof shall be two Henth parts [of an ephah] of fine flour mingled with oil, an offering made by fire unto Yahweh for a sweet savour : and the drink offering thereof shall be of wine, the 1 fourth part of an hin. 14 And ye shall eat neither bread, nor 'parched corn, nor •'fresh ears, until this 'selfsame day, until ye have brought the oblation of your God : it is a "statute for ever 'throughout your generations in all your 'dwellings. 15 IAnd ye shall count unto you from the "morrow after the sabbath, from the day that ye brought the sheaf of the wave offering ; "seven sabbaths shall there be "complete : 16 even unto the morrow after the seventh sabbath shall ye number fifty days ; and ye shall offer a new meal offering unto Yahweh. 17 xYe shall bring out of your "habitations two wave loaves of two ''tenth parts [of an ephah] : they shall be of *fine flour, they shall be baken with leaven, for 'firstfruits unto Yahweh. 18 And ye shall present with the bread "seven lambs "without blemish ?of the first year, and one young bullock, and two rams : they shall be a burnt offering unto Yahweh. with their meal offering, and their drink offerings, ecen an offering made by fire, of a sweet savour unto Yahweh. la And ye shall offer one he-goat for a sin offering, and two he-lambs of the first year for a sacrifice of peace offerings. 20 And the 'priest shall wave them with the bread of the firstfruits for a wave offering before Yahweh, "with the two lambs : they shall be holy to Yahweh for the priest. 21 *And ye shall make proclamation on the 'selfsame day ; there shall be an "holy convocation unto you : ye shall 'do no servile work : it is a "statute for ever in all your "dwellings 'throughout your generations. 22 xLj^nd mwhen ye reap the harvest of your land, thou shalt not wholly reap the corners of thy b 89" c 177a d I37c a 55" f l88« g 183 h 3a i4o° 191 94° 1 209 m 175 n 17b o 123 P 119° q i6o» 138 62= 76" colophon 37. ( which only refer to ' holy convocations ' : (2) they do not (in their original form) fix precise dates : (3) they contain phrases characteristic of Ph, which they resemble in general style, P8 being only approached in clauses which may well have been expanded later. Cp Num 28 and Table of Laws. 232 M Or, appointed seasons. — pmc. 6 M Sp between the two evenings. ' M Sp work of labour.— Op 8 21 25 35. rI4Dc, 9 The compiler here introduces an account of an agricultural ceremony to which there is no exact parallel elsewhere. The firstfruits in Deut 262- • are not connected with any special day : in Deut i67 the seven weeks at the close of which the second festival is to be kept, are reckoned vaguely from the first day of cutting the corn : in the text the firstfruits are to be presented on the curious ' morrow after tho sabbath,' which is also taken as the starting-point for tho calculation of Pentecost. 12 The ritual language of ]3. corresponds so closely to that of the later P as to suggest that these verses have been expanded by the compiler. In ,2 he seems only to have added ' without blemish,' cp 19. 15 This clause, with P's favourite word D'Ein, seems to interrupt the reckoning which is only completed in 16. Possibly the original text was simpler, and has been enriched with extra detail to give greater apparent precision. 13 In 13. some later scribe seems to have supplemented the inadequate requirements of Pb with an incorrect quotation from Num 2827-29, the numbers of bullocks and rams being interchanged. Pb does not elsewhere prescribe definite animal sacrifices : nor even does P8 enumerate them in this calendar, for in 8 26 27 36 nothing more specific is named than ' a fire offering.' The interpolation therefore must be later than the union of the two documents. But .why did the annotator content himself with this single addition ? When the animals of the sacrificial list are withdrawn, two he-lambs are left as probably original. 20 Added after the expansion of !•¦ rendered the application of ' wave them ' uncertain. 22 An insertion from 19s. , suggested perhaps by the phraseo logy of ,0, but obviously out of place. J74 CALENDAR OE THE FEASTS Lev 242 23-25 Xgga « 2s9 Sp Num io5. 29I 26-32 Xghf O 1 628 p ,630 9 1631 r 252 2634 ft SS-36 Igi/ 30-43 Xgi« «Cp34t Ex 23I6 Dout 16" u Ex 23I4 Deut i61» Ex 12™ D Ezek 613 20^8 Neh 816f w Deut 16I4 x Neh 8I4 " 1-4 xI0ea a 6» Num 52 282 342 3S2 ct Deut 24* JE ir pe p» field, neither shalt thou gather the gleaning of thy harvest .- thou shalt leave them for the poor, and for the stranger : I am Yahweh your God. 23 £And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 2i Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, In the Seventh month, in the first day of the month, shall be a dsolemn rest unto you, a "memorial of "blowing of trumpets, an holy convocation. 25 Ye shall do no 'servile work : and ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto Yahweh. 26 xAnd Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 27 "Howbeit on the "tenth day of this "seventh month is the day of ''atonement : it shall be an "holy convocation unto you, and ye 'shall 'afflict your souls ; and ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto Yahweh. 28 And ye shall do no manner of "work in that 'same day : for it is a day of atonement, to "make atonement for you before Yahweh your God. 2!> For whatsoever soul it be that shall not be 'afflicted in that 'same day, he shall be "cut off from his people. 30 And whatsoever soul it be that doeth any manner of "work in that 'same day, that soul will I destroy from among his people. al Ye shall do no manner of "work : it is a "statute for ever "throughout your generations in all your "dwellings. 32 It shall be unto you a sabbath of dsolemn rest, and ye shall afflict your souls : in the "ninth day of the month at even, from even unto even, shall ye 'keep your sabbath. 33 £And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 34 Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, On the "fifteenth day of this seventh month is the feast of Tbooths for seven days unto Yahweh. 35 On the first day shall be an "holy convocation : ye shall do no 'servile work. 36 Seven days ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto Yahweh : on the eighth day shall be an "holy convocation unto you ; and ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto Yahweh : it is a "solemn assembly ; ye shall do no 'servile work. 37 'These are the set feasts of Yahweh, which ye shall proclaim to be "holy convocations, to offer an offering made by fire unto Yahweh, a burnt offering, and a meal offering, a sacrifice, and drink offerings, each on its own day: 38 rbeside the sabbaths of Yahweh, and beside your gifts, and beside all your vows, and beside all your freewill offerings, which ye give unto Yahweh. 39 SLH0Wbeii on the "fifteenth day of the seventh month, when ye have 'gathered in the fruits of the land, ye shall "keep the feast of Yahweh seven days : "on the first day shall be a solemn rest, and on the eighth day shall be a solemn rest. 40 And ye shall take you on the first day the fruit of goodly trees, branches of palm trees, and boughs of "thick trees, and willows of the brook ; and ye shall ""rejoice before Yahweh your God seven days. 41 And ye shall keep it a feast unto Yahweh seven days in the year : it is a "statute for ever 'in your generations : ye shall keep it in the 'seventh month. i2 Ye shall ^dwell in booths seven days ; all that are 'homeborn in Israel shall dwell in booths : " that your generations may know that I made the children qf Israel to dwell in "booths, wlien I brought them out of the land of Egypt : "'I am Yahweh your God. 44 And Moses declared unto the children of Israel the set feasts of Yahweh. 241 MiAnd Yahweh ""spake unto Moses, saying, 2 "Command the children u H3' v 20 w 2S» x 50" 7 31 z 34 a' ao3b a 185* 2S27 In accordance with the view adopted in 16 in which the day of atonement as a recurrent sacred season is regarded as a later development, this section is ascribed to P" : and it may be noticed that the formula in 26 is briefer than those in 23 24a and 33 S4»i while the opening -!¦) ' howbeit ' resembles that in s» cp Ex 12" (' even ') 31" Num i49 (cp Driv-Wh). 34 So M Sp. T tabernacles. Cp Deut i6,s. 86 M Or, closing festival.— Nnm 29s6 Deut 168*. Driv-Wh regard the use of the word in 2 Kings io20 Am 5*1 Jer 92 as decisive against this meaning. a9> The date in 39a seems added by the harmonist in intro ducing the regulations for Booths from Ph, which are founded on a shifting date according to the progress of the vintage and ingathering. Cp E and D, Table of Laws vol i. s9b This clause seems designed to provide the seven days' feast of Ph cp 40b *!• (Deut i613"16) with the holy convocation on the eighth day according to P8 36, Qp introd i 131. 43 The historical reminiscence agrees ill with the purely agricultural nature of the festival just ordained, and there is no trace of this clause in Neh 8. It may possibly be suggested by the identical name Succoth Ex 1237 1320 Num 336.. 241 M See Ex 2720-. — Cp also Num &-*. The passage in Ex appeared to be out of place, and this may be the more original (notice ' Aaron ' alone 3 for ' Aaron and his sons ' Ex 2721). But the context here is not very suitable, and the repetition in 4 after the close in :' has rather the air of a later addition to make the directions quite plain. I7-" Lev 24r ISRAEL AT SINAI b Ex 2531 7h6 292 cEx d 7 Nell io33 Sp Ohron (6) e Ex 252s 30 7 lyic /Cp 2 Ex 2720 3o34* SXgbm "¦nil 0 6™ 10-23 I5oj ZiOtlO» Cp 1»' j Num 1584 cp Neh 88 16b-lo Xgo.0 k Sp=revileKx 3328 1 Cp U §+ 16b iaai ?l! Cp 22H " labj n 18 cp 21 Ex 2I12 0 Cp Num 19II 31S5 40 40 ft 13 x3drf i»- A4ec ale ji Cp Ex 2i3i q 21I8 § r Bx 2i24 21a igde « Cp 18 ft =smiteth 21b iahj t Op 17 ft — smitzth 22X4hJ u Ex 1249 JE P" Pg *' of Israel, that they bring unto thee pure olive oil beaten for the light, "to cause a lamp to burn "continually. 3 Without the veil of the testimony, in the tent of meeting, shall Aaron order it from evening to morning before Yahweh "continually : it shall be a statute for ever throughout your generations. 4 He shall order the lamps upon the "pure Candlestick before Yahweh "continually. 5 NiAnd thou shalt take fine flour, and bake twelve "cakes thereof : two atenth parts [of an ephah] shall be in one cake. 6 And thou shalt set them in "two rtrows, six on a row, upon the pure "table before Yahweh. 7 LAnd thou shalt put •''pure "frankincense upon each "row, that it may be to the bread for a 'memorial, even an offering made by fire unto Yahweh. 8 xEvery sabbath day he shall set it in order before Yahweh "continually ; it is "on the behalf of the children of Israel, an "everlasting covenant. 9 *And it shall be for Aaron and his "sons ; and they shall "eat it in a "holy place: for it is 'most holy unto him of the offerings of Yahweh made by fire by a Jperpetual statute. 10 Nx^n(j tne son 0f an israe]itish woman, whose father was an Egyptian, went out among the children of Israel : and the son of the Israelitish woman and a man of Israel strove together in the camp ; n and the son of the Israelitish woman blasphemed "the i>Name, and 'cursed : and they brought him unto Moses. And his mother's name was Shelomith, the daughter of Dibri, of the "tribe of Dan. ]2 And they put him in ward, that it might be ^declared unto them at the 'mouth of Yahweh. 13 And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 14 Bring forth him that hath cursed "without the camp ; and let all that heard him "lay their hands upon his head, and let all the "congregation "stone him. 16" And thou shalt 'speak unto the children of Israel, saying, 15b ""Whosoever *curseth his God shall rbear his sin. 16 And he that 'blasphemeth the name' of Yahweh, he shall surely be put to death ; all the "congregation shall certainly 'stone him : Iroas Well the stranger, as the "homeborn, when he blasphemeth the name [of Yahweh], shall be put to death. 17 xAnd 'he that "smiteth any °man mortally shall surely be put to death, 18 *and he that "smiteth a beast mortally shall make it good : life for life. 19 LAnd 'if a man cause a "blemish in his "neighbour ; as he hath done, so shall it be ^done to him ; 20 'breach for breach, ''eye for eye, tooth for tooth : as he hath caused a "blemish in a man, so shall it be rendered unto him. 21 *And he that 'killeth a beast shall make it good : 'and he that 'killeth a man shall be put to death. 2a "LYc shall haveHone manner of law, as well for the stranger, as for the "homeborn : for WI am Yahweh your God. 23 And Moses spake to the children of Israel, and they brought forth him "4 0 4a11 d i6o» e 7a f ua g 6a* li ia' i go« j 6a" k 165 1 ig0 m iao* n 102 o 45 P 15a q 218 r ig3 34 t igo° u 194 v aoo w ao3b 242 M Or, to set up a lamp continually. B Another disconnected fragment, concerning the ( shew- bread.' The lack of clear sequence has led many critics to give this and the preceding section to Ps ; hut tho phraseology is that of P6. Conjecture is at fault concerning the reasons for incorporating these regulations here, immediately after tho calendar of the feasts. If it he surmised that they are appended to the greater festivals as part of the daily service, then it is natural to inquire why the morning and evening offerings should be omitted cp Ex 29s8- • . The analogy of the compound structure of 23 points in the direction of the hypothesis that Ph contained some similar ordinances, hero replaced by tho fuller form in P«. 0 M Or, two piles, six in a pile. 7 M Or, pile. — For the incense-rite cp 21 le. 8 M Or, from. 9 This direction, recalling similar ordinances apparently older than Ps, confirms the suggestion m that earlier material has here been recast. The known antiquity of the offoring of shewbroad, eg 1 Sam 314 °, renders this still more probable. The frankincense is probably an added element. 10 The narrative here introduced illustrates the law againBt blasphemy. But the group of laws in iab-22 contains several other enactments 17~21 on injuries to man and beast which are wholly unrelated to the particular offence previously described. The passage is evidently composite ; and l&b-22 ja jn tne style of Ph. The story is probably a midrash framed to bring out what soemod the salient point. Ct lla and ,ob Jj. n Qeigor, Urschr 274, Dillm-Eyss, Driv-Wh, think ' the Name ' a very late substitute for ' Yahweh.' 15 The series of laws in l&b-22 seems chiefly due to Ph (cp ' whosoever ' 1°, ' bear his sin ' 16, ' blemish • i>, ' neighbour ' M, and the closing formula 226). But it is hardly itself homo geneous : 21 reproduces T7- in simpler style, 17. showing affinities with other passages in P. Moreover 1° has certainly received an addition in the clause •¦ concerning the ' congregation,' a term which Ph does not employ cp 22s. The parallels of the original nucleus are, as elsewhere in Ph, with the 'Judge ments ' of E. 22 The stranger and the native Israelite are repeatedly associated in Ph for legislative purposes cp p34 ; but the emphatic assertions that they are subject to a common law seem to belong to a later Btage of P cp Ex 1240 Num 9I4 1510' 20. As these are nowhere else aocompanied by the formula ' I am Yahweh ' &c, the editorial addition may be regarded as closing with ' for.' 176 THE YEAR OF JUBILE Lev 25' 1-7 Xgje a 23W b 23S2 c Sp Qalf d 20 2339 /CpNom 62 Sp g u Dout 2421 3 £acc A Cp Ex 20IO t Ct 1920 0p JBgg j 12 IQ2B 8-18 Igkac k 23I6 ,^=coimt !2324 m 2327 K 1 630 0 Ezek 46" cp Jer 348- . la 61I ct Ex 3o28t j)Cp4b J § 25 27-29 33 CO Ezek jl3 Noh 1320 ct Deut i88t r " i9S3 JE P" ps p< that had cursed mout of the camp, and "stoned him with stones. And the children of Israel "did as Yahweh commanded Moses. 251 "And Yahweh "spake unto Moses in mount "Sinai, saying, 2" Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, 2" cWhen ye come into the land "which "I give you, then shall the land ''keep a sabbath unto Yahweh. 3 Six years thou shalt sow thy field, and six years thou shalt cprune thy vineyard, and ''gather in the fruits thereof ; 4 but in the seventh year shall be a "sabbath of solemn rest for the land, a sabbath unto Yahweh : thou shalt neither sow thy field, nor prune thy vineyard. 6 That which "groweth of itself of thy harvest thou slialt not reap, and tho grapes of thy Amdrcssod vino thou shalt not "gather : it shall be a year of "solemn rest for the land. ° 'And the sabbath of the land shall be for 'food for you ; for ''thee, and for thy servant and for thy 'maid, and for thy hired servant and for thy "stranger that sojourn with thee ; 7 and for thy cattle, and for the beasts that are in thy land, shall all the •''increase thereof be for food. 8 ""And thou shalt 'number seven sabbaths of years unto thee, seven times seven years ; and there shall be unto thee the days of seven sabbaths of years, even forty and nine years. ° Then shalt thou send abroad the 'loud trumpet on the "tenth day of the "seventh month ; in the day of "atonement shall ye send abroad the trumpet throughout all your land. 10 And ye shall 'hallow the fiftieth year, and proclaim "liberty throughout the land unto all the inhabitants thereof : it shall be a Jjubile unto you ; and ye shall return every man unto his 'possession, and ye shall return every man unto his 'family. n A Jjubile shall that fiftieth year be unto you : ye shall not ^sow, neither reap that which "groweth of itself in it, nor gather [the grapes] in it of the ^undressed vines. lz For it is a ]jubile ; it shall be mholy unto you : ye shall eat the •'increase thereof out of the field. 13 In this year of jubile ye shall return every man unto his 'possession. 14 "And if thou sell 'aught unto thy "neighbour, or buy of thy "neighbour's hand, ye shall not 'wrong "one another. 16 According to the number of years after the jubile thou shalt buy of thy "neighbour, [and] according unto the number of years of the ¦'crops he shall sell unto thee. 16 pAccording to the multitude of the years thou shalt increase the "price thereof, and "according to the 'fewness of the years thou x i8gb a 185^ b 7 0 igi d g4 e 1370 I no e M4 h 183 i 86" j 98 k 127b 1 65' tm goa n 206 o 184 p 190 q 36 r 105 251 Three separate themes are embraced in 25 and their interweaving renders analysis difficult: (1) the sabbath year 2b-7 19-22 j (2) the principle of redemption applied (a) to the land 26 and (0) to the persons of the Israelites 86-4011 47 . (3) the applica tion of the jubile alike to the sale and tenure of land, and the ownership of Israelite slaves. The regulations for the sabbath year are seen at once to belong to Ph, but the allotment of the remaining passages is by no means easy. Apart from the general probability that the series of laws has been again and again revised, the legislation respecting both land and slavery presents so many resemblances on the one hand to Fh and on the other to Ps or Pa as to show that materials from both sources here lie side by side. The chief problem concerns the jubile. The analysis adopted regards the jubile in its present form as a sign of distinct and later authorship. The intro duction of it 8-ls interrupts tho account of the sabbatical yoar, and the institution is nowhere mentioned in writings earlier than P«. But at the same time the context in which it first appears presents many affinities with Ph cp 8N, so as to render it possible that the idea of a period of seven sabbaths of years was an early development out of the original sabbath year, which was then adapted and expanded by the later religious jurists into the jubile system. The whole complex of laws would then have passed through three main stages : (1) the sabbath year of Ph ; (2) the Beven sabbaths of years of Ph' ; (3) the jubile of P» with its applications to the previous regulations of pbh' concerning sale and purchase of land and Blaves ; the product, represented by pbh's, has received some additions S2-S5 0f a stai later kind. 8 The number of doublets in 8-13 suggests that the passage is not altogether homogeneous, and this is confirmed by other indications, for while some phrases clearly presuppose Pe, others are plainly modelled on the basis of Pb. Thus 8b more formally repeats 8a ; 9b doubles 9a ; IS recalls l°b. But Sa starts from 2315 ; nb and 12b are not unrelated to 4b 5 7 . an^ a pre_ sumption is thus established that Ph once contained a secondary or imitative institution carrying tho sabbath year a stop further. It may be conjectured that this was the hallowing of the fiftieth year, with a proclamation of liberty 10a. This term was applied by Jeremiah to the manumission of slaves 348- • , and by Ezekiel to the reversion of land to its original owner 4617 ; in the text it includes both. If the further conjecture be adopted that the tenth of the seventh month was the old new year's day, the distinction between "¦ and ob is somewhat heightened. The original law would then be discovered in 8a oa 10 (except ' it shall be a jubile unto you ') Ilb ]2b) the rest being jubile additions, togothor with tho identification of tho (lato with tho day of atonement in P«. Cp the section in Bllnt6ch's Heil-Ges, the notes of Addis and Driv-Wli (the latter treating the jubile for the land as original in Ph but ascribing to a later hand the extension to persons), together with the archaeological treatises of Benzinger and Nowack, and Harford-Battershy in Hastings' DH art ' Sabbatical and Jubile years.' 14 The marks of complex authorship in this verse are clear, but the base seems to be Pn. The opening words ' if ye soil Sp . . .to thy neighbour ' show a neglected incongruity arising from careless editorial handling ; the words ' neighbour ' and 1 wrong ' point to Ph, but ' one another ' to Ps or Ps et 17. Perhaps the final clause serves to introduce *"• , in which the style of later P is apparent cp °». The whole passage 8-18 interrupts the connexion of 2b~7 and I--22. II. 177 Lev 2510 ISRAEL AT SINAI JE P" 8 26s Deut 33I2 Ezek 2823 &c 18-22 Xgjf t 265 EX 1 63 u Cp Ex 41 Sp v Cp Sp 2634 Gen 33II ¦a 26IO* 23X3h •cSOjpty Cp 42 24-28 Xgk?, 3gh z 24-62 J0r j27. Ezek i,16 Buth 46.f a' i917 op 36. 39 47 ct 26 Sp V 212. Ex 124 Num 27II c' Sp = reckon 60 62 2718-23»ct8 d' Cp 10 e' 128 ft f) so. 41 Cp Ex 212 20-34 Xgk.i g' Gen 2317 32-34 Xnki h' Num 35I-8 36-38 x3ke aa< i' Cp Hunt 3286* f EX 222"» Ooilt 2320 f Ezek 188 13 17 22I2 Prov 288t I' Sp* 1 Sam 233 p. shalt 'dimmish the price of it ; for the number of the •'crops doth he sell unto thee. 17 And ye shall not 'wrong one "another ; but thou shalt "fear thy God : for 'I am Yahweh your God. 18 Wherefore ye shall "do my statutes, and keep my judgements and do them ; and ye shall dwell "in the land "in safety. 10 *And the land shall yield her fruit, and ye shall 'eat your fill, and dwell therein sin safety. 20 And if ye shall say, What shall we eat the seventh year? "behold, we shall not sow, nor ''gather in our ^'increase: 21 then I will command my blessing upon you in the sixth year, and it shall "bring forth fruit for the three years. 22 And ye shall sow the eighth year, and eat of the fruits, the "old store ; until the ninth year, until her ¦'fruits come in, ye shall eat the old store. 23 "'And the land shall not be sold in ^perpetuity ; for the land is "mine : for ye are strangers and "sojourners with me. 21 ""And in all the land of your "possession ye shall grant a 'redemption for the land. 25 If thy "'brother be "waxen poor, and sell some of his ''possession, then shall his "kinsman that is l'next unto him come, and shall "redeem *that which his brother hath sold. 20 "And 'if a man have no one to 'redeem it. and he be "waxen rich and find ''sufficient to redeem it ; 27 then let him " count the years of the sale thereof, and restore the "'overplus unto the man to whom he sold it ; and he shall ''return unto his possession. 28 But if he e'be not "'able to get it back for himself, then "that which he hath sold shall remain in the hand of him that hath bought it until the year of Jjubile : and in the jubile it shall •''go out, and he shall '''return unto his possession. 29 "And yif a man sell a dwelling house in a walled city, then he may "redeem it within a whole year after it is *sold ; for a full year shall he have the right of 'redemption. 30 And if it be not "redeemed within the space of a 'full year, then the house that is in the walled city shall be "'made sure in ^perpetuity to him that bought it, d' throughout his generations : it shall not -^'go out in the jubile. 31 But the houses of the villages which have no wall round about them sliall be reckoned with the fields of the country: they may be 'redeemed, and they shall /;go out in the jubile. :ia "L Nevertheless the '''cities of the Levites, the houses of the cities of their 'possession, may the Levites 'redeem ' 'at any time. 33 And if "one of the Levites "redeem, then the house that was sold, and the city of his ^possession, shall 'go out in the jubile : for the houses of the cities of the Levites are their possession among the children of Israel. 34 But the field of the "suburbs of their cities may not be sold ; for it is their ''perpetual possession. 36 'And if thy "'brother be "waxen poor, and his hand ''fail with thee ; then thou shalt "uphold him ; N|as] a stranger and a 'sojourner shall he live with thee. 30 Take thou no •'usury of him or ^'increase ; but "fear thy God : that thy brother may live with thee. 37 Thou shalt not give him thy money upon yusury, nor give him thy victuals for ''increase. 3S 'I am Yahweh t ao3b u igg v 126 w 132b x 132s y 190" z log n' 58 V 134 1/ 123 i' 76b 6a' £' 6al 2518 Sp upon 263:i Num 13I8 cp Jer 23s Ezek 28s0 3725. 23 This verse is assigned to the jubile legislation, partly phraseologically cp 30) partly by analogy with the case of the Israelite slave 41*. For 'stranger and sojourner' cp Gen 234 Num 3516. The theological idea involved in the declaration that the land is Yahweh's and could not therefore be per manently alienated, is somewhat different from that expressed in the gift of the land to Abraham and his descendants ' for an everlasting possession' Gen 178 481 cp Lev 1434 Deut 3249 : it probably, therefore, belongs to an advanced stage of priestly law. ' Sojourner ' is properly ' dweller ' or ' settler ' and has nothing to do with the 'sojourning' of Israel in Egypt 1934 ( •¦= ' strangers ' and so often). Tho ' strangor ' (Sp ' sojourner ') here is Yahweh's ' guest,' as in Ps 151 614 ft. 24 Ascribed to Ph, as stating the principle govorning the case introduced in 2"' ; but it may be the legal generalization of P». The plural number occurs more frequently in Ps than Ph cp 3-7 26 36-37 30 40a 43 47 20 The appearance of the legal formula ' and if a man ' here and in 29 contrasted with 20 36 points again to the later jubile law. But as in 8-13 the provision may have a basis in Ph'. 29 The distinction here introduced affecting city property has the air of a legal refinement resting on no earlier material 32 Tho latest addition of all : the Levites have not yet been mentioned, still less has anything been said about their endow ment with separate cities cp Num 351-8. 83" M Or, a man redeem from the Levites. 33b M Or, after g, redeem not. 84 M Or, pasture lands. — 156. 35a ]y[ Qr, relieve. s.-.b 2024 Ex 68 39-65 Xadnio of Cp Ex 2i2 40b-42 Xgke p> 56 2645 9' .£>» cp 38 43 ,¦/ 46 63 2617 Gen ,26 »' Ex il3 Ezek (' Deut 6I4 i37 Ezek 57 11I2 3636 «' Num 32I8 3364 3413 Ezek 47I3 Is ,42t v' 2o24 Num 3363 27II 368 ot i>88 47-55 Igk/ 47. xaan u'fti X' Cp 16 ft !/' Cp 42 la I5bt a Deut 1622 6 Bx 2o4 lbx5gl.c Nnm 3362* Ezek 812 2a Igbjr d 19S so 2b ijoap « Ezek 3420 Cp Jor s« /20 limit it" cp 3222> Ilzok 427 Zeoh 8<2 I4 0 Ex ' Cp Deut 20I8 hSp) i Sp* Judg 82 al 3 25M *2518 I Deut 28*6* Is 172 Jer 788 Ezek 342s 3920 al m Ezek 3426 n Ezek 1417 0 Cp Deut 3280 Josh 23IO Je 30" J>£t JE your God, ""which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt, to "'give you the 8 land of Canaan, to '"'be your God. 39 *And if thy "'brother be Vaxen poor with thee, and "'sell himself unto thee ; thou shalt not make him to serve as a bondservant : m as an hired servant, and as a 'sojourner, he shall be with thee. 40b 'He shall serve with thee unto the year of jubile : 41 then shall he ¦'"go out from thee, "he and his children with him, and shall ^'return unto his own family, and unto the possessions of his fathers shall he return. 42 For they are my servants, which I "'brought forth out of the land of Egypt : they shall not be sold "'as bondmen. 43 Thou shalt not "rule over him with "rigour ; but shalt 'fear thy God. 44 And as for thy bondmen, and thy 'bondmaids, which thou shalt have ; of the nations that are ''round about you, of them shall ye buy bondmen and bondmaids. 4S Moreover of the children of the "strangers that do sojourn among you, of them shall ye buy, and of thoir 'families that are with you, which they have ''begotten in your land : and they shall k'be your possession. « And ye shall M make them an inheritance for your children after you, to "'hold for a ''possession ; of them shall ye take your bondmen for ever : but over your brethren the children of Israel ye shall not '"rule, "one over another, with "'rigour. i 47 JAnd if a stranger or "sojourner with thee be 'waxen rich, and thy "'brother be Vaxen poor beside him, and sell himself unto the stranger [or] "sojourner with thee, or to the '"'stock of the stranger's 'family : 48 after that he is sold he may be "redeemed ; one of his brethren may "redeem him : 40 or his uncle, or his uncle's son, may redeem him, or any that is nigh of m'kin unto him of his family may redeem him ; or if he be 'waxen rich, he may redeem himself. 00 And he shall "'reckon with him that bought him from the year that he sold himself to him unto the year of jubile : and the price of his 'sale shall be ^'according unto the number of years ; according to the time of an hired servant shall he be with him. 61 If there be yet many years, "according unto them he shall give back the "price of his redemption" out of tho money "that ho was bought for. C2 And if there remain but few years unto the year of jubile, then he shall "'reckon with him ; "'according unto his years shall he give back the "price of his redemption. 63 as a servant hired year by year shall he be with him : he shall not 'rule with "'rigour over him in thy sight. 64 And if he be not redeemed "by these [means], then he shall •'"go out in the year of jubile, ''he, and his children with him. 6fla "'For unto me the children of Israel are servants ; they are my servants whom I brought forth out of the land of Egypt : 66b 'I am Yahweh your God. 281 £Ye shall make you no "idols, neither shall ye "rear you up a ^graven image, 7,or "a pillar, neither sliall yo place any "figured stone in your land, to bow down "unto it: for "I am Yahweh your God. 2 'Yo shall ''keep hny sabbaths, 'and "reverence my sanctuary : ''l am Yahweh. 3 "If ye "walk in my statutes, and Iteep my commandments, and do them ; 4 then I will give your "rains in their season, and the land shall ¦''yield her increase, and the "trees of the field shall yield their fruit. s And your 'threshing shall reach unto the 'vintage, and the vintage shall reach unto the sowing time : and ye shall eat your bread to the ¦'full, and *dwell in your land safely. 8 And I will give peace in the land, and ye shall lie down, and 'none shall make you afraid : and I will ""cause evil beasts to cease out of the land, neither shall the "sword go through your land. 7 And ye shall "chase your enemies, and they shall Tall before you" by the 4' a6» i' 176 y 3° k' 37 r i37b m'ao4 19a ti 003b b an c aoob d 303" e 317 f >99 2Bfi4 M Or, in these years. 261" M See 194. lb M Or, an obelisk.— TSk 23M 34". 10 m Or, thereon. 3 A concluding exhortation cp Ex 23™- • Deut 28. On the question of date and authorship cp Introd i 150. 179 N 2 Lev 267 ISRAEL AT SINAI J~E q Cp Deut 3280 r Ezek 368- J 2522 t 13H n 16 30 43. Jer 14I9 Ezek 166 46f u Deut 23I4 cp 2 Ram 76 M Ezek 3424 36M 3723 27 x Ex 67 Ezok ,,20 2 Ezek 3427 cp 3013 u'Spf I' Op 8 Deut 28I6 C* Ezek 2o24 (ep 50 2013 10) 2 Kings I710t d' 1 830 <:' 44 Gen 17I4 /' Ezek 1668 17I5. 18 447 Jer nio al g1 Cp "146 W Jer 15S Is 652S Ps 78»3 V Daut 2822t y 1 Sam 233 Job 3,10 k'Spt I' Is 494 6s23 Job 3916 §t m'Ezek 148 i57 n' Num 1442 up Dout 2826 0' Gun 246O 3/ 2543 q' Prov 28I r1 23 28 Deut 486 Jer io24 ai Ezek (o) y Cp "133 i' Ezek 24" 30O 18 3328f «' Deut 2823 «' 23. 27. §f 2^ Cp Ezek 5I6 y' Cp Ex 2329 Deut 3224 Ezek 517 I415 21 3428 i' Sp=ibereaveEzeki415 a" Ezek i413 Jp=cu« otf'(i4) l» Ezek 2915 t" Ezek 6* 32I6 d" Cp 18 Sp Jer 6^ 3,1a e" Ezek 5" 63 n8 i417 298 332t /" Cp Ezek 248 25I2 15 g" Jer 46 8I4 h" Am 410 Jer 24IO Ezek i419 2823 i" Ezek 416 516 14I3 Ps io5l«t j" Ezek 413 k" Deut 2868. . Jer 198 Ezek 5io 30. Xioa7 30 L5eg p" P" sword. 8And five of you shall chase an hundred, and an hundred of you shall chase «ten thousand : and your enemies shall pfall before you* by the sword. ° And I will rhave "respect unto you, and make you "fruitful, and "multiply you; and will 'establish my covenant with you. 10And ye shall eat "old store 'long kept, and ye shall bring forth the old "because of the new. n And I will set my dwelling among you : and my soul shall not "abhor you. 12 And I will Valk among you, and will Jbe "your God, and ye shall be my xpeople. 13 'I am Yahweh your God, which "brought you forth out of the land of Egypt, that ye should not be their bondmen ; and I have broken the "bars of your yoke, and made you go "'upright. 14 But if ye will not hearkon unto mo, and will not do all those commandments; *'' and if ye sliall "'reject my statutos"', and if your soul "abhor my judgements, so that ye will '''not do all my commandments, but "'"break my ''covenant ; 10 'I also will "'do this unto you ; I will appoint '''terror over you, even ^'consumption and ''fever, that shall f consume the eyes, and make the soul to rpine away: and ye shall sow your seed in 'vain, for your enemies shall eat it. 17 And I will ™'set my face against you, and ye shall be "'smitten before your enemies : they that "hate you shall p'rule over you ; and ye shall flee ?'when none pursueth you. ^ 18 And if ye will not yet for these things hearken unto me, then I will ''chastise you seven times "'more for your sins. 19 And I will break the 'pride of your power ; and I will make your "'heaven as iron, and your earth as "'brass : 20 and your strength shall be spent in ''vain : for your land shall not 'yield her increase, neither shall the trees of the land yield their fruit. 21 And if ye walk "'contrary unto me, and will not hearken unto me ; * I will "''bring seven times ''more plagues upon you according to your sins. 22 And I will "'send the beast of the field among you, which shall "'rob you of your children, and ""destroy your cattle, and ''"make you mfew in number ; and your ways shall become ""desolate. 2:! And if by these things ye will not be ''"reformed "unto me, but will walk ""'contrary unto me ; 24 then will 'I also walk ""contrary unto you ; and I will smite you, even 'I, seven times for your sins. 25 And I will ""bring a sword"" upon you, that shall '"execute the vengeance of the covenant ; and ye shall be ""gathered together within your cities : and I will send the ''"pestilence among you ; and ye shall be delivered into the hand of the enemy. 20 When I '"broak your staff of broad'", ten women shall bake your bread in one oven, and they shall deliver your J" bread again by weightJ": and ye shall eat, and not be satisfied. 27 And if ye will not for all this hearken unto me, but walk ""'contrary unto me ; 28 then I will walk "'contrary unto you in fury ; and 'I also will r'chastise you seven times for your sins. 29 And ye shall *"eat the flesh of your sons, and the flesh of your daughters shall ye eat. 30 xAnd I will '"destroy your high places, and ""cut down your ln'sun-images, and cast your ""carcases upon the carcases of your ""idols ; and my soul shall "abhor you. 31 And I will *"make your cities a waste, and will bring your "sanctuaries unto 4" desolation, and I will not r"smell the savour of your "sweet odours. 32 And I will bring the land into desolation : and your enemies which dwell therein shall be ""astonished at it. 33 And you will I '"scatter among the nations, and I will ""draw out the sword after you : and your land shall be a ""desolation, and your cities shall be a waste. 34 Irrhen shall the land """enjoy her sabbaths, as long as it "'"lieth P5 g 914 h 73 1 6oa a 6a 46a94a m 105 91 158 I" Num 3362 ft = demolish op D34a m" Sp* Is 178 278 Ezek 64 • n" Ezek 66 4" Ezek i48 2020 30" 14 .§ 1" Oon 821 Am s2l 1" Ezek 26W 32IO .- u.» , v" Ezek 29I2 32I6 3328 353 7 Cp Is ,7 Jor 427 ut 34. Igj / w" Cp 41 48 Is 4o2 2 Chron 3621 Sp n" Ezek 66 0" Deut 29I7* Ezek 64- • (39) p" Ezek 5H 25" 30I2 3s4 Jer" 25I8 at t" Ezek 1216 2o23 22U 29I2 3o28 20 u" Ezek 52 12 12I4 '< x" Cp 36 43 2 Cln-on 36" §t 2610 M Or, from before. 11 So Sp. T tabernacle 15s1 Ezek 3J21 cp 54". 180 23 M Or, by. PROMISES AND WARNINGS Lev 278 JE p 3*"25i8§ z»!p\aw 39 Cp 34 Ezek 3927 cp i Kings 846 48 Jer 31IO+, V" Job i326 c'"Spi d'" Spi e'"Nnm 1332 Ezek 36I8 /'" Ezok 4" 2423 3310 1= 344 2eoh t4l2 g"' Cp 166 Ezek 447 » cp Deut 10I6 306 Jer 44 926 V" Ct Deut 98* 48 r9Jff i"' Ezek 13W 363t ;'" Ezek 56 20W 16 k'" Spf V" Hos 48 al m'" Ex 32I2 Ezek 2ol3 n'" Deut 19M Ib6i« O"' 2S42 p"> Ezek 2o» I4 22 1-13 X8fc o515 desolate, and ye be in your enemies' land ; even then shall the land rest, and enjoy her sabbaths. 35As long as it '""lieth desolate it shall have rest; even the rest which it had not in your sabbaths, when ye dwelt *"upon it. 86 And as for them that are left of you, I will send a ""faintness into their heart in the "'"lands of their enemies"'": and the sound of a 6"'driven leaf shall chase them ; and they shall flee, "'"as one fleoth from the sword ; and they shall fall ''when none pursueth. sl And they shall stumble "one upon another, as it were before the sword, "'when none pursueth : and ye shall have no *"power to stand before your enemies. 38 And ye shall perish among the nations, and the land of your enemies shall "" eat you up. 30 And they that are left of you shall '"'pine away in their iniquity in your "'"enemies' lands ; and also in the iniquities of their fathers shall they pine away with them. 40 And they shall "confess their iniquity, and the iniquity of their fathers, in their "trespass which they 'trespassed against me, and also that because they have walked '"'contrary unto me, 41 'I also walked "'contrary unto them, and brought them into the land of their enemies : if then their '"'uncircumcised heart be ''"'humbled, and they then ""accept of the punishment of their iniquity ; 42 then will I "remember my covenant with Jacob ; and also my covenant with Isaac, and also my covenant with Abraham will I remember ; and I will remember the land. 43 The land also shall be left of them, xand shall ""enjoy her sabbaths, while she * "lieth desolate without them ; and they shall accept of the punishment of their iniquity : '"'because, even because'"' they J'"rejected my judgements, and their soul "abhorred my statutes. "And *"'yet for all that4'", when they be in the land of their enemies, I will not '"'reject them, neither will I "abhor them, to "'"'destroy them utterly, and to "'break my covenant with them : for *I am Yahweh their God : 46 but I will for their sakes 'remember the covenant of their "'"ancestors, whom I ""'brought forth out of the land of Egypt in the p'"sight of the nations, that I might Jbe their God : "I am Yahweh. 40 "'These are the statutes aiid judgements and laws, which Yahweh made between him and the children of Israel in mount "Sinai by the "hand of Moses. 271 "'And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 2 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, bWhen a man shall "accomplish a "vow, "the dpersons shall be for Yahweh by "thy "estimation. 3 And thy estima tion shall be of the 'male from twenty years "old even unto sixty years old, even thy estimation sliall be fifty shekels of silver, after the shekel of the ''sanctuary. 4And if it be a 'female, then thy estimation shall be thirty shekels. 6 And if it be from five years old even unto twenty years old, then thy estimation shall be of the male twenty shekels, and for the female ten shekels. 6 And if it be from a month old even unto five years old, then thy estimation shall be of the male five shekels of silver, and for the female thy estimation shall be three shekels of silver. 7 And if it be from sixty years old and 'upward ; if it be a male, then thy estima tion shall be fifteen shekels, and for the female ten shekels. 8 But if p 184 , where Sp reads ' according to thy estimation the priest (or 0 priest) so shall it be.' Yet in 23 ' thy ' has again a different meaning, and the matter is complicated by the unusual appearance of the definite article as well as the pronominal suffix, siaisn. These facts, compared with @ which throughout omits the pronoun, sug gest that the original reading was ' the estimation,' and that the insertion of the pronoun is of later date to harmonize with 516 (addressed to Moses alone), the scribe having failed in 2S to remove the last trace of the impersonal form. 2(1 M Or, make a special vow. 2,1 M Or, according to thy estimation of persons unto Yahweh, then thy estimation dc^ 181 Lev 27s b Ot 2525 c i2 dS3£»lli6aj e 5I6 14-26 X8h.( /IO 2530 JE 17-24 igkg (725IOA 25^ i 25" j Cp Num 18'4 i Ex i24f I Cp 25IO '2 27- 26. X8bft m Put cp Deut 21I6 Jer 431 Ezek 47l2t ii Sp =redeem Ex i313 3420 28- X8h« 30-33 I8de 0 Ezek 2o37 ISRAEL AT SINAI pe P" he be ''poorer than thy estimation, then he shall be "set before the priest, and the priest shall 'value hini ; "'according to the "ability of him that vowed shall the priest value him. 9 And if it be a beast, whereof men "offer an oblation unto Yahweh, all that any man giveth of such unto Yahweh shall be "holy. 10 He shall not alter it, nor ^change it, a good for a bad, or a bad for a good: and if he shall at all change beast for beast, then both it and that for which it is changed shall be holy. u IAnd if it be any unclean beast, of which they do not offer an oblation unto Yahweh, then he shall kset the beast before the priest: 12 and the priest shall 'value it, whether it be good or bad : as thou the priest valuest it, so shall it be. 13 But if he will indeed "redeem it, then he shall "add the "fifth part thereof unto thy estimation. 14 zAnd "when a man shall "sanctify his house to be holy unto Yahweh, then the priest shall estimate it, whether it be good or bad : as the priest shall estimate it, so shall it •''stand. 15 And if he that sanctified it will redeem his house, then he shall add the fifth part of the money of thy estimation unto it, and it shall be his. 10 And if a man shall sanctify unto Yahweh part of the field of his "possession, then thy estimation shall be 'according to the sowing thereof: the sowing of a homer of barley [shall be valued] at fifty shekels of silver. 17 'If he sanctify his field from the year of "jubile, "'according to thy estimation it shall stand. 18 But if he sanctify his field after the jubile, then the priest shall ''reckon unto him the money ""according to the years that remain unto the year of jubile, and an abatement shall be made from thy estimation. w And if he that sanctified the field will indeed redeem it, then he shall add the fifth part of the money of thy estimation unto it, and it shall •''be assured to him. 20 And if he will not redeem the field, or if he have sold the field to another man, it shall not be redeemed any more : 21 but the field, when it 'goeth out in the jubile, shall be holy unto Yahweh, as a field Jdevoted ; the possession thereof shall be the priest's. 22 And if he sanctify unto Yahweh a field which he hath "bought, which is not of the field of his possession ; 23 then the priest shall reckon unto him the 'worth of thy estimation unto the year of jubile : and he shall give thine estimation in that day, as a holy thing unto Yahweh. 24 In the year of jubile the field sliall 'return unto him of whom it was bought, even to him to whom the possession of the land belongeth. 25 And all thy estimations shall be according to the shekel of the ''sanctuary : twenty gerahs shall be the shekel. 20 'Only the firstling among beasts, which is '"made a firstling to Yahweh, no man shall sanctify it ; whether it be ox or sheep, it is Yahweh's. 27 And if it be of an unclean beast, then he shall "ransom it according to thine estimation, and shall add unto it the fifth part thereof: or if it be not redeemed, then it shall be sold according to thy estimation. 28 L Notwithstanding, no devoted thing, that a man shall •'devote unto Yahweh of all that he hath, whether of man or beast, or of the field of his possession, shall be sold or redeemed : every devoted thing is vmost holy unto Yahweh. 2U None devoted, which shall be devoted of men, shall be ransomed ; he shall surely be put to death. 30 *And all the tithe of the land, whether of the seed of the land, or of the fruit of the tree, is Yahweh's : it is holy unto Yahweh. 31 And if a man will redeem aught of his titho, he shall add unto it the fifth part thereof. 32 And all the tithe of the herd or the flock, whatsoever "passeth under ther rod", the tenth shall be holy unto Yahweh. 33 He shall not search whether' it be good or bad, neither shall he ^change it : and if he change it at all, then both it and that for which it is changed shall be holy ; it shall not be redeemed. 34 "These are the commandments, which Yahweh commanded Moses for the children of Israel in mount "Sinai. 182 k 141 1 Si m 2oa n 109 go» p 13a* q 68* r 861 137° igti 36 90° w i88» THE FIRST CENSUS Num T° NUMBERS" 1-16 l^Q'l a Cp Ex 4oi7 6 Cp 190' c i62 26' d Cp 44 ot 18b e Ezr 820 , Chron 12SI ,641 2 Chron 28I6 3i»t /6t JE P1' ps p< l1 "'And Yahweh "spake unto Moses in the wilderness of ''Sinai, in the tent of meeting, on the "first day of the second month, in the "second year after they were come out of the land of Egypt, saying, 2 H'ake ye the sum of all the "congregation of the children of Israel, by their 'families, by their "fathers' houses, according to the number of the names, "every male, by their 'polls ; 3 from twenty years jold ant] 'upward, all that are 'able to go forth to war in Israel, thou and Aaron shall '"number them by their "hosts. 4 And with you there shall be a man of ''every "tribo ; every one "head of his fathers' house. 5 And "these are the names of the men that shall stand with »ou: of Reuben ; Elizur the son of Shedeur. c Of Simeon ; Shelumiel the son of Ziirishaddai. 7 Of Judah ; Nahshon the son of Amminadab. 8 Of Issachar ; Nethanel the son of Zuar. ° Of Zebulun ; Eliab the son of Helon. 10 Of the children of Joseph : of Ephraim ; Elishama the son ofAmmihud: of Manasseh; Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur. n Of Benjamin; Abidan the son of Gideoni. 12 Of Dan ; Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai. 13 Of Asher ; Pagiel the son of Ochran. 14 Of Gad ; Eliasaph the son of "Deuel. 15 Of Naphtali ; Ahira the son of Enan. 10 "These are they that were ccalled of the congregation, the rprinces of the "tribes of their fathers ; they were the "heads of the "thousands of Israel. 17 And dMoses and Aaron took these men which are "expressed by name : 18 and they 'assembled all the congregation together on the first day of the second month, and they -^declared their pedigrees-^ after their families, by their fathers' houses, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, by their polls, 10* "as Yahweh commanded Moses. ioi> TAnc] he numbered them in the wilderness of Sinai. 20 "And the children of Reuben, Israel's firstborn, their "generations, by a i8s» b 7 0 183 d 84" e 45* f 05" h 18 107b i 83 I 1 119" I6ab m US n 9a 0 lbs P 84 a l88« 1- 131 t 45b u 770 The Book of Numbers starts from the situation described at the close of Ex, and assumed throughout Lev. This is main tained as far as Num io10. In io11 the narrative of the March to Cannan is resumed and the story is carried forward till Israel is victoriously encamped beside the Jordan . The later narrative will be found to be combined from the same sources as Ex, JE and P. A cursory examination of the materials comprised in the earlier section i'-io10 shows that they aro not all of the same class, though it will be seen that they belong to the general collection of P. The section opens with a census of the tribes, and a description of their organization in the camp 1-2. In 3-4 the appointment of the Levites (hitherto unnamed in the priestly legislation save in Lev 25s2*) is recorded, and thoir functions in connexion with the portable sanctuary are care fully detailed. The laws of 5-6, though adapted to the camp- scheme of legislation, are really independent of it : on the other hand, the offerings at the dedication of the altar 7, and the account of the consecration of the Levites 8, belong to P's special conception of the sanctuary and the holy tribe called to its service. But these alternating groups of narrative and law will be found to belong to different layers of P, while they are only loosely combined in their present order. For example 71 is attached to Ex 40, and ought chronologically to precede i1 : while 91 starts from a date anterior to i], though 911 carries tho possover-celebration of the ritually unclean beyond it. These indications point in the direction of later compilation, for which Ps (whose careful numerical adjustments in other places are thus defied) has served as the general groundwork, into which additions might be from time to time inserted. Cp Introd XIII 10. I1 The census in 1, and the order of the tribes around the Dwelling so elaborately presented in 2, are obviously in intimate relation. But it may be doubted whether this relation implies unity of authorship. The tribes are enumerated three times, but the series all vary. (1) In i5-15 the order is nearly identical with that of Ex i2~* : Levi is omitted, and tho number twelve is completed by the insertion of ' the children of Joseph,' Ephraim and Manasseh, before Benjamin. (2) In 120-42 Gad occupies Levi's vacant place. (3) In 2 Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun take the lead. These diversities are most easily explained by the supposition that i2c-47 and 2 are independent expansions of Ps cp i'J0N and 21N. (For another explanation see the forthcoming vol on Numbers by G Buchanan Gray in ICC.) It is further probable that i1-19 has itself undergone amplifica tion. The divine address to Moses 1 begins with the plural 2 ' take ye,' and 3 sjiows that Aaron is now included. But the formula ' take the sum ' cp 84" occurs elsewhere only in passages assigned independently to Pa. The original command probably opened { Number . . . ' cp ,9b 3lfi. The simpler style of the census of Levi may be accepted as the type of P8, and the supple mental clauses in 2 may be plausibly ascribed to a later revision. As in other passages in which Aaron has been subsequently set beside Moses (e g i44 3s9 41), his appearance in sb is probably due to the same desire to associate the head of the ecclesiastical polity with the leader of the nation. But that the original narrative of P8 regarded the census as the act of Moses may be inferred from 10b cp 315* 40 42, and ct 3" 446. The exact deter mination of the amount of additions in il~lfl is matter of much difficulty ; but secondary elements may also be traced in iT-lDa^ where the phrases ' expressed by namo ' l declared their pedi grees ' are unique in P, and the concluding ' as Yahweh com manded Moses ' (cp 19N) recurs continually in Ps. uMIn 2I4 Reuel. *« M Or, families. m xiie formula 'as Yahweh commanded Moses' completes the statement of 18, so @ and Dillm. For its use by P8 cp Ex 39 Lev 8 Num 2™ 3" 4" &c 10b t 50- jp has the simple particle 1, commonly rendered 1 and,' not the advb p as in 54b. This clause follows 10. 20 P8 no doubt narrated the result of Moses' numbering : but the diffuseness and repetitions in 20-44 make it probable that this lengthy recital of the separate tribal totals has been elaborated from a simpler original. This is confirmed (i) by 183 Num l2 ISRAEL AT SINAI JE their families, by their fathers' houses, according to the number of the names, by thoir polls, every male from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war ; 21 "those that were numbered of them, of the tribe of Reuben, were forty and six thousand and five hundred. 22 Of the children of Simeon, their generations, by their families, by their fathers' houses, those that were numbered thereof, according to the number of the names, by the polls, every male from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war ; 23 those that were numbered of them, of the tribe of Simeon, were fifty and nine thousand and three hundred. 24 Of the children of Gad, their generations, by their families, by their fathers' houses, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war ; 25 those that were numbered of them, of the tribe of Gad, were forty and five thousand six hundred and fifty. 26 Of the children of Judah, their generations, by their families, by their fathers' houses, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war ; 27 those that were numbered of them, of the tribe of Judah, were threescore and fourteen thousand and six hundred. 28 Of the children of Issachar, their generations, by their families, by their fathers' houses, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war ; 23 those that were numbered of them, of the tribe of Issachar, were fifty and four thousand and four hundred. 30 Of the children of Zebulun, their generations, by their families, by their fathers' houses, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war ; 31 those that were numbered of them, of the tribe of Zebulun, were fifty and seven thousand and four hundred. 'M Of the children of Joseph, [namely], of the children of Ephraim, their generations, by their families, by their fathers' Iiouses, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war ; 33 those that were numbered of them, of the tribe of Ephraim, were forty thousand and five hundred. 34 Of the children of Manasseh, their generations, by their families, by their fathers' houses, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war ; 35 those that were numbered of them, of the tribe of Manasseh, were thirty and two thousand and two hundred. 30 Of the children of Benjamin, their generations, by their families, by their fathers' houses, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war ; 37 those that were numbered of them, of the tribe of Benjamin, were thirty and five thousand and four hundred. 38 Of the children of Dan, their generations, by their families, by their fathers' houses, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war ; 39 those that were numbered of them, of the tribe of Dan, were threescore and two thousand and seven hundred. 40 Of the children of Asher, their generations, by their families, by their fathers' houses, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war ; 41 those that were numbered of them, of the tribe of Asher, were forty and one thousand and five hundred. v 115" the variation of order in the list already noticed 3N ; (2) by the 'by their polls' occurs only here and 2 18, being afterwards association of Aaron with Moses 44 contrasted with 19b ; (3) by dropped), contrasted with 315- 22 &c. An additional argument the accumulation of clauses 20 22 (it may be observed that is found iu the double close iu 4°- cp 4SN. 184 THE FIRST CENSUS Num 2" g j3S 3602 » 48-63 Inin ft Ct Ex 24" 33" i a2 Sp =pilch j 10" Sp Gen 12" k 46 10" JE P" ii4ri O l7 71! 42 Of the children of Naphtali, their generations, by their families, by their fathers' houses, according to the number of the names, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war ; 43 those that were numbered of them, of the tribe of Naphtali, were fifty and. three thousand and four hundred. 44 "These are they that were numbered, which dMoses and Aaron numbered, and the princes of Israel, being twelve men : they were each one for his fathers' house. 46 "So all they that were numbered of the children of Israel by their fathers' houses, from twenty years old and upward, all that were able to go forth to war in Israel ; 46 even all they that were numbered were six hundred thousand and three thousand and five hundred and fifty. 47 But the Levites after the tribe of their fathers "were not numbered among them. 48 "And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 40 Only the tribe of Levi thou shalt not number, neither slialt thou 'take the sum of them among the children of Israel : 60 but appoint thou the Levites over the "Dwelling of the testimony, and over all the furniture thereof, and over all that belongeth to it : they shall bear the Dwelling, and all the furniture thereof ; and they shall ''minister unto it, and shall 'encamp round about the Dwelling. 01 And when the Dwelling 'setteth forward, the Levites shall 'take it down : and when the Dwelling is to be pitched, the Levites shall 'set it up : and the 'stranger that cometh nigh shall be put to death. 62 And the children of Israel shall pitch their tents, every man by his own camp, and every man by his own standard, according to their "hosts. 63 But the Levites shall pitch round about the 'Dwelling of the testimony, that there be no "'wrath upon the congregation of the children of Israel : and the Levites shall keep the b'charge of the Dwelling of the testimony. 64 "'Thus did the children of Israel ; according to all that Yahweh com manded Moses, so did they. 21 HIAnd Yahweh 'spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying, 2 The children of Israel shall pitch every man by his own 'standard, with the ensigns of their "fathers' houses : over against the tont of meeting shall they pitch round about. 3 And those that pitch 011 the ''east side toward the sunrising shall be they of the standard of the camp of Judah, "according to their hosts : and the 'prince of the children of Judah shall be "Nahshon the son of Amminadab. 4 "And his host, and those that were Enumbered of them, were threescore and fourteen thousand and six hundred. 5 And those that pitch next unto him shall be the ''tribe of Issachar : and the prince of the children of Issachar shall be Nethanel the son of Zuar : ° and w 54b X 7 60" 153" z 151 a.' h' c' 1781 39" i8g» a 185* bc 151 66 d e 561 18I f 131 e H5b h 165 145 in 45. there are traces of two conclusions which have been imperfectly amalgamated, and which our version cannot properly display. Each verse begins with the same formula ft ' and all they that were numbered (45 of the children of Israel) woro . . .' Tho ropoatod vm shows that in 40 a fresh start is made. «« is oomploto in itsolf, and (with "*) may huvo smnmod up the account in V« cp l°b. The somewhat ampler phrasing of 4B suggests its attachment to 2°-" ; its union with 4« stripped it of its numerical predicate, and left the first Wl void of contents, so that the translators ignored it. 48 So Sp cp 19b 45. T for. The familiar formula 'And Yahweh spake unto Moses, saying . . . ' obviously introduces a new paragraph, designed to explain the little supplemental note of *7 on the omission of Levi from the census. Logically the prohibition to number Levi should have preceded the reokoning of the tribes. But the prohibition immediately gives way <*>• to a summary of the Levitical functions at the removal and erection of the Dwelling ; and the whole passage is at once connected 62- with the order of the tribes in camp exhibited in 2. There is no apparent reason in the duties specified in m- for the exemption in *', and it is possible that «» has been transposed from its original context (could it have originally followod "•?): for nnm ™ at tlio oponlng of a spoooh cp Gen if Ex 3023 3113. The correspondence between °°-»J and 1 implies that'they proceed from the same hand, or that °°-j3, which contains the rare phrase ' Dwelling of the Testimony ' (belonging elsewhere to P9'), is at least not earlier than 2. 21 As P& doubtless stated the result of the census, so a description of the arrangements of tho camp may he attributed to him with practical Rocurity. Hut it snoms to have boon roplacod by tho organisation prosontod in 2, which onumoratos tlio tribos in a fresh series compared with 1. The prosont delineation is evidently composite cp 4N. The centre of tho whole on the march as in the camp is the sanctuary 17 ; and tho entire passage is in close relation with io12-28. s3a repro duces i*7 with tho addition of the secondary formula ' as Yahweh commanded Moses ' : while 5i shows the hand of the expander, beside the simpler closes of ir4 Gen 622 Ex 7" 1229 60. It may be conjectured, accordingly, that 2 is founded on materials derived from Ps ; the princes' names agree with i5. • and the numbers with i20.., but the data have been thrown into fresh combinations. * The directions for the order of the tribes in camp and on the march are curiously interrupted in 4 6 8 9tt ll ls 15 16ft 19 21 23 24a 26 28 so sia Dy statements embodying the results of the census, and inserted as so many parentheses. The writer has really forgotten that ho is professedly reporting a tiivino instruction to Mosos, and tho combined presentation is probably tho result of later aggregation of materials. In the second census 26, the numbers all occur in their natural places, I85 Num 2fi ISRAEL AT SINAI b i»l JE 17 Illio C HO id" eiio /Ct ,64 pb PS his host, and those that were numbered thereof, were fifty and four thousand and four hundred : 7 [and] the tribe of Zebulun : and the prince of the children of Zebulun shall be Eliab the son of Helon : 8 and his host, and those that were numbered thereof, were fifty and seven thousand and four hundred. ° All that were numbered of the camp of Judah were an hundred thousand and fourscore thousand and six thousand and four hundred, according to their hosts. They shall 'set forth first. 10 On the 'south side shall be the standard of the camp of Reuben according to their hosts : and the prince of the children of Reuben shall be Elizur the son of Shedeur. n And his host, and those that were numbered thereof, were forty and six thousand and five hundred. 12 And those that pitch next unto him shall be the tribe of Simeon : and the prince of the children of Simeon shall be Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai : 1;l and his host, and those that were numbered of them, were fifty and nine thousand and three hundred : 14 and the tribe of Gad : and the prince of the children of Gad shall be Eliasaph the son of "Reuel : 15 and his host, and those that were numbered of them, were forty and five thousand and six hundred and fifty. 16 All that were numbered of the camp of Reuben were an hundred thousand and fifty and one thousand and four hundred and fifty, according to their hosts. And they shall set forth second. 17 1Then the tent of meeting shall bset forward, with the camp of the Levites in the midst of the camps : as they encamp, so shall they set forward, every man in his place Jby their standards. 18 On the west side shall be the standard of the camp of Ephraim according to their hosts : and the prince of the children of Ephraim shall be Elishama the son of Ammihud. 19 And his host, and those that were numbered of them, were forty thousand and five hundred. 20 And next unto him shall be the tribe of Manasseh : and the prince of the children of Manasseh shall be Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur : 21 and his host, and those that were numbered of them, were thirty and two thousand and two hundred : 22 and the tribe of Benjamin : and the prince of the children of Benjamin shall be Abidan the son of Gideoni : 23 and his host, and those that were numbered of them, were thirty and five thousand and four hundred. 24 All that were numbered of the camp of Ephraim were an hundred thousand and eight thousand and an hundred, according to their hosts. And they shall set forth third. 25 On the north side shall be the standard of the camp of Dan according to their hosts: and the prince of the children of Dan shall be Ahiozer the son of Aminishaddai. 2U And his host, and those that were numbered of them, were threescore and two thousand and seven hundred. 27 And those that pitch next unto him shall be the tribe of Asher : and the prince of the children of Asher shall be Pagiel the son of Ochran : 28 and his host, and those that were numbered of them, were forty and one thousand and five hundred : 2'-' and the tribe of Naphtali : and the prince of the children of Naphtali shall be Ahira the son of Enan : 30 and his host, and those that were numbered of them, were fifty and three thousand and four hundred. 31 All that were numbered of the camp of Dan were an hundred thousand and fifty and seven thousand and six hundred. They shall set forth hind most by their standards. 32 kThese are they that were numbered of the children of Israel 'by their fathers' houses : "all that were numbered of the camps according to their hosts were six hundred thousand and three thousand and five hundred and fifty. 3a But the dLevites "'were not numbered among the children of Israel ; ''as Yahweh commanded Moses. 34 "Thus did the children of Israel ; according to all that Yahweh commanded Moses, •'so they pitched by their standards, and so they set forward, every one "by their families, according to their fathers' houses. 56b l8b i88» 18J in 115° n 189 0 65b 2H Mini11 Deuel. 186 APPOINTMENT OF THE LEVITES Num 32 a Gen 5I Bx 628 3 Illfl- b Lev io2 c Lev 10I b 7 C 12 d 130 0 33 f 69" g lag" h Il8a i 64 J i|5» k 165 1 141 111 12a n agb 0 451 p 140" 1 54" r 12' b iagb t I53>> u 94b v 861 w 108° x 1791 y «5a a' es^ V i8 31- 38- ; while 32i~38 displays pheno mena cognate with those of 2 but in inverse order. Instead of weaving the results of the oensus into directions for the order of the tribes in camp, the passage is based on the enumeration of the Levitical clans but is interrupted by successive instruc tions concerning their place on encampment and the parts of the sanctuary under their care 23~'ia M~32 3S"38, whioh seem to be fragments of a view of the grouping of the Levites round the Dwelling now replaced by the ampler statement of 4. In tho complex structure of $r'-''1 two layers seem distinguish able. (1) °"zo appears to be the work of P» to whom also may be assigned the numerical framework of 2i-3«. The inter vening passages may possibly belong to the same hand, though now out of place, but the references to the ' cords ' 2fl 37 which are nowhere named in Ex 25-29 while they are specified in the secondary reproduction 3518 3940, and to the ' altars ' 81, point to a later source. (2) 40_43 and 4e~sl appear to be the working out of the principles enunciated in 12- *5. ll is plainly an enlarged edition of 45 ; the introductory formula in 40 does not correspond with r,11,l| tho supplomontal instruction in 40b recalls the later use of Ni'3 in i2 ; in 42 the phrase ' as Yahweli commanded him ' seems secondary. On the other hand, there is a relative simplicity in 40-43 which is not inharmonious with Ps. But in 46_51 the marks of later origin are clearer : ' the shekel of the sanctuary ' 47 r,° occurs only in P3 cp Ex 30I3 : ' redemption money ' 40 is found nowhere else. On the whole, the present form of 40~5i seems best assigned to P8, the link being found in P« is. 8 On tho relation of M° to i8'-7 see i8IN. 8 This verse, concluding with the phrase of 7b may possibly be a later expansion cp Klostermann, Neue Kirchliche Zeitschrift (1897) P 57- oa M jp given, given. 9b M Or, from. 10 M Or, number. I8? Num 32 ISRAEL AT SINAI 23-26 29-32 35-38 Luip q Ex 2614 )• Ex 26S6 2 Ex 27^ t Ex 27I8 U S7 426 32 Ex 3518 3940 JE D Ex 25IO to Ex 252a x Ex 2531 y Ex 27I 30I Z 36 415 ct l629* a! Ex 26I6 V Ex 2626 c' Ex 26s7 27I" d'Ex2619 e' Ex 27IO /' Ex 2719 40 I4CL g' Op i2 Sp 41 46-48 Zui^ V Cp I2 & 45 Inil- i' Cp 41 ph pe ir old and upward, even those that were numbered of them were seven thousand and five hundred. 23 xThe families of the Gershonites "shall pitch behind the Dwelling west ward. 2i And the "'prince of the fathers' house of the Gershonites shall be Eliasaph the son of Lael. 25 And the ''charge of the sons of Gershon in the tent of meeting shall be the Dwelling, and the Tent, the ^covering thereof, and the 'screen for the ''door of the tent of meeting, 28 and the 'hangings of the court, and the 'screen for the door of the court, which is by the Dwelling, and by the altar round about, and the "cords of it for all the service thereof. 27 And of Kohath was the family of the Amramites, and the family of the Izharites, and the family of the Hebronites, and the family of the Uzzielites: these are the families of the Kohathites. 28 According to the number of all the males, from a month old and upward, there were eight thousand and six hundred, keeping the charge of the "'sanctuary. 29 The families of the sons of Kohath shall pitch on the side of the Dwelling "'southward. 30 And the prince of the fathers' house of the families of the Kohathites shall be Elizaphan the son of Uzziel. 31 And their charge shall be the "ark, and the "'table, and the "'candlestick, and the *altars, and the vessels of the "'sanctuary wherewith they minister, and the screen, and all the service thereof. :i2And Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest shall be prince of the princes of the Levites, [and have] the "oversight of them that keep the charge of the sanctuary. 33 Of Merari was the family of the Mahlites, and the family of the Mushites : these are the families of Merari. 34 And those that were numbered of them, according to the number of all the males, from a month old and upward, were six thousand and two hundred. 35 And the prince of the fathers' house of the families of Merari was Zuriel the son of Abihail : they shall pitch on the side of the Dwelling northward. 36 And "the "appointed charge of the sons of Merari shall be the "'boards of the Dwelling, and the ''bars thereof, and the "'pillars thereof, and the ^'sockets thereof, and all the instruments thereof, and all the service thereof ; 37 and the "'pillars of the court round about, and their sockets, and their ¦'"pins, and their "cords. 38 And those that pitch before the Dwelling ''east ward, before the tont of meeting toward the sunrising, shall be Moses, and Aaron and his sons, keeping the charge of the ''sanctuary "for the charge of the children of Israel ; and the 'stranger that cometh nigh shall be put to death. 39 All that were numbered of the Levites, which Moses "and Aaron numbered 'at the commandment of Yahweh, by their families, all the males from a month old and upward, were twenty and two thousand. 40 'And Yahweh said unto Moses, yNumber all the firstborn males of the children of Israel from a month old and upward, and "'take the number of their names. 41 IAnd thou shalt '''take the Levites for me ("I am Yahweh) instead of all the firstborn among the children of Israel ; and the cattle of the Levites instead of all the firstlings among the cattle of the children of Israel. *a And Moses numbered, as Yahweh commanded him, all the firstborn among the children of Israel. 4a And all the firstborn males according to the number of names; from a month old and upward, of those that were numbered of them, were twenty and two thousand two hundred and threescore and thirteen. 44 And Yahweh 'spake unto Moses, saying, 45 J'''Take the Levites ''instead 131 39s f* m>> g' 88" h' S6b 56' j' 91 323 Kautzsch and Addis, ' used to encamp,' and so in 24- and 29. . 86. ,# On the significance of the imperfect in this sense cp Driver, Tenses? § 30, and Qes-Kautzsch, Hebr Gram § 107. In 24 • there is no verb at all, nor in the corresponding passages of the following sections 29-32 35-37 . DUt tne final verb in 38 ' shall be put to death ' cannot be treated as descriptive of past usage, and seoms to guarantee the genoral view taken above. 38 M .£ the office of the charge. 38 M Or, even. sa The word ' numbered ' in the Hebr text is singular, and the points over ' and Aaron ' signify ad delendum. Sam @ and some Jp MSS omit it cp le, but its presence in (5) implies its early entry into the text. It is one of the marks of the secondary character of 4 that Aaron is there associated with Moses from the boginning cp i1M 188 SERVICE OF THE LEVITES Num 4 16 y cp « spf V ilf> 1-3 Z4PC a i2 6l3 4-15 Xjihnlr is cl5 ,51 tZl61 e 14 ft\ ct 8 Ex 26" /Ex 255 il Ex 2831 h Ex 2514 • Op Ex 2523 30 i Ex 2529 * Ct Ex 252» Sp I Ex 25* m Ex 35I4; n ,60 0 Ex 30I p 2 Chron 24M* q Ex 278 r Ex 254 « Ex 278 JE P" ps p, of all the firstborn among the children of Israel, and the cattle of the lieyites instead of their cattle : and the Levites shall be mine ; "I am Yahweh. * "^Lnd f°r Kthe redemPtion of the two hundred and threescore and thirteen of the firstborn of the children of Israel, which are "'over and above [the number of] the Levites. 47 thou shalt take five shekels apiece by the ''poll ; alter the shekel of the ''sanctuary shalt thou take them (the shekel is twenty gerahs) : « and thou shalt give the money wherewith the "'odd number of them is redeemed unto Aaron and to his sons. 40 And Moses took the redemption-money from them that were "'over and above them that were redeemed by the Levites : O0 from the firstborn of the children of Israel took he the money ; a thousand three hundred and threescore and five [shekels], after the shekel of the sanctuary : 61 and Moses gave "the redemption-money unto Aaron and to his sons, "according to the word of Yahweh, *'as Yahweh commanded Moses. 41 ""And Yahweh 'spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying, 2 Take the sum of the sons of Kohath from among the sons of Levi, "by their families, by their fathers' houses, 3 'from thirty years old and upward even until fifty years old, all that "enter upon the "service, to ado the work in the tent of meeting. 4 "This is the "service of tho sons of Kohath in the tent of meeting, [about] the 'most holy things : 5 when the camp "setteth forward, Aaron shall go in, and his sons, and they shall dtake down the eveil of the screen, and cover the hark of the testimony with it : ° and shall put thereon a "covering of •''sealskin, and shall spread 'over it a cloth "all of blue, and v shall put in the ^staves thereof. 7 And upon the 'table of shewbread* they shall spread a cloth of blue, and put thereon the Jdishes, and the spoons, and the bowls, and the cups to *pour out withal : and the 'continual bread shall be thereon : 8 and they shall spread upon them a cloth of 'scarlet, and cover the same with a covering of sealskin, and shall put in the staves thereof. 9 And they shall take a cloth of blue, and cover the "candlestick of the "light, and its lamps, and its tongs, and its snuff-dishes, and all the oil vessels thereof, wherewith they "minister unto it : 10 and they shall put it and all the vessels thereof within a covering of sealskin, and shall put it upon "the frame. u And upon the "golden altar they shall spread a cloth of blue, and cover it with a covering of sealskin, and shall put in the staves thereof : 12 and they shall take all the vessels of ^ministry, wherewith they minister in the 'sanctuary, and put them in a cloth of blue, and cover them with a covering of sealskin, and shall put them on the frame. 13 And they shall 'take away the ashes from the altar, and spread a 'purple cloth thereon : u and they shall put upon it all the vessels thereof, wherewith they minister about it, the "firepans, the fleshhooks, and the shovels, and the basons, all the vessels of the altar ; and they shall spread upon it a "covering of sealskin, and put in the staves thereof. 16 And when "Aaron and his sons have made an end of covering the 'sanctuary, and all the furniture of the sanctuary, as the camp is to rset forward ; after that, the sons | k'134 185" 84" 0 93b d 177 a e 188b 88>1 171 161" B h i 1691 104 88 ' 348 M Or, those that are to be redeemed, the &c.—Cv 48 49 " 18" cp is 3S»» 51".+ °i M Or, the money of them that were redeemed. 41 The second Levitical census of all males from thirty years of age to fifty is entrusted at the outset to Moses and Aaron ', and the princes of Israel are associated with them in carrying it out. Compared with the simpler account of the more extensive operations of numbering the whole tribe and all the firstborn males of Israel executed by Moses alone in 315- 4°-42, this betrays the work of the later amplifier, who has combined with it more elaborate directions for the 'service 'required from the three clans 4"ls 24_2S 31~33, though nothing is said about their place in the camp, and they are named in a fresh order. Whether this supersedes an earlier and briefer narrative by P' must be doubtful: some trace may bo thought to show itself in 2I 20 1 thou shalt number,' and in the address to Moses alone 21. But the new superscription in 21 has only been required through the intrusion of w which has nothing to do with the arrange ments for the removal of the Dwelling, and i7-20 which seems an afterthought; 22 opens exactly like 2, and the plural is resumed in s2. The mention of the ' golden altar ' n (cp incense 1G) at once implies a secondary origin, and this is con firmed by numerous small divergences from the phraseology of other parts of P. Thus 2 22 'take the sum' ct i2 infin for imper ; 6 • veil of the screen,' 6 ' covering,' 7 ' table of tha Presence ' (Sp omits ' bread ' ct Ex 35" 3939^ 7 ¦ cups of pourijjgi 7 ' continual bread,' 12 ' vessels of ministry,' 15 ' burdens'' 1° 'approach' followed by accus without a prep — occur nowhere else in P : cp 9 ' candlestick of the light' only in Ex 3514. In 4-i5 the writer implicitly corrects the vagueness of 3™ which insufficiently protected the sacred objects from the gaze of any but priests ; whilo 2fl' is onlargod from j28 cp "L and 3™. . 3 IS. Sp warfare, or, host (and So in 38 3» 41). — Cp rga'. 4 M Or, work.— Cp ''140. 10 M Or, a bar.— Cp 1323, 189 Num 41 ISRAEL AT SINAI t 19 24 27 31. 47 Ct II" "* 16 Xnho u 332 v Ex z720 TO Ex 3o28 17-20 Liar x Op 1 Hum 92l J udg 20I2 ot l49§ y Op iH46b z Cp 1 8am 9I8 3021 Sp\ ot 810 Ex 2843 at a' ft\ 21-23 i4pU I' Cp 2- • 24-28 lui, ia d' Ex 26I e' Ex 2614 JE /' Ex 27I6 (/' Cp 32 ot 19 Sp h'M Sp=lyEx. 3821 Num 78 cp pi8o 29. I4pj ;< ct 2 22 Cp 21 31 33 Lui! ia 34-49 i4p/' f ,16 pi, pS P' of Kohath shall come to bear it : but they shall not touch the "sanctuary, lest they die. "These things are the 'burden of the sons of Kohath in the tent of meeting. 16 '"¦And the "charge of Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest shall be the oil for the Hight, and the "siveet incense, and the 'continual meal offering, and the '"anointing oil, the "charge of all the "Dwelling, and of all that therein is, "the sanctuary, "and the furniture thereof. 17 LAnd Yahweh "spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying, 18 'Cut ye not off the 'tube of the families of the Kohathites from among the Levites : 10 but "thus do unto them, that they may live, and not 'die, when they approach 'unto the 'most holy things : Aaron and his sons shall go in, and appoint them "every one to his "service and to his 'burden : 20 but they shall not go in to sec the "sanctuary even "'for a moment, lest they die. 21 'And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 22 "Take the sum of the sons of Gershon also, by their fathers' houses, by their families ; 23 from thirty years old and upward until fifty years old shalt thou number them ; all that "enter in to "wait upon the service, to wdo the work in the tent of meeting. 24 "This is the "service of the families of the Gershonites, in serving and in bearing burdens : 25 "'they shall bear the d' curtains of the Dwelling, and the tent of meeting, its "'covering, and the "'covering of sealskin that is 'above upon it, and the screen for the door of the tent of meeting ; 20 and the hangings of the court, and the screen for the door of the •'"gate of the court, which is by the Dwelling and by the altar round about, and their cords, and all the instruments of their service, and whatsoever shall be done with them, therein shall they serve. 27 At the "commandment of Aaron and his sons shall 'bo all tho sorvico of the sons of the Gershonites, in all their burden, and in all their service : and ye shall "'appoint unto them in 'charge all their burden. 28 "This is the service of the families of the sons of the Gershonites in the tent of meeting : and their 'charge shall be '''under the hand of Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest. 20 xAs for the sons of Merari, ''thou shalt "number them l'by their families, by their fathers' houses ; a0 from thirty years old and upward even unto fifty years old shalt thou number them, every one that "entereth upon the service, to do the work of the tent of meeting. 31 *And "this is the charge of their burden, according to all their service in the tent of meeting ; the ^'boards of the Dwelling, and the bars thereof, and the pillars thereof, and the sockets thoioof ; 32 and tho pillars of tho court round about, and their Hockots, mid thoir pint*, and thoir cords, with all thoir instruments, and with all their service : and by name yo shall ""'appoint the instruments of the charge of their burden. 33 "This is the service of the families of the sons of Merari, according to all their service, in the tent of meeting, '''under the hand of Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest. 34 xAnd Moses and Aaron and the ^princes of the congregation numbered the sons of the Kohathites by their families, and by their fathers' houses, 36 from thirty years old and upward even unto fifty years old, every one that "entered upon the service, for work in the tent of meeting : 30 and those that were numbered of them by their families were two thousand seven hundred and fifty. 37 'These are they that were numbered of the families of the Kohathites, all that did serve in the tent of meeting, whom Moses and Aaron numbered 'according to the commandment of Yahweh '''by the hand of Moses. 38 And those that were numbered of the sons of Gershon, by their families, and by their fathers' houses, 39 from thirty years old and upward even unto fifty years old, every one that entered upon the service, for work n i88» 0 950 P S4b 1 35 r 50" B 53" t 881 U IQod V 1401 140" x 19" y 39" z 115s 415 20 m Or, holy things.— -r88". i° The instruction concerning Eleazar's charge seoms to be supplemental, as it deals with a pormanent priestly duty, and not with the occasional service of transport. In 17-20 tho rule laid down in lc is restated with a heightened emphasis (cp 1 touoh ' ls and ' see even for a moment ' 20) ; the passage may theroforo be regarded as a secondary addition. 23 M Sp war the warfare. — Cp 9a0, only in P". 32 M Or, number. 190 SERVICE OF THE LEVITES Num 5 12 JE m' ft = which Sum © © on ,19 233 1-4 i6k I64"11 146' 81* 111 44 n 68 1> 11 8k q Ii8a 449 M Or, according to his burden and his duty, as &c. — Cp Dillm in loc, who compares Ex 3821. 5* This paragraph seems to presuppose the provisions con tained in Lev 13-15, though it may conceivably embody in a prior form (cp the parallels -with Ph) the principle there worked out. The phrase 'in the midst of which I dwell' 3 recalls Lev i53lN 2611, and suggests that if this be not a passage inserted from an earlier source, at least the editor has caught the spirit of his older models when he added this supplement to connect their provisions with the camp of Num 1-3. 5 The contents of B~10 fall into two divisions. flb"8 is an obvious supplement to Lev 5u-67, and provides for the case where the injured person is absent or dead, and there is no kinsman to receive the compensation, which is therefore assigned to the priest. In 9* a general principle is enunciated concerning the priestly right to the sacred gifts cp Lev 77-10 31-36 and Lam lljZ. The rare phrase ' holy things of the children of Israel ' points to a possible derivation from P1'. 11 The section which contains the remarkable procedure ordained in case of marital jealousy is supposed by many to be based upon earlier materials. This view rests rather on a sense of archaic flavour in the rite than on any distinctive marks of style. The phraseology is throughout that of P, and only faint echoes of Ph are to be heard in 12 and 20. As a whole the law must be placed with other early sections of P% which seem to be intrinsically older both in form and matter than Ps. But the further question arises whether the present text is not a combination of two distinct though kindred ordinances. The common phenomena of amalgamation seem clearly present : two inconsistent situations are run together : they are dis criminated first by diversities of conception, and these in turn disclose distinctive varieties of diction. The evidence for this view will be best appreciated after a comparison of the two sources (distinguished as A and B) conjecturally rearranged in parallel columns, with analytical notes and references. The separation proposed by Stade {ZATW 1895 166-78) has been followed in the main, but the division set forth here endeavours to avoid some difficulties to which his distribution was exposed. It will be seen by the frequency of the harmonist's phrases that the fusion has been fairly complete. 191 Num 5" ISRAEL AT SINAI j 19. 29 Prov 4IB 726t k 19- Gen 342 ft I Lev 15IO ft m Lev 413 52-1+ n Gen 346 0 Sp mane ct 30 fern p Lev 511 JE pt p8 them, If rany man's wife ¦'go aside, and commit a 'trespass against him, 13 and a man lie *with her 'carnally, and it be "hid from the eyes of her husband, and be kept close, and she be "defiled, and there be no witness against her, neither she be taken in the act ; 14 and the spirit of jealousy "come upon him, and he be jealous of his wife, and she be defiled : or if the spirit of jealousy come upon him, and he be jealous of his wife, and she be not defiled : 15 then shall the man bring his wife unto the priest, and shall bring her "oblation for her, the 'tenth part of an pephah of barley meal : he Ps r igod n8b l6ob But it is hard to resist the evidence for compilation. The law as it stands really contains two views of the incriminated woman : in one scheme it is proposed to ascertain whether she is innocent or guilty : in the other her guilt needs no demon stration, but only draws down on her the priestly doom. Thus the conclusion of B 27* makes it clear that there is a real alter native, 'defiled' or 'clean': and the title, easily reconstructed out of the present colophon 29*, is equally plain. In A, on the other hand, both conclusion 31 and introduction 12 13ac imply only guilt, and the water is not a method of ordeal but a more instrument of the curse 21 23*, The, distinction readily dis cerned between A's ' offering of memorial ' and B's ' jealousy offering ' supports the contention, which is fur-ther sustained by the copious parallels and contrasts exhibited below. In 1S the different genders of the verbs ' hid ' (masc) and ' kopt close * (fern), indistinguishable in our translation, seem best explained as the result of this amalgamation. In the samo verse it is probable that some hint has fallen out by which in A tho discovery of the wife's pregnancy was a sure sign of guilt. Otherwise the two sources are nearly entire. In the following arrangement the phrases in small italics are assigned to the harmonist. (Defiled and cursed, a con demnation.) 11 And Yahweh spake unto Moses, saying, 12 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, If any man's wife go aside, and commit a tres pass against him, 13a and a man lie with her carnally, and it be hid from the oyos of her husband, lij0 and there bo no witness against her, neither she be taken in the act . . . 15 then shall the man bring his wife unto the priest, and shall bring her oblation for her, the tenth part of an ephah of barley meal ; he shall pour no oil upon it, nor put frank incense thereon J for it is a meal offering of jealousy, a meal offering of memorial, bringing iniquity to remembrance. 18 And the priest shall set the woman before Yahweh, and let tho hair of the woman's hoad go looso, and put tho meal offering of memorial in her hands, whicli j.i the meul ojferiny of jealousy: and the priest shall have in his hand the water of bitterness that causeth the curse ; 21 then the pritat ahull cause the woman to twear with the oath of cursing^ and the priest shall sayunto the woman, Yahweh make thee a curso and an oath among thy people, when Yahweh doth make thy thigh to fall away, and thy belly to swell. ^ And the priest shall write these curses in a book, and he shall blot them out into the water of bitter ness : w and he shall make tho (Defiled or clean, a test.) 29 This is the law of jealousy, When a wife, being under her husband, goeth aside, ana is defiled, i3t> and it be kept close and she be defiled, SOa or when the spirit of jealousy cometh upon a man, and he be jealous ovor his wife, l4b and she be not donlcd ; aob then shall ho set the woman before Yahweh, and the priest shall execute upon her all this law. lfl And the priest shall bring her near, and set her before Yahweh : 17 and the priest shall take holy water in an earthen vessel ; and of the dust that is on the floor of the Dwelling the priest shall take, and put it into the water j 19 and the priest shall cause her to swear, and shall say unto the woman, If no man have lion with thoe, and if thou hast not gone aside to un cleanness, being under thy hus band, be t In »li free from thin water of bittoineu that causeth the curse : 20 but if thou hast gone aside, being under thy husband, and if thou be de filed, and some man have lien with thee besides thine hus band : 22 then this water that causeth the curso shall go into thy bowels, and make thy belly to swell, and thy thigh to fall away : and the woman shall say, Amen, Amen. 25 And the priest shall take the meal offering of jealousy out of the woman's hand, and shall wave the meal offering before Yah- A woman drink the water of bitterneSS that cauteth the curse t and the water that causeth the curaa ahull enter into her and become bitter. **b And the woman shall be a curse among her people. . . . 20b and [he] shall bring it unto the altar : 26 and the priest shall take an handful of the meal offering, as the memorial thereof, and burn it upon the altar. 31 And the man shall be free from iniquity, and that woman shall bear her iniquity. weh, 26b and afterward shall make the woman drink the water. 27 And when he hath made her drink the water, then it shall come to pass, if she be defiled, ami have committed a treapass against her husband, that the Water that causeth the curse shall enter into her and become bitter, and her belly shall swell, and her thigh shall fall away. 28 And if the woman be not de filed, but be clean ; then sheshall be free, and shall conceive seed. R u And the spirit of jealousy come upon him, and he be jealous of his wife, and she be defiled : or if the spirit of jealousy come upon him, and he be jealous of his wife. The subjoined table of parallels exhibits the correspondences and contrasts in the order of their occurrence in A : the most striking will be found uifgijlt the last-named requiring the woman to drink the water twice according to the present text. B a ' When a wife . . . ' ?*. b 'Being under her husband, goeth aside' 29 "-. c 'Lien with thee' 19- (1S 19. all different in §). d * It be kept close* l3b. e ' He shall set the woman before Yahweh, and the priest . . . ' 30. f ' Meal offering of jealousy ' 26 isr 18i- cp iiaw of jealousy* 29, ' spirit of jealousy ' 30 »abr. g ' The priest shall bring her near, and set her before Yah weh ' 16. h The offering taken from her ' hand ' 25. i ' The water that causeth the curse'" 22 27i8i-2*r prepared17. j ' The priest shall cause her to swear, and say unto the woman ' M cp 21»\ an alternative being expressly proposed cp a7« and ¦iB« us reconstructed. k ' Belly (to) swell and thigh (to) fall away ' 22 ™. I * And afterward shall make the woman drink the water' 26b cp 27* omitted by © ®. m The offering waved before Yahweh 2Sa. a ' If any man's wife ... 12 (©*» ©V). & 'Go aside, and commit a trespass' 12. c ' Lie with her carnally' 1S. d l Hid . . no witness . . ' 13ac. e ' The man shall bring his wife unto the priest ' 10. f 'Meal offering of memorial' 15 18 26 Cp 1 bringing iniquity to remembrance ' 16. g ' The priest shall set the woman before Yahweh ' 18. h The offering put ' on ' the woman's ' palms ' JQ 18- i The ' water of bitterness ' ia w. wr taken and prepared 18 23# j 'The priest shall say unto tho woman, Yahwoh make thee a curse' 21b cp 27b, no alterna tive being givon cp 12 «l whore the woman's guilt is assumed. k ' Give thy thigh falling away and thy belly swelling ' * "¦ l ' And he shall make the woman drink the water of bitterness ' u. m The offering brought to the altar 26b, and the memorial burnt 20a. 14 seems due to E, and is accordingly eliminated; the cum brous Jj seems to indicate the work of the compiler who has turned the original introduction of B into a colophon, two little groups of words heing retained in the commencement, viz 13tl and llb. ' Spirit ' is here taken as maso, whereas in 30 it is fern. 192 THE LAW OF JEALOUSY Num 68 q Lev 2I 5*1 r Cp « 2&t 1 Sp cp Lev 1421 I Sp 1 Kings 615. so -ft Am 93f « Lev 108 v 1» 2S.-f TO 19 22 24 ft PI , Qen 528t X 2B 31 op Gon 248 y Lev i82<> z Joah 22l9# a> adjt 22 27 vb (?lB207)t d'Bxi7l* c' Ct Gun 67 d' Lev a2 JE P p. ''Sp\ J> Ct 1« 1-21 inpa 8f<; a 56 6 6. 12 Lev iS3i cLev io2 dSp" eSpf /CpGen3o37» trSpt hBt* shall "pour no 'oil upon it, nor put "frankincense thereon ; for it is a 'meal offering of jealousy1', a meal offering of "memorial, "bringing iniquity to remembrance. 10 And the priest shall "bring her near, and 'set her before Yahweh : 17 and the priest shall take holy water in an earthen vessel ; and of the dust that is on the 'floor of the ""Dwelling the priest shall take, and put it into the water : 18 and the priest shall "set the woman before Yahweh, and let the "hair of the woman's head go loose, and put the meal offering of "memorial in her hands, which is the 'meal offering of jealousy : and the priest shall have in his hand the "water of bitterness" that "causeth the curse : 1:l and the priest shall cause her to swear, and shall say unto the woman, If no man have lien *with thee, and if thou hast not •'gone aside to 'uncleanness ; "being under thy husband, be thou "'free from this "water of bitterness that "causeth the curse : 20 but if thou hast Jgone aside, "being under thy husband, and if thou be "defiled, and some man have "lien with thee besides thine husband : 21 then the priest shall cause the woman to swear with the oath of "cursing, and the priest shall say unto the woman, Yahweh make thee a "curse and an oath among thy people, when Yahweh doth make thy thigh to fall away, and thy belly to " swell ; 22 and this water that '"causeth the curse shall go into thy bowels, and make thy belly to "'swell, and thy thigh to fall away : and the woman shall say, Amen, Amen. 23 And the priest shall '''write these curses in a book, and he shall c'blot them out into the "water of bitterness : u and he shall make the woman drink the "water of bitterness that "causeth the curse: and the water that causeth the curse shall enter into her [and become] bitter. 25 And the priest shall take the "meal offering of jealousy out of the woman's hand, and shall "'wave the meal offering before Yahweh, and "bring it unto the altar : 26 and the priest shall *take an handful of the meal offering, as the ''memorial thereof, and "'burn it upon the altar, and afterward shall make the woman drink the water. 27 And when he hath made her drink the water, then it shall come to pass, if she be defiled, and have 'committed a trespass against her husband, that the water that "causeth the curse shall enter into her [and become] bitter, and her belly shall "'swell, and her thigh shall fall away : and the woman shall be a curse among her people. 28 And if the woman be not defiled, but d'be clean ; then she shall be "free, and shall ^'conceive seed. 20 "'This is the law of jealousy, when a wife, "being under her husband, ¦'goeth aside, and is defiled ; 30 or when the spirit of jealousy -^'cometh upon a man, and he be jealous over his wife ; then shall he "set the woman before Yahweh, and the priest shall execute upon her all this law. 31 And the man shall be "free from iniquity, and that woman shall "bear her iniquity. 6l '"'And Yahweh 'spake unto Moses, saying, 2 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, bWhen "either cman or woman shall make a ""special vow, the vow of "a Nazirite, to "separate himself unto Yahweh : 3 he shall ^separate himself from wine and "strong drink ; he shall drink no "Vinegar of wine, or vinegar of strong drink, neither shall he drink any liquor of grapes, nor eat •'fresh grapes or dried. *A11 the days of his "separation shall he eat nothing that is made of the grape-vine, from the "kernels even to the 'husk. 6 All the days of his vow of separation there shall no ''razor come upon his u 128 v 73 w 113 I 141 y 54" z 167° a' 175 V 113 0' 37 d' 43* e' i88b f a8» a i85» b igo° 0 108" d 173 5'7 @ Tent of meeting. As this term is not elsewhere used in the original text of the priestly teaching (cp Ex 2s1") its appear ance here is hardly original. 18 20 ji Qr, with another instead of thy husband. See Ezek 23* Horn 72. 21»b u Or, adjuration. 29 M Or, goeth aside with another instead of her husband. 61 The Law of the Nazirite betrays no special dependence upon Pe except in the thrice repeated allusion to the ' door of the tent of meeting ' I0 ls 18, which may not be original (or may belong to the older view of the sanctuary cp Ex 25IN), the ' basket of unleavened bread ' &o I6 (only in Ex 29 Lev 8). The ritual terminology 1°. • , ' offer,' with the various kinds of sacrifices, and the appropriate offerings, conforms closely to the type of Lev 1-7. Of the three parts into which the law falls 2t>~8 5-12 13-21 the first may well he earlier still. The phraseology shows some peculiarities arising from the subject, but in other respects it approximates closely to the usage of Ph ; thus, with the idea of ' separation ' to Yahweh, cp ' holy to Yahweh ' 8 Lov 217 &c (for 'separation unto God' 7 cp Judg 135 7) 'God' cp Lev 213N); further, 'be holy'5, 'dead body'6cpLev2in, 'make himself unclean ' &c 7 cp Lev 212. For the Nazirite elsewhere, cp Judg 135 7 1617 Am 2n- Lam 47 ; the term is also used in other applica tions Gen 4026 1| Deut 33" Lev 25s »+. 2a M That is, one separated or consecrated. 2b M Or, consecrate. * M Or, consecration. Or, Naziriteship. 193 Num 65 ISRAEL AT SINAI JE P' i 13 Lev 833 j Ezek 442°t 8-12 I6bk k Lev 2i2 I Lev 2i7 m 3522" n 18 Lev 138! 0 Lev 148 p Lev 57 V Ex 33I8 346 c' Ps 4« 1-88 Iiod? a Ex 4ol7 head : until the days be 'fulfilled, in the which he bseparateth himself unto Yahweh, he shall ebe holy, he shall let the J'locks of the hair of his head grow long. 6 *A11 the days that he bseparateth himself unto Yahweh he shall not come near to a 'dead body. 7 He shall not *make himself Bunclean for his father, or for his mother, for his brother, or for his sister, when they die : because his separation unto God is upon his head. 8 All the days of his separation he is 'holy unto Yahweh. ,J And if any man die very "'suddenly beside him, and he Bdefile the head of his separation ; then he shall "shave his head in the day of his "cleansing, on the "seventh day shall he shave it. 10 And on the eighth day he shall bring 'two turtledoves, or two young pigeons, to the priest, to tlie 'door of the tout of mooting: n and the priest shall 'offer one for a sin offering, and the other for a burnt offering, and make atonement for him, for that he sinned by reason of the 'dead, and shall Jhallow his head that same day. 12 And he shall 'separate unto Yahweh the days of his separation, and shall bring a 'he-lamb of the first year 'for a guilt offering : but the former days shall be void, because his separation was defiled. u And kthis is the law of the Nazirite, when the days of his separation are 'fulfilled : he shall be brought unto the 'door of the tent of meeting : 14 and he shall offer his oblation unto Yahweh, one rhe-lamb of the first year 'without blemish for a burnt offering, and one 'ewe-lamb of the first year without blemish for a sin offering, and one ram without blemish for peace offerings, 15 and a "basket of unleavened bread, cakes of fine flour mingled with oil, and unleavened wafers anointed with oil, and their meal offering, and their drink offerings. 16And the priest shall present them before Yahweh, and shall "'offer his sin offering, and his burnt offering : 17 and he shall offer the ram for a sacrifice of peace offerings unto Yahweh, with the "basket of unleavened bread : the priest shall offer also the meal offering thereof, and the drink offering thereof. 18 And the Nazirite shall "shave the head of his separation at the 'door of the tent of meeting, and shall take the hair of the head of his separation, and put it on the fire which is under the sacrifice of peace offerings. 19 IAnd the priest shall take the "sodden shoulder of the ram, and one unleavened cake out of the , "basket, and one unleavened wafer, and shall put them upon the hands of the Nazirite, after he hath shaven [the head] of his separation : 20 and the priest shall "wave them for a wave offering before Yahweh ; this is "holy for the priest, together with the "wave breast and heave "thigh : and after that the Nazirite may drink wine. 21 ""This is the law of the Nazirite who voweth, [and ofj his oblation unto Yahweh for his separation, pbeside that which he is qable to get : 'according to his vow which he voweth, so he must do after the law of his separation. 22 "And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 23 Speak unto "Aaron and unto his sons, saying, On this wise ye shall "bless the children of Israel; "ye shall say unto them, 24 Yahweh bless thee, and "keep thee : 25 Yahweh "'make his face to shine"' upon thee, and be ^'gracious unto thee : 26 Yahweh "'lift up his countenance upon thee, and give thee peace. 27 So shall they put my name upon the children of Israel ; and 'I will bless them. 71 KIAnd it came to pass on the "day that Moses had made an end of 87> f 198 g 167" h 430 in11 ] 86" k i88>> m 117 n 175 o go1 31 109 19a ia' 94* 620 M Or, shoulder. 22 In the absence of any contrary indication, this paragraph is most naturally assigned to Ps, but the actual formula of benediction 2i~2" is presumably much older. The distinctive linguistic affinities are, as is natural, rather with tho dovotional literature of the Psalter than with the legal or narrative styles of the Pentateuch. 7' It is generally agreed that 1-88 belongs in its entirety to the latest stratum of P8. The date in 1 1° attaches the ' dedica tion of the altar' to Ex 402 17 so that chronologically it should precede Num 1 (cp Num " ad init). Yet the distribution of the gifts & 9 implies the functions of the Levitical clans as arranged in 4, while the order of the tribes is that of the camp described in 2, so that the arrangements laid down in 1-4 are throughout presupposed. Moreover the circumlocution is carried to the utmost possible extent. Apart from one or two additional 194 THE DEDICATION OF THE ALTAR Num 7 33 b Ex 40' c 2 Chron 76 I d U 6620f JE P t 42B 33 /4" p Ex 40W fc 47 Ex 2529 i 4H Ex 27s j Ex 30" * Ex 292 I Ex 2520 m Ex 2988 "setting up the bDwelling, and had ""anointed it and ''sanctified it, and all the furniture thereof, and the altar and all the vessels thereof, and had anointed them and sanctified them ; 2 that the "princes of Israel, the ''heads of their fathers' houses, "offered ; these were the princes of the 'tribes, these are they that "were over them that were "numbered : 3 and they brought their "oblation before Yahweh, six ''covered wagons, and twelve oxen ; a wagon for every two of the princes, and for each one an ox : and they "presented them before the Dwelling. 4And Yahweh 'spake unto Moses, saying, s Take it of them, that they may be to Jdo the service of the tent of meeting ; and thou shalt give them unto the Levites, to every man "according to his service. "And Moses took the wagons and the oxen, and gave them unto the Levites. 7 Two wagons and four oxen he gave unto the sons of Gershon, kaccording to their service : 8 and four wagons and eight oxen he gave unto the sons of Merari, kaccording unto their service, «under the hand of 'Ithamar the son of Aaron the priest. ° But unto the sons of Kohath he gave none : because the service of the ""sanctuary belonged unto them ; they /bare it upon their shoulders. 10 And the princes offered "for the dedication of the "altar in the day that it was anointed, even the princes offered their oblation before the altar. nAnd Yahweh said unto Moses, They shall offer their oblation, each prince on his day, for the dedication of the altar. 12 And he that offered his oblation the first day was Nahshon the son of Amminadab, of the tribe of Judah: w and his oblation was one silver ''charger, the weight thereof was an hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver 'bowl of seventy shekels, after the Jshekel of the sanctuary ; both of them full of ''fine flour mingled with oil for a meal offering ; 14 one golden 'spoon of ten [shekels], full of "incense ; 1B one young bullock, one ram, one '"he-lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering ; 10 one male of the goats for a sin offering ; 17 and for the sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, five he-lambs of the first year: "this was the oblation of Nahshon the son of Amminadab. 18 On the second day Nethanel the son of Zuar, prince of Issachar, did offer: 19 he offered for his oblation one silver charger, the weight thereof was an hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary ; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meal offering ; 20 one golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense ; 21 one young bullock, one ram, one he-lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering ; 22 one male of the goats for a sin offering ; 23 and for the sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, five he-lambs of the first year : this was the oblation of Nethanel the son of Zuar. 24 On the third day Eliab the son of Helon, prince of the children of Zebulun : 25 his oblation was one silver charger, the weight thereof was an hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary ; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meal offering ; 20 one golden spoon of ton [shekels], full of incense ; 27 one young bullock, one ram, one he-lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering ; 28 one male of the goats for a sin offering ; 29 and for the sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, five he-lambs of the first year : this was the oblation of Eliab the son of Helon. 30 On the fourth day Elizur the son of Shedeur, prince of the children of Eeuben : 31 his oblation was one silver charger, the weight thereof was an hundred and thirty [shekels1, one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary ; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meal offering ; 32 one golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense ; 33 one 6oi> 54" %118' .65, "5"Il8b I40b >9a m 88= 951 l88b variations in the first two sections 12"17 i8-23, the same formula, consisting of 118 English words, is repeated for each of the twelve tribes, with the alteration of only six words for the number of the day and tho namo and tribo of the prinoe. 710 M Or, the dedication-gift. — Cp Ps 30 (title) 2 Chron 7' Ezr 61"- Neh i227 Dan 32-f. 195 O 2 Num T ISRAEL AT SINAI JE pe P' young bullock, one ram, one he-lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering ; 34 one male of the goats for a sin offering ; s5 and for the sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, five he-lambs of the first year : this was the oblation of Elizur the son of Shedeur. 36 On the fifth day Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai, prince of the children of Simeon: 31 his oblation was one silver charger, the weight thereof was an hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary ; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meal offering ; 38 one golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense ; :w one young bullock, one ram, one he-lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering ; 40 one male of the goats for a sin offering ; 41 and for the sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, rive rams, five he-goats, five he-lambs of tho first year : this was tho oblation of Sholumiel the son of Zurishaddai. 42 On the sixth day Eliasaph the son of Deuel, prince of the children of Gad : 43 his oblation was one silver charger, the weight thereof was an hundred and thirty [shekelsl, one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary ; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meal offering ; 44 one golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense ; 45 one young bullock, one ram, one he-lamb of tho first yeax-, for a burnt offering ; 40 one male of the goats for a sin offering ; 47 and for the sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, five he-lambs of the first year : this was the oblation of Eliasaph the son of Deuel. 43 On the seventh day Elishama the son of Ammihud, prince of the children of Ephraim : 4s) his oblation was one silver charger, the weight thereof was an liundrod and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of tho sanctuary ; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meal offering ; 60 one golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense ; 61 one young bullock, one ram, one he-lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering ; 62 one male of the goats for a sin offering ; 63 and for the sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, five he-lambs of the first year : this was the oblation of Elishama the son of Ammihud. 64 On the eighth day Gamaliel, the son of Pedahzur, prince of the children of Manasseh : M his oblation was one silver charger, the weight thereof was an hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary ; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meal offering ; 50 one golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense ; 67 ono young bullock, one ram, one he-lamb of tho first year, for a burnt offering ; °8 one male of the goats for a sin offering ; 60 and for the sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, five he-lambs of the first year : this was the oblation of Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur. 00 On the ninth day Abidan the son of Gideoni, prince of the children of Benjamin : 01 his oblation was one silver charger, the weight thereof was an hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary ; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meal offering ; °2 one golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense ; 03 one young bullock, one ram, one he-lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering ; °4 one male of the goats for a sin offering ; 65 and for the sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, five he- lambs of tho first yoar : this was the oblation of Abidan the son of Gideoni. 00 On the tenth day Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai, prince of the children of Dan : °7 his oblation was one silver charger, the weight thereof was an hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary ; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meal offering ; °8 one golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense ; U9 one young bullock, one ram, one he-lamb of the first year, for 196 THE DEDICATION OF THE ALTAR Num 8s n Ex 2522 = com. mune Sp o Ex 2522 1-4 iioec a Ex 2720. Lev 24I-4 b Gen il5 dEx 391 « Ex 250 e-n ini« JE p8 p. a burnt offering ; 70 one male of the goats for a sin offering ; 71 and for the sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, five he- lambs of the first year: this was the oblation of Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai. 72 On the eleventh day Pagiel the son of Ochran, prince of the children of Asher: 73 his oblation was one silver charger, the weight thereof was an hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of seventy shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary ; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meal offering ; 74 one golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense ; 6 one young bullock, one ram, one he-lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering ; 7IJ one male of the goats for a sin offering ; 77 and for the sacrifice of peace offerings, two. oxen, five rams, five he-goats, five he-lambs of the first year : this was the oblation of Pagiel the son of Ochran. 78 On the twelfth day Ahira the son of Enan, prince of the children of Naphtali : 70 his oblation was one silver charger, the weight thereof was ah hundred and thirty [shekels], one silver bowl of sovonty shekels, after the shekel of the sanctuary ; both of them full of fine flour mingled with oil for a meal offering ; 80 one golden spoon of ten [shekels], full of incense ; 81 one young bullock, one ram, one he-lamb of the first year, for a burnt offering ; 8a one male of the goats for a sin offering ; 83 and for the sacrifice of peace offerings, two oxen, five rams, five he-goats, five he-lambs of the first year : this was the oblation of Ahira the son of Enan. 84 "This was the "dedication of the altar, in tho day when it was anointed "by the princes of Israel : twelve silver chargers, twelve silver bowls, twelve golden spoons: 85 each silver charger [weighing] an hundred and thirty [shekels], and each bowl seventy : all the silver of the vessels two thousand and four hundred [shekels], after the shekel of the sanctuary ; 80 the twelve golden spoons, full of incense, [weighing] ten [shekels] apiece, after the shekel of the sanctuary: all the gold of the spoons an hundred and twenty [shekels] : 87 all the oxen for the burnt offering twelve bullocks, the rams twelve, the he-lambs of the first year twelve, and their meal offering : and the males of the goats for a sin offering twelve : 88 and all the oxen for the sacrifice of peace-offerings twenty and four bullocks, the rams sixty, the he-goats sixty, the he- lambs of the first year sixty. "This was the "dedication of the altar, after that it was anointed. 89 "And when Moses went into the tent of meeting to "speak with him, then he heard the Voice speaking unto him "from above the Tcovering that was upon the ark of the testimony, from between the two cherubim: and he spake unto him. 81 BiAnd Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 2 Speak unto Aaron, and say unto him, "When thou "lightest the lamps, the seven lamps shall 6give light "in front of the "candlestick. 3 And Aaron did so ; he "lighted the lamps thereof [so as to give light] bin front of the candlestick, ''as Yahweh commanded Moses. 4 And cthis was the work of the candlestick, "beaten work of gold ; unto the base thereof, [and] unto the flowers thereof, it was beaten work : according unto the "pattern which Yahweh had shewed Moses so he made the candlestick. 5 HiAnd Yahweh spake unto Moses, saying, G Take the Levites from p i88b a 185a b 71 0 18 8b 7 84 88 u Or, dedication-gift. 84i> M Or, at the hands of. soa This verse is plainly severed from its natural connexion, for there is no proper antecedent to ' him.' It appears to be a fragment of P*, being closely related to Ex 252L , left stranded like a boulder, amid alien surroundings. 89b So M Ex 2517. T mercy-seat. 81 The construction of the ' candlestick ' is ordained in Ex 2581-39. Ley 24H Ex 2720. and Num 81"* deal with the oil and lighting or ' setting up ' of the candlestick, and aro hero given in order of probable date. This passage seems to define moro precisely the position of the lamps. 2 M Or, settest wp.— Cp Ex 2720. 3 m Or, set up 4 M Or, turned — Cp Ex 251s. B The appointment of the Aaronic priesthood was followed in Lev 8 by an account of the consecration of Aaron and his sons. In a similar way, the institution of the Levitical order 3 finds its sequel in a narrative of their solemn gift to Yahweh for the service of the sanctuary. The analogy of Lev 8 suggests for this piece also a secondary character. This seems con firmed by marks of redactional extension. Thus the instruc tions for tho purification of tho Lovites aro curiously duplicated. A full close scorns to be reached in 1Ba ; but in 16b Mosos is agaiu directed to cleanse them cp "•, and to wave them as awave offering 197 Num 8fi ISRAEL AT SINAI /7 150t2l 9 41S> h ft\ cp I9» j Lev 124 k Lev 83 l Sp\ m Lev 81 1 18 n Lev 834 JE 0 313 P Sp\ »p 3I2 Ex q 313 )¦ Ct 313 Sp »Cp32t 419 23-20 Iiiiu 11 Ot 48 23 30 V Ex 2935 1-14 Lg&g a Ex 19I i> Ex 31I6 3422 Deut 16I up 117 pe ±" among the children of Israel, and •'cleanse them. 7 And "thus shalt thou do unto them, to cleanse them : dsprinkle the ''water of expiation upon them, and let them cause a 'razor to pass over all their flesh, and let them "wash their clothes, and 'cleanse themselves. 8 Then let them ¦'take a young bullock, and its meal offering, fine flour mingled with oil, and another young bullock shalt thou take for a sin offering. 9 And thou shalt epresent the Levites before the tent of meeting : and 'thou shalt "assemble the whole congregation of the children of Israel : 10 and thou shalt "present the Levites before Yahweh : and the children of Israel shall 'lay their hands upon the Levites : u and Aaron shall Twave the Levites before Yahweh for a wave offe.ing, "on the behalf of the children of Israel, that they may be to Jdo the Service of Yahwchi. 12 And the Levites shall 'lay their hands upon the ""heads of the bullocks: and offor thou the one for a sin offering, and the other for a burnt offering, unto Yahweh, to "make atonement for the Levites. 13 And thou shalt kset the Levites before Aaron, and before his sons, and wave them for a wave offering unto Yahweh. 14 Thus shalt thou 'separate the Levites from among the children of Israel: and the Levites shall be "mine. 16a And after that shall the Levites go in to Jdo the service of the tent of meeting. 16b And thou shalt /cleanse them, and wave them for a wave offering. 16 For they are "wholly given unto me from among the children of Israel ; instead of ''all that openeth the womb, even the firstborn of all the children of Israel, have I taken them unto me. 17 «For all the firstborn among the children of Israel are mine, ""both man 'and beast : on the day that I smote all the firstborn in the land of Egypt I Thallowed them for myself. 18 And I have taken the Levites instead of all the firstborn among the children of Israel. " And I have "given the Levites as "a gift to "Aaron and to his sons from among the children of Israel, to Jdo the service of the children of Israel in the tent of ineoting, and to "make atonement for the children of Israel : that there be no Pplague among the children of Israel, "when the children of Israel 'come nigh unto the 'sanctuary. 20 rThus did Moses, and Aaron, and all the "congregation of the children of Israel, unto the Levites : according unto all that Yahweh commanded Moses touching the Levites, so did the children of Israel unto them. 2l And the Levites 'purified themselves from sin, and thoy "washed thoir clothos ; and Aaron waved them for a wave offering bofore Yahweh j and Aaron made atonement for them to cleanse them. '•" And after that went the Levites in to do their service in the tent of meeting before Aaron, and before his sons : as Yahweh had commanded Moses concerning the Levites, so did they unto them. 23 HiAnd Yahweh spake unto Moses, saying, u "This is that which belongeth unto the Levites : from "twenty and five years "old and "upward they shall go in "to wait upon the service in the work of the tent of meeting : n and from the age of fifty years they shall "cease waiting upon the work, and shall serve no more ; 26 but shall minister with their brethren in the tent of meeting, to 'keep the charge, and shall do no service. "Thus shalt thou do unto the Levites touching their charges. 91 MIAnd Yahweh "spake unto Moses in the wilderness of 'Sinai, in the "first month of the second year "after they were come out of the land of Egypt, saying, 2 "Moreover let the children of Israel 6keep the passover d 149 e 173 f 43° g 118" h 45" i 10a j I40b k 141 1 53 in 35 ia' 0 35" p x»5» q 88" r 189* s 45a t I43b u i88b v I191 w i6gb x 39b a 1851 b J> 0 183 cp la further cp 9a •oa. I8-19 shows direct dependence on 39 12' , but in 17 the compiler has abandoned the usage of 313 Ex 1212 • • "I? • • JO, iu favour of the formula • • 3 • • 3 cp 1080 35. Further, the original draft of the ceremony implies that Hoses through out is the agent of dedication, as in Lev 8 cp 6- •• . Accordingly in 13 Mose3 is instructed to ' wave ' the Levites symbolically as a wave offering before Yahweh cp J5b. The allotment of this duty to Aaron n, belongs apparently to the later revision which set him by the side of Moses in the census cp i1N. The original form, therefore, would seem to have been comprised in 6~10 12-15^ -with a simple record of the fulfilment of the divine commands, now expanded into 20~22, where Aaron's share becomes more prominent. It is in accordance with this view that the atonement to be made by Moses in 12 is ascribed to Aaron in 21. Dillm suggests that I3b-14 feu mt0 its present place when 1X was inserted, thus interrupting 13a and lea which may have stood in immediate connexion. 8lla So M ft. T offer, and in 13 15 21. "b M Or, from. i« M See 39. 17 Sp as in 313. T sanctified. i°a M Sp Nethunim, given. 19b n Or, through the children of Israel coming nigh. 23 According to 48 the period of Levitical service in the sanctuary was fixed from thirty to fifty years of age: This law, extending the time by five years, from twenty-five to fifty, can only be a later modification. 24 M Sp to war the warfare in the work. — p9a°. 20 M ft return from the warfare of the work. 91 The celebration of the passover in the first month of the second year of the Exodus falls in order of time before the census at the opening of the second month i1 cp 71 ; the record seems, however, to be introduced here to prepare for the secondary passage in 6~14 providing for a supplemental observ ance on the fourteenth of the second month, which is thus completed before the start on the twentieth io11. Cp Ex 12. 2 Sp and. Apparently some words have dropped out, so that the text is defective. It seems probable that other material has here been incorporated, for the language is not without affinities to Ph ; thus 2-6 ' do the passover,' cp Ex 3110 ct Ex ia5 14 17, 3 ' statutes and judgements ' cp u pai3. Some slight variations in (5J 2~5 further indicate diversity of treatment or scribal manipulation. 198 SUPPLEMENTAL PASSOVER LAW Num 92 C 8 7 13 282 d Ex I2» e @ thejlral f Sp= judgements op 313 8-13 X6b! P5a h 274 368 Lev 27I8 i Lev i830 j Ex 12S I; Ex 12IO I Ex 1246 14 Lag,i* m Ex 1248 15-23 Ziob/ 0 Ex 4034 p Ezek 1 13- 82 10I 408 42II S Ex 4088 >• Cp Sp Neh s2t JE P8 p. in "its appointed season. 3 In the fourteenth day of 'this month, "'at even, ye shall 'keep it in Its appointed season : according to all the statutes of it, and according to all the 'ordinances thereof, shall ye ''keep it. 4 And Moses spake unto the children of Israel, that they should bkeep the passover. 6 And they ''kept the passover in the first [month], on the fourteenth day of the month, "at even, in the wilderness of Sinai : ''according to all that Yahweh commanded Moses, so did the children of Israel. 6 ""And there were certain men, who were "unclean by the "dead body of a man, so that they could not 6keep the passover on that day : and they came before Moses and before Aaron on that day : 7 and those men said unto him, We are unclean by the "dead body of a man : wherefore are we kept back, that we may 'not 'offer the oblation of Yahweh in cits appointed season among the children of Israel ? 8 And Moses said unto them, Stay ye ; that I may hear what Yahweh will command concerning you. 9 And Yahweh spake unto Moses, saying, 10 Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, eIf any man of you or of your hgenerations shall be "unclean by reason of a dead body, or be in a journey afar off, yet he shall 6keep the passover unto Yahweh : n in the second month on the fourteenth day "at even they sliall ""keep it ; thoy shall 'eat it with unleavened bread and bitter herbs: 12 they shall 'leave none of it unto the morning, nor 'break a bone thereof: according to all the statute of the passover they shall bkeep it. 13 But the man that is clean, and is not in a journey, and forbeareth to ''keep the passover, that soul shall be 'cut off from his people : because he offered not the oblation of Yahweh in "its appointed season, that man shall Jbear his sin. 14 xAnd "if a stranger shall sojourn among you, and will keep the passover unto Yahweh ; according to the statute of the pass- over, and according to the 'ordinance thereof, so shall he do: ye shall have "one statute, both for the stranger, and for him that is kborn in the land. 15 HIAnd on the day that the 'Dwelling was "reared up the cloud "covered the Dwelling, even the tent of the "testimony : and at even it was upon the Dwelling pas it were the appearance of fire, until morning. 10 So it was "alway : the cloud covered it, and the appearance of 'fire by night. 17 And "whenever the cloud "was taken up from over the Tent, then after that the children of Israel journeyed : and in the place where the cloud "abode, there the children of Israel encamped. 18 "At the commandment of Yahweh the children of Israel journeyed, and at the commandment of Yahweh they encamped : as long as the cloud rabode upon the Dwelling they remained encamped. 1!) And when the cloud tarried upon the Dwelling many days, then the children of Israel 'kept the charge of Yahweh, and journeyed not. 20 And rsometimes the cloud was a few days upon the Dwelling ; then "according to the commandment of Yahweh they remained encamped, and according to the commandment of Yahweh they journeyed. 21 And rsometimes the cloud was from evening until morning ; and when the cloud "was taken up in the morning, they journeyed: or [if it continued | by day and by night, when the cloud 'was taken up, they journeyed. 22 Whether it were two days, or a month, or a year, that the cloud tarried upon the Dwelling, 'abiding thereon, the children of Israel remained encamped, and journeyed not : but when it qwas taken up, d 189° e 198 f ll8« g 190 , 1 igb •59 r 8 54' igc 93 5 n M Sp between the two evenings — p3a. 6 An exceptional case giving rise to a law placed in narrative setting (for other instances in P" cp Lev io12- • 2418. • Num 3i21' •). The law, however, takes cognizance of other circumstances beside those which suggest it, and the reference to travellers 10 may have led the compilers to place the section immediately before th e account of the resumption of the march cp 1N. The peculiarities of phrase noted in 2'6 are not wanting in 6> • ; for nephesh *¦ lu 1 soul ' = ' dead body ' cp pig8 ; ' if any man ' 10 cp igod ; ' bear his sin' « cp a8b 193; 'not' 7 Lev 18s" 20* 2616 cp Josh 2226 P"; with 8 cp Lev 2412, 'stay' cp Ex o28. On the whole, therefore, i"14 may be regarded as in one piece P", showing acquaintance with the usage of both Pb and P«. 16 This passage attaches itself to Ex 40. The general im pression of its secondary character suggested by this reference as well as by its numerous repetitions, is further confirmed by some unusual expressions not found elsewhere in Ps ; thus 15 ' as it were the appearance of fire,' J9 23 ' kept the charge of Yahweh' Lev 835t (ct 'charge of the Dwelling, the congrega tion ' &c), 20* ' and sometimes ' *iir}N uj'l Neh 52_4 f-. ' In 21_23 (S) either follows a shorter text or curtails its original. The present form is probably expanded from a simpler base in Ps. On the contrast of the representation with that of JE Num io33- • cp Introd VIII ii 2/3 i 59. 199 Num 9" ISRAEL AT SINAI JE 1-8 I4S I a Qen 614 6 8-10 3I6* Hos c Sp= convoca tion Ex I213 Lev 232. . Num 28 29* t( Lev 2324 e 23 /2io 8illh( "• ^mcsc g Ct 3i2l 326 Deut 20I 7i3i« i 0[i Is 62« j 15x 14SO 10 Igo I k 28"t ( il 111 91' n 1218 133 28 Dout il Gen 2121 13-28 l^rh >l)P 23 ' 33 ph pe P they journeyed. 23 "At the commandment of Yahweh they encamped, and at the commandment of Yahweh they journeyed : they 'kept the charge of Yahweh, at the commandment of Yahweh "by the hand of Moses. IO1 "And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 2 "Make thee two trumpets of silver ; of "beaten work shalt thou make them : and thou shalt use them for the "calling of the "congregation, and for the "journeying of the camps. 3 And when they shall blow with them, all the ^congregation shall ^gather themselves unto thee at the Moor of the tent of meeting. 4 And if they blow but with one, then the 'princes, the 'heads of the thousands of Israel, shall ^gather themselves unto thee. 6And when ye blow an ''alarm, the camps that lie on the "east side shall take their journey. 6 And when ye blow an alarm the second time, the camps that lie on the •''south side shall take their journey : they shall blow an alarm for their "journeys". 7 But when the assembly is to be "gathered together, ye shall blow, but ye shall not sound an alarm. 8 *And the 'sons of Aaron, the priests, shall blow with the trumpets; and they shall Jbe to you for a "statute for ever 'throughout your generations. 9 ""And when ye "go to war in your Jand against the adversary that oppresseth you, then ye shall sound an alarm with the ''trumpets ; and ye shall be 'remembered before Yahweh your God, and ye shall be •'saved from your enemies. 10 'Also in the day of your gladness, and in your mset feasts, and in the 'beginnings of your months'", ye shall blow with the trumpets over your burnt offerings, and over the sacrifices of your peace offerings ; and they shall "be to you for a "memorial before your God : "I am Yahweh your God. 11 "And it came to pass in the 'second year, in the "second month, on the twentieth day of the month, that the "'cloud rwas taken up from over the "Dwelling of the testimony. 12 And the children of Israel 'set forward according to their "journeys out of the wilderness of "Sinai ; and the cloud "abode in the wilderness of "Paran. 13 *And they first took their journey "according to the commandment of Yahweh by the hand of Moses. 14 And in the "first [place] the "standard of the camp of the children of Judah set forward 'according to their hosts : and over his host was ^Nahshon the son of Amminadab. 16 And over the host of the 'tribe of the children of Issachar was Nethanel the son of Zuar. 16 And over the host of the tribe of the children of Zebulun was Eliab the son of Helon. 17 And the Dwelling was "taken down ; and the sons of 'Gershon and the sons of 'Merari, who bare the Dwelling, set forward, 18 And the standard of the cainp of Reuben set forward according to their hosts : and over his host was Elizur the son of Shedeur. " And over the host of the tribe of the children of Simeon was Shelumiel the son of Zurishaddai. 20 And over the host of the tribe of the children of Gad was Eliasaph the son of Deuel. 21 And the 'Kohathites set forward, bearing the "'sanctuary : and [the other] did "'set up the Dwelling against they came. 22 And the standard of the camp of the children of Ephraim set forward according to their hosts : and over his host was Elishama the son of Ammihud. 23 And over the host of the tribe of the children of Manasseh Gamaliel the son of Pedahzur. 24 And over the host of the tribe u i8oh i8s» 45h 97b ni'mb 'a' 84b h 34' i 130" 62° 76b n 37 o 113 p 303b q 183 r 159 8 54" t 971 u 7 v 54" w i8ob x 151 y i8i z 165 6> was XOi Tf 1-8 be rightly ascribed to Pe, the suggestion that P« contained a brief account of the order of encampment cp 2™ gains additional strength. But the mannor is not uuito uniform, a transition occurring at 5 to 'yo,' while tho duty of blowing is finally limited 8 to tho priosts. After the close in 8 tho editor appends a passage in a rather different style cp m. 2 M Or, turned.— Ex 25I8. fl © adds similar signals for tho west and north divisions. 9 The instructions for the uso of the trumpets 1_8 aro confmod to the march. In u, however, tho situation changes to tho promised land cp Lev 1923 23!° 252 (cp 'your land ' Lev iy° 33 232i 2j22 j^s 45 2q\) ph . Othor peculiarities point in this direction, ' before Yahweh your God ' 9 Lev 2340 p* ((S) omits ' your God '), 1 gladness (rejoicing) ' cp Lev 2340, ' sacrifices of your peace offurings' Luv 176, but op ''118°, 'I am Yahweh your God,' ao3b ((SJ omits ' your God '). Either therefore P« has utilizod other material, or B has attached »• to the other trumpet arrange ments. 11 At this point P& begins the itinerary from Sinai op 33. Sam inserts between 10 and n some exoerpts from Deut i°~8. The description of tho order of the march in 13-28 £a obviously dopoudont on tho arrangements of tho camp detailed in 2, and belongs to the same secondary series of additions to the main narrative of P" : its conclusion is probably to be found in M. 200 DEPARTURE FROM SINAI Num ll2 ti Josh 6» 13* Ia 5212 J E v Judg 4llf w Ex 2I8 * Op Juilg il" y Op Ex 1410 ft z 1440 cp Ex 33I a' Gen 122 6' Cp "19 c' Cp PI50 d' Ex 4oMt cp Num 14I4 e'Gon n4 Sp Qal* /' Gen 2480 Deut 33" a Lam 330+ ct • Ex i524 and pH4 b Ex 32. pe ps of the children of Benjamin was Abidan the son of Gideoni. 25And the standard of the camp of the children of Dan, which was the ''rear ward of all the camps, set forward according to their hosts : and over his host was Ahiezer the son of Ammishaddai. 26 And over the host of the tribe of the children of Asher was Pagiel the son of Ochran. 27 And over the host of the tribe of the children of Naphtali was Ahira the son of Enan. 28 "'Thus were the . "journeyings of the children of Israel 'according to their hosts ; and they set forward. 20 "And Moses said unto "Hobab, the son of "Reuel the Midianite, Moses' "father in law, We are "journeying unto the 'place of which Yahweh said, I will give it you : come thou with us, and we will ,vdo thee good : for Yahweh hath spoken good concerning Israel. 30 And he said unto him, I will not go ; but I will depart to mine own "'land, and to my ''kindred. 81 And he said, ''Leave us not, B'I pray thee ; "'foras much as thou knowest how we are to encamp in the wilderness, and thou shalt be to us instead of eyes. 32 And it shall be, if thou go with us, yea, it shall be, that what good soever Yahweh shall d'do unto us, the same will we "do unto thee. 33 "And they set forward from the mount of Yahweh ''three days' journey ; and the '''ark of the covenant of Yahweh "went before them three days' journey, to "'seek out a resting place for them. 84 "And the d'cloud of Yahweh was over them by day, when they set forward from the camp. 3S "And it came to pass, J'when the ark set forward, that Moses said, Rise up, O Yahweh, and let thine enemies be "'scattered ; And let them that k'hate thee flee before thee. 30And when it rested, he said, Return, O Yahweh, unto the /Jten thousands of the thousands of Israel. ll1 "And the people were as "murmurers, ["speaking] evil in the ears of Yahweh : and when Yahweh heard it, his anger was kindled ; and tho fire of Yahweh ''burnt among them, and devoured in the uttermost part of the camp. 2 And the people "cried unto Moses ; and Moses "prayed 0' 188* d' 38 0' 60 f 160 g' 186 h' 35 i' 86 / 137" k' !67 a 141 b 113 IO20 With this paragraph 28_"52 the narrative of JB is at last resumed (from Ex 3428). The margins prove that it is derived from J, but the abruptness of both opening and close indicates that it is only a fragment. Its beginning has probably been omitted in view of the duplicate narrative of E in Ex 18 (op w), where some portion' of it seems to have been proservod. Tho conclusion, on the other hand, which told of Hobab's aid (cp Judg il6 411, Moore's Judges in ICC, Sayce, Marly Hist 213), has probably been dropped as inconsistent with P's representations 9«. .. 83 Tho basis of this passage is J's account of the start, but the language has undergone some editorial manipulation. On the designation ' ark of the covenant ' cp Couard, ZATW {t&tp) 62 : the repetition of the phrase 'three days' journey' is probably due to a corrupted text; but it does not seem necessary to ascribe the rest to Hi". The verb ' seek out ' is used by P, but in the meaning ' to reconnoitre.' It occurs also in Deut 133 and may quite well have stood in the older narrative, though Couard thinks that priority here belongs to D, and that the passage in the text is founded upon it. For ' resting place ' cp Gen 4915. 31 The description of the cloud as ' over ' the advancing Israelites at once separates this statement from the narrative of J in which it is conceived as going before them i414b Ex 1321 as a pillar. Li P, on the other hand, it is always above them without definite form cp 917- • . The peculiar phrase ' cloud of Yahweh ' occurs only elsewhere iu Ps Ex 4038 (cp Num i414 K), and this verse which in (5) follows 36 may be regarded as tho natural conclusion of 13"28 where a roforenco to the protecting presence of the cloud might be expected. 85 This pair of poetical invocations is hero ascribed to a setting in J, and may have been derived from the Book of the Wars of Yahweh or some other similar collection. For Yah weh's ' enemies ' cp Judg 531. llla The narratives in 11-12 are obviously dorived from JE. Familiar phrases liko tho ' kindling' of Yahwoh's angor u1 1", the style of Moses' expostulation with Yahweh, the description of Yahweh's descent in the cloud n26 126, the place of the sanctuary outside the camp n26 124, and the account of the pro phesying 1 126- ¦ , are conclusive. The Taberah incident is difficult to locate Tho placo is not namod in P's itinerary which makos Kibroth-hattaavah ^4 the first placo after the doparture from Sinai 33lfI. Tho solitary reference to it olsewhere inDeut922 associates it with Massah and Kibroth-hattaavah, but it does not follow that this was the order of the three stories in D's sources. It is plausibly atti ibuted to E, negatively because it shows no special connexion with adjoining J passages, while positively a link is found in Moses' prayer 2 cp 217 and Gen 207 17. No cause is assigned for the murmurs of the people. If they originated in the dissatisfaction with the desert food, E's narrative may have contained an account of the manna, the general disgust at the monotony of the diet, and a plague in punishment, somewhat similar to J's. On this view, R in combining the two documents, retained one and dropped the other, but left the skeleton of B side by side with the full form of J. So, sub stantially, Dillm. Bacon conjectures that 1-3 originally followed the narrative of the contest with Amalek Ex 17s-!8, which ho inserts after the departure from Horeb, in sequence on Num 12. lb M Or, which was evil. 201 Num 11- ISRAEL IN THE WILDERNESS E JE E cSp* d 34 213 Josh 5» e ^t cp Ex i233 /•Ct3410§cp Deut 521 g Gen 26™ 308' h Geu 2g!5 iSp\ k Ex i63lt I Gen 2I2 '4* n Ex i64 o Ex 3220 Dout p21» ji Kx 116 a$tr Ex i62> a Gen 188 Ex I238* ct Ex 292 t Ex i61* u Ct f 65b v Ex 522 w Gen ig7 zCt « j/ Ia 4923 z Cp 3211 Gen 28I6 Lev 2o24 a' Cp I7 Ex 18W 22 18-30 iiob!/ una b' Ex 3I8 d 241) Ex 24I ii' Ex 58 10 cp "83 e' Ex 337 /'25cpGen2738* g' Ex 1922 A' Ex 8»0 23 Josh 713§ unto Yahweh, and the fire 'abated. a And the Jname of that place was called "Taberah : because the fire of Yahweh burnt among them. ...4 "And the emixed multitude that was among them •''fell a lusting : and the children of Israel also wept "again, and said, Who shall give us flesh to eat ? 6 We remember the fish, which we did eat in Egypt for ^nought ; the 'cucumbers, and the 'melons, and the ¦'leeks, and the 'onions, and the 'garlick : 6 but now our soul is dried away ; there is nothing at all : we have nought csave this manna to look to. 7 And the manna was like 'coriander seed, and the "appearance thereof as the appearance of 'bdellium. 8 The people "went about, and "gathered it, and "ground it in ''mills, or 'beat it in "mortars, and rseethed it in mpots, and made "cakes of it : and the taste of it was as the taste of "fresh oil. 0 And when the 'dew fell upon the camp in the night, the manna fell "upon it. 1(J° And Moses heard the people weeping "throughout their "families, every man at the door of his tent : and the anger of Yahweh was kindled greatly. 10b "And Moses was displeased. u And Moses said unto Yahweh, "Wherefore hast thou "evil entreated dthy servant ? and wherefore have I not "found favour in thy sight, that thou layest the "burden of all this people upon me ? 12 Have I 'conceived all this people ? have I brought them forth, that thou shouldest say unto me, Carry them in thy bosom, as a "nursing-father carrieth. the sucking child, unto the "land which thou eswarest unto their fathers ? 13 Whence should I have flesh to give unto all this people ? for they weep unto me, saying, Give us flesh, that we may eat. ...14 "I am not able to "'bear all this people alone, because it is too heavy for me. 15 And if thou deal thus with me, kill me, I pray thee, out of hand, if I have "found favour in thy sight ; and let me not see my wretchedness. 10 iiAnd Yahweh said unto Mosos, '-'Gather unto me "'seventy men of the helders of Israel, whom thou knowest to be the oldors of the people, and '''officers ovor them ; and bring them unto the °'tent of meeting, that they may stand there with thee. 17 And I will 'come down and talk with thee there : and I will /'take of the spirit which is upon thee, and will put it upon them ; and they shall "'bear the burden of the people with thee, that thou bear it not thyself alone. ...18 And say thou unto the people, "'Sanctify yourselves '''against c 138 a 73 e 311* f 31 K 317 ll 151 1 19 11s M That is, Burning. 4 The narrative in 4-30 reveals a dual origin. The com munication of the spirit to the seventy elders in ia- 24b-3o jg plainly independent of the demand for flesh meut and the plague which punished the voracity of the people on the advent of the quails cp 16N. The margins vindicate the main story for J, but it is possible that some passages have undergone later expansion eg 18> • 8l*', and it is also conceivable that other oleinents have boon incorporated into it, causing additional dislocation cp l°bM. It does not seem necessary (with Cornill) to treat 7~9 as an interpolation by B.P. In 10 some critics have seen traces of his hand in the phrase ' throughout their families' (in this form only in Num 234*); but it is hardly used in legal fashion here, and it occurs independently 1 Sam io2i. 7 M Sp eye.—Cp Lev 13"6 Sp. 8 M Or, cakes baked with oil. — ' Fresh ' Sp Ps 32'f . D M Or, with. lua A phrase so common in P that some critics have ascribed its occurrence here to RP (but the sing suff ' his families ' is not favourable to this suggestion cp 234*). On the other hand, if viewed as original, it supplies one of the numerous links between the phraseology of J and that of P. 10b The expostulation of Moses iob-12 16 doea not seem in harmony with the cause implied in the context. His ' dis pleasure ' is plainly directed, not like the angor of Yahwoh against the people, but against Yahweh himself. Tho languago of 12 suggests that he repudiates a responsibility which really lies upon the God of Israel. But that responsibility has not here been thrown upon him, except by remote implication. On the other hand it is formally laid on him in Ex 331 12. Now in the original document of JB the Horeb section Ex 32-34 immediately preceded tho doparture in Num io29- ¦ ¦, and stood consequently in near proximity to the manna scone. Bacon accordingly * conjectures that this passage once stood after Ex 33s and before 3312 (see i2N). In the combination of J and B these verses were displaced by the insertion of the account of the Tent of Meeting, and were woven into the nearest appropriate situation, where (on this view) they have dis located the connexion of 13 with 4-i0n_ 14 May be a fragment of B cp l,b, or it is perhaps due to B, who has caught up the phrase ' bear (Sp = carry) all this people ' (ct 17b 'bear the burden of the people') from 12ft. 1° The prophesying of the seventy elders is in no way related to the adjacont gift of quails. The saene is laid outside the camp, away from the people, at the Tent ' of Meeting, where Yahweh descends in the cloud as in Ex 337< •. Joshua, the minister of Moses, is in attendance on his master, and remains in the sanctuary when Moses 'returns with the elders to the camp 80 cp Ex 33I1. But the new associates of Moses in bearing the burden of the people 17 have no concern with Israel's subsequent conduct, and their selection at this precise moment in no way mitigates either the popular greed or the divine wrath. On the other hand the story deals with prophetic ebneeptions peculiar to B cp JEii4. It has, however, in part the same motive as another narrative in E (with 17b cp Ex 18I8 22, i7b, however, may be itself duo to B.), and seems to belong to a small secondary group cp 12, marked by advanced reflexion on the phases of prophetic activity. (Gray, on the other hand, considers that its affinities are with the stories of Saul's frenzy in Samuel.) By the side of the secular judges over the 'small matters,' the coadjutor-prophets must be assigned to E*. 202 MANNA AND OUAILS Num 123 t' 143 Bx 14!! j' 21 Gen 29I4 ft k'Spt V M31 Lev 2615 43" - in' Ex 1237 n' Ct rioo 0' Judg 2t14 cp Josh 17IO V' «4 •£ q' Ex 61 r» Ex 920 t1 Gen 2721 V Ex 339 E JE E a' Ex 337b u' Ex 24W 33U 10' Gen 82b Sp^restmin 3? Gen 301 y' i2i4. ct 22 Sp tf Cp Ex iol3b I421b a" Ps 9ol°t ii" Ex 16"* c" Gen 3i2« CpEx33ll Deut 34IO q Sp* 1 Kings 10I al r Bx 2o4 1 Ct 9I7 cp 14S Ex 8H 29 (depart) 334 t Bx 46 u Sp = turned to i642 Bx 16IO v Ib 19I3 Jer s4 5oS»t Niph w Gen 20I7 Ex IS28 X Deut 259f ySp* z Cp Lev 134 a'Cp piao t'10 nSOJp c'llSO d' la'2 E JE E /meek, above all the men which were upon the bface of the earth. * LAnd Yahweh spake "suddenly unto Moses, and unto Aaron, and unto Miriam, '"Come out ye three unto the tent of meeting. And they three came out. ° And Yahweh 'came down in a pillar of cloud, and J'stood at tho door of the Tent, and called Aaron and Miriam : and they both camo forth. ° And he said, 'Hear now my words : if there be a "prophot among you, I Yahweh will 'make myself known unto him in a '"vision, I will speak with him in a ddream. 7 My "servant Mosos is not so ; he is "faithful in all mine house : 8 with him will I speak ''mouth to mouth, even manifestly, and not in 'dark speeches ; and the rform of Yahweh shall he "behold : 'wherefore then were ye not afraid to speak 'against my "servant, against Moses ? 9 And the anger of Yaliwoli was kindled against them ; and he departed. *° And the cloud 'removed from "over the Tont ; nnd, behold, Miriam was 'leprous, as [white as] snow' : and Aaron "looked upon Miriam, and, behold, she was leprous. " And Aaron said unto Moses, e0h my lord, May not, I pray thee, sin upon us, for that we have "done foolishly, and for that wo have sinned. 12 Let hor not, I pruy, be as one dead, of whom the flesh is half consumed when he cometh out of his mother's womb. 13 And Moses cried unto Yahweh, saying, '"Heal her, O God, I beseech thee. 14 And Yahweh said unto Moses, If her father had but xspit in her face, should she not bo "ashamed seven days ? let her be zshut up "'without the camp seven days, and after that she shall be ''brought in again. ]6 And Miriam was "shut up without the camp seven days : and tho people journuyed not till Miriam was ''brought in again. 10 "And afterward the ° people journeyed from Hazeroth, and pitched in the '''wilderness of Paran. 131 "And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 2 Sond thou men, that they b 40 c 114 d 101 8 179 t 230 g S6b h 194 a 185 1210 The preposition does not necessarily mean more than 1 from ' cp Gen 17s2 3513 1 Kings 13* al ; in 3 the pillar was at the entrance of the Tent, and E nowhere describes it as ' over ' or ' covering ' it cp Deut 3116. 18 A fragment of J's itinerary cp u36. The reference to the 1 wilderness of Paran ' may be due to RP founded on iol,2 to prepare the way for 133. The district is not named in Num 33. 131 The story of the explorer's mission 13. shows many signs of composite origin. The opening section i31_17a is easily identified with P, and supplies the clue to subsequent analysis. (1) The twelve tribal representatives are directed to ' spy out the land of Canaan' 2 17a; their journey is described in 21b 25-20a j an(j their report is presented in 32. According to these statements they traversed the entire extent of the country from the wildornoss of Paran to tho oxtromo north and buck again 3 21b 20", and their absonco lusted forty days 20 143J. (2) Blended with this is another representation which fixes the point of departure and return as Kadosh 2tib (cp 32s Deut 119 Josh i46-). The travellers advance as far as tho valley of Eshcol in the neighbourhood of Hebron 22> ; this serves as their limit, for thoy carry back to Kadosh tho fruit which thoy cut down from thonco 2a 20b. The roport of the investigators has in like maimer two contradictory aspects, (1) declares the land to be unproductive, and all its people of immense stature 82 : (2) affirms that it is fruitful and flows with milk and honey Mb-sTj though the poople are strong, the citios fortified, and some of the inhabitants gigantic 28. The sequel in 14 corresponds to this division. (1) According to 1326 the report is rendered to Moses, Aaron, and all the congregation : Moses and Aaron, consequently, are the object of the popular murmurs 141 2 6, and are ultimately charged to communicate to tho robollious children of Isruol the divino sentenco of 'death in this wilder ness ' I42". • . The only exemption is in favour of two of tho twelve, Joshua son of Nun and Caleb son of Jephunneh 1430 38 who had endeavoured to pacify the people by declaring tho land an exceeding good land 14°.. (2) The other version nowhere mentions either Aaron or Joshua. Caleb alone stills the people 1330, and is to be permitted to enter the promised lund heroaftor H24 ; while Moses alono hears his remonstrances 1330 and inter cedes for tho guilty nation 14U. .. Further examination, however, proves that (2) is itself a oompound. Thus i3l7b contains two instructions ' go up into the South,' and ' go up into the hill-country ' j repetitions and doublets in 18-2U are best explained through amalgamation ; one writor describes the traditional giants as ' children of Anak ' and locates them at Hebron 1322 28^ while elsewhere they aro designated ' Nephilim ' 83. Those indications point to the presence of both J and E, but their exact partition is matter of much difficulty. The margins show different linguistic clues : further help may be gained from i4U-24 (strongly characteristic of Ja) where the intervention of Caleb 24 justifies the ascription of 13s0- to J, and this seems to carry with it 28 22 i8b-ni and 17b. On the other hand Deut i10-10 is evidently founded on a form of the story in which P is ignored, and the references to Horeb and the Amorites cohere with E (cp "96 105) : this version describes the ascent of the Twelve into the hill-country and their arrival at the valley of Eshcol in terms corresponding with 13170 23. Tho following parallels and contrasts are thus obtained : — Caleb and others sent by Mosos 1327- to see the people ana tlie lund leb-io. Into tho South «b 22. Thoy reach Hebron Thoy roport to Mobos The people are strong 18b 28 31, The land flowing with milk and honey 27 148. Childron of Anak ut Hebron I322 28. Tho people weep 14!°. l^our of douth and 1i..-h ot wives nnd chili dron 3. Culcbsbills tho people ,33U. ,48. . Intercession of Moaes 11. •: only Caleb and the little ones to soe the promised lund 24 31. Tho people [proposing to go up] aro forbiddou, but thoir presumptuous attempt ia defeated 41-45. E [Twelve men sent at the request of the people Deut i22-25.J Into, the hill-country I317o. Thoy reach the valley of Eshcol 23( cut down some fruit, and come buck to Kadosh 26b. They report to their countrymou 20b and show tlio fruit. Tho |iooplo are mtuiy 18c occupying all parts of tlie country 29. The land fruitful 20 23. 26b 27b. Nephilim in the country 33. (Tho children of Israel) cry out 141b. Proposal to oloct a cuptuin *. Instructions to march by way of tho Rod Sea 2.1. Tho peoplo go up, intending to enter tho promlsuct land direct 40, Hoshea (Joshua) and Caleb with ten othora sent by command of Yahweh to explore the land of Ounuun i3l-i7a. Thoy Bpy out the land to llehob 21b and come buck to the wilderness of Paran 20". They roport to Mobos, Aaron, and the con gregation 20a 32. The land eating up its inhabitants 32». All tho people of great stature 32b. Tlie congregation murmur against Moses and Aaron 1411 2 6, Joshua and Calob ex postulate e. oa 10, Moses and Aaron enjoined to announce forty years of wander ing and doatli in tho wilderness to all save Culob and Joshua so-39 32. ., Death of ton spies by plague 36.. 204 THE MISSION OF THE SPIES Num 13 24 a is2 Bx 68 Lev I434 6 iol2 i2l« cCp84 d Ct JobIi 146 14 e Cp leb ct Bx ¦79 J E may ''spy out the "land of Canaan, which ''I "give unto the children of Israel : of every "tribe of their fathers shall ye send a man, every one a 'prince among them. 3 And Moses sent them from the ''wilderness of Paran 'according to the commandment of Yahweh : all of them men who were cheads of the children of Israel. 4 And hthese were their names : of the tribe of Eeuben, Shammua the son of Zaccur. 6 Of the tribe of Simeon, Shaphat the son of Hori. 6 Of the tribe of Judah, ''Caleb the son of Jephunneh. 7 Of the tribe of Issachar, Igal the son of Joseph. 8 Of the tribe of Ephraim, "Hoshea the son of Nun. ° Of the tribe of Benjamin, Palti the son of Eaphu. 10 Of the tribe of Zebulun, Gaddiel the son of Sodi. n Of the tribe of Joseph, [namely], of the tribe of Manasseh, Gaddi the son of Susi. 12 Of the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the son of Gemalli. 13 Of the tribe of Asher, Sethur the son of Michael. « Of the tribe of Naphtali, Nahbi the son of Vophsi. 16 Of the tribe of Gad, Geuel the son of Maclii. 16 'These are the names of the men which Moses sent to ''spy out the land. And Mosos called Iloshea the son of Nun Joshua. r" And Moses sent them to "spy out the "land of Canaan, fSp=goup g Sp=tke moun tain cp 29 1440 44 Dout l24 h Qen 428 Josh 2I i Sp thel'eon Lev 2518. 263' Deut 3020 j Gen 2721 k Op (2«) 31 iSp" n 22 28 Dout I23 Josh 14I2 71 Cp fenced Sp 28 Num 32" M Josh io20 0 Gon 4920» p Ezek 342of 5 Gen 482* r Cp 28 26b 27b a Cp l'" t 348 JoBh 135 u Cp «b v Gen 13I8 w Josh icl4 Judg iio x 32" Deut i54 ct Gen 14W y Sp* Is 17IO al z eshcol Gen 40!° Deut 3233* ar Num 2oB ...l7b And he said unto them, -^Get you up this way "by the South, . . .l7° and go up into "the mountains : 181 and ''see the land what it is ; . . . ...18b and the people that dwelleth 'therein, 'whether they be 'strong or 'weak, 18° whether they be few or many ; 10 and what the land is that they dwell in, whether it be 'good or bad ; and what "'cities they be that they dwell in, whether in camps, or in "strong holds ; 20 and what the land is, whether it be "fat or plean, whether ithere be wood therein, or not. And 'be ye of good courage, and bring of the rfruit of the land. Now the time was the time of the firstripe grapes. 210 "So they Vent up, 22 And they ''went up "by the South, and came unto "Hebron ; and "Ahi- man, Sheshai, and Talmai, the children of Anak, were there. (Now Hebron was built seven years before Zoan in Egypt.) 23 and they came unto the valley of "Eshcol, and cut down from thence a "branch with one "cluster of grapes, and they bare it upon a staff between two ; [they brought] also of the "'pomegranates, and of the figs. 24 "That place was called the valley 21b and they bspied out the land from the wilderness of kZin unto Eehob, to the 'entering in of Hamath. 150 4 94 165 131 190 188 1 165 J 84 1317b 22 M Or, into. 21" Sp and they went up as in 22, an obvious doublet. As j? does not contain any instructions to 'go up,' these two passages seem best treated as the issues of the twofold command 'goup'i7b0. One, therefore, belongs to E, the other to J. Tho continuation of E's narrative is found in 2S, ct ' thoy went up and came to the valley of Eshcol ' with 22 ' they went up . . . and came to Hebron.' With both these ct 2ib which sends them right through the land to its northernmost verge. 21b The sequel of 17a. The pronoun involved in the Sp verb has been insortod in the text. 2411 This vorso may possibly bo an editorial annotation, ox- plaining tho namo 'valley of Eshcol' 23. But the peoullar word ' because ' pleads for E, 205 Num 13 24 ISRAEL IN THE WILDERNESS JE E of "Eshcol, 'because of the cluster which the children of Israel cut down from thence. I' i434 C< Ct 27 30 op I42 6 26 d> 326 Dout 1I9 Josh 146- €' 228 Qen 37I4 Jostl 147 Deut /' Cp 19 148 gl 2235 23I3 W Op l8 1' Cp 19 Sp Deut ,28 y Cp 22 lc> 1426 43 45 (' Gen 20I ct 1"> m' Ot 1443 48 cp Josh ii8 o' I424 v'Sp\ q' Qen is7 22I7 246O a' i436. cp Gen 372* «'l47u' Lev 2638 Ezok 3613 v' Cp Jer 2214 Is is'tSp . . .26b to d'Kadesh ; and they "'brought back word unto them, "and unto all the congregation, and shewed them the rfruit of the land. ...™°- "And they "told him, and said, We came unto the-^land whither thou sentest us, and "surely iPfloweth with milk and honey ; ...27b and this is the rfruit of it. 28 "'Howbeit the people that dwell in the land are '''strong, and the cities are ''fenced, [and] very great : and "moreover we saw the J'children of Anak there. 29 "*' Amalek dwelleth in the 'land of the South : and the Hittite, and the Jebusite, and the "Amorite, dwell in the "mountains : and the '"'Canaanite dwelleth by the sea, and along by the "'side of Jordan. 80 "And "'Caleb "'stilled the people before Moses, and said, Let us go up at once, and ''possess it ; for we are ''well able to overcome it. 31 But the men that went up with him said, We be not able to go up against the people ; for than we. they are "stronger 26 And they returned from bspying out the land at the end of ''forty days. 26a And they went and came to Moses, and to "'Aaron, and to all the ""congregation of the children of Israel, unto the wilder ness of Taran. 1 in m 45 n 319 o 126 P 34 q 96 ct 17 33 And there we saw the "Nephilim, 32 And they ''brought up an evil report of the land which they had "spied out unto the children of Israel, saying, The land, ''through which we have gone to spy it out, is a land that "'eateth up the inhabitants thereof; and all the people that we saw in it are men "'of great stature. 1324b m That is, a cluster. 2«b A harmonist's insertion from 2»<>. 27» Cp i6l8!1. 29 The authorship of this short catalogue of peoples (which differs in style from the lists named in Ex 38N) has been much discussed ; it is here assigned to E for the following reasons : (1) 'the land of the South' ct " 22 cp Gen 201 E; (2) the reference to the Amorite as dwelling in the hill-country (Sp ' mountain ') seems best to fit E cp "0,6 Deut i27 44 . (3) the location of the Canaanite in the Jordan valley on the east and the maritime lowlands on the west is in direct opposition to I443 J ; (4) a further phraseological coincidence with E occurs in the phrase ' hand of the Jordan ' cp Ex 25 ' hand ' of the Nile. The verse can hardly belong to J on the ground of (3), and the only alternative would be to regard either the whole or part of it as redactional. 30 The intervention of Caleb seems here introduced pre maturely, for the people have as yet given no signs of agitation or resistance. The passage probably followed 14!° and 8, but was displaced by the incorporation of P's version in which Joshua and Caleb endeavour to quell the murmurs of the congregation i48-. The sequel of 13s0- doubtless included 148 »b. 88 M Or, giants. — Gen 64f. The harmonist endeavours to identify these with the ' children of Anak ' 22 28b. Three repre sentations of tho tradition are thus traceable : at Hebron dwelt the ' children of Anak ' 22 28 a ra06 of mighty size, J ; 'there ' (query in the ' mountain ' 170) among the numerous races named in 2B were the Nephilim or ' giants,' E ; ' all the people ' from end to end were of great stature, P. In this last statement the antiquarian detail has heen dropped, and the idea generalized. 206 THE PEOPLE REFUSE TO GO UP Num 14 11 ,»' Ct 22 28 , a Gen 452 6 11IOI8 C 6 26 I32B d2o3Qon 17I6 = Oh that eCp43» /31 Dout l39 g Ex 1412 JE E the ""sons of Anak, which come of the Nephilim: and we were in our own sight as grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight. . . .lb Tand they "gave forth their voice. . .*" And the^peopleVept "that night. h Ex 126 (5) om i 1316b ct 13m J136 k 1316a I Sp as In 1388 wi Gen 34I9 n 1327 0 Josh 22I6 18. Gen 144' Ezek 28 17I6 2033 at ...3 And wherefore doth Yahweh bring us unto this land, to "fall by the sword? Our "wives and our "little ones shall be a •''prey : were it not "better for us to return into Egypt? 4 And they said 'one to another, Let us make a captain, and let us return into Egypt. p Ct 26. . q 23 ,630 Dent 3l20» r Op Ex 430. ...8 "If Yahweh ""delight in us, then he will bring us into this land, and give it unto us ; a "land which 'fioweth with milk and honey. 9b TBut as for you kfear ye not the people of the land ; for they are bread for us : their "defence is 're moved from over them, and Yahweh is mwith us : kfear them not. 141* "And all the "congregation lifted up 2 And all the children of Israel ''mur mured against Moses and against "Aaron : and the whole "congregation said unto them, dWould God that we had died in the land of Egypt I or would God we had died in this wilderness ! 6 Then Moses and "Aaron "fell on their faces before all the ''assembly of the "con gregation of the children of Israel. 6 And 'Joshua the son of Nun and ¦'Caleb the son of Jephunneh, which were of *them that hspied out the land, rent their clothes : 7 and they spake unto all the "congregation of the children of Israel, saying, The land, 'which we passed through to "spy it out, is an 'exceeding good land. Only ''rebel not against Yahweh, 10 But all tho "congregation bade "stone thorn with stones. And the "glory of Yahweh appeared in the tent of meeting unto all the children of Israel. 11 And Yahweh said unto p3£oscs, How long will this people "despise me ? and how long will they not "believe in me, for all the 'signs which I have a 45 b 236 0 143 d 114 0 5a" f 113s g 67 h 150 1 63 j 34 k 154 1 334 m 130 n 153 0 79 p 134 141a Thg opening verse presents a curiously mixed text. Sp runs, 'And all the congregation lifted up' (fern sing) 'and they gave forth their voice ' (mosc pi). The introduction of the ' congregation ' shows the hand of P, whose formula elsewhere enables us to reconstruct his text, ' and all the congregation of the children of Israel murmured . . . ' cp Ex i62. The phrase ' give forth the voice ' finds a counterpart in E Gen 4s2 : for ' the people wept ' cp 1 i10 l8 J. It is possible that J's narrative ran originally 'lifted up their voice and wept' cp JEi76b, the first verb being transferred in the amalgamation from the 'people' to the 'congregation,' and 'their voice' being sup pressed as needless in view of the other clause. lb So Sp Gen 45s. T their voice and cried. The subject may have been ' all the children of Israel ' 2. 8 Probably a part of Caleb's speech cp i^0". 9b Sp as in 82. T neither fear ye. When the clause in 9a is removed (the margin indicates its place in P) the order of the words in Sp bocomes more impressive and significant ; standing as the second term in a contrast, of which 8 supplies the opening. 9b' M Sp shadow. 207 Num 141 ISRAEL IN THE WILDERNESS a Ct 37 cp Bx 53 t Cp Ex 158 u Gen 122 Ex 32W v Gen 50U w Ct 128 Bx 33" x io38 Ex 1321 y Gon 29I3 Dout 225 E JE z Ex 346 o' Ex 349 V Deut 324 c' Sp=apared Gen i824 il' Ex 9I6 c' Jer 2a24 Ezek 511 Is 49I8 /' Cp Is 68 11O «' Ex i72b Dent 616 h' 1338 i' Gen 22I8 j' Ct i330 £ f Ct 43 46 ,329 (' Deut i40 m' 2i4 Ex 13I8 n' Cp Ex 66 0' Ct 20 Ezek (13) r' Lev 2680 4' Cp 2 wrought "among them? 12 1 w/ft smite them with the "pestilence, and 'disinherit them, and will "make of thee a nation greater and 'mightier than they. ld"And Hoses said unto Yahweh, Then the Egyptians shall hear it; for thou 'broughtest up this people in thy might from among them ; 14 and they will tell it to the "inhabitants of this land : they have heard that thou Yahweh art "in the midst of this •people ; for thou Yahweh art seen "face to "face, "and thy cloud standeth over them, and thou goest ' before them, in a pillar of cloud by day, and in a pillar of fire by night. 15 Now if thou shalt Mil this people as one man, then the nations tvhich have "heard the fame" of thee ivill speak, saying, 1(i Because Yahweh ivas not able to bring this people into the land winch he ''sware unto them, therefore he hath slain them in the wilderness. " And ncno, I pray thee, let the poiver of "the Lord "be great, "according as thou hast 'spoken, saying, 18 Yahioeh is sloiv to anger, and plenteous in mercy, forgiving iniquity and transgression, and that will by no means clear [the guilty] ; visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, upon the third and upon the fourth generation. 10 " 'Pardon, I pray thee, the iniquity of this people according unto the ^greatness of thy mercy, and according as tluni hast " 'forgiven this people, from Egypt even "until now. 20 And Yahweh said, I have pardoned "according to thy ivord : 21 d'but in very deed, "'as I live, and as all the r earth shall be filled with the glory of Yahweh ; 22 because all those men tvhich have seen my glory, and my ''signs, which I wrought in Egypt and in the ivilderncss, yet have "'tempted me these ten times, and have not 'hearkened to my voice ; 23 surely they shall not see the land which I 'sware unto their fathers, neither shall any of tltem that 9 despised me see it : 2i but my ' 'servant u' Caleb, ' 'because he had another spirit with him, and hath followed me fully, him toill I bring into the land wltere- into he went ; and his seed shall ^'possess it. ...25 "Now the '''Amalekite and the Canaanite dwell in the valley : to morrow ''turn ye, and get you into the wilderness by the '"'way to the Eed Sea. q 58 f 59 a 136 t 317 u 56 v 166 w 171 X 3 y 44" z 307b 26 And Yahweh "'spake unto Moses and unto "Aaron, saying, 27 How long [shall I bear] with this evil "congregation, which ''murmur against me? I have "'heard the murmurings of the children of Israel, which they murmur against me. 28 Say unto them, "'As I live, saith Yahweh" , surely as ye have spoken in mine ears, so will I do to you : 29 your ^'carcases sliall fall in ''this wilderness ; and all b'that were numbered of you, according to your whole number, ''from twenty years old and upward, which have dmur- mured against me, 30 surely ye shall not a' 185 b' nsb 1413 The Sp text in 18 is much confusod, cp Dillm and the versions. ]4a M ft eye to eye. 14b This clause seems due to a reminiscence of the account of the Dwelling in the midst of the camp and tho cloud above it cp io34". 17 The following quotation from Ex 34° may be an annotator's addition, hut the whole passage has reminiscences of the scenes at Sinai. The affinities with later prophetic language (cp 21), the peculiar appeals to Yahweh's sense of his own fame among the nations 16 (cp 32I2 Ezek 3620- •), the reference to the ten disobediences by which Israel had ' tried ' Yahweh 22 (apparently a number belonging to a systematized tradition), all render it probable that this passage belongs to the most recent of the expansions in J. Tlio parallels with Ex 3^~u suggest its kinship with RJ°. On the affinity of J» and Bio cp Introd i 109. 26 The elements of this verse are highly perplexing. 261) is reproduced in Deut 140 as the close of the divine condemnation following a passage in which phrases of J and E seem blended, and the parallels on the whole point to E. But 26a js incon sistent with i329, as well as with 1443 46. what is ' the valley ' 1 In Gen 14s 8 10 the word is applied to the Vale of Siddim, in Gen 3714b to the Vale of Hebron, and in Joshua to other localities ; but it is nowhere used without further definition. © reads ' in the mountain ' cp 46 ; this may be only a correction yet it may preserve a genuine trace, for Deut i44 suggests that the original may have run ' Now the Amorite dwells in the mountain ' ; the entry of the Amalekite and the Canaanite would in that case be due to the harmonist cp 48 46 208 THE DOOM OF THE REBELLIOUS Num 14 41 (' Il20 u' Cp H4 v1 ,§* Hob Jer Ezek id* 1326 y> Gon 3734 Ex 334* z' Cp 13I"! a" Cp Gen 223 9 t" 12II 2i7 Deut 1 41 c" 22I8 2413* JE E 31 "But your "little ones, which ye said should be a •''prey, them will I bring in, and they shall know the land which ye have ''rejected. 39b HAndthepeople"'mourned greatly. 40 And they "'rose up early in the morning, and "'gat them up to the top of the mountain, saying, h'Lo, we be here, and will go up unto the ""place which Yahweh hath promised"'' : for we have h "sinned. . .41And Moses said, ''Wherefore now do ye ""transgress the commandment of Yahweh, seeing it shall not come into the land, concerning which I "'lifted up my hand that I would make you dwell therein, save •'Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and 'Joshua the son of Nun. 32 But as for you, your '''carcases shall fall in this wilderness. M And your children shall be "wanderers in the wilderness forty years, and shall "'bear your "whoredoms, until your carcases be consumed in the wilderness. 3i After the number of tlie days in which ye ''spied out the land, even '"'forty days, for every day a year, shall ye "'bear your iniquities, even forty years, and ye shall know "my alienation. 36 d'I Yahweh have spoken, surely this will I do unto all this evil "'congregation, that are "'gathered together against me : in g'this wilderness they shall be consumed, and there they shall die. 3C "And the men, which Moses sent to hspy out the land, who returned, and made all the "congregation to "mur mur against him, by ''bringing up an evil report against the land,37 even those men that did bring up an evil report of the land, died by the ''plague before Yahweh. 38 But Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, re mained alive of those men that went to hspy out the land. 3!)1And Moses told these words unto all the children of Israel. 0' 28 d> 9t e' m" P 125'' g' 200 h' 104 i' 89b 143l A fragment left over from J as the language suggests cp 3, and here incorporated with P. Gray, however, considers it the work of E, as the people in J fear to take, but do not reject or despise, the land. 33 M Sp shepherds. — 3213 implies B'Sl ' wanderers ' for B'SI. 31 M Or, the revoking of my promise. — Job 33,0f. 36 The divine words are not reported to Israel until 3S ; the announcement of their fulfilment is thus premature, and may be due to editorial annotation. 39b The source of the clause is doubtful. The change from ' children of Israel ' to ' people ' marks it off from P. The sequel shows decided traces of dual origin. In 40 the people went up to the top of the mountain, whereas in 41. Moses endeavours to restrain them, and they only roaoh in 44 tho point already attained in 40. Tho parallels to 40 are docisive for E ; and the passage joins on fittingly to 25. On the morrow the people endeavour by an early and unauthorized march to evade the divine command. The language of 41-43 js n0 jesg 0ieariy stamped with significant expressions of J, while the mention of the Amalekite and Canaanite as joint occupants of the Southern highlands *'' i5 cannot proceed from the author of 1329. In 44 the designation ' ark of the covenant of Yahweh ' has probably been enlarged from a simpler phrase ' ark of Yahweh.' The statement that it did not ' depart out of the midst (or, from within) the camp ' is conclusive (in spite of the word ' depart ') against E in which the sanctuary stood outside the camp n24-so i24 Ex 337. On the other hand, this passage offers a glimpse into the conception of J which seems to have supplied the basis for P's picture of the Dwelling surrounded by the tribes. 48 may contain elements of both J and E. For ' Amalekite and Canoanito' Dout iAi seems to have road 'Amorite,' as if from E: tho final words 'smote them and boat them down' may comprise a doublet, and the reference to Hormah may also belong to E cp 2ii~3. II. 209 Num 1441 ISRAEL IN THE WILDERNESS d" Lev 2617 t" Ct 1329 f" Cp 24 fl" Cp 8 h"Sp\ opHttb24 i" Ex i322 ¦j" Dout 1 44 k" Cp 213 1-16 Lyra'^'Wd a Lev 1464 b Lev 12 c Lev 2I tl Lev 24 e Ex 2940 /Lev 16 (/ Ex 2986 j£> i<" J=2aio A Ex 163 i Cp 213 j Lev 7? J^ I- Ex I249 J JE 'prosper ? 42 Go not up, for Yahweh is not qamong you ; that ye be not ''"smitten down before your enemies. 43 For there the ""Amalekite and the Canaanite are before you, and ye shall "fall by the sword : k'because ye are turned back from -^"following Yahweh, therefore Yahweh will not ""be '"with you. 44 But they ''"pre sumed to go up to the top of the mountain : nevertheless the ark "of the covenant of Yahweh, and Moses, '"departed not out of the camp; 45 Then the Amalekite came down, and the Canaanite which dwelt in that mountain, and smote them and 1 "beat them down, even unto * 'Hor- mah. E P' Pe 151 SLAnd Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 2 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, "When ye be come into the land of your "habitations, "which dI give unto you, 3 and will "make an offering by fire unto Yahweh, a burnt offering, or a sacrifice, "to accomplish a 'vow, or as a freewill offering, or in your Bset feasts, to make a sweet savour unto Yahweh, of the ''herd, or of the flock: 4 then shall he that offereth his oblation offer unto Yahweh a "meal offering of a "tenth part [of an ephah] of fine flour dmingled with the fourth part of an hin of oil : 6 and "wine for the drink offering, the fourth part of an hin, shalt thou "prepare with the burnt offering or for the sacrifice, for each lamb. 6 Or for a ram, thou shalt prepare for a meal offering two tenth parts [of an ephah] of fine flour mingled with the third part of an hin of oil : 7 and for the drink offering thou shalt offer the third part of an hin of wine, of a sweet savour unto Yahweh. 8 And when thou "preparest a ¦'"bullock for a burnt offering, or for a sacrifice, "to accomplish a vow, or for peace offerings unto Yahweh : 9 then shall he offer with the bullock a meal offering of three tenth parts [of an ephah] of fine flour mingled with half an hin of oil. 10 And thou shalt offer for the drink offering half an hin of wine, for an offering made by fire, of a sweet savour unto Yahweh. xl "Thus shall it be done for each bullock, or for each ram, or for each of the he-lambs, or of the kids. 12 According to the number that ye shall prepare, "so shall ye do to every one according to their number. 13 All that are 'homeborn shall do those things "after this manner, in offering an offering made by fire, of a sweet savour unto Yahweh. 14 LAnd if a stranger sojourn with you, or whosoever be among you 'throughout your generations, and will offer an offering made by fire, of a sweet savour unto Yahweh ; as ye do, so he shall do. 16 For the 'assembly, there shall be one 'statute for you, and for the kstranger that 'sojourneth [with you], a statute 'for ever 'throughout your generations : ^as ye are, Jso shall the stranger be before Yahweh. 1B One Maw and one "ordinance shall be for you, and for the kstranger that sojourneth with you. j' 66 35 a 185a b 191 ° 55° d 94» e 117 f 17a e m° ll 160 ' » 34 j 76" k 145" 1 6a° 1444 As in io33, probably a redactional expansion. 151 The group of regulations in 15 comprises very varied subjects, introduced without reference to time or place. A series of laws concerning offerings i~31, is followed by a brief narra tive illustrating the penalty for working on the sabbath 32_36( and this in its turn makes way for a law of fringes &7-ki. The sacrificial and other formulae connect it at once with P, but the want of sequence suggests that the materials may have been drawn from different sources, and may owe their present place to the compiler who collected priestly toroth of diverse ¦, ages. Thus the opening section 1_l6 seems to be supplemental to Lov 1 ; details of the drink offering unnamed in Lev 1-7 being added to the directions concerning the meal offering which is to accompany the burnt offering. But it may be expanded from an earlier draft : the opening formula 4b already appears in Ph Lev io23 2310 352 ; the inclusion of the ' home born and the stranger' 13~i8 recalls Lev 178 10 13 16, and with the combination of ' statute ' and ' ordinance ' (Sp = judgement) 15, cp 213. The entry of the second person 6 after the third * may perhaps indicate imperfect assimilation of material. 3 8 M Or, in making a special vow. 2IO UNWITTING OFFENCES Num 15 38 17-21 fjvag 8oi I CI2 ft m Lov 1 83 2o22» n Ezek 4480 oLev 24 22-31 Is/Be p Lev 4l3* Hiph Deut 2718» q Lev 22s7 r Sp eyes Lev 4I3 I Ct Lev 4I4 « Cp 8-11 Lev 5I0 u Lev 421 v Lev 5I8 29t iae,x w Ex 148 x Ct Ex 12I' Lev .7I6 ft z Gen 2534" o' Ezr 9l4f cp Gen 17M b' Cp Lev 209 82-36 Lgbq if Ex 57 U» d' Lev 24I2 «' Lev 24I6 /' Cp ilSas !7' Sp say unto 2 18 88-41 /-ulinv JE 17 "^nii yahioeh "spake unto Moses, saying, 18 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, 'When ye come into the land "*whither ''I bring you, M then it shall be, that, when ye eat of the bread of the land, ye shall "offer up an heave offering unto Yahweh. 20 Of the "first of your "dough ye shall offer up a "cake for an heave offering : as ye do the heave offering of the threshing- floor, so shall ye heave it. 21 Of the "first of your dough ye shall give unto Yahweh an heave offering 'throughout your generations. 22 HJAnd when ye shall perr, and not observe all these commandments, which Yahweh hath spoken unto Moses, 23 even all that Yahweh hath commanded you by the "hand of Moses, from the day that Yahweh gave commandment, and 'onward 'throughout your generations : 24 then it shall be, if it be done "unwittingly, without the 'knowledge of the "con gregation, that all the congregation shall offer one young "bullock for a burnt offering, for a sweet savour unto Yahweh, with the meal offering thereof, and the drink offering thereof, 'according to tho ordinance, and one "he-goat for a sin offering. 2S And the priest shall make "atonement for all the "congregation of the children of Israel, and they shall be "forgiven ; for it was an error, and they have brought their oblation, an offering made by fire unto Yahweh, and their sin offering before Yahweh, for their error : 20 and all the "congregation of tho children of Israol shall be "forgiven, and the "stranger that sojourneth among them ; for in respect of all the people it was done "unwittingly. 27 And if one 'person sin "unwittingly, then he shall offer a she-goat of the 'first year for a sin offering. 28 And the priest shall make "atonement for the rsoul that "erreth, when he sinneth "unwittingly, before Yahweh, to make "atonement for him ; and he shall be "forgiven. 20 *Ye shall have *one law for him that doeth aught "unwittingly, for him that is 'homeborn among the children of Israel, and for the "stranger that sojourneth among them. 30 But the 'soul that doeth aught with an "high hand, "whether he be 'homeborn or a stranger, the same "blasphemeth Yahweh ; and that soul shall be 'cut off from among his people. 31 Because he hath "despised the word of Yahweh, and hath "'"broken his command ment"'; that soul shall utterly be 'cut off, his iniquity shall be 6'upon him. 32 NIAnd while tho children of Israel were in the wilderness, they found a man "'gathering sticks upon the sabbath day. 33 And they that found him gathering sticks brought him unto Moses and Aaron, and unto all the "congregation. 34 And they '''put him in ward, because it had not been declared what should be done to him. 35And Yahweh said unto Moses, The man shall "'surely be put to death : all the "con gregation shall Tstone him with stones "without the camp. 30 And all the "congregation brought him "without the camp, and "stoned him with stones, and he died ; -^'as Yahweh commanded Moses. 37 "And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 38 Speak unto the children of Israel, and g'bid them 'that they make them "fringes in the borders of their garments 'through out their generations, and that they put upon the fringe of each border m 85 n 18 o" o 451 p Q5» 1 168 r 146 a U9b t 50" 11 46* v 152 W I20b 1517 The demand for firstfruits of dough cakes i'-21 is not specified in 1810 though it may be included in it. The language is not altogether in the mould of P ; no other law opens with ' in your coming ' ct 2 ; nor does the phrase ' eat the bread of the land ' recur. The usage (though not necessarily the written law) seems to have been known to Ezekiel 4430 ; and the phrase ' whither I bring you ' 18 recalls Ph. The paragraph may, like !"le, have had an older base. 20 M Or, coarse meal. — Ezek 4430 Neh io38f. 22 In its present form the law for atonement for ' error ' 22-31 seems to depend on 1_i8, as the meal offering and drink offering are to be offered ' according to the ordinance ' 24, which points back (for a bullook) to 8-,°. But the entire section is plainly related to Lev 4 s1-" : in substance it seems earlier than 4 and later than 5I-13 (see Laws 7se). In 29. the homeborn and the stranger are associated as in Ph ; and the language of sl, though peculiar, is not inconsistent with this ultimate derivation ; ' despise ' only in Gen 25s4 J ; ' his iniquity shall be upon him ' cp his ' blood ' Lev 209. 24 M Or, in error. 32 The narrative in 32-36 has a close parallel in Lev 2412- • where older legislative material seemed incorporated in a later story : cp the secondary phrase ' as Yahweh commanded Moses' 88b. 37 The compiler's formula s 18 ;a here finally attached to the law of fringes 38b"4i cp Deut 22' 2. The peculiar opening 'and they shall make ' followed by the change to the second person 1 and it shall be unto you ' 39 points to the employment of some oldor material. This seems to bo drawn 40. from ph. -pjie parallel with Ezek 69 in 3» supports this, and the term for ' heart ' 201 further confirms it. 38 M Or, tassels in the corners. 211 Num 153 ISRAEL IN THE WILDERNESS h> Ex 2828 i' Ex 254 j' Ezok 6« k> Cp Lev i77 /' Lov io36 l-60r.ni„l: a 1I6 b Sp=meeting cp 105 c 142 Ex i62 J E ¦ph -pg a '''cord of ''blue : 39 and it shall "be unto you for a fringe, that ye may look upon it, and remember all the commandments of Yahweh, and do them ; and that ye "go not about after your own ¦'heart and your own J'eyes, after which ye use to go a *' whoring : 40 that ye may remember and do all my commandments, and 'be holy unto your God. 41 ZI am Yahweh your God, ''which brought you out of the land of Egypt, to "'be your God : I am Yahweh your God. r TAnd Dathan and Abiram, tho sons of Eliab, sons of Beuben, . r'and On, the son of Peleth, took . . . 2a rose up before Moses, . . . 1Qia >Cp7w Cp 4 X Cp 46 ot Ex 33>* y 2718 z Ex 162* JE E must needs "make thyself qalso a prince over us ? 14a Moreover thou hast not brought us into a land pflowing with milk and honey. ...14b nor given us inheritance of 'fields and 'vineyards : wilt thou "put out the eyes of these men ? "we will not come up. 15 And Moses was very 'wroth, and said unto Yahweh, "Eespect not thou their 'offering ; I have not taken one ass from them, neither have I "hurt one of them. o' Cu J»i28 26 *4ax V Gen 192 ft — turn aside P' 25 And Moses "'rose up and went unto Dathan and Abiram ; and 'the "elders of Israel followed him. ...20b ''Depart, VI pray you, from the tents of these "wicked men, and la And Moses said unto Korah, Be thou and all thy-^congregation "before Yahweh, thou, and they, and Aaron, to-morrow : 17 and "take ye every man his censer, and put incense upon them, and 8bring ye before Yahweh every man his censer, two hundred and fifty censers; thou also, and Aaron, each his censer. 18 And they "took every man his censer, and put fire in them, and laid incense thereon, and stood at the "door of the tent of meeting with Moses and Aaron. 19 And Korah "assembled all the "congregation against them unto the "door of the tent of meeting : and the 'glory of Yahweh appeared unto all the con gregation. 20 And Yahweh 'spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying, 21 'Separate yourselves from among this "con gregation that I may consume them in a 'moment. 22 And they "fell upon their faces, and said, O God, the "God of the spirits of all flesh, shall one man sin, and wilt thou be *wroth with all the "congregation? 23 And Yahweh 'spake unto Moses, saying, 24 Speak unto the congre gation, saying, Get you up from about the Dwelling "of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram. 26a And he 'spake unto the bcongre- gation, saying", . . . q iaS ' 333 s in* 79 u 151 v 186 W 331 1614 M J^ bore out. — Cp Judg 1621 : here used figuratively. 24 The words ' of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram ' cp 27° are plainly a harmonistic addition. There is but one Dwelling in P, that of Yahweh, where the congregation are gathered together at the entrance to the sanctuary 10. They are then directed to retire to avoid being consumed by the fire which is about to devour the two hundred and fifty princes 36. 26a The command which Moses has been enjoined to transmit to the congregation ***, has been replaced by a passage addressed to the people under obviously different ciroumstances, full of marks of J. The fulfilment is recorded in 27a, and its conse quence in 36. 214 KORAH, DATHAN, AND ABIRAM Num 16 37 c» Gen i823. igl6 17 d' Gen 24I4 4233 Ex 7" tf Ex 3I0 4I3 28 522 /' Gen 209 Ex *3™Sp g' Cp 24W fc'Gen4ll i' Gen 3786 j' 14II 23 t'Ct 30 cp Deut CGen42l8 334518 n' Cp 21 47 lg20 o' Lev io2 pi Cp 2b 6. 18 38 [17I in Sp] 36-40 iiodr JE E touch "nothing of theirs, lest ye be "'consumed in all their sins. 27b And Dathan and Abiram came out, and ystood at the door of their tents. ..27°and their wives, "and their sons, and their 'little ones. 28 And Moses said, d'Hereby ye shall know that Yahweh hath "sent me to •''do all these ¦''works ; for [I have] not [done them] of mine own "'mind. M If these men die the common death of all men, "or if they be visited after the visitation of all men ; then Yah weh hath not sent me. 30 But if Yahweh "make a new thing, and the Aground open her mouth, and swallow them up, "with "all that appertain unto them, and they 'go down alive into "the pit ; then ye shall understand that these men have ¦'despised Yahweh. 31 And "it came to pass, as he made an end of speaking all these words, that the *'ground clave asunder that was under them. 321 And the *'earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up, and their 'households, 33* So they, and "all that appertained to them, ''went down alive into "the pit. 33b and the *'earth closed upon them. 34 And all Israel that were round about them fled at the cry of them : for they said, Lest the l'earth swallow us up. 27,1 So they gat them up from the Dwelling of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, on every side. .32b nan(j an f/w men (;,aj appertained unto Korah, and all their vgoods. 830 and they assembly. "'perished n'from among the B6And "'fire cameforth from Yahweh, and devoured the p'two hundred and fifty men that offered the incense. 36 "And Yahweh 'spake unto Moses, saying, 37 Speak unto "'Eleazar the son of Aaron the priest, that he take up the ^censers out of the burning, and scatter thou the fire yonder ; "for they d'are holy ; 124 y 215° 5= a' 127c V 155 d' 86 16270 The unusual introduction of 'sons' into the phrase ' wives and little ones,' cp J"52, suggests that ' their sons ' has been added from E cp 32. 29 Sp and. The duplicate may possibly be incorporated from E, cp Ex 3234. 301 M Sp create a creation. — Cp Ex 34'°. 30b © adds ' and their households and their tents.' 800 S3. M ft Sheol 82b As Korah is mentioned along with Dathan and Abiram in 1, the harmonist endeavours to include their followers in a common fate cp 3S|!. But the doom of the two hundred and fifty princes is related independently in 35. 36 This paragraph, cp 40] coheres with the secondary repre sentation 8-n, in which a body of Levites claimed the full rights of the Aaronic priesthood. 37 & © C indicate that this clause should be combined with the following, ' for tho censors . , . are holy.' Cp Dillm, Kaut2isoh, Addis. 2I5 Num 16 38 ISRAEL IN THE WILDERNESS of Ex 393 >'' Sp\ op Gon i3 Ex 393 Sp a' Ex 38" 19 Ia 3o22t (' Ex 393» u' Lev 2i2l 224 d'Ex 16IO x'Cp2* JE 1 [17I8 in ft] 1-u Xiri;b a 1 Ex i633- 6 Bx 2522 c 166 d Gon 40IO e Gen 81 /Sp* g Cp Ex 2838 Sp h Cp Ezek 28 i Sp =periah 1633 J Cp 153" P' 38 even the censers of "these sinners against their own "lives, and let them be made "'beaten r'plates for a "'covering of the altar: for they eoffered them before Yahweh, therefore they '''are holy : and they shall "'be a sign unto the children of Israel. so And Eleazar the priest took the brasen censers, which they that were burnt had offered ; and they ''beat them out for a "'covering of the altar : 40 to be a ''memorial unto the children of Israel, to the end that no "'stranger, which is not of the "'seed of Aaron, come near to "'burn incense before Yahweh ; that he be not as Korah, and as his ^company : as Yahweh spake unto him ''by the hand of Moses. 41 But on the morrow all the bcongregation of the children of Israel "murmured against Moses and against Aaron, saying, Ye have killed the people of Yahweh. 42 And it came to pass, when the "congregation was "assomblod against Moses and against Aaron, that they "'looked toward the tent of meeting : and, behold, the cloud '"'covered it, and the 'glory of Yahweh appeared. 43 And Moses and Aaron came to the front of the tent of meeting. 44 And Yahweh 'spake unto Moses", saying, 45 ¦''Get you up from among this congregation, that I may consume them in a "moment. And they "fell upon their faces. 48 And Moses said unto Aaron, Take thy ''censer, and put fire therein from off the altar, and lay incense thereon, and carry it quickly unto the "congregation, and make ''atonement for them : for there is k' wrath gone out from Yahweh ; the ''plague is begun. 47 And Aaron took as Moses spake, and ran into the " midst of the assembly ; and, behold, the ''plague was begun among the people : and he put on the incense, and made ''atonement for the people. 48 And he stood between the dead and the living: and the "''plague was stayed. 40 Now they that died by the '"'plague were fourteen thousand and seven hundred, "'besides them that died about the matter of Korah. 60 And Aaron returned unto Moses unto the "door of the tent of meeting : and the m' plague was stayed. ll1 LAnd Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 2 Speak unto the children of Israel, and take of them rods, one for each "fathers' house, of all their "princes according to their fathers' houses, twelve rods : write thou every man's name upon his rod. 3 And thou shalt write Aaron's name upon the rod of Levi : for there shall be one rod for each head of their "fathers' houses. 4 And thou shalt "lay them up in the tent of meeting before the dtestimony, 'where I "meet with you. 6 And it shall come to pass, that the man whom I shall 'choose, his rod shall dbud : and I will make to "cease from me the 'murmurings of the children of Israel, which they murmur against you. ° And Moses spake unto the children of Israel, and all their "princes gave him rods, for each prince one, according to their "fathers' houses, even twelve rods: and the rod of Aaron was among their rods. 7 And Moses "laid up the rods before Yahweh in the "tent of the testimony. 8 And it came to pass on the morrow, that Moses went into the etent of the testimony ; and, behold, the rod of Aaron for the house of Levi was ^budded, and put forth buds, and •''bloomed "blossoms, and bare ripe almonds. 9And Moses brought out all the rods from before Yahweh unto all the children of Israel : and they looked, and took every man his rod. 10 And Yahweh said unto Moses, Put back the rod of Aaron before the testimony, to be "kept 'for a token against the ''children of rebellion ; that thou mayest make an end of their 'murmurings against me Jthat they die not. u kThus did Moses : as Yahweh commanded him, so did he. 12 "And the children of Israel 'spake unto Moses, saying, Behold, we 'perish, we 'are undone, we are all undone. 13 Every one ¦'that cometh 0' 27 f 113 e' 153 h' 37 i' 180° j' 25 k' 178 1' 125" ra' I25b of 31 a 185" b 66 0 131 d 161 e in" f Ii4b g i6l« h 39> i 142 j 53' k 189' 51 1338a jj Qr, these men who have sinned at the cost of their lives. 88b M Or, souls. 44 @ adds ' and Aaron,' perhaps to explain the following plurals : or have the words accidentally fallen out of Sp ? 1712 This passage may be an editorial introduction to the law which follows 181"7, derivod possibly from an early source of P, and here appended to the Korah incident. 2l6 PRIESTS AND THEIR DUES Num 181 i-7 iua,> a 2 7. 11 10 Cp 162 0 Op »II3 CJ," d 38 e Lev g7. /331 S312 A 3D j310 Lov 16I2 832 Xirjtf * 32 Lev 222 ( Cp Lev 735 J 8 ^jraiBhgg in Ezek 4429 n Gen 34I2* 0 19 Lev io!4 Mt. I8oi j) Ct "30 8 Ex 23I8 14 L8h.e r Lev 2728 Ezek 4429 16-18 I8a;b!7 l Ex 132 t Cp Lev 2726. JE near, that cometh near unto the "Dwelling of Yahweh, "dieth : shall we perish all of us ? 181 rAnd Yahweh said unto "Aaron, "Thou and thy sons and thy "fathers' house bwith thee shall "bear the iniquity of the '"sanctuary : and thou and thy sons with thee shall bear the iniquity of your "priesthood. 2 And thy brethren also, the 'tribe of Levi, the ''tribe of thy father, "bring thou near with thee, that they may be "joined unto thee, and "minister unto thee : but "thou and thy sons with thee shall be before the gtent of the testimony. 3 And they shall "keep thy charge, and the ^charge of all the Tent : only they shall not "come nigh unto the -''vessels of the sanctuary and unto the altar, Jthat thoy die not, neither they, nor ye. 4 And they sliall be joined unto theo, and "keep the charge of the tent of meeting, for all the kservice of the Tent : and a 'stranger shall not come nigh unto you. 5 And ye shall hkeep the charge of the 'sanctuary, and the charge of the altar: that there be mwrath no more upon the children of Israel. "And "I, behold, I have "taken your brethren the Levites from among the children of Israel : to you they are a gift, ''given unto Yahweh, to kdo the service of the tent of meeting. 7 And "thou and thy sons with thee shall 'keep your "priesthood for every thing of the altar, and for that %ithin the "veil ; and ye shall serve : I give you the priesthood as a "service of gift : 'and the "stranger that cometh nigh shall be put to death. 8 'And Yahweh spake unto Aaron, And "I, behold, I have given thee the '"charge of' mine heave offerings, "even all tho 'hallowed Hhings of the children of Israel, unto "thee have I given them "by reason of the 'anointing, and °to thy sons, as a "due for ever. ° ''This shall be thine of the 'most holy things, [reserved] from the fire: every 'oblation of theirs, "even every mmeal offering of theirs, and every msin offering of theirs, and every mguilt offering of theirs, which they shall render unto me, shall be 'most holy for "thee and for thy sons. 10As the 'most holy things shalt thou eat thereof: "every male shall eat thereof; it shall be 'holy unto thee. n And this is thine ; the heave offering of their "gift, ""even all the wave offerings of the children of Israel : I have given them unto "thee, and to thy sons and to thy "daughters with thee, as a "due for ever : every one that is "clean in thy house shall eat thereof. 12 LAll the "best of the poil, and all the "best of the vintage, and of the corn, the 'firstfruits of them which they give unto Yahweh, to thee have I given them. 13 The firstripe fruits of all that is in thoir land, which they bring unto Yahweh, shall be thine ; every one that is "clean in thy house shall eat thereof. 14 LEvery thing 'devoted in Israel shall be thine. 15 £Every thing that "openeth the womb, of "all flesh which they yoffer unto Yahweh, 'both of man and beast, shall be 'thine: neverthe less the firstborn of man shalt thou surely redeem, and the firstling of "'unclean beasts shalt thou redeem. 10 "And those that are to be m 540 a 66 b 176 C 28* d 91 0f 129b165 1618 h 39b 1 J 88" 5a k1 14 o« 15 3a m 178* n 94b o 171 P I53b 88* 62= n8b u 107° v 90* 4a0 n8" 35 i67b 1713 M Or, shall die. 181 The choice of the tribe of Levi by Yahweh gives occasion for a fresh enunciation of the duties of the priesthood and the inferior functions of the Levites l~7, to which is attached an enumeration of the dues assigned for the maintenance both of the higher and lower clergy 8"32. The language is throughout that of pe, though it is also not without affinity to Ph cp ' bear iniquity or sin ' * 22- •', ' profane ' 32, But the whole passage is marked by peculiarities both of form and substance. The laws in 1.. 8. . 20. . are addressed to Aaron (so only Lev 10' ; elsewhere instructions for Aaron are imparted through Hoses, e g Lev 82 162 211 Num 623 82) : and the customary formula ' spake . . . saying ' is not employed 1 8 20, ct 25. Unusual phrases will be found in 2 ' be joined ' ' tribe of thy father,' 19 ' covenant of salt,' 21 31 ( in return for,' More significant is the general tenor of the group of laws. The regulations in 2~7 by which the Levites are set apart for the service of the sanctuary, seem to define their functions for the first time, and altogether ignore the arrangements of 38"10. This is confirmed by 22, according to which the right of immediate approach to the sanctuary, for merly possossed by the whole people, is apparently for the first time withdrawn. The language of 20 is further inconsistent with the subsequent assignment of the Levitical cities 351-8, but agrees with that of Deut io" I81-, while 24 actually quotes a prior provision for tho Levites, such as D indicates. It is noteworthy that there is no reforence to the Dwelling as in 3 ; ' tont of tho tostimony ' 2 harmonizos with i77-, but may be duo to late editing, like the word ' tribe ' 1D31B pi6s. The references to the sanctuary 3 5 and even to the veil 7 are not inconsistent with the possibility that before the account of the Dwelling took shape in Ex 25. ¦, there was a prior account of the con struction of the Tent of Meeting. The early character of this section is also indicated by the allusion to ' the altar ' 7 ct Ex 301- • . On the priority of 16_18 before Lev 2726- • cp Kuenen, Hex 30, and for 2°-32 beforeLev 27s2-, ibid 311. For the supplemental character of 25_32 cp 25K. 2 M See Gen 2984. 8 M Or, for a portion. — Sp Ex 2o20 40' 8T. i2»b M Spfat. 18 M Or, And as to their redemption-money, from a month old shalt thou redeem them. 217 Num 181 ISRAEL IN THE WILDERNESS lt346 V Ex 3013 1 Ex zg27 x 2 Chron i35f op Lev 2I3 20 IHfo; y Deut io8 i81' Ezek 442» 21-24 i8d(i zCp8a' Lov 2730. • ct Deut i422. . 20 V 31 ,§+ 25-32 Lgg c' Cp Dent i422- d' Ex 2228 '§+ /' Lev 197 228 1-22 lebm 7r a 3i21f JE "redeemed of them from a month b'old shalt thou redeem, according to thine "'estimation, for the money of five shekels, after the "shekel of the sanctuary (the same is twenty gerahs). 17 But the firstling of an ox, or the firstling of a sheep, or the firstling of a goat, thou shalt not redeem ; they are "holy : thou shalt d' sprinkle their blood upon the altar, and shalt "'burn their fat for an offering made by fire, for a sweet savour unto Yahweh. 18 And the flesh of them shall be thine, as the "wave breast and as the right thigh, it shall be thine. 19 All the heave offerings of the holy things, which the children of Israel ''offer unto Yahweh, have I given "thee, and thy sons and thy "daughters with thee, as a "due for ever : it is a "'covenant of salt for ever before Yahweh unto thee and to thy "seed with thee. 20And Yahweh said unto Aaron, 'Thou shalt have no inheritance in their land, neither shalt thou have any portion among them : "I am thy portion and thine inheritance g'among the ohildren of Israel. 21 'And unto the children of Levi, 'behold, I have given all the "'tithe in Israel for an inheritance, in ''return for their 'service which they serve, even the service of the tent of meeting. 22And henceforth the children of Israel shall not 'come nigh the tent of meeting, lest they "bear sin, and die. 23 But the Levites shall do the 'service of the tent of meeting, and they shall "bear their iniquity : it shall be a "statute for ever throughout your '''generations, and among the children of Israel they shall have no inheritance. 84 For the tithe of the children of Israel, which they ''offer as an heave offering unto Yahweh, I have given to the Levites for an inheritance : therefore I have said unto them, Among the children of Israel they shall have no inheritance. 2,5 H£And Yahweh ''spake unto Moses, saying, 26 Moreover thou shalt speak unto the Levites, and say unto them, When ye take of the children of Israel the tithe which I have given you from them J'for your inheri tance, then ye shall 'offer up an heave offering of it for Yahweh, a tithe of the tithe. 27 And your heave offering shall be reckoned unto you, as though it were the "'corn of the threshing-floor, and as the ^'fulness of the winepress. 28 Thus ye also shall 'offer an heave offering unto Yahweh of all your tithes, which ye receive of the children of Israel ; and thereof ye shall give Yahweh's heave offering to k'Aaron the priest. 29 Out of all- your gifts ye shall roffer every heave offering of Yahweh, of all the "best thereof, even the "'hallowed part thereof out of it. 30 There fore thou shalt say unto them, When ye ' heave the "best thereof from it, then it shall be Treckoned unto the Levites as the increase of the threshing-floor, and as the increase of the winepress. 31 And ye shall eat it in every place, ye and your households : for it is your reward in ''return for your 'service in the tent of meeting. 32And ye shall "bear no sin ¦''by reason of it, when ye have ''heaved from it the "best thereof : and ye shall not ''profane the *holy things of the children of Israel, "Jthat ye die not. 191 NIAnd Yahweh "spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, "saying, 2 "This is the "statute of the law" which Yahweh hath commanded, saying, Speak unto the children of Israel, that they bring thee a red heifer ""without spot, wherein is no ablemish, [and] upon which never came n9a 61 d' 148 37 85 g* 22 h' 76b 185* j' 96° k' ia» 1' aiob '85188 123194 1825 The change to Moses and the appearance of the usual formula, suggests the incorporation of fresh material. This is confirmed by the curious opening ' and to the Levites thou shalt speak and say ' &c, implying some previous utterance. 29 soa 32a M ft fat 30b ft ^ in 27 T COUnted. 82b M Or, neither shall ye die. 101 The ritual described in io1"!3 may perhaps rest on ancient usage, but the literary form of the ordinance seems to belong to the secondary passages of P. Uncleanness by the dead has been repeatedly implied in previous legislation Lev 211.. ](1- Num 5a 69 91° : why have the rules for purification been so long postponed ? The law would have been more in place in con- 2l8 nexion with Lev 11-15, dealing with the contraction of cere monial impurity. Its detaohed position here suggests that it was not comprised in the materials on which that group was founded. Moreover it appears to be quite independent of Lev 53- 6 where a guilt offering is demanded on purification ; and no incident is narrated as its occasion, after the manner of P«. The phraseology, though full of familiar phrases, shows a few peculiarities : ' statute of the law ' 2 31 "if ; ' Eleazar the priest' 4; 'water of separation ' »; the explanation of ' dead ' u by ' any soul of a man ' ; 'purify himself' 12. 2° cp 821 n1*- 21 ct Job 4 '"t i to® TQS 16i where perhaps V'nc is a gloss ; ' cut off from the midst of the assembly ' 20. a ]y[ Qr, perfect. THE RED HEIFER Num 201 b Ct Deut 2i3 c Lev 428 d Ex 263S 4o24 Josh 157 18I7 e Lov 46 17 / Lev 144 g Lev ii25 I+46 I58 h 174 i Lev io!4 JCp8T k Ct 66 Sp I Lev i531 JE m Lev i47 n IB 3 10 0 Lev 145 P Lev 4" 9 Cp I633C 'yoke : ps p. 3 and ye shall give her unto "Eleazar the priest, and he shall bring her forth 'without the camp, and one shall fslay her before his face : 4 and "Eleazar the priest shall "take of her blood with his finger", and ''sprinkle of her blood toward the dfront of the tent of meeting "seven times : 6 and one shall burn the heifer in his sight ; her skin, and her flesh, and her blood, with her dung, shall he burn : "and the priest shall take ^ cedar wood, and hyssop, and scarlet, and cast it into the midst of the burning of the heifer. 7 Then the priest shall 'wash his clothes, and he shall 'bathe his flesh in water, and afterward he shall come into the camp, and the priest shall be "unclean until the even. 8 And he that burneth her shall 'wash his clothes in water, and Jbathe his flesh in water, and shall be "unclean until the even. 9 And a man that is clean shall gather up the ashes of the heifer, and ''lay them up without the camp in a *clean place, and it shall be "kept for the 'congregation of the children of Israel for a •'water of """separation : it is a sin offering. 10 And he that gathereth the ashes of the heifer shall 'wash his clothes, and be "unclean until the even : and it shall be unto the children of Israel, and unto the "stranger that sojourneth among them, for a "statute for ever. 11 He that toucheth the ^dead body of any man shall be unclean seven days : *2 the same shall "purify himself therewith on the third day, "and on the seventh day he sliall be clean : but if he "purify not himself the third day, "then the seventh day he shall not be clean. 13 Whosoever toucheth the Mead body of any man that is dead, and "purifieth not him self, 'defileth the "Dwelling of Yahweh ; and that soul shall, be "cut off from Israel : because the water of "separation was not "sprinkled upon him, he shall be unclean ; his 'uncleanness is yet upon him. 14 """This is the law "when a man dieth in a tent : every one that cometh into the tent, and every one that is in the tent, shall be unclean seven days. ls And every open vessel, which hath no covering bound upon it, is unclean. 16 And whosoever in the "'open field toucheth one that is "slain with a sword, or a dead body, or a bone of a man, or a grave, shall be unclean seven days. 17 And for the unclean they shall take of the ashes of the burning of the sin offering, and ""running water shall be put thereto in a vessel : 18 and a clean person shall take hyssop, and pdip it in the water, and hsprinkle it upon the tent, and upon all the vessels, and upon the persons that were there, and upon him that touched the bone, or the "slain, or the dead, or the grave : 10 and the clean person shall ''sprinkle upon the unclean on the third day, and on the seventh day : and on the seventh day he shall "purify him ; and he shall 'wash his clothes, and Jbathe himself in water, and shall be clean at even. 20 But the man that shall be unclean, and shall not "purify himself, that soul shall be 'cut off 'from the midst of the assembly, because he hath 'defiled the "sanctuary of Yahweh : the J'water of separation hath not been sprinkled upon him ; he is unclean. 21 And it shall "be a perpetual statute unto "them : and he that hsprinkleth the 'water of "separation shall 'wash his clothes ; and he that toucheth the water of separation shall be "unclean until even. 22 And whatsoever the unclean person toucheth shall be unclean ; and the 'soul that toucheth it shall be unclean until even. 201* "And the children of Israel, even the whole "congregation, came into the wilderness of bZin in the "first month*1. 0 I2b f 120* g IOO ll 149 i 173 j 174" k 39a 1 45* m 139 n 145b o 27 P I43b M 54" r 50' 8 148 t 1670 u igob 143* w gi x 1461 a 45 b „9 0 183 19® M Or, impurity. 12" M Or, and on the seventh day, so shall he be clean, 12b M Or, and. 14 Another set of regulations for purification after defilement through the dead, founded on similar conceptions, yet hardly in actual succession to the foregoing. It seems less like an addition than an independent ordinance on a similar basis ; it is accordingly referred by its title to the group of Priestly Teaching cp Introd XIII 0 i 15*. © Targ-Jon and some Sp MSS read 17 M Sp living. 2' As in ">. But Sam ' ' you ' (Dillm). 20,a The narrative in !-13 is derived principally, as the mar gins show, from P. But fragments of other material seem to be blended with it. In " ' the people ' as contrasted with ' the whole congregation ' suggests another source ; the allusion to Kadesh points to '*••, and the mention of Miriam seems best attributed to E. In the Meribah incident 2-13 it is probable 219 Num 201 ISRAEL IN THE WILDERNESS a 14 10 22 1320 b 12I cp Gen 358 c 163 d Ct 13 up Ex 172 e i635 46. . /163 g Ex 163 h Ex 173 i 16" j Cp Ex 17I *io? ( B i710 Ex 7» JE E l" And the people abode in "Kadesh ; and ^Miriam died there, and was buried there. . 3" And thepeople ''strove with Moses, . 5 And 'why "have ye ''made us to 'come up out of Egypt, to 'bring us in unto this evil place ? it is no place of seed, or of figs, or of vines, or of pomegranates ; neither is there any •'water to drink. in Op Deut 815 81) and speak ''ye unto tho rock before their eyes, that it give forth its water ; . . . P' P< 2 And there was no water for the 'congregation : and they "assembled themselves together against "Moses and against Aaron, s" and "spake, saying, Would God that we had "died when our brethren "died "before Yahweh ! 4 And why have ye brought the •'assembly of Yahweh into "this wilderness, that we should die there, "we and our cattle? 0 And Moses and Aaron went from the presence of the ^assembly unto the gdoor of the tent of meeting, and hfell upon their faces : and the 'glory of Yahweh appeared unto them. 7 And Yahweh Jspake unto Moses, saying, 8a Take the 'rod, and "assemble the "congregation, and Aaron thy brother, thou, 8" and "thou shalt '"bring forth to them water out of the rock : so "thou shalt give the "congregation and Oieir cattle drink. 9 And Moses took the 'rod from before Yahweh, as he commanded him. 10 And 34 51 f 136 g mh h 67 i 79 j 185 that editorial redaction has been at work to soften the guilt of Moses and Aaron. As the text stands, the nature of their sin 12 is not apparent. It is elsewhere described as ' rebellion ' 24 274, which led Noldeke to conjecturo that i°b in its original form was addressed by Yahweh to the two leaders. Tho solu tion propounded by Cornill, ZA TW xi 27, supposes that Yahweh first instructed them to speak to the rock, which would then immediately yield its water. Their unwillingness to undertake this great act of faith and demonstrate Yahweh's deity (' hallow ' him) to tho murmuring nation led to the command to employ the agency of the sacred rod, laid up in the sanctuary B. This view is highly plausible, but it assumes a large amount of reconstruction. The text, therefore, follows the arrangement of Bacon. Both critics agree in assigning 3a and B to J, and Bacon proposes to allot to the same source the clause in 8b which appears inconsistent with the use of the rod. The grounds for ascribing s" and 6 to J are briefly (1) that the strife is on tho part of ' the people ' (ct ' the congregation,' ' the assembly,' the ' children of Israel '), ' with Moses,' ct ' with Yahweh' 13 (and ' Moses and Aaron' 2 « 1°), cp Ex 172 E ; (2) that the language of 5 resembles that of JE ; (3) that the Meribah story of E has been already related in Ex 17. 20la/ The omission of the year is at first sight strange, con sidering the precision of P's customary usage. The last previous date specified the second year io11. In the itinerary in 33, the wilderness of Zin (identified with Kadesh) is the last stage before Mount Hor which is reached in the fortieth year 33-38, cp below 22b. But acoording to JE, Kadesh had been occupied by the tribes long before 1326 and the futile attempt to enter Canaan by tho south had been made from there, cp Deut i13 ie. The representation of P, therefore, which put the arrival at Kadesh near the end of the wanderings, could only be combined with JE by omitting the year. The suggestion of Ewald, Hist of Israel3 ii 1944, to omit Kadesh in 1328 has not been generally accepted, and be himself observes that X) already knew it there. Noldeke first pointed out why the omission must be attributed to R (Untersuchungen 83 ; op Dillm and Addis). 3b The phraseology of this clause is peculiar, Sp 'and said saying.' The inf IDNb is often joined to the verb ION, cp pi8sd, but in immediate sequence (as here) it occurs only 2 Sam 51 20I8 Jer 2024 Ezek 1227 © 33IO 24 Zech 24 (cp Cornill, ZA TWxi 22). Tho next phrase V>1 ' and would that . . .' shows that some words must have been removed (the usage in Josh f 2 Sam i812t is different), so that the whole passage has probably been curtailed. For ' would that ' op 142 Qen 1718 23I3. 4 The introduction of ' cattle ' * So u is not after the manner of P, which does not elsewhere refer to the flocks and herds and other animals accompanying the Israelites on the march, until Num 32. The formula in Ex 16s ignores them. The word occurs in Qen 45" Ex 226*, and is probably a redactor's gloss, cp Cornill, ZAT W xi 25. 6l Sp as in 4. T wherefore. 6b The word is written as in Ex i73, and may be equally well read ' hast thou brought us up,' addressed to Moses alone. 8b A harmonizing plural. 8° (Aj ' y e shall . . . ' 220 DEPARTURE FROM KADESH Num 202 71 Cp 24 2714 JE E oLcv 2643 P» }>Ct24 9 Cp 2T Ezek 3623 381» r 24 cp Ex 68 «CtS»Ex 17" (2121 u Cp neut 237 24 e Ex i8»* w Sp—eome upon Ex 1 83 x Josh 246 y Sp = many days Gen 2i34 Josh 247 z Josh 2420 a' Ex i419 2320 V 17 21 2I13 22 c' 2l22 ,614 d' Ct 19 cp 2I22 e Cp 2I22 222« /'Sp* if Prov 3 1 10 Neh I3"t h' Ex 3I0 61 13" 32II V Ct W op 2233 Gen 38l p. Moses and Aaron "gathered the ^assembly together before the rock, and he said unto them, Hear "now, ye "rebels ; shall we bring you forth water out of this rock? u And Moses lifted up his hand, and smote the rock with *his rod twice : and water came forth abundantly, and the congregation drank, and their cattle. 12 And Yahweh said unto Moses and Aaron", 'Because ye ^believed not in me, to ksanctify me in the 'eyes of the children of Israel, therefore ye shall not bring this ^assembly into the 'land which I have given them. " 'These are the waters of "Meribah ; because the children of Israel 'strove with Yah weh, and he "was sanctified in them. " "And Moses sent 'messengers from "Kadesh unto the king of Edom, ""Thus saith thy "brother Israel, "Thou knowest all the "travail that hath '"befallen us : ls how our fathers 'went down into Egypt, and we dwelt in Egypt a "long time ; and the Egyptians 'evil entreated us, and our fathers : 18 and when we "cried unto Yahweh, he heard our voice, and sent an "'angel, and brought us forth out of Egypt : and, behold, We are in "Kadesh, a city in the uttermost of thy b'border : 17 let us pass, PI pray thee, through thy land : we will not pass through "'field or through "Vineyard, neither will we drink of the water of the wells : we will go along the ^'king's [high] way, we will not "'turn aside to the right hand nor to the left, until we have passed thy border. 18 And Edom said unto him, Thou shalt not pass through me, lest I come out with the sword 'against thee. . .19NAnd the children of Israel said unto him, We will go up by the •'"high way : and if we drink of thy water, I and my rcattle, then will I give the "'price thereof : let me "only, without [doing] any thing [else], pass through on my feet. 20 And he said, Thou shalt not pass through. And Edom came out 'against him with 'much people, and with a '"'strong hand : 21" TAnd Edom "refused to vgive Israel passage through his b'border. 21b Tand Israel ''turned away from him. 22* And they journeyed from "Kadesh" 22b And the children of Israel, even the whole "congregation, came unto mount Hor. 23 And Yahweh Spake unto Moses and Aaron in mount Hor, by the border of the "land of Edom, saying, 24 Aaron shall be k 86J 1 188 m aoab n 174 o 141 p 186 1 183 r 18 a 189 t 78 n 197 v ng« 2010 (5) ' hear me.' WDW for «: ltM, cp Qen 23s*. As P doos not use M, cp JEi86, the reading of (5) seems preferable. n © ' the rod,' cp 8o. In P the rod is assigned to Aaron, Num 17!° cp Ex 79 19 &c. The pronoun, therefore, is harmonistic. I2 As it is not apparent from the previous narrative how Moses and Aaron failed in faith, it may be inferred that the story has been abbreviated by B.P presumably in order to remove any shadow from the founders of the theocracy and the priest hood. The following words may have been substituted for the stronger charge in M (cp Addis) : P does not employ the word ' believe,' cp "134. ' 13a M That is, strife. 13b ]\i Qr, shewed himself holy. 14-18 This passage is obviously cognate with 2i2i--. The parallels (cp 14- especially) are in favour of E. J must have contained a duplicate story of the application to Edom, tho issue of which is related in ]9. The parallels to ,7b in 2122 suggests that the clause ' we will not turn aside to the right hand nor to the left ' may be derived from J cp 2223. 10 The phraseology of lp points to a new source ; ' children of Israel ' ct 14 (perhaps harmonizing, note the plurals ' we ' and the sing 'I'); 'high way' ot 'king's way' i72i22; 'I and my cattle,' ' without a word,' ' pass through on my feet.' In 20 ct ' come out with much people and a strong hand ' with 18. But 2" converts the return message of hostile refusal 18 21« jnt0 an actual armed resistance against the whole people, the result of which was that Israel turned away to take a more circuitous route. But in 22a (continued in 2i4b) they are still at Kadesh, where they had awaited the reply to the request forwarded by MoseS : they could not, therefore, have already started. The reference to the ' strong hand ' 20 seems to connect 1'. 2lb with J. 21a So Sp. T thus. iib gG ft. T wherefore. 22 The narrative is continued in ?i4b- 221 Num 202 ISRAEL IN THE WILDERNESS J E P' j> Op 13 26-29 incybe k' 333s- ct Deut IO« I' Deut 348 a Cp Josh 12I4 Judg il« b Cp i443 ct i328 c Cp 23 d Gen 282<> 3il3 Judg n30 t Sp Gen 32I Ex i820» cp Gen 198 Ex 2o26 Num 3241 /20223341 <7i425 h Cp Deut 2I Judg n" i Cp Judg io!6 i61» j 12I k Ex 17W I S Deut 815« in 1440 n Ex 2325 o Ex 17IO ft •p 2022 22I 4 3343 »Cp Jndgui8 ft P' "gathered unto his people : for he shall not enter into the 'land which I have given unto the children of Israel, because ye "rebelled against my word at the J' waters of Meribah. 25 'Take Aaron and 'Eleazar his son, and bring them up unto mount Hor : 20 and strip Aaron of his garments, and put them upon 'Eleazar his son : and Aaron shall be "gathered [unto his people], and shall die there. m And Moses did as Yahweh com manded : and they went up into mount Hor in the *sight of all the "congregation. 28 And Moses stripped Aaron of his garments, and put them upon 'Eleazar his son ; and Aaron *'died there in the top of the mount : and Moses and Eleazar came down from the mount. 2D And when all the "congregation saw that Aaron "was dead, they ''wept for Aaron thirty days, [even] "all the 'house of Israel. 211 "And the Canaanite, "the king of aArad, which dwelt in the 'South, heard tell that Israel came by the way "of Atharim ; and he "fought "against Israel, and took some of them captive. 2 And Israel dvowed a vow unto Yahweh, and said, If thou wilt indeed deliver this people into my hand, then I will Tdevote their cities. 3 And Yahweh "hearkened to the voice of Israel, and delivered up the Canaanites ; and they Tdevoted "them and their cities : and the name of the place was called "Hormah. 4" "And they journeyed from •'mount Hor . . 4b "by the "way to the Red Sea, to *compass the land of Edom : and the soul of the people "was much 'discouraged "because of the way. 5 And the people 'spake against God, and against Moses, Wherefore have "ye "brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness ? for there is no bread, and there is Jno water ; and our soul loatheth this "light bread. 6 And Yahweh sent 'fiery dserpents among the people, and they bit the people ; and much people of Israel died. 7 And the people came to Moses, and said, We have "sinned, because we have ^spoken against Yahweh, and against thee ; "pray unto Yahweh, that he "take away the serpents from us. And Moses "prayed for the people. 8 And Yahweh said unto Moses, Make thee a 'fiery serpent, and set it upon a "standard : and it shall come to pass, that eveiy one that is bitten, when he seeth it, shall live. IJ And Mcses made a serpent of brass, and set it upon the standard : and it came to pass, that if a serpent had bitten any man, when he looked unto the serpent of brass, he lived. 10 And the ^children of Israel journeyed, and pitched in 'Oboth. u" And they journeyed from Oboth, and pitched at 'Iye-abarim. * 75 y iab z llb a 156 b 44" 0 136 d ao6 e 113 .llb "in the wilderness which is before Moab, toward the "sunrising. | t 179 2029 Standing at the end of the sentence, these words may he an amplifying gloss. 211" The incident of the defeat at Hormah interrupts E's narrative of the march from Kadesh ' by the way to tho Rod Sea ' 2022" 2i4b cp Deut i40 al. It has accordingly been customary to assign it to J, and in deference to the practical unanimity of critical opinion it is so treated in the text. But there are difficulties in this view. (1) According to the narrutivo iu Judg il7 (commonly ascribed to J) the namo Hormah was given on a very different occasion, after a defeat inflicted by Judah and Simeon on the Canaanites : is it likely, as is usually assumed, that the same document provided for it a double origin? (2) Phraseological indications, 'fought against Israel,' 4 vowed a vow,' the peculiar form DnnN s, are all in favour of E. Can this be based on the missing sequel of E 14"' for which it was necessary to find another connexion? It may bo objected (1) that the incident is not recognizod in Deut |4i-4 M From the same root as herem, a devoted thing. 4a The march from mount Hor is the sequel of the death of Aaron 2o22b~2s ; but the language of *b~* has nothing in common with P. 4b j8) jn fact| the continuation of the advance from Kadesh 2o22a, and the parallels for the story of the brasen serpent clearly point to E. 4>> The continuation in E of the march from Kadesh 2022a. *° M Or, was impatient, ft was shortened. — Cp Judg io56 16I8. 4J M Or, in. 0,1 Sp as in ao", perhaps to be read hast thou brought us up, (3) Sam hast thou brought us out. 6b M Or, vile.—Sp\. iu> As this description is not identical with that in Num 3344 222 THE CONQUEST OF THE AMORITES Num 21 2i t Cp Deut io7 u Deut 213. t> Judg nia 70 Cp 23 X 2ol«' 21 2t22. y Spj op Introd i.9 z io2e a' Ct 207 op Ex V Ex Cp 2328 F 20I4 Judg „19.. V 20I7 Til' 202lb n' ni3 Judg 1120 o' J08h 824 ig47 Deut 20I3 Josl io28. . f/ Josh 24S q' @ Jazer cp 32 r' 25 ct 31 a' Sp* cp Ezek i644 13 and 20 and from from J E JE J E 12 From 'thence they journeyed, and pitched in the valley of "Zered. ' Irom thence they journeyed, and "pitched on the other side of Arnon, which is in the '"wilderness, that cometh out of the ^border of the Amorites : for Arnon is the border of Moab, between Moab and the Amontes. u 'Wherefore it is said in the "book of the Wars of Yahweh" Vaheb "in Suphah, And the valleys of Arnon, 16 And the slope of the valleys That inclineth toward the dwelling of Ar, And leaneth upon the border of Moab. " "And from thence fthey journeyed] to "Beer : that is the well "whereof Yahweh said unto Moses, "'Gather the people together, and I will give them water. 17 Then '''sang Israel this song : Spring up, O well ; sing ye unto it : 18 The well, which the hprinces "'digged, Which the nobles of the people d' delved, "With the "'sceptre, [andj with their •'"staves. And from the wilderness [they journeyed] to 5>Mattanah Mattanah to "'Nahaliel : and from Nahaliel to '''Bamoth i Bamoth to the valley that is in the ''field of Moab, to the y'top of Pisgah which 'looketh down upon "the desert. 2* "And Israel sent ^'messengers unto Sihon king of the Amorites, saying, 22 Let me ''pass through thy land : we will not ''turn aside into ''field, or into vineyard ; we will not ''drink of the water of the wells : we will go by the ''king's [high] way, 'until we have passed thy border. 23 And Sihon would not 'suffer Israel to '"'pass through his border : but Sihon "'gathered all his people together, and went out kagainst Israel into the "wilderness, and came to Jahaz : and he "fought "against Israel. 24" And Israel "'smote him with the edge of the sword0', and ''possessed his land from Arnon unto Jabbok. ..24bNeven unto the children of Ammon t for the border of the children of Ammon was "'strong. 2fl And Israel took all these cities : and Israel r' dwelt in all the cities of the Amorites, in Heshbon, and in all the "towns thereof. 26 "For Heshbon was the city of Sihon the king of the Amorites, who had fought against the former king of Moab, and taken all his land out of his hand, even unto Arnon. 27 eWherefore they that 'speak in proverbs"' say, Come ye to Heshbon, Let the city of Sihon be built and established : 28 For a fire is gone out of Heshbon, A flame from the city of Sihon : It hath devoured Ar of Moab, The 'lords of "the high places of Arnon. g 85 li 191 i 54 j 118 k 183 1 107 but agrees with that in Judg 1 118 (apparently founded on E), it is probable that the narrative of E is here resumed. The formula in i2« differs from that of P but coincides with the fragment embedded in Deut io6- • . 21" m Or, in storm. i6a Again a fresh formula ct 1° >2 cp ,8b : the parallels in •7 20 point clearly to J. The geographical data of 20 show that the people are still in Moab, whereas ih 13 they have already crossed the Arnon which formed its northern boundary cp 23. 16b ai That is, A Well. » M Or, By order of the lawgiver. 20 M Or, Jeshimon. — 2328 Deut 32!°*. 21 This section repeats for Sihon the message addressed in aol4. • to the king of Edom. The issue is the same 23 cp 2021b ; but as the people are already encamped upon his territory, an encounter is inevitable. The scene of the conflict is the ' wilderness ' reached in Is. 24b The recital in Judg n"-22, after following E through the conquest of Sihon and his Amorites, makes no mention of the children of Ammon, and there is reason to think that 2tb 2' 32 are incorporated from a separate narrative. In 24b @ reads the border of the children of Ammon was Jazer (11}' for II) cp 32. In 20 the statement that ' Israel took all these cities ' implies a conquest of towns of which nothing is said in the preceding text ; while 23b is a doublet of 31. 32 BeemB clearly to belong to the same document as 26 (0p ' towns ') and probably pre ceded it. 25 M ft daughters. 26 This verse has the aspect of an explanatory addition con necting the poem on the fall of Heshbon with the mention of its occupation by Israel in 26 J. It is possible that the whole poem 27_30 is an editorial incorporation, and was no part of the original E (in which case 14- may be attributed to similar insertion). Then the true sequel of 24a js founa in 31 'and Israel dwelt in the land of the Amorites.' For corrections of the text of tho poem cp Dillm, in loc, and Meyer, ZATW 1881 (who expounds a very different theory). 28 M Or, Bamoth. 223 Num 212 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB V Judg i23 u' 3233 41 Joah 620C IQ47 Judj; ,8 16 v' Sp =dispoa- aesaetl 3280 JohIi 15M Judg lis 27.. O21W b Deut il7 i822 3227« E 2:1 JE E P8 Woe to thee, Moab ! Thou art undone, 0 people of Chemosh : He hath given his sons as fugitives, And his daughters into captivity, Unto Sihon king of the Amorites. 30 We have shot at them ; Heshbon is perished even unto Dibon, And we have laid waste even unto Nophah, "Which [reacheth] unto Medeba. 31 "Thus Israel ''dwelt in the land of the Amorites. 32 And Moses ''sent to spy out Jazer, and they "'took the towns thereof, and "'drove out the Amorites that were there. 33 "And they turned and went up by tho way of Bashan : and Og the king of Bashan wont out against thorn, ho nnd all his poople, to battle at Edroi. "4 And Yahwoh said unto Mosos, Fear him not : for I have delivered him into thy hand, and all his people, and his land ; and thou shalt do to him as thou didst unto Sihon king of the Amorites, which dwelt at Heshbon. so So they smote him, and his sons, and all his people, until there was none loft him remaining : and they possessed his land. 221 And the "children of Israel journeyed, and pitched in the "plains of Moab beyond the Jordan at Jericho. 2 "And Balak the son of Zippor saw all that Israel had done to the Amorites. 3a And Moab was sore ''afraid of the people, because they were many. 3b And Moab "was distressed because of the children of Israel. 4 And Moab 2130 m Some ancient authorities have, fireroachod unto. 31 Sp and. This verso is parallel with 2e, hut whilo J specifies the conquest of the cities, E relates the occupation of the land. 33 So far as literary form goes, this section is clearly based on Deut 3I. • and is due to Rd. Whether E mentioned the conquest of Og is doubtful in view of the silence of 222 Josh 24s Judg ui"-22. CpDeuts1". 222 The story of Balak and Balaam 222-24 shows no sign of deriving any- of its materials from P whose allusions 318 16 256"18 Josh 1321. imply a wholly different view of Balaam's rela tions with Israel (though it may have been suggested by some features in J). The narrative is not, however, all of one piece. (i) The episode of the encounter with the angel of Yahweh 2222-36 is plainly incongruous with the context. In 20 Balaam is divinely directed to accompany the princes of Moab, and in 21 he departs with them the next morning. But in 22 ' Elohim ' is displeased with him for starting ; he travels apparently only with two attendants j and the story closes 36 at tho point alroady reached in 21. As the general phenomena of 22-35 point clearly to J, an immediate presumption is established in favour of E's authorship of the passage directly preceding, and this is con firmed by the nocturnal communication from Elohim 20 which is quite in E's manner *. Are wo thon to suppose (with Kuenen) that the episode of the speaking ass is a detached fragment of J incorporated by E ? Dillmann is surely right in objecting that the author of 20- would not thus have stultified himself. It is more natural to regard this rather as the work of R., and to inquire if there are no other traces of divorsity of source. (ii) Those aro pot wanting. Thus (1) thore soem to ho doublots in 3, ' Moab was sore afraid,' and ' Moub was distressed.' (2) Tho messengers of Ga 2412 are variously described as ' elders of Moab ' 7 (and ' of Midian ' 4 7), and as ' princes ' 8 i3"" 3B 4U 23" ". (3) Their destination is, on the one hand, Pethor by the Euphrates 5, and on the other, ' the land of the children of his people ' IDS, or ' of Ammon ' pt», Sam @ g and evon some Hebrew MSS. With this latter view may bo compared tho representation in '^' whore Balaam and his two servants travel, not across the desert, but among vineyards with walled en closures. (4) The language of 24*- shows some notable differences compared with 23, especially in the reference to the ' spirit of God ' 1 ct 23° 1°, and to enchantments cp 22' (23s3). So (5) tho poems in 24s Is are introduced by a personal identification hardly needed after 23', and marked by phraseology suggestive of another hand 4 1°. The analysis thus yields the following parallels : E Moab's fear 223a. Princes of Moab sent to summon Balaam 223~l6 l9-2i 40 23 6 17 To Pethor in the E^st 226b 23'. Elohim by night commands Balaam to go, and he sets out with the princes of Moab 2220- . Balaam speaks the word that Elohim puts in his mouth 2238 236 12 18 cp Ex 416. Moah's distress 223h. Messengers sent to Balaam, elders of Moab (and Midian) 224 6 7 24I2.. To the land of the children of Ammon (?) 6° cp28... Balaam sets out with his servants and Yahweh is wroth with him for going, the angel of Yahweh appearing to him by day 2222. . . Balaam doos not practise enchantment 227 24I, but speaks under the influence of the spirit of God 242. Further linguistic marks will be found in the margins : in some verses the authorship must be still doubtful, as the two narratives travel over so much common ground, and the parallels founded on expressions used only once elsewhere cannot be regarded as decisive, even when the phrase shows a strongly marked character, such as ' cover the eye of the oarth ' 2J00. A curious indication of this is soon in tho use of tho unusual word 33p for ' curso ' in both documents 22u 17 23s 11 18 26 27 2410f, implying, perhaps, a common reduotion. The occasional signs of the harmonist's work are noted as they occur. It may be also mentioned that the versions show great confusion in the use of the divine names, due largely, it would seem, to uncertainty as to the appropriateness of the employ ment of ' Yahweh ' by a non-Israelite. Allusions to the narrative of E will bo found in Josh 24° • . The sources of the story are of course beyond the critio's reach : hut it may be noted that there seem to have been other traditions in circula tion about Balaam beside those embodied in Num 22-24 cp Deut 2 V1- Josh 24°. ; he is presented still more unfavourably in Josh 1322. sb m Qr, abhorred.— Cp Ex i". * Kalisch, Bible Studies i (1877) 51, refused to recognize any such distribution, or to ascribe the ' Balaam book' to either J or E. He supposed it to be a fragment of a larger work (such as the lost books of Nathan and Gad &c), accounting for some of its peculiar phenomena by hypotheses of interpolation. But this view has not found any support. 224 BALAAM Num 2224 cCp7 d Sp* cp i Kings 1 838 e Sp=green thing Ex iolM /Gen381 g 24I2 Gen 32' cp Num 20I4 h Gen 3i2l Ex 23SI Josh 242' i Cp 20 87 j612 Josh 24* JCp" k 11 17 op 237 13 I 34° Gon ia8972D m 2323 Deut i81<> *: 7I5Ji 71 II24 ^ 0 Gen 22B P 1320 2 Gen 208 3124 ?¦ Cp 2o «Cp2 t 17 2jH IS 25 27 24I0 cp Lev 24U Prov Jobt « Deut 29" Sp* cp Num 2t3 v 21 Gen 2464 ct ft ->&aoo w J^1418Ex310» Cp JEuga * Cp 24II Gen 3o2» y S7 24II 18-20 znnc a Cp Gen so7 o' 24W V Gen 132 c' J6 = (ran»^T(Ma i441 d' Cp 24IS t' ft= abide 8 /' 2326 p' Gen 2a3 *' Cp 32 » V 30 Qen 24"! j' 31 Josh 513» *' 26 33 2021 I'Spt 3 E JE J E said unto the 'elders of "Midian, Now shall "this multitude ''lick up all that is round about us, as the ox licketh up the 'grass of the field. And Balak the son of Zippor was king of Moab 'at that time. 5"And he "sent messengers unto Balaam the son of Beor, . . .6b to Pethor, which is by the ''Eiver, . . . ...6C to the land of the children of "his people, to 'call him, saying, 'Behold, there is a people come out from Egypt: behold, they cover the "face of the earth, and they abide over against me : « *come now therefore, I pray thee, curse me this people ; for they are too "mighty for me : "peradventure I shall prevail, that we may smite them, and that I may drive them out of the land : for I know that he whom thou 'blessost is blessed, and he whom thou cursest is cursed. 7 And the elders of Moab and the "elders of Midian departed with the ""rewards of ^divination™ in their hand ; and they came unto Balaam, and "spake unto him the words of Balak : 8 And he said unto them, Lodge 'here this night, and I will ''bring you word again, as Yahweh shall speak unto me: and the princes of Moab j abode with Balaam. 9 And God 'came unto Balaam, and said, What •"men are these with thee ? 10 And Balaam said unto God, 'Balak the son of Zippor, king of Moab, hath sent unto me, "[saying], . . . 11 /Behold, the people that is come out of Egypt, it covereth the face of the earth : now, *come 'curse me them ; "peradventure I shall be able to fight against them, and shall drive them out. 12 And God said unto Balaam, Thou shalt not go "with them; thou shalt not "curse the people : for they are blessed. 13 And Balaam "rose up in the -morning, and said unto the princes of Balak, Get you into your land: for "Yahweh refuseth to "give me leave to "go with you. 14 And the princes of Moab rose up, and they went unto Balak, and said, Balaam refuseth to "come with us. ls And Balak sent yet again princes, more, and more honourable than they. 10 And they came to Balaam, and said to him, Thus saith Balak the son of Zippor, Let nothing, I pray thee, "hinder thee from "coming unto me : ...17For I will 'promote thee unto very great honour, and whatsoever thou sayest unto me I will do : "'come therefore, I pray thee, 'curse me this people. 18 xAnd Balaam answered and said unto the ^servants of Balak, "'If Balak would give me his house full of '''silver and gold, I cannot ' 'go beyond the word of Yahweh my God, to d'do less or more. . . .10 Now therefore, I pray you, "'tarry ye also here this night, that I may know what Yahweh will speak unto me more. 20 And God 'came unto Balaam at night, and said unto him, If the 'men be come to 'call thee, rise up, go with them ; but only the word which I speak unto thee, that shalt thou Alo. 21 And Balaam "rose up in the morning, and "'saddled his ass, and went with the princes of Moab. 22 And "God's anger was kindled because he went : and the 'angel of Yahweh placed himself in the way for an "adversary against him. Now he was ''riding upon his ass, and his two servants were with him. 23 And the ass saw the angel of Yahweh standing in the way, with his sword ''drawn in his hand : and the ass *'turned aside out of the way, and went into the field : and Balaam smote the ass, to turn her into the way. 2i Then the angel of Yahweh stood in a 'hollow way between the vineyards, b 34 " 59 d 64 118 224a As the ' elders of Midian ' are only named in 4 7 and then disappear, Wellhausen and Kuenen regard their introduction as due to an attempt on the part of Rp to combine the Balaam story of JB with P's account of the subsequent war with Midian 318 l6. Dillmann, on the other hand, followed by Bacon, sees 'here an original element of J, founded on a tradition resembling that utilized by P. In support of this it is pointed out that J has at anearlier stage located a defeat of Midian in the 'Held of Moab' Gen 363B, thus associating the two nationalities in geographical neighbourhood. 4b M Sp the assembly.— Cp r34b. The language is somewhat peculiar : the appearance of this word here is surprising in the mouth of Moab : for ' grass ' cp also Gen iso oA 60 Sam @ g and some Sp MSS, Ammon. M M Sp eye.— Cp n Ex io5 i5f. 1° The insertion of the message without any connecting word may perhaps be due to the fusion of two documents. 13 © God. Some uncertainty attaches to the use of the divine names, which may have been editorially altered. 22 Sam Yahweh. Sp is probably a harmonist's alteration cp 20. In 22-30 (SJ reads ' angel of God ' save in 3ib 34 ; no doubt an intentional change out of reverence for ' Yahweh.' 225 Num 222 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB m'Sp* n' Cp Ex 38 222» 23« Sp* o* Gen 32^ pi 32. 24W 1422 8' Cp Ex io2"" r' Qen 481st E JE J E P a' Gen 33I2 V Cp Gen iq1» M'Cp niob ft %' Ex 187 W> Ct 2I28 x' 20I8 y' Cp 1 Josh 248 z' Gen i813» a" 236 12 16 Ex ,,16* 6"t 40 l^pa c"Ct t 33 1-7 &c ijbfiodk a Cp 4 14 6 Qen 22I3 JEho c ® Qod 5 12 16. 26 dSp*e Sp=laid Gon 228 / 12 16 2238 g 18 248 16 20. 28 Job 27I 2Qlf a "''fence being on this side, and a fence on that side. 25 And the ass saw the angel of Yahweh, and she "'thrust herself unto the wall, and "'crushed Balaam's foot against the wall : and he smote her again. 2B And the angel of Yahweh went further, and stood in a narrow place, where was no way to A'turn either to the right hand or to the left. 27 And the ass saw the angel of Yahweh, and she lay down under Balaam : and Balaam's anger was kindled, and he smote the ass with his "'staff. 28 And Yahweh opened the mouth of the ass, and she said unto Balaam, What have I done unto thee, that thou hast smitten me p'these three times? 29And Balaam said unto the ass, Because thou hast a'mocked me : I would 'there were a sword in mine hand, for now I had killed thee. 30 And the ass said unto Balaam, Am not I thine ass, upon which thou hast '"ridden ''all thy life long unto this day ? was I ever wont to do so unto thee ? And he said, Nay. 31 Then Yahweh opened the eyes of Balaam, and he saw the angel of Yahweh standing in the way, with his sword drawn in his hand : and he ''bowed his head, and fell on his face. 32 And the angel of Yahweh said unto him, Wherefore hast thou smitten thine ass *' these three times ? behold, I am come forth for an '''adversary, because thy way is "perverse "'before me : 33 and the ass saw me, and *'turned aside before me *'these three times : "unless she had turned aside from me, surely now I had even slain thee, and ''saved her alive. u And Balaam said unto the angel of Yahweh, I have sinned ; for I knew not that thou stoodest in the way against me : now therefore, if it "'displease thee, I will get me back again. 3S And the angel of Yahweh said unto Balaam, Go "with the men : but only the word that I shall speak unto theo, that thou shalt speak. So Balaam went with the princes of Balak. 30"And when Balak heard that Balaam was come, he "'went out to meet him unto the '"'City of Moab, which is on the border of Arnon, . . .36b "which is in the '"'utmost part of the border. 37a "And Balak said unto Balaam, Did I not earnestly "'send unto thee to call thee? wherefore earnest thou not unto me ? ,..37b am I not able "'indeed to "promote thee to honour? 38 And Balaam said unto Balak, Lo, I am come unto thee : have I now any power at all to speak any thing? the word that God ""putteth in my mouth, that shall I speak. 39 And Balaam went with Bulak, and they came unto l"Kiriath-huzoth. . . 40 £And Balak sacrificed ""oxen and sheep, and sent to Balaam, and to the princes that were with him. 41 And it came to pass in the morning, that Balak took Balaam, and brought him up into "the high places of Baal, and he saw from thence the '"'utmost part of the people. 231 xAnd Balaam said unto Balak, "Build me here seven altars, and prepare me here seven bullocks and seven rams. 2 And Balak did as Balaam had spoken ; and N Balak and Balaam ''offered on every altar a bullock and a ram. 3 And Balaam said unto Balak, Stand by thy burnt offering, and I will go ; "peradventure 'Yahweh will come to meet me: and whatsoever he sheweth me I will tell thee. And he went to a ''bare height. 4 And God met Balaam : and he said unto him, I have "prepared the seven altars, and I have 'offered up a bullock and a ram on every altar. °And "Yahweh •'put a word in Balaam's mouth, and said, lieturn unto Balak, and thus thou shalt speak. "And he returned unto him, and, lo, he stood by his burnt offering, he, and all the princes of Moab. 7 "And he "took up his parable", and said, g 84 h iab a 64 2232 M Sp headlong— Job i6Uf. 33 Sp ^peradventure °. For 'Sim the versions seem to have read 'S17 ' unless.' 36 The narrative is here brought back by R to the point reached in 20- . 3cb Apparently a doublet' of tho preceding. 37 It is possible that some dislocation of E has been caused here by the combination of the two colloquies in J and E. Prom 40 it might be inferred that Balaam had not yet joined the king. Similarly 39 is hardly part of the story of i0- . 41 M Or, Bamoth-baal.— Ct 2ii«-. 232 (5) omits Balak and Balaam, the subject being simply ' he ' and the verb singular as in 14 so. The sequel of 2 seems to have been transposed into 4 (so Bacon), where Balak's report to Balaam is put into Balaam's own mouth, interrupting the natural succession ' Elohim met Balaam, and put a word in Balaam's mouth ' cp lfl. 7a The recurrence of this formula in the introduction of the oracles both in E and J is a curious literary phenomenon, as it occurs nowhere else save in Job 271 29I. Did each document use it independently, or did one derive it from the other, or is 226 BALAAM AND BALAK Num 2328 h Cp 22 »b i 226 j 11 13 27 22" k @ Yahioeh I® God m Cp 2241 n 24I7* 0 Mic 714 Ps 48f p Sp Hithpaf q Gen 1310* r 2 Kings 626* 3 Cp 226 (2233 U 2241 W Cp 28K 2i20 x Cp Gen 226 2/CpGen 41BI* f 24I cp Gen 3b27 445 15 a' 227 V Ex 15" Dent 3227. E JE J E From "Aram hath Balak brought me, The king of Moab from tho mountains of the East : 'Come, curse me Jacob, And come, "defy Israel. 8 How shall I •'curse, whom *God hath not cursed ? And how shall I defy, whom 'Yahweh hath not defied ? 9 For from the ™top of the rocks I see him, And from the hills I "behold him : Lo, it is a people that "dwell alone", And shall not be preckoned among the nations. 10 Who can 'count the dust of Jacob, "Or number the rfourth part of Israel ? Let "me die the death of the righteous, And let my last end be like his 1 11 And Balak said unto Balaam, What hast thou done unto me? I took thee to ^curse mine enemies, and, behold, thou hast blessed them altogether. 12 And he answered and said, Must I not take heed to speak that which "Yahweh -''putteth in my mouth ? 13 And Balak said unto him, 'Come, I pray thee, with me unto another place, from whence thou mayest see them ; "thou shalt see 'but the "utmost part of them, and shalt not see them all : and •'curse me them from thence. 14And he took him into the field of "Zophim, to the top of Tisgah, and "built seven altars, and ''offered up a bullock and a ram on every altar. 15 And he said unto Balak, Stand here by thy burnt offering, while I meet ["Yahweh] "yonder. 16And "Yahweh met Balaam, and •'put a word in his mouth, and said, Eeturn unto Balak, and thus shalt thou speak. 17 And he came to him, and, lo, he stood by his burnt offering, and the princes of Moab with him. And Balak said unto him, What hath Yahweh spoken? 18 And he "took up his parable, and said, Rise up, Balak, and hear ; Hearken unto me, thou son of Zippor : 10 God is not a man, that he should lie ; Neither the son of man, that he should brepent : Hath he said, and shall he not do it ? Or hath he spoken, and shall he not make it good ? 20 Behold, I have received [commandment] to bless : And he hath blessed, and I cannot reverse it. 21 He hath not beheld iniquity in Jacob, Neither hath he seen "perverseness in Israel : Yahweh his God is "with him, And the shout of a king is among them. 22 » God bringeth them forth out of Egypt ; He hath as it were the "strength of the "wild-ox. 2: Surely there is no Enchantment "with Jacob, Neither is there any "'divination "with Israel : "Now shall it be "snid of Jacob and of Israel, What hath God b' wrought I o 130 it due to a common redaction 1 (It is somewhat singular that both here and in Job it should be employed of a non-Israelite.) The origin of the poems is in like manner a difficult problem. From what sources did J and E derive them? From the days of Ewald it has been generally admitted that the last three mHhalim 242°-24 are later supplements (cp Dillm, NDJ 138 j and for the interpretation of the allusions, ib 162-7, Cornill, Mini 70). It is at least conceivable that the others belong also to the reproductive style of after-times. In 23" the identity with 24s can only be explained by some form of mutual dependence. As 2323 seems to prepare for 241 (cp Dillm), it appears most natural to regard 2322. as founded on 24, though both J and E may have drawn from a common source. Phrases recalling the language of Gen 27 and 49 are noted in the margin, as well ns some parallels with other poems : the designation ' Most High ' 24™ is chiefly common in literature after the Exile (cp Cheyne, 22' Book of Psalms 18). 237b M Sp be wroth against.— Gun 492 x Gen 272» y Lam 2I5 Job 272St 2 22I7 a' Ct 22I6 7/226 24 Behold, the people riseth up as a "lioness, And as a '''lion doth he lift himself up : He shall not lie down until he eat of the "'prey, And drink the blood of the slain. 25 And Balak said unto Balaam, "Neither curse them at all, dnor bless them at all. 20 But Balaam answered and said unto Balak, Told not I thee, saying, All that "Yahweh speaketh, that I must •''do ? 27 "And Balak said unto Balaam, "Come now, I will take thee unto another place ; ''peradventure it will "'please God that thou mayest 'curse me them from thence. 28 And Balak took Balaam unto the top of "Peor, that '''looketh down upon "the desert.2U And Balaam said unto Balak, "Build me here seven altars, and prepare me here seven bullocks and seven rams. 30 And Balak did as Balaam had said, and hoffered up a bullock and a ram on every altar. 241 xAnd TBalaam saw that it "pleased Yahweh to bless Israel, and he went not, fcas at the other times, to meet with "enchantments, but he set his face toward the wilderness. 2 And Balaam lifted up his eyes, and he saw Israel dwelling ^according to their tribes ; and the "spirit of God came upon him. 3 And he ¦'"took up his parable, and said, Balaam the son of Beor ""saith, And the man whose eye "was closed "saith : 4 He "saith, which heareth the ''words of God", Which 'seeth the Jvision of the * Almighty, Falling down, and 'having his eyes open : 5 '"How goodly are thy tents, O Jacob, Thy "tabernacles, 0 Israel ! 0 As valleys are they spread forth, As "gardens by the river side, As plign-aloes which Yahweh hath "planted, As cedar trees beside the waters. 7 Water shall 'flow from his "buckets, And his seed shall be in many waters, And his king shall be higher than Agag, And his kingdom shall be exalted. 8 'God bringeth him forth out of Egypt ; He hath as it were the "strength of the °'wild-ox : He shall eat up the nations his adversaries, And shall "break their bones in pieces, And "smite [them] through with his arrows. 9 "He "couched, he lay down as a lion, And as a lioness ; who shall rouse him up ? "Blessed be 'every one that blesseth thee, And bcursed be every one that curseth thee. 10 And Balak's anger was kindled against Balaam, and he "smote his hands" together : and Balak said unto Balaam, I called thee to "curse mine enemies, and, behold, thou hast altogether blessed them "these three times. n There fore now flee thou to thy "place : I thought to 'promote thee unto great honour ; but, lo, Yahweh hath "'kept thee back from honour. 12 And Balaam said unto Balak, Spake I not also to thy ''messengers which thou d ii a io° b 34 o 6s 2327 The language of Baluk 26 implies that he relinquishes his project. But in approaching the paraUel narrative of J, it was necessary to account for a third effort, and B. therefore repro duces the preparatory arrangements of E 27 2B- cp i8-. 23a No mountain named Peor is known in tho Old Testament. Bacon supposes that the name has boon editorially substituted for Pisgah which had been already employed li by E. Tho same description of the view is attached to Pisgah in 2110 (J). Both narratives, therefore, place the scene of Balaam's blessing on the same summit. 28b j£ Qr, Jeshimon. 241 So So. T And when Balaam saw . . . he went not. Dill mann ascribes this verse to H. 3a Sp usually of Deity : of man only 3> 1B- 2 Sam 23I Prov 30I, For the peculiar position of the word cp Ps 361 1 io5. 8b M Or, is opened. — 10f. 4 The analogy of 1° suggests the addition of the olause ' and knowoth the knowlodge of the Most High. 8ub M See 3322. 3 This verso seems derived from Gen 49s 2720, and has con sequently been suspected as an addition. But cp 237aN. 10 Apparently due to the harmonist. Cp 23" 26 it. 228 C' 22lS d' i628 e1 Op 2286 /'226 g' Ex i81»« h' Gen 49I V Gen 14I8. . Deut 328* f 239 17 ^4kc V 21I8 (' Jer 4845 m' Is 226 n'Spj o' Op 23I0 •p' Gen 4924 9' Qen 27-30 r* Jer 49I6 cr Obad4 a 2olb 2i31 ft b Josh 2I lb *ie!> c Cp Ex 34I6 2- 15a'* d Sp= worship Ex 3414 I Sp=heads Deut 336 cp S2S /2 Sam 216 0 g 2 Sam 12I2 h 3214 Ex 32I2 i Cp Gen 2746 JExiSSl-- J E BALAAM AND BALAK JE Num 256 J E p sentest unto me, saying, « "'If Balak would give me his house full of silver t a f? I.cnnnot 8° beyond the word of Yahweh"', to do either good or bad of mine own mind ; what Yahweh speaketh, "that will I speak ? 4-u And. nfvv"'.behold. ! go unto my people: ¦''come, [and] I will "'advertise thee what this people shall do to thy people in the ''latter days. 15 And he •'took up his parable, and said, Balaam the son of Beor "saith, And the man whose eye "was closed "saith : 10 He "saith, which heareth the ''words of God, And knoweth the knowledge of the ''Most High, Which seeth the vision of the Almighty, Falling down, and 'having his eyes open : 17 I see him, but not now : I ' behold him, but not nigh : IThere shall come forth a star out of Jacob, And a l'sceptre shall rise out of Israel, And shall "smite through the ''corners of Moab, And "''break down all the sons "of tumult. 18 "And Edom shall be a "'possession, Seir also shall be a "'possession, [which wore] his onomios ; While Israel doeth valiantly. 19 And out of Jacob shall one have dominion, And shall destroy the remnant from the city. 20 And he looked on "Amalek, and 'took up his parable and said, Amalek was the first of the nations ; But his "'latter end shall come to destruction. 21 And he looked on the Kenite, and ¦took up his parable, and said, ''Strong is thy "'dwelling place, And thy ''nest is set in the rock. 22 Nevertheless "Kain shall be wasted, "Until Asshur shall carry thee away captive. 23 "And he 'took up his parable, and said, Alas, who shall live when God "doeth this ? 24 But ships [shall come] from the coast of Kittim, And they shall afflict Asshur, and shall afflict Eber, And he also shall come to destruction. 25 And Balaam rose up, and went and returned to his "place : and Balak also went his way. 251' "And Israel "abode in 6Shittim, lb *And the people began to "commit whoredom with the daughters of Moab : 2 xfor they called the people unto the "sacrifices of their gods ; and the people did "eat, and ''bowed down to their gods. 3* and Israel "joined himself unto "Baal-peor. 3b And the anger of Yahweh was kindled against Israel. * And Yahweh said unto Moses, Take all the "chiefs of the people, and 'hang them up unto Yahweh "before the sun, that the ''fierce anger* of Yahweh may 'turn away from Israel. 5 And Moses said unto the ¦'judges of Israel, Slay ye every one his men that have joined themselves unto Baal-poor. 2416 m Or, is opened. 17 M Or, ofSheth. 13 Kalisch proposes to regard ls~2i as supplemental, Bibl Stud i 263- ¦ ; he refers M to the relations of Assyria and Cyprus in the seventh century, under Assurbanipal. 20 The three concluding oracles seem irrelevant here, being concerned neither with Israel nor Moab 14. Cp 237a;*. It has heen thought that they were added to bring the cycle up to seven. Some interpreters have found a reference to the Macedo nian power in 2*. But cp Cheyne, Expos Times June 1899 399. 22» M Or, the Kenites.—Cp Judg i16 4". 22b u Qr, How long t Asshur tic. — Cp 2 Kings 1520. 231 @ inserts, And he looked upon Og, 28b M Or, establisheth him. 25' The narrative of tho Moabite idolatry 1-6 js plainly composite, for its statements are curiously duplicated. On the one hand, Israel, encamped in Shittim, becomes devoted to the Baal of Peor, and punishment on the guilty worshippers is meted out by Moses through the judicial organization la 3a s On the other, the people are seduced by the women of Moab into unchastity and false worship of their gods ; the divine wrath is kindled, and Moses is commanded to avert it by the sacrificial doom of the heads of the people 2 3b 4. The close correspondence of 2 with Ex 34" makes it certain that this account is derived from J ; the reference to the judges 6 confirms the boliof that tho othor olemont must bo drawn from E 3* M Or, yoked.— 3 « Ps loo28. 3b M Or, the Baal of Tear. See 2328. 229 Num 256 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB 6-0 LiQp k I2 I Sp* Judg 58 m Sp* Judg g54 nSp\OI64S 10-13 inap p Jer 1 820 q Gen 90* • r Ezek 3425 3726 Is 54IO a Gen 25I6 cp Pa n7lt 16. . lAVLd t io9 Ex 2322 u Op Gen 3718* v 31IO ^tua a 250. 6 2"And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 17 'Vex the Midianites, and smite them : 18 for they 'vex you with their wiles, wherewith they have "beguiled you vin the matter of Peor, and in the matter of Cozbi, the daughter of the 'prince of Midian, their sister, which was slain on the day of the ''plague in the matter of Peor. 2Qi MiAnd it came to pass after the "plague, that Yahweh spake unto Moses and unto "Eleazar the ''son of Aaron the priest, saying, 2 "Take the bsum of all the "congregation of the children of Israel, from twenty years dold and upward, by their 'fathers' houses, all that are "able to go forth to war in Israel. 3 And Moses and "Eleazar the priest "spake with them in the 'plains of Moab by the Jordan at Jericho, saying, 4 [Take the sum of the people] from twenty years dold and "upward ; "as Yahweh commanded a 45 b ia« 0 mb d I25b e 185 f 162 g 62 ti 35a 1 131 j 66 a iab b 84° c 45" d 119a e l6gb f 66 g 16 h 185a 25fl To the story of the Moabite apostasy the compiler has attached an account of an incident in which Phinehas slays a Simeonite prince and a Midianitish woman. But tho opening of it is lost. From 8b it appears that a plague was raging, thousands have already perished °, and the congregation is assembled in lamentation at the sanctuary. This plague does not correspond to either form of penalty indicted in 4 and 6 : and improper connexions with Midianito womon do not bolong to tho plains of Moab. The language at once identifies the source of the narrative with P. A late harmonistic allusion in 3 116 connects the worship of the Baal of Peor with the Midianito women under the insidious advice of Balaam, and it is possible that the missing beginning assigned this cause for tho plague, and was set asido by B.P in favour of the extract from JE. 8 M Or, alcove. 16 The word rendered 'people' seoms to bo a raro name for certain Arab clans, explained by the more familiar title ' fathers' house,' cp Ges-Brown, Hebr Lex. 1° The allusions in l8 to ' tho matter of Peor ' aro certainly due to the compiler. But it is probable that the command to retaliate upon the Midianites is an after-thought, preparing tho way for the later recital of the war with Midian in 31. Tho main narrative passes on to the second census, for which fresh instructions are given 26!' • ; the vengeance on Midian is not yet in sight. 26' The second census obviously belongs like the first i2. • to P ; but it is doubtful whether it formed part of P». On the whole, it seems better referred to P '. The opening appears to be much curtailed. In 3 it is not clear who aro designated by 'with them.' The first words of 4 aro lost; and Dillm on grammatical grounds rejocts tho Mossorotio punctuation of 4b, so that the clause ' as Yahweh commanded Moses ' stands by itself, and tho phraso ' and tho children of Israel which came forth out of tho land of Egypt' is left suspended at the beginning of the enumeration. This, however, doos not cohere with the explanation in °4>. These phenomena show that the incorporation of the passage has not been effected without mutilation. A comparison with 1 points in the same direction. (1) The introductory formula seems to ho of a secondary character cp I™. (2) The order of the tribes corresponds with that of 1 (itself secondary) save for the inversion of Manasseh and Ephraim. (3) The lists of tribal clans in the main agree with those in Gen 46s- • P3, though occasional divergences (see Benjamin 38' •) show that fresh material might be utilized. (4) The document contains sundry annotations, additions, and oxplanations, aftor the manner of a later editor, though soma of these seem to be supplemental insertions cp 9~i0 n 68 68b-6i (whoro tho connexion is very loose) 6i-. (5) The introduction of tho division of the land 62-60 seems premature ; the name of the land, even, is not mentioned, much less its conquest, or even the passage of the Jordan, ct 335J- • 34s' • ; moreover, according to 2y'2" Deut 324°. •, Moses was not permitted to cross the Jordan and could not be the instrument of the distribution. On 64» 0p 3354N (6) The phrase ' as Yahweh commanded Mosos ' 4 is characteristic of Pa cp 1890, and the description of the plains of Moab 3 63 as ' by ' the Jordan cp 3112 3348-~6o 35I 3613 suggests a different hand from that of 22I. The view that the existing narrative belongs to P9 does not exclude the conjecture that, like 1, it may have been based on an earlier and simpler form. 4 The phrase ' as Yahweh commanded Moses ' never includes any other object elsewhoro, and the struoture of the following clause implies that it bogins a new sontonce cp 1M. 230 THE SECOND CENSUS Num 26 34 d i20 den 468 Ex 6" « I62 / Hiph Vts 60 titlef jr 166 h i632 < 1636 JCt2tS. Ex 17I6 tGen46lOBx6'6 J Gen 46I6 m Gen 46I2 it Gen 46I3 o Gen 46I4 p Gen 4620 JE PB p Moses and the children of Israel, which came forth out of the land of Egypt. 0 Reuben, the firstborn of Israel : the sons of Reuben ; [of] Hanoch, the 'family of the Hanochites : of Pallu, tho family of the Palluites : ° of Hezron, the family of the Hezronites : of Carmi, the family of the Carmites. These are the families of the Reubenites : and 'they that were numbered of them were forty and three thousand and seven hundred and thirty. 8 And the sons of Pallu ; Eliab. 9 And the sons of Eliab ; Nemuel, and Dathan, and Abiram. ""These are that Dathan and Abiram, which were "called of the congregation, who ¦'strove against Moses and against Aaron in the "company of Korah, when they strove against Yahweh : 10and the ''earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up together with Korah, when that company died ; what time the *fire devoured two hundred and fifty men, and they "became a ¦'sign. u "Notwithstanding the sons of Korah died not. 12 The sons of *Simeon "after their families : of "Nemuel, the family of the Nemuelites : of Jamin, the family of tho Jaininitos : of "Jachin, the family of the Jachinites : l3 of "Zerah, the family of the Zerahites : of Shaul, the family of the Shaulites. 14 These are the families of the Simeonites, twenty and two thousand and two hundred. 16 The sons of 'Gad after their families : of "Zephon, the family of the Zephonites : of Haggi, the family of the Haggites : of Shuni, the family of the Shunites : 10 of "Ozni, the family of the Oznites : of Eri, the family of the Erites : 17 of "Arod, the family of the Arodites : of Areli, the family of the Arelites. 18 These are the families of the sons of Gad paccording to those that were numbered of them, forty thousand and five hundred. 19 The sons of ""Judah, Er and Onan : and Er and Onan died in the "land of Canaan. 20 And the sons of Judah after their families were ; of Shelah, the family of the Shelanites : of Perez, the family of the Perezites : of Zerah, the family of the Zerahites. 2l And the sons of Perez were ; of Hezron, the family of the Hezronites: of Hamul, the family of the Hamulites. 22 These are the families of Judah according to those that were numbered of them, threescore and sixteen thousand and five hundred. 23 The sons of "Issachar after their families : [of] Tola, the family of the Tolaites: of Puvah, the family of the Punites: 24 of "Jashub, the family of the Jashubites: of Shimron, the family of the Shimronites. 25 These are the families of Issachar according to those that were num bered of them, threescore and four thousand and three hundred. 20 The sons of "Zebulun after their families : of Sered, the family of the Seredites : of Elon, the family of the Elonites : of Jahleel, the family of the Jahleelites. 27 These are the families of the Zebulunites according to those that Were numbered of them, threescore thousand and five hundred. 28 The sons of ^Joseph after their families : Manasseh and Ephraim. 29 The sons of Manasseh : of Machir, the family of the Machirites : and Machir 'begat Gilead : of Gilead, the family of the Gileadites. 30 These are the sons of Gilead : [of] "Iezer, the family of the Iezerites : of Helek, the family of the Helekites : 31 and [of] Asriel, the family of the Asrielites : and [of] Shechem, the family of the Shechemites : 32 and [of] Shemida, the family of the Shemidaites : and [of] Hepher, the family of the Hepherites. 33 And Zelophehad the son of Hepher had no sons, but daughters : and the names of the daughters of Zelophehad were Mahlah, and Noah, Hoglah, Milcah, and Tirzah. 34 These are the families of Manasseh : and they that were numbered of them were fifty and two thousand and seven hundred. j 65 k 188" 1 H5b m 1880 n 37 o 65b p i8« 268 The references in 3-10 rest on 16 in its present composite form. If this census-list belongs to P«, this passage must be regarded as a later insertion. u A separate addition to account for the survival of families tracing descent from Korah. l2» M In Gon 4610 Ex 6t6 Jemuel. 12b M In 1 Chron 421 Jarib. 13 M In Gen 46*0 Zohar. 13 M In Gen 46ls Ezbon. 11 M In Gen 4610 Arodi. 24 M In Gon 46" lob. 30 M In Josh 172 Abiczcr. 231 15 M In Gen 4616 Ziphion. Soe Judg 6" 2* '4. Num 263 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE P q Gen 4621 r Gen 4623 a Qen 46I7 ( Gen 4624 62-66 I-4Ue 11 33I4 i4p(, D Ex 62<> w Ex d23 x Lev iol* PB P" m These are the sons of Ephraim after their families : of Shuthelah, the family of the Shuthelahites : of "Becher, the family of the Becherites : of Tahan, the family of the Tahanites. 30 And these are the sons of Shuthelah : of Eran, the family of the Eranites. 37 These are the families of the sons of Ephraim according to those that were numbered of them, thirty and two thousand and five hundred. These are the sons of Joseph after their families. 38 The sons of 'Benjamin after their families : of Bela, the family of the Belaites : of Ashbel, the family of the Ashbelites : of "Ahiram, the family of the Ahiramites : 3D of "Shephupham, the family of the Shuphamites : of Hupham, the family of the Huphamites. 40 And the sons of Bela were "Ard and Naaman : [of Ard], the family of the Ardites : of Naaman, the family of the Naamites. 41 These are the sons of Benjamin after their families : and they that were numbered of them were forty and five thousand and six hundred. 42 These are the sons of 'Dan after their families : of "Shuham, the family of the Shuhamites. These are the families of Dan after their families. 43 All the families of the Shuhamites, according to those that were num bered of them, were threescore and four thousand and four hundred. 44 The sons of "Asher after their famili )S : of Imnah, the family of the Imnites : of Ishvi, the family of the Ishvites : of Beriah, the family of the Beriites. 4S Of the sons of Beriah : of Heber, the family of the Heber- ites : of Malchiel, the family of the Malchielites. 4C And the name of the daughter of Asher was Serah. 47 These are the families of the sons of Asher according to those that were numbered of them, fifty and three thousand and four hundred. 48 The sons of 'Naphtali after their families : of Jahzeel, the family of the Jahzeelites : of Guni, the family of the Gunites : 43 of Jezer, the family of the Jezerites : of Shillem, the family of the Shillemites. 50 These are the families of Naphtali according to their families: and they that were numbered of them were forty and five thousand and four hundred. 81 These are they that were numbered of the children of Israel, six hundred thousand and a thousand seven hundred and thirty. 62 *And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 53 Unto these the land shall be divided "for an inheritance according to the number of names. 64 To the "more thou shalt give the more inheritance, and to the fewer thou shalt give the less inheritance : to every one 'according to those that were numbered of him shall his inheritance be given. fi5 Notwithstanding the land shall be divided by lot : "acoording to the names of the "tribes of their fathers they shall inherit. S6 'According to the lot shall their in heritance be divided between the more and the fewer. 67 xAnd these are they that were numbered of the Levites after their families : of Gershon, the family of the Gershonites : of Kohath, the family of the Kohathites : of Merari, the family of the Merarites. 68 "These are the families of Levi : the family of the Libnites, the family of the Hebronites, the family of the Mahlites, the family of the Mushites, the family of the Korahites. And Kohath 'begat Amram. 59 And the name of Amram's wife was "Jochebed, the daughter of Levi, who was born to Levi in Egypt : and she bare unto Amram Aaron and Moses, and Miriam their sister. "° And unto Aaron were born "Nadab and Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar. 61 And Nadab and Abihu '"died, when they offered strange fire before Yahweh. G2 And they that were numbered of them were twenty and three thousand, "every male from a "month old and upward : for they 'were not numbered among the children of Israel, because there was no inheritance given them among the children of Israel. 03 These are they that were numbered by Moses and Eleazar the priest ; 96° 19° 18m 165 w io7b x 115° 2636 M In 1 Chron 720 Bered. 38 M In Gen 462> Ehi in 1 Chron 81 Aharah. 39 M In Gen 4621 Muppim, and Huppim. 40 M In i Chron 83 Addar. 42 m in qou ^-a uuxhim. 68 This enumeration of the Lovitioal clans seems to be a frag ment thrust in by a compiler unwilling to leave anything on one side. Its source is unknown, and its statements neither fit tlio context nor agree with other lists 318t • and Ex 6i7- •, 232 THE SECOND CENSUS Num 272 2 I42» a' 1435-33 1-11 x3gc a 2s33 b 16U c 166 dii3t> «. 14 — e 36s cp 97 Lev 27I8 Ex 5!! /CpLev24l2 Num 98 15S4. ct Ex i813 Sp 366 Ex io2»» 9 JE ft 368 i 3S2°t jjl9 k33*t. Deut 3249 (2o24m 2ol3 Dout 32r,l IB l±Wd n 1622 0 21 Cp Deut 312 Josli 14II p Cp 1 Chron n2 q Deut 343 r 23 Dout 328 •Sp* I pB p. who numbered the children of Israel in the 'plains of Moab by the Jordan at Jericho. °4 But among these there was not a man of "them that were numbered by Moses and Aaron the priest; who numbered the children of Israel in the 'wilderness of Sinai. °5 For Yahweh had said of them, 0 They shall surely die in the wilderness. And there was not left a man of them, save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun. 27i ^Then drew near the daughtsrs of "Zelophehad, the son of Hepher, the son of Gilead, the son of Machir, the son of Manasseh, of the "families of Manasseh the son of Joseph : and bthese are the names of his daughters ; Mahlah, Noah, and Hoglah, and Milcah, and Tirzah. 2 And they stood before Moses, and before "Eleazar the priest, and before the aprinces and all the "congregation, at the 'door of the tent of meeting, saying, 3 Our father died in the wilderness, and he was not among the "company of them that gathered themselves together against Yahweh in the company of "Korah : but he died in his own sin ; and he had no sons. 4 Why should the name of our father be "taken away from among his "family, because he had 110 son ? Give unto us a "possession among the brethren of our father. 6 And Moses •''brought their cause before Yahweh. ° And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 7 The daughters of Zelophehad "speak right': thou shalt surely give them a "possession of an inheritance among their father's brethren ; and thou shalt cause the inheritance of their father to pass unto them. 8 And thou shalt hspeak unto the children of Israel, saying, 'If a man die, and have no son, then ye sliall cause his inheritance to pass unto his daughter. ° And if he have no daughter, then ye shall give his inheritance unto his brethren. 10 And if he have no brethren, then ye shall give his inheritance unto his father's brethren. u And if his father have no brethren, then ye shall give his inheritance unto his 'kinsman that is next to him of his family, and he shall "possess it : and it shall "be unto the children of Israel a 'statute of judgement', pas Yahweh commanded Moses. 12 "And Yahweh said unto Moses, Get thee up into this mountain of 'Abarim, and behold the land which I have given unto the children of Israel. 13 And when thou hast seen it, thou also shalt be "gathered unto thy people, as 'Aaron thy brother was gathered : 14 because ye 'rebelled against my word in the wilderness of "Zin, in the strife of the "congregation, "to "sanctify me at the waters before their eyes. (These are the waters of "Meribah of Kadesh in the wilderness of Zin.) 16 LAnd Moses "spake unto Yahweh, saying, 10 Let Yahweh, the "God of the spirits of all flesh, appoint a man over the congregation, 17 which may "go out before them, and which may come in before them, and which may ''lead them out, and which may bring them in ; that the congregation of Yahweh be not as sheep which have no shepherd. 18 And Yahweh said unto Moses, Take thee Joshua the son of Nun, a man in whom is the 'spirit, and play thine hand upon him ; 10 and qset him before "Eleazar the priest, and before all the "congregation ; and rgive him a charge in their sight. 20 And thou shalt put of thine "honour upon him, that all the 'congregation a 65 b i88» C 12" d 131 t mb g 127b h 1851 i 190° j iol k 27 1 1890 m 75 n 9 o 86J p 102 a 141 271 The petition of the daughters of Zelophehad 1~n is closely connected with 26 cp 33. Its thome has tho same aspoot as that of 26B2. . ep 261 K. Phraseologically the passage follows tho usage of P, but it shows occasional and noteworthy peculiarities, e g 6 'brought their cause (Sp judgement) before Yahweh' ¦*¦; 7 'speak right ' 36s nowhere else in P ; u ' possess ' 36s, 1DY for in« C127), elsewhere in P only Gen 284 Lev 2o24 Ph (allied with J) 254« P» Num 3368 P" (all save Lev 2$*" aftor ' give ') ct "8i ; 'a statute of judgement ' 3520f ; ' as Yahweh commanded Moses ' 189", which sounds especially incongruous at the close of the answer of Yahweh B_n. On the other hand the plea in 8 that Zelophehad was not among the princes associated with Korah points to dependence on the earlier form of P's narrative i62-7 before Korah and his followers were converted into Levites. 12 This passage is obviously connected with Deut 3248- • , but the relation of the two has been variously estimated. Did the same author reproduce his own words in another connexion ? Or, if thoy are not both from tho same hand, which is tho original and which tho copy ? Tho phraseology of Dout 3a4R-62 bears every characteristic mark of P8, and does not appear like an expansion of 12-14. On the other hand, (1) the opening of l2 lacks P's customary formula of the divine address ; (2) the pro hibition in Deut 3202b is omitted, so that the occasion for tho appointment of Joshua as leader is not so cloarly emphasizod ; (3) tho explanation in Hb seems duo to an annotator. The view of Dillmann is therefore adopted here, according to which Deut 32*3-62 once stood before Num 27I6. When D was incor porated before the record of the death of Moses, the long separation of the event from this passage led to the transfer ot the divine command to its present position in Deut 3248- • , and the vacant place was filled in Num 2712-14 by an editorial abstract. u M See 2012. . 233 Num 27 20 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB t S$— hearken Deut 34S 21 Xnb/ u Ex 2830 28- 701/ ga/ a Lov 24'^ 6 Lev 1- c @ my aet/u«.«t* cp Lev 232 3-8 iydc d Jp made cp Ex 3824 7 i7we e 6s Lov 10O »¦ ^9b/> /Lev 233 JE 11-16 igc6 g iolot i I7WS 16 Zgdfc A Lev 236 17-25 Lgsi i Lev 238 j Lev 237 pt p8 Ps of the children of Israel may 'obey. 21 "And he shall stand before "Eleazar the priest, who shall inquire for him by the judgement of the "Urim before Yahweh : at his word shall they "go out, and rat his word they shall come in, both he, and all the children of Israel with him, even all the "con gregation. 22 And Moses "did as Yahweh commanded him : and he took Joshua, and ''set him before "Eleazar the priest, and before all the 'con gregation : 23 and he "laid his hands upon him, and rgave him a charge, as Yahweh spake 'by the hand of Moses". 281 "'And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 2 "Command the children of Israel, and say unto them, My ""oblation, my "food for my offerings made by fire, of a sweet savour unto me, shall ye observe to offer unto me in "their bdue season. ;! "'And thou shalt say unto them, "This is the offering made by fire which ye shall offer unto Yahweh ; he-lambs of the first year without blemish, two day by day, for a continual burnt offering. 4 The one lamb shalt thou doffer in the morning, and the other lamb shalt thou offer "at even ; s and the tenth part of an ephah of fine flour for a meal offering, mingled with the fourth part of an hin of beaten oil. ° It is a continual burnt offering, which was dordained in mount "Sinai for a sweet savour, an offering made by fire unto Yahweh. 7 'And the drink offering thereof shall be the fourth part of an hin for the one lamb : in the 'holy place shalt thou pour out a "drink offering of "strong drink unto Yahweh. . * And the other lamb shalt thou doffer "at even : as the meal offering of the morning, and as the drink offering thereof, thou shalt doffer it, an offering made by fire, of a sweet savour unto Yahweh. 9 'And on the •''sabbath day two he-lambs of the first year without blemish, and two tenth parts [of an ephah] of fine flour for a meal offering, mingled with oil, and the drink offering thereof: 10 "this is the burnt offering of every sabbath, ''beside the continual burnt offering, and the drink offering thereof. 11 'And in the "beginnings of your months" ye shall offer a burnt offering unto Yahweh ; two young bullocks, and one ram, seven he-lambs of the first year without blemish ; 12 and three tenth parts [of an ephah] of fine flour for a meal offering, mingled with oil, for each bullock ; and two tenth parts of fine flour for a meal offering, mingled with oil, for the one ram ; la and a several tenth part of fine flour mingled with oil for a meal offering unto every lamb ; for a burnt offering of a sweet savour, an offering made by fire unto Yahweh. 14 'And their drink offerings shall be half an hin of wine for a bullock, and the third part of an hin for the ram, and the fourth part of an hin for a lamb: "this is the burnt offering of every month 'throughout the months of the year. 15 And one he-goat for a sin offering unto Yahweh ; it shall be offered "beside the continual burnt offering, and the drink offering thereof. 10 'And in the ''first month, on the fourteenth day of the month, is Yahweh's passover. n 'And on the 'fifteenth day of this month shall be a feast : seven days shall unleavened bread be eaten. 18 In the -"first day shall be an holy convocation ; ye shall do no servile work : 19 but ye shall ,9c i89b 180° 1851 in" ,88" d 117 f 88» 3a 31 18° 2723 It might liavo been expected that the narrativo of tho death of Moses would follow at this point, liko that of Aaron after the investiture of Eleazar 2023-2'', On tho roasons for regarding the materials in 28-36 as secondary additions soo the notes to the successive sections, and cp Introd xiii 10a i 154. 281 The catalogue of sacrifices in 28-29 13 a summary of the dues required for the sorvice of the altar. Its terminology harmonizes in tho main with that of Lev 1-7 ; and its annual order is modelled on that of Lav 23. But it seems to belong to the secondary materials of P, for (1) it occurs in tho midst of a group of other secondary passages ; (2) it is widely separated from other ritual detail, and had Ps contained any such list it would have been natural to look for it in connexion with tho calendar in Lev 23 (why should the feasts be ordained in the first year of the wanderings, and the accompanying offerings only in the last ?) ; (3) it incorporates the now moon festivals agii-i5 unrocognizod in Lov 23 cp Num io™ ; (4) it lays unusual stross on tho great autumn foast 29I2-38, though the anoient titlo is ignored ; (5) it contains some delicato phraseological variations, 0 g ' my food for my fire-offerings ' ' obsorve to offer ' 28", ' ordained in Mount Sinai ' 28°, ' drink offering of strong drink ' 287, the drink offering (here very prominent) being un named in Lev 1-7 (cp Lev 23I3 18 37), ' day of the firstfruits ' 28s6, 1 according unto their ordinance' 29° 33 op 13 2i 24 27 30 37. 2 M. Sp bread. — Cp Lev 3U. 3 M See Ex 2g3 Cp Lev 23W 1-8 Iggh a Lev 2324 6 Sp month 28U c 33 cp 18 Lev 510 7-11 lgh.4 d Lev 23s7 e Lev 2328 12-38 I.gia f Lev 2380 pB ps *offer an offering made by fire, a burnt offering unto Yahweh ; two young bullocks, and one ram, and seven he-lambs of the first year : they shall be unto you without blemish : 20 and their meal offering, fine flour mingled with oil : three tenth parts shall ye offer for a bullock, and two tenth parts for the ram ; 21 a several tenth part shalt thou doffer for every lamb of the seven lambs ; 22 and one he-goat for a sin offering, to make atonement for you. 23 Ye shall offer these hbeside the burnt offering of the morning, which is for a continual burnt offering. 24 After this manner ye shall "offer daily, for seven days, the "food of the offering made by fire, of a sweet savour unto Yahweh : it shall be offered beside the continual burnt offering, and the drink offering thereof. 25 And on the ^seventh day ye shall have an holy convocation ; ye shall do no servile work. 26 'Also in the 'day of the firstfruits', when ye offer a TOnew meal offering unto Yahweh in your [feast of J "weeks, ye shall have an "holy convocation ; ye shall do no servile work : 27 but ye shall offer a burnt offering for a sweet savour unto Yahweh ; ''two young bullocks, ono ram, soven ho-lambs of the first year ; 28 and their meal offering, fine flour mingled with oil, three tenth parts for each bullock, two tenth parts for the one ram, 29 a several tenth part for every lamb of the seven lambs ; 30 one he-goat, to make atonement for you. 31 "Beside the continual burnt offering, and the meal offering thereof, ye shall doffer them (they shall be unto you without blemish), and their drink offerings. 291 'And in the "seventh month, on the first day of the month, ye shall have an holy convocation ; ye shall do no servile work : it is a day of blowing of trumpets unto you. 2 And ye shall "offer a burnt offering for a sweet savour unto Yahweh ; one young bullock, one ram, seven he-lambs of the first year without blemish : 3 and their meal offering, fine flour mingled with oil, three tenth parts for the bullock, two tenth parts for tho ram, 4 and one tenth part for every lamb of the seven lambs ; 5 and one he-goat for a sin-offering, to make atonement for you : ° "beside the burnt offering of the 'new moon, and the meal offering thereof, and the continual burnt offering and the meal offering thereof, and their drink offerings, "according unto their ordinance, for a sweet savour, an offering made by fire unto Yahweh. 7 'And on the dtenth day of this seventh month ye shall have an holy convocation ; and ye shall afflict your souls ; ye shall "do no manner of work : 8 but ye shall offer a burnt offering unto Yahweh for a sweet savour ; one young bullock, one ram, seven he-lambs of the first year ; they shall be unto you without blemish : 9 and their meal offering, fine flour mingled with oil, three tenth parts for the bullock, two tenth parts for the one ram, 10 a several tenth part for every lamb of the seven lambs : n one he-goat for a sin offering ; "beside the sin offering of atonement, and the continual burnt offering, and the meal offering thereof, and their drink offerings. 12 'And on the ¦'"fifteenth day of the seventh month ye shall have an holy convocation ; ye shall do no servile work, and ye shall keep a feast unto Yahweh seven days : 13 and ye shall offer a burnt offering, an offering made by fire, of a sweet savour unto Yahweh ; thirteen young bullocks, two rams, fourteen he-lambs of the first year ; they shall be without blemish : 14 and their meal offering, fine flour mingled with oil, three tenth parts for every bullock of the thirteen bullocks, two tenth parts for each ram of the two rams, 15 and a several tenth part for every lamb of the fourteen lambs : 16 and one Re-goat for a sin offering ; "beside the continual burnt offering, the meal offering thereof, and the drink offering thereof. 17 And on the "second day [ye shall offer] twelve young bullocks, two rams, fourteen he-lambs of tho first year without blemish : 18 and their 117 28M M Sp bread. 2917 For the repetitions in these paragraphs cp 718 2-4. 235 Num 29 ,18 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB g 21 21 27 30 37 Lev 5IO JE h Sp their i Lev 233< 30 J8f.(g 40 [30I in Sp] ]Sp 301 1-16 I8fe a 1 Kings 81 2 Chron $2i ep 3228 Josh 14I 21I 6 2-5 8 10-14 ftf c Cp 12 3221 Deut (83) 2j23» meal offering and their drink offerings for the bullocks, for the rams, and for the lambs, according to their number, "after the ordinance: 19 and one he-goat for a sin offering ; beside the continual burnt offering, and the meal offering thereof, and their drink offerings. 20 And on the third day eleven bullocks, two rams, fourteen he-lambs of the first year without blemish; 21 and their meal offering and their drink offerings for the bullocks, for the rams, and for the lambs, according to their number, after the ordinance : 22 and one he-goat for a sin offering ; beside the continual burnt offering, and the meal offering thereof, and the drink offering thereof. 23 And on the fourth day ten bullocks, two rams, fourteen he-lambs of the first year without blemish: 24 their, meal offering and their drink offerings for the bullocks, for the rams, and for the lambs, according to their number, after the ordinance : 2B and one he-goat for a sin offering ; beside the continual burnt offering, the meal offering thereof, and the drink offering thereof. 20 And on the fifth day nine bullocks, two rams, fourteen he-lambs of the first year without blemish : 27 and their meal offering and their drink offerings for the bullocks, for the rams, and for the lambs, according to their number, after the ordinance : 28 and one he-goat for a sin offering ; beside the continual burnt offering, and the meal offering thereof, and the drink offering thereof. 29 And on the sixth day eight bullocks, two rams, fourteen he-lambs of the first year without blemish : 30 and their meal offering and their drink offerings for the bullocks, for the rams, and for the lambs, according to their number, after the ordinance : 31 and one he-goat for a sin offering ; beside the continual burnt offering, the meal offering thereof, and the drink offerings thereof. 32 And on the seventh day seven bullocks, two rams, fourteen he-lambs of the first year without blemish : 33 and their meal offering and their drink offerings for the bullocks, for the rams, and for the lambs, according to their number, "after ''the ordinance : 34 and one he-goat for a sin offering ; beside the continual burnt offering, the meal offering thereof, and the drink offering thereof. 35 On the 'eighth day ye shall have a "solemn assembly: ye shall do no servile work : 3(i but ye shall offer a burnt offering, an offering made by fire, of a sweet savour unto Yahweh : one bullock, one ram, seven he-lambs of the first year without blemish : 37 their meal offering and their drink offerings for the bullock, for the ram, and for the lambs, shall be according to their number, after the ordinance : 3S and one he-goat for a sin offering ; beside the continua} burnt offering, and the meal offering thereof, and the drink offering thereof. as 7rriieSG ye shall offer unto Yahweh in your "set feasts, beside your vows, and your freewill offerings, for your burnt offerings, and for your meal offerings, and for your drink offerings, and for your peace offerings. 40 ¦'And Moses told the children of Israel according to all that Yahweh commanded Moses. 301 N'And Moses "spake unto the "hoads of the Hribes" of the ohildren of Israel, "saying, "This is the thing which Yahweh hath commanded. 2 dWhen a man voweth a vow unto Yahweh, or sweareth an oath to hind his soul with a 'bond, he shall not "break his word ; he shall do according to all that "proceodeth out of his mouth. 3 Also dwhen a woman voweth a vow unto Yahweh, and bindeth herself by a bond, being a 185" b l6§„ 0 i88b d igo° 2935 M See Lev 2330. 301 The law of vows here set forth is not connected directly with previous specific ordinances Lev 27 Num 6, but it regulates their general force. It plainly belongs to tho collection of P, but does not appear to be from tho hand of Ps. Tho stylo of the law, with its successive cases, indicates the advance of logal distinctions characteristic of Pa, and with this the phraseo logical indications correspond. Tho formula ' heads of the tribes ' appears elsewhere only in the lator Levitical additions in 1 Kings &1 (cp @) and the parallel in 2 Chron $2. Other expressions like ' bind with a bond ' ' break his word ' 2, ' rash utterance ' °, are only found here ; while ' afflict the soul ' 13 is employed in a sense not quite harmonious with P's customary usage. The phraso 'bear her iniquity ' " (where Sam © read 'his iniquity') shows some affinity with Ph cp 193; and it is possible that this law may have been amplified from a briefer and earlier form. 2 M Sp profane. — In this connexion f cp Ezek 307. 236 WAR WITH THE MIDIANITES Num 31H d 8 11 ct 327 9 Ps 33IO I4,6t e*Spi /12. 15I531Gon 17I4 Lev 2613 4* Dout 31I6 20» g Lev 2 17 1-54 ifaif aSp*b Cp 2712. c 32I7 20 Niph» d Jer sols 28 SI11 cpJern202ol2 Ezek 25I4 17f e Cp Wf /io9 g Gen 3425 h Josh 1322 i JobIi 1321 ^2510 k Qen 3429 I Sp = beasts 11 Gen 3423 cp 368 Num 3226 m Sp=cattle Gen 3423 n Uen 25" o Josh 624 P 12 26. 32 Is 492*'t q 22I r Cp "183 Ex 187 Num 22M JE P in her father's house, in her youth ; * and her father heareth her vow, and her bond wherewith she hath bound her soul, and her father holdeth his peace at her: then a. j 7?>W! -i"^1 st?nd' nIld eyery bond wherewith she hath bound her soul shall stand. "But if her father »And if she vowed in her husband's house, or bound her soul by a bond with an oath, " and hor husband heard it, and held Ins peace at her, and ^disallowed her not ; then all her vows sliall stand, and every bond wherewith she bound her soul shall stand. " But if her husband /made them null and void in the day that he heard them ; then whatsoever proceeded out of her lips concerning her vows, or concerning the bond of her soul, shall not stand : her husband hath made them void ; and Yahweh sliall forgive her. » Every vow, and every binding oath to 'afflict the soul, her husband may establish it, or her husband may /make it void. " But if her husband altogether hold his peace at her from day to day ; then he established all her vows, or all her bonds, which are upon her : he hath established them, because he held his peace at her in the day that he heard them. But if he shall /make them null and void after that he hath heard them ; then he shall 'bear her iniquity. " BThese are the statutes, which Yahweh commanded Moses, between a man and his wife, between a father and his daughter, being in her youth, in her father's house. 311 H1And Yahweh 'spake unto Moses, saying, 2 "Avenge the children of Israel of the Midianites : ''afterward shalt thou be "gathered unto thy people. 3 And Moses 'spake unto the people, saying, "Arm ye men from among you for the "war, that they may go against Midian, to execute Yahweh's vengeance* on Midian. 4 Of every ""tribe a thousand, "through out all the tribes of Israel, shall ye send to the "war. 5 So there were ^delivered, out of the 'thousands of Israel, a thousand of every tribe, twelve thousand armed for "war. 6 And Moses sent them, a thousand of every dtribe, to the "war, them and "Phinehas the son of Eleazar the priest, to the war, with the vessels of the "sanctuary and the -^trumpets for the alarm in his hand. 7 And they 'warred against Midian, Jas Yahweh commanded Moses ; and they "slew kevery male. 8 And they "slew the kings of Midian with the rest of their ''slain ; 'Evi, and Rekem, and JZur, and Hur, and Eeba, the five kings of Midian : Balaam also the son of Beor they "slew with the sword. u And the children of Israel 'took captive the women of Midian and their 'little ones ; and all their 'cattle, and all their "'flocks, and all their *goods, they *took for a prey. 10 And all their cities in the 'places wherein they dwelt1, and all their "encampments, they "burnt with fire. n And they took all the spoil, and all the ''prey, mboth of man and of beast. 12And they brought the captives, and the pprey, and the spoil, unto Moses, and unto "Eleazar the priest, and unto the "congregation of the children of Israel, unto the camp at the "plains of Moab, which are by the 'Jordan at Jericho. 13 And Moses, and "Eleazar the priest, and all the ""princes of the ''congre gation, went forth to rmeet them 'without the camp. 14 And Moses was f g 28' l88» a 185" b 75 0 q21> d e 165 I8r f 163 g 131 h 88" i j k 92° 189=I07b 1 55" m io8>> I3b 45 > t 107<> u i64b v 146' w 143b x i88<> y 43 z 173 84° b' 84a C 85 d' 8a 0' Ii8< t' 39* g' 54' 3110a Sp ico1), the same word as in 6 ; probably a corruption of the text for Si'D1), cp Dillm, NDJ 191. 10b This reference may be an editorial insertion (Dillm). 28 M Or, impurity. — Cp 199 13 20'. 20 Sp ye shall take. The unexpected plural interrupts the sequence of the singular, ' levy ' 28j 1 an(j gjve > 2D . the clause seems needless, and may be a later editorial amplification, cp »3 (so Dillm). 238 WAR WITH THE MIDIANITES Num 329 JE P* r< Cp "73 »' Sp=*hand 428 2 Sam 10IO 18- V Judg 213 it' 2 Sam ilof n' Gen 2422 «' Bx 3522 a/ Ezek i6l2f yl Ct 28 32 42 ft «' 1 Chron 13!* a '"SO b"i8c 2l24 32 t!JE73e«31 / § Hoph Lev nS8 Num 26B4» P3i21§=oa(!(e A 0 30B Sp ct Deut i28 1069'= j -"Z222 * 344 Dent iM ct 1320b I i318i ps -p, of man and of beast, and gave them unto the Levites, which "'kept the charge of^the "'Dwelling of Yahweh; Jas Yahweh commanded Moses. 48 And the "officers which were over the thousands of the host, the captains of thousands, and the captains of hundreds, came near unto Moses : 49 and they said unto Moses, Thy r'servants have "'taken the sum of the men of war which are under our "'charge, and there 'lacketh not one man of us. 60 And we have "'brought Yahweh's ''oblation, what every man hath gotten, of jewels of gold, "'ankle chains, and "'bracelets, "'signet-rings, "'earrings, and "armlets, to ''make atonement for our souls before Yahweh. 61 And Moses and "Eleazar the priest took the gold of them, even all wrought jewels. 62 And all the gold of the "'heave offering that they "'offered up to Yahweh, of the captains of thousands, and of the captains of hundreds, was sixteen thousand seven hundred and fifty shekels. 03 ("[For] the "'men of "war had taken booty, every man for himself.) 64And Moses and "Eleazar the priest took the gold of the "'captains of thousands and of hundreds*', and brought it into the tent of meeting, for a k'memorial for the children of Israel before Yahweh. 321 "Now the children of "Reuben and the children of Gad had a very "great multitude of 'cattle : and when they saw the land of "Jazer, and the land of Gilead, that, behold, the place was a placo for ''cattlo ; 2 the children of Gad and the children of Reuben came and "spake unto Moses, and to ' bEleazar the priest, and unto the "princes of the ''congregation, saying, 8 Ataroth, and Dibon, and Jazer, and "Nimrah, and Heshbon, and Elealeh, and "Sebam, and Nebo, and "Beon, 4 the land which Yahweh "smote before the "congregation of Israel, is a land for ''cattle, and thy ^servants have cattle. 6 And they said, If we have 'found grace in thy sight, let this land •Obe given unto thy ^servants for a "possession ; bring us not over Jordan. 0 And Moses said unto the children of Gad and to the children of Reuben, Shall your brethren "go to the war", and shall ye sit here ? 7 "And where fore ''discourage ye the heart of the children of Israel from going over into the *land which Yahweh hath given them ? 8 JThus did your fathers, when I sent them from *Kadesh-barnea to 'see the land. D For when they went h' Il8» i' 118" j' 25" k' 1191 a l85» b I2b c 131 d 45" e 127° 3160 M Or, necklaces.— Ex 3s22 f. 63 M See 32. — The absence of any syntactical combination (($) adds and) makes it possible that this also is an annotator's addition cp 20 (so Dillm). 82Xa Tho narrative of the settlement of the tribes of Reuben and Gad (and the half tribe of Manasseh) 1_38 presents many conflicting phenomena. There is consequently considerable diversity of critical opinion, and similar indeterminateness of result (for recent discussions cp Bacon and Addis). The assign ment of the East Jordan territories to Gad, Eeuben, and half Manasseh, is recognized by P Num 3414. and by D Deut 312-20, and it may be fairly assumed that their statements are based upon some earlier account. Such an account might naturally be sought in Num 32, where there are many marks of the style of J. But it becomes plain on closer examination that ovon the passages which display most affinity with J aro in closo (if not indissoluble) connexion with words otherwise pocnlrar to P cp 4. 18. &vc. The evidence of this is exhibited in the margins, where occasional points of contact are also indicated with Ps in 31 , cp 'go to the war ' 6, 'be armed (arm themselves) ' 17, ' flocks ' and ' cattle ' 2» (ct 1 2* Sp) cp 319. In 7-u> the sequence of « and 16 is interrupted by a hortatory digression chiefly founded on passages in Num 14, and showing indications of acquaintance with both its elements J and P, together with touches from D. The signs of duality of source seem further confirmed by slight variations of detail. The order of the names Eeuben and Gad changes in 2. The list of cities built by Gad and Eeuben 34-38 does not quite accord with the enumeration in 4, and neither, again, agrees with Josh i3i<>. • 2i". The gift which is con ditional in 20- • 28- ¦ , is apparently made unreservedly in 3S. Yet the phraseology of 33 is not without characteristics of P in its latter clauses, while the unexpected occurrence of the Deuteronomio TD3SJ ' tribe ' (instead of P's usual ntiD) has its counterpart in the narrative in Josh 22. On the whole, there fore, it seems impossible to separate the element of J from that of a writer in the school of P, and the narrative i~38 is accord ingly ascribed to P8 who may be supposed to have freely worked up earlier materials of J and P. Under these circumstances it does not seem needful to assign 7_1R to a still later hand. The socondary and reflcctivo character of the narrative is clear throughout, as (1) in the representation that the cities were built anew, implying their total previous destruction, whereas the older view described the Israelites as entering into cities which they had not builded Deut 610 ; (2) in the careful expla nation R8 that the old idolatrous names were changed ; (3) in the religious character of the march ' before Yahweh ' 2°. • (cp 4) contrasted with the customary expression ' before the children of Israel' ,7 Deut 318 Josh i'4 ; and (4) in the prominence given to Eleazar the priest 28, to whom (with Joshua and the heads of tho fathers) the ultimate decision is referred. In the sequel howovor Josh 13™. ¦, Eleazar and Joshua claim no Bbaro in the Trans-jordanic sottlomont, which is rogarded as the work of Moses alone cp 33. lb In the order of enumeration Eeuben here stands first, as the elder (cp Gen 3523). But in the rest of the story 2. . Gad takes precedence. In Sara, however, the priority of Eeuben is maintained throughout, while in © Gad takes the lead 2 6 33. It does not seem possible amid these variations to employ the difference as a clue to diversity of sources. 3a M In 3C Beth-nimrah. 31> M In 3B Sibmah. 30 M In 3S Baal-meon. 4 This phrase, repeatedly used of the divine aotion by the plagues in Egypt, is not employed elsewhere for conquest. Cp20. 7 In this section, founded on Num 14, there are points of contact both in matter and form with J P and D (see the margins). But it doos not soom noccssary to separate it from the rest of the narrative : thus the imperfects in IV 7 15 reappear in 20 23. ' 239 Num 32° ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB m 132s kJE8i 0 JE233 p ^142° 2l 28 JE P' 1 14 op JE217 r i429 3 Ex 33I ( 12 I424 u JS138 »,I4S0 20 Josh 148 14 x Cp I433» y 1433 jDgyba' fti cp Lov SS30 b' Sp* cp Ib 30I Jer 721 (^254 d' 1443 Josh 22I6 e' JE123 /' Sp 1 Sam 23IO g' Gen 44I8 h' 24 86 ft* 1 Sam 248 j' 17 24 28 JE52 / 20. 3,3 Nipht k> Qen 2815 § V Ex 2320 m' "65 n' 88 Josh io20 IQ85 (29)» cp Num 1318 0' Cp 32 35I4 p2b p' Lev 22*7 q' 34I5 Josh 12I ,'21.27 29 32 Josh 413 ct « s'M ft^dis- possess 2i32 3362 Ex 3424 l'2SQeni28 Josh i81» u' Cp Gen 2441 v1 3o2- m' JE56 2.'3i8§ ctl y' 31" z' Josh 13I5. ¦ up unto the "'valley of Eshcol, and 'saw the land, they ''discouraged the heart of the children of Israel, that they should "not go into the 'land which Yahweh had given them. 10And Yahweh's "anger was kindled in that pday, and he 'sware, saying, u Surely none of the men that came up out of Egypt, from rtwenty years 'old and "upward, shall see the land which I 'sware unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob ; because they have not 'wholly followed me : 12 "save "Caleb the son of Jephunneh the "Kenizzite, and Joshua the son of Nun : because they have 'wholly followed Yahweh. 13And Yahweh's "anger was kindled against Israel, and he made them "wander to and fro in the wilderness "forty years, until all the generation, that had *done evil in the sight of Yahweh, was "consumed. 14 And, behold, ye are risen up in your fathers' stead, an "'increase of sinful men, to '''augment yet the "'fierce anger of Yahweh toward Israel. u For if ye '''turn away from after him, he will "'yet again leave them in the wilderness ; and ye shall -''destroy all this people. 10 "And they "'came near unto him, and said, We will build '''sheepfolds here for our ''cattle, and cities for our ''little ones : 17 but we ourselves will ¦'"be "ready armed to go before the children of Israel, *'until we have ''brought them unto their m'place : and our ''little ones shall dwell in the "'fenced cities because of the inhabitants of the land. 18 We will not return unto our houses, until the children of Israel have 'inherited every man his inheritance. M For we will not 'inherit with them "'on the other side Jordan, ^and forward ; because our inheritance is fallen to us on this side Jordan "'eastward. 20 And Moses said unto them, If ye will do this thing ; if ye will J'arm yourselves to 'go r'before Yahweh to the war, 21 and every armed man of you will pass over Jordan r'before Yahweh, until he hath "'driven out his enemies from before him, 22 and the land be ''subdued ""'before Yahweh : then afterward ye shall return, and be "'guiltless towards Yahweh, and towards Israel ; and this land shall "be unto you for a 'possession before Yahweh. 23 But if ye will not do so, behold, ye have sinned against Yahweh : and be sure your sin will find you out. 24 Build you cities for your "'little ones, and "folds for your sheep ; and do that which hath ^'proceeded out of your mouth. 25 And the children of Gad and the children of Eeuben "spake unto Moses, saying, Thy ^servants will do as my "'lord commandeth. 20 Our ''little ones, our wives, our "bflocks, and all our "¦'cattle, shall be there in the cities of Gilead : 27 but thy ^servants will pass over, every man that is "'armed for 'war, ''before Yahweh to battle, as my "'lord saith. 28 So Moses gave charge concerning them to bEleazar the priest, and to Joshua the son of Nun, and to the mheads of the fathers' [houses] of the "tribes of the children of Israel. 29 And Moses said unto them, If the children of Gad and the children of Eeuben will pass with you over Jordan, every man that is "'armed to battle, '"before Yahweh, and the land shall be ' subdued before you ; then ye shall give them the land of Gilead for a "possession : 30 but if they will not pass over with you armed, they shall "have possessions 'among you in the "land of Canaan. 31 And the children of Gad and the children of Eeuben answered, saying, As Yahweh hath said unto thy ^servants, so will we do. 32 We will pass over armed ''before Yahweh into the qland of Canaan, and the "possession of our inheritance [shall remain] with us beyond Jordan. 33 "And s'Moses gave unto them, even f 119 g i69>> h '70 96b 96» 27 1 ga« in 84s n 165 137° aa 4 3213 Many critics have regarded this as the junction with a fresh narrative which has been assigned to B. But the proposal in 1G must clearly have some antecedent. The remonstrance in 6 is sufficient to explain it. The approach of the speakers to Moses with further suggestion in the middle of the interview resembles tho approach of Judah to Joseph Gen 4418, 17 For the peculiar form O'un Knobel-Dillm propose D'MJOn ' 'armed' Ex 1318 E, Josh 114 4I2. This reading would lend Slightly additional linguistic weight to the ascription of 1G> to £1. But it can also be equally well explained on the hypothesis of familiarity with the language of earlier documents. 20 The word ' flocks ' is the same as that translated ' cattle ' 14 1°.. For the peculiar combination mpn and rrana cp 319. 33 This verse is probably a harmonistic addition cp 34I4 Dout i'2- ¦ Josh 1318. • . Tho preceding narrative did not mention tho half tribo of Manasseh, which is here included under D's term tw as in Josh 22°. In 34-88 which forms the natural sequence to "L the permission granted in 24 jg carried into effect. 240 THE TRANS-JORDANIC SETTLEMENTS Num 33" a" JobIi 22» ft cp ona b» ft fern 342 12 Josh i820 IQ49 Deut 328* d" Deut 3IB e" Deut 3I4 fii 2IS2 a 42s bSp* c Ex 1237 d Ex i22 17 e Cp Lev 23II /Ex 148 d Ex 12I2 h Ex 128! i Ex 1320 j Ex 142 9 * E 22 x 14 I Ex 15^2 m Ex 1528 n Ex 1527 JE p. ps p, to the chlldion of Gnd, nnd to the children of Reuben, and unto the half ""tribe of Manassoh the son of Joseph, tho kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, nnd the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, the land, ¦'according to the cities thoroof with [their] ''"borders, even the cities of the land round about. 34 And the children of Gad built Dibon, and Ataroth, and Aroer ; 35 and Atroth-shophan, and Jazer, and Jogbehah ; 30 and Beth-nimrah, and Beth-haran : "'fenced cities, and ''folds for sheep. 37 And the children of Eeuben built Heshbon, and Elealeh, and Kiriathaim ; 38 and Nebo, and Baal-meon, (their names "being changed, and Sibmah : and gave other names unto the cities which they builded. 18" ^"And^ the children of Machir the son of Manasseh went to Gilead, and r"took it, and "'dispossessed the ""Amorites which were therein. 40 "And ''"Moses gave Gilead unto Mnchir tho sen of Manasseh; and he dwelt therein. 41 And 'Jair the son of Manasseh went and •'"took the towns thereof, and called them "Havvoth-jair. 42 And Nobah went and '"took Kenath, and the "villages thereof, and called it Nobah, after his own name. 331 ""These are the "journeys of the children of Israel, "when they went forth out of the land of Egypt "by their hosts "under the hand of Moses and Aaron. 2 And Moses wrote their ''goings out ^according to their journeys "by the commandment of Yahwr h : and these are their journeys baccording to their goings out. 3And they journeyed from "Barneses in the ''first dmonth, on the fifteenth day of the first month ; on the "morrow after the passover the children of Israel went out with an -'high hand in the sight of all the Egyptians, 4 while the Egyptians were burying all their firstborn, which Yahweh had smitten among them : upon their "gods also Yahweh executed "judgements. 5 And the children of Israel journeyed from Eameses, and pitched in ''Succoth. 6 And they journeyed from Succoth, and pitched in 'Etham, which is in the edge of the wilderness. 7 And they journeyed from Etham, and ^turned back unto JPi-hahiroth, which is 'before ¦'Baal-zephon : and they pitched before JMigdol. 8 And they journeyed from "before Hahiroth, and passed through the 'midst of the sea into the wilderness : and they went 'three days' journey in the wilderness "of Etham, and pitched in mMarah. 9 And they journeyed from Marah, and came unto "Elim : and in Elim were twelve springs of water, and threescore and ten palm trees ; and they pitched there. 10 And they journeyed from Elim, and "pitched by the Eed Sea. n And they journeyed from the Bed Sea, a i88a b 18' 0 19° d 183 e 99 f 64 3238 This phrase is exposed to some grammatical difficulty. The same participle recurs only in Ex 2811 398 13 Ezek 41s4 with the meaning ' encompassed,' ' surrounded,' ' enclosed.' The Greek versions seem to have understood the cities to be ' walled,' and omit ' their names.' Dillm strikes out the words as a late gloss of apology for the idolatrous names Nebo and Baal-meon (or, if PODiD be read as a singular, for the latter only). 39 The preceding narrative implies that the conquest of Gilead has been already effected l-4. The description of its subjugation by Manassite clans must therefore be derived from another source. It has some analogy with the account of the western settlement in Judges i now usually assigned to J. For a brief statement of theories concerning its relation to other traditions, cp G A Smith, Historical Geography of the Holy Land 577 n. See further Josh 1714". 40 The difference of terminology (' Machir ' for ' B'nG Machir ') nnd the interruption of the sequence between s0 nnd 41 indicated by the phrase ' took their [i e the Amorites S9] towns,' suggest that 40 is a harmonizer's addition cp Deut 3I6 prior to P who regards Machir as Manasseh's only son 262", and who did not intend to locate the whole tribe east of the Jordan. 41 M That is, The towns of Jair. — For another tradition about the name cp Judges io4. t2 M $ daughters. — Cp 2i23. 831 The itinerary of the Israelites' march 1-49 is admitted on all hands to belong to the group of P. But to what section of it? The answer depends on the relation assumed between some of its heterogeneous materials. Thus the references to Marah and Elim 8', to Kibroth-hattaavah and Hazeroth u', and the Canaanite 40, are derived from J, while Hephidim 14 seems traceable to B. P may of course have had its own itinerary in which these stages may havo been named ; but the stylistic correspondences with specific passages in JE are here unmis takable. Aro these references to be treated 09 the additions of a later editor, or are they integral parts of the document as con ceived by its compiler ? Noldeke's observation that the total number of forty stations was probably adjusted to the tradition of forty years of wandering, has inclined many critics to the belief that the eerieB has not reached its present form through casual incorporation, but has been deliberately arranged. In that case it displays a usage of previous sources analogous to that already noted in 32, and must be assigned to the same group P8. Its place in the midst of similar documents, and its addition of fresh touches (' while the Egyptians were burying their firstborn ' 4, and the age of Aaron 31', to say nothing of the unknown names is-so^ tend to confirm this conclusion, which is not impaired by the difficulty of reconciling some of the data eg" 31-33 30 with other passages. As with 32, its dependence on J sooms closer than on E. A hint of foundation on an earlier source may be preserved in 2. ib M Or, stages. lc M Or, by which. 3" Sam Onk © J and even some Sp MSS read ' Pi-hahiroth.' 8b Ex 1522 has Shur. Dillm conjectures that Etham may be an equivalent of Shur, in which case 8b 9ad would be original P, otherwise the passage must be treated as a compiler's insertion. It is, however, possible that Etham is a very late scribal addi tion or correction; (5)D omits it, though ©LabAFL add avroi, as though Sp had DM. 10 This encampment is not recognized in Ex io1, and the source of the statement is obscure. Is it an inference from Ex 1522, and did it (as Dillm hints) follow •*, so that the references to Marah and Elim are later insertions ? Or is it one of the casual elements added to make up forty ? 241 R Num 33" ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB o Ex 16I p Ex 17I q Ex 192 rn34 s Ii85 JE P t Deut 108 11 Deut xo7 V Deut 28 w Cp ao* a: 2o23 y Gen 7U § z Qen 8" tt' 21 1 fc'2l4* c*2iio d' 21" j' 2712 (/' Deut 3249 34I V 22I V 35!° cp PI9I 62 Zc6h y 32" Ex 3424 lluut 98 (t'l)eut n4 ]22. l'iol*ci)"86 V Lev 26I w' Cp Ex 34VI Lev 194 n' Lev 2680* Sp o' i424 3/ Lev 2o24 M 7.4U/ q' 2664 PK P" and pitched in the "wilderness of gSin. 12And they journeyed from the wilderness of BSin, and pitched in Dophkah. 13 And they journeyed from Dophkah, and pitched in Alush. 14And they journeyed from Alush, and pitched in pEephidim, where was no water for the people to drink. 15 And they journeyed from Eephidim, and pitched in the 'wilderness of ""Sinai. 10 And they journeyed from the wilderness of Sinai, and pitched in ""Kibroth- hattaavah. 17 And they journeyed from Kibroth-hattaavah, and pitched in "Hazeroth. 18 And they journeyed from Hazeroth, and pitched in Eithmah. 19 And they journeyed from Eithmah, and pitched in Eimmon-perez. 20 And they journeyed from Eimmon-perez, and pitched in Libnah. 21 And they journeyed from Libnah, and pitched in Eissah. 22 And they journeyed from Eissah, and pitched in Kehelathah. 23And they journeyed from Kehelathah, and pitched in mount Shepher. 2i And they journeyed from mount Shepher, and pitched in Haradah. 25And they journeyed from Haradah, and pitched in Makheloth. 2e And they journeyed from Makhe- loth, and pitched in Tahath. 27 And they journeyed from Tahath, and pitched in Terah. 23 And they journeyed from Terah, and pitched in Mithkah. 20 And they journeyed from Mithkah, and pitched in Hashmonah. i0 And they journeyed from Hashmonah, and pitched in 'Moseroth. 31 And they journeyed from Moseroth, and pitched in 'Bene-jaakan. 32And they journeyed from Bene-jaakan, and pitched in "Hor-haggidgad. 33 And they journeyed from Ilor-haggidgad, and pitched in "Jotbathah. s4And they journeyed from Jotbathah, and pitched in Abronah. 35 And they journeyed from Abronah, and pitched in "Ezion-geber. 3GAnd they jour neyed from Ezion-geber, and pitched in the wilderness of 'Zin (the same is '"Kadesh). 37 And they journeyed from Kadesh, and pitched in mount xHor, in the edge of the 'land of Edom. 38 And kAaron the priest went up into mount Hor °at the commandment of Yahweh, and died there, in the fortieth ''year after the children of Israel were come out of the land of Egypt, in the dfifth month, on the sfirst day of the month. 39 And Aaron was an hundred and twenty and three years 'old when he died in mount Hor. 40 And the "Canaanite, the king of Arad, which dwelt in the South in the Jland of Canaan, heard of the coming of the children of Israel. 41 And they journeyed '''from mount Hor, and pitched in Zalmonah. 42 And they journeyed from Zalmonah, and pitched in Punon. 43And they journeyed from Punon, and pitched in °'Oboth. 44 And they journeyed from Oboth, and pitched in '''Iye-abarim, in the border of Moab. 46And they journeyed from Iyim, and pitched in "'Dibon-gad. 40And they jour neyed from Dibon-gad, and pitched in Almon-diblathaim. 47 And they journeyed from Almon-diblathaim, and pitched in the mountains of ''Abarim, before "'Nebo. 48And they journeyed from the mountains of Abarim, and pitched in the "plains of Moab by the Jordan at '''Jericho. 49 And they pitched by Jordan, from Beth-jeshimoth even unto Abel-shittim in the "plains of Moab. 60 "And Yahweh "spake unto Moses in the "plains of Moab by the Jordan at Jericho, saying, D1 "Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, ''When ye pass over Jordan into the Jland of Canaan, ai ''then ye shall J'drive out all the inhabitants of the land from before you, and ^'destroy all their ''figured [stones J, and ''destroy all their ""'molten images, and "'demolish all their high places"': 53 and ye shall "take possession of the land, and dwell therein : for unto you have I given the land to ^'possess it. 54 xAnd ye shall ''inherit the land by ''lot according to your 'families ; "to the *'more ye shall give the more inheritance, and to the fewer thou shalt give the less 4 1a1 119 185" 185° 96b 106 65 3360 In K>~60 tw0 di3tinct subjects are combined, (1) the expul sion of the Canaanite inhabitants and the destruction of their idols and sanctuaries 6H>-68 66^ ana (2) yle distribution of the land by lot 6*. The first group seems unrelated to P8 either in matter or style, though it is not without affinities with earlier documents, and in particular with P1'. M is apparently intro duced from 26°4 to prepaie the way for 34. These considerations point to the compilation of 60~50 by P" out of older material as in previous instances. 64 This passage is plainly derived from 26M : the first verb ' ye shall give ' has been converted into the plural to suit the con text, but the second remains unaltered. Sam retains the singular in both verbs, while (5) has corrected both to the plural. 242 THE BOUNDARIES OF CANAAN Num 3417 r'Spi »' Josh 23l3f cp Ezek 2824 t' 2517 u' JSj* cp Ib 1424 1-29 LfUff a 28s op Lev 242 6 12 32ns c Joah 15B Ezek 47io. . d Josh 152- ¦ e Josh 158 Judg l3Bf /32» g JobIi is4 , h Josh 1547* 1 Kings 885 ,u et Gen 15I8 i Spi cp 10 j,321 k Ezek 4716f & T m Ezek 47I7 481f nCt n4 34 Deu(; 5I8 Hithpa" 0 Sp 1 ct © p Josh 1327 q Cp Ezek 4722 !•"• Josh 19" JE Pl PB p- inheritance : wheresoever the lot falleth to any man, that shall be his ; "according to the tribes of your fathers shall ye "inherit. os But if ye will not J drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you ; then shall those which ye let remain of them be as '"pricks in your eyes, and as 'thorns in your sides, and they shall 'vex you in the land wherein ye dwell. 60 And it shall come to pass, that as I "'thought to do unto them, so will I do unto you. 341 "And Yahweh aspake unto Moses, saying, 2 "Command the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye come into the land "of Canaan, ( this is the land that shall fall unto you for an inheritance, even the "land of Canaan "according to the ''borders thereof,) 3 then your south ''quarter shall be from the wilderness of "Zin along by the side of Edom, and your south border shall be from the end of the Salt Sea eastward : 4 and your border shall 'turn about southward of the "ascent of Akrabbim, and pass along to Zin : and the 'goings out thereof shall be southward of •'Kadesh- barnea ; and it shall go forth to Hazar-addar, and pass along to 'Azmon : 5 and the border shall turn about from Azmon unto the ''brook of Egypt, and the 'goings out thereof shall be at the sea. ° And for the western border, ye shall have the great sea "and the border [thereof] : this shall be your west border. 7 And this shall be your north border : from the great sea ye shall 'mark out for you mount Hor : 8 from mount Hor ye shall 'mark out unto the ¦'entering in of Hamath ; and the goings out of the border shall be at *Zedad : 9 and the border shall go forth to 'Ziphron, and the goings out thereof shall be at "'Hazar-enan : this shall be your north border. 10 And ye shall "mark out your east border from Hazar-enan to 'Shepham : u and the border shall go down from Shepham to "Eiblah, on the east side of Ain ; and the border shall go down, and shall reach unto the "side of the *sea of Chinnereth eastward: 12 and the border shall go down to Jordan, and the goings out thereof shall be at the Salt Sea : this shall be your land "according to the 'borders thereof round about. 13 And Moses commanded the children of Israel, saying, This is the land which ye shall "inherit by 'lot, which Yahweh hath commanded to give unto the nine "tribes, and to the half "tribe : 14 for the "tribe of the children of Eeuben "according to their 'fathers' houses, and the ""tribe of the children of Gad according to their fathers' houses, have received, "and the half htribe of Manasseh have received, their inheritance: 16 the two ''tribes and the half ''tribe have received their inheritance 'beyond the Jordan at Jericho keastward, toward the sunrisingk. 16 And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, " ""These are the names of the men which shall rdivide the land unto you for inheritance : 'Eleazar 185' l88>> 4" 18* f 186 g 96* h 165 1 66 j a" k 56" ] 12* 341 The preparatory arrangements for the occupation of the land of Canaan are here continued, but they are of such a char acter as to render it doubtful whether they were included in the original P. The sketch of the boundaries in 1_1B specifies some places unmentioned in the survey in Joshua, two of them being named elsewhere only by Ezekiel. Moreover it is not apparent why such a careful delimitation was necessary for the Western country while the East remains undefined ; nor is it clear how Moses should be familiar with localities which he had never seen. The appointment of tribal leaders to supervise the distribution seems to be imitated from the census in i (though with a different formula), but unlike other arrangements in P founded on a divine command, it does not seem to have been carried out. For instance, in 13 the exploring mission of twelve tribal representatives is prescribed, but the choice of the individuals to compose it is left to Moses, who immediately proceeds to their selection and dispatch. Here the official distributors are designated by Yahweh, but nothing is said of any consequent appointment by Moses ; their future escape from the vicissitudes of conquest is assumed, yet when the time for action arrives they seem to be merged in the general group of 'heads of fathers' houses' cp Josh 141 1961. Moreover JE supplies an entirely different picture, according to which at Joshua's instance seven tribes elect three deputies each to survey and divide the remaining territory Josh i8?- ¦. In view of these circumstances, and of the general character of the group of chapters following the announcement of Moses' death 2712"23, it seems likely that these two sections also may be oi a secondary character, designed to trace back to Moses every possible provision for the settlement. The reference in Josh 14", however, unless it bo a later editorial addition, indicates the presence in P^ of some general instructions attributed to Moses which mny have been elaborated by Ps, as in the case of the first census. The repetitions in l4« and the plural address to Moses in 17- (cp 53 352b) seem more in harmony with the manner of the expander; and the designations in 14 'children of the Eeubenites' and * children of the Gadites' are unique, though ' families of the Eeubenites ' occurs 267. 2 .£ implies that the name ' Canaan ' is an explanatory gloss. Sam reads yw for yiisr. 0 M Or, for a border. n M f) shoulder.— Cp JoBh 158. 14 Dillm, in accordance with his theory of the priority of P, supposes the half tribe of Manasseh to be inserted here by H."1, but P's usual term for 'tribe ' is employed, though the tribal designations are not uniform in style. 17 It should be noted that in P's account of the distribution of the tribal territories Josh 14^ io/'1 the princes here desig nated to aid them in the task ls_2^ are totally ignored. Is this a later attempt at precision, just as Eusebius could tell the names of the Seventy disciples of Luke io1 ? 243 R 2 Num 34 17 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB z 138 1-8 *nke a 3360 6342c Lev 14S7 ct Lev 2528-SI 1 JE d Sam © you e 3364 ft B-34 iah( /33M g Ct Gen 24I2 2720 £f 16 laa'/ /i Gen 234 Lev 2523 35 47 p. p P» the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun. 18 And ye shall take one "prince of every "tribe, to 'divide the land for inheritance. 19And "these are the names of the men : of the tribe of Judah, "Caleb the son of Jephunneh. 20 And of the tribe of the children of Simeon, Shemuel the son of Ammihud. 21 Of the tribe of Benjamin, Elidad the son of Chislon. 22 And of the tribe of the children of Dan a prince, Bukki the son of Jogli. 23 Of the children of Joseph : of the tribe of the children of Manasseh a prince, Hanniel the son of Ephod : 24 and of the tribe of the children of Ephraim a prince, Kemuel the son of Shiphtan. 25 And of the tribe of the children of Zebulun a prince, Elizaphan the son of Parnach. 2C And of the tribe of the children of Issachar a prince, Paltiel the son of Azzan. 27 And of the tribe of the children of Asher a prince, Ahihud the son of Shelomi. 28 And of the tribe of tho children of Naphtali a princo, Podahol the son of Ammihud. 2" "These are they whom Yahweh commanded to "divide the inheritance unto the children of Israel in the "land of Canaan. 351 ""And "Yahweh "spake unto Moses in the "plains of Moab by the Jordan at Jericho, saying, 2 ''Command the children of Israel, that they give unto the Levites of the inheritance of their "possession cities to dwell in ; and "suburbs for the cities round about them shall ye give unto the Levites. 3 And the cities shall they have to dwell in ; and their suburbs shall be for their "cattle, and for their "substance, and for all their beasts. 4 And the suburbs of the cities, which ye shall give unto the Levites, shall be from the "wall of the city and outward a thousand cubits round about. 5 And ye shall measure "without the city for the east side two thousand cubits, and for the south side two thousand cubits, and for the west side two thousand cubits, and for the north side two thousand cubits, the city being in the midst. This shall be to ''them the suburbs of the cities. 6 And the cities which ye shall give unto the Levites, they shall be the six cities of 'refuge, which ye shall give for the manslayer to flee thither : and beside them ye shall give forty and two cities. 7 All the cities which ye shall give to the Levites shall be forty and eight cities : them [shall ye give] with their suburbs. 8 And concerning the cities which ye shall give of the "possession of the children of Israel, from the many ye shall "take many ; and from the few ye shall "take few : every one According to his inheritance which he inheriteth shall give of his cities unto the Levites. 9 ''And Yahweh "spake unto Moses, saying, 10 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, •'When ye pass over Jordan into the "land of Canaan, n then ye shall "appoint you cities to be cities of 'refuge for you ; that the manslayer which killeth any 'person "unwittingly may flee thither. 12 And the cities shall Jbe unto you for 'refuge from the kavenger ; that the manslayer die not, until he stand before the 'congregation for judgement. 1:1 And tho cities which ye shall give shall be for you six cities of refuge. 14 Ye shall give three cities "beyond Jordan, and three cities shall ye give in the "land of Canaan : they shall be cities of refuge. 15 xFor the children of Israel, and for the "stranger and for the ""sojourner among them, shall these six cities Jbe for refuge: that every one that killeth any person "unwittingly may flee thither. 10 But if he smote him with an instrument m 131 a 185a b a» 0 12711 d 155 e iaob I 133 g I9» i 146" i a7„ k 132" 1 45 111 144 351 Two provisions are embraced in this chapter, (1) the Levitical Cities 2-8, and (2) the Cities of Hefuge »-«. Both obviously belong to P, but they are probably to be assigned in their existing form to Pa. The endowment of the Levites with forty-eight cities is not in harmony with the express declarations that the priestly tribe should have no inheritance among the children of Israel i820 24 but should be supported by sacrificial revenues, tithes, &c. Moreover ° presupposes tho selection of the cities of roiugo, and the connexion of ° with 7 doos not roquiro a suggestion of interpolation. Again, ' ropoats 33f'° and 8 doponds on 33°*, while, furthor on, 10 roproducos 33fl1. The second set of laws presents some of the features previously noted in the compilations of P". It shows the working up of different sets of materials cp Dent io1-33. Thus it refers to the 1 high priest ' 26 28 which does not appear to be one of Pe's terms cp Lev 2ii° and to the unction with the ' holy oil ' ep Ex 3026. In 29 it reaches a close cp 27H (where alone * statute of judge ment ' recurs). The passage that follows seems to embody additional references to the ancient doctrine of the ' ransom,' and to the conception of polluting the land, which is expressed in different terms in 33 and 3*. In 3i the fresh verb (with the change to the singular) suggests a source kindred to Ph in Lev i826 cp Lev 1581 Num 1913. In 32 it is doubtful whether ' the priest ' should not bo ' the high priest,' so Sam (5J @. The samo authorities in 3:l unite in reading ' the land which ye inhabit ' as in M. 2 u Or, pasture lands. — ''156. 3 The combination of words hero, nnm, idid-i, and rrn, occurs nowhere else cp 3226 : but parallel passages in P show somewhat similar aggregations Qen 31I8 342s 368. 11 is M Or, through error. — ri68. 244 CITIES OF REFUGE Num 366 i 1585 3™Sp1 24-28 I4bc ubA ( Lev 2 1 10 Josh 208 2 Kings 224 234 m Cp Ex 3025 n 2/llf so i4f i 0 Cp Ex 2i3o p Sp* Jer 32 <7 Lev i825 r Ex 2945 1-12 l3gd a2629 6«S6 c Ex 3484 d27l«Dna /27* g Lev 2510 JE P' of iron, so that he died, he is a manslayer : the manslayer shall 'surely be put to death. n And if he smote him with a stone in the hand, whereby a man may die, and he died, he is a manslayer : the manslayer shall "surely be put to death. 18 Or if he smote him with a weapon of wood in the hand, whereby a man may die, and he died, he is a manslayer : the man slayer shall 'surely be put to death. 10 The "avenger of blood shall himself put the manslayer to death : when he meeteth him, he shall put him to death. 20 And if he thrust him of hatred, or hurled at him, ¦'lying in wait, so that he died ; 21 or in enmity smote him with his hand, that he died : he that smote him shall surely be put to death ; he is a manslayer : the avenger of blood shall put the manslayer to death, when he meeteth him. 22 But if he thrust him ^suddenly without enmity, or hurled upon him any thing without -Tying in wait, 23 or with any stone, whereby a man may die, seeing him not, and cast it upon him, so that he died, and he was not his enemy, neither sought his harm : 24 'then the 'congregation shall judge between the smiter and the "avenger of blood according to these judgements: 25 and the 'congregation shall deliver the manslayer out of the hand of the "avenger of blood, and the 'congregation shall restore him to his city of 'refuge, whither he was fled : and he shall dwell therein until the death of the 'high priest, which was "anointed with the "holy ""oil. 20 But if the manslayer shall at any time go beyond the border of his city of 'refuge, whither he fleeth ; 27 and the avenger of blood find him without the border of his city of refuge, and the avenger of blood slay the manslayer ; Mhe shall not be guilty of blood : 28 because he should have remained in his city of refuge until the death of the 'high priest : but after the death of the high priest the manslayer shall return into the land of his "possession. 20 And these things shall Jbe for a "statute of judgement" unto you "throughout your generations in all your 'dwellings. 30 ^Whoso killeth any 'person, the manslayer shall be slain at the mouth of witnesses : but one witness shall not testify against any 'person that he die. 31 Moreover ye shall take no "ransom for the life of a manslayer, which is guilty of death : but he shall surely be put to death. 32 And ye shall take no "ransom for him that is fled to his city of refuge, that he should come again to dwell in the land, until the death of the priest. 33 So ye shall not 'pollute the land wherein, ye are : for blood, it polluteth the land : and no "expiation can be made for the land for the blood that is shed therein, but by the blood of him that shed it. 34 And thou shalt not "defile the 'land which ye inhabit, in the 'midst of which "I 'dwell : for rI Yahweh dwell in the midst of the children of Israel. 361 ""And the "heads of the fathers' [houses] of the "family of the children of "Gilead, the son of Machir, the son of Manasseh, of the "families of the sons of Joseph, came near, and spake before Moses, and before the "princes, the heads of the fathers' [houses] of the children of Israel : 2 and they said, Yahweh commanded lmy lord to givo the land ''for inheritance by "lot to the children of Israel : and ''my lord ''was commanded by Yahweh to give the inheritance of ''Zelophehad our brother unto his daughters. 3And if they be married to any of the sons of the [other] 'tribes of the children of Israel, then shall their inheritance be ¦''taken away from the inheritance of our fathers, and shall be added to the inheritance of the 'tribe whereunto they shall belong : so shall it be -taken away from the "lot of our inheritance. * And when the "jubile of the children of Israel shall be, then shall their inheritance be added unto the inheritance of the 'tribe whereunto they shall belong : so shall their inheritance be -taken away from the inheritance of the 'tribe of our fathers. 6And Moses commanded the children of Israel n 23 o 89 p 76b 1 55* 25" 8 1671 t 92 u g4a T 54" I4 65 131 d 96° o 106 t 165 3527 M Or, there shall be no blood-guiltiness for him. 361 The principle which assured inheritance in land to daughters in the absonce of a son, oxposod the tribe to the danger that marriage might convey the heiress' property to another tribe. The law in 36 provides against this contingency, and is plainly dependent on 27i-11. It therefore belongs to the same secondary group. The phrosoology is not without marks of doparturo (10111 tho linguistio standards of P, op a ' my lord,' 8 ' tribe ' 10212> (this single occurrence might be accidental but for similar indications elsewhere e g 3233), 8 ' possess ' ICY cp 27H, 245 Num 36s ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB A 274 1 271 3 Cp Lev 2646 2784 JE P' a Cp 444. 61 121 291 P188 JE According to the word of Yahweh, saying, The 'tribe of the sons of Joseph speaketh ''right. 6 "This is the thing which Yahweh doth command con cerning the daughters of Zelophehad, saying, Let them 'marry to whom they think best ; only to the "family of the 'tribe of their father shall they 'marry. 7 So shall no inheritance of the children of Israel remove from 'tribe to tribe : for the children of Israel shall cleave every one to the inheritance of the tribe of his fathers. 8And every daughter, that "pos- sosseth an inheritance in any 'tribe of the children of Israel, shall 'be wife unto one of tho family of the tribe of her father, that the children of Israel may 'possess every man the inheritance of his fathers. ° So shall no inheritance remove from one 'tribe to another tribe ; for the tribes of the children of Israel shall cleave every one to his own inheritance. 10 Even Jas Yahweh commanded Moses, so did the daughters of Zelophehad : u for Mahlah, Tirzah, and Iloglah, and Milcah, and Noah, the daughters of Zelophehad, 'were married unto their father's brothers' sons. 12 They 'were married into the families of the sons of Manasseh the son of Joseph, and their inheritance remained in the 'tribe of the family of their father. 13 ""These are the ¦'commandments and the judgements, which Yahweh commanded by the "hand of Moses unto the children of Israel in the 'plains of Moab by the Jordan at Jericho. DEUTERONOMY" l1 ""These be the words which Moses spake unto "all Israel "beyond Jordan in the wilderness, in the "Arabah over against "Suph, between Paran, and Tophel, and Laban, and Hazeroth, and Di-zahab. 2 It is eleven days' g 19° h 188" i 27 j 189° k 180' 1 a* 3613 Addis infers from the resemblance of this verse to Lev 278' that they were severally added when the present arrangement of the books was adopted, to provide appropriate conclusions. The hook of Deuteronomy is plainly discriminated both in style and contents from the preceding books. Taken as a whole its language shows the most marked differences comparod with the laws and othor uttorancos ascribed to Mosos after the con quest of tho East Jordan torritory Num 26-36 l in tho plains of Moab' Num 26s 3613 Dout 341 (cp Introd VI 2y i 41). It is also separated by many characteristic features from the narrativos of JE and the earlier legislation at Sinai-Horeb (cp Introd IX i 2). Traces of P and also of J and E may, indeed, be dis covered in it, for tho process of welding the documents together naturally led to the admission of some elements from them into the framework of D's .great discourses. Apart from these passages, most of which may be eliminated without serious difficulty, the main contents of D (as now arranged) may be distributed in four unequal divisions : (I) an introductory dis course, chiefly consisting of historical retrospect 1-440 : (II) exhortations in illustration of the fundamental principles of the Horeb-covenant (the Ten Words), and of the nature of Yahweh's dealings with Israel 5-1 1, preceded by a brief preface denning the time and place 444-iro : (III) the Statutes and Judge ments constituting the Law to be observed in Canaan 1 2-26 : (IV) final injunctions, promises, and warnings (including two poems, a Song 32, and a Blossing 33), arrangomonts for the pre servation of the Book of tho Law and for tho succession of Joshua to the leadership of Israel, terminating with the rocord of Moses' death 27-34. Closer examination, however, will show that these sections are by no means always homogeneous with each other or with themselves. The critical problems arising out of the attempt to trace the steps by which the materials now combined in D fell into their present locations under the super vision of successive editors, are of unusual intrioacy. In almost every case several possibilities seem to be open, and the decision between different alternatives can only reach varying degrees of probability. These difficulties of intornal relation, however, rarely (if ever) arise in the comparison of D with JE or P. The marks of the thought and language of the groat Deuteronomic school are unmistakable within tho limits of the book itself *. lu The opening discourse in 18-44 (5-10) is introduced by a reference to the time and place of the delivery of the expo sition of the Law i-6. The elements of this preface are mixed. The phraseology of i» agrees with that of D, but the geographi cal details that follow cannot be harmonized with other state ments. In 320 446 the Israelites are in the ' valley ' over against Beth-peor. This is not usually inoluded in the ' wilderness ' between Horeb, South Canaan, and the Bed Sea i59 21, or east of Moab 28>>, Moreover some of the places specified are only known elsewhere in connexion with the wanderings in the desert (cp Driver in loc), while others are not known at all. The reference in a to the length of march from Horeb to Kadesh- barnea, which the Israelites had left thirty-eight years before 2U, seems unrelated to the context. The passage must be re garded as an item of a lost itinerary, it is not in the style of the stages in Num ji12. or Deut io0-. 1 " M That is, the doep valley running North and South of the Dead Sea. 1° M Some ancient versions have, the Bed Sea. * The proposals which have been recently made by different scholars to distribute the discourses chiefly on the basis of the use of the singular or tho plural in the address to the nation (cp Stouernagel, Der Bahmen des Deuteronomiums 1894, Die Enistehung des Deuteronomisclien Geselzei 1896, Das Deuteronomium (Hdkomm) 1898, Staerk, TJas Deuteronomium 1894 ; Naumann, Das Deuteronomium 1897) have not commended themselvos to the judgomont of the present annotator (whose notes were written before Steuernagel's Commentary appeared). Tho divergence of their results is not in itsolf a sufficient proof of tho inadequacy of their method. Of tho three writers just named, Steuernagel has carried the analysis through with the most thoroughness, and the editors are indebted 246 THE EXPOSITION OF THE LAW Deut l7 b 10 214 g23 Josh lo4l 148. c Nnm 2i21. . Deut 32 d Num 2i33- . Deut 3!- • e 278 ft Hab 22f /CpPi8s" g 28 326 Sum ,6i 7-&* h 40 Num 142B take your journey = get you ft JE D D' [journey] from "Horeb by the way of mount Seir unto *>Kadesh-barnea. ' "And il came to pass in the 'fortieth year, in the 'eleventh month, on the first day of the month, that Moses spake unto the children of Israel, according unto all that Yahweh had given him in commandment unto them; 4 after he had smitten "Sihon the king of the Amorites, which dwelt in Heshbon, and dOg the king of Bashan, which dwelt in Ashtaroth, at Edrei: 6 'beyond Jordan, in the land of Moab, began Moses to "declare this 'law, saying, ° "Yahweh eour God 'spake unto us in "Horeb, saying, Ye have dwelt 'long enough in this mountain : 7 "''turn you, and take your journey'', and go to the 'hill country of the Amorites, and unto all [the places] nigh thereunto, in the JArabah, in the hill country, and in the 0 7 d rl83 « r57 70" i» "3 3" 6 V A fragment of P is horo tracod securely by means of tho dato and tlio peculiar oxprcssion for • olovon ' (differing from that in 2). Its insertion is due to tho editor who united D with the chronological scheme of P (cp Introd XVI 3). The language of 4 harmonizes with that of 3I 2, and it does not seem necessary to regard it as supplemental (Steuern), while ' this law ' 6 points forward to the Code cp 70. 8 At this point the writer opens the historical review assigned to Moses as the fitting introduction to the great Exposition. This terminates at 32', and reasons will be subsequently offered for regarding the greater part of the discourse which follows, 4I-40, as transposed from another cycle. A number of questions concorningitimmediatelyarise,og(i)Is it oomplete? (2) What are its sources ? (3) Was this its original form ? (4) Was it composed by the author of tho Oodo? (1) Tho first question has been answered in the negative by some recent critics who propose (with Horst, BHB xvi 35) to attach to its beginning the recital inserted at 9".., or (with Bacon, Triple Trad 249) suggest that io1-" originally stood there, as portions of a still longer retrospect : on these theories see loll". (2) The sources of the retrospect wiU be found in the narrative of JE now combined with P in Ex Num. The reference to a docu ment itself composite suggests, however, a further inquiry. Did the writer employ J and E separately, or in union ? He appears to lean decidedly on E, for he uses the name Horeb for the sacred mountain iB w ; he designates the population of the highlands of Canaan as Amoritos i7 ]fl* 27 44 ; ho rolatos tho institution of tho judges i°- • cp 15x i8'3. •, and the journoy of the spies to Eshcol i24 cp Num 1323. But the allusions to J are no leas clear, cp the oath to the patriarchs 8 cp Gen is13, the mention of the fenced cities i28 cp Num i328 (with the sons of the Anakim), the promise to Caleb i36 cp Num 14s4 (Joshua not being included). Further, the description of Israel as like ' tho stars of heaven for multitude ' ii° rests on the promise related by Hi6 in Gen 22i7, showing that even if (with Dillm) we sup pose D to have known E still as a separate document, he had also studied the combined form JE. But the diversities of detail, e g tho omission in 1O-I8 of aU reference to Jethro Ex i8'4 and tho combination of passagos from Num it, the popular initiative in tho dispatch of the spies i22 (ct their dependence on Mosos Num 1327), tho discrepancy between 24~8 and Num 2014-21 (though Driver, but not Dillm, supposes them to refer to different incidents), show that the traditional material was frooly handlod in tho composition of tho discourse. If the conjeoturo of Kuen concerning the original place of the Book of Judgements be allowed, cp Ex 2o22jI, it may be further surmised (with Bacon) that the whole idea of the retrospect, and the special affinities which may be traced with E, are due to the prior existence of a similar review prefixed to the older code which stood where Deut 12-26 is now placed, at the end of the wanderings, on the eve of entry into the promised land. A striking analogy to such a farewell on the part of Moses ia to the pioneer essays of Staerk and himself for many valuable suggestions. The process through which Steuernagel conceives D to have come to its present form, is exceedingly complicated, and it is difficult to do justice to it in a brief notice. This complexity is not necessarily an argument against a critical theory, for it is justly obsorved by Addis (Hex ii 18) that simplicity is not always a recommendation. Starting with the homilies 5-1 1 and tho code 12-26, he endeavours to distinguish their sources thus. In 5-11 he finds two documents combined, one employing the singular pronoun in address to Israel (Sg), the other the plural (PI). Two collections of law8 may alao be discovered in 12-26 which belong respectively to the two bodies of introductory disconrsea Sg and PI. Behind each of these lie numerous smaller groups, PI being composed partly of fundamental cultus-law, together with an ' elders ' collection, an ( abomination ' collection, and a coUection of caaes of war ; while Sg is built up on a prior basis of cultus-law, with family and humanitarian legislation, and materials from othor independent sources. The fundamental cultus-laws are supposed to havo oxistod in soparato drafts from the roign of Hozokiah. Thoy undorwont a doublo rodaction, by incorporation into Sg about 600, and PI about 670. Sg and PI were then united about 650, tho compiler prefixing the rotrospect in i-44 : and this product then underwent prolonged expansion at the hand of successive redactors and copyists, who are made responsible for continuous horta tory additions throughout the work, amounting to nearly one-sixth of the whole. So elaborate a theory hardly admits of proof ; large portions of it can only rest upon conjecture. That the code in 12-26 has been compiled from various sources may be not only readily conceded but emphatically affirmed cp i2l". But the distribution into two documents corresponding to Sg and PI aeema somewhat hazardous. (1) It doe8 not rise naturally out of the phenomena of the text. Of the actual plural passages in 13-26 enumerated I22" Steuernagel allots only 2224 to PI j 19" is corrected to Sg ; and the rest are ascribed to the nameless copyiats. The laws assigned to PI in 13-26 are now couched (with the exception of 2224) in the singular, so that the criterion appears to break down ; a redaction in favour of Sg being invoked of which the text shows no assignable traces. The view of the present editors concerning the plural passages in the Code will be found in the notes 122 and onwards. (2) The case of tho Homilies is somewhat different. The general ascription of 5-1 1 to the same hands which produced the Code is not inconsistent with the suggeation that they were not aU written at once, or simultaneously with the laws (cp Introd X 5o i 95). But it is certainly incompatible with the theory that they were combined out of two homiletio groups, a singular and a plural respectively. For this partition no other adequate criteria either of matter or style seem available, for many of the instances cited in Steuernagel's very careful table of words pp xxxiii-xli can hardly be said to bear definitely one way or the other. Moreover, it is reasonable to suppose that the homilies would exhibit a groator rango of variation than the laws ; such transitions aro characteristic of tho proaohor's stylo. Thus Joro- mlah 3-4 passes repeatedly from the socond to the third person and back again, and uses oach in both numbers: yet it would hardly ho proposed to divide his discourses on this basis. It may also be asked how far tho diversities in (5) throw any doubt on the stability of the Massoretic text. In 5-7 there are more than thirty variations in person and number j the first person changes into the second and the second into the first : the sing in Sp appears as pi in g), and the pi Sp turns out sing in ®. These differ ences may be variously explained, but until they have been more carefully examined the distinction hardly supplies a satisfactory basis for distributing the text among Sg and PI authors, the harmonizing editor, and his train of hortatory followers. — In a series of articlea in the Expositor, beginning 1898 5th series viii 241 (after the Introduction to this work had been sent to press), Prof G L Kobinson has sought to maintain the Mosaic authorship of Deut. Impressed, however, by some of the phenomena which lie at the basis of the critical hypotheses, he suggests that ' the orations contoined in the Book of Doutoronomy were spoken twice, once in Moab and once on the way between Horeb and Kadesh-barnea ' (Expositor May 1899 358). Thus he is able to explain the implied contrast of 53 and 2", and the repeated introduction 4«-40 cp ,1-5. He can even accept Steuernagel's theory of separate addresses in the sing and pi ; the pi being suitable to Moses in the wilderness addressing Israel as a prophet might speak to the individual units of his own generation, and the sg when as an old man in Moab sixty years senior to the nation he conceived it as a whole (ibid 362). This ingenious combination of traditional apologetics with an advanced critical method is probably unique. 247 Deut l7 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB IJE i Il24 JoBh l4 Gen islSctli: 23S' ,31 6 17 X^ac k Num nl4 ( io22 2802 cp Gen 155 22I7 m Ib il4f n Num ul7 0 Ct Bx 1821. p Cp 48 Gen 41S3 q Bx i825 r Sp— ruler a Ex D" D Ds lowland, and in the South, and by the sea shore, "the land of the Canaanites, and Lebanon, as far as the 'great river, the river Euphrates. 8 ""Behold, I have 'set the land before you : mgo in and possess the land "which Yahweh sware unto your fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give unto them and to their ¦'seed after them. 9 *And I spake unto you at that "time, saying, kI am not able to bear you myself alone : 10 Yahweh your God "hath multiplied you, and, behold, ye are this day as the 'stars of heaven for multitude. u "Yahweh, the God of your fathers, make you a thousand times so many more as ye are, and 'bless you, as he hath 'promised you I 12 'How can I myself alone bear your "'cumbrance, and your "burden, and your strife ? 13 "Take youpwise men, and understand - ingp, and known, "according to your tribes, and I will make them 'heads over you. 14 And ye answered me, and said, The thing which thou hast spoken is good [for us] to do. 15 So I took the "heads of your tribes, wise men, and known, and 'made them vheads over you, 'captains of thousands, and captains of hundreds, and captains of fifties, and captains of tens, and 99 IOO" S3 io7» 81 I» 32* II211 57 found in the address of Joshua after the completion of the con quest Josh 24, unanimously ascribed to E (apart from the addi tions of Rd) *. In that case, the survey in Dout i°-3 was prefixed to the codo in imitation of its prodoccssor, which it not un naturally largely absorbed into itself. This suggestion offers a plausible reason for the occasional propondoranco of E elements. (3) But from anothor side it has boon sug gested by Dillm (NDJ 229) that tho recital was not originally cast in tho first person ; it was part of a larger narrative which has been converted into speech, the compiler finding it resemble too closely the story of JE in Num beside which it was placed before its union with P. The difference between the summary of events in 1-3 and tho glowing exhortations of 4l~40, the oratorical inappropriateness of the archaeological notes scattered through 2 and 3, and the curious relation between 311. • and 328, are offered as grounds for this hypothesis. It might further be supported by the undoubted specimens of similar conversion in q9. . iqI. •. But the variation between 1-3 and 41-4° can bo explained on other considerations (see 4iN) : the annotator's additions may be easily sifted out from 2 and 3 : and though the proposal provides an intelligible cause for the abrupt beginning of 31- *, it is not necessary to resort to so elaborate a device (cp 3'1B). (4) Lastly, it cannot be affirmed with any confi dence that the disconrso procoods from tho author (or authors) of tho Code. Tho hortatory olomont so conspicuous at loast in 12-18 26 is almost absent here ; yot tho mingling of historical retrospect with homiletic address in 5-11 (more closely associ ated with tho Codo) shows that if the preacher could employ illustrations from tho traditions, tho narrator might have been expeoted in his turn (on tho assumption of common authorship) to display a warmer religious glow. The discussion is a difficult one, and turns on delicate shades of difference in thought and expression. Among the most conspicuous phenomena are the following : — (i) Separate titles i1_s and 445-40 ar6 prefixed to the two groups of discourse 18-3 (4l_i0) and 5-1 1. It doos not scum likely that the same author would have composed both. The existence of independent prefaces implies that the discourses were also independent, and originally stood as introductions to distinct editions of the Code (Cornill, Einleitung § 9 6, designates them as the historic and paraenotic olomouts of D, symbolizod as D1' and Di'). It is concoivablo that tho compiler of tho Codo might himself have prolixod ono or tho other to his collection of laws : it is less probable that ho would havo attachod both of them. Now of tho two, 5-1 1 is much clusor both in spirit and form to the legislative core in 12-18 than 18-3. (ii) A marked difference is believed to exist between the two introductions concerning the persons addressed. In i3s- the wanderings aro represented as a punishmont on the generation of the Exodus for their refusal to march up and take possession of the country at once ; and according to 3H-I8 all the fighting men (and the contemporary women must be included) perished iu the wilder ness. But in 53 it is declared that the covenant at Horeb was not made with the dead, but with those then alive and listening, and the identity of tho people in Moab with the bondmen in Egypt forty years before appears to be assorted in the most express terms 1 12"7 ' Your eyes have seen all the great work of Yahweh.' On the other hand the constant address to Israel as 1 thou ' implies a moral continuity in the nation which seems to many critios a sufficient explanation of the confusion of the gonorations. (iii) With this difforonco is associated anothor. According to i-z the wanderings aro a punishmont for a specifio act of disobedionco. In 82 they aro a part of tho divine disci pline for proving whethor Israel would obey or not ; they havo, in other words, a far-roaching educational design. These two aspects may be capable of reconciliation, but they are at least presented with striking variations of emphasis, (iv) A difficulty arises concerning the behaviour of Ammon. In 23s the Ammon ites are reproached for not having aided Israel with food and drink. But in 237 it is expressly stated that the Israelites never went near them. What opportunity hod they, then, of showing their unfriendliness ? The author of 23s can hardly have written the historic survey in i6-3 (on the authenticity of 231_s cp 2311), (v) Some linguistic phenomena may also bo named. The word ' possession ' (niBT) occurs in 26 » 12 10 320, but not in 5-26, though the corresponding verb is employed repeatedly ; it reappears in Ds in Josh 116 126. In i7 19. 27 44 (j9) the name Amorite is applied to the inhabitants of the central highlands of Canaan without reference to the 'seven nations' of 7! cp 20I7. The phraBe 'at that time ' rocurs ton times in 1-3 (throe times in possibly cognate passages 920 io1 8), elsowhero only in 5" ; ' declare ' i° cp 27s* ; 'fear not, neither be dismayed' i2i 31' Josh iu8i io26* ; 'contend' 25 9 io 24* ; 1 this Jordan ' 327 3i2 Josh i2 " 422 cp Gen 32™* ; ' children of Esau which dwell in Seir ' 24 3 22 29 ct 237. On the other hand it may be argued that some of these expressions would not naturally bo repeated, though it is surprising that 'besought' 323, 'mighty acts' 324, 'was wroth' 320, 'for your sakes ' (p>ob with pronom suff) 326, should not have occasion to appear again. But besides a large portion of the vocabulary of D tabulated in vol i, the margins certainly show a considerable amount of phraseology of loss frequent use common to 1-3 and 5-26 (see the parallels to i12 « l» 'a~w 31 *3 2B 7 30 3"). The evi dence will be differently estimated according to varieties of antecedent expectation. Those who have been convinced of the highly composite character of other portions of the great docu mentary collections, 0 g tho Levitical legislation, will havo loss difficulty in admitting a similar possibility in tho caso of D. Drivor, after full discussion (Deut lxvii-lxxiii), docidos in favour of unity of authorship. I7 Interpreters differ whethor the ' land of tho Canaanites.' sums up all the items previously named, or applies only to tho strip of coast. In the former case it seems in conflict with' the location of the Amorites in the central highlands. Under any interpretation the definite instruction to the Israelites to occupy the entire country from the Mediterranean to the Euphrates is not quite on the same plane with the prophetic promises of 1 i24 Gen is18 Josh i4. The passage may well be due to later expansion. 8 The imperative ' see ' is in the singular as always in this formula 99 oxcept in Josh 2}2i. Sam (SJ plural. * A somewhat similar retrospect may be found in 1 Sam 12 (E2, Budde) ; and another in Judg uis-27 (BJo, Moore). 248 RETROSPECT OF THE MARCH Deut 1 30 18 'aad a 16IB t i6lo Prov 2423 2821f « Cp Bx i822 11 i822 Cp 3227 Num 228* w Bx 1 828 x Cp Num 1320b JE y Josh 22> z Num 1328b a' Num 132 V Num i3"c c' Num 1323 ti' Joah 147 cp JEaia e* Num 1320 23 /' Ps io628 cp Is 2Q2«t et Num 142 g' 92a Cp 44« h' 208 Josh 2II 51 75» ,'' 210 21 Q2 j' Num 1328 A'glf cp 38 2882 Num 1328 Josh 14I2* V Cp Num i328 mf 83 204 31O Ex 1321 Num 14W n' Cp Ex tq4 Num 1 1 12 o' Cp 85 p' 82 Josh 24" q' 97 118 cp 26° 2Q7 r' Num 14II a' Num io83 V Num 1423- M'412 Josh ii"1 v' Josh 148- 14 Num 1424 32ll.» w' Cp io" 17I2 ct Bx 24I3 D Ds "officers, "according to your tribes. 1(i 'And I charged your "judges at that "time, saying, Hear [the causes] between your 'brethren, and judge "righteously between a man and his brother, and the stranger that is with him. 17 Ye shall not 'respect persons in judgement ; ye shall hear the "small and the great" alike ; ye shall not be "afraid of the face of man ; for the judgement is God's : and the cause that is too "hard for you ye shall bring unto me, and I will hear it. 18 And I commanded you at that "time all the things which ye should do. 10 And we journeyed from "Horeb, and went through all that 'great and terrible wilderness which ye saw, by the way to the 'hill country of the Amorites, a'as Yahweh our God commanded us ; and we came to "'Kadesh-barnea. 20 And I said unto you, Ye are come unto the 'hill country of the Amorites, '''which Yahweh our God giveth unto us. 21 ""Behold, Yahweh thy God hath 'set the land before thee : c'go up, take possession, as ''Yahweh, the God of thy fathers, hath '"'spoken "'unto thee ; ''feai not, neither be dismayed. 22 And ye came near unto me every one of you, and said, Let us send men before us, that they may "search the land for us, and "bring us word again of the way by which we must go up, and the cities unto which we shall come. 23 And the thing pleased me well : and I took "'twelve men of you, one man for every "'tribe : z4 and they ''turned and '''went up into the mountain, and came unto the valley of "'Eshcol, and '''spied it out. 25 And they took of the "'fruit of the land in their hands, and brought it clown unto us, and "brought us word again, and said, It is a '''good land b' which Yahweh our God giveth unto us. 26 Yet ye ''would not go up, but J'rebelled against the commandment of Yahweh your God : 27 and ye -^'murmured in your tents, and said, Because Yahweh "'hated us, he hath "'brought us forth out of the land of Egypt, ''to deliver us into the hand of the ""'Amorites, n'to destroy us. 28 Whither are we going up ? our brethren have made our '''heart to '''melt, saying, The people is ' greater and taller than we ; the cities are J'great and ''fenced up to heaven7', and moreover we have ''seen the sons of the "'Anakini thoro. 2I' Thon I said unto you, p'Droad not, neither be afraid of them. 80 Yahweh your God who '"'goeth before you, he shall q'fight for you, according to r'all that he did for you in Egypt "before your eyes ; 31 "and in the wilderness, whc.ro thou hast seen how that Yahweh thy God ""bare theo, as a man doth bear his "'son, in all tho p'way that ye went, 'until yo came unto this place. 32Yot "in this thing ye did not "believe Yahweh your God, 33 who ""wont before you in tho way, to "'seek you out a place to pitch your tents in, in fire by night, to shew you by what way ye should go, and in the cloud by day. s4 And Yahweh heard the voice of your words, and was wroth, and sware, saying, 35 'Surely there shall not one of these men "of litis evil generation see the h'good land, which I "sware to give unto "your fathers, 30 "'save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, he shall see it ; and to him will I give the land that he hath ' trodden upon, and to his children : bocause he hath "'wholly followed Ynhwoh. "7 "Also Yahwoh was "'angry with mo for your sakos, miylng, Thou alHo nhalt not go in thithoi- : "" Joshua tho son of Nun, which ""standeth boforo thoo, ho shall go in thithor: "oncourngo thou him ; for he shall "'cause Israel to inherit it. 30 "Moreover your little ones, which ye said should w 83 x 67 y 25 7. 55" a.' 291 b' 69" c' 54 .1'0'V 91 64 44° g' 112"- h' 69>> 1' j' 117 94 k' 28') 1'm'n' 52 34 0' 1'' & 45 {,' III 11' 18 v' 106° w' 65 l2t As tho main body of this discourse is concoivod in tho second person plural, the unexpected entrance of the singular here indicates to Steuernagel the activity of an annotator. The plurals in @ are no doubt harmonistic. It may be added that the formulae differ slightly from those in 8 : cp especially 8 ' go in and possess the land ' with 21 ' go up, possess.' 81 The loose connexion here suggests that the text may have been expanded by another hand (or possibly by the same hand at another time), incorporating a reference to the divine care manifested in the subsequent wanderings, ' this plaoe ' meaning the Trans-jordanic encampment as in o7 n6 2Q7 cp 26°. For the figure cp Ex 194 Deut 32H. In s3 tho phrase ' who went boforo you ' soems to be caught up from 80 ' ho gooth before you ' : for the word ' to seek out ' cp Num io'3 : the reading of ® 'to lead you ' instead of ' to pitoh your tents in ' (involving the trans position of a lottor) porhaps indicatos furthor dopondonce on Ex 1321. 82 M Or, for all this thing. 36a Probably a gloss; the words are omitted in (S), and are not represented in Num i422- on which the passage is founded ; they sound like a reminiscence of such passages as Num 1427 3B 3213. 88b (5) ' their fathers.' 37 Another explanatory addition, cp 320 23, breaking the con nexion resumed in 39b with ' but your children.' Nothing is said of this in Num 14. It would seem that the death of Moses before the passage of the Jordan came to be regarded as the penalty for some offence, and there was great difficulty in con necting it with any specific occasion. The matter is not cleared up ovon by P Num 2o'2. 30 Those words do not occur in (5)8 and have probably been incorporated by a late editor from Num 14s! (cp 3). 249 Deut l3 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE Dg x1 Sp—get you Num 1425 /Num j 440 i' Nuin 1442 a" Num 1441 b" 17I8 i820 Ex 2iH« c" Num 1445 d" Cp Bx i528 e" Num 20I /" Cp q25 2Q16 ft a Cp i40 Num 2l4 b 10 c Ct Num 20H-21 d 8 22 29 Cp 237 C 9 10 24» /ll24 Josh 1 3 op 149» g Ct Num 20IO h 82 4 cp 298 i 80 j Num 21II A- 19 Ex 2322 ( 18 29 Num 2il5 28 m 19 Gen 1981 n Oon jaI>\ O 20 cp l28 p 22 (Jon ,4o 3620. -t q 21 Sp ^possessed cp9ln230(88 ,¦ 24 cp JB128 a Sp= valley Num 21I2 be a prey, and your children, which this day have no knowledge of good or evil, they shall "'go in thither, and unto them will I give it, and they shall possess it. 40 "But as for you, hturn you, and *'take your journey into the wilderness by the way to the Red Sea. 41 Then ye answered and said unto me, We have "'sinned against Yahweh, we will go up and fight, according to all that Yahweh our God "'commanded us. And ye girded on every man his weapons of war, and "were forward to go up into the mountain. 42 And Yahweh said unto me, Say unto them, "'Go not up, neither fight ; for I am not ''among you ; lest ye be smitten before your enemies. 4;i So I spake unto you, and ye hearkened not ; but ye J'rebelled against the ""commandment of Yahweh, and were '"pre- sumptuous, and went up into the mountain. 44 And the "'Amorites, which dwelt in that mountain, came out against you, and chased you, as bees do, and ""boat you down in Seir, even unto Hormah. 45 And ye returned and wept before Yahweh ; but Yahweh d"hearkened not to your voice, nor ''"gave ear unto you. 46 ''So ye abode in ""Kadesh many days, /"according unto the days that ye abode [there]. 21 Then we 'turned, and took our journey into the wilderness by the "way to the Bed Sea, as Yahweh spake unto me: and we compassed mount Seir many days. 2 And Yahweh spake unto me, saying, 3 Ye have compassed this mountain ''long enough: "turn you northward. 4 And command thou the people, saying, Ye are to "pass through the border of your brethren the Children of Esau, which dwell in Seir ; and they shall be afraid of you : btakeye good heed unto yourselves therefore : 5 "contend not with them ; for I will not give you of their land, no, not so much as for the ¦'sole of the foot to tread on-'' : because I have given mount Seir unto Esau for a "possession. ° Ye shall "purchase food of them for money, that ye may eat ; and ye shall also buy water of them for money, that ye may drink. 7 "For dYahweh thy God hath "blessed thee in all the 'work of thy hand : he hath known thy walking through this great wilderness : Hhese forty years Yahweh thy God hath been with thee ; thou hast 'lacked nothing. 8 So we passed by from our brethren the children of Esau, which dwell in Seir, from the way of the Arabah from Elath and from Ezion-geber. And we "turned and passed by the way of the ¦'wilderness of Moab. 9 And Yahweh said unto me, ""'Vex not Moab, neither "contend with them in battle : for I will not give thee of his land for a "possession ; because I have given 'Ar unto the children of '"Lot for a "possession. (10 "The "Emim dwolt therein aforetime, a people "great, and many, and tall0, as the 'Annkim : "those alHo aro accounted "hRophaim, as tho "Anakim ; but tho Moabites call them "Kmim. ,2 Tlio ''IIoritoH also dwolt in Soil' nforotimo, but tho childron of Esau "succeeded them ; and thoy 'destroyed them from before them, and dwelt in their stead ; as Israel did unto the Jland of his "possession, which Yahweh gave unto them.) 13 Now 'rise up, "and get you over the "brook Zered. And we went over the brook Zered. 14 And the days in which we came from Kadesh- barnea, until we were come over the brook Zered, were thirty and eight years ; until all the generation of the 'men of war were 'consumed from the midst of the camp, as Yahweh msware unto them. lfi "Moreover the x' 29a y' 781 a 113 b 108b 0 881 d 1" e aoa t 119 4 5 34" 690 k 77 1 46 m 107b 140 This verse has been sometimes regarded as a subsequent insertion derived from Num i42G. The derivation is unmistak able, but the verse may he needed at this point to explain 21. 41 M Or, deemed it a light thing. — Spf. 46 On the chronological difficulty see Dillm and Driver in loc. The statement seems to he an attempt at harmonizing different traditions of the sojourn at Kadosh. Tlie parallel in o25 whore the peculiar phraso stands at a junction of earlier and later materials, points to a similar view concerning the present passage. 27 This verse is perhaps due to an annotator who desires to explain the ability of the Israelites to purchase the necessary food and drink from tho childron of Esau. It represents their wealth as due to the successful prosecution of agriculture cp 1420 1616 24!° 2812 ; but it forgets that the wanderings with their diet of manna were intended as a season of humiliation and trial 82- , not of accumulation and thrift. The sudden change from the plural to the singular, and the return to the plural in 8 should be noted. 6 The command here addressed to Moses is really as the parallels show 6 13- 2i- designed for Israel and not for Moses personally. The use of the singular here and in i6. 24b 25 ja jn unexpected contrast with the plurals in as 24" : but in view of tho language of 27- it seoms perfectly natural, and it does not appear necessary to attribute these passages to another hand. 10 The antiquarian notes in this and succeeding passages 20-'23 3° n are evidently not parts of the original narrative. Whether thoy were insorted by tho author or by a later hand is doubtful. n M Soo Oon 148, 13 Sam (S) odd ' and take your journey ' as in 24, 16 An explanatory addition (marked by the frequent particle of insortion DJi) to emphasize the cause of the complete destruc- 250 RETROSPECT OF THE MARCH Deut 3l l Sp=diacomJlt 723 Bx i424 M 9I cp 11SI v 320 446 1,3034(1 » 3H "P 33b x JoBh 133'f y Am 97 2 Num 21I3 0! Cp 31b 6' 31 324 Josh 37 c'ij25 d' 4I8* «' Cp Ex 1514 ft Num 14IS /' Nnm 2.21 g1 Num 2122 h' Cp 3 i' Num 2ol9b 3' Ct Num 2123 ft k' Nnm 2i23 I' Num 2i3l> m' Num 2i28 nr 38 Num 2188 J08h 822 cp Deut 2ol8. o' Num 2i24 p' Josh i30 9'Sp* iJ 19 cp Num «i24 a Num 2i33. JE DB D jy hand of Yahweh was against them, to 'destroy them from the midst of the camp, until they were 'consumed. y' "So it came to pass, when all the "men of war were 'consumed and fsuL fr°m ^ng the Pe°Ple' " that Yahweh spake unto me, saying, inou art this day to pass over Ar, the border of Moab : « "and when thou comest nigh "over against the children of Ammon, ''vex them not nor contend with them: for I will not give thee of the land of the children of Ammon for a "possession : because I have given it unto the Children of Lot for a "possession. (2»That also is accounted a land of "Kephaim : ^Kephaim dwelt therein aforetime ; but tho Ammonites call them "Zamzummim ; a people great, and many, and tall, as the «Anakim ; but Yahweh 'destroyed them Betore them ; and they 'succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead : 22as ho did for tho "children of Esau, which dwell in Seir, when he 'destroyed tlie Horites from before them ; and they 'succeedod them, and dwelt in their stoad even unto this wday : and the Avvim which dwelt in villages as far as Gaza, the Caphtorim, which came forth out of "Caphtor, 'destroyed them, and dwelt in their stead.) M 'Bise ye up, take your journey, and pass over the valley of "Arnon : "behold, I have peoples that are under the. whole heaven1'', who shall "'hear the report of thee, and shall tremble, and be in anguish because of thee. 28 And I •'"sent messengers out of the wilderness of Kedemoth unto Sihon king of Heshbon with words of peace, saying, 27 "'Let me pass through thy land : I will go "along by tho high way, I will neither "turn unto the right hand nor to the left. 28 Thou shalt sell mo food for 'money, that I may eat; and give me water for money, that I may drink : "only let me pass through on my *'feet ; 29 as thedchildren of Esau which dwell in Seir, and the Moabites which dwell in Ar, did unto me ; until I shall pass over Jordan into the 'land which Yahweh our God giveth us. 30 But Sihon king of Heshbon "would not ¦'"let us pass by him : for Yahweh thy God hardened his spirit, and made his heart "obstinate, that he might "deliver him into thy hand, 'as at this day. 31 And Yahweh said unto me, "Behold, I have b'begun to "deliver up Sihon and his land before thee : "'begin to "possess, that thou mayest 'inherit his land. 82 Then Sihon came out against us, vhe and all his people, unto battle at *'Jahaz. 33 And Yahweh our God "delivered him up before us ; and we ''smote 'him, and his "sons, and all his people. M And we m'took all his cities at that "time, and "devoted every "inhabited city, with the 'women and the little ones; we "left none remaining: 30 "only the cattle we took for a 'prey unto ourselves, with the "'spoil of the cities which we had taken. 36 From Aroer, which is on the edge of the valley of "'Arnon, and [from] the '''city that is in the valley, even unto Gilead, there was not a city too ''high for us : Yahweh our God "delivered up all before us : 37 'only to the land of the children of Ammon thou ''earnest not near ; b'all the side of the river Jabbok, and the cities of the hill country, and wheresoever Yahweh our God forbad us. 31 "Then we "turned, and "went up the way to Bashan : and Og the n 99 o 52 P 114b q 84 r 69" s 117 t 33a 11 IOOa v 56 w no x 3S y 118 z 89 •V 103 b' io "3 tion of the whole generation. Dillm brackets the entire possago 141>-18. rjp Num 1433 3B 3»l3. 219 The reference in 29 suggests that the narrative may here have been curtailed cp 4_8. It is remarkable, also, later on, that there is no reference to Balaam. 20 Cp Gen 148, Sayce, Higher Criticism 160, and Driver, Deut 40. 27 M Sp by the way, bj) the way. 30 M ft strong. — In the bad sense 157*, in the good 328*, cp "106. ss II Or, son. 34» So It. T utterly destroyed. Cp "35. 84b M Sp city of men. — 3' cp Judg ao484-. 31 The narrative in i~17 can hardly have proceeded con tinuously from one hand, as it bears numerous marks of supple mentation, see SN 14N 16K. The story of the oonquest of Og does not seom to havo boon part of the original traditions. (1) The only reference to it in Num 2i33_3b ;a gonerally accepted as an abstract from Deut 31-7. If JE had contained it, why should the narrative have been suppressed in favour of a secondary version ? (2) The account in Deut 31-7 has little or no indepen dence ; it follows step by step tho story of the reduction of Sihon and the Amorites, employing parallel phrases, with slightly heightened detail in 6. But neither Og nor his kingdom is designated as of Amorite origin, and this title is significant in view of the title of Sihon ' king of the Amorites ' 32. (3) It may be fairly urged that the summary in Josh 24s does not include the capture of Bashan ; and this inference is confirmed by the more detailed retrospect in Judg ill0'22, where the over throw of Sihon is mentioned with the statement that ' Israel 251 Deut 31 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE b 232 CI*d 22 Josh 108 CP440 e i4 cp 288- • / 283 Num 2i35 0 234 M3i Kings 4l3t i,28 j Josh 1 k JoBh i24 1,12 (23« -ut JobIi 128 13II Dg D Da king of Bashan ""came out against us, "he and all his people, unto battle at "Edrei. 2 And Yahweh said unto me, dFear him not: for I have "delivered bhim, and all his people, and his land, into thy hand ; and thou shalt do unto him as thou didst unto "Sihon king of the Amorites, which dwelt at Heshbon. 3 So Yahweh "our God "delivered into our hand Og also, the king of Bashan, and "all his people : and we •''smote him until none was "left to him remaining. 4 And we "took all his cities at that "time ; there was not a city which we took not from them ; threescore cities, fall the ''region of Argob'', the kingdom of Og in Bashan. 5 All these were cities 'fenced with high walls, gates, and bars ; beside the "unwalled towns a great many. ° And we T,!devoted them, as we did unto Sihon king of Heshbon, Tdevoting every "inhabited city, with the "women and the little ones. 7 But all the cattle, and the 'spoil of the cities, we took for a Jprey unto ourselves. " "And we took the land at that "time out of the hand of the ktwo kings of the Amorites that were 'beyond Jordan, Jfrom the valley of Arnon unto mount Hermon ; 8 ([ which! Hermon the Sidonians call Sirion, and the mAmorites call it Senir ;) I0 all the cities of the "plain, and all Gilead, and all Bashan, unto Salecah and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan. " (For only Og king of Bashan remained of the ^remnant of the "Kephaim ; behold, his bed stead was a bedstead of iron ; is it not in Babbah of the children of Ammon ? nine cubits was the length thereof, and four cubits the breadth of it, after the cubit of a man.) 12 And this land we took in possession at that "time : "from 'Aroer, which is by the valley of Arnon, and half the hill country of Gilead, and the cities thereof, gave I unto the Reubenites and to the Gadites : 13 and the rest of Gilead, and all Bashan, the kingdom of Og, gave I unto the half "tribe of Manasseh ; T'all the ''region of Argob. (All that Bashan is called the land of "Kephaim.) u "Jair the son of Manasseh took all the ^'region of Argob, unto the border of the '"Qeshurites and the Maacathitos ; and called them, even Bashan, "after his own name, Havvoth- jair, tunto this day. 16 "And I gave Gilead unto Machir, 16 "And unto the Reubenites and unto the Gadites I gave from Gilead even unto the valley of Arnon, the middle of the valley, "and the border b 56 0 5a d 1' e no f 10 35 h 118 > 103 i 89 k 30 1 21" m 3" 113" p 33" all the lands of the Amorites ' 21 but Og and his territory are unnamed. Ds is thus the first to relate this exten sion of the conquest, and to bestow on the half tribe of Manasseh half Gilead and the kingdom of Og. The distribution specified in 12 l3a includes the new area, in contrast with 1° which soems to follow straight on 23°. . It was at a still later stage that Sihon and Og were grouped together as the ( two kings of the Amorites ' cp 8N 447 ct 14. 3° M Or, country towns.— Cp Sp 1 Sam 6" Esth o,s (Q'ri). <"¦ So M. T utterly destroyed. Op 234. "> M Sp city of men.— Cp 234. 8 The narrative in 8-17 evidently results from the amalga mation of dhferent statements (see notes on 12 u ie). After the detailed recital of the conquests of the territories of Sihon and Og, it is not obvious why a fresh summary of the victories over the 'two kings of the Amorites' 3~u should be appended. This expression seems a later generalization (cp 10N) ; in the preced ing text Og is not (liko Sihon) designated as an Amorite cp 32 224 ,4# The kings are described as ' beyond Jordan,' i 0 on tho East, implying that the narrator was on tho West side. But the phrase is used in 20 20 jn its proper dramatic appropriateness in tho person of Moses. Theso vorsos, therefore, can hardly bo from the same hand (but cp Driver, Deut xliiif). Tho other passages in which the word occurs in the same meaning cp D2i, as well as the description of the ' two kings ' cp D3°, all belong to the later editorial redaction. It may be also noted that ' took ' in 3 14 represents a different Sp compared with 4 231. Whothor the archaeological notos in " " uro of tho samo dato is not clour Cp 2IO-I2 20-23. 1° M Or, table land.— Op 443 Josh i3» i°- 21 203*. 12 The allotment of the Trans-jordanic territories to Reuben and Gad is first described in the narrative at the base of Num 32, which has been reproduced under the influence of P. The data in the present passage are conflicting. According to 12. Gilead is divided. Half of it is included in the territory assigned to Reuben and Gad, and half is handed over to the half tribe of Manasseh. But in i6 Mosos is represented as giving Gilead to Machir cp Num 3240, the childron of Machir boing afterwards known as a olan of the tribe of Manasseh. (Num 32s9 actually credits them with the conquest over the Amorites, as though the settlement took place from the West of Jordan in the age following Moses. As the half tribe of Manasseh is not men tioned in Num 3a!-32, it is probable that the original story con tained no allusion to the settlement of the Manassite clans.) Tho same writer can hardly have written both 12. and 15. 13 SoM. T all the region of Argob, even (M or, with) all Bashan. (Tlie same is called tic.) 14» A further difficulty is raised by 14, which affirms that the region of Argob, handed over to tho half tribe of Manassoh in 13, was taken by Jair-bon-Manasseh, who named ' them ' Hawoth- Jair. This name, however, aocording to Num 3241 belonged to a group of villages in Gilead ; while Judg io4, deriving their designation from a later hero, also places them in Gilead. 14, therefore, proceeds from an attempt ' to harmonize 13 (which mentions Bashan) with Num 323'J 41 (which is silent as to Bashan) by the assumption that the district stated in Num 3241 to have been conquerod by Jair, was in Bashan ' (Driver, Deut 55). 14l> M See Num 3241. 15 Derived editorially from Num 3240, see l2N. ion 'p\l0 description of tho gift to the Reubonites and Gadites seems superfluous after 12. and most critics thoroforo regard it as supplemental. The language of 1°, howover, is harmonious with that of 230', and it is possible that this sequence represents the older form of the narrative, before the incorporation of the account of Og, for there seems no reason why an editorial ex pander should thus imperfectly roproduce statements already made. The gift of "' is simply confined to the limits of Sihon's kingdom ; theso limits, however, are extended in 17, apparently by an annotator in conformity with Josh ia2-3. On the other hand, however, the emphasis conferred on the Reubenites and Gadites by their position at the opening of the verse implies some preceding mention of them : JE must have contained some narrative similar to that which lies at the base of Num 32, which stood between tho conquest described in 2s1-37 and the gift specified in 16. ioi> M Or, for a border. 252 THE TRANS-JORDANIC SETTLEMENT Deut 42 n 237 Josh T22 o Cp Josh 128 p Num 32l7> ¦ q Sp sons ct Ex 1 821 'able' r Oen 4221 » s 920 cp Joah 77 Gen 152 8» I 228 ll Cp Bx zs" vSp*flr iSfi ?/ 34I cp Nnm 212023H 2 Qen 13I4 a' 312 Josh 1' 422 cp Gen 32io» 6'3,3 ;2 11 c' 440 34< d' Op 48 Num 238 a i232« JE [thereof]; even unto the river "Jabbok, which is the border of the children of Ammon ; 1; the "lArabnh also, and Jordan "nnd the border [thereof], from Chinnereth even unto the sea of the Arabah, the Salt Sea, under the •"'slopes of Pisgah "eastward. 18 And I commanded "you at that "time, saying, Yahweh your God hath 'given you this land to possess it : ye shall pass over ''armed before your brethren the children of Israel, 'all the 'men of valour. 19 'But "your wives and your little ones, and your cattle, (I know that ye have much cattle,) shall abide in your cities which I have given you ; 20 until Yahweh give "rest unto your brethren, as unto you, and they also possess the 'land which Yahweh your God giveth them "beyond Jordan : then shall ye return every man unto his "possession, which I have given you. 21 "And I commanded Joshua at that "time, saying, 'Thine eyes have seen 'all that Yahweh your God hath done unto these two kings : so shall Yahweh do unto all the kingdoms whither thou goest over. 2Z Ye shall not dfear them: for Yahweh your God, he it is that "'fighteth for you. 23 And I 'besought Yahweh at that "time, saying, 24 0 "Lord Yahweh, thou hast 'begun to shew thy servant thy ^greatness, and thy "'strong hand : for "what god is there in heaven or in earth, that can do according to thy works, and according to thy "mighty acts" ? 25 Let me go over, I pray thee, and "see the good land that is "beyond Jordan, that goodly mountain, and Lebanon. 20 But Yahweh was "wroth with me for your sakes, and hearkened not unto me : and Yahweh said unto me, Let it ^suffice thee; speak no more unto me of this matter. 27 Get thee up into the "top of Pisgah, and "lift up thine eyes westward, and northward, and southward, and eastward, and behold with thine eyes: for thou shalt not go over "'this Jordan. 28 But 'command Joshua, and a'encourage him, and strengthen him : for b'he shall go over before this people, and he shall "'cause them to inherit the land which thou shalt see. 29 So we abode in the c' valley over against '''Beth-peor. 41 "And now, "0 Israel, hearken unto the ""statutes and unto the judgements, which "I dteach you, for to do them ; that ye may "live, and fgo in and possess the rland which hYahweh, the God of your fathers, giveth you. 2 Ye shall not "add unto the word" which I 'command you, neither shall ye "diminish from it, that ye may Jkeep the commandments 1 6» r 8 s 690 t 84 11 98 Vw X 69-- 88 22 was intended for Joshua ? The plural in 22 implies an address to the people : in 21 (5) reads ' your eyes,' and 'tho Lord our God,' whilo Sam omits 'your God': in 22 J renders ' thou shalt not fear thorn.' 28 Sp as in 21. T charge. Ct Num 27W. 41 The position of the great discourse in 4i~4° has been much discussed (cp Driver, Deut lxix ff) and is not easy to determine. It depends in part on the view which may be taken of the character of 1-3, Dillm's theory of the original narrative-form of the Retrospect (cp i6N) involving as its consequence another situation for the exhortation in 41"40. Even when this view is rejected, there are still peculiar phenomena requiring attention. (1) The tone of historical reminiscence is abandoned (save in 21>) for that of special warning 2. . 16. . , Two themes receive forcible illustration, (i) the duty of Israel to cleave to Yahweh alone, and (ii) th e divine unity and spirituality. The necessity of allegiance to Yahweh alone is emphasized by a reference to the incident 'in' (ratbor than ' bocauso of cp Driver in loc) Baal-poor B supplying a link of attachment to 320 (did the text of 4s origin ally run 'in Beth-peor,' and was it attracted afterwards to ' Baal-peor ' by the following clause ?). In i-4, therefore, it is natural to see tho hortatory soquel of i3^20, and the summons to obey the statutes and judgements which are about to be announced 1 seems to point directly to I21- •. But (2) 6 affirms that ' statutes and judgements ' to be observed in the land which Israel is about to enter (cp ') have been already taught. Is the same situation implied in these passages ? Is not 6 more appro priate to a concluding than to an introductory address? It is, indeed, proposed to explain the perfect by reference to previous statutes and judgements which Moses ' had, as occasion arose, impressed upon his people' (Driver, in loc). But they aro apparently idontifiod in " and 3 with 'all this law,' which elBO- where rofors to tho wholo corpus of D's legislation. It is truo that in e tho phrase ' which I set before you this day ' may again place the speaker before rather than after the main recital 12-26 cp !• 40. But the phrase ' which I command you ' 2 40 is employed with equal ease in the closing scenes in reference to the law which has been already enjoined eg 2710 281 18-15 302 8 n l6 : it therefore carries with it no precise imphcation of priority to the actual exposition. Dillm's conjecture that some of the participles in the discourse were originally perfects, which were editorially changed when it was transferred to its present place, seems therefore unnecessary : and the tenses throw no difficulty in the way of the possibility that the main section 8-4° originally stood among the final exhortations. Reasons will be offered hereafter (see 3i241*) for connecting it with 3i24-29. 253 Deut 42 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE b Num 25I-5 cCp 58 d Sp* cp 0« t 1I3 /Pa 145I8 y Op 1 KingB 882 It Cp ii4l> i 3112 cp ao° j Sp cp 40 63 3240 Jush 37 k 12I 31I3 cp I3C I 523 g15 1)!523 ,! 15. 23 25 58 || Ex 204 Nlllll I28 P» 17I5 Job 4l«t PS ,22 DB D D" of Yahweh kyour God which I 'command you. 3 'Your eyes have seen what Yahweh mdid because of ''Baal-peor : for all the men that "followed Baal-peor, Yahweh thy God hath "destroyed them "from the midst of thee. 4 But ye that did "cleave unto Yahweh your God are "alive every one of you this day. . . . 5 "'Behold, I have dtaught you "statutes and judgements, even "as Yahweh my God commanded me, that ye should do so in the midst of the land whither ye 'go in to 'possess it. ° "Keep therefore and do them ; for this is your wisdom and your ''understanding in the "sight of the peoples, which shall hear all these "statutes, and say, Surely this great nation is a "wise and understanding people. 7 For what great nation is there, that hath "a god so Aiigh unto them, as Yahweh our God is "whensoever we call upon him ? 8 And what great nation is there, that hath "statutes and judgements so righteous as all "this law, which "I rset before you this day ? 9 "Only "'take heed to thyself, and dkeep thy sould diligently, lest thou "'forget the things "'which thine eyes saw, and lest they ''depart from thy heart "'all the days of thy life ; but dmake them known unto thy children and thy children's children ; 10 the day that thou stoodest before Yahweh thy God in "'Horeb, when Yahweh said unto me, 'Assemble me the people, and I will make them hear my words, ¦'that thoy may 'learn to "'fear ine 'all the days that they live upon the earth'', and that they may uteach their children. u And "ye came near and stood under the mountain ; and the 'mountain burned with fire unto the "heart of heaven, with darkness, "'cloud, and thick darkness. 12And Yahweh spake unto you '''out of the midst of the fire : ye heard the voice of words, but ye saw no "form ; "only [ye heard] a voice. 13 And he declared unto you his ''covenant, which he commanded you to per form, even the ten "commandments ; and he pwrote them upon two tables of stone. u And Yahweh commanded me J'at that time to dteach k I* 1 43J in ia n «S" 0 34a 78c P 1 27 r 99 a 29a t 88* a Sa^ V 43" w 104'' X 70" V IOOb za' H 108" 1/ 48 c' 43° d' 13C e' 7 V 7i» IS' 44* h' 79 i' 31 j' no 45 Stress has been already laid on indications of diversity of conception between 1-3 and 5-11. If the exhortation in 48-40 ia not to be associated with i°-44, can it be attached to the second group of discourses? (1) It is probable that tho author was acquainted with tho narrativo in 5 ; but ho can hardly have boon the sumo writer. Ho takes tho sumo view 410- • concorniiig the identity of tho assombly at Horeb with people whom Moses now addresses cp 53. But the language of n> adds fresh detail (' burned . . to the heart of heaven ') and emphasizes the main lesson 'ye saw no form.' The stress laid on the subsequent prohibition of any kind of idolatry implies that the command in 6 proved an insufficient safeguard : and it is difficult to sup pose that the author of 5 would have himself prefixed to it a description of the same scene, and a series of injunctions so elaborate and detailed as those in 415. .. These must, therefore, be regarded as supplemental. The apparent recognition of tho legitimacy of tho worship of the heavenly bodies for other nations 19, finds no counterpart in 5-26. It shows affinity with the ideas of 32s (5), and suggests an effort to deal with the pro blem of the validity of other national worships which probably only forced itself on tho mind of Israel when it was no longer on its own land. In that case this discourso may bo regarded us an early utterance of tho oxilian polemic against participation in the Babylonian idolatries. The emphatic assertion of the sole deity of Yahweh 36 38 harmonizes with this view (see the parallels below) which is further supported by 27_31, Driver has already treated 29_31 as an interpolation by D2 cp Deut lxxvi. It may be doubted whether the loose use of ' for ' in 32 can bear the whole weight of this inference ; the connexion does not seom improved by a roforonce back to 23 (for other instances of defectivo precision cp u22 3011 3i2u). But this passage rosomblos others which there is reason to regard as secondary cp 30I-10, and thus the general conclusion as to the probable date of the whole is strengthened. Konig, Einl 213I, suggests that 2.1-31 may be an insertion. Steuernagel treats 1-28 as pi, 29-40 as eing. (2) The linguistic indications in 6_4° are of two kinds : (i) as the margins show the discourse is steeped in the characteristic phraseology of the Deuteronomic school ; (ii) it contains a number of words and phrases found elsewhere in D only in the concluding chapters, or belonging usually to P, or corresponding to the later religious vocabulary. Among these the following may be enumerated in their verse order : 6 understanding nm* op nmn 3a28 : ' what great nation is there cp 2 Sam 723 : 7 a god so nigh op Pa 14s18 1 7 whensoever we call upon him cp 1 Kings 8M i • keep thy soul* op Prov 138 167 19" : " make them known "1 DTOTin ct with accus 83 Josh 4sa ; 10 figure taD Ezek 83 6 2 Chron 337 16f cp Schrader, COT i 146 = Assyrian samulluv : le likeness Ex 25' 40 Josh 2228 ' pattern ' P cp 2 Kings. i610 Ezek 83 1° io8 Is 44" Ps 10620 ,4412 , Chron 28". 18.+ : male and female cp '107 : 17 winged fowl Gen 7" cp Ezek 17s3 394 17 Ps i48i°f : 18 anything that creepeth cp P49 : ]9 hath divided cp 2O20 : 20 the iron furnace Jer ii* 1 Kings 86lf : 20 a people of inheritancef cp 7° 142 26I8 Jer ioi6 51I9 : 26 beget 2S41 cp p30 : 26 shall have been long = ' become old ' Sp Lev 13" 2610f : 26 call heaven and earth to witness 30I9 3i28f : 27 scatter a801 y>3 cp Jer 9I8 30" Ezek 22" : 27 few (j6n 34s0* cp Deut 2832 Sp : 2'7 lead you away 2&31 : 28 wood and stone 28s6 61 29" cp Is 3719 || 2 Kings 19I8 Ezek 2o32-|> : 29 geej. cp jor a^i3 : so tribulation ft* : 8° come upon thee «= ' find thee ' 31" 21 ct 282 : so latter days 31s9 cp Num 24" Gen 49I* Hos 38 Is 2' &c : 3° return 302 : 81 fail 31° 3 Josh i6* : 3a create op p48 ; 32 end of heaven 301* cp Is 136 Ps 19° Neh i9 : 34 assayed cp 28™ Sp in different application 82 u 133 : 30 unto thee it was showed Sp only in Ex 2540 26s0 Lev I349 P : 8D there is none else cp 32s9" Is 45s 22 469 2 Sam 722 : 87 with his presence ct 5" b21 78 926 268 cp Is 63s : 39 lay it to thine heart Sp = ' call them to mind' 30I cp 1 Kings 847 Is 4418 46s Lam 321. The general effect may be said to support the view of the unity of the dis course from » to 40 (Cornill, Einleitung 38, divides into i"8 and 8-40) ; but further to suggest its affinity with subsequent addi tions to 1), and its occasional contact with the school which produced P. 7 M Or, God. n» Ct 528 27( where the people only come near to Moses, and desire him to approach the mountain. nb A peculiar addition to 523, Eor the form a"? cp 2806 294 19 (against xf) "59). 13 M Sp words. — Cp io4. 254 WARNINGS AGAINST IDOLATRY Deut 43 16-23 Igty 5 2» 31zn ft r Bx 259 40 Josh 2228« s Cp pio7 ( Gen 714 u Cp p4g r 58 19 ^sam w 173 cp Gen 2I' x Cp 2928 y 225 z 325. JE u'g3cpBx24l7op!/'BX2o5|lDeut 59 c' Cp p30 d' Sp Lev 13II 261»t e* 0I8 3i29 cp 32I8 21* fl 3CJ9 3I28f cp 819Jern742l8 gi 28«4 303 ft' Gen 3430" t'2837 31 27I5 3i29 cp 119b V 2888 04 2917« cp5M ll ji17 21 m' 302 «' Bx 348 -40 to RJ : so Steuern 46-49). The description of Sihon and Og as the ' two kings of the Amorites ' lends a slight confirm ation to this conjecture, if the view advanced in 38M be accepted. To what, however, was this title prefixed 'I Was it to tho Code proper 12-26, or the Code preceded by the homilies 5-1 1 f Either is possible, for even in its shortest form the law-book must have heen introduced with some kind of title ; 12I implies a speaker and an audience ; these are identified by 4B which may well have been the nucleus of tho whole (observe the peculiar ubo of ' testimonies ' olsowhero in Hex only Dent 6n 20). On tho pro- bablo community of authorship botweon the exhortations and the discourse of legislation cp 51". 49 jj Or, springs. 51 The discourses in 5-11 are here treated as substantially homogeneous. This does not exclude the possibility of occa sional expansion by other hands, or of the incorporation of material from different sources. Nor does it imply that they were of necessity all composed at one time. But it indicates that they are marked by pervading unity of thought and style, and cannot he dissolved into any constituents distinguished by varieties of idea or expression. The recital of the Horeb cove nant, here based on the Ton Words, leads to the first great sermon on the sublime text 64 ' Yahweh our God, Yahweh is one.' A second follows 9I on the duty of humble obedience io12, illustrated by reference to the repeated acts in which Israel had provoked Yahweh, and concluding with threats against the axiostatcs and promises for the faithful nl3-28. It may be freely recognized that throughout these exhortations the writer has the actual code of laws imaginatively before him 51 3i 61 ¦ 7". 81 &c. The commandments have indeed been already divinely enjoined 617 2i, whero the speaker does not seem to be alluding to their private communication to himself upon the mount 53x. The homilies may therefore be regarded as later than the main groups of the laws : but they are written in the same style, and from the same point of view. (1) The allusions to the circum stances of the Exodus and the wanderings seem all conceived in a common ' spirit cp 513 621. 7s ifl q'26 ii2-4 26s; the day of the assembly at Horeb 522 9I0 io4 1816 (cp Kuen, Hex § 7*, on the resemblance between i810~20 and the hortatory introduction) marks tho samo era of revelation in each group. The situation of speaker and people is described in like terms : Israel is about to go over the Jordan to possess the land which Yahweh had Bworn to their fathers to give them 61 ii8 n i210. Tlie time is specified continually as ' this day ' 51 91 128 155 &c. In both sec- 256 THE TEN WORDS Deut 52 OCp 44 23 tI2-7 18I6. ct l35 214-10 c 3410 Bx 33II cp Gen 3280 other wise Num 128 i414 d Cp Bx 19W-I8 7 £5a>i « Ci. 23 85 8-10 x5be JE /4i2ie.. h Cp 74b 11 150c 12-15 Zgbef i Ct Bx 208 14 xaac j Cp 105" * Cp 97 ct Ex 20I1 I ,§=do 14 0p 16' Ex 31I6 10 ijac m Bx 2012 I7xah/ 18 Ltif 10 L3ac 23 L4fc 21Z3J421 [18 in §] n Ex 19I3 o Ex 2021 op 4II D" D D' this day, that ye may ''learn them, and "observe to do them. 2 Yahweh 'our God made a "covenant with us in ''Horeb. 3 Yahweh made not this "covenant with our fathers, but with 6us, even us, who are all of us here alive this day. 4 Yahweh spake with you "face to face in the mount 'out of the midst of the fire, 6 "(JI "Uood between Yahweh and you "at that time, to shew you the word of Yahweh : for ye were afraid because of the fire, and went not up into the mount ;) saying, 6 "I am Yahweh thy God, which 'brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the "house of "bondage. 7 xThou shalt have none "other gods "before me. 8 irjinou Bbalt not make unto thee a graven image, [the likeness ofj "any •''form that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth : 9 thou shalt not "bow down thyself unto them, nor serve them : for I Yahweh thy God am a "jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, and upon the third and upon the fourth generation of them that hate me ; 10 and shewing mercy unto "thousands, of them that 'love me and "keep my commandments. 11 xThou shalt not take the name of Yahweh thy God "in vain : for Yahweh will not hold him guiltless that taketh his name "in vain. 12 ^'Observe the sabbath day, to keep it holy, "as Yahweh thy God commanded thee. 13 Six days shalt thou labour, and do all thy work : 14 but the seventh day is a sabbath unto Yahweh thy God : [in it] thou shalt not do any work, 'thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, nor thy "manservant, nor thy "maidservant, nor thine ox, nor thine ass, nor any of thy cattle, xnor thy ^'stranger that is 'within thy gates ; that thy "manservant and thy maidservant may rest as well as thou. ls And thou shalt 'remember that thou wast a servant in the land of Egypt, and Yahweh thy God 'brought thee out thence by a "mighty hand and by a stretched out arm : therefore Yahweh thy God commanded thee to 'keep the sabbath day. 10 ^Honour thy father and thy mother, "as Yahweh thy God "com manded thee: that thy days may be "long, and that it may "go well with thee, upon the 'land which Yahweh thy God giveth thee. 17 zThou shalt do no murder. 18 xNeither shalt thou commit adultery. 10 xNeither shalt thou steal. 20 xNeither shalt thou bear false witness against thy neighbour. 21 xNeither shalt thou covet thy neighbour's wife ; neither shalt thou desire thy neighbour's house, his field, or his "manservant, or his maidservant, his ox, or his ass, or any thing that is thy neighbour's. 22 These words Yahweh spake unto all your 'assembly in the mount 'out of the midst of the fire, of the "cloud, and of the "thick darkness, with a great voice : and he added no more. "And ho wrote them upon two 7i» ia1 i» 31 7 79'1 63 no 1 38* m 61 10 331 p 8ac q ag" r iog* » 75 t si« a 8ob v 73a w u6s x 69° y aoa tions Israol is a peculiar people 7° 14s 261B cp Ex 19"+, already consecrated by Yahweh's choice ¦f 14s 21 cp 261°, a religious con ception of great importance : in both sections this divine election imposes on Israel a relentless severity to idolaters, ' thine eye shall not pity' &c 7I6 138 913 21 2512. If tho preacher sometimes drops into the form of command e g 7B || 12s, 71° || I230 the legislator in his turn enforces his statutes with exhortations eg 1228 13I8 142 1516 1620 cp 1717 20 1| 813- warning his hearers that the divine education begun in the wilderness 82 will be continued under new circumstances 13s. (2) A large number of expressions will be found common to 5-11 and 12-26 which nowhere appear in 1-4, cp ab 9 13" ao 33*" 39° 30 37" 41* 4ab 43b 5J> §1 60 61 68c 69s 76 95 105* iisa cp ' say in thine heart ' 717 8I7 g* tSa, from under heaven ' 72* 9" 25I9. These coincidences of thought and phrase seem best explicable on the hypothesis of unity of author ship ; and the homilies of 5-1 1 may therefore be regarded as the production of the compiler of the main portion of the Code, pre fixed by him at a later literary stage than the first collection of the Laws (cp Introd X 4a i 92) and connected with the tradi tional schomo by tho titlo in 4'13.. It is not, however, nocossary to suppose that they were all written at one time, or originally designed for their present order. Peculiar phenomena notice able in 7 and in 9-10 will be discussed as they appear. 53 This verse has been regarded as a later parenthetic inser tion, for in 22. io4 cp 412 the divine Words are spoken to the whole people. In Ex 193 Moses alone is designated to receive them, and it is possible that the Deuteronomic representation has been thus combined and harmonized with the earlier passage. 6" M See Ex 2o2. <"> M .£> bondmen. 7 M Or, beside me. 1° M See Ex 203. ¦1 M Or, for vanity or falsehood. 14 D's use of this term follows E, cp "no : so in 21 12I2 13 ui7 ,611 14 ot 2888. 5 22 These words leap forward to the result of the first forty days' sojourn in tho mount cp cp' . Thoy havo no placo in tho corresponding narrative Ex ao"-"!, and may be due to an anno tator who desires to complete the narrative, and thus anticipates the statement in 99. II. 257 Deut 5 [22 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB p 411 913 9 Ct 4H r Ex 33I8 22' Nuin 1422 M33 t 18I3 Ex 20" « Ct fai" V l3* W 18" JE D8 D" a 81 30" Sp 4 .150,0 b 2 Kings 232Bf «-> ZiOa c 11I8 op 43 dSpt ut n» eiiiu8 iiima /niScpEx 13I6 A7I ii29CpEx 136 i9i tables of stone, and gave them unto me. 2S And it came to pass, when ye heard the voice out of the midst of the darkness, while the ^mountain did burn with fire, that ye 'came near unto me, even all the zheads of your a' tribes, and your "'elders ; 24 and ye said, Behold, Yahweh our God hath shewed us his 'glory and his "'greatness, and we have heard his voice 'out of the midst of the fire : we have seen this day that "God doth speak with man, and he liveth. 25 Now therefore why should we 'die ? for this great fire will consume us : if we hear the voice of Yahweh our God any more, then we shall die. 26 For who is there of "all flesh, that hath heard the voice of the living God speaking 'out of the midst of the fire, as we have, and lived ? 27 Go thou near, and hear all that Yahweh our God shall say : and speak thou unto us all that Yahweh our God shall speak unto thee ; and we will hear it, and do it. 28 And Yahweh "heard the voice of your words, when ye spake unto me ; and Yahweh said unto me, I have heard the voice of the words of this people, which they have spoken unto thee : they have "well said all that they have spoken. 29 "Oh that there were such an heart in them, that they would a'fear me, and "keep all my commandments always, that it might be "'well with them, and with their children ''for ever ! 30 Go say to them, Return ye to your tents. 31 But as for thee, stand thou here by me, and I will speak unto thee all the "'commandment, and the "statutes, and the judgements, which thou shalt h' teach them, that they may do them in the ''land which JI give them to ''possess it. 32 Ye shall "observe to do therefore 'as Yahweh your God hath commanded you : ye shall not "'turn aside to the right hand or to the left. 33 Ye shall ''walk in all the way "which Yahweh your God hath commanded you, that ye may ¦"'live, and that it may be "'well with you, and that ye may "'prolong your days in the land which ye shall possess. 61 "Now this is the "commandment, the "statutes, and the judgements, "which Yahweh dyour God commanded to "teach you, that ye might do them in the land whither ye 'go over to possess it : 2 that thou mightest "fear Yahweh thy God, to hkeep all his "statutes and his commandments, 'which JI command thee, thou, and thy son, and thy son's son, "all the days of thy life ; and that thy days may be 'prolonged. s "Hear there fore, 0 Israel, and "observe to do it ; that it may be "well with thee, and that ye may "increase mightily, as Yahweh, the "God of thy fathers, hath "promised unto thee, "in a 'land flowing with milk and honey. 4 "'"Hear, O Israel : "Yahweh our God is one Yahweh : fi and thou shalt "love Yahweh thy God 'with all thine heart, and with all thy soul, and ''with all thy might1*. 6 'And these words, which I command thee this day, shall be upon thine "heart : 7 and thou shalt dteach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt "talk ¦ of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. 8 xAnd thou shalt ¦'bind them for a sign upon thine hand, and they shall be for frontlets between thine eyes. 9 And thou shalt "write them upon the door posts of thy house, and upon "thy gates. 10 And it shall be, ''when Yahweh thy God shall Tiring thee into the land which he "sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give thee ; great and goodly 'cities, which thou buildedst not, z 57 a' naa b' 4ab c' 55" d' 44» b' 116" £' 13" g' 39'1 h' 7Ib i' 690 88* y k' "4" 1' H5b m' 73 n' 73u a ago b 104" 0 39* il 1* e 71" t 54, h 44 82" 1 39!) .1 b3 k 13° 1 73" m ab n 83* 0 Il6» P I» q »l. s 74" t 59 u 5' v 34 w 107' 52a M Or, Oh that they had such an heart as this alway, to fear me, and keep all my commandments, that &c. 61 This passage seems designed to lead direct to the announce ment of the commandments communicated to Moses on the mount 531. It closely resembles tho title in 12I prefixed to tho uctual code. It may bo surmised, thoroforo, that it onco stood much nearer to the legislation, before the addition of the homi lies 64-n. In that case 3 may be an editorial connexion, preparing the way for *¦ •. 3 Sp has no preposition, and tho rendering of the text is 1 illegitimate ' (Driver). Dillm supposes the words to have strayed from the end of 1 : Driver suggests that a preceding clause has been omitted, such as ' in the land which Yahweh thy God is giving thee ' ep 27s : (5) adds ' to give thee.' 41 © inserts here a special title, ' These are the statutes and judgements which Yahweh commanded the children of Israel when thoy camo forth out of the land of Egypt ; ' op 44l>. This indicates tho feeling that 5-6' is really distinct from the two homilies 64-8 9-1 1. 4b M Or, Yahweh our God, Yahweh is one. Or, Yahweh is our God, Yahioeh is one. Or, Yahweh is our God, Yahweh alone. 258 THE OBEDIENCE DUE TO YAHWEH Deut V 12-16 lSap ) 8" k Io20» I I37 17" n Ex I7* 7 Num 1422 0 922 cp 338 p 20 44G« 3 9* Josh 236 ct Num 3520 22» 20-20 Z106 r Ex 13" Sam <3) add and it shall be t 43< 7I8. ],! 2Q2 34" f 24M ct Qen 158 1-4 lSdd a Josh 3I0 24Uf cp Ex 38 2i5f« b Ex 2382 op 34I2 c Josh 23I2 cp Gen 342* ci Op Ex 3410a * isedg e 123 Ex 34I3 /i23Ex232434ia g 12S* h 2S i2» 0 inlA 1142 JE 1 and houses full of all good things, which thou filledst not, and cisterns hewn out, which thou hewedst not, vineyards and olive trees, which thou plantedst not, and thou shalt "eat and be full ; 12 xthen 'beware 'lest thou 'forget Yahweh, which "'brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, out of the "'house of bondage. 13 Thou shalt "fear Yahweh thy God ; and him shalt thou "'serve, and shalt Wear by his name. 14 Ye shall not d go after other gods, of the gods of the peoples 'which are round about you ; » for Yahweh thy God in the "'midst of thee is a jealous God ; lest the ''anger of Yahweh thy God be kindled against thee, and he * destroy thee from off the face of the earth. ° ^e Sllft1' not "tejnpt Yahweh your God, as ye tempted him in "Massah. » Ye shall diligently "keep the commandments of Yahweh your God, and his ''testimonies, and his "statutes, "which he hath com manded thee. 18 And thou shalt "'do that which is right and good in the sight of Yahweh : that it may be "well with thee, and that thou mayest 'go in and possess the J'good land which Yahweh "sware unto thy fathers, 1D to 'thrust out all thine enemies from before thee, as Yahweh hath "spoken. 20 ""When thy son asketh thee in time to come, saying, What mean the ''testimonies, and the "statutes, and the judgements, "which Yahweh our God hath commanded you ? 21 then thou shalt say unto thy son, We were Pharaoh's bondmen in Egypt; and Yahweh "brought us out of Egypt with a "'mighty hand : 22 and Yahweh shewed ''signs and wonders^ great and sore, upon "Egypt, upon Pharaoh, and upon all his house, m before our eyes : 2S and he "'brought us out from thence, that he might 'bring us in, to give us the land which he "sware unto our fathers. 24And Yahweh commanded us to do all these "statutes, to "fear Yahweh our God, for our "'good "'always, that he might "preserve us alive, "as at this day. 25 And it 'shall be righteousness unto us, if we "observe to do all this "commandment before Yahweh our God, "as he hath commanded us. 71 M-yVhen Yahweh "thy God shall "bring thee into the land whither thou "goest to dpossess it, and shall "cast out many nations before thee, the "Hittite, and the Girgashite, and the Amorite, and the Canaanite, and the Perizzite, and the Hivite, and the Jebusite", seven nations "greater and mightier than thou ; 2 xand when Yahweh thy God shall 'deliver them up before thee, and thou shalt smite them ; then thou shalt "devote them ; thou shalt ''make no "covenant with them, nor shew mercy unto them : 3 xneither shalt thou make "marriages with them ; thy daughter thou shalt not give unto his son, nor his ^daughter shalt thou take unto thy son. 4 For he will turn away thy son from following "me, that they may 'serve other gods : so will the 'anger of Yahweh be kindled against you, and he will "destroy thee 'quickly. 5 xBut "thus shall ye deal with them ; ye shall "break down their altars, and Alash in pieces their "pillars, and "hew down their "Asherim, and fcburn their graven images with fire. 6 xPor 'thou art an mholy people unto Yahweh thy God : Yahweh thy God hath "chosen thee to be a "peculiar people D" P X 4Ib V 108* z 48 a' 38b b' 6r c' 33° d' 85s a' 78* V 17 s' 34" h' 37« 1 S3 j' 69b k' 80b 1' IOI» n' 104b 1/ 44a p' Il6b q' 13" f 73 a' 33» 34 88" 0 65° t ioo* F 85w h 31° i 33b i I7 k 34s 1 93 m 6o« n a6» o 60b 71" Some parts of this chapter bear a very close resemblance to Ex 2323-88 fts the following table of parallels (sometimes in phraseology, sometimes in thought) will show: — These correspondences suggest that 7 is an expansion of an earlier discourse in Ex 2323-33) standing at the close of E's Covenant-Words. It is possible that 7 originally occupied a similar position as the conclusion of a short code of religious law cp 1229-31 appended to w13"23, and was afterwards transferred to the collec tion of introductory homilies. Ex 232S 24 || Dent 71 4. 28 15 26 14 27 23 28 20 29. 22 31b 23. 32 2 33b 16b lb M Sp pluck off. -Cp 22 Ex 33 Josh 5H ¦put off,' and in 259 another form 2 Kings i66f. Elsewhere nashal Deut iqb ' slip,' 2840 ' cast,' is a different word (Driver, Deut 96). 2 So M. T utterly destroy. * The address of Moses passes into the word of Yahweh cp „14. ,f 28™ 293. Ca Cp 12s Ex 34I3. The verse appears to interrupt the context. The ' devotion ' of the entire population has been ordained in 2, but the command ' thus shall ye do unto them ' seems to assume their continued existence, and only requires the destruction of their sacred objects. It may be noticed further that while 4° and 8 are cast in the singular, 6 breaks suddenly into the plural (cp Staerk, Deut 66) : 41 seems the Deuteronomic equivalent of Ex 3410", and 4b may be an editorial expansion. 6» M Or, obelisks. 6I! M See Ex 34I3. S 2 Deut V ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB j ids 21I1 S; Gen 348* A; 43» I 12 510 711 5IO n 3241 Jj o s3 p 2321 JE DB D 9284 18 61fcpBx r Ex 2326 a Ex 2326 I Ex i52» it 28»»f 10 Lcfb V Ex 2324 33 w Ex 2388 x 8W 94 1821 yCp97 ' 49 43° a' Ex 2328 V 2820 22 Josh 23I3 22-24 I5fc c' Ex 23-10 d' 3821 «' Ex 2320 /' 2820 ft* cp 21S Ex 2327 g'gli 2519 2920 A' u26 Josh 13 cp Dent 92 28 zged Sha i'521 / §* Cp 18 I230 26 ISbp if 13" Joah 6"- 1'Lev m' 237* .?/• -op 35 ' nil unto himself, "above "all peoples that are upon the face of the earth. 7 Yahweh did not 4set his love upon you, nor "choose you, because ye were more in number than any people ; for ye were the fewest of "all peoples : 8 but because Yahweh "loveth you, and because he would rkeep the oath which he "sware unto your fathers, hath Yahweh 'brought you out with a "mighty hand, and "redeemed you out of the "house of bondage, from the hand of Pharaoh king of Egypt. 9 "Know therefore that Yahweh thy God, ^he is God; the faithful God, which rkeepeth "covenant and 'mercy with them that "love him and rkeep his command ments to a '"thousand generations ; 10 and "repayeth them that "hate him to their face, to 'destroy them : he will not be yslack to him that hateth him, he will repay him to his face. u Thou shalt therefore rkeep the 'commandment, and the "'statutes, and the judgements, b' which I command thee this day, to do them. 12 And it shall come to pass, because ye hearken to these judgements, and "'keep, and do them, that Yahweh thy God shall rkeep with thee the ''covenant and the 'mercy which he 'sware unto thy fathers : 13 and he will "love thee, and d'bless thee, and "'multiply thee : he will also bless the ''fruit of thy body and the fruit of thy ground, thy "'corn and thy wine and thine oil, the 'increase of thy kine and the young of thy flock9, in the land which he "sware unto thy fathers to give thee. 14 Thou shalt be blessed above "all peoples : there shall not be male or 'female barren h'among you, or among your cattle. ls And Yahweh will "take away fi-om thee all sickness ; and he will 'put none of the evil "diseases of Egypt, ''which thou knowest, upon thee, but will lay them upon all them that hate thee. la lAnd thou shalt consume "all the peoples which Yahweh thy God shall 'deliver unto thee ; J'thine eye shall not pity them : neither shalt thou 'serve "their gods ; for that will be a '"snare unto thee. 17 If thou shalt "'say in thine heart, These nations are more than I ; k'how can I ''dispossess them ? 18 thou shalt not be afraid of them : thou shalt well "remember what Yahweh thy God ""'did unto Pharaoh, and unto all Egypt ; 19 the great "temptations zwhich thine eyes saw, and the "'signs, and the wonders, and the ° mighty hand, and the stretched out arm, whereby Yahweh thy God 'brought thee out: so shall Yahweh thy God do unto pall the peoples of whom thou art afraid. 20 Moreover Yahweh thy God will send the "'hornet among them, ''until they that are left, and "hide themselves, "' perish from before thee. 21 Thou shalt not be "'affrighted at them: for Yahweh thy God is ''in the midst of thee, a "'great God and a terrible. 22 *And Yahweh thy God will cast out those nations before thee by "'little and little : thou 'mayest not d' consume them "quickly, lest the "'beasts of tho hold incroaso upon thee. 23 But Yahweh thy God shall 'deliver them up before thee, and shall ^'discomfit them with a great discomfiture, until they be "'destroyed. 24 And he shall 'deliver their kings into thine hand, and thou shalt make their name to "'perish "'from under heaven : there shall no man be "able to '"'stand before thee, until thou have ''destroyed them. 26 xThe graven images of their gods shall ye burn with fire : thou shalt not ''covet the silver or the gold that is on them, nor take it unto thee, lest thou be J'snared therein : for it is an "'abomination to Yahweh thy God : 20 *and thou shalt not bring an "'abomination into thine house, and become a ^'devoted thing like unto it : thou shalt utterly ''detest it, and thou shalt utterly ""'abhor it ; for it is a devoted thing. p 14 M. 74' 8a»° s 107" t a8»8oi> 95 w 61 68« y 86 ty 86* c' 58 » a a" b 53, 0 5Sb d 4 0 68b f 68« g i« h 34° i 3Pb i 86" It 93 1 91 m 21 n B8-> Deut 94 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB 3 252* ct Gen I516 k 818 0p 2720 Sp I I3 Ex 32» 338 8 349t cp Deut 3I27 (K7I8n 8 22 Hiph" oiSi P Sp 24 3I27 3 Ex 24I211 r 4I3 Ex 24I2 a 11 io» cp 19 (1H8 25 Ex 2418b u I3 Ex 3428a JE D« D" P from before thee. ° Not for thy righteousness, or for the uprightness of thine heart, dost thou bgo in to possess their land : but for the Jwicked- ness of these nations Yahweh thy God doth 'drive them out from before thee, and that he may ^establish the word which Yahweh "sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob. ° 'Know therefore, that Yahweh thy God "giveth thee not this good land to possess it for thy righteousness ; for thou art a 'stiffnecked people. 7 "Remember, ''forget thou not, how thou "provokedst Yahweh thy God to wrath in the wilderness : from the day that thou wentest forth out of the land of Egypt, "until ye came unto this place, ye phave been 'rebellious against Yahweh. 8 Also in Horeb ye "provoked Yahweh to wrath, and Yahweh was "angry with you to have udestroyed you. 8 "When I was "gone up into the mount to receive the ''tables of stone, even the 'tables of the 'covenant which Yahweh made with you, then I abode in the mount 'forty days and forty nights ; I did neither "eat bread nor drink o 107° p 5a q 97" r 94 8 18 t 31 89 Tho retrospect in Q0-ion is now involved in so much confu sion as to render its analysis very diffloult. It is obviously founded on the combined narrative in Ex 32-34, but the earlier materials are treated with remarkable freedom, (1) in respect of language, and (2) in the unexpected combination of different passages. The dependence of D on JE and the fresh phrase ology with which he has enriched the story, may be indicated by the following parallels, where the common matter is printed in italics. Deut gis-i 6 ¦ J3 And Yahweh said unto me, saying, I have seen this people, and, behold, it is a stiffnecked people ; u desist from me, that I may destroy them, and blot out thoir name from under heaven : and I will make of tJiee a nation mightier and greater than they. u And I turned and came down from the mount, and the mount burned with fire : and the two tables of the covenant [were] on my two lianas. Op further the parallels to 13 w 21 &o. In 21 27 op 18 observe ' your sin ' risen as in Ex 3230, elsewhere in D only 19I6, other wise usually hef 159 19I6 2122 2221 2322. 24I5. A further illustra tion of the amalgamation of literary or traditional material from widoly sundered sources, may bo soon in tho parallels to 26-20, Ex 32° ]0 15 3 And Yahioeh said unto Moses, I have seen this people, and, be hold, it is a stiffnecked people. la Now therefore let mealone.that my wrath may wax hot against them, and that I may consume them : and I will make of thee a great nation. ... 1G And Moses turned and went down from the mount, and the two tables of the testimony [were] in his hand. Deut 920-20 28 And I prayed unto Yahweh, and said, O Lord Yahweh, de stroy not thy people and thino inhoritanco, which thou hast redeemed through thy great ness, which thou hast brought forth out of Egypt with a mighty hand. 27 Remember thy ser vants Abraham,Isaac, and Jacob; look not unto the stubbornness of this people, nor to their wickedness, nor to their sin : 28 lest the land whence thou brougbtest us out say, Because Yahweh was not able to bring them in to the land which he promised unto them, and because he hated them, he hath brought them out to kill them in the wilderness. 2a Yet are they thy people and thine inheritance, which thou hast brought forth with thy great power and with thy stretched out arm. Ex 32" 13 11 And Moses besought Yah weh his God, and said, Yahweh, why doth thy wrath wax hot against thy people, which thou hast brought forth out of the land of Egypt with great power and with a mighty liand ? . . . 13 Remember Abraham, Isaac, and Israel, thy servants. . . . Num 14I3 16I3 . . . Because Yahweh was not able to bring this people in to the land which he sware unto them, thoroforo he hath slain them in the wilderness. 1613 . . . to kill us in tlie wilderness. Ex 32" which thou hast brought forth with great power and with a mighty hand. Such seems to be the source of the references in 22. . which break the continuity of 21 2i (? 2S), and are related with a brevity compared with which the lengthy recital of the great apostasy seems quite disproportionate. It is possible that the passage 18-20 may owe its position to a similar cause, the antecedents of 17 21 in Ex g3io. being continuous : — Deut gl7 21 " And I took hold of the two tables, and I cast them from on my two hands, and I brake them before your eyes. . . . 2l And I took your sin, the calf which ye had made, and I burned it with fire and stamped it, grind ing it very small, until it was cruslied fine as dust : and I cost tho dust into the brook thereof that descended out of the Ex $2™* 20 ioh And Moses' anger waxed hot, and he cast the tables from his hand, and he brake them under the mount. And he took the calf which they had made, and he burned it with fire, and ground it until it was crushed fine, and strewed it upon the water, and made the children of Israel drink of it. It may, however, bo doubted whethor the homiletio address in 8-2J has not rocoivod additional illustrations from an annotator. mount.The dislocations of order in 99-29, however, compared with Ex 32 suggest that the recital has been rearranged. According to the sequence of JE the retrospect would have more nearly assumed the following form : 8 9 (|| Ex 34s3) I0 (Ex 31I8) »-M 26-29 16-17 21 '>-">. But 29 finds its sequel in ioi°>>, and 2«-23 10" " seom to have been deliberately removed to the end of the story, to exhibit the instructions for departure in immediate sequence on the divine condescension to the prayer of Moses. The question is in this case complicated by the reference to the period of forty days cp 9° 13 ae iol°. How many suoh mountain-sojourns aro intended ? In Ex 24 32-34 only two are named 341^ and 3428a on occasion of the first and second gift of the tables bearing the Ten Words. There is no mention of any third period corre sponding to that of intercession in 9I8 where the allusion to fasting sooms dependent on 9°, which in its turn appoara to rost on Ex 3428a, and to bo transferred as a complementary detail from the second sojourn to the first. Ex 32s3. , however, does contain a reference to an intervening ascent for purposes of prayer and atonement, and this has been sometimes reckoned at the same length of forty days. This was the interpretation of the Rabbis ; so Reuss among moderns ; Dillmann, Montet, Oettli, Driver, and Stouernagel, however, only recognize two periods and identify 18 2» with Ex 3428. But the freedom with which D handled the oldor traditions may well have led him to allot the same duration for the great intercession ; and it is still possible that 9I8-20 with its strong Deuteronomic phrase ology may be founded on this incident. Addis inclines to the viow of Rosters that ' as the words stand they seem to indicate a fast not mentioned elsewhere, viz one at the foot of the Mount.' The allusion in 20 to the divine anger with Aaron implies the presence in the older traditions of elements which have been since eliminated. (On the apparent return to the forty days of intercession in ioi° cp io1K.) There remains the insertion 22-26, which roads like an addition from the samo hand in further illustration of 97. If this was an afterthought, interpolated at a later stage, it may have been in part the cause of the redistri bution of tho elements of the narrative, and have called into existence 23 to resume the main story. 262 THE GOLDEN CALF Deut 9 23 v Sp—gave n w Ex 3ll8b X 5* io4 y io4 18I6 12-21 ige/ z Ex 327. a' Ex 328 V Ct Ex 32IO ft tf 2920 cp 2519 Ex 17I4 ct Ex 32W d' Cp Ex 32W e'523 /' Sp^saw Ex 3210 g' Ex 328 h' Ex 32l9l> V 10IO / 21 cp m k< 28 cp Gen 2o7 17 V Ct 18 § m' Ex 3220 n'Num iri-8 o' 618 Bx 17I-7 p' Nnm n4-84 5' ,lob 21 if Cp l48 ('324u'43l «' 20 cp j itings 861f ' inherit ance ' cp Ex »' Ex 32II x' Ex 32IS VSp\z' Sp* cp B a" Cp Ex 32I2 JE D D"|P water. 10And Yahweh "delivered unto me the two tables of stone '"written with the finger of God ; and on them [was written] according to all the words, which Yahweh "spake with you in the mount "out of the midst of the fire in the "day of the 'assembly. u "And it came to pass at the end of 'forty days and forty nights, that Yahweh gave me the two tables of stone, even the "tables of the covenant. 12 £And Yahweh said unto me, "Arise, get thee down "quickly from hence ; for thy people which thou hast "brought forth out of Egypt have corrupted themselves; they are "quickly "turned aside out of the way 'which I commanded them ; they have made them a molten imago. 1:» "Further more Yahweh spake unto me, saying, "'I have seen this people, and, behold, it is a 'stiffnecked people : ll ""let me alone, that I may "destroy them, and "'blot out their name from under heaven : and I will *make of thee a nation "mightier and greater than they. l6 So I "turned and came down from the mount, and the "'mount burned with fire : and the two "tables of the covenant were in my two hands. lc And I -Hooked, and, behold, ye had sinned against Yahweh your God ; ye had made you a "'molten calf : ye "'had 'turned aside "quickly out of the way which Yahweh had commanded you"'. 17 And I took hold of the two tables, and ''cast them out of my two hands, and brake them "'before your eyes. 18 "And I fell down before Yahweh, ''as at the first, 'forty days and forty nights ; I did neither "eat bread nor drink water ; because of all your ¦''sin which ye sinned, in b' doing that which was evil in the sight of Yahweh, to provoke him to anger. 19 For I was afraid of the anger and hot displeasure, wherewith Yahweh was wroth against you to ''destroy you. But Yahweh hearkened unto me that time also. 20 And Yahweh was very "angry with Aaron to have hdestroyed him : and I *'prayed for Aaron also the "same ''time. 21 And I ""'took your •''sin, the calf which ye had made, and burnt it with fire, and stamped it, grinding it d'very small, until it was as fine as dust : and I cast the dust thereof into the brook that descended out of the mount. 22 "And at "'Taberah, and at "'Massah, and at p'Kibroth-hattaavah, ye "provoked Yahweh to wrath. 23And when Yahweh sent you from 5 Kadesh-barnea, saying, "'Go up and possess the ''land which I have given you ; then ye 'rebelled against the commandment of Yahweh your God, and ye r believed him not, nor "'hearkened to his voice. 24 Yo phave been 'rebellious against Yahweh from the day that I knew you. 25 So I fell down before Yahweh the 'forty days and forty nights "'that I fell down ; because Yahweh had said he would hdestroy you. 20 And I A'prayed unto Yahweh, and said, O ''Lord Yahweh, "'destroy not thy "'people and thine inheritance"'', which thou hast ""'redeemed through thy greatness, "'which thou hast brought forth out of Egypt with a J'mighty hand. 27 "'Remember thy servants, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob ; look not unto the "'stubbornness of this people, nor to their "'wickedness, nor to their sin : 28 lest the ""land whence thou broughtest » 79 v aoa w 28b x 114* y 39b, z H3 a' 43> b' 37b d' h6 V 690 b' 58" 95 55° j' 80b 911 This vorse has been sometimes treated as a doublet of 10. Dillm and Driver, however, see in it an addition to the state ment in 1°, viz that the gift of the tables took place at the end of the forty days. Horst, on the other hand, BHB xvi 32, joins '" with 1° and ub with ». 13 Sp = And Yahweh said unto me saying. The opening words are identical with those of 12 : cp Ex 327 9. Stouernagel sup poses the harmonist to have added 12 to Deut from Ex 327. , and to have incorporated Deut 9I3 by a reverse process in Ex 32s. <5) has a curious addition, ' And the Lord said unto me, I have spoken unto thee once and twice saying, I have seen &c.' 18 (jp on. The reference to Aaron in 20 is probably founded on material not now preserved in JE, where the expostulation of Moses with Aaron Ex 3222. is followed by the massacre of three thousand of the idolaters at tho hands of the sons of Levi 25--3 and the guilty Aaron unexpectedly disappears from the scene. 22 Cp 9K. The further reminiscences of Israel's rebellious temper (here marked as a possible addition by a later hand though they may be due simply to the expansive manner of D) aro brought back to tho Horeb scenes by a second reference to the forty days' intercession. It may be noted that the English 1 so ' 2S, like ' also ' 8, ' furthermore ' 13, and ' so ' 16, only repre sents the Hebrew particle usually translated ' and ' e g 18 io10. It is possible that 26 originally belonged to D's retrospect of Israel's offence, and that only the words ' the forty days and forty nights that I fell down ' wore added by the annotator for purposes of identification. 263 Deut 9 ,28 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE Dg b" Num 14IO c" j27 d" Sp=kill'Kuni i618ct Ex32'2 t»4!)7 ft=might Num 14I3 1-5 LjoqI, a Cp Ex 34W 6 Ex 34H> c Ct Ex 37I d Ex 344 < Ex 3428b /910 g Ct Nnm 3331"33 h Ct Num 3388 cp 2o28 8- iiia'ii'i i Cp 90 j Ct Num 3» 188 D us out say, '"Because Yahweh was not able to "bring them into the land which he promised unto them, and because he c"hated them, he hath brought them out to ^"slay them in the wilderness. 2i) Yet they are thy "'people and thine inheritance, which thou broughtest out by thy great ""power and by thy stretched out arm. IO1 NIAt "that time Yahweh said unto me, "Hew thee two tables of stone like unto the first, and come up unto me into the mount, and make thee an ark of wood. 2 And I will ""write on the tables the words that were on the first tables which thou brakest, and thou shalt put them in the ark. 3 So °I made an ark of acacia wood, and dhewed two tables of stone like unto the first, and went up into the mount, having the two tables in mine hand. 4 And "he wrote on the tables, according to the first writing, the ten "commandments, Avlrich Yahweh spake unto you in the mount bout of the midst of the fire in the day of the "assembly : and Yahweh gave them unto me. 6 And I dturned and came down from the mount, and put the tables in the ark which I had made ; and there they be, -as Yahweh commanded me. 6 SIAnd the children of Israel "journeyed from "Beeroth Bene-jaakan to Moserah: there 'Aaron died, and there he was buried; and Eleazar his son ministered in the priest's office in his stead. 7 From thence they journeyed unto Gudgodah ; and from Gudgodah to Jotbathah, a land of brooks of water. 8 "At "that time Yahweh separated the 'tribe of 'Levi, to bear the eark of the "covenant of Yahweh, to 'stand before Yahweh to 'minister unto b 79 o ao" d 113 e 29a f ua" g 19 10l The next section io1"!1 raises further embarrassments. It is not connected with the preceding thomo of Israel's rebel liousness : it has tho air of an addition suggosted by the desire to complote tho woll-known story. Tho recital of i~4 is plainly founded on Ex 34L •, and describes the preparation of tho ark, which seems to have been eliminated from J's narrative to make way for the elaborate record of P Ex 37L •. After recounting the ascent of Moses with the two new tables to receive the divine inscription of the Ten Words, it relates the deposition of the sacrod stonos in tho ark, and tho appointmont of tho trjbo of Levi to oarry it 8. But o23 loft Mosos in prayor upon tho mount, while ioi-3 shows him active down below. Where is the connecting link of this abrupt transition ? The sequel of 980 does not appear until iolob, while n is the Douteronomic parallel to the corresponding instructions in Ex 32s* 331. The story in 1-5 8-9 jn ^s present position is clearly out of place chronologic ally ; though its appearance may be due to tho author's desire for completeness so as to omit no available material ; but this might be equally characteristic of an annotator. (On the con trast of this account of the ark with the narrative of P cp Introd i 3° 57 '• concerning the Lovitical priosthood implied in 8 op Introd i 53.) The passage is connoctod with tho foregoing narrative by occasional identities of phrase cp lb Q10b, ca 916" (though on the other hand the use of ' at that time ' 1 8 has a curious likeness to the style of 1-3). The junction with "¦> " is effected by i°a, which would naturally follow 3 cp Ex 34"' 2S. In its original position 10* roforrod to tho sojourn of Mosos on tho mount at tho rcnowal of tho Ton Words : whore it now stands it describes tho intercession of 9811-20 -which is at last successful ioi°b. 4 M Sp words. — This clause may be a later explanation (cp Steuernagel). @ omits ' in the day of the assembly ' Ga These verses, though Kuenen declared them inseparable from the rest, certainly soom out of place here. They suddenly carry the story forward without warning many stages on the march from Horeb, although the instructions to begin the journey are not recited till n. Departing from the method of address in the preceding discourse, they lapse into the narrative form in the third person (on ' childron of Israol ' see 4J'1N). In recount ing tho death of Aaron and tho appointment of Elonznr iu his place, as the apparent occasion for tho selection of tho tribo of Levi to carry the ark 8, it is overlooked that the sacrod chest must have needed bearers as soon as the tribes started for the promised land, so that P connects tho choice of Levi with Sinai itself. But if 3« does not belong to its present setting, whence was it derived? It cannot be drawn from P's record of the Israelite journeys, for it is in open conflict with it : — Deut io3- 3 And the children of Israel journeyed from Beeroth Bene- jaakan to Moserah : there Aaron died, and there he was buried ; and Eleazar his son ministered in the priost's office in his stead. 7 From thence they journeyed unto Gudgodah; and from Gudgodah to Jotbat hah, a land of brooks of water. Num 3331"33 3S 3i And they journeyed from Moseroth, and pitched in Bene- jaakan. 3a And they journeyed from Bene-jaakan, and pitched in Hor-haggidgad. 83 And thoy journeyed from Hor-haggidgad, and pitched in Jotbathah. . . . 38 And Aaron went up into Mount Hor at the command ment of Yahweh, and died there. These discrepancies make it impossible to derive the passage in D from P, yot it has all the air of an extract from a longer itine rary. Traces of such an itinerary are found in Num 2ii2- ¦ , where they seem to belong to E. With this ascription op the formula ' died and was buried there ' Num 2olb. Bacon and Drivor further see an analogy to the mention of Eleazar's appointment as priest in E's reference to his death Josh 24s3. By what editorial process this brief specimen survived among the dislocated fragments of E's list of Israel's journeys, and found its way into the historical annotations attached to one of D's homilies, it is not possible to form any definite conception. Tho incorporation of P's narrative of tho death of Aaron in Num 2o22b-2u niay have led to the removal of E's brief rocord of tho same event ; and a later scribe may have found a place for it in connexion with the tradition of the consecrated tribe to which Moses and Aaron both belonged. ob M Or, the wells of tlie children ofJaakan. 8 From what source is this statement derived ? Hardly from J, which recognized priests before the Sinai-covenant Ex 1922, and connects the consecration of Levi with the massacre recorded in Ex 3228-. The reference to Levi's function as ark-bearer suggests that this arrangement was part of the institutions connected with tho tont of meeting cp Ex 337- • : E soums to havo recognized the Levitical priosthood cp Deut 338-u : but in tho combination with P the provisions of E were suppressed. The language of "•, however, is characteristic ally Deuteronomic. 264 THE LESSON OF THE WANDERINGS Deut ll9 JE D * 218 ct Num 623 0 ink™ I i212b I427b J81 Josh i87 m i82 Josh 13H op 33 n 90 0 glo op Ex 32I4 p Ct Ex 3281331 12-W iuli 9 4l r Cp Mio 68 a 1 Kings 827 || 2 Chron 28 o18 Ps 6833 I484 Neh got «77u 18 v 308 ic Jer 44f x Pb i362-t y Ps 248 Is io21 at z 28M ct i« i61» "> Sp = gift i61» 2?2B Ex 238" is. zag,^ 6' Cp 24" e'613d' Cp Jer 17" c' Gen 4687 Ex 16 /'iio a Gen 268 Josh 228 cp p39b 6 622 ?18 c Ex i4<- • dSp* e iSlb / Num 16I g Num t632> h Gen 74 23f i Ex 118 j Judg 27 D him, and to *bless in his name, ''unto this day. -° IWherefore Levi hath no 'portion nor inheritance with his brethren; Yahweh is his "inheritance, 'according as "Yahweh thy God spake unto him. 10And I stayed in the mount, as at the first time, "forty days and forty nights : and Yahweh "hearkened unto me that time also ; Yahweh 'would not destroy thee. n And Yahweh said unto me, " Arise, take thy journey before the people ; and they shall "go in and possess the land, which I 'sware unto their fathers to give unto them". 12 I5And now, Israel, rwhat doth Yahweh thy God require of thee, but to "fear Yahweh thy God, to "walk in all his ways, and to "love him, and to "serve Yahweh thy God with all thy qhoart and with all thy soul, 13 to 'keep the commandments of Yahwoh, and his "statutes, 'which I command thee this day for thy "good? u Behold, unto Yahweh thy God belongeth the heaven, and the "heaven of heavens, the earth, with all that therein is. 15 'Only Yahweh had a 'delight in thy fathers to "love them, and he "chose their "seed after them, even you "above rall peoples, as *at this day. 16 "Circumcise therefore the "foreskin of your heart'", and be no more stiffnecked. 17 For Yahweh your God, he is ""God of gods, and Lord of lords1, the ''great God, the ''mighty, and the terrible, which "regardeth not persons, nor taketh "'reward. 18 xHe doth execute the ''judgement of the b'fatherless and widow, and "loveth the stranger, in giving him food and ' raiment. 10 "love ye therefore the stranger : for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt. 20 Thou shalt c'fear Yahweh thy God ; him shalt thou "serve ; and to him shalt thou '''cleave, and by his ''name shalt thou swear. 21 He is thy Upraise, and he is thy God, that hath done for thee these "great and terrible things, which thine ''eyes have seen. 22 Thy fathers went down into Egypt with "' threescore and ten persons ; and now Yahweh thy God hath made thee as the ¦'"stars of heaven for multitude, ll1 Therefore thou shalt "love Yahweh bthy God, and "keep his "charge, and his dstatutes, and his judgements, and his commandments, "alway. 2 And 'know ye this day : for [I speak] not with your children which have not known, and which have not seen the "chastisement of Yahweh your God, his "greatness, his hmighty hand, and his stretched out arm, 3 and his 'signs, and his works, which he Jdid in the midst of 6Egypt unto Pharaoh the king of Egypt, and unto all his land ; 4 and what he did unto the "army of Egypt, unto their horses, and to their chariots ; how he made the water of the Red Sea to ^overflow them as they pursued after you, and how Yahweh hath destroyed them 'unto this day ; 5 and what he Jdid unto you in the wilderness, "until ye came unto this place ; e and what he did unto •'Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Eliab, the son of Eeuben ; how the "earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up, and their households, and their tents, and every ''living thing that 'followed them, in the midst of "all Israel : 7 but "your eyes have seen all the great •'work of Yahweh which he Jdid. 8 Therefore shall ye "keep all the "com mandment "which I command thee this day, that ye may be 'strong, and rgo in and possess the land, whither ye "go over to 'possess it ; ° and that ye may "prolong your days upon the land, which Yahweh 'sware h 33b 1 91 j 117 k 53 1 107 > m 44» n 115* 0 74I. r> 23° •\ SQ r 82 = 8 1041 t 29b 11 ll6b V 84 w 74a X 36* y 14 z 33" n' 65" V 105" 0' 44 d' 27 & 55a P 43° a 74b b I* c 82" d 104" e 13" t 68* K 55" h 80 » l loic J 12 k 86 '1 lo6b r S3 t §8 u 73b V 107a 10° © according as he spake, omitting ' Yahweh thy God.' 11 The proposal of Bacon (Triple Trad 258) to detach 10I-H and place it before i6- • , overlooks the fact that q23-29 would then be broken off abruptly without any close ; io10 would be obviously out of place ; while ioi would be unintelligible with out some previous explanation to lead up to it and fix the occasion. It would be therefore necessary to suppose that the beginning of the retrospect was lost. The view of Horst, RHB xvi 32 f, overcomes the immediate difficulty of separating ioi-n from its context, by transporting the whole series of reminiscences to the opening of the introductory survey 1-3. This involves, however, other perplexities, for what preceded the story of the Golden Calf in its altered position ? The announcement of the Ten Words would be the only possible prelude, and this is already described in 5. Is that also severed from its natural sequel ? The group of recollections is surely more in harmony with its surroundings where it stands. In spite of some misproportion in detail it forms a suitable arraign ment against Israel which is fitting in its context. But there would be no appropriateness in opening the great address with such a series of charges, as though this was the chief issue of the wanderings. 15 i/r Or, out of. 19 On the ' stranger ' (' sojourner,' or ger) see Driver's note in loc. This verse appears to be derived from Lev 1934 and has been regarded as a later insertion here. Cp Ex 22" 23s. ll2 M Or, instruction. — Cp 4s3. 265 Deut ll9 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE k i« iSpl m x Kings 2i2t n87o Ps 33I8 34I5 p 15° 28! op Kx ,5261982322 828I2)¦ Jor 524t 18. X5ar 1 Job 3i27 op Ej 22IO J Cp 1 Kings 838 2 Chron 623t u Sp— increase 3222 Lev 264 20* r 420 Josh 23IO 18 riim'j w 6« « 19-21 i10e I Ps 8920 y Cp 88b 2 23 o' Josh 14 t'l7c'724d' ft=put 22& 20-28 i5as Ds D 3 unto your fathers to give unto them and to their *seed, a land "flowing with milk and honey. 10 For the land, whither thou rgoest in to 'possess it, is not as the land of Egypt, from whence ye came out, where thou sowedst thy seed, and 'wateredst it with thy foot', as a ""garden of herbs : 11 but the land, whither ye "go over to 'possess it, is a land of hills and "valleys, [and] drinketh water of the rain of heaven : 12 a land which Yahweh thy God "eareth for ; the "eyes of Yahweh thy God are always upon it, from the beginning of the year even unto the end of the year. 13 And it shall come to pass, if yo shall ''hearken diligently unto my "commandments "which I command you this day, to 'love Yahweh your God, and to 'serve him with all your 'heart and with all your soul, u that "I will "give the rain of your land in its season", the 'former rain and the latter rainr, that thou mayest gather in thy "'corn, and thy wine, and thine oil. 16 And I will give grass in thy fields for thy cattle, and thou shalt b'eat and be full. 16 "'Take heed to yourselves, lest your heart be "deceived, and ye turn aside, and d' serve other gods, and d' worship them ; I7 and the "'anger of Yahweh be kindled against you, and he 'shut up the heaven', that there be no rain, and that the land yield not her "fruit ; and ye "perish ''quickly from off the e'good land which Yahweh giveth you. 18 ""Therefore shall ye lay up "these my words in your heart and in your soul ; and ye shall bind them for a sign upon your hand, and they shall be for frontlets between your eyes. 10 lAnd ye shall "'teach them your children, talking of them, when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. 20 And thou shalt write them upon the door posts of thine house, and upon thy ''gates : 21 that your days may be multiplied, and the days of your children, upon the land which Yahweh sware unto your fathers to give them, as the days of the ""heavens above the earth. 22 For if ye shall diligently j'keep all this "commandment "which I command you, to do it ; to "love Yahweh your God, to "'walk in all his ways, and to ''cleave unto him ; 23 then will Yahweh m' drive out all these nations from before you, and ye shall "possess nations "'greater and mightier than yourselves. M Every place whereon the "sole of your foot shall "'tread sliall be yours: from the "'wilderness, and ''Lebanon, from the river, the river Euphrates, even unto the "hinder sea shall be your border. 26 There "'shall no man be able to stand before you : Yahweh your God shall '''lay the fear of you and the dread of you upon all the land that ye shall tread upon, as he hath "'spoken unto you. 20 ""'Behold, r'I "'set before you this day a ''blessing and a "'curse ; 27 the blessing, if ye shall hearken unto the Commandments of Yahweh your God, "which I command you this day : 28 and the "'curse, if ye shall not hearken unto the "commandments of Yahweh your God, but ''turn aside out of the way "which I command you this day, to w'go after other gods, "'which ye have not known. 29 "And "'it shall come to pass, when Yahweh thy God shall ''bring w 69" 29J 23° 59 b* 4ib c' 108" d' 23ab e' 17 f 93 s' 69b» h' 7ib 51 i' 8x"° f US* 1'm' 27 39b n' 55b 0' 111 91 <)' 99 \J b3 s' IOOb t' aab u' 3a y' 114 w SS x' 68" y' »4 1112 M Sp seeketlt after. — Jer 30" Exek 34s. 14 Cp a similar transition to the divine speaker y*. 18 Sp — and. The passage thus introduced closely resembles one in 6*"*, which in its turn shows affinity with Ex 13I3. But whereas 63"9 is expressed throughout in the sing, this passage runs chiefly in the pi. The variations in i°b 20 may be due to reminiscence, or to spontaneous alternation of number. The repetition is suggestive of the manner in which common materials may have been worked up at different times, in similar but not identical forms. 24 M That is, western. — 34s Zoch 148 Joel 220f. 28 An anticipatory allusion to the blessings and curses in 28 cp 30I 13. Cp 23s. 23 A similar allusion to the ceremony enjoined in 27" •. Are the ' blessing ' and tho ' curse ' in 'a to bo identified with those named in 23_28 ? It is no more certain here than in the ease of 27]2- and 28. The connexion seems to be verbal, rather than material. Dillm (with Valotou ) regards the passage as imported from some other connexion, perhaps after 27I-3. It may be doubted, however, whether it really fits the subsequent context any better ; and it has rather the air of an addition suggested to a later scribe by the associated ideas of ' blessing ' and ' curse'.' Kautzsch and Steuernagel treat 31- also as secondary. But a conclusion to the homilies seems needed after 28-28 (0p Addis), and 32 leads up to the opening of the code in 121. The interro gative form in 30 cp 311 implies the archaeological annotator rather than the speaker ; or it may have grown out of the hint of the passage of the Jordan 3i. (It is somewhat curious that at 2'J the plural ' ye ' should give way to ' thou,' to be resumed in *•.) Dillm, having once proposed to remove 29., applies his suggestion further to 2o-28_ But the participle in 28 is not so dofinite as the perfocts in 30I le (cp 46), and like the phrases in 266 THE DEUTERONOMIC CODE Deut 121 /' 271' g< i7 Nam 1329 h' 2" i' Qen 128 a Cp 44 to later copyists). The text of these amalgamated laws has probably received many harmonizing touches. 3 M Or, obelisks.— Cp Ex 23*. 6a On tho grammatical difficulty see the Commentaries. 6b (5) omits this clause. % Sam ©uab'"' ye shall come. 268 LIMITATION OF SACRIFICE TO ONE PLACE Deut 134 W t6" X 22 jj22 18 r-6ea y 28 26 I523 2 24b ,523 1 Hl\b 20-22 X6a'> a' Cp iqB Ex 3424* V i714 c' J420» d' 1424 2S-26 £686 e' Lev 17II /' 28 440 26. Ljai 8h/ g' Ct r88 h' Sp = do 16I ct 13 cp flI7 i' Ct Lev 16 32 a( •¦148 29-81 Igde j* 19I cp Josh ' n2l234 if •&* Cp 718b 26 J'Cp4 m' i622b m' Cp Jer 78! 19' 2 Kings i63 at 32 [,3l in Spt o'421-18 lsh.a 1-6 Land a 3410 cp 18I8 6 3 6 op Jer 232c ¦ d ft=goii JE D8 D' of thy soul, "according to the "'blessing of Yahweh thy God which he hath given thee : the "unclean and the clean may eat thereof, as of the gazelle, and as of the hart. 10 ""Only ye shall not "eat the blood ; *thou slialt pour it out upon the earth as water. « Thou "'mayest not eat within thy 'gates the 'tithe of thy "'corn, or of thy wine, or of thine oil, or the '"firstlings of thy herd or of thy flock, nor any of thy 'vows which thou vowest, nor thy 'freewill offerings, nor the ¦'heave offering of thine hand : but thou shalt "eat them before Yahweh thy God in the 'place which Yahweh thy God shall choose, Tthou, and thy son, and thy daughter, and thy "manservant, and thy maidservant, and the Levite that is within thy 'gates: and thou shalt 'rejoice before Yahweh thy God in "all that thou puttest thine hand unto. 19 "Take heed to thyself that thou forsake not the Levite a'as long as thou livest upon thy land. 20 LWhen Yahweh thy God sliall "'enlarge thy border"', as he hath ''promised thee, and thou b' 'shalt say, I will eat flesh, because "'thy soul desireth"' to eat flesh ; thou mayest eat flesh, "after all the desire of thy soul. 21 If the 'place which Yahweh thy God shall choose to put his name there be too d'far from thee, then thou shalt hill of thy herd and of thy floclc, tvhich Yahweh hath given thee, "as I have commanded thee, and tlwu shalt "eat within thy 'gates, "after all tlie desire of thy soul. 22 Even as the "gazelle and as the hart is eaten, so thou shalt eat thereof: the unclean and the clean shall eat thereof alike. 2S "Only be sure that thou veat not tlie blood : for the "blood is the life; and thou shalt not eat tlie life with the flesh. 2i Thou shalt not eat it; Hhou shalt pour it out upon tlie earth as water. 2B Thou slialt not eat it ; that it may ''go well with thee, and with thy f' children after thee, when thou shalt ^do that which is right in. the eyes of Yahweh. 20 "Only thy "'holy things which thou hast, and thy vows, thou shalt take, and go unto the 'place which Yahweh shall choose : 27 and thou shalt '''offer thy burnt offerings, the flesh and tlie blood, upon the b 'altar of Yahiveh thy God : and the blood of thy sacrifices shall be * 'poured out upon the " 'altar of Yahweh thy God, and thou shalt eat the flesh. 23 "Observe and hear all these words "which I command thee, that it may ''go well with thee, and with thy -^'children after thee for ever, when thou e'doest that which is good and right in the eyes of Yahweh thy God. 29 *"When Yahweh thy God shall ¦''cut off the nations from before thee, whither thou J'goest in to possess them, and thou possessest them, and dwellest in their land ; 30 rtake heed to thyself that thou be not ^'ensnared "to follow them, after that they be ''destroyed from before thee ; and that thou inquire not after their gods, saying, ''How do these nations "serve their gods ? "even so will m'I do likewise. 31 ''Thou shalt not do so unto Yahweh thy God : for every "'abomination to Yahweh, "'which he hateth, have they done unto their gods ; for even their "'sons and their daughters do they burn in the fire to their gods. 32 "'"What thing soever I command you, that shall ye "observe to do : thou shalt not "'add thereto, nor diminish from it. 131 LIi there "arise in the "midst of thee a prophet, or a ''dreamer of dreams, and he give thee a "sign or a wonder, 2 and the "sign or the wonder come to pass, "whereof he spake unto thee, saying, Let us dgo after other gods, "which thou hast not known, and let us 'serve them ; 3 thou shalt not hearken unto the words of that prophet, or unto that dreamer of dreams : "for Yahweh Byour God cproveth you, to know whether ye "love Yahweh your God 'with all your heart and with all your soul. 4 Ye shall dwalk after Yahweh your God, and Jfear him, and kkeep his commandments, and 'obey his voice, and ye shall "serve him, and "cleave unto him. b' 76 c' 30 91 V n6» 8' 37a h' 16 i' 8ab j' 53 k< 34b 1' 6a 111' 63 n' 9a 0' agb a 78> b ioib ct\ ffRo 0 f 23b S I" Ii 74" 1 59, J k I4 8ac 1 58« 111 23° n 27 1216 The sudden change to the plural probably implies an editorial addition cp 2». In i°b (5) reads another plural ye shall pour, but cp M. soa M Sp after them. sob m or, that I also may do likewise. 133 This explanation, followed by the exhortation in * cp 82 1B 6s 10I2, may be a later hortatory insertion. It interrupts the connexion of "• nnd r>, and breaks suddenly into the plural address. Tho variations of number in © 3 and » afford curious evidence either of indifference to the exact text, or of fluctuations in different copies of Sp. 269 Deut 13* ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE D8 e Q12 16 n28 cp «5 / 2864 cp Mf g Cp Josh 15I8 Sp* ft 27I6 24 2807» ft 271 J6" J2804 k Op Jer 13I4 158 Ezek 511 74 al I if m 176 2221 24 Josh 726 «ai6 n Cp 69° o 174 pft* q Cp 2ol3- r © omits a Op Nnm 2s4 Josh 6" 17 I8hi ( Ex 3212 Josh 7™Sp u Gon 43I4* v 308 Ex 3310* IIoh i0- at H5k> s' 39b 37" a I» b0 d 60 a6» 14 13° M ft turning aside. — io" cp Jer 28!' 29s2. 6 Or, ' neighbour.' Two words are employed in the code 12- 26 for fellow-countryman, ( neighbour ' and l brother.' For 'brother* cp 25. ' Neighbour' is found in 15s 194. 21 14 22s4 26 23M. 24!° 27I7 2i. The differences of usage may possibly point to diversities of original material : but it does not Boom possible to found any literary analysis upon them. 7 A comparison with 2* and i8' makes it probable that this verse is an editorial expansion : it echoes phrases found else where 6" 2864, the plural 'you ' being in its place in 6I4 though incongruous here, and tho reference to the temptations to remoto foroign idolatries more appropriate to Israol in oxilo than in tho land of Canaan. n On the suggestion that ly2^1 once stood betweon i3fl~u and 12-18 cp ,7211, 12 M Or, in. IS M Sp eons of worthlessness. — Cp 150 Sp*. 15 So M. T destroying it utterly. — Cp Ex 2220. isa ji Or, as a whole burnt offering. — Cp 33!° Lev 622, !«•> M Or, mound. Sp tel.— Josh 828f. 141 In 1-21 different elements seem to have been combined. The phraseology of 1 is peculiar, and the usages which it forbids seem still to have been practised without reproach in the latest days of the monarchy cp Jer 166 Ezek 718. Parallels will be found in P1' Lev i92«-28 and 216. The sequel in 2 is identical with 7", and may have been editorially reproduced. In s the common form of Deuteronomic prohibition in the 2nd sing is resumed, But the catalogue in i~2<> is throughout couched in tho plural cp ia2H, and both in form and contents appears alien to the style and matter of the Code. The conclusion of the dietary laws 8]a belongs to the same group : but the final injunc tion against seething a kid in its mother's milk 21bfr is found in the short codes of both J and E Ex 34s6 23!°. The clause ^bo- completes a, supplying the reason for the prohibition of unhal lowed food, tis in Ex 22'!. 2 M Or, out of. 270 UNLAWFUL FOOD Deut 14 27 s-20 I6a= /Levii2-23 g 12IS h 1 Kings 42Sf i$t j Is S,!0» 0-8 £6ba k Cp Lev n3 ( Lev n4-8 m Lev 11 9-12 n Lov ijls-19 o Lov u20-23 21a Z607, aa/ p Ct Lev 17IB 21b xedc q Ex 23I9 3420 22-29 X8dd ,• 28 ,610 2612 a! ep Ex 23W 33-20 r-ioay » 128 t Cp 198 u 1221 28-29 aba a;;nj II I22» W I2I2 JE D 3HIThou shalt not eat any "abominable thing, 4 "These are the •''beasts which ye shall eat : the ox, the sheep, and the goat, 5 the "hart, and the gazelle", and the ''roebuck, and the 'wild goat, and the 'pygarg, and the ^antelope, and the 'chamois. 6 zAnd every beast that "parteth the hoof, and hath the hoof cloven in two, [andj "cheweth the cud, among the beasts, that ye shall eat. 7 'Nevertheless these ye shall not eat of them that chew the cud, or of them that have the hoof cloven : the camel, and the hare, and the "coney, because they chew the cud but part not the hoof, they are unclean unto you : 8 and the swine, because he parteth the hoof but cheweth not the cud, he is unclean unto you : of their flesh ye shall not eat, and their carcases ye shall not touch'. 9 "These ye shall eat of all that are in the waters : whatsoever hath fins and scales shall ye eat : 10 and whatsoever hath not fins and scales ye shall not eat ; it is unclean unto youm. 11 Of all clean birds ye may eat. 12 "But these are they of which ye shall not eat : the "eagle, and the gier eagle, and the ospray ; 13 and the glede, and the falcon, and the kite after its kind ; 14 and every raven after its kind ; 15 and the ostrich, and the night hawk, and the seamew, and the hawk after its kind ; 10 the little owl, and the great owl, and the horned owl ; 17 and the pelican, and the vulture, and the cormorant ; 18 and the stork, and the heron after its kind, and the hoopoe, and the bat. 19 "And all winged creeping things are unclean unto you : they shall not be eaten. 20 Of all clean fowls ye may eat. 21* tye shall not eat of any thing that dieth of itself : thou mayest give it unto the pstranger that is within thy 'gates, that he may eat it ; or thou mayest sell it unto a "foreigner. 21b "for thou art an bholy people unto Yahweh thy God. Thou shalt not 'seethe a kid in its mother's milk. 22 xThou shalt surely tithe all the Increase of thy seed, that which cometh forth of the field year by year. 23 *And thou shalt heat before Yahweh thy God, in the 'place which he shall choose to cause his name to Jdwell there, the tithe of thy 'corn, of thy wine, and of thine oil, and the "firstlings of thy herd and of thy flock ; that thou mayest 'learn to "fear Yahweh thy God "always. 24 And if the 'way be too long for thee, so that thou art not able to carry it, because the 'place is too "far from thee, which Yahweh thy God shall choose to set his name there, when Yahweh thy God shall "bless thee: 25 rthen shalt thou turn it into money, and bind up the money in thine hand, and shalt go unto the 'place which Yahweh thy God shall choose : 26 and thou shalt bestow the money for whatsoever thy soul "desireth, for oxen, or for sheep, or for wine, or for strong drink, or for whatsoever thy soul asketh of thee : and thou shalt heat there before Yahweh thy God, and thou shalt "rejoice 'thou and thine household : 27 and the "Levite that is within thy * 51 s 47 h 41* I 87 i 4° k 30 1 71a ra 44a n 13a P 96 q 109" 143 (5) Sam ye shall. 4 The relation of this list 4~2° to that of Lev n2"28 has been much disoussed, as the facts do not seem to point to any very decisive conclusion. That the style and phraseology belong rather to P than to D is generally recognized op ' kind ' w ,B i8 pi8k and ' oreeping things ' 1° ( = swarm Sp) pi57. It is believed, therefore, that the list has been derived by D from the priestly- schools, and embodies regulations which had probably been already reduced to writing. The question whether those regu lations were then current in the form contained in Lev 11 is less easy to decide. On the one hand Deut 144. specifies the common lawful animals which Lev does not mention ; on the other hand the parallels to 7~i° are much fuller and 14-20 is much briefer than Lev 11 20-23, If the Deuteronomic version is on the whole an abridgement of the Levitical, why should *-8 supply detail omittod by the prior list : and if, on the other hand, tho Doutoro- nomic list is supplementary, why should it conclude so abruptly? The difficulty points to the view that neither is directly depend ent on the other, but that both are derived separately from an earlier form ; D thon classes the forbidden foods under the familiar term ' abomination ' 3 cp Dg, while P prefers the words ' detest ' and ' detestation ' Lev nl°-13 20 23 41 43 (ft ^ ,n Deut 72«). On other grounds, however, there is some reason to think Deut , ,3-21 earlier than Lov 1 1. For the supplement in 21 prohibits the Israelite from eating the flesh of any animal that has died of itself, but allows it to be given to the ' stranger.' In Lev i716- the ' stranger ' (as elsewhere in P, see Laws) is placed on the same footing as the Israelite, and the practice of eating such food is recognized for aU persons on condition of subsequent purification from the defilement which it involved ' till the evening.' Now the regulation of Lev 1 139- modifies the stringency of the Deuteronomic precept in the same manner, and pre sumably, therefore, belongs to a later date. Hommel, Expos Times 1897 July p 473, suggests that the substitution of 'stranger' for ' dogs ' Ex 2231 is duo to a rodactor of tho time of Ezra, whon aversion to everything foreign had roachod its olimax. 8 M ip bringeth up. 7 M See Lev 1 iB. 12 M See Lev n" &c. 2ib The sequel of 3, cp Ex 22s!. •/' Deut 14 27 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE X 1219 y ft = forasmuch as 1212 2 Cp 264 10 Sp 1-8 I3fc gjc a 31IO (, 9 3l10f e 194 .§ cp Joub 54 <*£t e 24IO ft* f $=unto Yahioeh 5I4 16I u 7 0 11 24" Ex 2311 A 8 ftj cp 28" i 2410 £t 7-11 i2bo obstinate 230 i 11 cp Ps 10428 14516 ,. m Op 1313 n 31IO O 2864 60f y 24J5 r 2412 14. Bx 2226 12-18 radj7 Qjd a Ex 212 t Ct Ex 21? v 12IB w Ex 216 a; Ct Ex 2i« 2/ Jp m (ftine eyes Josh g26 D Ds 'gates, thou shalt not ""forsake him; "for he hath no portion nor in heritance with thee. 28 At the end of every three years thou shalt bring forth all the tithe of thine 'increase in the same year, and shalt 'lay it up within thy 'gates : 2'J and the 'Levite, ''because lie hath no portion nor inheritance with thee, and the "stranger, and the fatherless, and the widow, which are within thy 'gates, shall come, and shall "eat and be satisfied ; that Yahweh thy God may "bless thee in all the work of thine hand which thou doest. 151 LAt the "end of every seven years thou shalt make a ^release. 2 And this is the "manner of the ''release : every ''creditor shall release that which ho hath "lent unto his neighbour ; he shall not exact it of his neighbour and his "brothor ; because •'Yahweh's release hath been proclaimed. 3 Of a "foreigner thou mayest exact it : but whatsoever of thine is with thy "brother thine hand shall ''release. 4 "Howbeit there shall be no "poor "with thee ; (for Yahweh will surely "bless thee in the "land which Yahweh 'thy God giveth thee for an inheritance to spossess it ;) 5 if only thou diligently "hearken unto the voice of Yahweh thy God, to observe to do all this 'commandment which I 'command thee this day. 6 For Yahweh thy God will dbless thee, as he "promised thee: and thou shalt 'lend unto many nations, but thou shalt not borrow; and thou shalt rule over many nations, but they shall not rule over thee. 7 If there be "with thee a "poor man, one of thy brethren, within any of thy 'gates in thy "land which Yahweh thy God giveth thee, thou shalt not ¦'harden thine heart, nor 'shut thine hand from thy poor 'brother : 8 but thou shalt surely 'open thine hand unto him, and shalt surely ''lend him sufficient for his 'need [in that] which he wanteth. 9 mBeware that there be not a '"base thought in thine heart, saying, The seventh year, the "year of ''release, is at hand ; and thine "eye be evil against thy poor "brother, and thou give him nought ; and he *cry unto Yahweh against thee, and it be "sin cunto thee. 10 Thou shalt surely give him, and thine heart shall not be 9grieved when thou givest unto him: because that for this thing Yahweh thy God shall "bless thee in all thy work, and in "all that thou puttest thine hand unto. u For the "poor shall never cease out of the land : therefore I 'command thee, saying, Thou shalt surely 'open thine hand unto thy "brother, to thy 'needy, and to thy poor, in thy land. 12 LIf thy "brother, an "Hebrew man, "or an Hebrew 'woman, be sold unto thee, and serve thee six years ; then in the seventh year thou shalt let him go free from thee. 13 And when thou lettest him go free from thee, thou shalt not let him go empty : H thou shalt ''furnish him liberally'' out of thy flock, and out of thy "threshing-floor, and out of thy 'winepress: "as Yahweh thy God hath "blessed thee thou shalt give unto him. 15 And thou shalt premember that thou wast a bondman in tho land of Egypt, and Yahweh thy God ""redeemed thee: therefore I 'command thee this thing to-day. 10 And it shall be, if he "'say unto thee, I will not go out from thee ; because he loveth 'thee and thine house, because he is well with thee ; 17 ""then thou shalt take an awl, and thrust it through his ear unto the door, and he shall be thy ''bond man for ever. And also unto thy Tbondwoman thou shalt do likewise. 18 It shall not seem hard "unto thee, when thou lettest him go free from r I05b a 41b IL "5 b 47 0 64 .1 a a" e 690 t 1" . It is, however, impossible to dotermine whether the reference to female slaves was incorporated by D himself, or was a supplement. i7°SolVr. §asinir>. T servant. ™SoM. T maidservant.— Cp7s. 272 THE CALENDAR OF FEASTS Deut 16° io- *8b<: joa'i 2 I28 Cp EX 2230 a' Cp f8&l 21 ielb 1/ 17I cp 326 Lev 2220 c* Cp Jpaoa 22 /.6a 'j d' 12IB 53 i6ec 1-17 igac ioai 1- Igdc a lQ=do cp 5I5 1227 b Ex 34I8 i34 c Ex 1231 d 1521 e Ct Ex 123-8 3 tgod f Ex 13O. 34I8 08x37A Ex 12II Is 52l2f iCl>12p7 ) Ex 13T' 4twr Ljoe gdc k Ex 23I8 3425 ( 23II 24I8 Josh 829 , Kings 22*5t JE D* B D' thee ; for to the double of the hire of an hireling hath he served thee six years: and Yahweh thy God shall dbless thee in all that thou doest. 19 ZA11 the "firstling males that are born of thy herd and of thy flock thou shalt "'sanctify unto Yahweh thy God: thou shalt do no work with the firstling of thine ox, nor shear the firstling of thy flock. 20 Thou shalt "eat it before Yahweh thy God vear by year in the 'place which Yahweh shall choose, 'thou and thy household. 21 *And if it have any ''blemish, [as if it be] lame or blind, "any ill blemish whatso ever, thou shalt not "'sacrifice it unto Yahweh thy God. 22 *Thou shalt ' 'eat it within thy 'gates : "the unclean and tho clean [shnll eat it| alike, as the gazelle, and as the hart. 2a "'Only thou shalt not eat the blood thereof ; thou shalt pour it out upon the Tearth as water. 161 "Observe the month of Abib, and "keep the passover unto Yahweh "thy God : 6for in the month of Abib Yahweh thy God 'brought thee forth out of Egypt "by night. 2 And thou shalt ^sacrifice the passover unto Yahweh thy God, of the rflock and the herd, in the "place which Yahweh shall choose to cause his name to "dwell there. 3 'Thou slialt eat no leavened bread with it ; ¦'seven days shalt thou eat unleavened bread therewith, even the bread of "affliction ; for thou earnest forth out of the land of Egypt in ''haste : that thou mayest 'remember the day "when thou earnest forth out of the land of Egypt 'all the days of thy life. * And •'there shall be no leaven seen with thee in all thy borders seven days ; 'neither shall any of the flesh, which thou sacrificest the first day at even, 'remain all night until the morning. 6 8Thou mayest not sacrifice the passover within any of thy ''gates, 'which Yahweh thy God giveth thee : e but at the "place which Yahweh thy God shall choose to cause his name to "dwell in, there thou shalt sacrifice the passover at even, 'at the going down of the sun, at the season that thou 87 28b 87 40 36" 130 76 69° 1522 Possibly an addition from i2,lsl> cp 1222. 2Sa Another possible supplement cp I223-. 23b T ground, ft as in 1224. 16x The Calendar of feasts 1-17 rests on the briefer lawB in J Ex 3418- • cp E 23". • , with which it agrees in specifying three annual festivals in contrast with the longer series in Lev 23. Some differences of torminology may be obsorvod, eg 'weeks ' 1° and ( booths ' 13 ; but a more important divergenco is notico- able in i-8. E does not mention the passover at all, and in J the reference to it is probably an editorial adaptation Ex 3425 cp 23I8. But D combines it l-8 with the feast of unleavened bread. , Closer examination makes it probable that the entire calendar 1-17 comprises different elements which have not been perfectly fused together. This is especially manifest in i-8, which unites two separate sets of instructions, (1) relating to the celebration of unleavened bread in the home, and (2) enjoining the observance of the passover at the central sanc tuary. The lattor involved an act of saorifice, and the funda mental law in 12 required therefore that it should bo porformod only at the templo in Jerusalem. The prinoipal stress falls on this ordinance L 6-7 : and the analogy of the laws in 12 suggests that these passages were originally consecutive. They conclude with the direction that on the morning after the passover sacri fice the worshipper shall return home (cp Driver, Deut 194). But with the month Abib was also connected the feast of Mazzoth (or unleavened bread) Ex I34"7. This feast is now formally combined with the passover in 8* . The command seems based on two previous passages, and its affinities may be tabulated thus : — Deut 16 3a Thou shalt eat no leavened bread with it. 8b Seven days shalt thou eat unleavened bread with it, even the bread of affliction ; for thou earnest forth out of the land of Egypt in haste : that thou II. Ex 23i8a 3425« Thou shalt not offer the blood of my sacrifice with leavened bread. i30a Seven days thou shalt eat unleavened bread. Deut 16 mayest remember the day when thou earnest forth out of the land of Egypt aU the days of thy life. 4a And there shall be no lcavon scon with thco in all thy borders soven days ; 4b neither shall any of the flesh, which thou sacrificest the first day at even, remain all night unto (V) the morning. Ex i37b And there shall be no leaven soen with thee in all thy borders : 342r,b neither shall the sacri fice of the feast of the passover remain unto (¦>) the morning. 23i8b neither shall the fat of my feast remain all night until (iy) morning. The language of Deut 16* 'in all thy borders' shows that the scene of celebration was the home, in contrast with the place of Yahweh's choice 2 °. That was originally also, it would seem, tho locality likowiso of tho sacrifice which may now no more be slaughtered within the gates or offered at tho nearest sanctuary. In uniting tho regulations for the two feasts the compiler has added the words 'with it' in 3b : but in 4b the words 'the first day at even ' were probably in some older authority. They seem to refer to the first of the seven days of Mazzoth, as if the pass- over were connected with the beginning of Mazzoth. The trans fer of the passover to Jerusalem involved a dislocation, so that D arranges for it to precede the beginning of Mazzoth which was to be kept in the home. This is actually specified in the Levitical calendar Lev 23s. , no doubt on the basis of prior usage. For other older elements in D's calendar cp 16N. In that passage the passover is unnamed. But in the record of Josiah's reform ation the new way of celebrating the passover is specially emphasized 2 Kings 2321-23, while Mazzoth is naturally ignored, being still observed on the old lines. Whether the incongruous^ elements in 3- and u- were incorporated by the author of the code himself, or represont a later effort of amalgamation (Steuern assigns them to B.) can hardly be determined, but it seems safest to attribute them to the hand which made so much use of older laws. 273 Deut 16* ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB m Judg 78 199 at 8 Lgee n5» 9-12 Igfj 0 2325f p 232c cp Ex 22"1* 10 t8g'i q Ex 3422 ll. iadA JE D 13-17 £gic r Ex 23I8 3422 s 15I' t Ex 23I4 Sp u ft = iclien I424b v 1421 w Sp=only 2829 16 Ljec X 20I3 Ex 23" 3423t Ct P107 y Ex 2317 3428 cp JEao3 1 Ex 23I6IJ 3420b a' 12I6 18a 14a I 18b-20 I403 V Cp il" c' Cp 24" 27" Ex 23" ci'l"t' 10" )' Ex 238 «• lSS' i/Cp 78 D' "earnest forth out of Egypt. 7 And thou shalt 'seethe and eat it in the "place which Yahweh thy God shall choose : and thou shalt 'turn in the morning, and go unto thy '"tents. 8 NISix days thou shalt eat unleavened bread : and on the seventh day shall be "a solemn assembly to Yahweh thy God ; thou shalt "do no work [therein]. 9 xSeven weeks shalt thou number unto thee : from the time thou beginnest to put the "sickle to the ^standing corn shalt thou begin to number seven weeks. 10 'And thou shalt "keep the feast of "weeks unto Yahweh thy God "with a tribute of a freewill offering of thine hand, which thou shalt give, according as Yahweh thy God "blesseth thee: 11 xand thou shalt 'rejoice before Yahweh thy God, "thou, and thy son, and thy daughter, and thy "manservant, and thy maidservant, and the "Levite that is within thy ''gates, "and the stranger, and the fatherless, and the widow, that are in the "midst of thee, in the "place which Yahweh thy God shall choose to cause his name to "dwell there. 12 "And thou shalt 'remember that thou wast a bondman in Egypt and thou shalt "observe and do these 'statutes. 13 JThou shalt "keep the feast of Tbooths seven days, after that thou hast 'gathered in from thy "threshing-floor and from thy winepress8 : 14 and thou shalt 'rejoice in thy feast, mthou, and thy son, and thy daughter, and thy "manservant, and thy maidservant, and the "Levite, and the stranger, and the fatherless, and the widow, that are within thy "gates. 15 Seven days shalt thou 'keep a feast unto Yahweh thy God in the "place which Yahweh shall choose : "because Yahweh thy God shall "bless thee in all "thine increase, and in all the "work of thine hands, and thou shalt be '"altogether joyful. 10 "'Three times in a year shall all thy "'males "appear before Yahweh thy God in the "place which he shall choose ; in the feast of unleavened bread, and in the feast of weeks, and in the feast of Tbooths : and they shall not appear before Yahweh "empty : 17 every man "shall give as he is able, "'according to the 'blessing of Yahweh thy God which he hath given thee"'. 18 "Judges and "officers shalt thou make thee in all thy hgates, 'which Yahweh thy God giveth thee, "according to thy tribes : *and they shall judge the people with '''righteous judgement. 19 Thou shalt not "wrest judgement ; thou slialt not '''respect persons : neither shalt thou "'take a gift ; for a ¦''gift doth blind the eyes of the wise, and pervert the "words of the righteous-^'. 20 "That which is altogether just shalt thou follow, that thou mayest "live, and inherit the land which Yahweh thy God giveth thee. 21 "Thou shalt not plant thee an "'Asherah [of] 'any kind of tree beside the zaltar of Yahweh thy God, which thou shalt make thee. 22 Neither shalt thou set thee up a "pillar ; which Yahweh thy God hateth. j "3 aa" k1 96 111 109" n 75, o i05b 78b q 8ab 104 b a 119 u 67 v 83 7a 1016 167 So M. ' T roast. The word is that employed in 14s!. In Ex 129 it is forbidden to eat the paschal lamb ' sodden in water.' On the question of apparent contradiction cp Driver in loc. 8a As it is specified in 8 that unleavened broad shall bo eaten Beven days (instead of six), and D does not elsewhere use the term ' solemn assembly ' cp Lev 2330 Num 2930*, this verso is probably from another hand. The word nisj ' solemn assembly ' is not necessarily Levitical cp Lev 23,flN : but it certainly implies a meeting at the sanctuary : and that seems inconsistent with the instructions in 7 to return homo. Sam has hag ' foast ' as in Ex 138 ; (SJ appears to combine both forms. Cp the additional words of definition in Sam and (ij after ' work.' 8b M See Lev 23™. i° M Or, after tlie measure of the &c. — Spf. n In 14 the needy of all kinds are included in the great annual feast of rejoicing for the fruits of the earth ; but they are not named as participants in the spring festival l-8. As the enumeration of the household-community seoms completed with the Levites, it has been conjectured that their mention here (cp ,4)is supplemental cp 12I2 18 1428. (cp Staerk, Deut 12). 12 This verse seems only loosely connected with the preceding context : there is no definite reminiscence attached to ' weeks ' like that in s : and the closing reference to obedience sounds promature in the middle of an uncompleted series (cp Steuern, Deut 54). " i6b So M Sp. T tabernacles. 10a Founded on Ex 3423 cp 23I7. It will bo noticed thut in the enumeration of the feasts the passover 1. • is omitted, and unleavened bread 3 alone is named. Moreover only males are required to attend, as in the older law ; whereas n and 14 pre scribe the presence of whole households, together with their poor dependants. Further the phraseology of " differs from that of '", heing, indeed, in each case unique. 17 M ft according to tlie gift of his hand. — Spf . 19 M Or, cause. "M^ Justice, justice. 21 The laws in i6al- 171 seem unconnected with each other, as well as with what precedes ; the affinities of 17! are with 1521, The natural continuation of i8~20 concerning the administration of justice is in 178' ¦ providing a metropolitan court of appeal. The prohibition of Asheras beside altars dedicated to Yahweh belongs to tho older cultus before the unity of the sanctuary was enforced in 12. On the independent character of 172-7 Cp i72H, 22 M Or, obelisk.— Cp 75. 274 THE HIGH COURT OF APPEAL Deut 17' JE 1 '61- 2-7 l5ll. b 2ll 2222 247 CI) 1 810 c 165 <( Josh 711 15 23IO C410 /i3'4 (/ Sp = truth 13I4 ll 21 19 2224 i 13IO 0 f-4f. I j,Q10 *i39 8-13 i4b'> ioaj ( Cp 30" Sp ct 1" » inYicig 711 19I7 26s Josh 2o8f 11 10. 55 o 11 248 cp 33IO Sp Ex 24I2 12 ruhc P is22 Sp* cp -its 0 108 r 1 820 ft D* D I 171 'Thou shalt not sacrifice unto Yahweh "thy God an ox, or a sheep, wherein is a "blemish, [or] bany evil-favoured ness : for that is an "abomination unto Yahweh thy God. 2 "If Hhere be "found in the "midst of thee, "within any of thy 'gates *which Yahweh thy God giveth thee, man or woman, that doeth that which is hevil in the sight of Yahweh thy God, in ^transgressing his covenant, 3 and hath gone and 'served other gods, and worshipped them, or the 'sun, or the moon, or any of the host of heaven", which I have not commanded ; * and it be told thee, and thou hast heard of it, ¦''then shalt .thou inquire "diligently, and, behold, if it be "true, and the thing certain, (that such 'abomination is wrought in Israel ; ° then shalt thou 'bring forth that man or that woman, which have done this evil thing, unto thy 'gates, even the man or the woman ; and thou shalt 'stone them with stones, that they die. ° /JAt the mouth of two witnesses, or three witnesses, shall he that is to die be put to death ; at the mouth of one witness he shall not be put to death. 7 The hand of the witnesses shall be *first upon him to put him to death, and afterward the hand of all the people*. So thou shalt "put away the evil from the "midst of thee. 8 "'If there arise a matter too 'hard for thee in judgement, between blood and blood, between plea and plea, and between stroke and stroke, being matters of controversy within thy 'gates : then shalt thou arise, and get thee up unto the "place which Yahweh thy God shall choose ; 9 xand thou shalt come unto the "priests the Levites, and unto the qjudge Hhat shall be in those days : and thou shalt inquire ; and they shall "shew thee the sentence of judgement : 10 and thou shalt do according to the tenor of the sentence, which they shall "shew thee from that "place which Yahweh shall choose ; and thou shalt "observe to do according to all that they shall "teach thee : n according to the tenor of the law which they shall fteach thee, and according to the judgement which they shall tell thee, thou shalt do : thou shalt not "turn aside from the sentence which they shall "shew thee, to the right hand, nor to the left. I2 'And the man that doeth ppresumptuously, in not hearkening unto the priest that 'standeth to minister there Tunto Yahweh thy God, or unto the 'judge, ,even that man shall die : and thou shalt "put away the evil from Israel. 7?b #90 37b 3I, 23b k 116" m 93* n 78b o 87 P 90 q 67 r 8aa s 1140 172 This section has often been regarded as one of the series of cases expounded in 13 ; as dealing with village apostasy it has been suggested that it would fitly stand between the family 0-11 and the city 12-I8t j)ut closer examination of the phraseology does not support this view. The opening formula reappears in 2|1 2222 247, passages which are marked by the emphatic recog nition of the ' elders,' and by the formula of ' putting away ' the evil from the theocratic community cp 219 2221. 24 247 and 177 (also I3B). Other terms without parallel in 13 will be seon in * transgressing his covenant,* worshipping ' the sun or the moon or any of the host of heaven,' ' such abomination is wrought,' 1 bring forth unto thy gates ' cp 22I" 21 24 n„ witnesses are required in 130. ; whereas in 7 they are to take the lead in carry ing out the sentence. The formula in • is apparently derived from 19'6; and this stress on the importance of judicial testi mony further marks this law es belonging to a differont oycle from the cases described in 13 (cp Staerk, Deut 6, and Steuern, Deut 22). 8 The arrangements here indicated Beem to be the natural sequel of I618-20. But the passage is probably not quite homo geneous, for the confused text of 9_u appears due to the combi nation of different drafts of the same law. Already in 8 (5) has four pairs of terms instead of three (as if separate sources had contained two each). In 9_11 the repetitions are so numerous that they can only be explained on some hypothesis of amal gamation. Two authorities are named, (1) the Levitical priests and (2) the judge. Are these the same ? Or was there to be a civil tribunal by the side of the ecclesiastical ? And if so, what were to be their relations ? On these topics cp Dillm and Driver in loc, nnd Nowack, Hebr Archaeol i 323. But it will be made probable elsewhere that the priests are editorially associated with the secular functionaries cp 19I7 202. 215, and a similar union may perhaps be traced here. The doublets in ,0 and 1' may then be sorted thus : — II. 10b And thou shalt observe to do according to all that they shall teach thee : Hft accord ing to tho tenor of the teaching which they shall teach thee (R adds and according to the judgement which they shall tell thee) shalt thou do, ]2 And the man th at doeth presumptuously - in not hearkening unto the priest that standeth to minister there before Yahweh thy God (B adds or unto the judge), even that man shall die. Here I is based on the ' judgement ' of the civil judge, while II rests on the ' teaching ' or ' law.' (Sp torah) of the priests. These are set side by side in 9a but in the sources behind the combina tion they were distinct. (5) apparently endeavoured to simplify the difficulty by omitting unto the priests the Levites and 9 (though Steuern suggests a possibility of confusion through the double bn) and curtailing n. (Cp Staerk 14 and Steuern in loc.) 12 Sp as in io8 2ir'. T before. © in the name of. Cp 185 7. 275 T 2 9b And they (so (5) Sam cp 1918) shall inquire nnd they shall shew thee the sentence of judgomont, ,oa and thou shalt do according to tho tenor of the sentence which they shall shew thee from that place which Yahweh Shall choose : nb thou shalt not turn aside from the sentence which they shall shew thee, to the right hand nor to the left. 13 Deut 17 14-20 L4k.1l t 261 cp 189 Sp U I220 1)6" vi Cp 26 x H21 47 y Cp 28«8 Ex i3« z Jer i7&\ u'81S ie. X4Va nbJie t'319 c»3il2 d' 8" 1-8 InaiijJiJ U IO9 i, Cp 'Ii88 L7X>d c Ct Ex 2q27. Lev 781-84 4a l&ci ,/s624blyf e io8 op go1" 1 B-8 iioafc /I215 9*5d/1/ Cp !7l4 10a Xgjn h 2 KingB 16s 1717 218 2310 Ezek 2o»lf cp Lev i821 10b-22 Igjo i Josh i322» J Lev i028 k Gen 446 Lev iq28 I Ex 711 22I8 m Ps 58«t ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE D 13 And all the people shall 'hear, and fear, and "do no more presump tuously. 14 ^When thou art "come unto the land "which Yahweh thy God giveth thee, and shalt possess it, and shalt dwell therein ; and "shalt say, I will set a king over me, like as all the nations that are "round ahout me ; 16 thou shalt in any wise set him king over thee, whom Yahweh thy God shall "choose: one from among thy "brethren shalt thou set king over thee : wthou mayest not put a ^foreigner over thee, which is not thy brother. 10 Only he shall not multiply horses to himself, nor cause the people to return to Egypt, to the end that he should multiply horses : "forasmuch as Yahweh hath ''said unto you, Ye shall henceforth return no more that way. 17 Neither shall he multiply wives to himself, that his zheart turn not away8: neither shall he greatly multiply to himself "silver and gold : 18 "And it shall be, when he sitteth upon the throne of his kingdom, that he shall write him a copy of "this law in a book, out of [that which is] "before the "priests the Levites : 1J and it shall be with him, and he shall read therein 7all the days of his life: that he "'may 'learn to "'fear Yahweh his God, to keep b'all the words of "'this law and these statutes, to do them. 20 that his "'heart be not lifted up above his "brethren, and that he "turn not aside from the commandment, to the right hand, or to the left : to the end that he may d' prolong his days in his kingdom, he and 'his children, in the "midst of Israel. 181 "The priests the Levites, M|even] "all the "tribe of Levi, shall have no "portion nor inheritance with Israel : they shall eat the ''offerings of Yahweh made by fire, and his inheritance. 2 And they shall have no inheritance among their brethren : Yahweh "is their inheritance, as he hath "spoken unto them. 3 £And this shall be the priests' due from the people, from them that offer a sacrifice, whether it be ox or sheep, that they shall give unto the priest the "shoulder, and the two cheeks, and the maw. 4 The ^firstfruits of thy "corn, of thy wine, and of thine oil, 'and the dfirst of the fleece of thy sheep, shalt thou give him. s For Yahweh 'thy God hath schosen him out of all thy "tribes, to "stand to minister in the name of Yahweh, him and his sons hfor ever. 6 xAnd if a Levite come from any of thy 'gates out of Jall Israel, where he sojourneth, and come with all the ¦''desire of his soul unto the "place which Yahweh shall choose ; 7 then he shall "minister in the name of Yahweh his God, as all his brethren the Levites do, which 'stand there before Yahwi h. 8 They shall have like portions to eat, beside that which cometh of the sale of his patrimony. 9 LWhen 'thou art come into the 'land which Yahweh thy God giveth thee, thou shalt not "learn to do after the "abominations of those nations. 10 There shall not be "found pwith thee any one that maketh his son or his daughter to ''pass through the fire'', xone that 'useth divination, one that Jpractiseth augury, or an ''enchanter, or a 'sorcerer, n or a "'charmer, t 58b u 53 v 115 w 76 70^ y 13" z 7i« a' 44a b' is 1/ 104° d' 73b a 90 b 10 c ua" d gi 30 I" a6» i3a 51 a" 87 1 690 m 7la 11 gt> o 4g p 64 17 10 Probably a gloss cp 2808 Ex i317. 18 The allusion to the book of the law under the guardianship of the Levitical priests plainly presupposes one of the accounts in 319. • or in 3124- •. It is not, however, necessary to regard the whole section 14-20 as a later addition to the Code on this ground. The reference in '8- may have been inserted into the older law. The context in i""20 is not quite satisfactory, for it is not clear why the king's hear ishould be ' lifted up above his brethren ' : if, however, i8~l9 be removed, the missing connexion is restored, 1 neither shall he greatly multiply to himself silver and gold, that his heart be not lifted up ' &c cp 812-14 ' lest . . . when thy silver and thy gold is multiplied, . , . then thine heart be lifted up.' 18 a The text as it stands identifies ' the priestB the Levites ' with 'the whole tribe of Levi.' No doubt this is historically justifiable, but it is possible that it results in this passage from the juxtaposition of two laws regulating the Levitical revenues. An examination of the text of lb ' the offerings of Yahweh made by fire and his inheritance shall they eat' reveals some con fusion, for to whom does the pronoun his refer? The phrase ' and his inheritance ' can hardly be applied to Yahweh. © omits and, rendering ' the offerings of Yahweh [are] their inherit ance, they shall eat them.' In 2 Sp runs ' and he shall have no inheritance among his brethren, Yahweh is his inheritance, as he spake unto him ' cp io9, the subject here being ' the whole tribe of Levi.' 1, therefore, in its original form without the words ' all the tribe of Levi,' is parallel to 2, to whioh ' all the tribo of Levi ' was probably the antecedent. The reference to 1 tho priests ' in 8 connects it with 1, while the singular ' him ' in *¦ carries on the same pronoun in 2 (Steuern attributes 1 to R, and 2_s to his ' singular ' author ; cp Staerk, Deut 10). "> M Or [and]. 276 TRUE AND FALSE PROPHECY Deut 19n JE D n Cp Lev 2027 a Lov so2' io'I jj Cp Is 81» Sp\ q 22" 2518 r 96 t Cp JBni 16-22 Inn, It 18 op 13I v 9I0 TO 52B «5!« y Cp Ex 4IB. Jer 19 2 2321 cp 222 20 ish.h it' i« ft b' Cp I712 Sp (/717 d' 1712 ,§* e' i« 1-13 /.ahfc a 1229 & Sp =possessest 1229 cp 88'' c Cp 441 Num 35li. . d 442 cp Ex 42 cpE x12-14 e 138 / Ct Num 35!? g 2840 ft ha*2i 12 cp Num3sl9 j l424 it 11 cp 2228 ft I 2122 Jer 26II 1« *t m 15II n 1220 o n22 p Josh 82- .* D" or a "consulter with a familiar spirit, or a Vizard, or a ''necromancer. 12 For "whosoever doeth these things is an "abomination unto Yahweh : and because of these abominations Yahweh thy God 'doth 'drive them out from before thee. w Thou shalt be perfect with Yahweh thy God. 14 For these nations, "which thou shalt possess, hearken unto them that 'practise augury, and unto 'diviners : but as for thee, Yahweh thy God hath .not 'suffered thee so to do. 15 'Yahweh thy God will "raise up unto thee a prophet from the "midst "of thee, of thy brethren, like unto me ; unto him ye shall hearken ; 10 according to all that thou desiredst of Yahweh thy God in 'Horeb in the "day of the "assembly, saying, Let me not "hear again the voice of Yahweh my God, neither let me see this great fire any more, that I die not. 17 And Yahweh said unto me, They have "well said that which they have spoken. 18 I will "raise them up a prophet from among their brethren, like unto thee ; and I will "put my words in his mouth, and he shall speak unto them all that I shall command him. 19 And it sliall come to pass, that whosoever will not hearken unto my words which he shall speak in my name, I will 'require it of him. 20 xBut the prophet, which shall speak a word 0 presumptuously in my name, which I have not commanded him to speak, or that shall speak in the namo of "other gods, ''that same prophet shall die. 21 And "'if thou say in thine heart, "How shall we know the word which Yahweh hath not spoken ? 22 When a prophet speaketh in the name of Yahweh, if the thing follow not, nor come to pass, that is the thing which Yahweh hath not spoken : the prophet hath spoken it ^presumptuously, thou shalt not be e afraid of him". 191 zWhen Yahweh "thy God shall "cut off the nations, whose bland Yahweh thy God giveth thee, and thou ^sueceedest them, and dwellest in their cities, and in their houses ; 2 thou shalt "separate three cities for thee in the midst of thy land, which Yahweh thy God giveth thee to "possess it. 3 Thou shalt prepare thee the way, and divide the borders of thy land, which Yahweh thy God causeth thee to ''inherit, into three parts, that every manslayer may flee thither. * And "this is the case of the manslayer, which shall flee thither and live : whoso killeth his "neighbour •''unawares, and hated him not in time past/; 6 as when a man goeth into the forest with his neighbour to hew wood, and his hand 'fetcheth a stroke with the axe to cut down the tree, and the "head "slippeth from "the helve, and lighteth upon his neighbour, that he die ; he shall ''flee unto one of these cities and live : 6 lest the 'avenger of blood pursue the manslayer, while his heart is hot, and overtake him, because the way is •'long, and smite him ^mortally ; whereas he was not 'worthy of death, inasmuch as he hated him not in time past. 7 '"Where fore I 'command thee, saying, Thou shalt separate three cities for thee : 8 "And if Yahweh thy God "enlarge thy border, eas he hath sworn unto thy fathers, and give thee all the hind which he promised to give unto thy. fathers; ° "if thou shalt ''keep all this 'commandment to do it, which I 'command thee this day, to Jlove Yahweh thy God, and to kwalk 'ever in his ways ; then shalt thou add three cities more for thee, beside these three. 10 that "innocent blood be not shed in the midst of thy mland, which Yahweh thy God giveth thee for an inheritance, and so blood be upon thee. u But if any man hate his neighbour, and ''lie in wait for him, n 9" r 39" 78» 7 aoa ' 85 w 63 a ia b 69" 0 88« d 65 e 38 f agb g io7b 8a' 39'1 74b H5« I3» m 69*1 lgi5b Sam @ read ' from the midst of (among) thy brethren' as in 18 1716. The last clause seems to break the connexion with the following verse, and its plural form is unexpected in the midst of the singular address cp I22N, 22 At this point the treatment of the theocratic powers of the state, monarohy, priesthood, and prophecy, is concluded. Tho collection of laws in 19-25 has a miscellaneous character, and may have been expanded later. With 261 cp 189. 1G4 Cp 152. The formula sounds like the introduction of n citation from a legal source. 6a M Sp iron. 6b M Or, tlie tree. 8 The expansive hortatory manner of s: contrasted with the simpler style of l"7 io-J8 makes it probable that this is a syste- matizor'n addition, to bring up the number of cities to tho Levitical six. Cp 44,-,s. 10 M Or, the blood of an innocent man. — Cp 13 218 2721 277 Deut 19u ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE q Cp 16- *220 >' Cp 5» | 14 *3ba ; » 27I7* t Sp=anceatora Lev 264B 10-20 I4& u 178 v Sp=atdnd Num 308.. ¦ 16. . I^br Ilhe w Ex 23I x Sp— inquire diligently 1314 i74 cp'9 y Ex 237* z Ct 520 ft tl' Gen nrj* 21 1406 b' Ex 2124 Lev 24I8-20 1-20 i^mi a 21I0 238 6 Cp 7i » C7I8d Joah 24" op "136 2 LnL\f e Cp 8 Is 74 Jer 5,46 / Sp* cp haste Sp 16S g Sp = dread i2t> h Ci> 1S0 i 1 Kings 883 1 2 Chron 78 cp Prov 228 Jpf J 28» cp 248 k 26I2 3 1 24 Josh 824 IO20 1 1 Kings 28 1 Chron 27S *t and "rise up against him, and smite him ^mortally that he die ; and he flee into one of these cities : 12 then the "elders of his city shall send and fetch him thence, and 'deliver him into the hand of the "avenger of blood, that he may die. 13 Thine "eye shall not pity him, but thou shalt "put away "the innocent blood from Israel, that it may "go well with thee". ( 14 Thou shalt not 'remove thy neighbour's landmark, which they of old time have set, in thine inheritance which thou shalt inherit, in the land that Yahweh thy God giveth thee to "possess it. 16 'One witness shall not 'rise up against a man for any iniquity, or for any sin, in any sin that he sinneth : at the "mouth of two witnesses, or at the mouth of three witnesses, shall a matter be "established. 10 If an ""unrighteous witness rise up against any man to testify against him of "wrong doing ; 17 then both the men, between whom the con troversy is, shall stand before Yahweh, "before the priests and the 'judges which shall be in those days j 18 and the rjudges shall "'make "diligent inquisi tion : and, behold, if the witness be a "false witness, and hath "testified falsely against his 'brother ; 19 then shall "ye do unto him, as he had "'thought to do unto his 'brother : so shalt thou "put away the evil from the 'midst of thee. 20 And those which remain shall "hear, and fear, and shall henceforth commit no more any such evil in the midst of thee. 21 "And thine "eye shall not pity ; b life [shall go] for life, eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot. 201 "When thou "goest forth to battle against thine enemies, and seest horses, and chariots, [andl a people ''more than thou, "thou shalt not be afraid of them : for Yahweh "thy God is with thee, which ''brought thee up out of the land of Egypt. 2a *And it shall be, when Nye draw nigh unto the battle, 2b TAnd the priest shall approach and speak unto the people, 3 and shall say unto them, bHear, O Israel, ye draw nigh this day unto battle against your enemies : let not your heart "faint ; "fear not, nor •''tremble, neither be ye "affrighted at them ; 4 for Yahweh your God is he that fcgoeth with you, to dfight for you against your enemies, to save you. 5 Tthat the "officers shall speak unto the people, saying, What man is there that hath built a new house, and hath not 'dedicated it ? let him go and return to his house, lest he die in the battle, and another man dedicate it. ° And what man is there that hath planted a vineyard, and hath not "used the fruit thoreof ? let him go and return unto his house, lest he die in the battle, and another man use the fruit thereof. 7 And what man is thero that hath ¦'betrothed a wife, and hath not taken her ? let him go and return unto his house, lest he die in the battle, and another man take her. 8 And the "officers shall speak further unto the people, and they shall say, What man is there that is fearful and faint hearted '? let him go and return unto his house, "lest his brethren's heart melt as his heart. 9 And it shall be, when the "officers have *made an end of speaking unto the people, that they shall appoint 'captains of hosts' at the head of the people. o 43" q Il6»> r 67 s 116- t as 11 93' v 78'' w 58>> b a" o 44° d 45 e 83 1918a M Or, the blood of the innocent. 13b fphe section on expiation for a murder when the murderer is unknown 211-0, which now interrupts a series of regulations of military affairs, may possibly havo onco boon connected with n-13 : op ' the elders ' 1912 3i2 4 8^ 1 pUj aWtty the innocent blood ' 19'3 219. 10 M Or, rebellion. See 13s. 17 Probably a gloss in explanation of the phrase ' stand beforo Yahweh,' founded on the combined document in i79- ¦. In 18, however, only the judges are recognized. Are theso civil officers or priests? Cp 2i2 8, 19 An unexpected plural cp i22N : ""> suggosts ' so shalt thou do unto him.' 201 On some features in this portion of the Codo 20-25 °P I2l»(2)-(?), 2a © ' thou drawest nigh * ep 10 : the plural in 8 is here anticipated. 2b T that. The construction of 2a is continued in 6. The exhortation here assigned to the priest recalls phrases of the Introduction i"-3, and has been often regarded as supple mental, its character being quite different from the subsequent concessions. The grammatical sequence runs on quite easily at 6 whioh may be rendered ' that the officers ' &o. For a similar unexpected reference to the priest cp 216. The sudden change to the plural confirms the ascription to another hand cp 122N. 6 6 continuous with 2a. T and. 8 M See 28s0 and Lev ig28"28. 8 Sam ®imL lest he cause his brethren's heart to melt. Cp i28. 278 LAWS OF WAR Deut 218 Ml J" 29 n J3I5 JE 16-18 l5fc 0 Josh lo40 nil 14 1 Kings is29 Ps i5o0t 19 Igdc P Sp = many daya i46 2I &c q4n r 2 Kings 24IO 25s || Jer 526 *t s. t3=co»ie <(owti 28r,2 1-9 tahi o Cr 1510 Sp Pu Is i43T b Am 5!4t cp Ts 74'» . c Cp 3" ft Niph f( Cp Ex 13U 34W s 1-uiih.g 4b;t e 108 /Cp 178-10 (7 27l4' h Ct ras i 19I0 10 When thou drawest nigh unto a city to fight against it, then proclaim peace unto it. » And it shall be, if it make thee answer of peace, and open unto thee, then it shall be, that all the people that is found therein shall become "tributary unto thee, and shall serve thee. 12 And if it will make no peace with thee, but will make war against thee, then thou shalt mbesiege it: " and when Yahweh thy God delivereth it into thine hand, thou shalt "smite every male thereof with the edge of the sword : 14 "but the "women, and the little ones, and the cattle, and all that is in the city, 'even all the 'spoil thereof, shalt thou take for a "prey unto thyself; and thou shalt eat the spoil of thine enemies 'which Yahweh thy God hath given thee. 15 Thus shalt thou do unto all the cities which are very far off from thee, which are not of the cities of these nations. 10 'But of the cities of these peoples, 'which Yahweh thy God giveth thee for an inheritance, thou shalt save alive "nothing that breatheth : 17 but thou shalt Tdevote them ; "the Hittite, and the Amorite, the Canaanite, and the Perizzito, tlio Hivite, and tho Jobusito ; "'as Yahweh thy God hath commanded thee. 18 that they "teach "you not to do after all their "abominations, which they have done unto their gods ; so should ye sin against Yahweh your God. 19*When thou shalt ""besiege a city a 'long time, in making war against it to take it, thou shalt not 'destroy the trees thereof by "wielding an axe against them ; for thou mayest eat of them, and thou shalt not cut them down ; for is the tree of the field man, that it should be 'besieged of thee ? 20 "Only the trees which thou knowest that they be not trees for meat, thou shalt 'destroy and cut them down ; and thou shalt build bulwarks against the city that maketh war with thee, until it "fall. 21i Ktjf one be »found siaul m the bland whjch Yahweh "thy God giveth thee to dpossess it, lying in the field, and it be not known who hath smitten him : 2 then thy "elders "and thy 'judges shall come forth, and they shall measure unto the cities which are round about him that is slain : 3 and it shall be, that the city which is nearest unto the slain man, even the "elders of that city shall take an heifer of the herd, which hath not been "wrought with, and which hath not drawn in the yoke ; 4 and the "elders of that city shall bring down the heifer unto a bvalley with running water6, which is neither "plowed nor sown, and shall rfbreak the heifer's neck there in the valley : 8 "'And the "priests the sons of Levi shall come near ; for them Yahweh thy God hath 'chosen to "minister unto him, and to "bless in the name of Yahweh ; and according to their word shall every ^controversy arid every stroke be. 6 and all the "elders of that city, who are nearest unto the slain man, shall wash their hands over the heifer whose neck was broken in the valley : 7 and they shall "answer and say, Our hands have not shed this ; blood, neither have our Jeyes seen it. 8 ''Forgive, O Yahweh, thy people Israel, whom thou hast 'redeemed, and suffer not 'innocent blood [to remain] in the midst of thy people Israel. And the blood shall be I S3 s 84 Fi 118 i 10 I 103 k 89 1 69 111 29* P 38 i9 8la 42^ 67 •' QO 1 s6a j 43° k 95 20n M Or, subject to task-work.— Gp Josh 1610 17I8 Judg i28- •. i?a So M Sp. T utterly destroy.— Cp 35. 17b tjjq introduction of the list of the doomed peoples cp 71 after the command to l devote ' them, may be due to an anno tator : Cp Josh 24H Ex 3s. I8 This verse has a supplemental air after the close in ,7b : the plural pronoun perhaps indicates the presence of the expander cp 12s!. In the last clause ct the formula ' and it be sin in thee ' 103. 211 The sequence of the regulations concerning war 2020 2il° is broken by 2i,_9 which is closely connected in subject with iq,-1', though not allied by any special phraseological peculiarities. 2 The * judges ' are not named again, unless this be an anticipatory reforonco to tho judicial functions of tho priests nb cp io17- . The word may be a harmonistic addition (cp Staerk, Deut 17, Steuern in loc), or possibly a trace of the amalgamation of two forms of the same law ; cp in 3 ' which hath not been wrought with ' and ' which hath not drawn in the yoke,' which also look like doublets from separate sources. 6 With the entrance of the priests here cp 2o2*. They are not mentioned before (unless 'judges' 2 points to them), and they have no part in the expiatory rite described in 4 fl-8 . fa what purpose, then, do they 'come near'? The reference to them may rest on ancient usage, but it has the air here of an afterthought. With the designation ' sons of Levi ' cp 319, and ct 179 18 18I 24'. 279 Deut 21s ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE 10-14 iiga ad» 4 nit ; 3242 Jer 4848 kSpjt I Spi op Jer 17I singt m 2 Kings 151st ct Qen 29I4 Sp nCp257Qen34H 0 Sp — accovding to her aoul cp 12I8 24I5 P 2228 cp 2847 (62) Num 2513* 15-17 £id/j 3go q 2 Kings 2° Zecslt i38f r Gen 498* 18-21 libcc I a 20 Jer 528 Ps 788t tl76 U 2215 24 25' v Prov 232lf W 2221 22. I6b'i x 198 y Josh io26 z Cp Josh 829 io27 of Num 35s4 1-4 X30!) a 3. Is 587 Ps 551 Job 618t 6 Ex 234 c Sp require it d Ex 228 Lov 522-t 6 ilO ei8126. X3g D" D D8 ''forgiven them. ° So shalt thou 'put away the innocent blood from the mmidst of thee, when thou shalt "do that which is right in the eyes of Yahweh. 10 "'When thou goest forth to battle against thine enemies, and Yahweh thy God "delivereth them into thine hands, and thou carriest them away captive, n and seest among the •'captives a beautiful woman, and thou %ast a desire unto her, and wouldest take her to thee to wife ; 12 then thou shalt bring her home to thine house ; and she shall shave her head, and pare her 'nails ; 13 and she shall put the raiment of her captivity from off her, and shall remain in thine house, and bewail her father and her mother a ""full month"* : and after that thou shalt go in unto her, and be her husband, and she shall be thy wife. u And it shall be, if thou have no "delight in her, then thou shalt let her go "whither she will", but thou shalt not sell her at all for money, thou shalt not deal with her "as a slave, ^because thou hast humbled her. 15 xIf a man have two wives, the one beloved, and the other hated, and they have borne him children, both the beloved and the hated ; and if the firstborn son be hers that was hated ; 16 then it shall be, in the day that he causeth his sons to "inherit that which he hath, that he "may not make the son of the beloved the firstborn "before the son of the hated, which is the firstborn : " but he shall acknowledge the firstborn, the son of the hated, by giving him a "double portion of all that he hath ; for he is the 'beginning of his strength'' ; the right of the firstborn is his. 18 Lli a man have a 'stubborn and rebellious8 son, which will not obey the voice of his father, or the voice of his mother, and though they 'chasten him, will not hearken unto them : 19 then shall his father and his mother lay hold on him, and 'bring him out unto the "elders of his city, and unto the "gate of his place ; 20 and they shall say unto the "elders of his city, This our son is 'stubborn and rebellious, he will not obey oui> voice; he is a "riotous liver, and a drunkard". 2l And all the ""men of his city shall "stone him with stones, that he die : so shalt thou 'put away the evil from the ""midst of thee ; and 'all Israel shall "hear, and fear, 22 *And if a man have committed a 'sin "worthy of death, and he be "put to death, and thou hang him on a tree", 23 his body shall not "remain all night upon the tree, but thou shalt surely bury him the same day ; for he that is hanged is "accursed of God ; that thou "'defile not thy land "which Yahweh thy God giveth thee for an inheritance. 221 AThou shalt not see thy 'brother's ox or his sheep "go astray, and "hide thyself from them : thou shalt 'surely bring them again unto thy "brother. z And if thy "brother be not nigh unto thee, or if thou know him not, then thou shalt bring it home to thine house; and it shall be with thee until thy "brother "seek after it, and thou shalt restore it to him again. 3 And so shalt thou do with his ass ; and so shalt thou do with his garment ; and so shalt thou do with every dlost thing of thy "brother's, which he hath lost, and thou hast found : thou "mayest not "hide thyself. 4 Thou shalt not see thy "brother's ass or his ox fallen down by the way, and "hide thyself from them : thou shalt surely help him to lift them up again. 5 LA woman shall not wear that which pertaineth unto a man, neither shall a man put on a woman's garment : "for whosoever doeth these things is an dabomination unto Yahweh "thy God. 6 If a bird's nest chance to be before thee in the way, in any tree gab 78b 37" 5» 65 76 66 93" a* 58b 10a 69J as 38 76 9a i" 2110 The fourth in a series of cases arising out of war 20I 1° 19 which were probably originally all continuous. " M Or, as a chattel.— Cp 247f. 280 18 M Or, during the life time of. 21 Span cp pi5a ; ct ipD 13" 176 2221 24 JEal6, 28 M Sp the curse of God. LAWS OF HUMANITY Deut 222 / Ps 84S Job 39™t 8X39V Spf 9-11 L3U h Lev iglof • i 1422 ) Lev 19IO 12 %m« Bx 2227 18-21 Ilk (248111 I7 Spf »18 6t 0 IB If 20 Lev 21" p 21 24 ,75 g 21I9 B 74" li I3b i »5 64 k 100" 78* 51 2230 Cp the longer lists of prohibited degrees of affinity in Lev 18 and 20. The mention of one single caso bore suggests that tho laws in this section of the codo may be of various origin, but no cluo to the principles of selection seoms discoverable 23l A peculiar group of rules in 1"8 is conoorned with limitu- • tions on the right of entry into tho assembly of Yahweh (a formula not found elsewhere, though cp Lam ii° ; Neh 131 is founded on this passage). The term ' Yahweh's assembly ' occurs also in Num 163 204 and Mic 26 ; and points to the deri vation of these regulations from tho priestly schools which were occupied with the principles of ritual purity (cp 14s- • and 24s). They have apparently received some expansion at the hands of the Deuteronomic editors or of a later scribe. In 3 the closing words 'for ever' are hardly consistent with the mention of tho tenth generation cp 2 ; the reasons in 4ft and 4b~5 havo tho air of additions, one marked by the pi, and ono by the sing pronoun ; the allegation in 4a can hardly be harmonized with the view indicated in 229 bo far as Moab is concerned, while the general attitude towards Moab and Ammon is different from that im plied in 29 19 ; ib~~' applies to Moab alone, and as D's narrative 282 makes no allusion to Balaam, this seems to have the character of an afterthought. The phrases of ° have their parallel in Joi'omiah (D never combines 'all thy days' and 'for ovor'). Kuen hold that tho explanatory clauses in 4> were parallel to thoso in 7, but it is plain that thoir style is much more oxpun- sivo. Note the conjunction 'D twice in 7 ; but in 4 IH'M "m"71? cp 2224. 4 M Sp Aram-naharaim. 9 The provision for the maintenance of the purity of the' camp is unique in the Deuteronomic legislation. This is not really analogous to the law in Num 51-4. In the Levitical Code the camp is the symbol of the normal life of Israel : here it is the scene of actual war. The regulations show hardly any of the characteristic phrases of D, but they are markedly different in style from P, which employs other terms (cp 14). The pas sage seems to be related to the small group (e g 14s. . 231-8 24s-) concerned with the maintenance of Israel's ritual purity cp 1 2J" (4) ; on the other hand its opening formula links it with 201 • ¦ 2,10. .. 13 M Or, sltovel. u M Sp nakedness of any thing. — 24I+ i7a M Sp kedeshah. See Gen 3821. 17b n ft kafash. HUMANITY AND RIGHT CONDUCT Deut 24' JE D u,Ci« 19. l^k.b w Hiphf cp Bx 2225 x 142 21-23 18fog» y Ct Num 308" a' Num 30I2 jer i7lo Ps 89s4 cp Deut 88t b' Jer 4428 ep 1 Kings 815 24 24. x3ia C* Sp=accordingto thy soul cp 12IS d> ,60 c' 278 ct ri75 1-4 iihc a 23I4 6 3 J8r 38 Issolf c Sp =put her away 22I9 29 d 22W eSpf /Bx2333'cp 1 Kings 1418 a* 8 1:4m'! g Cp 2o7 h Sp — to war Nnm3i38T i Cp Job 13W Sp 8- l.6htt villi 6 I3f,( j 17 BX 22*-3* 7i3JC k Bx 21W I Lev i34 m 17IO n Cp Lev 13- o 25" ep 07 p Num 1210 5 234 10-13 L^fe r 152 8 Pl'OV 2228+ ( Cp 156 Qalf it lo-isf » BX 2228 w Sp~necdy 1511 x i68 ct Bx 2228 »6!« D "hire of a whore, or the wages of a dog, into tho house of Yahweh thy God for any vow : for even both those are an "abomination unto Yahweh thy God. 19 ^xhou shalt not Tend upon usury to thy 'brother ; usury of money, usury of victuals, usury of "any thing that is lent upon usury : 20 unto a "foreigner thou mayest lend upon usury ; but unto thy 'brother thou shalt not lend upon usury: *that Yahweh thy God may "bless thee in all that thou 'puttest thine hand unto, in the land whither thou 'goest in to 'possess it. 21 LWhen thou shalt "vow a vow unto Yahweh thy God, thou shalt not be slack to pay it : for Yahweh thy God will surely ^require it of thee ; and it would be "sin. in thee. 22 But if thou shalt forbear to vow, it shall be no "sin in thee. 23 That which is "'gone out of thy lips thou shalt 'observe and do ; according as thou hast vowed unto Yahweh thy God, a freewill offering, which thou hast '"'promised with thy mouth. 24 £When thou comest into thy neighbour's vineyard, then thou mayest eat grapes thy fill "'at thine own pleasure ; but thou shalt not put any in thy vessel. 25 When thou comest into thy neighbour's '''standing corn, then thou mayest "pluck the "ears with thine hand ; but thou shalt not "'move a * sickle unto thy neighbour's standing corn. 241 IWhen a man taketh a wife, and marrieth her, then it shall be, if she find no favour in his eyes, because he hath found some "unseemly thing in her, that he shall write her a ''bill of divorcement6, and give it •in her hand, and "send her out of his house. 2 And when she is departed out of his house, she may go and be another man's [wife]. 3 And if the latter husband hate her, and write her a bill of divorcement, and give it in her hand, and send her out of his house ; or if the latter husband die, which took her to be his wife ; 4 her former husband, which sent her away, "may not take her again to be his wife, after that she is "defiled ; for that is ""abomination before Yahweh : and thou shalt not 'cause the land to sin, "which Yahweh ''thy God giveth thee for an inheritance. 5 LWhen a man "taketh a new wife, he shall not go out ''in the host, neither shall he be 'charged with any business : he shall be free at home one year, and shall cheer his wife which he hath taken. 6 lNo man shall take the mill or the upper millstone to ¦'pledge : for he taketh [a man's] life to pledge. 7 xIf a man be "found ""stealing any of his 'brethren of the children of Israel, and he deal with him "as a slave, or sell him ; then that thief shall die : so shalt thou "put away the evil from the midst of thee. 8 """Take heed in the 'plague of leprosy, that thou 'observe diligently, and do according to all that the Jpriests the Levites shall mteach you : as I "commanded them, so ye shall kobserve to do. ° "Remember 'what Yahweh thy God did unto ''Miriam, by the 'way as ye '"came forth out of Egypt. 10 '¦"When thou dost ''lend thy neighbour any manner of 'loan, thou shalt not go into his house to 'fetch his "pledge. u Thou shalt stand without, and the man to whom thou dost "lend shall bring forth the pledge without unto thee. 12 And if he be a "poor man, thou shalt not sleep with his pledge : 13 thou shalt surely restore to him the pledge "when the sun goeth down, that he may sleep in his garment, and bless thee : and "it shall be righteousness unto thee before Yahweh thy God. 10 47 33' 11 88* 11 loa v 83'' 76 69 Cp 151-" 2410-is. 247 IVt Or, as a chattel— 21". 8 This passage contrasts with the adjoining laws in several particulars. (1) Its subject is not cognate with the sooial legis lation of the oontoxt : (2) the hortatory form of introduction is different : (3) the address varies from the sing to the pi : (4) it presupposes regulations already communicated to the priests, to be imparted by them to Israel : (3) the word plague ( =.stroke 178 2 16) is not used elsewhere by D in this sense, though it is the regular term in P : (6) tho formula in 9 ocours only in 234 (itself of doubtful origin) and 2517. It sooms host, thorofore, to regard it as an addition derived from priestly circles, referring to cur rent torah analogous to that now embodied in Lev 13.. 283 Deut 24' ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE D 14. Laa'o-i z Lev igl3a a'suV Cp Lev i913b c' Sp-aoul i220 d',58 16 Lsfii 17 x4h^ e' 16I9 /' 22 s16 n'5181511 10-22 L^iit V Lev 19" 232: V Buth 2? 16 Job 2410f 3' Is 27" cp Judg 6U k>Sp\ V Lev 258 m' Lev 19I0 1-3 i4j 1 1402 a 178 6 Bx 23 c Bx 229 7« d Lev 2528 Judg 68 Spf e Cp 27I8 §« 4I2f /Cp Ezek 39II £t g Sp* Hos ioll ai 6-10 Lttb h 7 Oen 388t 6iid6 i Cp 9I4 3 8 cp 21I4 Jp I 1S 202 m Num I2l4f 11 im n Bx 2122 oSpf D D! 14 'Thou shalt not 'oppress an hired servant that is "'poor and needy, whether he be of thy Tbrethren, or of a'thy strangers that are in thy land within thy "gates : 15 in his l'day thou shalt give him his hire, neither shall the sun go down upon it ; for he is poor, and setteth his "heart upon it : lest he '''cry against thee unto Yahweh, and it be "sin unto thee. 10 »*The fathers shall not be put to death for the children, neither shall the children be put to death for the fathers ; every man shall be put to death for his own sin. 17 xThou shalt not "'wrest the judgement of the "stranger, [nor] of the fatherless ; nor take the widow's raiment to Jpledge : 18 but thou shalt ^' remember that thou wast a bondman in Egypt, and Yahweh thy God ''redeemed thee thence: "'therefore I command thee to do this thing. 111 1When thou '''reapest thine harvest in thy field, and hast forgot a ''sheaf in the field, thou shalt not go again to fetch it : it shall be for the "stranger, for the fatherless, and for the widow : that Yahweh thy God may 'bless thee in all the "work of thine hands. 20 When thou J'heatest thine olive tree, thou shalt not ''go over the boughs4' again : it shall be for the "stranger, for the fatherless, and for the widow. 21 When thou ''gatherest [the grapes of] thy vineyard, thou shalt not ""'glean it after thee : it shall be for the "stranger, for the fatherless, and for the widow. 22 And thou shalt ¦''remember that thou wast a bondman in the land of Egypt : therefore I command thee to do this thing. 251 Ll£ there be a "controversy between men, and they come unto judgement, and [the judges] judge them ; then they shall justify the righteous, and "condemn the wicked ; 2 and it shall be, if the wicked man be worthy to be beaten, that the "judge shall cause him to lie down, and to be beaten before his face, ''according to his wickedness, by number. 3 Forty stripes he may give him, he shall not exceed : lest, if he should exceed, and beat him above these with many stripes, then thy bbrother should "seem vile "unto thee. 4 NIThou shalt not •''muzzle the ox when he "treadeth out [the corn], 6 KIIf brethren dwell together, and one of them die, and have no son, the wife of the dead shall not marry without unto a stranger : her husband's brother sliall go in unto her, and take her to him to wife, anc| ''perform the duty of an husband's brother unto her'1. 6 *And it shall be, that the firstborn which she beareth shajl succeed in the name of his brother which is dead, that his name be not 'blotted out of Israel. 7 And if the man Jlike not to take his brother's wife, then his brother's wife shall go up to the *gate unto the delders, and say, My husband's brother refuseth to raise up unto his brother a name in Israel, he "will not ''perform the duty of an husband's brother unto me. 8 Then the ''elders of his city shall call him, and speak unto him : and if he stand, and say, I Jlike not to take her ; ° then shall his brother's wife come unto him in the "presence of the delders, and 'loose his shoe from off his foot, and ™spit in his face ; and she shall answer and say, So shall it be done unto the man that doth not build up his brother's house. 10And his name shall be called in Israel, The house of him that hath his shoe loosed. 11 xWhen men "strive together one with another, and the wife of the one draweth near for to deliver her husband out of the hand of him that smiteth him, and putteth forth her hand, and taketh him by the "secrets: 12 then thou shalt cut off her hand, thine 'eye shall have no pity. n si p 105* r aa1 s ng a 67 b 35 0 43» d 4a1 0 117 |f 43" 24w The special regulations designed for the protection of the weak or helpless against social oppression aro hero intorrupted by a statement of general principlo unrelated to tho context either in matter or form. It' was known to the Deuteronomic redactor of the records of the monarchy 2 Kings 14°' cp Jer 3I29- Ezek 184 ; but iu its present place it seems like an after- 284 thought, and is consequently marked as an addition. It is in gonoral harmony with 7'°, hut tho expression is different. 254 Anothor precept dotachod from its natural connexions. So far as it concerns the harvest it seems to belong to 24I9-22 • or, as a provision for kindness to animals, it has affinities with 22!"*. 6 Op 21I8. . 22". . 24I-S. HUMANITY AND RIGHT CONDUCT Deut 26 10 JE 13-10 i4da p Mio 6H prov l6" q Spf cp Lev 19S6 Prov nl r i812 s Lev 1988 17-19 i^n'j ( Ex 178 u 234 v Josh iolflt wSptx 12W ' Bx 17I4 cp 9I4 1-11 i8oe a 17I4 2 llOB.' b 10 ,84 C 4 286 17f s '-lIBj d 179 e 30I8 /lo Sp=layit up 1428 9 Cp Gen 468 h Cp Gen 474 i 2862 tj Cp Gen 3480 7EX19 ft k Num 20I8 I Ex 112 m Sp=aerviceEx ,14 n Num 20I8 cp Bx37 o Ex 37 4SI p Gen 418I q Bx3» r 484 g i31 13 IThou shalt not have in thy pbag divers weights, a great and a small. 14 Thou shalt not have in thine house divers measures, a great and a small. 15 A "perfect and just* weight shalt thou have ; a perfect and just measure shalt thou have : that thy days may be "long upon the "land which Yahweh 'thy God giveth thee. 10 'For all that do such things, "[even] Jall that do "unrighteously, are an 'abomination unto Yahweh thy God. 17 "Remember what 'Amalek did unto thee by the "way as ye 'came forth out of Egypt ; 18 how he met thee by the way, and "smote the hindmost mof thee, all that were "feeble behind thee, when thou wast faint and weary; and he feared not God. 1!) Therefore it shall be, when Yahweh thy God hath "given thee "rest from all thine enemies round about", in the "land which Yahweh thy God giveth thee for an in heritance to possess it, that thou shalt "blot out the remembrance of Amalek "from under heaven ; thou shalt not "forget. 261 NZAnd it shall be, "when thou art "come in unto the "land which Yahweh "thy God giveth thee for an inheritance, and possessest it, and dwellest therein ; 2 Hhat thou shalt take of the 'first of all the ''fruit of the ground, which thou shalt bring in from thy "land that Yahweh thy God giveth thee ; and thou shalt put it in a "basket, and shalt go unto the place 'which Yahweh thy God shall choose to cause his name to "dwell there. 3 'And thou shalt come unto the priest ''that shall be in those days, and say unto him, I "profess this day unto Yahweh thy God, that I am come unto the land which Yahweh hsware unto our fathers for to give .us. * And the priest shall "take the "basket out of thine hand, and -'set it down before the 'altar of Yahweh thy God. 5 And thou shalt answer and say before Yahweh thy God, A "Syrian "ready to perish was my father, and he "went down into Egypt, and ''sojourned there, 'few in number ; and he became there a nation, jgreat, ¦'mighty, and populous^, ° and the Egyptians *evil entreated us, and 'afflicted us, and laid upon us hard '"bondage : 7 and we "cried unto Yahweh, kthe God of our fathers, and Yahweh "heard our voice, and "saw our affliction, and our 'toil, and our "oppression : 8 and Yahweh 'brought us forth out of Egypt with a ""mighty hand, and with an outstretched arm, and with 'great terribleness, and with "signs, and with wonders : u and he hath "brought us into "this place, and hath given us this land, "a land flowing with milk and honey. 10 And now, g 73° h 69" i i» j 10 k 9" 1 28" in 64 n 98 o 69' P 48 ? 53, b 69"! 0 i» d 5° e 690 f 87 g 4<> li 107* i 16 j 55" 1 a8» 111 80 > n loia o 34 p 6g» 2518 Perhaps a gloss founded on Lev 1936. In Sp the words stand at the end of the sentence. 17 Cp 24s : another appeal to remembrance (97) marked by the formula of the ' way,' based on the narrative in Ex iys~lti. The lack of connexion with the previous group of social laws suggests a doubt whether it may not be due rather to the hand of an annotator than to the original compiler. Bacon supposes it to havo boon incorporated by R11 from an earlier discourse of Moses in E, but the language hardly supports such an ascrip tion. (It may be noted that in each case the phrase relating to the Exodus employs the plural in a singular context 234 24°.) 26] The liturgical directions which here follow, are generally viowed as the close of the actual code 12-26 : on the possibility that they were once more closely connected with 12-18 (19) op I2l" (2). The want of uniformity in the Deuteronomic language raises some perplexing questions which are not without bearing on the problem of the unity of its authorship. The instructions concerning the offering of firstfruits 2_11 Bhow a general resemb lance to the law of vegetable tithe (corn, wine, and oil) 1422-27. Firstfruits are also named in 184 (corn, wine, and oil) as among the priestly dues : but in i26 17 where tithes are specified, first- fruits are not mentioned. Are the firstfruits and tithe the same? So some recent writers (eg Benzinger, Hebr Arch 461, Steuern, Addis). If so, is the difference of nomenclature to be ascribed to difference of source ? And what, then, is the mean ing of designating the third year l2 (when the tithe was bestowed on the Levites in the homesteads) as 'the year of tithing ' ? If tithes were taken every year, why should the third year be called the ' tithe-year ' ? Some ancient custom must have originally given special significance to the triennial payment (cp Driver, Deut 173, and Driver and Nowack on Am 44, Cambr Bible and Ilandkom). It is expressly required in 12 that tho whole tithe shall be assigned to the poor members of the community, while the ritual in 2 only specifies ' some of the (ii stfruits,' such as could bo put in a basket; the word 'all' (omitted by Sam and (M) being perhaps a later definition cp 1°. Firstfruits were exacted . according to the First Code Ex 2310 (O'Tiaa instead of rviDN" ) at harvest-time, but nothing is said of tithes cp Ex 2229. D does not specify at what season or in what mnnnor the firstfruits wore to bo paid to the priest 184, or when the festive titho-meal was to bo held at tho sanctuary i422-27i But it can hardly be supposed that these two passages refer to the same religious gift, and the identification of the firstfruits in 26s with the tithes of 1422 cannot be regarded as assured (e g the wine and oil are not included). There remains the possi bility that the passage in 184 represents an advance in priestly demands, or that the different laws were not actually drafted by the same hands, bo that the confusion in their relations is due to slight diversities of expression within the same general school. 4 This rubrio mny bo an additional ritual direotion ; in l°b the worshippor himself deposits his gift after his confession. Ca M Sp Aramean. — Cp Gen 31s0 24. 5b M Or, wandering. Or, lost. 285 Deut 261 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE D t 127 12-16 *8dc 11 I422 v 142s •to Sp — aatisjted 1429 x Sp = holy 12M D y 141 2 Ct Ex 15IS* cp Jor 25«o «( a' 18 £» i.' Cp fa6 c'281 1-8 14V)) behold, I have brought the 'first of the "fruit of the ground, which thou, 0 Yahweh, hast given me. And thou shalt -^set it down before Yahweh thy God, and "worship before Yahweh thy God: n and thou shalt 'rejoice in all the good which Yahweh thy God hath given unto 'thee, "and unto thine house, thou, and the Levite, and the stranger that is in the "midst of thee. 12 1When thou hast made an end of tithing all the tithe of thine "increase in the 'third year, which is the year of tithing, then thou shalt give it unto the 'Levite, to the stranger, to the fatherless, and to the widow, that they may "eat within thy "gates, and be "filled ; 13 and thou shalt say before Yahweh thy God, I have "put away the "hallowed things out of mine house, and also have given them' unto the 'Levite, and unto the stranger, to the fatherless, and to the widow, according to all thy "commandment which thou hast commanded me : I have not transgressed any of thy commandments, neither have I ^forgotten them : u I have not eaten thereof in my mourning, neither have I "put away thereof, being unclean, nor given thereof "for the dead : I have "hearkened to the voice of Yahweh my God, I have done according to all that thou hast "'commanded me. 15 Look down from thy "holy habita tion, from heaven, and b'liless thy people Israel, and the ground which thou hast given us, as thou "'swurost unto our fathers, a "land flowing with milk and honey. 10 "This day Yahweh thy God commandeth thee to do these "'statutes and judgements : thou shalt therefore "keep and do them with all thine ''heart, and with all thy soul. n Thou hast "'avouched Yahweh this day to l'be thy God, and that thou shouldest "'walk in his ways, and '''keep his "'statutes, and his commandments, and his judgements, and "hearken unto his voice : 18 and Yahweh hath "'avouched thee this day to be a ''peculiar people unto himself, as he hath J'promised thee, and that thou shouldest h'keep all his commandments ; 19 and to make thee "'high above all nations which he hath made, "in praise, and in name, and in honour ; and that thou mayest be an "'holy people unto Yahweh thy God, as he hath J'spoken. 271 "'And Moses and the "elders of Israel commanded the people, a3a 96 781 t 1051" 11 41° v 51 w 9a" ag= 48 z S8a a' a9n 1/ aaa 1/ 107!* d' io4a e' 8a>> V 59 8' "5" h' 8a« i' 60b j' 9' k' 6o» 4a" 26n (5) thou and thine liouse. 18 The opening of the great concluding discourse in which the duty of observance of tho previous laws was enforced. On the probablo continuity of 28 aftor 10-19 cp 27I1*. The lunguago of 17 is not free from porploxity. Tho phraso ' thou hast avouched ' occurs only in this passage. It seems to point to some solemn manifestation in which Yahweh and Israel entered into definite relations as God and people. Wellh supposed that this took place at Horeb, so that the code in 12-26 originally represented the legislation of the wilderness. As that does not seem consistent with other phenomena of the book, Dillm (with whom Driver agrees) regards the silent audience of the people, while Moses recites the laws, as the act of mutual adoption. Oettli evades the difScnlty by an impossible emendation of the text. On the relation of this passago to other concluding dis courses cp 279N 292N. 19 M Or, for a praise, and for a name, and for an honour. — Cp Jer 13H honour = glory ft. 271 The discourse in 2616~i9 appears to be resumed in 28I (cp ' make thee high above all nations ' 26I9 28I), the connexion of 281 being plainly much closer with 2619 than with 27, which contains a collection of fragments. Various elements are by general consent combined in it, but it is difficult to account for their union, or to ascertain their original attachments. Tho first section 1_8 is concerned with the inscription of the law on stones to be set up on Mount Ebal, and the construction of an altar o-7" on the same spot. In "¦ it seems natural to find the opening of a great discourse exhorting Israel to obedience, and its abrupt arrest at onco excites surprise. Tlio injunctions of n-is are not unrelated locally to the commands in i~8, but the links botweon the two are not apparent. Tlie series of dooms in 14"211 is evi dently not the immediate sequel of n-!', for whereas 12 selects Levi as one of six tribes charged to pronounce a blessing, u ascribes to Levi alone a liturgical collection of twelve cursos. Of these sovei-al passages tho first is itself, also, composite, for tho injunctions for the erection and plastering of the stones 1-4 7b 8 are full of the characteristic phrases of D, while the direc tions for building the altar follow the fundamental rule of E. This makes it probable that other 13 elements are to be detected in the neighbourhood, and the cognate passage in Josh 839~35 supplies a clue (cp Bacon, Triple Trad 260). There Joshua builds an altar in Mount Ebal, the words of the law are inscribed upon the stones, and are afterwards solemnly read to the assembled people. This act of sacrifice is at first sight not in harmony with tho Deuteronomic view of the only legitimate sanctuary 12L •, though it may be defended on tho ground that the condition of settled possession there implied was not yet realized. But it strikingly recalls another scene in E where not only is an altar erected and a book of divine law read, but twelve great stones are reared Ex 244_1. The stones are called pillars, and their function is only temporary : but the coincidence is note worthy. The editor of Josh 830~35 apparently regarded the law as carved on the stones composing tho altar. This is obviously impossible when the altar was constructed of unhewn stones. The Deuteronomio version provides a suitable surface by re quiring them to be plastered, and plainly distinguishes them from the materials of the altar cp Ex 244. It is therefore quite possible that the original command in 2~* 8 may be derived from E, altogether recast by D*, and the association of the elders with Moses thus receives some little light*. The repetition of * As © omits ' tho poople,' Dillm proposes to read ' commanded the elders of Israel ' op 3i9b i"», 286 THE ALTAR ON EBAL Deut 27 '20 a 81 b 4 cp Josh 420 830.. cSpf JE Ii. iiodm d Ex 2o26 Cb lyb^ e -™iio 7 '7p/> /Ex 2024 P 127 7l Cp 15 Sp 9 IlllJ ».6t j Cp 26" k 1 1 29 cp Joah 833 » 7,Hi/ !2l7 Ml JM 10 *sbfc n 58 Ex 204 Lev 26I o Ex 34" Lev 194 p 428 3,20 cp ug O 24 ,36 18 iib ! r 25S cp Ex 21" Lev 209 Sp 17 r-abb * 19I4 18 /ak« t Sp* cp Prov 2810 10 HtLC u 16I9 2417 Ex 23O 20 lieg v Lev 20U W 22S0 D" saying,_ bKeep "all the "commandment which I "command you this day. 2 And it shall be on the day when ye shall pass over Jordan unto the "land which Yahweh fthy God giveth thee, that thou shalt ''set thee up great stones, and "plaister them with plaister : 3 and thou shalt write upon them "all the words of "this law, when thou art passed over ; that thou mayest go in unto the "land which Yahweh thy God giveth thee, a land flowing with milk and honey, as Yahweh, the God of thy fathers, hath 'promised thee. 4 And it shall be when ye are passed over Jordan, that ye shall set up these stones, which I "command you this day, in mount Ebal, and thou shalt plaister them with plaister. 5 ''And there shalt thou build an altar unto Yahweh thy God, an altar of stones : thou shalt dlift up no iron [tool] upon them. 6 Thou shalt build the "altar of Yahweh thy God of "unhewn stones : 'and thou shalt "offer 'burnt offerings thereon unto Yahweh thy God : 7" 'and thou shalt sacrifice 'peace offerings; and shalt "eat there ; and thou shalt 'rejoice before Yahweh thy God. 8 And thou shalt write upon the stones "all the words of "this law "very ^plainly. [3129-*-] 9 HIAnd Moses and the "priests the Levites spake unto "all Israel, saying, 'Keep silence, and "hearken, O Israel ; ¦'this day thou 'art become the people of Yahweh thy God. 10 Thou shalt therefore "obey the voice of Yahweh thy God, and do his "commandments and his statutes, which I "command thee this day. [->46J 11 "And Moses charged the people the same day, saying, 12 These shall stand upon mount 'Gerizim to bless the people, when ye are passed over Jordan ; Simeon, and Levi, and Judah, and Issachar, and Joseph, and Benjamin: 13 and these shall stand upon mount ''Ebal for the "curse ; Eeuben, Gad, and Asher, and Zebulun, Dan, and Naphtali. 14 Hij^nj the Levites shall 'answer, and say unto all tlie men of Israel with a ™loud volcow, 15 '-Cursed be the man thnt maketli a "graven or "molten imago, an "abomination unto Yahweh, the ''work of the hands of the craftsman, nnd setteth it up in 'secret. And all the people shall 'answer and say, Amen. " ^Cursed be he that "setteth light by his father or his mother. And all the people shall say, Amen. 17 rCursnd be he that 'removoth his neighbour's landmark. And all the people shall say, Amen. J8 ^Cursed be he that maketh the blind to 'wander out of the way. And all the people shall say, Amen. 19 ICursed be he that "wresteth the judgement of the 'stranger, fatherless, and widow. And all the people sliall say, Amen. 20 ^Cursed be he that "lieth with his father's wife ; bocause lie hath "uncovered his father's skirt. And all the people shall say, Amen. b 8a» 0 3911 d agb 9 690 f i» JT 15 11 701 i 69* j 91 k B16 m n6» P 58" q I0411 3a t 105a 2 in 4 and of 8 in 8 has led some oritics to traco more than one hand in these verses also, but they seem explicable by the expan sive manner of Ds. There is, however, a further difficulty. The phraseology in 2 suggests that the stones were to be erected on the actual day of the passage of the Jordan ; while 8 conceives them as set up and inscribed before the entry into the promised land. Is the distance from the Jordan to Shechem forgotten ; does the writer ' looking back to a distant past ' (Driver, Deut 295) fail to take account of the time that mnst have elapsed between the crossing of the river and the arrival at Ebal ; or is there a vague reminiscence in his mind of the later incident when twelve stones are taken up out of the Jordan and placed upright in the Gilgal Josh 4s 20 ? 27" M Sp whole.— Cp Ex so28 Josh 8si. 9 Like 26'6- • this passage has the appearanoe of introducing an exhortation to obedience. In spite of two unique Hebrew phrases, its language is in general harmony with that of D. Many critics, therefore, view it as a connecting link between 2619 and 28I. It is not, however, by any means needed for that purpose ; ° seems an independent reference to tho great adoption cp 26t7- ; and no cause is apparent for the introduction of the Levites. Another connexion is suggested by 3I24"29 cp 29». 11 This passage n~i3 rests in its present form on n29 cp Josh 833, and is consequently ascribed to Dfl. It may, however, be founded on an earlier arrangement of E : Bacon (Triple Trad 2^0) points out that the position assigned to Levi in 12 places him on a footing of equality with the secular tribes (cp Gen 34 20 ¦ 4oB), unlike the separate dignity claimed for him in D, and still more in P. u Tho function of Levi in 14 is not idontical with that of 12 : and the concluding curses do not seem to belong to the preced ing directions : (1) they are unaccompanied by any blessings such as might have been expected to precede them 12 ; (2) they are delivered by the Levites alone to whom the whole people respond, while in 12 Levi is one of six appointed to bless : (3) they are not founded immediately on the preceding code, as they omit matters on which it lays great stress, and include others to which it does not refer, while they show parallels both with E's judgements and with Ph. (For affinities of substance cp Table of Laws : phraseological contact is noted in the margins.) It has been conjectured that they are ' part of an old liturgical office, used on solemn occasions ' (Driver, Deut 300). Tho promi nence assigned to the Levites ,4 may imply that they are among the latest insertions in the book. 287 Deut 272 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE 21 ll\c X Ex 22I9 22. iie/i 24 I3icJ y 194 Ex 2ii2 Lev 24I7 20 i4o/ 4 =(/(« 16I9 u' Cp igio- Sp Lev 24I7 b' Sp — establish or> cp 2 Kinga 233 24 a ft=:make thee high 26I9 b Gen i818 c 16 46 30I ct 430 .( Ct 10- • e 11 18 03 Cp 50° /11613o9t g 18 61 7I3 h " 2b2 i 17 Ex 83 is^t jl03j2Josh 14II * I42 ft I Lev 2521 m Prov 3lof n Josh 424* cp 1 Kings 8-13 o Cp Jer 149 710 Is 63I9 j) Cp 225 q 309 8 44 cp 156 13. L5at I 44 Is 914 ,Q16+ U Cp 1 43 ft 2i '-Cursed be lie that *lioth witli any manner of beast, say, Amen. D° And all the people shall 22 iCursed be ho that lieth with his sister, the daughter of his father, or the daughter of his mother. And all the people shall say, Amen. 23 Cursed be ho that lieth with his mother in law. And all the people shall say, Amen. 24 'Cursed he he that 'smiteth his neighbour in 9secret. And all the people shall say, Amen. 25 'Cursed be he that taketh "reward to "'slay an innocent person. And all the people shall say, Amen. 20 "Cursed he he that o'coiifirmetli not the words of "this law to do them. And all the people shall say, Amen. 281 "And it shall come to pass, if thou shalt "hearken diligently unto the voice of Yahweh "thy God, to "observe to do all his commandments which 1 'command thee this day, that Yahweh thy God will "set thee on high above lall the nations of the earth : 2 and all these "blessings shall "come upon thee, and overtake thee, if thou shalt "hearken unto the voice of Yahweh thy God. 3 ''Blessed shalt thou be in the city, and blessed shalt thou be in the field. 4 Blessed shall be the "fruit of thy body, and the 'fruit of thy ground, "and the /fruit of thy cattle-'', the "increase of thy kine, and the young of thy flock". 5 Blessed shall be thy ^basket and thy 'kneading- trough. ° Blessed shalt thou be when thou Jcomest in, and blessed shalt thou be when thou ¦'goest out. 7 Yahweh shall "cause thine enemies that rise up against thee to be 'smitten before thee: they shall come out against thee one way, and shall flee before thee seven ways. 8 Yahweh shall 'command the "blessing upon thee in thy '"barns, and in "all that thou puttest thine hand unto ; and he shall 'bless thee in the Jland which Yahweh thy God giveth thee. 9 Yahweh shall establish thee for an kholy people unto himself, as he hath 'sworn unto thee ; if thou shalt mkeep the commandments of Yahweh thy God, and "walk in his ways. 10 And "all the peoples of the earth shall see that thou art "called by the name of Yahweh ; and they shall be ^afraid of thee. n And Yahweh shall 9make thee plenteous for good, in the "fruit of thy body, and in the ¦''fruit of thy cattle, and in the 'fruit of thy ground, in the land which , Yahweh 'sware unto thy fathers to give thee. 12 Yahweh shall open unto thee his good "treasure the heaven to 'give the rain of thy land in its season'', and to 'bless all the ""work of thine hand: and thou shalt "lend unto many nations, and thou shalt not borrow. 13 xAnd Yahweh shall make thee the 'head, and not the 'tail ; and thou shalt be "above ""only, and thou shalt not be "beneath ; if thou shalt "hearken unto the commandments of Yahweh thy God, which I 'command thee this day, to 'observe and to do [them] ; 14 and shalt not 'turn aside from any of the words which I ''command you this day, to the right hand, or to the left, to 'go after other gods to 'serve them. 10 But it shall come to pass, if thou wilt not "hearken unto the voice of i» 8a" agi> f 5°» g 100" j aaa 69= k1m n 6o» 107I1 8ac 1151 o 119 P 64 8ab H4b 85*33b 2726 This conclusion has probably been adapted or added to suit the present position of the preceding curses. 281 This great discourse seems to be the sequel of tho exhor tation in 2610"'9, and follows tho Codo in 13-2611* much as tho brief address in Ex ?320- ¦ is uttuched to tho Hook of J ndgomonts, or Lev ~63-46 to tho Holiness Legislation. Tho nucleus of the first portion of it is found in two sets of blessings and curses 3_fl and 16-19, with their appropriate homiletic envelopes 1"ii and ic— 1°. The rest seems to fall into two distinct sections, the first 47~67 comprising a "warning against a foreign invader and a delinea tion of the horrors of a protracted siege, the second 68_ctl having no special connexion with the preceding, but containing threats of diminution of the population by disease, and of their ultimate dispersion by slavery in distant lands, "Whether these passages were composed consecutively, or placed in their present collo cation by their original author, has been somotimes doubted. The unity of the discourso has beon maintained in substance by Kuenen and Driver. Dillm cautiously admits the possibility that it may have received additions, but thinks that their separa tion from the original nucleus is no longer possible. The phe nomena which point in this direction are of various kinds : (1) 288 the same threats and warnings are again and again repeated, e g of disease 21- 27 36 eo) 0f defeat and captivity 26 36- «3-, of foreign bondage where the worship of Yahweh can no longer be practised 80 °4 : (2) some passages are markod by peculiarities of matter and form eg >w> 20 30 " BB s (3) an unusual number of parallels with the language of Jeremiah may be noticed cp 1° 20 20. 20. 30. 48. 61-63 ei 63 06. Heasons will be offered for regarding 26t 26 so-37 41. ns possible later insertions, and for treating 47~" and 68-08 as separate sections, though whether they really pro ceed from separate authors cannot be determined. They are at any rate homiletic products of the same school as the homilies in 5-1 1 ; and they show marked affinities with the type of pro phetic preaching presented in the writings of Jeremiah (cp Introd X 2 i 88-90). In 48> • the Chaldeans seem to be in view : but the concluding section does not contemplate a particular deportation by conquest, so much as a general expatriation by enslavement, Egypt boing montioned among the countries of their future servitude. In these aspects the discourse seems to precede 45-4°] though 62 and 427, and »o M and 428, are not without affinities. 4 Kf0t jn is or in © ; probably a gloss, cp n. 1* M Or, treasury.— 32'* cp Jer io" || 5iie 5o2o Ps 33' Job 3822. BLESSINGS AND CURSES Deut 28n7 JE w Mai 22t z723 IfSpf 2 Jer 44 2 1 12 263 4422t a' 2926 ojlO Josh 24I6 20 b' j22 c' Lev 261«t d' Am 4O 1 Kings 837 a( e' Cp Lev 26!' /' Lev 26" tf 36 cp 60 Ex 9' /i'Lev2i20 2222t i' Zecli i24f jr Zeph ill Is s9fo k' JoBh 18 ft cp "66 I' i6l» ot 13 83 ft m* 33 Jer so33 n' Jer 21I2 229 o> 31 22^ ?/ 207 q' Jer 32 Is 13I6 Zech i42f r> Am 5tl Zeph lis •' Spf cp Lam 417 ('Neh s'cpGeli 3i2» Mio 2I Prov 327f ur Lev 26IO v' Aln 4I w' Ct Hos o7 Jer 2n2" and Lev i923-M. 36 The return at this point to the infliction of disease is un expected after the list of maladies in 27. In 36 the threat of exile for king and people is without parallel elsewhere, and 3e. strangely interrupts the description of suffering in their own land continued from 34 in 3S. The language has again a strongly Jeremian tinge : with 30 Cp Jer 9I0 i6>3 : in 37 'astonishment' is frequent in Jer or 25" " '3 ss 44i2 ,,018 17. i ovorb, and a by word"", among "'all the peoples ""whither Yahweh shall lead thee away. 38 Thou shalt carry much seed out into the field, and shalt gather little in ; for the locust shall "consume it. 39 Thou shalt 'plant vineyards and dress them, but thou shalt neither drink of the wine, nor "-''gather [the grapes] ; for the worm shall eat them. 40 Thou shalt have olive trees ""throughout all thy borders, but thou shalt not "''anoint thyself with the oil ; for thine olive shall cast [its fruit]. 41 "Thou shalt beget sons and daughters, but they shall not be thine ; for they shall go into captivity. 42 "All thy trees and the 'fruit of thy ground shall the "locust "possess. 43 'The stranger that is in the ''midst of thee shall mount up above thee "higher and higher ; and thou shalt come down "lower and lower. 44 He shall "lend to thee, and thou shalt not lend to him : he shall be the 'head, and thou shalt be the 'tail. 4SAnd all these "curses shall "come upon thee, and shall pursue thee, and overtake thee, till thou be "destroyed ; because thou "hearkenedst not unto the voice of Yahweh thy God, to keep his "commandments and his statutes which he com manded thee : 40 and they shall be upon thee for a *'sign and for a wonder, and upon thy seed for ever. 47 "Because thou '''servedst not Yahweh thy God with "'joyfulness, and with "^'gladness of heart, by reason of the abundance of all things: 48 therefore shalt thou serve thine enemies which Yahweh shall send against thee, in hunger, and in thirst, and in "nakedness, and in °*want of all things : and he shall put a "'yoke of iron"' upon thy neck, until he have ''destroyed thee. 49 Yahweh shall bring a nation against thee from ""'far, from the end of the earth, ""as the eagle flieth ; a nation whose ""tongue thou shalt not understand ; 50 a nation of "^fierce coun tenance, which shall not "'regard the person of the old, nor shew favour to the young : cl and he shall "reat the ¦''fruit of thy cattle, and the 'fruit of thy ground, "until thou be "destroyed: which also shall not leave thee J'corn, wine, or oil, the "increase of thy kine, or the young of thy flock, until he have caused thee to k'perish. 62And he shall ""besiege thee in all thy ''gates, until thy high and "'fenced walls come down, ""wherein thou trustedst, throughout all thy land : "and he shall besiege thee in all thy gates throughout all thy land, 'which Yahweh thy God hath given thee. 63And thou shalt eat the "fruit of thine own body, the ""flesh of thy sons and of thy daughters which Yahweh thy God hath given thee ; '""in the siege and in the straitness, wherewith thine enemies shall straiten thee. fi4 The man that is ""tender ""'among you, and very delicate"10, his ""eye shall be evil toward his brother, and toward the ""wife of his bosom, and toward the remnant of his children which he hath remaining : °6 so that he will not give to any of them of the flesh of his children whom he shall eat, because he hath nothing left him ; "'"in the siege and in the straitness, wherewith thine enemy shall straiten thee in all thy ''gates. so The ""tender and delicate woman "'among you, which would not adventure to set the sole of her foot upon the ground for delicateness and tenderness, her ""eye shall be evil toward the husband of her bosom, and toward her son, and toward her daughter ; 67 and toward her "young one that cometh out from between ef 14 V 78" g' IOI>> li' a3c 34" J' 30 k' 86" 1' 51 m! 64 284i Cp 32 : perhaps another repetition. For the use of "TVin ' beget ' (p3o) cp 425 : the counterpart as in J[ij does not occur in D. 42 Parallel in substance to 3B : tho word ' locust ' in 42 is ound nowhere else. 47 RV treats 47> as continuous with 4°.. But tho lack of con nexion rather suggests a fresh departure : 40 reaches a solemn close, and the failure in joyful service 47 is a different cause for punishment compared with tho positive disobcdionco of 4B. 48 prepares the way for the description of the . dreaded invader (apparently, as the parallels with Jeremiah imply, the Chaldeans), and tho incidents and results of a siege, with a rhythmic refrain in 63 00 67. Tn this Bection phrases of distinctively Deutoronomio character aro rare (for "WIN nnn at the opening cp 2 Kings 32I7 2 Chron 21I2). 01 Not in (5< ; perhaps a duplicate of the last clause of the verse. 62 Probably an accidental repetition from the first half of the verso. °7 M Or, afterbirth.— Sp f. 290 WARNINGS AGAINST DISOBEDIENCE Deut 29 l ha Cp Lev 2621 66 7I6 fccglobd Jer & Spf be 427 6ftl0 &01 30O Jer 3241 bh 810 305» bi Ps 526 Prov 222 i526f bj 427 6t,37 bl Cp Jer 312 476 5084 at cp Is 34" bm Is io22f cp 82 bn Spf cp Jer 3I26 bo Job 2422t ftp Cp 17M 1 [2809 in SpJ 1 Illlm a 444H 6 486 Cp P3I 2 [29I in §] c5l ci Cp Ii7 e194ll2806JpCj Is 610 328- Jer JE Ds D Da her feet, and toward her children which she shall bear ; for she shall eat them for "''want of all things secretly: "'"in the siege and in the straitness, wherewith thine enemy shall straiten thee in thy ''gates. 88 "If thou wilt not 'observe to do "'all the words of "'this law that are ^'written in this book, that thou mayest «'fcar this glorious nnd fearful mime, yahweh thy god; m then Yahweh will make thy ''"plagues wonderful, and the plagues of thy feed, even great plagues, and of long continuance, and sore sicknesses, and of long continuance. c° And he will bring upon thee again all the ^diseases of Egypt, which thou wast °«afraid of; and they shall cleave unto thee. clAlso every Hickness, and every plagueM, which is not ^'written in the book of "'this law, them will Yahweh bring upon Ihoe, until thou bo "destroyed. "2 And yo shall bo ',eleit fow in number, whoreas yo wore as tho Vstnis of honvon for multitude; because thou didst not "hoarkon unto the voice of Yahweh thy God. °3 And it shall come to pass, (hat as Yahweh ''"rejoiced over you to "'do you good, nnd to "'multiply you ; so Yahweh will rejoice over you to cause you to ""'perish, and to ''destroy you ; and ye shall be "plucked from off the land whither thou zgoest in to "'possess it. 84 And Ynhweh shall '¦¦/scatter thee among ''all peoples, Wfrom the one end of the earth even unto the other end of the earth ; nnd <>°tliere thou shalt 'serve other gods, which thou hast not d'known, thou nor thy fathers, even wood and stone. 65And among these nations shalt thou "'find no ease, and there shall be no rest for the sole of thy foot : but Yahweh shall give thee there a "trembling "heart, and '""failing of eyes, and ""pining of soul : m and thy life shall "hang in doubt before thee": and thou shalt fear night and day, and shalt have none l as in 4U 294 1° (else where in D ;i"i) common in Jer, and the term " TD1D 'bond woman ' 68 only appears here in D cp Jer 349~n lfl, while Jer never employs D's usual word noK. These slight stylistic differences lend some confirmation to the viow that B8-o8, which has no particular relation to the description of the invasion and siege 40-H7) oweB its place here, perhaps, to some lator editorial hand. 65 Cp 59, and 68". 08a Cp "41 and 99 ; and 08". e81> On the probability that 3oi~i° may have originally formed the conclusion of this discourse cp 3o,K. 291 Cp il o. Driver, agreeing with Knobel, Kuen, and West- phal, attaches this verse to 5-26 28. On the other hand Ewald, Keil, Dillm, Oettli, and more recently Addis and Steuern con nect it with 29. This view is adopted here ; on grounds partly of matter and partly of form. (1) The opening phrase may point either forwards or backwards. But in 5-26 28 there is no reference to a covenant in Moab ; the language of 26I6 27O points to some solemn act of divine adoption, but its nature is not specified. On the other hand in i2. • the Covenant is not yet formally instituted, but the people are assembled to " pasBover ' into it. (2) The language has a somewhat different cast from that of D : on ' children of Israel ' cp 444H : for ' beside ' see r3i. 2 The discourse in 2~29 is distinguished by many peculiari ties both of thought and style, though it obviously belongs to tho great Deuteronomic school. The retrospect in 2~8 curiously omits any reference to Horeb ; it is further assumed that the covenant which is about to be made vi- with Israel (including future generations i6b) is already recorded in ' this book of the law ' 21 ; and it seems to include the curses of 28, though they are described !'• by another term. In 28 the writer speaks of exile as a present fact ; and his language does not seem suffi ciently explained by the deportation of the Ten Tribes after 722. That which is still future in Jer i2i4- • 240, is here contemplated as past, and the terrible consequences have arrived. The parallels with the language of Jeremiah are numerous, as in 28 ; nnd a number of expressions may bo noted which are not found olsewhere1 in D or are used in slightly different senses. Such will bo found in ° ' that ye may know ' &c ; 9 " prosper ' ; 12 ' enter into the covenant ' f ; 12 ' oath ' n'lN 14 10. cp 307 ; " 'abominations and idols' cp 2 Kings 23s4 Ezek 2o7- IS 3723 (' abominations ' 720* cp Jer 41 730 al ; ' idols ' Lev 26s0* in Jer only 502, thirty-nine times in Ezek) ; 18 ' a root that bearoth ' f ; lfl ' gall and wormwood ' cp Am 612 Jer 9I0 231" Lam 3!°+ ; 1° ' bless himself in his heart ' f ; ' stubbornness of mine heart ' Jer 3" 724 9I4 n8 13!° i6'2 1812 23" Ps 81"+ ; 20 'smoke,' nowhere else of jealousy cp Ps 74I ; 21 ' separate for evil ' + cp ' for evil ' Am94 Jer2iio 24" 29" 384 39™ 44" 27 2B Judg 2™ ; 22 ' the genera tion to come' cp Ps 4818 784 6 i0218f ; 22 'the foreigner that shall come ' &c ct 1 Kings 841 ; 22 ' sicknesses ' cp Jer 14I8 164 Ps 1033 2 Chron 2i19f ; 23 ' forsook the covenant' Jer 22s 1 Kings 19IO n Dan 1 i30f ; 28 ' rooted them out ' Sp = ' pluek up,' a favourite word in Jer e g i10 i214. • 187 24s al ; 29 ' the secret things ' ' the things that are revealed,' feminine participles not occurring in this sense elsewhere (cp the frequent use of fem pi in Is 40- ¦). Peculiar turns of thought and phrase will further be found in 4 10-13 lib 19b 23 26 29. 3 JI gee ^34. 29I U 2 Deut 294 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE /82cp Am 210 pCp84 h Cp 83 iCp i31 j 232_313 *38 12 10-15 inln 11 iaal- I Ct 2" (sing) m Cp Josh o2' 23 374- JlCp2» 0 289 p Ct 2617- q 26" cp i>a6 ,-428il Cp 72H ( 3ol7 u Op Jer 51 7 5o'-'0 1 Kings 800 v 9I4 id Cp Judg 2!0 X 2860 y Gen 1924* z Am 411 Is i7 13I9 Jer 4916 5o40t a* den 14^ Hos i' Jor 228 1 Kings 98 D D! and ears to hear, *unto this day. 6 And I have ¦''led you forty years in the wilderness : your "clothes are not waxen old upon you, and thy shoe is not waxen old upon thy foot. 8 Ye have not eaten 'bread, neither have ye drunk wine or strong drink : that ye might "know that "I am Yahweh 'your God. "' And when ye 'came unto this place, •'Sihon the king of Heshbon, and Og the king of Bashan, came out against us unto battle, and we smote them : 8 and we 'took their land, and gave it for an inheritance unto the Reubenites, and to the Gadites, and to the half tribe of the Manassites. u JKeep therefore the words of this "covenant, and do them, that ye may "prosper in all that ye do. 10 *Ye stand this day all of you before Yahweh your God ; your 'heads, your "tribes, your ""elders, and your "officers, even "all the men of Israel, " your "little ones, your wives, ''and thy "stranger that is in the midst of thy 'camps, from the ""hewer of thy wood unto the drawer of thy water"' : 12 that thou shouldest "enter into the "covenant of Yahweh thy God, and into his "oath, which Yahweh thy God maketh with thee this day : 13 that he may "establish thee pthis day unto himself for a people, and that he may 9be unto thee a God, as he "spake unto thee, and as he "sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob. 14 Neither with you only do I "make this covenant and this oath ; ls hut with him that standeth here with us this day before Yahweh our God, and also with him that is not here with us this day : 10 (for ye know how we dwelt in the land of Egypt ; and how we came through the midst of the nations through which ye passed ; 17 and ye have seen their "abominations, and their "idols, 'wood and stone, "silver and gold, which were among them :) 18 lest there should be among you man, or woman, or family, or 'tribe, whose 'heart turneth away this day from Yahweh our God, to go to 'serve the gods of those nations ; lest there should be among you a "root that beareth "gall and worm wood ; 1B and it come to pass, when he heareth the words of this "curse, that he "bless himself in his heart, saying, I shall have peace, though I walk in the "stubbornness of mine "heart, 'to destroy the moist with the dry : 20 Yahweh "will not "pardon him, but then the 'anger of Yahweh and his jealousy shall "smoke against that man, and all the curse that is "written in this book shall lie upon him, and Yahweh shall "blot out his name from under heaven. 21 And Yahweh shall "separate him unto evil out of all the 'tribes of Israel, according to all the curses of the "covenant that is "written in "this book of the law. z2 And the "genera tion to come, your children that shall ""rise up after you, and "the "foreigner that shall come from a far land, shall say, when they see the "plagues of that land, and the "sicknesses wherewith Yahweh hath made it sick ; 23 [and that] the whole land thereof is "brimstone, and salt, [and] a burning, [that] it is not sown, nor beareth, nor any grass groweth therein, like the "overthrow of Sodom and Gomorrah, "'Admah and Zeboiim, which Yahweh overthrew in his anger, and in his wrath : 24 even all the nations shall say, '''Wherefore hath Yahweh done thus unto this land ? what moaneth the heat of this great anger ? 25 Then men shall say, Because they "forsook the "covenant of Yahweh, the "God of their fathers, which he made with them when he 'brought them forth out of the land of Egypt ; 20 and went and 'served other gods, and worshipped them, gods whom they zknew not, and whom he had not Tdivided unto them : 27 therefore the 'anger of Yahweh was kindled against this land, to bring upon it all the "'curse that is "written g 33" h 63 i I" j 8a«< k 10 1 57, in 430 n 83 o 118 p 91 q I07b r a3b s 117 t 17 v 70I1 w 47 x ib y a8i> z 68° a' 3a 29° Cp Driver in loc. For the phrase cp Ex 7" 822b io2 and pi79 : for the transition to the first person cp y4. 9 M Or, deal wisely. — Cp Josh i7- 1 Kings 2s. 10 Probably ' your judges ' cp Josh 8^ 23s 24I (Dillm, Driv, Addis). 11 A peculiar adaptation of tho usual phraso concerning tho stranger within the gates 1050. 18 M Sp rosh, a poisonous herb.— Cp 3232. Am 612 Hos io4 Jer 814 9i6 23i!S Lam 30 19 Ps 6g2' Job 20I8 f-, i»" M Or, oath, and so 20-. 10b u Or, to add drunkenness to thirst. — +. 20 So M Sp. T given.— Cp 4™. 292 REPENTANCE AND RESTORATION Deut 30M JE ,3 8 c'.Ior nfl 3237t tV Jor 7I11 cp i613 & Jer 2220 a Cp 282 15 0 Sp = lay to heart 4S0 c Jer 29I8 d Cp Jer 83 23: a.H>3S e 4SO /i3l7opJeri2l» 332» g* Sp* Jer 238 29I4 al h 2884 jer gie 30II al i Cp Mio 40 Zeph 3I9 Jer 3ol7 j Sp~end 482 k Sp = (aire Jer 3I4 Ezek 3624 I Sp 17I4 26I in 28OS n xolo Jer 44 0 Jpt cp 16 19 p Ct 1 19 cp 2919-21 q 28I cp 390 r 28" 8 28«3 J 2888 2g21 i)Cp6« nW Jer 3l33 De D D" in this book : 28 and Yahweh "rooted thorn out of their land in "'anger, and in wrath, and in groat indignation''', and "''cast them into "'another land, b'as at this day. 29 N-rhe "secret things belong unto Yahweh our God : but the things "that are revealed belong unto us and to our children for ever, that we may do "'all the words of this law. 301 "And it shall come to pass, when "all these things are come upon thee, the "blessing and the bcurse, which I have "set before thee, and thou shalt lcall them to mind among all the ''nations, whither Yahweh "thy God hath "driven thee, 2 and shalt 'return unto Yahweh thy God, and shalt "obey his voice according to all that I 'command thee this day, thou and thy children, with all thine "heart, and with all thy soul ; 3 that then Yahweh thy God will "turn thy captivity, and have •''com passion upon thee, and will return and "gather thee from ''all the peoples, whither Yahweh thy God hath ''scattered thee. 4 If [any of] thine 'outcasts be in the ^'uttermost parts of heaven, from thence will Yahweh thy God "gather thee, and from thence will he *fetch thee : 5 and Yahweh thy God will 'bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed, and thou shalt 'possess it ; and he will '"do thee good, and 'multiply thee above thy fathers. ° And Yahweh thy God will "circumcise thine heart, and the heart of thy seed, to love Yahweh thy God with all thine "heart, and with all thy soul, "that thou mayest 'live. 7 "And Yahweh thy God will put all theso ''curses upon thine enemies, and on them that hate thee, which persecuted thee. 8 And "thou shalt return and "obey the voice of Yahweh, and sdo all his commandments which I 'command thee this day. 9 And Yahweh thy God will make thee 'plenteous in all the mwork of thine hand, in the fruit of thy body, and in the fruit of thy cattle, and in the "fruit of thy ground, for good'': for Yahweh will again "rejoice over thee for good, as he rejoiced over thy fathers : 10 if thou shalt "obey the voice of Yahweh thy God, to "keep his ''commandments and his statutes which are "written in 'this 'book of the law ; if thou 'turn unto Yahweh thy God with all thine "heart, and with all thy soul. [440->] u "For this "commandment which I 'command thee "this day, it is not too "hard for thee, neither is it far off. 12 It is not in heaven that thou shouldest say, Who shall go up for us to heaven, and bring it unto us, and make us to hear it, that we may do it ? 13 Neither is it beyond the sea, that thou shouldest say, Who shall go over the sea for us, and bring it unto us, and make us to hear it, that we may do it? 14 But the word is very nigh unto thee, in thy mouth, and in thy "heart, that thou mayest do it. b' 33> c 15 a sab b 3a c ioob d l» e 58" f agb g 59 h 14 1 34 j 81 k 74b 1 73 m 119 n 50 o 8a° p 104" (] iao r 7ob agc 2920 Perhaps a lator addition enforcing the contrast botweon the hidden futuro cp Is 48", and the rovolation of prosont guid ance in tho law. Tho use of the first person pi suggosts a form of liturgical response after hearing the reading of the law. 301 The discourse in l~20 seems to fall asunder into two parts 1_l° and u-20, loosely joined by the particle 'for' cp nK. Does the first section 1_i° belong to the address in 29? It is com monly so treated : but it seems preferable to connect it rather with 28. (1) The liturgical close in 2929 suggests that the dis course is concluded : (2) the style of 301-10 shows no special affinity with that of 29 (save in 7) while it is fuU of phrases referring to 28, cp 1 ' the blessing and tho curso,' s ' scattered,' B ' do thee good,' 9 ' make thee plenteous ' &c ; (3) the parallels with Jeremiah are in general harmony with the manner of 28, and the devotional language is much nearer the Deuteronomic type than that of 29. The law is already recorded in writing 10 as in 2868 (and 292l), and the promise of restoration conditional upon repentance forms a suitable sequel to tho terrible threats ofexilein2883-«3. o , „„ , „ 3 M Or, return to. — Cp Jer 29I4 303 Ezek 392B al : Preuscnen, ZATW (1893) iff. 7 This vorso appears to intorrupt tho context, and contains tho pocutiar word nitf translated ' oath ' 29" and ' curse ' 29l0~21 . Tlio implications of ' hatred ' and ' persecution ' are somewhat different in tone from the threats of penal doom in 29, ct the same Sp 'pursue' 2822. The word occurs in Jer 15I6 17'8 2on of the prophet's personal sufferings, but is not applied by him to Israel : its use here suggests a later hand cp Lam i3 6 419 and (of Yahwoh) 343. 8 Driver remarks that the pronoun is emphatic in contrast to ' enemies ' 7. But it may equally well indicate the response of converted Israel to its divine Regenerator fl • Cp a similar contrast (in another field of action) 21°. lla Driver (Deut lxxiii Lxxv 331) points out that H"14 (intro duced by for) ' clearly states the reason for a present duty ' : the paragraph cannot, therefore, be intended to explain the obedi ence of Israel in the contingency of its future return to Yahweh. In other words U"20 can hardly have formed the original sequel of i-10. On its probablo connexions elsewhere soe 3i28K. Here its points of contact with the discourse in 4 need only be noted • see the parallels to I6 17 18 « 20. ' iu> M Or, wonderful.— Cp 178. 293 Deut 301 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB I IE u> 19 cp Jer 218 y 29I8 2419 a.' ^ — ¦proJ'eaa2b'' b'42o C' II 28 ri'4le'Cp440 1-8 L^fh a Cp 347 «32' c(93 e Cp 19I <3 S8'J Z328 (7 321 cp 13 h 233' . i3a.. j 20 cp 39 it S 204 ( 8 431 J03I1 l6« m 328 n Ot 23 cp 1S8 Sam @8 fin'np o iSO p 23 Josh i5 37 JEi3o 0-13 i4vc gi,( ioaut uathiiylo 2 26 io8 r 15! 8 160 cp Bx 2310 3418 t is9 u ,613 v 1610 10 ,§ = -3245] l1 N£And Moses "went and spake these words unto "all Israel. 2 And he said unto them, I am an "hundred and twenty years old this day ; I can no more 'go out and ''come in : and Yahweh hath said unto me, Thou slialt not go ovor this Jordan. 3 Yahweh bthy God, he will ago over before thee ; he will "destroy these nations from before thee, and thou shalt "possess them : [and] Joshua, /he shall go over before thee, as Yahweh hath ''spoken. 4And Yahweh shall "do unto them as he "did to ''Sihon and to 'Og, the 'kings of the Amorites, and unto their land ; whom he "destroyed. 5 And Yahweh shall "deliver them up before you, and ye shall do unto them according unto all the ''commandment •'which I have commanded you. 6 'Be strong and of a good courage, Jfear not, nor he kaffrighted at them : for Yahweh thy God, *he it is that doth go with thee ; he will not 'fail thee, nor forsake thee. 7 And Moses called unto "Joshua, and said unto him in tlie Wght of "all Israel, 'Be strong and of a good courage : for thou shalt "go with this people into the land which Yahweh hath ""sworn unto their fathers to give them ; and thou shalt cause them to "inherit it. 8 And Yahweh, *he it is that doth go "before thee ; he will ^be with thee, he will not 'fail thee, neither forsake thee: 'fear not, neither be dismayed. J "And Moses wrote "this law, and delivered it unto the ''priests the sons of Levi, which 'bare the qark of the covenant of Yahweh, and unto all the relders of Israel. 10 And Moses commanded them, saying, rAt the end of [every] seven years, in the "set time of the 'year of release, in the feast of "tabernacles, u when "all Israel is come to "appear before Yahweh thy God in the 'place which he shall choose, "thou shalt read "this law before "all Israel in their "hearing. 12 "Assemble the people, t 99 u 11 50 V 33" w 53 x 88* X 38, z 33" a' 8t>i> V 73' if 37 d' 107" u 1" c 34" d 91 0 13 t 3° S IOOa Ii ag' i 106" 1 44" k 44" 1 43" in 1071 n 65 0 70" P 90 1 19 r 4ab 87 3016 (SJ reads ' If thou wilt hearken to the commandment of Yahweh thy God which I command thee this day . . . then shalt thou live and multiply, and Yahweh thy God will bless thee ' cp 17. So Dillm, Oettli, Driver, Addis, Steuern. 20 M Or, that. 81la Tho materials of the concluding portion of Dout are derived from different sources, and the process of thoir com bination as conceived by the present annotator is sketched in 34l2s. The section 311-8 is generally recognized as detached from its original context. The phrase 'went and spake these words ' implies that Moses proceeded to convey to the people a communication already made to himself. It is inappropriate to the preceding discourse cp 29* : and the sequel shows that it properly belongs to 327-. The passage appears to be editorially placed here, as a preparation for the story of the Conquest in which Joshua assumes the leadership vacated by the death of Moses cp Josh i1"3. Its dependence on 1-3 is obvious : beside the phrases traceable through tho margins, it may be noted that Og is described aa a ' king of the Amorites ' cp 447 ct 14 3s- ¦ . It would seem probable, however, that different materials have been here combined. In 3 it can lvirdly be supposed that the two clauses ( Yahweh thy God, he will go over before thee' and 1 Joshua, he will go over before thee,' were set in sequence by the same author ; 4 reads like a duplicate of 3a ; while 7* addressed to Joshua runs parallel with 6. In 7- it appears reasonable to find a Deuteronomio parallel with 23 cp 14N : and it may be conjectured that in the union of D with JB it became nocessury to find a fresh place for 3b * 7- so that it was amalgam ated with the promises now immediately preceding it. There is also some awkwardness in the sudden change in the applica tion of the 2nd pers pronoun from 3 (Moses) to 3 (Israel) j but this seems hardly a sufficient reason for suspecting discontinuity. 1X> (5) reads ' and Moses made an end of speaking ' as in 3a46 ; and Klostermann and Steuernagel adopt it ; but Driver thinks the textual change implied not a very probable one. 9 in 8-18 Kuen (Hex 127) saw the close of the main work of D1, probably following the final discourse (28 301-10 according to the arrangement above adopted). The margins show the normal Deuteronomio character of the language : and the passage explains the mode in which the law was supposed to have been entrusted for preservation to the ecclesiastical and civil powers, who were charged to keep up the knowledge of it by instituting a septennial reading at the feast of booths " @ < ye shall read.' 294 THE WRITING OF THE LAW Deut 31 24 US'* zl'op 58'' JE D D D" 14-28 X4W% iiafi/ V Gen 4729 1 Kings 21 + c' Sp = tafce yowr atararf Num rt' 23 ot j28 e'Ex33S-llNum 126 /' Ex 33n P'Cp7£ fe' JE3I7 ie-21 r5b,; V Gen 47S0» jr Ex 3415 Lov 177 2o5- Num i530» tJ Gon 352 4 JobIi 2420 23» V Cp "^(Ji m' Kx 3427 Deut 5s D3ll> 17 r-sem »' JE333IV o' 18. op 3220 j,' 21 322S ft q' 430 Ex 188 r' Cp JB58 8' Cp 29 (' 20 Lev ,04 81 208 ct Dii3 it' Ex 4I6 Num 2288 „' 21 26 Gen 3144 w' 32I6 x1 Num 14II 23 i630Pl»CpDeut 32u= abhorred yal* V 520 19" Sp 2' Ct 27 cp Gen 65 821* a" JEjg3 , 24-26 L^vd the men and the 'women and the little ones, and "thy stranger that is within thy "gates, that they may "hear, and that they may vlearn, and "fear Yahweh your God, and 'observe to do 'all the words of "this law ; 13 and that their children, "'which have not known, may "hear, and "learn to "fear Yahweh your God, zas long as ye live in the land whither ye "'go over Jordan to ''possess it. 14 ""And Yahweh said unto Moses, Behold, l'thy days approach that thou must die : call Joshua, and "'present yourselves in the tent of meeting, that I may d'give him a charge. And Moses and Joshua went, and "'presented themselves in the tent of meeting. 10 And Yahweh appeared "in the Tent in a pillar of cloud : and the "'pillar of cloud stood Tby the door of the Tent. — 23 And he *gave Joshua the •''son of Nun a charge, and said, 'Be strong and of a good courage : for thou shalt "'bring the children of Israel into the with thee. — land which I sware unto them : and I will pbe 10 "'And Yahwoh said unto Mosos, Jtohohl, llioti shalt ''sloop with thy fathom ; and Ihis people will rise up, and /go a whoring after tho '''strange gods "of the land, whither they go lo be among them, and will forsnko mo, and ''break my covonant which I have m'made with them. 17 IThen my "'anger shall be kindled against them in that day, and I will forsake them, and I will "hide my face from them, and thoy shall he devoured, and many '"evils and troubles sliall "'como upon them ; so that thoy will say in that day, Aro not these evils come upon us becanso our God is not ''among us ? 18 And I will surely "'hide my face in that day for all the "'evil which they shall have wrought, in that they are ''turned unto other gods. 19 Now therefore write "ye this song for you, and c' teach thou it the children of Israel : "'put it in their mouths, that this song may be a "'witness for me against the children of Israel. 20 For when I shall havo d'brought them into the land which I msware unto their fathers, "'flowing with milk and honey ; and they shall have ''eaten and filled themselves, and "'waxen fat ; then will they ''turn unto other gods, and s' serve them, and '"'despise me, and ''break my covenant. 2l And it shall come to pass, when many devils and troubles are come upon them, that this song shall ^'testify before them as a witness ; for it shall not ho forgotton out of the mouths of their seed : for I know their "'imagination which thoy go about, oven now, ""before I have "'brought them into the land which I msware. 22 So Moses wrote this song the same day, and "'taught it the children of Israel. 24 KiAnd it came to pass, when Moses had made an end of writing the 1, 118 « 51 v 71" w 4411 X 82» y is 7. 13" *¦' 54 b' 8S« 0' 7i» d' 24 e' 69* V 41 1> g* 33'' 31t4 According to 7- Mosos has already solomnly charged Joshua ' in the sight of all Israel.' Tho charge by Yahwoh, thoroforo, in X4- of which 23 is the obvious conclusion, must be doriyod from another account. This is identified with E on the following grounds : (1) the prominence ascribed to Joshua the son of Nun cp Ex 33II Josh 24 ; (2) the reference to the Tent of Meeting cp Ex 337- • ; (3) the appearance of Yahweh in the pillar of cloud, Ex 339 Num 125 ; (4) the promise of Yahweh to be with Joshua 23 as with Moses cp Ex 3I2. It is possible that in " one or two phrases may be due to Deuteronomic redaction e g ' be strong and of a good courage ' : but on the whole 7- sooms rathor to dopond on 23 than vice versa ; cp especially tho clauses in ' ' thou shalt cause them to inherit it,' ' Yahwoh doth go before thee,' ' he will not fail thee- • ,' ' fear not- • ,' all of them Deutero nomic additions. On the phrase ' children of Israel in D cp 444N, frequent in E cp Ex 310"1'- . ..... l6« E nowhero represents Yahweh as appearing insido tho Tent, and this is in fact inconsistent with his presence at tho entrance. © rente ' and Yahweh came down in the cloud and stood at the door of the Tent of Meeting ' cp Num iaJ. The words ' in the Tent' are probably harmonistic cp Ex 40; 4- •. W> So M T over. — Ex 33'- Nam 126 the pillar stands at the door. It isi however, possible that the preposition here is due to the same influence as the words 'in the tent.' V may be legitimately rendered ' by,' but it is regularly employed by P to denote the presence of the cloud ' over ' or ' upon the Dwelling Ex 4038 Num qi-5- • . @ here has Trapd rds $vpas. «» The source of l6"22 is a perplexing problem. The passage is olainlv designed aa an introduction to the Song in 32. this * ** 11 . i J __ — _ .'n.lnTinnrliint nfimni poem is universally recognized_ftS an ^independent ; composition incorporated in D (cp Introd XIV 4 i 161), but the Process by which it has acquired its present place can only be conjecturaiiy dofcorminod. As long as tho Song was assignod to an early dato, it was usual to regard it as insertod in E or JB boforo the com position of D (so Addis, Hex i 188). If, however, it is ascribed to a later age, it must either (i) have been added to JE before its union with D, or (2) have been attached to D, or (3) have been embodied in the combined document JED. The peculiar position of 16-22 in the midst of a passage ascribed to E, makes (1) or (3) more probable than (2). Driver, accepting Kuenen's date, about 630 b c, inclines to the first alternative (Deut 347). If the later date suggested in Introd i 162 be accepted, then it may bo inferred that tlio poom was addod to JED. Somo slight linguistic indications confirm this view : (1) the language shows little or nothing that is distinctively Deuteronomic, for even the formulae in 20 may be found elsewhere : (2) it abounds in expressions characteristic of JE, not found in D, such as 18 ' behold ' followed by the ptcp of the future, * sleep with thy fathors,' ' strango gods ' &o ; hut (3) it also contains other phrasos which point in the direction of tho Holiness-legislation, and tho school of Ezokiol, eg1020' break my covenant,' 18 20 l turn ' to other gods, and perhaps 1C ' go a whoring after.' The phrases which describe Yahweh 17 as 'forsaking' Israel, or 'hiding his face' from them, seem also to belong (on the whole) to a later date j ' forsake' cp 310 8 Jer 127 Ezek 8*2 9^ Is 4117 4216 49u S47 (on the other hand Gen 2816) ; ' hide my face ' 3220 Jer 33° Ezek 3g2». 29 ig 54a (but also Is 817 Mic 3*). 16b The awkwardness of .£» ' whither they go-in in their midst ' suggests the interpolation of a gloss; so Klosterm, Pent 239, and Dillm. Cp the formulae in 69. 19 The pi is inappropriate in instructions addressed to Moses only ; it may be an accidental variation, or a correction refer ring to 32**. 24 In 2*-27 jfc seems hard to recognize a l manifest sequel * of 295 Deut 312 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE D b" Num i7io» C" 96 13 io18 d" 924 e" 4»« /" 410 g" Gen 49I h" 425 i" Josh 835 Lov i6«* a la i2 Pa so4 b Cp Introd i 162 C 3328f d la 2823 329 /Mio57 ^t 0 324 ftCp;! righteousness 25I6 j Jp=^0H3 I4I it Cp 21" JPs 1197.1 cp Is 4518 m Pa gol5 Jjjf words of "this law in a book, until they were finished, 25 that Moses commanded the Levites, which 'bare the "ark of the covenant of Yahweh, saying, 26 Take this book of the law, and put it by the side of the "ark of the covenant of Yahweh your God, that it may be there for a "'witness against thee. 27 For I know thy '"rebellion, and thy ""stiff neck : behold, while I am yet alive with you this day, ye *'have been "'rebellious against Yahweh ; and how much more after my death ? 28 sx Assemble unto me all the 'elders of your tribes, and your ''officers, that I may speak these words "in their ears, and ""call heaven and earth to witness against them. 20 For I know that after my death ye will utterly •'"corrupt yourselves, and J'turn aside from the way 'which I have commanded you ; and evil will ""befall you in the latter days"" ; ^ because ye will k'do that which is evil in the sight of Yahweh, to ''"provoke him to anger through the ''work of your hands. [-»-27'J] 30 And Moses spake "in the ears of '"all the assembly of Israel the words of this song, until they were finished. 32x "Give ear, ye "heavens, and I will speak ; And let the "earth hear the words of ray mouth : 2 My 'doctrine shall "drop as the rain, My ''speech shall distil as tho dew ; As tho esmall rain8 upon the tondor grass, And as the /showers upon tho horb/. 3 For I will proclaim the namo of Yahweh : 'Ascribe ye "greatness unto our God. 4 The 'Kock, hia work ia perfect ; For all his ways are judgement : A God of ^faithfulness and without 'iniquity, Just and right is he. 5 Thoy havo "doalt corruptly with him, [thoy aro] not his ./children, "[it is] their blemish ; [They are] a ^perverse and "crooked generation. 0 Do ye thus requite Yahweh, O ''foolish people and unwise ? Is not he thy father that hath "bought thee ? He hath 'made thee, and 'established thee. 7 Remember the "'days of 'old, Consider the years of many 'generations : 9483 j' "4 k' 37" 1' 119" 0-i3 (Drivor, Deut 343), for 21 starts from tho same point as '. According to ° Moses has already written tho law and handed it to the priests and elders, with directions for its public reading every seven years. But at the opening of 24 tho words of the law are not yet completely recorded ; whilo on tho completion of the book it is givon to tho Lovitos to be deposited boside tho ark. Thus the sections aro rather parallel than continuous. In each the reduction of the law to writing is recorded. In each the sacred book thus written is entrusted to the caro of certain recognized authorities, though they are not the same in the two cases. The author of 9~13 could hardly have written 24. .. if 9-13 formed one close to tho original D, 2i- ¦ must have formed another. It has already been suggested that different editions may have received different introductions (cp i,N(4) 446N). In a similar, mannor, tho Codo may also havo rocoivod moro than ono form of conclusion. (Stouornagol, conscious of tho incompatibility, proposos to road ' song ' for ' law ' in 24 20, and thus treats 24-30 ^g fcj10 introduction to tho song.) 8123 Tho language of ,27 soems really addrossed not to Levi but to Israel generally ; and that roforonco appears still more clearly in 28 ' your tribes ' and ' your officers ' (between ' elders ' and 'officers' © inserts 'your judges'). The purpose of the assembly is to give Moses an opportunity of speaking ' theso words.' What, then, woro thoy? Driver, Addis, and Stouor nagol (to cite no older authorities) idontify thorn with tho Song. But it may be doubted whether tho Song can bo fitly introduced at a distance by the phrase ' speak these words.' Save in Ex 20I where it is immediately followed by the words in question, it always seems to refer to what precedes Qen 208 291s 437 44s Ex 43° 197 24s Num i439 i63i Deut (4»°) 5™ 6« ij2» 31I. The phraso as it stands would thus denote the warning in 27 which is to be repeated with the utmost solemnity, heaven and earth being summoned to attest them. It is true that tho Song opons with such an appeal ; but on the othor hand it contains no parallels 296 to tho predictions in 20. On the othor hand, important parallels are found elsewhere i and they point to the view indicated by Dillm (NDJ 390) and elaborated by Westphal and (to a less ex tent) by Oettli (cp Driver, Deut lxxiv-v), according to which 28> forms the preface to a parting exhortation by Moses. This address, howovor, can hardly be identified with 29-30, tho elements of which do not seem continuous. The parallels in 20 point strongly to the disoourso in 4B-4° which probably onco followed instead of preceding the exposition of the law ; while the appeal to ' heaven and earth ' announced in 28 is there' solemnly issued 428 cp 30I9. This last coincidence suggests that the passage in 3oU~20 for which a suitable connexion could not be found with 3ol~l° may be the sequel of the discourse in 45-40 (cp other parallels in 30U 17). Supposing that 46-40 31II-20 are roally parts of the same address, where is its beginning ? Gould 27°. havo onco stood at tho head of the whole ? Mosos is thoro associatod with tho priosts in an exhortation to all Israel. Thoro is cortainly a slight flavour of difforonco between ' the priosts tho Lovitos ' in 27° and tho plain Levites of 3i2» ; and tho tribal elders and offlcors are merged in ' all Israel ' (cp 30) ; but the. connexion in other respects seems not inappropriate. The solemn words 37!° ' become the people ' may indicate the cere monial adoption of Israel by the gift of the law ; ' command ments and statutes' cp 440. The conclusion then naturally follows in 33*o-47 ; cp 15 1 an Israel ' 27° ; 48 ' testify ' op 420 81" ; interest in ' children ' cp 4°- j 47 ' your life ' cp 3o20 ; ' prolong ' 30I8. The primary cause of the dislocation was the insertion of tho Song, which threw out the discourse. The Song also was designed for a ' witness ' 3110 cp 26. In s0 H connects the Song with the original introduction to the exhortation by the phrases ' assombly ' cp 28 and ' spake in the ears.' 821 On the date of this poem cp Introd XIV 4 i 161, 6a M Or, corrupted themselves, they &c. — Cp 9I2, 6b M Or, but a blot upon them. 6 M Or, possessed. Or, gotten. THE SONG OF MOSES Deut 3228 JE 7i 432 Job 88 12? o Gen io32 ft q Gen i2* Jer 423 Job 618 is2< at r Prov 72 Ps 178 cp Prov 78 2o20f 8 Ex 19* t Gen i2t u Gen i59t 11 Ps 681' 0I4 Job 391st a 3328 Lov 1348" x Up 332» Hab 3'" y3319 z 815 a' Gen 49H b' Sp Pi Mio 78 Jer 1421 Nah 36t c' Ps io637t d' Hos 2I3 1 3S Is 17IO al e' Lam 28 ct 3i20 Pi /' 3«w J7'l'8 8618cp Ezek 31I* h' n«7 i' 42 Ezek 5I8 Pb 713 382 Job 6* 3' Ps 018 cp Hob I3,4t V Cp Lev 2622 (' Cp Mio 7i7t mf Sp= abroad Lam i20 n' Jer 5122 Lam 221 o'iH p' Cp Jer 194 q' Cp Ex 148 Is )•' Cp Jer 497 Sp "Ask thy father, and he will shew thee ; Thino oldors, and they will toll thco. 8 Whon the 'Most High gavo to the nations thoir inheritance, When ho "separated the children of mon, He set the bounds of the peoples According to the 'number of the children of Israel. 9 For Yahweh's ''portion is his people ; Jacob is tho lot of his ^inheritance. 10 He found him in a desert land, And in the 'waste 'howling wilderness ; He compassed him about, he "cared for him, He kept him as the 'apple of his eye : 11 As an 'eagle that stirreth up her nest, That 'Ilutteroth over her "young, "He spread abroad his wings, he took thom, He bare them on his "pinions : 12 Yahweh walone did lead him, And there was no 'strange god with him. 13 Ho made him rido on tho "high places of tho oarth, And he did eat the ''increase of tho field ; And he made him to "suck honey out of the rock, And oil out of the 'flinty rock ; 14 Butter of kine, and milk of sheep, With fat of ''lambs, And 'rams of the breed of Bashan, and 'goats, With the fat of kidneys of wheat ; And of the "'blood of the grape thou drankest wine. 15 But 'Jeshurun waxed fat, ond kicked : Thou art waxen fat, thou art grown thick, thou art bocomo °slook : Then he forsook God which made him, And ''lightly esteemed tho 'Rock of his salvation. 1° They 'moved him to jealousy with 'strange [gods], With 'abominations 'provoked they him to anger. 17 They sacrificed unto c demons, [which wore] no God, To gods whom they knew not, To new [gods] that cafhe up of late, Whom your fathers 'dreaded not. 18 Of the 'Rock that "begat thee thou art "unmindful, And hast '''forgotten God that 'gave thee birth. 19 And Yahweh saw [it], and ""abhorred [them], Because of the provocation of his sons and his daughters. 20 And he said, I will /'hide my face from them, I will see what their ond shall be : For they are a very 'froward generation, Children in whom is no faith. 21 They have 'moved me to jealousy with that which is not God ; They have provoked me to anger with their 'vanities : And I will move them to jealousy with those which are not a people ; I will provoke them to anger with a foolish nation. 22 For a fire is 'kindled in mine anger, And burnetii unto the ^'lowest "pit, And devoureth the earth with her '¦'increase, And setteth on fire the 'foundations of the mountains. 23 I will heap mischiefs upon tbem ; I will spend mine ''arrows upon them : 24 [They shall be] wasted with hunger, and ''devoured with "burning heat And ebitter /destruction ; And the teoth of '''beasts will I send upon thoni, With the poison of ''crawling things of the dust. as ""Without shall the sword bereave"", And in tho chambers terror ; [It. shall destroy] both '"young man and virgin, The suckling with the man of gray hairs. 36 I said, I would "scatter them afar, I would make the remembrance of them to censo from among men : 27 Were it not that I "'feared the provocation of tho enemy, Lest their adversaries should p'misdoem, Lest they should say, Our 5'hand is exalted, And Yahweh hath not 'done all this. 28 For they are a nation r'void of counsel, D8 P 32U M Or, Spreadeth abroad her wings, taketh tliem, beareth tliem on her pinions. 22 M Sp Sheol. 24 M Sp burning coals. See Hab 3s. 297 i8 M Or, bare. Deut 322 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB JE s' Obad 7 V Ps 73I7 u' Josh 23IO Lev 268 Is 30" v1 Ex 2i22 Job 31IM w' Job 1326 20I4 26f »'Is ii8Pa58< 9ii3 Job2o'4 lot y> Pa 38I6 66» 94I8 J2I3 a' Cp Ps 90I3 i3514 a" 1 Sam 97 Job i4H b" 1 Sam 26 2 Kings 57 c" Cp Hos 61 Is I922 3o20 Job 5l8 it" Is 43IS Job 107 e" Is 34C. 4920 63O /" Jer 1212 4610 g" Num 2324 h" Sp=forgive A.nd there is "no understanding in them. 29 Oh that they were wise, that they understood this, That they would ''consider their latter end ! 30 How should "'one chase a thousand, And two put ten thousand to flight, Except their Rock had 'sold them, And Yahweh had delivered them up? 31 For their rock is not as our Rock, Even our enemies themselves being "'judges. 32 For their vine is of the vino of Sodom, And of the fields of Gomorrah : Their grapes aro grapes of "gall, Their clusters are ""bitter : 33 Their wine is the poison of dragons, And the cruel venom of ""asps. 34 Is not this "laid up in store with mo, Soaled up "among my treasures ? 35 &Vengeance is mine, and rocompence, At the time when their foot shall »'slide : For the day of their 'calamity is at hand, And the things that 'aro to come upon them shall make hustc. 30 For Yahweh sliall 'judge his people, And "'repent himself for his 'servants : When he seeth that [their] power is ""gone, And there is none [remaining], 'shut up or loft at largo. 37 And he shall say, Where are their gods, The rock in which thoy "trusted ; 38 Which did eat the fat of their sacrifices, [And] drank the wine of their "drink offering ? Let them rise up and help you, Let them be your "protection. 39 See now that I, oven I, 'am he, And 'theio is no god with mo : '"I kill, and I make alive ; I have ""wounded, and I heal : And ''"there ia none that can deliver out of my hand. 40 For I 'lift up my hand to heaven, And say, 'As I live for ever, 41 If I whet "my glittering sword, And mine hand take hold on judgement ; I will render 'vengeance to mine adversaries, And will recompense them that hate me. 12 I will mako mine '"'arrows ""drunk with blood, And my /"sword sliall devour flesh ; With the ""blood of the slain and the captives, "From "the head of the leaders of the enemy. 43 "Rejoice, 0 "yo nations, [with] his people : For he will 'avenge the blood of his servants, And will render vengeanco to his adversaries, And will ''"make expiation for his land, for his people. 4 '"And Moses came and spake all the words of this song in the ears of the people, ho, and "Hoshea the son of Nun. [3O20-=>-] 46 "And Moses made an end of speaking all these words to "all Israel : 4(i and he said unto them, Set your heart unto all the words which I testify unto you this day ; which ye shall command your children, to "observe to do call the words of this law. 47 For it is no vain thing for you ; because it is your life, and through this thing ye shall dprolong your days upon the land, whither ye "go over Jordan to 'possess it". t 8a1 ,5h 73b It* 3232 M See 2918. 34 M Or, in my treasuries. — Cp 2812. 37 M Or, took refuge. 88 In this sense tho word occurs here only. 41 M Sp the lightning of my sword. — Cp Nah 3s Hab 311 Ezek 21". 42a J4 Or, From the beginning of revenges upon the enemy 42b m Or, the hairy head of tlie enemy. — For ' hairy ' cp Num 6» Ezek 4420t- 43a ]vi Or, Praise his people, ye nations. 43b ]^ Or, ye nations, his people. 44" The conclusion by the author of 3ii°-22. Immediately before it (5J repeats 3122, and then reads ' And Moses came and spake all the words of this law ' &c. 44b Sam © 8 @ read Joshua. Hoshea oocurs only in Num 138 18 (P). The form here seems due either to an accident of transcription or (if intentional) to the harmonistic effort of a later age. 46 The close of the address to which 3124-29 served as intro duction cp 3i28N. 47 At this point the hortatory lupplements to D« come to an end. The code and its discourses are incorporated into JE with tho Blessing of Moses 33 and the narrative of Moses' death in 34. The treatment of JE by It* in 34 is analogous to the Deuteronomic editing of the JB narratives in Josh, cp Introd to Josh 4. 298 THE BLESSING OF MOSES Deut 3311 i" Num 27I2 /' Gen 178 Lev 1434 k" Num 2o2S. . J''Num2ol2- a Josh 146 Ps 90 (title)t b Gen 277 c Judg 5* cp Hab 33 d Ps 502 80I 94I e Hab 33f /Spf g Ex 68" h Neh s7t i 28 32IB is 445f ;' 21 Num 254" cpDS7 k Gen 49IG Ex 244 I Gen 49S 8-10 ina/id m Ex i/Um n Ex i72a7b Num 2o3 13 0 Is s24 Sp P Ex 347 § q Cp I7l0- )• Ct Num 167 *« a Sp = wealth 8I7 t Ct 32< Sp* u Sp — wound 3239 Num 248 E 48 "And Yahweh espake unto Moses that ''selfsamo day, saying, ^ '"Get thee up into this mountain of Abarim'", unto mount Nebo, "which is in the land of Moab, that is 'over against Jericho ; and behold the Jland of Canaan, which I ¦'"give unto the children of Israel for a kpossession : 50 and die in the mount whither thou goest up, and be 'gathered unto thy people ; as Aaron thy brother died in *"mount Hor, and was 'gathered unto his people : 61 because ye ""trespassed against me in the midst of the children of Israel at the '"waters of Meribah of Kadesh, in the "wilderness of Zin ; because ye "sanctified me not in the midst of the children of Israel. 62 For thou shalt see the land before thee ; but thou shalt not go thither into the land which "I give the children of Israel. 331 "And this is the blessing, wherewith "Moses the man of God" blessed the children of Israel ''before his death. 2 And he said, Yahweh "came from Sinai, And rose from Seir unto them ; He dshined forth from "mount Paran", And he came from the ten thousands of "holy ones : At his right hand "was a fiery law unto thorn. 3 Yea, he /loveth the "peoples; All "his saints are in thy hand : And they sat down at thy feet ; [Every one] "shall receive of thy words. * Moses commanded us a law, An "inheritance for tho ''assembly of Jacob. 5 And "he was king in Weshurun, When the ^heads of the peopled were gathered, All the ^tribes of Israel together. 6 Let Eeuben live, and not die ; "Yet let his men be few. 7 And this is [the blessing] of Judah : and he said, Hear, Yahweh, the voice of Judah, And bring him in unto his people : "With his 'hands he contended "for himself ; And thou shalt be an help against his adversaries. 8 LAnd of Levi he said, Thy Thummim and thy Urim are with "thy godly one, Whom thou didst prove at ""Massah, With whom thou didst strive at the waters of "Meribah ; 9 Who said of his father, and of his mother, I have not seen him ; Neither did he acknowledge his brethren, Nor knew he his own children : For they have observed thy "word, And pkeep thy covenant. 10 They shall 'teach Jacob thy judgements, And Israel thy law : They shall 'put incense "before thee, And whole burnt offering upon thine altar. 11 Bless, Yahweh, his 'substance, And accept the 'work of his hands : "Smite through the loins of them that rise up against him, And of them that hate him, that they rise not again. g i88» h 138 64 4h 127" 75 m i64» n 9 o 86" P 94 32 l8 CpNum27i2s. 49 The double location here points to editorial expansion. Dillm assigns the words to Bd cp i5 29! ct r3 and employs the passage to support his view of the priority of P. Similar pheno mena may occasionally be found in Josh : they are considered in the Introd to Josh 5 37. 331 On the ' Blessing of Moses ' and tho ascription of «-'» to an Ephraimite source (i e B) cp Introd XIV 5 i 163. According to the view there indicated 2-6 26-29 are regarded as later addi tions, together with the designation ' man of Grod ' in 1. 2a M Sp holiness. — For textual emendations see the Comm. 2b M Or, was fire, a law. Or, as otherwise read, were streams for them. »» M Or, tribes. 3b M Or, their holy ones. 3o M Or, received. 5 M Or, there was a king. " M Or, And let [not] his men. 7a M Or, [1/ot] his hands [ho] sufficient for him. 7b M Or, for them. 8 M Or, him idiom Hum lovest. 1° M Sp in thy nostrils. 299 Deut 331 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB v Cp Is 51 Jer 11I6 at w Cp 12II Is 813 x Gen 4926- y 13-10 Cant 41s 16 713f z Gen 4714 Lev 25I5. ul* a' Ih 63 Mio i2 Pa 24I al b' Ex 32 E 12 E c1 Mic 54 ut d' Ps 46 5,ii>t e' Gen 2622 Ex 3424 cp Deut I220 198* /' Gen 498 Num z324 24f>» g1 Sp=hidden 18 *' Gen 49» i' Cp Introd i 164 j' Ps 762 cp Am 34 Of Benjamin he said, The "beloved of Yahweh shall dwell in safety by him ; He -^covereth him all the day long, And he " dwelleth between his shoulders. 13 And of Joseph he said, "Blessed of Yahweh be his land ; For the !'precious things of heaven, for the dew, And for the ""deep that coucheth beneath, 11 And for the precious things of the "fruits of the sun, And for the precious things of the growth of the moons, 15 And for the chief things of the ""ancient mountains, And for the precious things of the "everlasting hills, 10 And for the precious things of the earth and the "'fulness thereof, And the good will of him that "dwelt in the l'bush : Let [the blessing] come upon the "'head of Joseph, And upon the ""crown of the head of him "that was separate from his brethren. 17 "The firstling of his bullock, majesty is his ; And his horns are the horns of the "wild-ox : With them he shall "push the peoples all of them, [even] the °'ends of the earth : And they are the ten thousands of Ephraim, And they are the thousands of Manasseh. 18 And of Zebulun he said, Eejoice, Zebulun, in thy going out ; And, Issachar, in thy tents. 19 They shall call the peoples unto the mountain ; There shall they offer d' sacrifices of righteousness''' : For they shall suck the •''abundance of the seas, And the ^hidden treasures of the sand. 20 And of Gad he said, Blessed be he that "'enlargeth Gad : He dwelleth as a ¦'"lioness, And teareth the arm, yea, the crown of the head. 21 And he "provided the first part for himself, For there was "the lawgiver's portion "'reserved ; And he came "[witn] the J'heads of the people, He executed the justice of Yahweh, And his judgements with Israel. 22 And of Dan he said, Dan is a '''lion's whelp, That •'leapeth forth from Bashan. 23 And of Naphtali he said, O Naphtali, satisfied with favour, And full with the blessing of Yahweh : Possess thou the "west and the south. 21 And of Asher he said, Blessed be Asher "with children ; Let him be acceptable unto his brethren, And let him dip his foot in oil. 25 rpnv "bars shall be iron and brass ; And as thy days, so shall thy "strength be. 2i There is ''none liko unto God, 0 'Jeshurun, Who ''rideth upon the heaven for thy help, And in his ''excellency on tho ''skies. 27 The ''eternal God is [thy] /dwelling place, 3318 M Or, that is prince among. i7a M Or, His firstling bullock. r7o M Or, gore. 17" M See Num 23". 21 a M Or, chose. Sp saw. 21b n Or, a ruler's portion. — Cp Gen 49!°. 2i° M Or, [to], 23 M Or, sea. 24 M Or, above sons. 25.1 jj; Qr, slioes. — fef. 20b M Or, rest. Or, security. — Spf. 300 THE DEATH OF MOSES Deut 3410 *' HOS IlS Is eifi al I' Ex 2328. . m' Cp 724 b3' c Sp— caused to ace 4 cp Gen 12I d fcp Sp Gen ii2 Josh 118 17 i27 c Jmlg iW 3I3 /Cpfix33f (7CP327 * Ex 14SI Num 127. cp Josh il i 320 cp Num 2,20 ct 3 j 329 k Sp = bwying place Qen 3520 47»0» I Cp Ex 77 Num 3339 iu Cp Gen 27I nSpf o Num 2o29 p Cp Ex 28' 3i8 q Num 27I8 r Sp = obey Num 2720 8 13I i815 18 E JER'1 E And underneath aro the ''everlasting ''arms : And he ''thrust out the enemy from hcforo thoc, And said, ""'Destroy. 28 And Israel ''dwelleth in safety, The ''fountain of Jacob'' alone, In a ''land of corn and wine ; Yea, his heavens ''drop down dew. 19 Happy art thou, 0 Israol : Who is like unto thee, a people ''saved by Yahweh, The ''shield ot thy holp, And that is the sword of thy oxeolloncy I And thino cnemios shall "submit themselves unto theo ; And thou shalt ''tread upon thoir high phiccs. ,b [And Moses went up] to the ''top of Pisgah, ia And Yahweh "shewed him all the land "of Gilead, unto Dan ; 2 and all Naphtali, and tho land of Ephraim and Manasseh, and all the land of Judah, unto tho "hinder sea ; a and tho South, and tho "Plain of the ''valley of Jericho'' the 'city of palm trees, unto Zoar. * And Yahweh said unto him, This is the 'land which I "sware unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob, saying, I will give it unto thy seed-'": I have "caused thee to see it "with thine eyes, but thou shalt not go over thither. 6 TAnd Moses the ''servant of Yahweh died there in the land of Moab, 6 And "he buried him in the Valley in the land of Moab •'over against Beth-peor : but no man knoweth of his 'sepulchre "unto this day. 10 And there hath not 'arisen a prophet 341" "And Moses "wont up from the aplains of Moab unto "mount Nebo, ]c that is ''over against Jericho, ¦"according to the word of Yahweh. 7 And Moses 'was an 'hundred and twenty years old when he died : "his meye was not dim, nor his "natural force abated. 8 And the children of Israel "wept for Moses in the "plains of Moab" thirty days: so the days of weeping in the mourning for Moses were ended. 9 And Joshua the son of Nun was full of the ''spirit of wisdom ; for Moses 'had "laid his hands upon him : and the children of Israel 'hearkened unto him, and hdid as Yahweh commanded Moses. fa b r64 c '"317 d rig" f r'ii9» g rioa h 'i8gl> 3329 M Or, yield feigned obedience.— Ps 663 cp Ps 18" 8i'Bt. 34"1 Each of the early versions of the Traditions, J and B, would seem to have narrated the death of Moses. In fitting the Deuteronomic Code into its historic framework, and combining it with JE, the Deuteronomic editors added their own touches e g probably in 1 6- with a supplement i°-i2. The independent account of the priestly narrator (see the margins) was after wards incorporated by the general redactor j and this passage is, therefore, an amalgam of all the chief documents of the Hexateuch. id The peculiar enumeration in 2- is probably due to a later hand ; it is absent from the Samaritan text, which reads ' from the river of Egypt to the great river, the river Euphrates, even unto the hinder sea ' cp 1 124, and there are also one or two very slight divergences in ©. Moreover the grammatical structure is complete at 'all the land ' : ' of Gilead ' should be ' ei;en ' or ' namely Gilead ' cp Driver, Deut 420. Ct 327. 2 M That is, western. — Cp n24. 3 ' The Round, even the Plain [valley] of Jericho,' ' not " of " (IIV); tho words are in apposition to " the Round," and define its extent,' Driver, Deut 422. For the ' Round' or Plain en Gen ,410 Iy17 25 28. F 6 So Sp. T SO. c M Or, he was buried. 7 This clause has been sometimes referred to J, and its poetic vigonr of expression makes that attribution possible. On the other hand the connexion with 7a is satisfactory and P may have incorporated the familiar phrases of an older source. 301 Deut 34 10 ISRAEL IN THE PLAINS OF MOAB t Gen 3230 Ex 33I1 cp Num 128 u 622 v434 JERd sinco in Israel like unto Moses, whom Yahweh knew 'face to face ; " in all the 'signs and the wonders, which Yahweh sent him to do in the land of "Egypt, to Pharaoh, and to all his servants, and to all his land ; ,2 and in all the Jmighty hand, and in all the "great terror, which Moses wrought "in the ksight of 'all Israel". E i ioi" 80" 43a 3a 3412 At this point it may be well to sum up very briefly the main results of the analysis of Deuteronomy (apart from occa sional glosses due to subsequent scribal redactions). (1) Tho nucleus of the whole book is to be found in tho Code 12-26 ; when first produced this was probably considerably shorter i210H(2); its original titlo may possibly be presorved in 4" (adopted, it may he, from an introduction to an earlier code) afterwards enriched by the addition in 416"49. (2) To this Code were prefixed different hortatory introductions, which would seem to have been attached separately to different edi tions. Earliest, perhaps, is the series of homilies in 5-11, which appear to have proceeded from the author of the main groups of law in 12-18 and 26. These had a didactic and religious aim. But a second introduction, consisting chiefly of historical retro spect, may be traced in iift 4-44 : this may be assigned to a different hand, and has been augmented with a number of arch aeological and other notes, especially in 2-3. (3) Simi larly different forms of conclusion wero appended to the main legislative core. The elements of these were twofold : (i) a parting address from Moses exhorting the people to obedience, and warning them against unfaithfulness ; and (ii) a record of tho writing of tho Code. Such a close seems to have been pro vided by tho author (or authors) of tho Code and tho Homilies in 26i°~i° followed by the original form of 28 (afterwards en larged by expansion) 3oi~i°, together with the account of the writing of the law and the provision for its septennial reading at the Feast of Booths 3i°~i3. A second narrative of tho writing of the law and its deposition by tho ark is found in 3124""211, whoro instructions are given for tho summons of a great national assembly at which Moses may deliver his solemn testimony. Remains of this discourse may be traced in 27s. 46-° 3011"20 with a conclusion in 3246-47, No definite connexion can be estab lished between this closing group and the secondary introduc tion in 1-44 , though tho narrative in 328-28 seems to be resumed in 31L • and finds its term in Moses' death in 34. Yet a third farewell address distinguished by marked peculiarities of stylo may bo discerned in 292"20. The Code and its envelopments, homiletic and narrative, hortatory or retrospective, must thus be regarded as the product of a long course of literary activity to which various members of a great religious school contributed, the affinities with the language and thought of Jeremiah being particularly numerous. (4) To this Deuteronomic group other additions were made from time to time, involving further dislocations. The Code and the Homilies seem to imply acquaintance with JE (Introd XVI I7 i 173), and in due time JE and D wore amalgamated (cp IntrodiVI 2 i 174). This appears to bo tho explanation of the insertion of a fragment from an itinerary of E in Dout ioe', of the expansion of E's instructions for the erection of the altar on Ebal 27I-8, of the introduction of the charge to Joshua 31I*. 2a, and the incorporation of the accounts of Moses' death in 34. Other insertions will be found in the liturgical curses 2y11'26, the Song of Moses and its preface 3Iic-22 331-44 (-which caused the dispersion of the second farewell discourse), and the Blessing of Mosos 33, which appears to con tain a nucleus due to E framed in a lyrio setting of much later time. (5) Lastly, the extended JED was united with P. This involved the addition of the date in 13, the preparation for Moses' death 3a48-62, and the final description of his depaitnro in 34. Latest ofall44i"^8 was inserted in connoxion with Josh 20. [On D elements ill Josh, and their relation to tho constituents of Deut cp Introd to Josh 4.] INTRODUCTION TO JOSHUA The Book of Joshua stands in the Hebrew Canon at the head of the collection of ' the Prophets.' It is marked off from the preceding books by its subject, for it contains no law: the era of legislation closed with the death of Moses. Yet it is plainly related to them in the most intimate manner. Its main theme is the establishment of Israel in the promised land, and it falls apart at once into two main divisions, (i) the narrative of the conquest 1-12, and (2) the account of the distribution of the territory among the tribes 13-21 ; while farewell addresses of Joshua 23 and 24, corre sponding to the discourses' in Deuteronomy, prepare for the record of the leader's death. The book thus describes the great change in the national life to which the whole Pentateuch looks forward! The gift of the land to the posterity of Abraham, so often announced, is at last effected : it is justly asserted that the Law without its continuation in Joshua would be but 'a torso".' At stage after stage in the preceding narrative provision has been made for the duties and privileges of Israel when they should enter on their inheritance. At last the long discipline of the wanderings is over, and a nation which did not look back longingly to the comforts of Egyptian plenty, is ready for the strenuous march to victory. Caleb alone survives from the Israel of the desert, besides Joshua, to claim the reward of his loyalty to Yahweh Josh 140-15 Cp Num 1424 Deut i3s-. At the outset of the book the commission to Joshua imparted through Moses Num 2jls- ¦ Deut 323 3i7- 14- 23 is solemnly renewed i2- • . The promise of the Eeubenites, the Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh to take their share in the labours of the conquest Num 32 Deut 318- • is reinforced by Joshua Josh I12--, and fulfilled by the tribes in question 412, so that when they have loyally discharged their obligations to their brethren they receive for themselves the inheritance they had desired 13s- •. The provisions instituted by Moses for the dis tribution of the land Num 34, for the Levitical cities and the cities of refuge 35, are successively enforced Josh 13-19 20 21. Even the daughters of Zelophehad Num 36 are not forgotten Josh ±73-. The first great religious act of the victorious Joshua in the middle of the new country is to carry out one of the last commands of Moses Deut 271-8 by rearing an altar on Ebal and solemnly inscribing the law upon its stones. In the valley of Shechem below are deposited the bones of Joseph 24312, in obedience to his dying request Gen 5025. The whole scheme of Joshua is thus the necessary sequel of the books which precede ; and the closeness of this relation extends not only to its substance, but (as will be seen hereafter) also to its form. In spite of considera tions to be urged below concerning differences in the actual processes of compilation, the essential identity of their literary sources and their forms of historic presentation justifies the treatment of the six books as bound together by a common unity on which the name Hexateuch has been fittingly bestowed b. a Steuernagel, Das Buck Josua (in Hdkomm) 131. b This was already in the view of Du Maes in the sixteenth century {Introd i 23) and others who supposed the Mosaic history and Joshua to havo teen compiled from the records of the keepers of the public archives. Geddes stated the connexion most clearly when he explained that he 3°3 INTRODUCTION TO JOSHUA [§ 1 1. A brief inquiry suffices to show that Joshua displays many of the phenomena already adduced from the Pentateuch in proof of diversity of authorship. It contains no statement professing to record the circumstances of its composition ; it comprises duplicate and sometimes inconsistent accounts of the same events ; and even within the same narrative details which cannot be harmonized betray the presence of materials which have been imperfectly reconciled. (i) Thus, in 138-12, the Eeubenites and Gadites receive the inheritance which Moses had allotted to them beyond the Jordan ; but in 16"32 a fresh description follows defining tho territory assigned to tho ' tribe of the childron of Eeubon according to their families,' and the corresponding possessions of the tribe of Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh, each section closing with similar statements concerning Levi 14 and 33. Much common matter belongs to each ; but the second passage is marked by greater amplitude of detail, by new designations and fresh formulae. In like manner two farewell addresses are reported from Joshua. In 23 he summons 'all Israel,' their elders, their heads, their judges, and their officers, exhorts them to observe the law of Moses °, announces his approaching death 14, and warns them against the worship of other gods 18. But 24 records another speech, addressed to a similar audience *', and conveying corresponding exhortations not to forsake Yahweh 14--. In the accounts of the conquest Hebron is taken by Joshua io3"- with its dependent cities, and all their inhabitants are put to tho sword, not one being pormitted to survive. Debir 38- shares the same fate. The Anakim also, from Hebron, Debir, and the adjoining local cities are similarly 'devoted' n21. In 1513"19, however, Hebron and Debir are still unreduced ; the t hree sons of Anak are driven out from the former by Caleb, who offers his daughtor as a bride to whoever succeeds in capturing the latter. (2) These indications of variety of literaiy materials are strengthened bythe discovery of incompatible stories of the same transaction. At the passage of the Jordan the whole nation has passed over to the western shore 317 41, when Joshua instructs twelve men to ' pass over before the ark into the midst of Jordan ' 6 and there take up twelve stones. The narrative thus returns to the eastern bank to find the people there too, for in 410b ' the people hasted and passed over.' What, then, is the destiny of the stones? According to 8" thoy aro carried across and doposited on the camping- ground where the people spent the night after the passage of the river. But in 9 twelve stones are set up in the midst of the stream in the place where the feet of the priests had stood, and the writer appeals to them as evidence, ' they are there unto this day.' The devices of the versions cp 31UK betray their consciousness of the incongruity; the difficulty is solved by the recognition of the fact that the narrative is composite, and the compiler has not succeeded in reducing the details to uniformity. This clue further explains why Joshua, after posting thirty thousand men in ambush on the west side of Ai 83 9, should dispatch five thousand more the next morning for the same purpose to the same spot 12. Similar considerations make it probable that Eahab did not exact the promise of future safety from her visitors after she had let them down over the wall of Jericho, and urgod them to flight 215-; and they point to a way through the maze of diJliculties attending the narrative of the various circuits round the city before it fell into the hands of the Israelites 63- •. 2. The literary examination of Joshua reveals corresponding facts. In some passages the language is full of reminiscences of the exhortations or narratives of Deuteronomy ; while others are founded on the institutions and couched in the formulae of the Priestly Code. Thus in 830~36 the writer records in his own fashion the fulfilment of the instructions of Moses in Deut 271"8 ; the discourse of Joshua in 23 is little more than included the book of Joshua with the Pentateuch in the first volume of his translation of the Old Testament (1792), because ho ' conceived it to have been compiled by tho same author ' (ante i 44). 3°4 §3 i] ITS COMPOSITE CHARACTER a cento of the phrases of D ; while the divine summons to the new leader i3-9 naturally reproduces the solemn terms of the previous charge in Deut 3i7-. On the other hand, the 'ark of the testimony' is named in 4ln, nnd a glimpse is thus oponod into the conceptions of P, which become clearer when the passover is celebrated on the four teenth day of the first month 510, and the manna ceases on the entry of the people into the land of Canaan. In due time appear the 'congregation' and their 'princes' 918-, and finally Eleazar the priest takes precedence of Joshua the son of Nun 141, and proceeds with the heads of fathers' houses to distribute the inheritances to the tribes at the door of the Tent of Meeting ig"'1, making due provision of cities of refuge 20, and cities 'with the suburbs thereof for the orders of priests and Levites 21. The documents represented by the symbols D and P in the Pentateuch thus find their continuations in the book of Joshua. Their definite literary characteristics enable them to be recognized with certainty so far as their main passages are concerned. They can be separated, therefore, with tolerable precision from the general mass. But when they are withdrawn by the aid of the usual criteria, what is the nature of the materials which are left? The examination of passages like 2 6 81"29 ioi~27 discloses diversities which' seem only explicable on ihe assumption that two sources have been combined. The analogy of the preceding books at once suggests that these sources may be J and E respectively ; and this presumption seems to be confirmed by various marks of literary parallelism and allusions to earlier incidents. Thus in some passages the population of the country is designated as Canaanite 7° 1610 1712-18 j( whereas in others it is described as Amorite io6- 24s E. The parallels to 212 14 21 35 9- 46 515 io21 &c plead strongly for J ; so does the reference in 1514, and the group of fragments named in i313H (cp infra 3 in). Similarly E seems to furnish the description of Joshua in i1 21 23 6°, the allusion to the idolatry of Israel's ancestors 241*, and the record of the burial of Joseph 2432. The combined document JE may be traced in like manner behind the language of i^~12a. These marks lie, as it were, upon the surface : how far does minuter investigation confirm the expectations which they awaken ? 3. When the contributions to Joshua editorially derived from D and P have been eliminated, it is found that the remaining portions designated as JE are concerned rather with the conquest than with the division of the promised land. The mission of the spies, the passage of the Jordan, the capture of Jericho, the defeat at Ai and the discovery of Achan's theft, the successful attack on Ai, the covenant with the Gibeonites, the catastrophe to the confederation of the southern kings under Adoni-zedek, and the overthrow of the northern alliance under Hazor, — these follow in definite succession though without any specification of time, and lead up to Joshua's old age 131, and the preparations for the actual settlement. But at this point the traces of JE become more faint, and only a few fragments, obviously incongruous with their context, survive out of its record of the tribal inheritances cp 1313 1514-19 "3 i61-3 10 2711-18 Tg47; t0 -which must perhaps be added 182-10. When these narratives are disentangled, so far as probability permits, what is the result of the analysis ? (1) The critical problem appeared at one time so difficult, that Wellhausen supposed that J broke off suddenly after the Balaam episode, and only left a trace here and there, as in Num 251-5 Deut 347b h, though its presence was afterwards recognized in Josh 96-c. Meyer also"1 denied to J any share in the account of the conquest of Canaan in Josh 1-12 save a fragment out of the story of the treaty with the Gibeonites in 9. But this view (though practically shared by Stade) has not been maintained by subse quent criticism". Kuenen, indeed, asserted that J and E could not be satisfactorily 0 Cp ' wholly followed ' 9 H with Num 1424. 6 Composition des Rexateuchs in Skizzen ii (1885) 116. ' e On its revival by Steuernagel, see below, p 318, note <*. c Ibid 126. 03 T6io I7n-i8 19« may therefore be referred (like the corresponding passages in Judg 1) to an early survey of the position of the tribes belonging to the school of J. Such a survey may have included a more detailed account of their settlement (cp 161-3) to which the narrative of the passage of the Jordan and the advance to the hill country would form the appropriate intro duction. The language of Judg i3 implies some kind of preliminary allotment of the1 land before the tribes attempted the task of conquest. If this existed in the primitive narratives of J, a basis would be supplied out of which subsequent representations might be developed. That the episodes of victory rest on older material is proved iii one case by a citation from a poem in the lost book of Jashar1' io12-, where it may be safely conjectured that the poetical version is a more ancient composition than the prose story ". There seems reason, therefore, for the view that the J sections may be of various dates, but the discrimination of the earlier is a task of the gravest difficulty. A growing consensus of criticism fixes on io12'') 13a 1313 igU-19 es T6ln 17U-18 io*7"*, to which may perhaps be added 52- 9. The story of the spies in 2 has also a simple and primitive air ; in 9, however, there seems a reminiscence of Ex 1510 (unless the order of dependence be inverted, or the last clauses be assigned to the later editorial expan sion). Much editorial work may be traced in J's share of 3-4, and the suddenness of the miracle announced in 313 cp 418 is not quite after the manner of J's employment of the east wind Ex i421b 27b. The sevenfold procession round Jericho in 6 has no analogy in the records of the Trans-jordanic conquest : while the narratives in 8 10 and 11 are conceived upon a larger scale, and may be assigned to a later stage of tradition compared with the records of the capture of Hebron and Debir i514~19. The representation of the action of the united people seems further removed from historical reality thari the view of their advance in groups of tribes presented in Judg 1 : and the total impression created by this portion of J suggests a much completer reduction of Canaanite opposition than the fragments from 1313 onwards justify8. How far these fragments may be connected with any definite scheme of territorial location according to J it seems' impossible now to determine. If 161-3 is rightly assigned to J, a proba bility is established that it may have contained other geographical descriptions how "Imitation is probably to be seen in 516 and perhaps in 4s. b Cp Introd II le i 19. 0 As Judges 5 may be taken to precede 4, cp Moore, Judges (in ICC) 110 ; Budde, Richter (in Kurz, Hdcomm) 33. d Bennett, in Haupt's SBOT, adds 52. e.. " This impression is heightened if (with Budde and Albers) the generalizing summaries in 10-12 may be partly referred to Js. See below, 4. 3°7 x 2 INTRODUCTION TO JOSHUA [§ 3 i/9 perhaps absorbed into P's more detailed survey cp i8llaN. But it appears to be beyond the power of any critical method to discover the clues to their separation. (2) The original scope and significance of E are hardly less difficult to determine. One feature, however, appears in strong relief. At the opening of the book i1- Joshua is solemnly commissioned to conduct the people across the Jordan. He is designated in terms elsewhere peculiar to E (in contrast with J) as ' Joshua the son of Nun, Moses' minister.' At the close of his career, when the conquest is substantially completed, he summons a national assembly at Shechem 241, exhorts the people to obedience, makes a covenant with them to serve Yahweh i6, and sets them 'a statute and an ordinance.' To Joshua, therefore, as to Moses, is assigned the double function of military leadership and religious legislation. By general consent the farewell address of Joshua is referred in its original form to E, and it is natural to accept its retrospect as a clue to the conception of the conquest and settlement which E contained. It proves in reality, however, to be somewhat barren of detail. The people are reminded of the passage of the Jordan and the fall of Jericho n, but the steps of subsequent victory are veiled under the figure of the ' hornet ' which expelled the native popula tions cp 12K, and of the actual process of occupation not a word is said, any more than of the desert incidents between Egypt and the land of Moab. The narratives them selves, however, are not equally silent. The first step of ' Joshua the son of Nun ' is to prepare for the great enterprise by obtaining the necessary information a1, and though the details of distribution in the story of the spies may be uncertain, the conclusion 23 indicates clearly that E related their mission and brought them back successful. The passage of the Jordan and the capture of Jericho followed. From Gilgal Joshua proceeds to the attack on Ai ; peace is concluded with the Gibeonites ; and the five kings of the Amorites are ' discomfited ' before Israel io10a, their rout being completed by a great hailstorm as they fled down the pass from Beth-horon u. With this scene the extracts from E's history of the conquest apparently terminate. The further episodes of advance and settlement seem to have been suppressed in favour of the more general editorial summaries in io28- • n10-i2. Had E, however, no account of the allotment of the land, and the situations of the several tribes ? A comparison of i9w- with 24;lu shows that materials from E were employed by P ; and if this happened in one instance which can still be traced, it may have occurred in others which can no longer be recovered cp i8llaN ; though it may be doubted whether some fragments would not have survived, like those already rescued for J, had E included any detailed description of the settlement. The parallel of the general presentation of E with that of J shows that from the passage of the Jordan to the overthrow of the central alliance they kept step side by side. The details occasionally vary: if J dwells on the marvels of the arrest of the waters 313, E can emphasize the sudden collapse of the walls of Jericho 65 20b, or the dire effect of Joshua's outstretched javelin 8i8 20 . -wliilo each gives its own version of tho divine aid against the five kings io10-14. Of the time occupied by tho entire settlement but little indication is afforded. From 2429 it may be conjectured that Joshua was regarded as near his end when the great convocation took place at Shechem cp 231 and 131. That the advance of the invaders would be slow was predicted in Ex 2328-30. The ' hornet,' therefore, would only pursue its work of expelling the native peoples by degrees ; and this does not, accordingly, seem incompatible with the general view that Israel must encounter resistance as it penetrated further and further into the land, and that such resistance must be overcome by force. It has, indeed, been supposed" that the language of 2412j was incompatible with the ascription to E of any narratives of military exploits after the capture of " Cp Kuenen, Hex 157, who finds an absolute incongruity betwoen the language of 24H-13 and the stories in 1-1 1. 308 §3 3] CHARACTERISTICS OF E Jericho. But the uncertainty of the original text renders this inference highly pre carious, and there seems no adequate objection, therefore, to tho recognition of E as the involuntary partnor of J in the compound nanativo in 2-10. Whothcr tho elements of E are all of one piece, or whether like J it may be regarded as woven from strands of various date, it is more difficult to conjecture. Bennett ° assigns to E1 63 7a 20 (mainly, 'and it came to pass . . . straight boforo him') i919.. Eoasons are given in the Analysis for ascribing the latter passage to P ; in the story of the fall of Jericho it may be conceded that the most ancient element was the shout, but it does not seem possible to isolate the passages referring to it as an older literary product. The Analysis, therefore, does not venture to make any partition of age. (3) If the presence of J and E be admitted in Josh 1-10, it is natural to infer that their union took place under the same conditions as those which produced JE in Gen Ex and Num. The Joshua sections of these documents were in fact integral parts of them, as the position of Joshua in E shows with especial clearness ; the work of Moses being definitely assigned to him as its continuator, and the retrospect in 24 binding the entire story from Abraham's migration to the Shechem assembly into one whole: It may be assumed, therefore, that the general method of R>e in dealing with the earlier narratives will be tracoablo also in tlio lattor. Tho largor portion of the matorial appears to be derived from J, though the chronological framework i] 242Q is supplied by E. The actual extracts have been woven together with extraordinary closeness, as in some parts of the Joseph series; but the hand of the compiler is occasionally to be traced in verses designed to harmonize conflicting situations, or combine dis cordant data 217 813. In 146-1° the story of Joshua's gift of Hebron to Caleb is related on the basis of the combined narrative of JE in Num 13-14 (cp i46"), and seems due, therefore, in its original form to a writer who might be provisionally identified with Rj°. But it has been recast (if it really existed at an earlier date) under Deuteronomic influence, and its present shape is due to Rd (cp below, 4) b. There remains a passage i82-10 which does not seem to belong to either document, nor to show the characteristic marks of origin in the schools of D or P cp i82N. It is founded on a theory of the completed conquest, and appears designed to introduce a survey of the settlement, That J at least once contained such a survey is highly probable ; though the surviving fragments show that in its oldest form it was not conceived on the basis of universal subjugation assumed in 182-10. But as the documents passed from hand to hand, receiving fresh additions, it may be conjectured that a later editor desired to gather into one view the various data and fuse them in one general representation. To such a description of the tribal inheritances, which may now lie at the basis of P's delinea tion i8n-i9, PJ8 may have prefixed as a suitable introduction the story of the travels of the twenty-one deputies, their description of the land in seven portions, and the distribution of the inheritances by lot before Yahweh in Shiloh. a Joshua in Haupt's SBOT. b It does not, however, follow that all the passages asoribed to the school of J belonged to the book of JB. Thus a second narrative of tho gift of Hebron to Caleb is found in 1514-19, introduced by 18 which bears strong marks of IV. The recurrence of this passage in Judg i'"-"1 connects it with the group already specified in 8i0 1313 15"3 *610 I7U~IS 1947, most of which are now embedded in portions of P, where they have the air of editorial insertions qualifying larger claims. In 1313, however, this qualification affects a section of D. The generalizations of the Deuteronomic editor, however, are so absolute (see 4 below) as to render his admission of such a correction highly surprising : and it would seem probable that the Deuteronomic edition of Joshua dropped the passages in which J surveyed the progress of the settlement with frank recognition of Israel's limitations, and that these were only " nserted in a much later revision, when an effort was made to incorporate all the records of the past. held a similar view. In any case the J source of Judges 1 and its parallels in Joshua still remained distinct, and could be used separately. 3°9 INTRODUCTION TO JOSHUA [§4 4. Far more important was the revision to which JE was submitted in the Deutero nomic school. The indications of this process are numerous, but even the most careful scrutiny still leaves many points in doubt, and the significance of different details is variously estimated by students who approach the problems along independent lines ". (i) The general phenomena are so obvious as to strike even the most casual reader. Eeference has already been made to the fulfilment in 83°-36 of the instructions in Deut 271-28. In a similar manner the language of 1 is founded on the incidents and exhortations of D. After tho death of Moses, Joshua is divinely confirmed in tho leadership to which ho has already boon solemnly dedicated. As the successor of Moses he receives fresh assurance that the promises made to the great Liberator of his people will be accomplished on the due observance of the law imparted through him 3_a. The following parallels will suffice to show the connexion :— Josh 1 3 Every place whereon the sole of your foot shall tread, to you havo I given it. ... 4 From the wilderness, and this Lebanon, even unto the great river, the river Euphrates, . . . and unto the great sea toward the going down of the sun, shall bo your bordor. ° There shall not any man bo ublo to stand before thee. 6 All the days of thy life. 5 As I was with Moses, so I will be with thee : I will not fail thee, nor forsake thee. 6 » 18 Be strong and of a good courage. 8 Thou shalt cause this pooplo to inherit tho lund which 1 huvo swum unto thoir fathers to give them. Deut ii24 Every place whereon the sole of your foot shall tread shall be yours : from the wilderness, and Lebanon, from the river, the river Euphrates, even unto the hinder sea shall be your border. 72' There shall no man bo able to stand boforo thee. 4° 62 163 17" All the days of (thy) life. 3 18 He will be with thee, lie will not fail thee, nor forsake thee. 7 2S Be strong and of a good courage. 7 Thou shalt go with this people into the land which Yuhwoli hath sworn unto their fathers to give them ; nnd thou shalt cause them to in herit it. The address to the Eeubenites, Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh i12-18, is based on the recital in Deut 312- 18-20 . wnile the discourse of Joshua in 23 is a Deuteronomic counterpart to the farewell address in 24, with especial reference to the Mosaic warnings in the concluding exhortations in Deut 28 and 29. In other cases, however, the Deuteronomic additions do not thus stand alone ; they are woven into the context of the narrative as in the explanations of the circumcision at Gilgal 54~8, and the erection of the stonos commemorating the passage of the Jordan 421-24. And yet again two remarkable summaries of Joshua's victories seem best explicable as Deuteronomic additions io28-*3 and n10-i224. The first of these is couched in a series of paragraphs repeated with rhythmical regularity. Joshua is accompanied by ' all Israel ' D2" ; city after city is delivered by Yahweh into their hands "52 ; the inhabitants are smitten with the edge of the sword Deut 1315 2013, and none are left remaining Deut 234 33 Num 2i3S ; Yahweh is emphatically said to have fought for Israel 42 "45 ; and the ' devotion ' of ' all that breathed ' 40 is expressly based on the injunction of the law cp Deut 20" ' thou shalt save alive nothing that breatheth, but thou shalt devote them.' Whatever materials may lie behind these sweeping surveys, such as the list of kings in 129-24, there can be no doubt that the present form of these sections is due to an editor of the Deuteronomic school, anxious to show that Joshua fulfilled the divine commands as the faithful successor of Moses cp io40 ii" 23fc, Parallel phenomena though in another field may be observed in the general summaries of Israelite idolatries presented in the book of Judges eg 211-23 io°-10, which bear a strongly 0 The more recent criticism of D in Joshua starts from Ilollenberg's essay ' Die Douteronomischon Bestandtheile des Buches Josua,' Sludien und Kritiken (1874) 462-506. b Albers has endeavoured to rescue an earlier summary for J2 ; but the evidence does not seem conclusive. 310 §4 2] DEUTERONOMIC ELEMENTS marked Deuteronomic character ; or, again, in the prayer composed for Solomon at the dedication of the Temple i Kings 823~63 «. (2) But a closer examination of Josh 1-12 reveals the interesting fact that the labours of the Deuteronomists were not confined to the addition of longer sections of narrative or address, or even of shorter explanations. The stories of JE bear upon them numerous touches due to the same hands. Traces of the influence of this great school have already been discovered in legislative passages such as Ex 133" 2320.. and 3410--, while the origin of Num 2i33-35 is to be sought in the same direction. In Joshua 2-11, however, the indications of editorial handling by D are more constant and pervading. The general method of treatment may perhaps best be introduced by a comparison of the two versions of the conquest of Sihon here placed side by side :— Num 21 21 And Israel sent messengers unto Sihon king of the Amorites, saying, 22Let me pass through thy land : we will not turn aside into field, or into vineyard ; we will not drink of the water of the wells : we will go by the king's [high] way, until we have passed thy border. 23 And Sihon would not suffer Israel to pass through his border : but Sihon gathered all his people together, and went out against Israel into the wilderness, and came to Jahaz : and he fought against Israel. 24 And Israel smote him with the edgo of the sword, and possessed his land from Arnon unto Jabbok, even unto the children of Ammon : for the border of the children of Ammon was strong. 26 And Israel took all these cities : and Israel dwelt in all the cities of the Amorites. Deut 2 20 And I sent messengers out of the wilderness of Kedemoth unto Sihon king of Heshbon with words of peace, saying, " Let mo pass through thy land : I will go along by the high way, I will neither turn unto the right hand nor to the left. 28 Thou shalt sell me food for money, that I may eat ; and give me water for money, that I may drink : only let me pass through on my feet ; 29 as the children of Esau which dwell in Seir, and the Moabites which dwell in Ar, did unto me ; until I shall pass over Jordan into the land which Yahweh our God giveth us. so But Sihon king of Heshbon would not let us pass by him : for Yahweh thy God hardened his spirit, and made his heart obstinate, that he might deliver him into thy hand, as at this day. 31 And Yah weh said unto me, Behold, I have begun to deliver up Sihon and his land before thee : begin to possess, that thou mayest inherit his land. 32 Then Sihon came out against us, he and all his people, unto battle at Jahaz. 83 And Yahweh our God delivered him up before us ; and we smote him, and his sons, and all his poople. s< And we took all his cities at that time, and devoted every inhabited city, with the women and the little ones ; we left none remaining : 36 only tho cattle we took for a prey unto our selves, with the spoil of the cities which we had taken. The specifically Deuteronomic additions here can be easily traced. Thus 20a depends on 4 and 9 : 29b cp D69°. In 30 ' would ' "117, ' Yahweh thy God ' % ' deliver him into thy hand ' "52, ' as at this day ' "33", come from a common phraseological mint. Similarly 31 ' behold ' "99, ' begin to possess ' 24 ; 32- ' he and all his people ' "56 ; 33 ' delivered him up ' Diooa ; 34 ' at that time ' "no, ' devoted ' "35, ' the women and the little ones ' "118, ' left none remaining ' 33 (Num 2I3") cp Deut 20™- Josh io28 so 33 37 39. . 35 < oniy < d84) *a prey' "89, the spoil' "103. The Deuteronomic reciter has thus reproduced the older story with his own variations and expansions. The marked character of their language usually enables these to be identified with ease. Such expansions frequently recur in the narratives of the conquest, as one or two instances will suffice to show : — Josh 37 This day will I begin to magnify thee in the sight of all Israel, that they may know that, as I was with Moses, so I will be with thee. 414 On that day Yahweh magnified Joshua in the sight of all Israel ; and they feared him, as they feared Moses, all the days of his life. Deut 220 This day will I begin . . . ' all Israel ' "a" : ' that ' Sp Deut 410 40 63 3246 : ' as ' &e. Josh 15. 'all the days of (his) life' Deut 40 62 163 I7>9 Josh 15. « On the Deuteronomic revision of Judges cp Driver, LOT" 164-7, and Moore, Judges in ICC and Haupt's SBOT: on Solomon's prayer, Driver, LOT' 191. 3" INTRODUCTION TO JOSHUA [§42 Josh 421b When (Sp Deut 1 127) your sons shall ask their fathers in time to come, saying, What mean these stones ? 22 then ye shall make your sons know, say ing, Israel came over this Jordan on dry land. 23 For Yahweh your God dried up the waters of Jordan from before you, until ye were passed over, as Yuhweh your God did to the lied Sea, which ho dried up from before us, until we were passed over : 21 that all the peoples of the earth may know the hand of Yahweh, that it is mighty ; that they may fear Yahweh your God all the days. Deut 620 When thy son shall ask thoo in time to come, saying, What mean . . . 49 ' make your sons know them,' 8s ' make thee know.' ' Yahweh your God' Di. ' did to ' Dia. ' all the peoples of the earth ' i Kings 880. ' mighty hand ' D8ob. ' fear ' D44" : ' all the days ' Di3*. But this passage carries with it 51- ('dried up the waters of Jordan until we were passed over '), and similarly 210- : — Josh aio For we have heard how Yahweh dried up the water of the Bed Sea before you, when ye came out of Egypt ; and what ye did unto the two kings of the Amorites, that were beyond Jordan, unto Sihon and to Og, whom ye devotod. u And as soon as we had heard it, our hearts did melt, neither did there remain any more spirit in any man, because of you : for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above, and upon the earth beneath. ' dried up ' Josh 423 51. 1 when ye came out of Egypt ' Deut 234 249 25". ' two kings of the Amorites ' "3°, ' beyond Jordan ' "ai\ ' devoted ' "35. ' melt ' 51 76, ' made our heart to melt ' Deut i28. 'spirit' 51. ' Yahweh your God ' Di. ' he is God in heaven above and upon the earth beneath ' Deut 4s9. But the Deuteronomic revision enters still more closely into some portions of the narrative, as may be seen in 34b 10b 17b 4la 12 ; and this renders it almost certain that the designations ' ark of the covenant ' and ' the Levitical priests ' have been introduced in the same process cp 33s. It is hardly necessary to cite further instances ; but the following parallels deserve consideration ; — Josh 6' And Yahweh said unto Joshua, See, I have given into thine hand Jericho, and tho king thoroof, the mighty men of valour. Josh 81 And Yahweh said unto Joshua, Fear not, neither bo thou dismayed : take all the people of war with thee, and arise, go up to Ai : see, I have given into thy hand tho king of Ai, and his people, and his city, and his land : * and thou shalt do to Ai and her king &c. ' fear ' &c. io25 Deut i2i 316 8. ' see, I have given ' Deut a24 cp D99 S3, cp Deut 32a. 'mighty men' Josh i14 83 io7. ' thou shalt do ' Deut 32b. Here also it is probable that the hand of Ra has been at work ; and so numerous are the traces of his handling in 1-12 that some critics (with Kuenen at their head) have regarded the narratives of the conquest as so completely welded together by him that no distribution of the antecedent sources was practicable. More recent investigations have not confirmed this judgement ; but whatever view be formed of the possibilities of success in this direction, one fact remains clearly established— the story of the western conquest has undergone a kind of redaction to which the records of the previous traditions were not submitted. For this there must plainly be a cause. That the Deuteronomic school could work in its own way on the older material has been already shown in the comparison of the two accounts of tho overthrow of Sihon. But the actual Trans-jordanic story of JE remained untouched (save for the incorporation of the episode of Og Num 22s3-35). This difference of treatment seems explicable only on the assumption that when the Deuteronomic editors took the traditions of the conquest in hand, the narrative of the Mosaic age was regarded as practically closed. The death of Moses made an obvious pause, and formed the fitting conclusion to the combination JED. When once the incorporation of the Deuteronomic law-book with its hortatoiy settings into the historic framework of JE had been effected, the remaining records were severed more markedly from the Mosaic age. The continuity 312 §43a] DEUTERONOMIC ELEMENTS of the story was broken by the interposition of the great book of law to which the whole previous narrative only served as introduction ; and the elevation of the code into regulative or canonical authority, whilo it socurod what wont boforo from further revision, left what came after to the pious activity of editors who sought to show how the commands of Yahweh had been fulfilled. Joshua, therefore, could be handled more freely, and the traces of subsequent handling are consequently more numerous and varied. (3) The general indications already cited make it probable that the Deuteronomic elements in Joshua are not to be regarded as extracts from a completer work on the conquest, but are supplemental to the earlier product of JE". It is more difficult to decide on the grounds of Joshua alone whether Rd worked on JE in union or on J and E separately. The analogy of the previous books (cp Introd XVI 1-y i 173) suggests that the fusion had already taken place ; and this conclusion may receive some slight confirmation from the phenomena of 2, where two narratives are undoubtedly blended, and where also a Deuteronomic addition can be easily detected 10-. But there is no sign of Rd in the passage which seems due to the harmonist of the separate sources 17 : while Rd can be eliminated from the account of the march through the Jordan in 3-4 and leave JE nearly intact. Other questions, however, suggest themselves which deserve a passing word. (n) In the first place, what are the connexions of Rd in Joshua with the different elements of Deuteronomy itself? Is it possible to discriminate more than one deposit of revision, and, if so, can they be attached to the separate groups of homilists whose work has been already distinguished, cp Deut 34' 2"? These questions raise difficult problems, to which answers can only be given with reserve. That the additions made by Rd were not all incorporated at one time is rendered probable by the general facts of the editorial treatment of the preceding books. And this probability is obviously increased by the circumstance that the symbol Rd covers incongruities which can hardly be due to the same writer. Thus after tho kings of Ilobron and Debir havo been devoted together with tho entire populations belonging to thorn io30-39 !', so that none remain, Joshua subsequently proceeds to cut off the Anakim of the same places ii21. These representations are hardly coherent ; the second seems to be generalized from the ancient narrative in 1414", but it cannot be accommodated in the same view as the first. Similarly it may be doubted if the following two summaries are from the same hand : — io40 So Joshua smote all the land, the hill country, and the South, and the lowland, and the slopes, and all their kings ; he left none remaining : but he devoted all that breathed, as Yahweh, the God of Israel, commanded. 41 And Joshua smote thorn from Kadosh-barnoa evon unto Gaza, and all tho country of Goshon, oven unto Gibeon. And all those kings and their land did Joshua take at one time, because Yahweh, the God of Israel, fought for Israel. nlc So Joshua took all that land, the hill country, and all the South, and all the land of Goshen, and the lowland, and the Arabah, and the hill country of Israel, and the lowland of the same; 17 from mount Halak, that goeth up to Soir, ovnn untoBaal-gnd in tho vulloy of Lohnnoit under mount Hermon : and all thoir kings ho took, and smoto thorn, and put them to death. . . . '•" For it was of Yahweh to hardon their hoarts, to come against Israel in battle, that he might devote them, that they might have no favour, but that ho might destroy thorn. The secret of Joshua's victories is found in the one case in the simple explanation that Yahweh fought for Israel: in the second, it is carried a stage further back, as <« Dillmann however, conjectured that such an independent work by D had existed, though only small portions' of it had been preserved by B cp NDJ 600. The view expressed below concerning the different materials here assigned to Bd seems sufficiently to account for the facts. Steuernagel, in assigning the main contents of tho narratives to D2, gives much greater extension to Dillmann's b This representation would itself seem to be later than the touches of Btl in ioi"27, eg812 26. 313 INTRODUCTION TO JOSHUA [§43a the resistance of the native kings is contrasted with the peaceful submission of the Gibeonites, and is set down to the same providential process which had already brought the divine dooms on Pharaoh and his people. In other instances, also, it is probable that Deuteronomic additions have themselves been subsequently expanded, cp i7-. On the other hand there do not seem any clear reasons for attributing 37 414 (with Albers) to Rdl and 421-24 t0 r^ qu^g Analysis does not, therefore, save in rare cases, attempt to distinguish typographically between different elements of Rd : it must be enough to recognize the general evidence that the Deuteronomic revision was a process to which more than one writer of the school contributed ". There are even signs that additions continued to be made in the Deuteronomic spirit till a very late date, as the peculiar phenomena of 20 indicate. This may, indeed, be an exceptional case of harmonizing ; but in other instances thore soem to be marks of late character in additions bearing tho general stamp of Rd (see below, 8). (0) That the Deuteronomic editors based themselves on D as we now possess it (apart from the song of Moses 32 and the few passages due to P) cannot, indeed, be affirmed with certainty, but it appears highly probable. The reference to Joshua in i3-9 implies Deut n24- and 3i7- ; while the address to the tribes who wished to settle on the east of Jordan i12-i8 jg founded on Deut 312- 18-20. The description of Sihon and Og as tho 'two kings of the Amorites' 210 910- belongs to the later strata of D cp Deut 38N ; the designation of Yahweh as ' God in heaven above and on earth beneath ' 2llb seems to rest on Deut 430 ; and the homilist of Josh 23s 15 shows points of contact with the discourses in both Deut 28 and 29. The historic and hortatory settings of the Deuteronomic code seem thus within the view of Rd ; and it may be surmised that the work which was begun on the basis of JE in Deut 1-3 31 34 was continued by the same group though on a different method through the traditions of the conquest and settlement. (y) The phraseological indications of this process are necessarily slight. But they are not wholly wanting. The designation of Sihon and Og as 'the two kings of the Amorites ' has just been cited. New phrases creep into the survey of their dominions : each is described as ' ruling ' 122 5, a term not employed in Deut 2- (in D only in 15°) ; or as 'reigning' 131012, another verb also absent from the earlier accounts1. Fresh geographical data also appear, such as the reference to the sea of Chinnereth and to Beth-joshimoth 123 ; while the word ' possession ' 12°. carries on the usage of Deut 25 ° 12 10 320 Josh i10- Other peculiarities are probably to be found in the phrases ' meditate ' in the law i8 cp Ps i2 ; ' mighty men of valour' i14 62 83 io7 (2 Kings 1520 2414 Chron [20] Neh n14t) ct Deut 318 ' all the men of valour ' ; ' dried up ' 219 423 5" ; ' all the people of war' (?) 8i 3 oi) 107 n7t, ct 'men of war' s4 « 63 io24 Deut 2" " ; nsnn 'favour' n2)* 1 Kings 828- • 93 Jer 367 3720 3821' 422 ° Pss Chron ; 'according to their divisions' n23 127 1810* ; 'wealth' 22s 2 Chron i»- Ezr68 720 Eccles 519 62t; and the Hebrew forms DfnN io25, TTIK 1412, VDDn i48C. (0) There remains an interesting class of cases in which the language of Rd shows curious approximations to that of P. The phrase ' according to their divisions ' just cited seems kindred with P's legal terminology cp ri8 ; in 130 234 ' allot it (Sp cause it to fall) unto Israel for an inheritance ' finds its sole parallel in Ezek 451 4722 ; while the terms ' priosthood ' and ' beyond Jordan ' Sp 187 occur elsewhere in Hex only in P, and the 'thorns' of 2313 belong to the hortatory vocabulary of which another specimen 0 This seems probable, for instance, in the case of the list of kings in 12, appended at the close of the summary of the conquest n'-'8. Its source is unknown, but it does not appear needful to call into conjectural existenco a larger independent Doutoronomic work, the rest of which has perished. b This difference supplies anothor faint indication of diversity of authorship between Bd sections cp ante a. The duplicates in I22~° and 138"14 aro hardly from the same hand. 0 Cp Dillmann, NDJ 442 ; KOnig, Einl 249. 3H §5 i] THE SECTIONS OF P occurs in Num 3305. It is no doubt to be expected on general grounds that the char acteristic terminology of one great school should find antecedents in its predecessor. The style of RJ° already approaches that of D ; why should not the style of Rd in like manner prepare the way for P? The Deuteronomic editors of the national histories during the exile were contemporary with the priestly schools of Ezekiel and his successors, and some interchange of phraseology would be only natural. Such inter change may be detected in 54 833 io27- n2" 224. To what is it due? Are these the spbntaneous outshoots of R<* towards kindred workers in the same great field, or do they suggest that Ri> has been upon his track with his own additions and modifications ? The phenomena of io23- • compared with 40 and @ io28" seem to prove clearly that an editor of the school of P has introduced the word 'souls' at a quite late stage of the history of the text. If such revision has happened in one case, it may have operated elsewhere also. Thus the phraseology of 679 24b points to Rr. But 19 is evidently a supplement to Rd in 18 ; and a clue is thus gained to the priority of the Deuteronomic revision before the Priestly annotator took the work in hand. Is this view sustained by other phenomena in Joshua ? In other words, what is the relation of the P sections to the rest of the book ? 5. The inquiry just suggested is full of difficulty, and tho seemingly conflicting facts have been differently interpreted in different critical schools. (1) The obvious indications of the presence of elements continuing the arrangements of Num 3417-3534 have been already mentioned (ante 2). They prove at once that P is not unrepresented in the narrative of the settlement. But it is less clear at first sight whether P contained any story of the conquest, and, if so, what has become of it. That he related the entry into Canaan is admitted by general consent 4I9, and the passage at once creates a presumption that his narrative also described the crossing of the Jordan. Traces of such a narrative may be seen in 34a 8 15- 47b 8a 13 16-17. The record of the passover and the note on the food-supply 510-12. are plainly derived from the same source. But the account of the events which follow seems to owe little to his hand. Jericho falls and lie is apparently silent. He breaks in at the boginning of the story of Achan's trespass 71 ; a clear glimpse of the ' congregation ' and its ' princes ' is afforded in the dealings with the Gibeonites 9150 17_21 ; the delineation of the tribal settlements is chiefly due to him (the Trans-jordanic tribes I315-i45, Judah isi-12 20"62, Ephraim 164-9, Manasseh 171-10, the remaining tribes 181 n-1910^ cities of refuge 20, cities for the Levites 211-42) ; and the last echoes of his language are heard in the story of the altar by Jordan 229~34. It is at once plain from the irregularity of these frag ments that P has not been adopted as the groundwork of the compilation of Joshua in the same way in which it was laid at the base of the preceding books. The chronological articulation from Gen 1 to Deut 347 is here entirely lacking". Of the victories of Israel, of the overthrow of tho Canaanite confederations, no word has been preserved. It can hardly be doubted that somo allusions to those events wore con tained in P. One incident is especially significant ; the oath to tho Gibeonites cannot have been a mere detached episode ; it must have been derived from a connected scheme6. The gift of the land is formally promised in Ex 64 8 ; the war of subjugation is anticipated Num 3220-22, and the warriors of the Trans-jordanic tribes cross with their brethren ready for battle Josh 413. The way is thus prepared for a narrative of » So far as this exists in Joshua it is supplied by JED. The book opens with a renewal of the commission to Joshua and closes with his death, but in 1 and 24 P has no share. Even tlie passages of the survey extracted from P are placed in a Deuteronomic framework cp ii23 131 14 18- 10 2143 45. In the final compilation, therefore, P is inserted into JED, whereas in the Pentateuch JED is fitted l> In the- case of Achan the phenomena of 71 ,s- °4- scorn sufficiently cxplainod by the conjoc- ture of a late priestly revision, rather than of the incorporation of passages from an independent narrative. But the P verses in 9 have not this supplemental air ; they imply a story of their own. 315 INTRODUCTION TO JOSHUA [§ 5 i the conquest which may have taken the main stsiges of advance for granted after the manner of P's reference to tho ' overthrow ' of Sodom and Gomorrah Gon 1929, while it enlarged on incidents calculated to shed some light on Israel's dealings with the conquered peoples and the sanctuary-claims on person and property. But such a narra tive was not so well adapted for the foundation of the combined account of the conquest as that of the product symbolized by JERd. It stands, therefore, in the background in the first half of the book, and only becomes prominent in the second. On this and other grounds it has already been argued (Introd i 178) that the combination of P with JED was not effected in Joshua by the same hand or on the same method as in the Pentateuch. (2) What, then, is the relation of the P sections in Joshua to the great document of which it is the soquel? That document has been shown to bo by no means homo geneous (Introd XIII 7-10). To which among its various strata does the continuation in Joshua appear to belong? Tho promiso of Ex 648 suggests that the general plan of Ps originally included the entry into Canaan and the distribution of the land. In this it followed the general method of JE. But it is doubtful how far the existing sections are to be ascribed to this source, for they show many traces phraseologically of secondary character. Thus in 419 the common designation ' the children of Israel ' is replaced by 'the people,' of rare occurrence in P, Ex 1627 30 Num 1647 313 3314, four out of the five passages being already independently marked as late. The description of the passover 51° employs D's term for ' even ' instead of P's. Achan's pedigree 71 depends on Num 2620, and the usual phrase in P to describe the divine anger ''178 gives way to the familiar language of JE which only appears in P elsewhere in the curious amalgam Num 3210 13. On the other hand the account of the allotment of the land opens with the erection of the 'tent of meeting' at Shiloh 181 (on the original place of the verse see 14'"), where P might have been expected to mention the Dwelling. It has been previously urged Ex 25!" that many paits of P's legislation seem based on this conception of the sanctuary, and represent an older stage of codification afteiv wards adapted to the newer form. In the same way it is quite possible that the narrative of the distribution may rest on an older survey, and this may be the explana tion of some of the peculiarities discussed in i8nK. In any case it is worth observing that the account takes no notice of the men whom Moses expressly selected for this function Num 341s-28. Where are the ten princes whom he associated with Eleazar and Joshua ? They are hardly to be identified with the ' heads of the fathers ' 19" ; and it may be conjectured therefore that the description of the settlement is earlier than the provision in Num 3416^29. The assignment of the cities of refuge and the Levitical cities 20- (following the full close 19"'!) is, however, plainly dependent on Num 35, and the P sections in Joshua, therefore, must be grouped in their present form under the general heading of Pa. (3) The relation of P to JE in Joshua is sufficiently implied in the foregoing expo sition. The details which P contributes, for instance, to the Achan story in 7, or a comparison of the items of the survey from 136 onwards, can leave no doubt of the priority of JE. But there are other phenomena of a more perplexing kind, involved in the comparison of P with D. (a) The general reasons founded on institutional development which place the Deuteronomic code before the Levitical legislation in order of time remain unaffected by the narratives of Joshua. But the literary affinities of P and D in Joshua are somewhat intricate and have led different critics to opposite inferences. The materials for investigation are scanty, as thoy are mostly confined to the traces of editorial revision. There is, however, one clear case of duplication where a comparison may prove suggestive, if not decisive, viz the account of the territories assigned to the tribes 316 Josh I3S-]|) D " With him the Reubenites and the Gadites received their inheritance, which Moses gave them, beyond Jordan eastward, even as Moses the servant of Yahweh gave them ; 9 from Aroer, tltat is on the edge of tlie valley of Arnon, and the city that is in the middle of the valley, and all the plain of Medeba unto Dibon ; 10 and all the cities of Sihon king of the Amorites, which reigned in Heshbon, unto the border of the children of Ammon. §53y] RELATION OF IV AND P east of the Jordan 138-14 and 15^33. Here, on the face of it, P seems expanded from D (the common elements are printed in italics) :— Josh I3'5-21 p ,n And Moses gave unto the tribe of the chil dren of Reuben according to their families. u And their border was from Aroer, that is on the edge of the valley of Arnon, and the city that is in the middle of the riilley, and all the plain by Medeba ; " Heshbon, and all her cities that are in the plain ; Dibon, and Bamoth-baal, and Beth-baal-meon ; ,8 and Jahaz, and Kcdemoth, and Mephaath ; 19 and Kirialhaim, and Sibniah, and Zereth-Shahar in the mount of the valley ; 20 nnd Beth-peor, and tho slopes of Pisgah, and Both- josh imoth ; 21 and all the cities of the plain, and all tho kingdom 0/ Sihon king of the Amorites, which reigned in Heshbon. That there is a literary relation between these passages can hardly be doubted. Did D abstract from P, or P expand D, or did both found themselves independently upon a common source? The latter alternative is excluded by the fact that both passages subsequently introduce Og king of Bashan, and the analysis of Deut 3 shows that Og appears there for the first time : D and P, therefore, could have no common antecedent. But the same argument proves that P in 3n' must be ultimately based on Deut 3 ; and the dependence of P on D seems thus established °. It is confirmed by the fact that while D expressly asserts 10 that the conquered territory did not include Ammon cp Deut 237, P claims half for Gad 25, an extension of which D is evidently unaware. The relation of P to D here, therefore, is similar to that of P to JE concerning the territory of Joseph 16I-3 and 4- •. (0) Further evidence in the same direction may be gathered from the traces of revision by Rp in the sections ascribed to Rd. Instances of this have been already offered (ante 4 38 p 315). The word ' souls ' io28- ¦ seems only explicable as an intrusion into D's formula 'all that breathed': a harmonizing editor has added the reference to Joshua in 146 on the basis of the combined narrative JEP in Num 14. These cases increase the probability that the P phrases in 54 833 io27- n20 187 are really due to Rp ; in 221 * the close contiguity of the very late P story °-34 may have slightly affected the text, and produced unconscious modifications in the copyist's handiwork, cp the conflate expression ' kept the charge of the commandment ' n. (y) On the other hand Dillmann has urged b that P bears the marks of a Deuteronomic revision. In Deut 3249 the words ' in the land of Moab ' are ascribed to D, cp i5 and ct 34I. Josh 54-7 is an attempt to harmonize JE and P ; in 510 D betrays himself by ' evening,' as by ' stoned them with stones ' 725. The formula ' Yahweh God of Israel ' 7131 ja triumphantly claimed for Rd in the midst of P's phrases gla- ; in the description of the Trans-jordanic settlements 13IS-8S 'it js ag clear as possible' that P has been revised by Rd, the references to the kingdom of Sihon having been inserted by him 21 and 27, while D's shebhet has taken the place of P's niallch in 29a. The curious com bination in 203-6 of items from the Deuteronomic law of the cities of refuge with the arrangements of the Priestly Code would be convincing, but for the circumstance that © clearly proves that the Deuteronomic elements are a very late insertion in the text. Finally in 229~34 the recuning phrase ' the half tribe of Manasseh ' invariably employs the Deuteronomic term. This slender array of instances is hardly sufficient to counter vail the numerous lines of argument founded on the development of institutions, the testimony of history, the affinities of religious expression, which converge on the con clusion that Deuteronomy preceded the Priestly Code. The explanatory suggestions 0 Cp the use of the tci m ' slopes ' 2", Deut 3I7 4" Josh io40 123 R, only here in P. b NDJ 676. 317 INTRODUCTION TO JOSHUA [§63y offered in the notes need not be repeated here. The harmonistic touch of a scribe who adds tho words ' in the land of Moab ' Deut 3249 cannot prove more than a desire to bring the language of different passages into accord : in the secondary passages of P there is an occasional option in the choice of names for ' tribe '", just as i Chron 518 23 28 speaks of the ' half shebhet of Manasseh,' while 1 Chron 6« w. mentions the ' half matteh.' It may be conceded, then, that tendencies to variation display themselves unexpectedly in both directions ; the characteristic language of D is sometimes replaced by that of P, and vice versa. These contradictory phenomena seem in a sense to cancel each other. At any rate it may be affirmed that neither group is strong enough to bear the strain of supporting a general conclusion concerning the documents of the Hexateuch at large. The main facts of their contents and relations remain wholly unaffected. It is of importance to notice, however, that the observation formerly made concerning the relations to Rd and JE § 4 2 is equally true of the fuller product JERd and Rp. The Deuteronomic editors left the records of the Trans-jordanic conquest under Moses practically untouched b : but they worked freely on the stories of the victories of Joshua. This fact was cited in confirmation of the view that the Joshua narratives had been separated from their context in Numbers by the incorporation of the Book 6f Deuteronomy, long before the compilation of the Priestly Code. In this condition of detachment from the preceding group they were no longer guarded with tho caro which protected the Law, and they were tho more readily exposed to editorial manipu lation. It was easy, therefore, for the scribes who undertook to combine P's version of the Conquest and Settlement with the Deuteronomic Joshua to adopt a different method of redaction compared with the final composition of the Pentateuch. They not only threw much of P's materials away instead of presenting them almost intact and using them as the chronological basis of the whole, but they— or their successors- scattered traces of their work in occasional phrases throughout the most characteristic Deuteronomic sections, just as the Deuteronomic editors had impressed themselves still more forcibly on JE. No such activity can be discerned within the limits of Deuteronomy itself. And this contrast reinforces the belief already expressed (Introd i 178) that P's Joshua was not amalgamated with its predecessor JED by the hand which arranged the Pentateuch". What interval separated the two processes it is impossible to conjecture. But the evidence of the Septuagint at least makes it certain that the book continued to receive additions till after the middle of the third century 11c1, a Cp Num 3231 36s. b Only adding the conquest of Og Num 2133-36. : c With this conclusion Prof G A Smith (in Hastings' DB) is in entire agreement. Further indi cations are found in the facts that some peculiarities of orthography noted in the Pentateuch do not reappear in Joshua. The feminine pronoun N>n replaces the epicene ton ; rhxn is written in place of 'iNn ; for lnT Joshua shows lrrv. These point to different redactional activity. . . d The publication of Steuernagel's Das Bitch Josita (in the Hdkomm) as these sheets are passing through the press invites a word of comment, for his results vary widely, from those already set forth. His conception of the growth of the book is highly interesting, if also somewhat too intricate to be properly estimated within the limits of a brief note. The constituent materials are roforred (a$ above) to J E D and P, but in very diiferont combinations. In regard to J Stouernagel roturns to the view of Wellhausen and Moyer that it recognized no Joshua, and that consequently no portion of 1-12 can be allotted to it (save the brief touch in the Gibeonite story 90. where the negotiations are conducted with the ' men of Israel '). J is accordingly represented almost entirely by the fragments parallel with Judgos 1. To E, on tlio othor hand, u considerable amount is assigned in 2-7 8S0- i4°"i4 9*"- 24. This distribution, however, leaves huge gaps in the narrative boforo the sections of the sur vey due to P. The intervening pass.igos are referred chiefly to D2, the continuation of Deut 1-3. This document opens with ii. JU-1' and continues through 34689 10 11 (being united in 3 4 6 with E). Its record of the conquest has been preserved almost entire, but from 13 onwards it can be dis covered only in fragments. There are, however, various other traces of Deuteronomic revision by successive editors and copyists. The stories of E had probably undergone a Deuteronomic handling the pr the Do he as; 318 before they were combined with D2 : and thut the process was continued in the scribal schools may be inferred from the phenomena of 20. But the Deuteronomic book of Joshua did not, in Steuer nagel's judgement, contain the passages which he assigns to J or oven to E. These were not added §6] THE FINAL REDACTION 6. Indications have been already cited incidentally which prove that the process of revision did not stop with the incorporation of P into JED. The introduction of the Deuteronomic provisions for the cities of refuge in 2o3-» is admitted to be later than the text employed by the Alexandrian translators. The same witnesses bear similar testimony in other cases". A number of words and clauses are lacking in ®, the absence of which can hardly be ascribed either to accident or design. In some instances as in 221 or 143 the omissions may be explained by the recurrence of identical words ; in others, as in the narratives of the capture first of Jericho 6, and then of Ai 8, they seem intended to remove inconsistencies and harmonize conflicting details. But others, again, are probably due to neither of these causes, but indicate continuous editorial handling which sought to rectify or define or supplement the existing text b. Thus 1333 is needless, for it is implied in 143, while it reproduces 1314 with its Deutero nomic forms in the midst of P. Its absence from ®, therefore, increases the probability that it is a later addition. Homiletic expansions are perhaps to be traced with the same aid in 29b and 2310b ; while the scribal love of the law is most likely responsible for the reference in I7. Such handling cannot be said to be in favour of any particular school, or to make for any special documentary theory. There is no case of divergences so great as those affecting the long secondary section Ex 35-40. But they are sufficiently numerous and striking to warrant the conclusion of Dillmann c that the text of Joshua was not definitely fixed until a date perhaps as late as 200 b c <*. until after the combination of P witli D, for which D supplied the framework. Into the united book DP a late priestly scribe B^ introduced the extracts from J and E ; so that instead of the usual symbol JEDP Steuernagel's hypothesis might be represented as DPBi" (J + E). The reader who will take these clues in hand through the following analysis, will be able to form his own conclusions on this critical scheme. From the point of view of the results exhibited in the text far too much literary product is ascribed to D2. In 8-11 for example the bulk of the narrative is thus floated. But the style of Deut 1-3 does not show anything like the independence and vigour which mark the stoiy of the capture of Ai or the defeat of the five kings. D2 is little more than a homiletic copyist in Deut 1-3 : and when he introduces a new episode, for which he has no previous authority in JE, the overthrow of Og 31-7, lie can only advance step by step on the track of tho preceding narrative of Sihon. In Josh 8 and 10, however, there are manifold fresh traits wholly unlike tho manner of Deut 1-3, as indeed Steuernagel himself seems to perceive when he concedes that here E may have been used as a source by D2. Moreover in 8 (at least, if not also in 10) there are clear traces of two narrators. To these Steuernagel is not indifferent, but his second is a late priestly editor. The appearance of BP on the scene here is altogether unexpected ; why should he devise a second ambus cade 812., and how is his intervention to bo recognized ? Steuernagel gives no reasons for his identi fication. This must be said of other passages also attributed to this school. Thus in 914 Bp is dragged in by a correction of the text and represented as recording that the 'princes' neglected to 'inquire of Yahweh,' an antique process of consulting the oracle which P nowhere sanctions (having set it aside for the Urim and Thummim of Ex 2830) : while io40"43 is similarly allotted to Bp, though the phraseology is preponderantly Deuteronomic (the incorporation of material from Deut 19 in Josh 20 is so clearly the work of a harmonizer that it must be regarded as exceptional, and cannot be taken to justify Steuernagel's hypothesis of a group or succession of priestly scribes habitually adopting the Deuteronomic style). — The divergences of Steuernagel's results thus imply (1) different conceptions of the preceding analysis (as in the ascription of 513-15 with the parallel in Ex 3" to E) ; (2) a differ ent value for phraseological and stylistic evidence in the determination of sources (as in the assign ment of I40-14 in its present form to E, and tho. derivation of so largo a portion of 1-11 from D2) ; and (3) a different estimate of historical probability in the donial of any narrative of Joshua's leader ship to J. The student will derive much stimulus from so fresh a treatment, and if this work succeeds in placing the data before him, he will have the materials for independent judgement. 0 Cp Hollenberg, Der Character der Alexandrinischen Uebersetzitng des Buchcs Josua Moers 1876 18 c. I- So perhaps in i2 * "• a4 n lr' *'• &c. « NDJ 690. d In Hastings' DB ii 784" Prof G A Smith expounds a similar viow : ' That the Book of Joshua was not regarded in Israel as what we call canonical till long after the Torah or Five Books of Moses had reached that rank, is clear from the difference between it and them in the LXX translation. While it is evident, from the comparatively few discrepancies between the Massoretic text and that of the LXX that the text of the Torah had long boon guarded with care before tho LXX translation was made' the many discrepancies in the Book of Joshua, the freedom with which the Greek translator or translators allowed themselves to omit or to modify, prove that when the LXX translation of it was made Joshua was not regarded as of canonical rank. The admission to the Canon of the Prophetical Books, to which it belongs, is generally held to have been about 200 bc.' 3r9 Josh r THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN JOSHUA a Qen 31IS 35I Dent 2I3 24 b u Qen 32IO Dent 327 3i2 c lix 1823 d Cp ">69c « Deut n2425 /91 i5« a34« 1/ 234 Deut iiSO* h Deut 72* 2 Deut 31a 3 Deut 3i7 k Dent 17II 20 ( Cp Bx 1322 Ib 5921 ia l'b i2 n Deut 282' cp Ps 13 oCp Deut3i23 S) p Ueut l21 q 32 Null! lilfl cp C83 )• 32 s 44 Gen 43I8 E R" J E l1 "Now it came to pass after the death of Moses the "servant of Yahweh, that Yahweh spake unto Joshua the "son of Nun, Moses' 'minister, saying, 2 Moses my servant is dead ; now therefore "arise, go over Hhis Jordan, thou, and "all this people, "unto the land dwhich I do give to them, "[even] to the children of Israel. 3 "Every place that the sole of your foot shall tread upon, to you have I given it, as "I spake unto Moses. * From the ewilderness, and this Lebanon, even unto the great river, the river Euphrates, Hall the land of the Hittitea, and unto the /great sea toward the "going down of the sun, shall be your border. 6 There shall not any man be able to ''stand before thee ball the days of thy life : as I was with Moses, so I will be 'with thee : I will not 'fail thee, nor forsake thee. ° JBe cstrong and of a good courage : for thou shalt ./cause this people to inherit the land which I dsware unto their fathers to give them. 7 ""Only be strong and very courageous, to 'observe to do according to all "the law, which Moses my servant com manded thee : "turn not from it to the bright hand or to the left, that thou mayest "have good success whithersoever thou goest. 8 This hbook of the law shall not ^depart out of thy mouth, hut thou shalt '"meditate therein day and night, that thou mayest 'observe to do according to all that is written therein : for then thou shalt "make thy way prosperous, and then thou shalt "have good success. 9 Have not I "commanded thee ? Be cstrong and of a good courage ; be not 'affrighted, neither be thou ^dismayed : for Yahweh Jthy God is 'with thee whithersoever thou goest. 10 Then Joshua commanded the 'officers of the people, saying, na rPass through the midst of the camp, and command the people, saying, 'Prepare you "victuals ; for within 'three days ye are to pass over 6this Jordan, 11b t0 mg0 jn to possess the land, "which Yahweh your God giveth you to "possoss it. ps a 109 b 13° 0 1061 d 107" e 84 f 83" g 114b h 70& 44"1 I" k 17a 1 ngd m 53 n 6q° o 88 lla After the death of Moses Joshua is summoned to assume the leadership for which he has been already designated Dout 3,14. 23p Tho opening verses *• show the hand of E in tho description of Joshua ; but it is soon apparent that the narra tive of E has been expanded by a member of the great Deutero nomic school. This expansion may have begun already in *¦ as the parallels imply. Steuern attributes *• 10~18 to D2 and 3-9 to later editing by Ba. The parallels in 3~9 and 12_18 at once reveal the hand of the homilists of D, 10 lla alone showing the simpler style of E. _ lb This title is found elsewhere in passages attributed to E Ex 1431 Num I27- Deut 34s cp Josh 24s9. It appears with great frequency in D» in Josh e g i7 1S ls 8" 3S o24 1112 " i2«ab 138 (147) 187 222 *.. It is possible, therefore, that its occurrence here may be due to the Deuteronomic redaction. 10 Cp Ex 3311 Num n2ft Deut 3i2s. In Josh this designation is found in sections presumably derived from E 21 29 6° 242() j it is also employed by P 141 1c/'1, but novor by J. 26 The form of this clause contrasted with Deut 3123 ' which I sware unto them,' may be due to Bd as D habitually dwells on the 'gift' of the land D6o,cdof. 2b The juxtaposition of the words ' to them, to the children of Israel,' and the absence of the latter from (SJ, may imply that they are an explanatory gloss. 3 Dillm suggests that this clause is an addition ; the original passage in Deut 1124 is spoken by Moses, not Yahweh. But the words of Moses are understood to be of divine source and authority cp Deut ii26b. 4 Not in the original passage, and lacking here in (Si. The term ' Hittites ' seems to include the Canaanites ; so only in Ezek 163 " (Dillm). 7ft In 7- the discourse may have been yet farther expanded ; 8 in particular seems to develop the allusion to ' the law ' in 7, which is itself probably additional. Similar clauses introduced by ' only ' will be found in 17b 18b, where they may he additional. 7b Moses is nowhere said to have laid any law on Joshua for his observance ; the words are not rendered by (51 (for the remaining formula cp Deut 34s) ; moreover the following pro noun ' from it ' should bo feminine, but agrees instead with ' all that Moses commanded thee.' The reference to ' the law ' is therefore probably a later touch. to 8 M Or, deal wisely. — Sp = ' prosper ' Deut 29'. * The widely different analysis just published by Steuernagel will sufficiently exemplify to the student the difficulty of the pro cess and the various results which it may suggest. In the treatment of the text Steuern feels much greater confidence in the relative originality of ©, and ascribes therefore a very much more continuous activity to late priestly editors, whose work, how ever, cannot be otherwise identified by independent characteristics. The preparation of an amended text did not enter into the plan of this work (cp Bennett's Joshua in Haupt's SBOT). The editors, therefore, while citing some of the divergences of @ for critical purposes, have not thought it necessary to tabulate all its variations. A few of its omissions have heen noticed, where they seemed to indicate the probability of subsequent editorial work on the Sp text. Such comparisons suffice to demonstrate the general thesis of prolonged scribal treatment; but until (SJ has itself been more carefully reconstructed, it cannot be employed as a final authority for the correction of Sp ; and many delicate critical problems, therefore, can only be imperfectly approached. 320 THE SPIES AT JERICHO Josh 2 10 t Dent 312- 18-a u 16 224 23I Deut 320 v Deut 3I9 w Deut 3I8 x a12 op Ex 13I8 ct Deut 318 ft y 62 83 io' 2 Rings is2" 24I4 Chron (20) Neh ullf z Deut 32<> cp Joah 224 o' Deut 4« a il b Num 25I c Cp 4» 23 ct 8 4b dSpf e Sp = see Gen 42^ Num 1318a /Deut i22 ff 4b Qon io» ft § Ex 22.« i Ex io2» Sp 3 Cp Gen 15" Sp k Ct 4» 6 cp Ex 212 i Ct Ex 9SI Sp m Gen 19* M Cp 14 24 o Gen 1512 Ex i516 2327 Deut 3225* p 24 Ex i515* J E if J E 12 And to tho 'Reubenites, and to the Gadites, and to the half Hribe of "Manasseh, spake Joshua, Baying, ,3 iRemombor tho word which Mosos tho servant of Yahweh commanded you, saying, Yahweh your God giveth you rest, and will "give you this land. 14 Your 'wives, your little ones, and your cattle, shall "abide in the land which Moses gave you "beyond Jordan ; but wye shall pass over before your brethren xarmed, all the "mighty men of valour, and shall help them ; IB until Yahwoh have given your brethren "rest, as [he hath given] you, and they also have possessed tho land "which Yahweh your God givoth them : then ye shall "return "unto the lond of your "possession, and possets it, which Moses the servant of Yahweh gave you beyond Jordan "'toward the sun rising. 18 And they answered Joshua, saying, All that thou hast commanded us we will do, and Whithersoever thou sendest us we will go. " According as we hearkened unto Moses in all things, so will we hearken unto thee : "only Yahweh thy God be 18 suggest that different sources have been combined, and tho course of the story makes this practically certain. For the conversation between Eahab and her visitors upon the roof 8- 12 u is suddenly interrupted by the descent of the men through the window ">• , to be resumed "-21 when they have made their escape from the house. But it is inconceivable that they should have shouted from the foot of the city wall (where the residents in similarly situated houses could have overheard them) a promise " 20 which involved absolute secrecy cp 14. The incident in "-cannot therefore belong to the narrative in »• 12 u 19"21. But "¦ finds II. 32? its obvious sequel in 22-, from which it appears that the men were two in number 14% and had been dispatched by * Joshua the son of Nun.' That designation at onco connects the narrative with E, while the parallels in 8 12 14 18~21 are equally decisive for J. Some uncertainty, however, must attach to the details. Steuern ascribes the whole story to B (minus the Deuteroncmic additions) but treats 17_21 as a later extension of the story by E2. 2 This verso is tho introduction to 3a where the phraseology suggests n parallel with Qon iqr J. The answer to the king's messngo is found in 1l) fia. J,b <£» ns in na. T entered. The repetition Booms due to tho incorporation of a doublet, one member of which (5) (§> omit. 4a The specification of * the two men ' is in harmony with > ; 1 hid ' used only by E Ex a2- ct ° .§. ih This clause is absent from w 5I a; Deut 43» y Cp Gen 248 2 18o Gen 24' a' Gen to2" al I' 18b 623 d 20 den 348 Bx iul£ d' Ct Gen 19" e' Gen 28U 32I /' Gen 321 cp 192 g' Gen 3«a E Rd E h' Gen 248 « i' Gen 248 j' 6=co)(ic upon Bx 188 248 11 Cp 115a V Cp 9 g24 a 6>2 15 710 810 pa havo "hoard 'how Ynliwoh 'dried up tho wntorof the Rod Sea before you, 'when ye acaine out of Egypt ; and "what ye did unto the 'two kings of the Amorites, that were sbeyond Jordan, unto Sihon and to Og, whom ye Thdevoted. u And as soon as we had heard it, our hearts did ''melt, neither did there remain any more '"spirit in any man, because of you.: for Yahweh 'your God, he is IGod in heaven above, and on earth beneath. 12 Now therefore, I pray thee, ''swear unto me by Yahweh, since I have 'dealt kindly with you, that ye also will deal kindly with my father's house, "and give me a true token, . . . 13a "and that ye will "'save alive my '''father, and my mother, and my brethren, and my sisters, and all that they have. ... , u \ 13b and will deliver our lives from death. 14 And the men said unto her, Our life Mfor yours, if yo utter not c'this our business ; and it shall be, when Yahweh "giveth us tho land, that wo will "deal kindly and truly with thee. 15 Then she let them down by a cord through the window : "for her house was upon the town wall, and she dwelt upon the wall. 16 And she said unto them, '''Get you to the mountain, lest the pursuers "'light upon you ; and 'hide yourselves there "three days, until the pursuers be returned : and afterward may ye •'''go your way. 17 "And the men said unto Iter, We tvill be guiltless of this thine oath which thou hast made us to sivear. 18a Behold, when we come into the land, thou shalt "'bind this line of "'scarlet thread in the window "which thou didst let us down by : and thou shalt gather unto thee into the house i . . . 18b "thy ''father, and thy mother, and thy brethren, and |-.iu. \ 180 all thy "father's Thouse. 19 And it shall be, that whosoever shall go out of tho doors of thy house "into the street, his blood shall be upon his head, and we will be "'guiltless : and whosoever shall be with thee in the house, his blood shall be on our head, if any hand be upon him. 20 But if thou utter c' this our business, then we will be '''guiltless of thine oath which thou hast ''made us to swear. 21 And she said, "According unto your words, so be it. And she sent them away, "and they Twent : and she bound the scarlet line in the window. 22 And they "went, and came unto the mountain, and abode there "three days, until the pursuers were returned : and the pursuers sought them throughout all the way, but found them not. 23 Then the "two men returned, and descended from tho mountain, and passed over, and came to Joshua the "son of Nun ; and thoy told him all that had ¦''befallen them. 21" "And they said unto Joshua, Truly Yahweh hath ^'delivered into our hands all the land. 24b And moreover ''all the inhabitants of the land do melt away before us. 31" "And "Joshua "rose up early in the morning, a 28" f 30 S ai h 35 i 1« 57" 57' 1 170 m 119J 210b So Sp cp D3S. T utterly destroyed. 12 This clause is wanting in @ ; it may be a doublet of 12 derived from E. laa One story seems to have contained a promise of the safety of the ' father's house,' while the other specified the inmates cp doublets in 18. By the parallels in 623 and 25 the ' father's house' (cp Gen 241) is assigned to J, and tho list of relatives to E. As the two narratives run side by side, 33a must have been followed by a promise (comprising the words in 18b) resembling that in 14 18ac 19. 14 M Sp instead of you to die. 15 The clausos describing the situation of Rahab's houso seem explanatory insertions. (5J lacks both, as well as ' by a cord.' 17 Apparently an editorial attempt to connect tho broken sequence in J 14 18. The words are derived from 20. 18a An editorial reference to 15. 18b This clause may be simply reproduced editorially from 13a, or it may bo a misplaced fragmont of E's record of tho promise. 1Hc So Sp as in i2, T household. The phraso is not supplemental but parallel to ' father, mother, and brethren.' 21a © closes the verse at the dismissal of tho men. The double ' and they went' 21- can hardly be duo to tho same hand. 2 J b ft us in 22 ; T departed. 22 The sequel of the instructions in 16 ' get you (Sp = go) to the mountain.' The words 'until the pursuers were returned' seem awkwardly placed before the statement of their search ; they are not found in ©, and may be editorial. 24 The whole verse may possibly be an editorial supplement, cp 9, though the first clause seems satisfactorily continuous with 2S. For additions introduced by Dai ' and moreover ' cp 711 Gen 40" Ex 38b. 8la The narrative of the passage of the Jordan in 3-4 is extra ordinarily complicated, and presents the utmost difficulties to the analyst. That it is composite is sufficiently proved by the diversity of the statements concerning the twelve suored stones which commemorated the event. According to 43b 8D they were taken out of the midst of the river, and carried across to the western bank where the people camped for the night. In 420 thoy are sot up in the Gilgal. But in 40 twelve stones are set up in the middle of the river. The Greek translators, conscious of the duplication, rcgardod those us an independent momorial, inserting the words ' also twelve other ' : so also Si ' alios quoque duodecim lapides ' (@ paraphrases, and the Arabic version omits the verso). This device can hardly be accepted ; especially as 322 THE PASSAGE OF THE JORDAN Josh 3 10 b Cp 3 14 I? 21 d 48 8 611 89 Gen 32IS 21 CP178 e Sp — at the end of 9I6 A Sp ^passed ill i Num 35B j Bx 262 « * Sp cp Deut 20I8 27' I Cp 7 Deut 291 m Ex 4I0 3i2» Deut 194 » Num 1 1 18 Ex 1922 0 Bx 8io 23 2a 96 18 al p Ex 32o 34io» 911 r ft=bearS 14 « Deut 22» (4I4 u Deut 4IO § r 18 w Ex 27OT a: 16 4I9 ct Ex 2S y Gen 45* z Num n24 J E r 18 Mio 41s Zooh 4H 6»t i!'44 e' 4I8 op iS © om /' Ct 15 V' 18 47 E V 4I8 i'Ci>13Bxi58 / Gen 21I8 V 128 Deut 3" V Gen 722 Bx ,421b ct 422 m' 41 s» «" n' 4I s8 ^ Deut 216 op 14 Josh 41056 P" J Rd Joshua said, "'Hereby ye shall know that the living God is Wong you : 10b and that he will without fail ddrive out from before you the ^'Canaanite, and the Hittite, and the Hivite, and the Perizzite, and the Girgashite, and the Amorite, and the Jebusite. 11 Behold, the ark of the covenant "of tho "Lord of all tho oavth pUSSetll OV61' before you into Jordan. 12s Now therefore take you d' twelve men out of the tribes of Israel, for every tribe a man. . . . 13 "And it shall come to pass, when the "'soles of the feet of the priests that bear the ark of Yahweh, the "Lord of ail the earth, shall -^'rest in the waters of Jordan, that the waters of Jordan shall be "'cut off, [even] the waters that come down "from above ; and they shall stand in one heap. 14 And it came to pass, when the people 'removed from their tents, to pass over Jordan, the priests that 'bare the ark of the covenant being before the people", 16 "And when they that bare the ark were come unto Jordan, and the feet of the priests that bare the ark were dipped in the "brink of the water, (for Jordan overftoweth all its '''banks all the time of harvest,) 18 "the waters which came down "from above stood, [and]("rose up in one 'heap, a •''great way "off, at Adam, the city that is beside Zarethan^) and those that went down toward the ''sea of the "Arabah, [even] the Salt Sea1', were "wholly cut off : and the people "passed over right against Jericho. . . . 17a "And the priests that bare the ark of the covenant of Yahweh stood firm on ''dry ground in the midst of Jordan. nu ii" c Cp8b fi i" Ex 2320 e Mi 24* /310« dBxi3l4opi228 A3" iCt2o R" E "that Yahweh spake unto Joshua, saying, 2 Take you "twelve men out of the people, out of every tribe a man, 3a and ^command ye them, saying. ... . . .3b "Take you hence out of the midst of Jordan, out of the place where tho priests' feet stood Brm, twelve stones, and "carry them over with you, and "lay them down in the 'lodging place, where ye shall lodge this night : * Then Joshua called the "twelve men, whom he had ^prepared of the children of Israel, out of every tribe a man: 6and Joshua said unto them, Pass over before "the ark of Yahweh your God into the midst of Jordan, and take you up every man of you a stone upon his shoulder, according unto the number of tho "tribos of the children of Israel. 8 that this may be a sign •''among you, that when your children "ask in time to come, saying, "What mean ye by these stones ? 7a then ye shall say unto them, Because the waters of Jordan were *cut off before the ark of the covenant of Yahweh ; when it passed over Jordan, the waters of Jordan were cut off. 8bAnd they took up twelve stones out of the midst of Jordan, "as Yahweh spake unto Joshua, according to the number of the tribes of the children of Israel ; and thoy "carried them over with them unto the place where they "lodged, and laid them down there. 9 "And Joshua »set up twelve stones in the midst of Jordan, in the place where the feet of the priests which P' . . . 7b "And these stones shall bbe for a "memorial unto the children of Israel for ever. 8a And the children of Israel ddid so as Joshua commanded. 1 53 b 37 0 113 d 189b 41b Cp 314. The narrative of the memorial stoneB is extra ordinarily confused. The conflict between * and 8 has beon already noted cp 31K. In lb 2 there seems to be a preparation for *¦ cp 312. The narrative form of n resembles that of 38 ; and ' command . . . saying ' 3a is parallel to 33 i11 E. But the plural in the words of Yahweh to Joshua is perplexing? Whom does Yahweh address ? © reads ' thou.' 80 The instructions in s do not agree with those in " j they find their fulfilment in 8b. The contrast with 6 points to J, and this is confirmed by the occurrence of J's word ' lodge.' Wellhausen conjectured that in its original form this was addressed to the people generally, so that the number of stones was not limited to twelve. The object of the story apparently is to account for the ancient stone-circle known as ' the Gilgal,' which doubtless contained more than twelve stones. The reference to the ' place where the priests' feet stood firm' seems borrowed from9, and is unrepresented in @. Sp 'standing-place of the priests' feet' is a different word from 'stood' 3" ]7a, and occurs only here in Hex. 3b is continued in 6 which finds a strong J parallel in Ex 13". ' Take up ' 3b 8b (WJ») is different from anrt 5 © ' beforo me bof ore Yahweh ' : but ' before me ' can hardly be original. 7b The stylistic affinities of 7b sa piead strongly for P. If this be admitted, it is clear that P also had an account of the stones. There do not seem to be any traces of it in n>-Ta : DUt cp 3I2 42». 8b Another doubtful passage apparently founded on 6* . © ' na Yahweh commanded Joshua when tho ohildron of Israol woro clean passed over.' Tho rest of the vorse carries out 8b, and tho record of the transit of the people and the priests is completed in 10b (where ' hasted ' makes decidedly for J) and llb. 9 The incongruity of this passage with the adjacent narrative has been already noted 3I1*. It expressly states that the stones were set up in the middle of the river and remained there, whereas 3 and B both ordain that they shall be taken up out of the river-bed, 3 adding that they shall be deposited on the other side, and 6 implying a similar purpose in the instruction to the twelve men to lift the stones on to their shoulders, obviously to carry them away. The phraseological indications are in favour of D. Steuern, having already assigned 3b e to D2, is obliged to attribute 9 to B.d with the addition of (' other '), a result which does not seem critically satisfactory. 32S Josh 49 THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN 3 Cp Deut io5 i Kings 88f jt317b I Ct 3l7b HI 13" 24 22° Num 321 ct 1I2 J26 22I nil2 0 Num 32W 27 baro tho ark of tho covenant stood : and Jthey are there, "unto this day. 10a j>or tue priests which bare the ark stood in the midst of Jordan, until every thing was^finished that Yahweh commanded Joshua to speak unto the people, "according to all that Moses com manded Joshua. 10b And the people 'hasted and passed over. u "And it came to pass, when all the people were 'clean passed over, that the ark of Yahweh passed over, and the priests, "in the presence of the people. 12 "And the mchildren of Roubon, and the children of Gad, and tho half tribo of "Manasseh, passed over armed before the children of Israel, as Moses spako unto them. 14 On that day Yahwoh ''magnified Joshua in tho sight of all Israel'', and they feared him, as thoy feared Mosos, hall the days of his life. E r317 s Ex 142Tb t Sp Qen 312 5 Bx 57 14 » 18 And it came to pass, when the 'priests that bare the ark of tho cove nant of Yahweh were come up out of the midst of Jordan, and the 'soles of the priests' feet were lifted up unto the 'dry ground, that the 'waters of Jordan "returned unto their place, and went "over all its banks, 'as aforetime. p. 33d . . . 13 "About forty thousand ready "armed for war passed over before Yahweh unto battle, to the "plains of Jericho. . . . 15 "And Yahweh spake unto Joshua, saying, 16 Command the priests that bear the ark of the 'testimony, that they come up out of Jordan. 17 Joshua therefore commanded the priests, saying, Come ye up out of Jordan. . . . f 43 10 And the "people came up out of Jordan on the Jtenth day of the first month, and 130 i 161 j 183 410 Not in © ; after the preceding clause the words seem super fluous. They may bo due to an annotator anxious to vindicate the foresight of Moses in making all necessary arrangements beforehand ; or they may have a more general significance for the picture of Joshua's fidelity to Mosaio ordinance cp n1B. lla This clause seems the natural connexion between 10b and llb. At first sight the general mode of expreasion resembles that of la ; but thoro are slight variations, ' all the people ' for the rare and grandiose ' all the nation,' and the sing on for "ran. With Ia cp 58 Deut 218. The formula ' it came to pass when ' 'E127 is much more frequent in JE. n is therefore regarded aa homogeneous J. llb Sp is here ambiguous, <3Eft having also the meaning ' before' 36, according to which tho ark crossed before the people, loading the way for them. The rondoring of RV implies that the ark remained in the river-bod till tho pooplo had reached tho othor side, a conception which also seems to underlie P's narrative. 12 Ra is perhaps traceable in 12, as well as in 14 21~24 51. At the outset of 12 the formula resembles that of Ps (instead of D's ' Heubenites ' &c), and the whole passage (oven ' the Manasseh' cp 229) would bo quite explicable aa the introduction to 13 in which P is universally recognized, the only other verbal link with D being the word 'armed' D'lDOn i14 ot ^ann 'si'in 13 Num 3227. But a very probable correction of the toxt finds D'Ujrjn also in Num 3217, so that it cannot bo claimed exclusively for D, On the other hand there seems a contrast between 'passing over before the children of Israel ' cp Deut 318 and ' passing over before Yahweh ' cp Num 3221. 13 This passage seema to be introduced from P (cp the margins), but it was noted by Kuen (Hex 104) that the figure is inconsistent with the fighting-strength assigned to the two and a half tribes in Num 26. It might be supposed that some remained behind to protoot the women and children, but Num 3321 oxpressly required ' evory armed man ' of the tribes settling in the East to cross the Jordan. Tho incongruity is probably due to the secondary character of the later sections of" P. Steuern, an addition to D'2. 16 Knobel and Schrader early assigned these verses to P, though recent critics (save Dillm) have not followed them. But the ' ark of the testimony ' — when there is no suspicion of redac tion — affords strong evidence, which other indications confirm. For 'spake (Sp said) saying' cp pi8sd : 'oommand' (ms) at the beginning of an inatruction or law cp is Lev 69 242 Num 52 2&2 34a 352* : the tense ' that they come ' cp Lev 24s Num 52 35a. Further, the repetition in 17 ' and Joshua commanded ' is much in P's style. 18 An addition to J's close derived from 316. The expression 1 as aforetime ' elsewhere always brings the sentence to an end ; in Sp the words ' over all its banks ' follow after. 10 On the use of this term in P» cp Introd § 6 2, ante 316. 326. THE CAMP AT GILGAL Josh 5 1 0 u 5I0 » Sp = brink 38 15 cpi5l W 2d23 x Deut n27 ft y Deut 62o z Deut 8' a' Ct 317 4j Cp Kx 141a V 210 51« 4*Spf Gen 3028b u Gen 22I4 § !i419 w Num 92 a: Ex 128 y Ex 12I8 Deut 168 ct Ex I2« Rd E . . .20 "And those twelve stones, which they took out of Jordan, did Joshua "set up in Gilgal. "encamped in Gilgal, on the east "border of Jericho. 21 "And he spnko unto tho children of Israel, saying, "When your children shall "ask their fathers in time to come, saying, What moan these stones ? 22 then yo shall *let your children know, saying, Israel came over this Jordan on "'dry land. 2n For Yahwoh kyour God ''dried up the wators of Jordan from before you, until ye wore passed ovor, as Yahwoh your God 'did to the Rod Son, which ho dried up from before us, until we wero pnssod over : 24 c'thnt '''all the peoples of the earth may know tho hand of Yahwoh, that it is "mighty ; that "they may "fear Yahwoh your God "for over. B1 And it came to pass, when all the akings of the Amorites, which were "beyond Jordan 'westward, and all the kings of the "Canaanites, which were by the sea, dheard how that Yahweh had dried up the waters'* of Jordan from before the children of Israel, until "we were passed ovor, that thoir heart emelted, neither was there spirit in them any more0, because of tho children of Israel. 2 "At that /time Yahweh said unto Joshua, Make thee "knives of 'flint, and circumcise again the children of Israel the 'second time. 3 And Joshua made him knives of flint, and circumcised the children of Israel at "the hill of the foreskins. 4 "And this is the icause why Joshua did circumcise : all the people that came forth out of Egypt, that were males, [even] %11 the men of war, died in tlie wilder ness by the 'way, after they cnme forth out of Egypt'. r' "For nil the people that came out were circumcised : but all the people that were '"born in tlie wilderness by the 'way as they came forth out of Egypt, they had not circumcised. 6 For the children of Israel walked "forty years in the wilderness, till "all the nation, even the 'men of war which came forth out of Egypt, were ''consumed, because they bhearkened not unto the voice of Yahweh : unto whom Yahweh 'sware that he would not let them see the land which Yahweh "sware unto their fathers that ho would give us, a dland flowing with milk and honey. 7 And their children, whom he raised up in their stead, them did Joshua circumcise : for they were uncircumcised, because they had not circumcised them by the 'way. 8 And it came to pass, when they had 'done circumcising "all the nation, that they abode in their "places in the camp, till thoy "wore whole. n And Yahweh said unto Joshua, This day have I rolled away the 'reproach of Egypt from off you. "Wherefore the name of that place was called "Gilgal, "unto this day. 10 "And the children of Israel "'en camped in Gilgal; and they "kept the passover on the "'fourteenth day of the month at "even in the 'plains of Jericho. k 1 1 13 in 8oh n 44.1 o i3« b 58" c 107 d 691 e 143b 420 The source of 20 is doubtful. Are the stones those named in 6 ? Then the statement probably belongs to E. But if they are the memorial stones of 7b, the passage should be referred to P. C'pn is used of a similar action by Joshua 3426 E : but it is also a favourite word of P Ex 402 &o. 21 The Deuteronomio character of this section is apparent from the parallels. • 51 M Another reading is, they. 2 The account of the circumcision of the people 2_9 has been enriched with a Deuteronomio addition by H.'1 in *'*, ns the parallels cited in the margins prove. The original narrative is contained in 2- 9, and seems beat referred to J by analogy with Ex 426 (which does not at all necessarily imply that J conceived circumcision to have been universal in Egypt). According to this story the name of the great stone circle called ' the Gilgal ' is explained as 'rolling.' What was 'rolled' away? 'The reproach of Egypt.' In connexion with a story of circumcision the phrase can only imply that Joshua now performed a rite which the Israelites had neglected in Egypt, bo that they incurred the scorn of their circumcised masters, the Egyptians. The editor, however, seeks to avoid this interpretation by the explanation that it was only necessary for the new generation which had arisen since the Exodus » 7. The opening formula at that time ' (occurring only in this position Deut io1 »*) seems due to R11, and so probably ore the references to previous circum cision, to harmonize with 6, as though there had been a national practice in Egypt. 3 M Or, Oibeath ha-araloth. 4 ®'s text in 4_8 varies widely from Sp. It is possible that a phrase here and there may be due to RP, such as the rare plural ' males ' (absent from © as well as ' all the men of war ') cp 172 Ex 1312 ». 6 seems unrepresented in @, and as it interrupts the con nexion of 4 and ° (Steuern), it may be a later insortion ; 6b is not wanted, boing a duplicate of 7b. In "• there may be some secondary expansions. 8 Sp lived, ie recovered cp Num si8- 2 Kings 12. 9 M That is, Rolling. — ' Unto this day ' is, absent from © (cp y26a out 0f an occurrences in Joshua). 10 gp'fl record of the first camp in the land of Canaan. @, however, begins ' And the children of Israel kept the passover,' as if the first clause were due to editorial junction, the sequence on 419 not requiring it. The phrases ' on the morrow after the passover ' n and ' on the morrow ' 12 are not found in @, which also transfers ' in the selfsame day ' from llb to the opening of ,2. The peculiarities of language 'even' 'old oorn,' and the mention of ' parched corn ' along with unleavened cakes point to Pa rather than Ps. 327 Josh 51 THE CONOUEST OF CANAAN Rd E z Num 338 a' Lev al4 V Ex 16S6 c' Lov 2380 Dout H22 Sp d' Gen 8«b c' Gen 33I2 Num 22S2» ft* f Num 22^ g' Cp 1 Kings 2210- hf 78 i'Cp«iab ;' Ex 35 i' Gen 4521 i 81 cp Deut 224 13 "And 'it came to pass, 'when Joshua was by Jericho, that he lifted up his eyes and '''looked, and, behold*, there stood a man "'over against him with his sword /'drawn in his hand : and Joshua went unto him, and said unto him, Art thou for us, or for our adversaries ? 14 And he said, Nay ; but [as] "captain of the "'host of Yahweh am I now come. And Joshua '''fell on his face to the earth'1', and did "'worship, and said unto him, What saith my klord unto his 'servant? 15And the cap tain of Yahweh's host said unto Joshua, •''Put off thy shoe from off thy foot ; for the place whereon thou standest is holyJ' . "And Joshua *'did so. 11 And they did eat of the "old corn of the land on the "morrow after the pass- over, unleavened cakes and "'parched corn, in the gselfsame day. 12And the 'manna ceased on the morrow, after they had eaten of the "old corn of the land ; neither had the children of Israel manna any more ; but they did eat of the c'fruit of the "land of Canaan that year. g 138 137" j I7611 61 "Now Jericho "was straitly shut up because of the children of Israel : none went out, and none came in. 2 "And Yahweh said unto Joshua, "See, I have "given into thine hand k 56" 1 73 5111a jj Qr, produce. Or, corn. — Spf. 13 This narrative seems to bo the beginning of J's account of the divine commission to Joshua, paraUel with that to Moses Ex 35- •, But in ita present form it must have boon abbreviatod, as the vision loads to nothing. No inatructions aro given to him ; the attempt to establish an immediate connexion with 62. • cannot be regarded as successful, though the place of the incident in JE suggests that it was intended to prepare the way for the story of the capture of Jericho. Kuenen, assuming that the phrase 'Yahweh's host' represented a late conception, regarded this as one of tho socondary soctions of J. But the prociso words do not occur olsowhoro (cp Ps 10321 1482) ; whilo parallels of idea may be found in Gen 32s and 1 Kings 2210., 14 M Or, prince. — Cp "191. 16 This clause is wanting in ©. gia This verso scoma to broak the connoxion between 515 and 62 : it bears no cloar marks of editorial composition, and ia thoro foro con jocturully ascribed to E. lb M Sp shut tho gates and was shut in. 2a The narrative of tho full of Jericho shows cloar traces of divorsity of sources. The signal for the capture is to bo givon by a great shout. But in 6 20b this depends on tho blast of a ram's horn j in I0 16b 20a on the orders of Joshua. Similarly Bahab and her kindred are saved twice over 22- and 26 cp 17. The intricacies of the processions, however, defied resolution until Wellhauaen provided the key (Comp2 123), pointing out that the present confusion results from the amalgamation of two stories, eaoh relating a sevenfold procession, but conceiving tho time-order differently. In the opening verses 2> Joshua is instructed to march round the city once each day for six days op n 14 ; when the march is repeated on the seventh day 16, the people shout at his summons 10b 20a and capture the city 20°. But in 4- • • a more elaborate picture ia presonted. The ark is carried round the walls, preceded by soven priests boaring trumpets of rams' horns, and the troops march in front and roar. The signal is to be given, when the city has been compassed seven times, by a long blast ; when the shout rises at the sound, the walls will fall 6 20b. In both stories the number seven is firmly lodged ; but whereas one distributes the process over seven successive days 14 16a, the othor apparently plaoes tho soven marches on the same day. The result is that after single circuits on six separate days, seven circuits are finally made on the seventh, or thirteen altogether, which obviously breaks up the symmetry of the narrators' intentions. The additions to the text which seem due to this arrangement in 4 10. are indicated by smaller type. Other modifications seem traceable to tho com piler, who anticipates the trumpet-signal for the shout of faith by describing the priests as blowing their horns continuously upon the route 8. w, thus depriving the final bloat of its Bignifi- cance. In assigning the two storios to their respective sources, tho linguistio ovidoncoa will bo found to yield some dolicato confirmations. Thua in ° tho description of Joshua points to E, and this is supported by tho parallol to the trumpot Ex iy,s, and tho instructions to the priests which resemble those bofore tho passage of the Jordan 3° independently attributed to E. Simi larly ' lodged ' ri and ' rose early ' 12 i» make for J. The text of © has been in many passages so much abbreviated, that it is of little use for comparison. The translators have apparently sought to evade difficulties by omissions. Steuern, on the other hand, thinks that @ represents a more original text, and dis tributes the story between D2 B and Rp. Of the latter, how ever, no definite traces seem recoverable before the annotations in 23b 21b 2b Rd may have been at work here cp "99, and the margins. In 3 © reads thou as in the latter clause of the verse. Dillm supposes that ' going about the city once ' cp n and ' thus shalt thou do six days ' are additions designed to emphasise the con trast with 4. But whatever may be the case with the first 328 THE FALL OF JERICHO Josh 61 bi'l d Ex 19I3 e 20b Cp Bx igl6 / 20b ct 10 20a ff-1h 12b 3o forbear i Cp 8b 7b 13 3nn 3 t » W Dout 3I8 k3>Sp l » 18 33 ft 111 38 n '5= soy wn(o 18b •31 q Qen 19I8 )¦ Cp 2 2» 8 Cp 25a (2I8 u 25b ct 2« 6 ft v 728 Gen 3480* ?r 2) 8 And it was so, that when Joshua had spoken unto the pooplo, the seven priests bearing the seven trumpets of rams' horns before Yahweh "passed on, and blew with the trumpets : and the *ark of the covenant of Yahweh 'followed them. 9 And the •'armed men ""went before the priests that blew the trumpets, and the rearward 'went after the ark, [the priests] blowing with the trumpets as thoy went. 10 And Joshua commanded the people, saying, Ye shall not shout, nor let your voice be heard, neither shall any word proceed out of your mouth, until the day I "bid you shout ; then shall ye shout. u So he caused the ark of Yahweh to compass the city, going about it once : and they came into the camp, and "lodged in the camp. 12* And Joshua prose early in the morning, . . . 12b And the priests . Hook up the ark of Yahweh. 13 And the soven priests bearing the seven trumpets of rams' horns before the ark of Yahweh went on continually, and blew with the trumpets : and the •'armed men went before them ; and the rearward 'came after the ark of Yahweh, [the priests] blowing with the trumpets as thoy went. 14 And the second day they compassed the city once, and returned into the camp : so they did six days. 16 And it came to pass on the seventh day, that they "rose early at the 'dawning of the day, and compassed the city after the same manner seven times : fonly on that day they compassed the city seven times. 16a And it came to pass at the seventh time, "when the priests blew with the trumpets, 16b TAnd Joshua "said unto the people, Shout ; for Yahweh hath "given you the city. 17 And the city shall be "devoted, [even] it and all that is therein, to Yahweh : bonly Eahab the harlot shall "live, she and all that are 'with her in the house, "because she "hid the messengers that we sent. 18 "And ye, "in any wise keep yourselves from the devoted thing, lest when ye have "devoted it, ye take of the deyoted thing ; so should yo make the camp of Israel "accursed, and "trouble it. L1' "But all the silver, and gold, and vessels of brass and iron, are ''holy unto Yahweh : they shall come into the '"treasury of Yahweh. V \t. "\ P" a "84 b 189 0 35 ,1 r9„b clause, the second seems clearly needed to prepare for 14 : the rest of the instructions to Joshua concerning the events of the seventh day (what about the sabbath ?) have been removed to make way for E, whose narrative has lost its opening. 64 M Or, jubile trumpets. 6a Sp idiom as in Ex iQ13ti when the ram's horn soundeth long. This clause is not in © which reads simply ' when ye blow with the trumpet (cp 20b'") all the people &c ' ; it seems a duplicate to the following ' when ye hear ' which is guaranteed by 2°b". The phrase has an antique air, but can hardly be assigned to J which has no place for it, nor to El contrasted with E2, as there are no other adequate indications of such a distinction. 6b M ft in its place. t* M Another reading is, lie.— This seems preferable op 16b 3° : the clause is the sequel of *. ... ., « 8 This clause is not found in © which renders the rest of »¦ by imperatives. The present Sp punctuation probably disguises an older interpretation, according to which 8 contained instruc tions for the procession instead of narrative. This begins in 12b ' took up ' cp ' take up ' 6. 19a This construction may be translated by 'that,' Driver, Tenses3 § 78 (1), and the sequel is then found in 20b. 1Gb So Sp. RV connects the clause with the preceding. "» M See Lev 2728 Deut 2017. i'b This clause is lacking in © cp 26b. The preceding may also be editorial. 18a The opening words ' and only ' distinctly suggest an addition here. The verse seems a preparation for the story in 7. Bonnett and Addis join Dillmann in reading with @ ' lest ye covet ' irann for ionnn cp 721 and Deut 725. "b M Sp devoted. 19 A farther expansion cp 24b, where the 'treasury of the 329 Josh 6 20 THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN x Gen 194* y Gen 3426 cp ¦¦=150 2 21 o'a" V Ct 21 cp a28 Deut 13I8 c'212d' Gen 19IO e> gl 1318 i6I0 /' Gen 248 g' Gen 381 Num 224 bf Sp* cp 1 Kings :634 i' Gen 352<> ep JE215C j',6 t'o»a Gen 3880 Num 26M b Gen 128 JE37 c Num 1317b d Ct 2I cp Num 2i32 JE212 e § Pi* op 24"* /Cp«5i p 5 820. 25 cp 06 108 21 E Bd E 20" So the people shouted, 20b "And [the priests] blew with tho trumpets :and it came to pass, when the people heard the esound of the trumpet, that the people ¦''shouted with a great shout, and the wall fell down "flat, so that the people went up into the city, every man straight before him. 200 and they took the city. 21 And they Tdevoted all that was in the city, both man and woman, xboth young and old, and ox, and sheep, and ass, with the "edge of the sword. 22 And Joshua said unto the Hwo men that had spied out the land, Go into the harlot's house, and bring out thence the woman, and all that she hath, "as ye sware unto her. 23 And the young men the spies went in, and brought out Rahab, and her "'father, and her mother, and her brethren, and all that sho had, all her "kindred also they brought out ; and they set them "without the camp of Israel. C24 And they '''burnt the city with fire, and all that was therein : only the silver, and the gold, and the vessels of brass and of iron, they put into the "treasury of the "house of Yahweh. *\v\ A x-) 25 But Eahab the harlot, and her ''father's household, and all that she had, did Joshua d'save alive ; and she ''dwelt in the midst of Israel, unto this day ; because she hid the "messengers, which Joshua sent to spy out Jericho. 20 And Joshua ^'charged them with an oath "'at that time, saying, 'Cursed be the man before Yahweh, that riseth up and buildeth this city Jericho : With the loss of his firstborn shall he '"'lay the foundation thereof, and with the loss of his "youngest son shall he ''set up the gates of it. 27 So Yahweh was J'with Joshua, and his *'fame was in all the land. 71 "But the children of Israel "¦committed a trespass in the devoted thing : for Achan, the son of Carmi, the son of Zabdi, the son of "Zerah, of the btribe of Judah, took qf the devoted thing : and tlie anger of Yahweh was kindled against the children of Israel. 2 "And Joshua sent men "from Jericho to Ai, which is beside "Beth- aven, on the least side of Beth-el, and spake unto them, saying, "Go up and dspy out "the land. And the men went up and spied out Ai. 3 And they returned to Joshua, and said unto him, Let not all the people go up ; but let about two or three thousand men go up and smite Ai ; make not all the people to 'toil thither ; for they are but 'few. 4 So there went up thither of the people about three thousand men : and they fled before the "men of Ai. 6 And the "men of Ai smote of them about thirty and e riaob f a4 g 93 a Pl64 DP165 house of Yahwoh ' suggesta later arrangements, 1 Chron 29s. For tho formula ' holinoas ia it to Yahweh ' cp pgob. Q20b rphese opening words simply reproduco lc" ; tho absonco of a subject cp 9 13 an(i tne repetition suggest that they are supplemental. 20b' m ft in i^ vXace. 21 So M. Sp the same root as in 17. T utterly destroyed. 21 Not in-©. Apparently an editorial touch founded on the combined narrative 2I7. 23 M Sp families. — Cp p65. © more briefly ' her brethren and her kindred and all that she had, and they set her ' &c, where the different position of ' her kindred ' indicates the probable presence of additiona to the text. For ' sot ' Gon 1910 cp P's usage Ex 1624 Lev 2412 Num 15s4 al : exclusion from tho camp as unclean cp piaob, 24 Cp 1 Chron 29s. The reference to the temple is lacking in ©. 26 So in 17 only ; © spies. The clause is probably editorial, as in ". 71 An introduction to the story of Achan from the hand of B>. The affinities of the passage with P are shown by tho terms ' trespass ' and ' tribe ' as well as by the genealogy of Achan. The use of the ancient phrase ' the anger of Yahweh was kindled ' finds a parallel in P" Num 3210 18 op ^233. It may possibly signify that this verso is based on an older state ment of J. 2a No clear signs of combination of separate sources can bo detected in this narrative. The clauses in 3 ' let not all the people go up ' and ' make not all the people toil thither ' might be regarded as doublets if other conflicting statements could bo discovered : but in the absence of substantial divergence this viow receives no support. Tho main story shows most affinity with J cp tho margins, the phrasos ' men of Ai ' 4 'oh Lord ' 8 'wherefore' 10 'sanctify yourselves' 'thus saith Yahweh' ls, the unusual term for ' man ' 14, even the detail ' ran ' 22, all pointing to J's manner of narration. But it has heen treated editorially both by Bd and Rp. Traces of Bd will probably bo found in 6b 7b " i2b 16b 20 : while the hand of If may he seen in 1 18. '.«.. The aggregation in n where DJ1 'and also' recurs five times over at the beginning of successive clauses, is probably the result of this kind of expansion. Steuern agrees that the story ia mainly from one source, but identifies it with E. 2b @ omits ' from Jericho ' 'Beth-avenon the eaatside of'and spake unto thorn ' ' go up and ' ; and Steuern strikes them all out of tho text. The first may quite possibly be a late addition ; on the second cp 2° ; the third seems required for the following ' Baying ' ; and the fourth appears guaranteed by the sequel 'went up and spied.' 20 © Bethel, the following words of Sp being absent. Well hausen, therefore, suggested that a late scribe had adopted the language of prophetio condemnation Amos 56 Hos 415 al, and converted Beth-FJ, ' house of God,' into Beth-Aven, ' house of nought.' Still later, another scribe, not perceiving the signifi cance of the namo, added tho geographical description cp Gon I26, But a place called Beth-aven seems to be well established i812 1 Sam 13° 1423. Cp Driver, Joel and Amos 177 ; Buhl, Qeographie des alien Paldstina (1896) 174, who rejects Schlatter's attempt to identify Beth-aven everywhere with Bethel. Steuern, on the other hand, denies its existence. 2i © Ai, as in the following clauso ; cp Jazer, Num zi32. 33° THE TRESPASS OF ACHAN Josh T h 211 i Gen 3734 44I9 (clothea=gar-ments Sp) j 10 514 k © om the ark of I 8W Ex 3I8 Nnm ii'o m Gen 152 8 Deut 324 928 n Dent i27 p 1712 Gen i827 Bx a2l Sp q Gen 44I8 r 12 Ex 2327 , 29 2* 924 B* t Cp Num 14W u Gen 194 Sp v Ct Deut 724 9H w 1 Sam 12M Jer 4428 Ezek ,628 irSisy Gon iBl' '3» a' Ex 228 V 18 cp Num 242 ef "• Ex io" 1287 pi Jg* d' 24 Cp 124 e'en n /' Gon 347 Deut S221* ff'31 ft' Ct P118 V Is 42H Ts 662 ct 1 Sam 68 Jer 13I6 ft f Gen '47I8 k' Gen 2ol2t V Cp 15H J E Rl J six men: and they chased them [from] before the gate even unto "Shebarim, and smote them at the going down : and tho hoorts of the people "melted, and became as water. « And Joshua 'rent his clothes, and •'fell to the earth upon his face before *the ark of Yahweh until the evening, he and the 'elders of Israel ; and they put dust upon their heads. 7 And Joshua said, "Alas, 0 "Lord Yahweh, wherefore hast thou at all brought this people over Jordan, "to deliver us into the hand of the Amoritos, to "causo us to perish ? would that we had been pcontent and dwelt beyond Jordan ! 8 °Oh Lord, «what shall I say, after that Israel hath rturned their backs before their enemies 1 ° For the Canaanites and "all the inhabitants of the land shall 'hear of it, and shall "compass us round, and "cut off our name from the earth : and what wilt thou do for thy "great name ? 10 And Yahweh said unto Joshua, Get thee up ; ""wherefore art thou thus •'fallen upon thy face ? n Israel hath sinned ; "yea, they have even transgressed my covenant which I commanded them : yea, they have even "'taken of the devoted thing ; ana have also stolen, and "dissembled also, and they have even put it among their own stuff. 12 Therefore the children of Israel cannot stand before their enemies, they ''turn their backs before their enemies, because they are become "accursed : "I will not bo "with you any more, oxcopt ye 'destroy tho dovotod thing from among you. 13 Up, sanctify the peoplo, and say, "Sanctify yourselves against to-morrow : for "thus saith Yahweh, "the God of Israel, There is a devoted thing in the midst of thee, 0 Israel : thou canst not stand before thine enemies, until ye take away the devoted thing from among you. u "In the morning therefore ye shall be "'brought near 6'by your tribes : and it shall be, that the tribe which Yahweh taketh shall come near by families ; and the family which Yahweh shall take shall come near by households ; and the household which Yahweh shall take shall come near c'man by man. 15 And it shall be, that he that is taken with the devoted thing shall be burnt with fire, he and d'all that he hath : because ho hath e'transgressed the covenant of Yahweh, nnd because lie hath /'wrought folly in Israel. 10 So Joshua 9'rose up early in the morning, nnd '''brought Israel near "by their tribes ; and the tribe of Judah was taken : n and he brought near the "family of Judah ; and he took the family of the Zerahites : and he brought near the family of the Zerahites "man by man ; and Zabdi was taken : 18 and he brought near his household man by man ; and Achan, "the son qfCarmi, the son of Zabdi, the son of Zerah, of tlie ''tribe of Judah, was taken. 10 And Joshua said unto Achan, "My son, ''give, I pray thee, glory to Yahweh, the Ood of Israel, and "make confession unto him ; and htell me now what thou hast done ; J"hide it not from me. 20 And Achan answered Joshua, and said, Of a *'truth I have sinned against Yahweh, the ''God of Israel, and E 56" d 89b 0JE130 t "34" S 87 li ai8 75 M Or, the quarries. 7 This verso seoms to havo reoeivod some Deuteronomio touches, possibly 'Lord Yahweh,' and more decidedly in tho clause concerning the Amoritos cp Deut i87, and ot Canaanites °, though Steuernagol assigns • also to Kd. u The first verb is in the singular : the remaining five follow in pi, introduced by DJ1. The ' transgression of the covenant ' embodies a Deuteronomic idea cp 23" Deut 172 Judges 220 2 Kings 18'2 Jer 3418 : and the clause ' which I oommandod them ' has the same sort of echo op aa2 Deut 31° m Judg a»> a Kings 17" Jer n* Mai 44. The third and fourth verbs are unrepresented in ©. and may be yet later additions : the fivefold on can hardly be original. , T "\M^ee6\ 12b The change of address here from Joshua to the guilty people, and the use of Town suggest another hand. 18 The peculiar distribution of this title in the Hexateuch has aroused critical suspicion. Prior to Josh it ocoura only in Ex 5 3a27 cp 34^ ; but in Josh it is frequent, 7". 8™ g)3- io4° 42 13 433 14" 22i6 2* 242 23 Some of these passages show affinity with D (8»u ia>" 1 a" u" a423), others with P (9"- aa"). Dillm accordingly ascribes its employment in Josh to B* (so Addis here, Hex i aia, but m ii iu BP), while Kuenen, Hex 342, and Holzinger, Hex 502, assign it regularly to B». But it is used in the narrative-books which follow e g Judg 4" 5' » 1 i'i 23 &0) an(j in tho formula of the text Jndg 6s 1 Sam iot8 2 Sam is7 &c, where thore ia no need to bus- poct the activity of either Bd or HP. It can hardly, therefore, bo regarded as tho sole property of any single school ; its occur rence in tho Song of Deborah guarantees its antiquity ; and it is consequently not treated here as a sign of editorial revision in the interest either of D or P, though its repeated use is probably due to some later scribal preference. 14 Tho passago which follows may owo somothing to later oxpansion, hut it oannot bo said to prosont any docisivo marks of D (Addis, Ilex ii 152), save in l°b. D does not inflict burning on human beings cp Deut 1319. The penalty is named in P" Lev 20I4 -2I9, and is probably a survival of older use. The method of selection indicated in 14 seems to occur in another cose 1 Sam io20-, ascribed by Budde in Haupt's SBOT to E2. i,a M Aocording to some ancient authorities, families, — © curtails i7-. i7b M According to some ancient authorities, by households. 18 Reproduced from 1. The word rtsrj suddenly introduced for ' tribe,' instead of B3W ,4 le, is decisive for P. i'a © @ omit ' my son.' The phrases ' give glory ' and ' make confession ' seem later in style, and are probably additional. 19b M Or, give praise.— Cp Ezr iou. 331 Josh T THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN m> Cp Gen 452s 'Gen 2525 o' Gen 2422 1/ Gen 36 Bx 3424 n for Tin. isa j£ Or, So the people set all &c . — The verse seems part of the first combination of JE as it shows no trace of Bd. ' North ' cp 11, 'West'9 12. i3b Sp apparently ' his heel,' an ambiguous phrase designed by B (Dillm) to harmonize the discrepant numbers. 18° M Some MSS read lodged that night in. — p'l for "|S'l. 14a The narrative here presents some signs of composite origin, though the text defies resolution. The verb ' they hasted ' has no subject : ' rose up early ' is not the natural sequel of ' seeing ' and ' making haste ' : ' men of the city ' and ' he and all his people ' seem duplicates. i4b Perhaps Ai, as in l2 ; cp ' men of Ai ' 20- . i4c Apparently a Deuteronomic phrase cp Ds6. l*d M Or, to the place appointed. — Either rendering involves difficulties, for no specification of time or place has been named. Bennett proposes 11 ^ f' ' at the going down.' The matter is further complicated by the unexpected mention of the Arabah which seems like another doublet cp uat*. 161 © omits. Cp D2*. The formula occurs again 2l 24 ct 14 " 22. © seems to curtail considerably, omitting the last clause. l6b Addis, quoting Kimhi, regards this rendering as lacking grammatical justification, and urges that this belongs to a story in which the Israelites were really beaten, and only recovered themselves ' by the magical effect of Joshua's outstretched spear.' The word is unusual in the sense of defeat in battle (TMS'l, Niph here only). i« M aa in l2b». 17 Wanting in ©. As the ambush lay between Ai and Beth-el according to both stories, it is not easy to see how the men of Beth-el could have joined in the pursuit. It is hardly likely, therefore, that these words belong to a narrative of joint attack on Ai and Beth-el, of which nothing is said elsewhere. They seem due rather to awkward editorial supplementation. 18 Probably due to Bd cp 7b. ,9 These words result from the incorporation of 18. The am- Josh 81 THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN V 21 25 ji ct 24 28 c* Sp=went up Gen i928 d' Cp 18 tf Cp » 14 /' Cp « io23 gl io20 Dout 3124 1 Sam 24I8 al h' 28 g3 11 Iol° Ct 20 V io20 Deut 2I8 j' io28 19" Num 2i24 cp JE150 if Cp Jer 68 1022 492 V 1020 m' Deut 16O nf 204 Judg 988 j/ Deut 278 S/7I3 J E Ba J E soon as he had stretched out his hand, and entered into the city, and took it ; and they "hasted and mset the city on fire. 20 And when the 6'men of Ai looked behind them, they 'saw, and, behold, the smoke of the city "'ascended up to heaven, and they had no "power to flee this way or that way : "and the people that fled to the wilderness turned back upon the pursuers. 21 And when '''Joshua and all Israel saw that the ambush had taken the city, and that the smoke of the city "'ascended, then they turned again, and slew the '''men of Ai. 22 And the other came forth out of the city "'against them ; so they were in the midst of Israel, some on this side, and some on that side : and they smote them, "so that they let none of them remain or escape. 23 And -^'the king of Ai they 'took alive, and brought him to Joshua. 21 And it came to pass, when Israel had "'made an end of slaying all the '''inhabitants of Ai £n the field,) "in the wilderness wherein they pursued them, and they were all fallen by the edge of the sword, ''until they were consumed, that "all Israel returned unto Ai, and ¦'"smote it with the edge of the sword. 25 And all that fell that day, both of men and women, were twelve thousand, even all the 'men of Ai. 20 TAnd Joshua drew not back his hand, wherewith he stretched out the javelin, until he had Tdevoted all the ^'inhabitants of Ai. 27 bOnly the cattle and the ''spoil of that city Israel ctook for a prey unto them selves, according unto the "word of Yahweh which he commanded Joshua. 28 TAnd Joshua burnt Ai, and i'made it an "heap for ever, [even] a desolation, munto this day. 23 And the ^'king of Ai he 'hanged on a tree until the eventide : *and ""ut the going down of the sun Joshua commanded, and they took his carcase down from the tree, and cast it at the "'entering of the gate of the city, and "'raised thereon a great heap of stones, unto this day. 30 mphen Joshua '"built an altar unto Yahweh, the «'God of Israel, in mount P5 55 m 33b bush on the west side could hardly have seen Joshua among the Israelites fleeing eastwards towards the Arabah 14-, 820a m ft hands. 20b This statement anticipates the narrative of 21 whioh is the obvious sequel of 20. It must therefore he ascribed to another source. © omits it. Ia it simply editorial, or doos it point (in connexion with iBb 21) to a story of flight in E ? J prepares for 'flight' ••, but says nothing beforehand of the 'wilderness.' 22 ft 'until they had left none remaining or escaped.' The formula occurs in io33 (28) 87 39. n8 Deut 234 38 Num 2i3B4. Cp 2 Kings iou and seems to have a Deuteronomic complexion. For the addition ' or escaped ' cp Jer 4217. 241 Another collocation of phrases from different sources ; thus ' in the field ' [| 'in the wilderness © mountain ' ; ' edge of the sword ' twice ; ' until they were consumed ' cp non 317b &o. Cp io20. @ again curtails, omitting ' and they wore all * &c. 24b © Joshua. Cp 18,lN. 201 .§ as in **., T for. The verse is wanting in ©, save that the last words ' all the inhabitants of Ai ' appear in place of ' all the men of Ai ' 25. 2611 So & M. T utterly destroyed. 28» Sp as in 28. T eo. The statement is independent of 19-2i, and may possibly belong to Bd cp Deut 13I8. 28b m Or, mound, Sp tel.—Veut 13I". 29 This verse contains one or two phrases in D's style, and may have assumed its existing form in connexion with the law now embodied in Deut 2i22- . Cp io27. 30 This section is clearly connected with Deut 271"8 12-, but the precise nature of the connexion cannot be exactly deter mined. That passage was believed to embody an early instruc tion of E. The erection of such an altar would not after all be inconsistent with the fundamental principle of the unity of the sanctuary, as the people had not yet taken possession of their inheritance, and the place which Yahweh would choose for his worship was not yot solectod. The original command in E, however, probably pointed to some special sanctuary at Shechem. Does this story similarly rest on E's account of its fulfilment ? The corresponding element would then be disengaged as fol lows : — ' Then Joshua built an altar to Yahweh in Mount Ebal, an altar of unhewn stones upon which no man had lift up any iron : and they offered (© he offered) thereon burnt offeringa to Yahweh, and sacrificed peace offerings.' Many critics suppose that such an original nucleus may be thus recovered. Other phenomena, however, rather point in the direction of the derivation of the whole narrative (with modifications) from Deut 37. If the E passage were original, it would probably be found in its actual place in the series of E's traditions. But this could hardly be its present position. It is not obvious how Israel could have performed such a ceremony at the gates of Shechem without having conquered Central Canaan, but of Buch a conquest no further record remains, and the narrative in 10 shows that it had not yet taken place. © places 8°~ss after 91- : is this a deliberate transposition, or a sign of the late addi tion of this passage which found insertion at different points in different texts ? The former seems on the whole more probable in view (1) of the indications of accommodation in © elsewhere, and (2) of the faot that the narrative makes no reference to Deut 2yli~2e, presumably because that interpretation of the curse was not then known. The historical difficulty is not overcome by ©'s arrangement, whioh locates the scene in face of a great military coalition against the Israelites : other critics have accordingly suggested that it once marked the close of the whole conquest, and followed u23. Dillm conjectured that JE once contained a fuller account of the campaign in Middle Canaan, the story of the advance of Joshua from Ai to Shechem having been curtailed cp Kittel, Hist i 389 : E then proceeded to relate the fulfilment of the instructions in Deut 278., and on that nucleus the present narrative is based in correspondence with the expanded form in Deut. The text, however, does not actually correspond to Deut 27I"8. The writer has apparently wished to simplify the transaction, or has misunderstood the original instruction. The plaistered stones Deut 272-4 are never men tioned, and the law is apparently inscribed on the unhewn blocks of the altar. It is so difficult to believe that the writer actually meant this, that it seems almost needful to suppose some accidental omission. But the rest of the story also shows considerable departurea from its predecessor. The two groups into which the nation is divided, do not stand on the mountains 334 THE COVENANT WITH THE GIBEONITES Josh 910 ?•' Deut 27* s'il(' 2 Kinga 148 ft ur Deut 278. %' Deut 1718 ¦ v/ Deut 20™ 3i28 x1 Lev 24!° 22 y' Cp P34 2'Deut27l2u29 E Rd E a 51 (/ Deut i7 ci¦- word of all that Moses commanded, which Joshua read not before all the 'assembly of Israel, and. the "women, and the "little ones, and the strangers that "were conversant among them. G1 And it came to pass, when "all the kings which were "beyond Jordan, in the &hill country, and in the ^lowland, and on all the ''shore of the cgreat sea in front of Lebanon, the ''Hittito, nnd tho Amorite, tho Canaanite, tho Perizzite, the Hivite, nnd the Jebusilo, "heard thereof; 2 that they /gathered themselves together, to fight with Joshua and with Israel, with one 'accord. 3 "TAnd the "inhabitants of Gibeon heard what Joshua had done unto Jericho and to Ai. . . . 4K...And they also did work 'wilily, and went and "made as if they had been ambassadors, and took ¦'old *sacks upon their asses, and wineskins, old and rent and 'bound up ; 5 and old shoes and 'clouted upon their feet, and old ""garments upon them ; and all the bread of their "provision was dry and was become mouldy. 6*And they went to Joshua unto the camp at "Gilgal. ...6b And said "unto him, and to the pmen of Israel, 'We are come from a far country : now therefore make ye a 'covenant with us. 7 And the pmen of Israel said unto the "Hivites, Teradventure ye "dwell among us ; and 'how shall we make a 'covenant with you ? 8 And they said unto Joshua, We are thy servants. And Joshua said unto them, Who are ye ? and from whence come ye ? 9* And they said unto him, From a very far country thy servants are come . . . 9b because of the name of Yahweh "thy God ; for we have "heard the "fame of him, and dall that he did in Egypt, 10 and all that he did to the "two kings of the Amorites, that were beyond Jordan, to Sihon king of Heshbon, and to Og king of Bashan, which was at Ashtaroth. o afl P 83 q 90 r 19 s ! is t ao u 118 a 21b b 64 I 13 Deut 27l2- , but in front of them j and the whole law is solemnly read aloud to them (instead of the recitation of the liturgical curses Deut 2715-"28). The change in the position of the people may have some reference to the obscure instruction in Deut 1129, as well as to the wish to provide a situation suitable for the reading of the law : but in view of the close adherence of Bd in Josh 1 (for example) to prior Deuteronomio material, it may he doubted whether this section can be ascribed to the earlier stage of the Deuteronomic redaction, or whether it must not rather be regarded as among the latest and more independent addi tions of the school. Some indication of this is perhaps to be found In the Lovitioal phraso ' as well the strangor as the home born ' 88, though this may easily be isolated as a dotached Inser tion, Kuenen viewed 83 and the reference to ' the blessing and the curse ' 34 aa later insertions, but ' the awkwardness may arise from the effort of a single Deuteronomic editor to recognize at once Deut 27I-8 and u~i3 ' (Addis, Hex ii 153 ; bo Albers, 125). Steuern prints 3S-36 as BP, revised apparently by a final Deuteronomic editor. 831 M Sp whole. 32» M See Deut 27*-*. 32b ]ffi Or, which he wrote in dc. ss ji Or, commanded at the first, that they should bless thepeople of Israel. 34 These words seem to be explanatory of the preceding clause, but as they cannot be so in reality, they must be treated as a later insertion to rectify the apparent omission in s3 cp Driver • Joshua ' in Smith's DB2 vol i pt ii 18127. sb M Sp walked. 93» Various elements are blended m the story of the Gibeonites. By common consent the hand of ~Bfi may be traced m'" "> 2*- 27b • Bnd equally plain is the derivation of "-21 from P with corresponding touches in lc 27. The narrative that remains has been differently judged : on the one hand Budde and Kittel (i 290) regard it as single (after the text has undergone various restorations) : on the other hand, Wellh Kuen Dillm, followed by Addis Albers Bennett and Oettli, find clear traces of duality. Thus in 3 the negotiators are called 'inhabitants of Gibeon,' in 7 1 Hivites ' ; in 3 6a 8 22 Joshua is prominent, while in 7 1* the ' men of Israel ' act independently ; in e ' we are come from a far country' is parallel to ' from a very for country thy servants are come ' 9 ; ' make a covenant ' 6 lib 15b 16b nag a doublet in ' make peace' 15. The linguistic indications collected in the margin aro not docisivo : hut tho ' men of Israol ' passagos soora to bolong to J cp io° 24 and ' men of Ai ' j* ¦ 82«. 28 ¦ for ' inhabitants of Gibeon ' 1 cp 824 20 B, while tho leadership of Joshua and the reference to the camp 6a also make for E. 3 was probably followed by an account of their preparations for the visit to the camp cp u, 3b So Sp at the beginning of 3 and *. T 8 but when, * omit and. This expresses a possible logical connexion, but obscures the probability that the narrative is really a compound product. *"¦ The guile described in *¦ reappears in 12-14, In 14 the Israelites are represented not by Joshua 3 6B 8, but by ' the men ' of Israel cp 6b 7, who themselves conduct the negotiations. These passages, therefore, are ascribed to J. This distribution is confirmed by the obvious break between 7 and 8. 4b M Another reading, foUowed by most ancient versions, is, took them provisions. See 12. 6b Probably editorial, resulting from the union of 7 and 8. 7 The unexpected appearance of this name may bo due to its previous use in some passage now eliminated in the process of compilation, 335 Josh 911 THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN W l" ct 6 U ft xCp3 yCp** z Gen 2467 ft Is a' Gen 78 12I2 b'32Sp J E Bd J B 11* And our 'elders and all the ''inhabitants of our country spake to us, saying, Take '"provision in your hand for the journey, and go to meet them, and say unto them, 'We are your servants ...llbTNow, therefore, make ye a 'covenant with us. 12 This our bread we "took hot for our provision out of our houses on the day we came forth to go unto you ; but now, behold, it is dry, and is become mouldy : 13 and these wine-skins, which we filled, were new ; and, behold, they be rent: and these our ""garments and our shoes are become old by reason of the very long journey. u And the "men took of their "pro vision, and "asked not counsel at the mouth of Yahweh. 101 And Joshua made peace with them. ...16bAnd "made a 'covenant with them, to "'let them live. C>,828 It' 1 828 C' 18" 28? ;'713 161 And it came to pass at the ''end of ''three days, ...lfib "after they had made a 'coven ant with them. . . . 100 that they heard that they were their neighbours. 16d and that they 'dwelt among them. ...150NAnd the 'princes of the "congre gation sware unto them. g' Qen 2926* ft'Cp» i' Qen 4I1 / Cp 621 Ex 2318 3426 k' Cp Deut 174 I'll- m' 23II Deut 4I8 . . . 17 And the children of Israel journeyed, and came unto their cities on the third day. Now their cities were Gibeon, and "'Chephirah, and d'Beeroth, and e'Kiriath-jearim. 18 And the children of Israel smote them not, because the 'princes of the Congregation had sworn unto them by Yahweh, the •''God of Israel. And all the congregation 'murmured against the princes. 19 But all the 'princes said unto all the "congregation, We have sworn unto them by Yahweh, the God of Israel : now therefore 'we may not touch them. 20 This we will do to them, and let them live ; Tthat there be no 'wrath upon us, because of the oath which we sware unto them. 21 "And the 'princes said unto them, Let them live : so they became hewers of wood and drawers of water unto all the Congregation ; as the princes had spoken unto them. 22a And Joshua k called for them, and he 'spake unto them, saying, ""Wherefore have ye "'beguiled us, saying, We are ''Very far from you ? ...22b when ye "dwell among us? 2i Now therefore ye are ''cursed, and there "shall never fail to be of you bondmen, both "hewers of wood and drawers of water for the > house of my God. 24 And they answered Joshua, and said, Because it was certainly fc'told thy servants, how that Yahweh cthy God commanded his ''servant Moses to give you all the land, and to "destroy all the inhabitants of the land from before you ; therefore we were sore afraid "'for our lives because of you, and have "Si 131 45 Ii ng't 114 j 178 k 139 1 n&s* m 228 34* &11 Sp as in 6b. T and now. The Hivites' explanations have been withdrawn to make room for E's narrative : at this point they renew in the same words their former request ; or possibly BJ° reproduces it as a connecting link. 14 ® the princes cp 1M "¦ ¦, which Steuern adopts, assigning the verse to P, cp ante p 318"* (319). 16b (5j they made i e ' the men ' 14. The subject may have been changed in harmony with the first clause. 18° At this point B introduces a fragment where the terms of P's organization are unmistakable cp 17-21> it is noticeable that this fragment of P follows the story of J. Thore is no allusion to Joshua or Eleazar : ' the princes ' take tho negotia tions into their own hands like the ' men of Israel ' flb 7 cp n, and the congregation murmurs against their leadership as in Num 14s Ex 16'2 against Moses and Aaron. 10b xhe reference to the Covenant may be simply a supple mental touch of Ble ; but the apparent doublet in the second part of the verse suggests that J also had a narrative of the discovery. 20 Sp as in Num i63. T lest wrath be. 21 After 20 it would be natural to find an announcement of the destiny of the Gibeonites. @ accordingly reads 21tt ' let them live and become hewers of wood and drawers of water for all the congregation.' ©'¦ adds ' and all the congregation did ' as the princes had spoken unto them — which is much in P's manner. 23» M Sp shall not be cut off from you.— Cp 3I3 Gen 4130 Sp. 23b These words may be an editorial supplement founded on 21, as the change from ' a bondman ' Sp sing to the pi seems to suggest : but they may also be derived from some old prover bial phrase cp Beut 2911, @ ' a bondman nor a hewer of wood for me and my God,' apparently by abbreviation. 336 JOSHUA AND THE FIVE KINGS Josh 10' »' Dent 618 la28 o' Qen 3211 372i Bx 219 38 i8». p' Lev 178 a nl Gen 2gr3 3Qi» b 821 c82 1/ qS ct 80 eol8» /97 g Op 7< 828 fc Cp »b 29 E R* E i Gen 29S 34SO 49I Ex 32M al 3 114* i§=pi(cfte(f 8H I Ct lb op 820 vi 981 n 2 Sam 24I8 III Chron 2ilSf o Sp= inhabit ants of lo p Ct 6b ft cp Gen 4188 g81r ,14 s Dent 32 ( 2144 238 oti" « n7 Num 124 ct6»* r Bx i424b done this thing. M And now, "behold, we are in thine hand : as it seemeth "'good and right unto thee to do unto us, do. 28 And so did he unto them, and "'delivered them out of the hand of the children of Israel, that they slew them not. 27 And Joshua made them -? that day hewers of wood and drawers of water for the ^congregation, and for' the p'altar of Yahweh, ""unto this day, in the rplace which he should choose. 10la "Now it came to pass, "when "Adoni-zedek king of Jerusalem "heard how Joshua had ""taken Ai, and had Tdevoted it ; as he had edone to Jericho and her king, so he had done to Ai and her king ; . . . lb and how the dinhabitants of Gibeon had "made peace with Israel, ...10 and were •'among them ; 2 that "they feared greatly, because Gibeon was a great city, as one of the royal cities, and because it was greater than Ai, and all the "men thereof were mighty. 3 Wherefore Adoni- zedek king of Jerusalem sent unto *Hoham king of Hebron, and unto Piram king of Jarmuth, and unto Japhia king of Lachish, and unto Debir king of Eglon, saying, ... . . . 4 "Come up unto me, and help me, and let us smite Gibeon : for it hath emade peace with Joshua and with the children of Israel. 6* There fore the five kings of the "* Amorites went up. . . . 6b And the king of Jerusalem, the king of Hebron, the king of Jarmuth, the king of Lachish, the king of Eglon, 'gathered themselves together, •'they and all their hosts-*, and ^encamped against Gibeon, and made war against it. e* And the 'men of Gibeon sent unto Joshua to the to Gilgal, saying, "Slack not thy hand from "thy servants ; . . . 8b come up to us "quickly, ...6° "and save us, . . . 6d and help us : for all the kings of the "Amorites "that dwell in the hill country are 'gathered together against us. 7a So Joshua went up from Gilgal, he, and 'all the people of war with him. 7b And 'all the mighty men of valour. 8 And Yahweh said unto Joshua, 'Fear them not : for I have ddelivered them into thine hands ; there shall not a man of them 'stand before thee. 9 TAnd Joshua came upon them "suddenly ; "[for] he went up from Gilgal all the night. . . . 10a And Yahweh "discomfited them before Israel. camp P' p 87 a 96 b 73 0 43c d 5a 92a fphjg phrase, cp Qen 166, and ' thy servants ' 24 cp '"73, suggest a possible J base for these verses. 27 The words ' unto this day &c ' sound extremely abrupt, and are in fact incompatible with the first part of the verse, as Joshua had nothing to do with the Gibeonites1 functions as temple-servants in Jerusalem. Steuern adopts the additional clause of ©, 'so the Gibeonites became hewers of wood and drawers of water for the altar of Yahweh ' unto this day &c. 101* The narrative of the battle with the five kings again offers difficult problems. Borne (e g Addis, Hex i 219I) regard it as substantially unitary. It has also, however, been frequently divided into two parts at 1" ; the main story 1-n 18 being then assigned to E, with a supplement 18_27 derived from J (so Albers, Budde, and Kittel, Hist i 3044 6). The ascription of i*"27 to J has much in its favour cp ]flN. But if this be accepted, it is plain that the story of the flight presupposes a prior narrative of a defeat. A careful examination of 1-11 seems to reveal traces of amalgamation. In i* 4b occur allusions to the peace made by the inhabitants of Gibeon cp 9s lea, which may be referred by the results in 9 to E. The presence of B elements is further confirmed by reference to the kings of the Amorites 'inhabitants ' of the hill-country e. TheBe.are specified as five c» but the localities immediately named do not correspond to the designa tion, and in 13~21 the name Amorite does not occur. It may be conjectured, accordingly, that the enumeration in 6b 23 is not from the same hand as 6d ; and this note of distinction is emphasized by the different words for ' gathered ' in 6b and 6b (FICN "nd yapl. Further doublets may be remarked in ' in habitants of Gibeon ' lb and ' men of Gibeon ' 3» cp S2® 2*, ' save us ' and ' help us ' 6, ' discomfited ' and ' smote them with a great smiting ' 10, ' the ascent of Beth-horon ' ]0 and ' the descent ' ". These last verses indeed seem to contain separate accounts of tho overthrow of the allies. In one story the king of Jerusalem and his four royal comrades are defeated at Gibeon, and pur sued to Makkedah, where they are dragged from their hiding- place and executed : in the other, five Amorite kings from the hill country are discomfited at Gibeon ; during their flight to Azekah their troops are overpowered by a great hail-storm, the kings presumably perishing in the rout. The combined narra tive has been handled by Ed lb 8 12 28, but the Priestly Eedactor seems to have left it untouched. Ia' @ Adoni-bczek cp JudgiB, which Budde prefers, Jci'cMer °3. •. ]a" So § M. T utterly destroyed. Cp 8s6 621 ; or is it a touch of Rd, like the following clause ? 2 The plural is somewhat awkward, for who are 'they' r It would seem that a portion of J's opening has been curtailed. ' And because it was greater than Ai ' wanting in ©. 4 The message in 4 ' come up to me and help me ' finds a duplicate in cb : and as it is closely connected with indications of E 4b e", it is itself assigned to that source. 6a (5J Jebusites. The curious order of Sp here 'and gathered themselves together and went up, the five kings of the Amorites, the king of Jerusalem ' &c suggests some conflation of sources. The text may be decomposed into the statement that the Amorite kings ' went up ' cp 4, while the supporters of Adoni- zedek assembled and encamped against Gibeon. 0c The words interrupt the sequence 'come up ' and 'help ' cp 4 : ' save ' is nowhere else used by E, cp Ex 217 1430 J, Deut 204 2227 28 29 31 D, Josh 2222 F»*. °* Sp as in 1°. T Joshua therefore. 9b Sp ' All the night went he up from Gilgal,' as if an editorial explanation of the suddenness of the attack. II. 337 Josh 10 to THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN w Cp 2o Num 1133 ii x Ct the aacent lob Cp ?5 y 8 0p Deut 120 f Cp Gen 19I6 o' Cp Ex 9I8 24b io6bl4 i,a V Gen 38 c' Gen 298 d' Gen 394- 4184 f Gen 19" 458 /' Deut 251st g>i2* W 1988 ot 14I2 Sp i' Cp 8 » j'98 f £* Judg 118 I' Op 81 ib'i8» «' Cp 423 99l o'n" J E Ra E P1 10b And he '"slew them with a great slaughter'* at Gibeon, and chased them by the way of the ascent of Beth-horon, "and smote them to Azekah, and unto Makkedah. 11 And it came to pass, as they fled from before Israel, while they were in the "going down of Beth-horon, that Yahweh cast down great stones from heaven upon them unto Azekah, and they died : they were more which died with the hailstones than they whom the children of Israel slew with the sword. 12 NTlien spake Joshua to Yahweh in the day when Yahweh •'delivered up the Amorites before the children of Israel ; and he said in the "sight of Israel, Sun ; "stand thou still upon Gibeon ; And thou, Moon, in the valley of Aijalon. 13 And the sun stood still, and the moon stayed, Until the nation had avenged themselves of their enemies. Is not this written in the book of "Jashar ? And the sun stayed in the midst of heaven, and 'hasted not to go down about a whole day. u And there was "'no day like that before it or after it, that Yahweh "hearkened unto the voice of a man : for Yahweh 'fought for Israel. 16 "And Joshua returned, and Ball Israel with him, unto the camp to Gilgal, 16 "And these five kings fled, and ''hid themselves in the cave at Makkedah. n And it was btold Joshua, saying, The five kings are found, hidden in the cave at Makkedah. 18 And Joshua said, "'Roll great stones unto the mouth of the cave, and d'set men by it for to keep them : 19 but "'stay not ye ; pursue after your enemies, and ¦'"smite the hindmost of them ; "suffer them not to enter into their cities : for 'Yahweh your God hath ddoliverod thorn into your hand. 20 And it came to pass, when Joshua and the children of Israel had "'made an end of '"slaying them with a very great slaughter, " till they were consumed, and the "remnant which remained of them had entered into the *' 'fenced cities, 21 that all the people returned "to the camp to Joshua at Makkedah in peace : none "moved his tongue against' any of the children of Israel. 22 Then said Joshua, Open the mouth of the cave, and bring forth those five kings unto me out of the cave. 23 "And they did so, and brought forth those five kings unto him out of the cave, ''the king of Jerusalem, the king of Hebron, the king of Jarmuth, the king of Lachish, the king of Eglon. Z4 And it came to pass, when they brought forth those kings unto Joshua, that Joshua called for all the ''men of Israel, and said unto the ''chiefs of the men of war which went with him, Come near, put your feet upon the necks of these kings. And they came near, and put their feet upon the necks of them. 26 And Joshua Z'said unto them, IFear not, nor be dismayed; m'be kstrong and of good courage : for thus shall Yahweh "'do to all your enemies "against whom ye fight. 26 And "afterward Joshua "'smote them, and put them to death"', and e 43a t »4S g a» h ai8b k io6» IQlOb This clause with its second D3'l ' and he slew them ' seems to indicate another hand, and may be an editorial touch founded on the story of the flight to Azekah n. In 13- . the fugitives make for Makkedah and still onwards 18.. On u, sequel of 10tt, cp laN. 12a xhe citation from the Book of Jashar and the prose story in 18b appear to belong to another cycle of traditions, unrelated to the story of the great hailstorm u. The present form of 12 is generally admitted to owe something to B.d. For the style of opening with IN and impf cp 830 221 B.d, but also Ex 15! Num 2 117 J. Kittel, Hist i 3029, proposes to render 'spake Joshua of Yahweh,' in praise of Yahweh, the song not being addressed to him but to the sun and moon. 12b ][^tg silent. 13 M Or, The Upright. See 2 Sam 118. — Cp Introd II lc, i 19. This clause is wonting in ©. 14 The opening of 14 shows no parallel with D, but the phrase 'hearken to the voice' is common to D and JE Ds8tt and JE44b : and while J uses the expression ' fight ' of Yahwoh Ex 1426, it is frequent in D cp below 42 23s 10 Deut i30 322 204. The hand of Hd, therefore, may have been at work here. 15 This verse is identical with 4S and may have been inserted here by accidental anticipation. (5) does not contain it. Other 338 critics regard it as marking a close of a section : thus DiUm connects it with 12~i4 due to Bd in its present form, while Albers and Kittel attach it to 1~11. ia in 10-27 numerous parallels occur with other passages inde pendently assigned to J. Cp especially 21 ¦ none whetted his tongue ' Ex 1 17, ' men of Israel ' 24 gsb, and the account of the execution of the kings 28. || 828. 19 Probably an addition of Ed. For ' suffer ' = ' give ' cp Deut 1814 and 'En8. In the last clause the evidence is clearer. 20 Jp pi, ot 28. . sg. PI only in Jer 3i2 Obad 14 Joel 2s2 Job 27". The verb ' remain ' occurs nowhere else. ' Fenced cities ' only in 1930 (29) Num 33" « P. The construction is peculiar, so that the text is doubtful. 2J* Not in (5). Nothing has been said of an encampment at Makkedah. The word is probably due to a scribe's accidental association with ' returned to the camp ' 1B 43> 2]b M Jp whetted— Op J Ex iff. 23 (S) does not contain ' and they did so.' Possibly supple mental. 26 jj — with : onw for OnN as often in Jer Kings &o. Cp 14I2. The adverb stands in an unusual place in Sp, and is unre- pi iii q' SO 32 SB 87 88 Deut 13I8 20I3 cp JSISO r> 80 37 39 62 a' SO 83 37 89. fl22 (' SO 36 SO 82 10I u' 31 S4 88 88 43 724 W'lllB n8 x> nil 14 Deut 2ol8- y'713z' Sp=land 11M a 10I 6108 THE SUBJUGATION OF THE SOUTH J E U,d j "'hanged them on five trees: and they were hanging upon the trees until the evening. 2T And It came to pass at the time of the Agoing down of the sun that_ Joshua commanded, and they took them down off the trees, and cast them mto the cave wherein they had hidden themselves, and laid great stones on the mouth of the cave, "until this very day. M "And Joshua took Makkedah on that day, and ''smote it with the edge of the sword, and the "king thereof ; he Mevoted them and all the "souls that were therein, he left none remaining : and he ''did to the king of Makkedah as he had done unto the king of Jericho. t •i?" "£"d J,oshua Passed from Makkedah, "'and 'all Israel with him, unto J-iibnah, and fought against Libnah : 30 and Yahweh ddelivered it also, and the king thereof, into the hand of Israel ; and ho "smote it with the edge of the sword, and all the souls that were therein : he loft none romaining in it ; and he «i" ?t0 the king thereof tts he nad done unto the king of Jericho. And Joshua passed from Libnah, and all Israel with him, unto Lachish, and encamped against it, and fought against it: 32 And Yahweh delivered Lachish into the hand of Israel, and he took it on the second day, and smote it with the edge of the sword, and all the souls that were therein, according to all that he had done to Libnah. 33 Then Horam king of Gezer came up to "'help Lachish ; and Joshua smote him and his people, until he had left him none remaining. 34 And Joshua passed from Laohish, and all Israel with him, unto Eglon ; and they encamped against it, and fought against it ; S6 and they took it on that day, and smote it with the edge of the sword, and all the souls that were therein he Tdevoted that day, according to all that he had done to Lachish. 36 And Joshua went up "from Eglon, and all Israel with him, unto Hebron ; and they fought against it : 87 and they took it, and smote it with the edge of the sword, "and the king thereof, and all the cities thereof, and all the souls that were therein j he left none remaining, according to all that he had done lo Eglon ; but he Mevoted it, and all the souls that were therein. 38 And Joshua returned, and all Israel with him, to Debir ; and fought against it : 39 and he took it, and the king thereof, and all the cities thereof ; and they smote them with the edge of the sword, and Mevoted all the souls that were therein ; he left none remaining : as he had done to Hebron, so he did to Debir, and to the king thereof ; "as he had done also to Libnah, and to the king thereof. 40 So Joshua smote ""all the land, the hill country, and the South, and the lowland, and the slopes, and all their kings ; he left none remaining : but he Tdevoted '"'all that breathed, as Yahweh, the "'God of Israel, commanded. 41 "And Joshua smote them from Kadesh-barnea even unto Gaza, and all the "'country of Goshen, even unto Gibeon. 42 And all these kings and their land did Joshua take at one time, because Yahweh, the God of Israel, 'fought for Israel. 43 "And Joshua returned, and all Israel with him, unto the camp to Gilgal. ll1 "And it came to pass, "when Jabin king of Hazor heard thereof, that he ''sent to Jobab king of Madon, and to the king of Shimron, and to the king of Achshaph, E Josh ll1 P" presented in ©. Is the following phrase original? Cp 11I7 and the narrative in 829. s7 also shows parallels with D as in 829. IO27 The formula 'this self-same day' is elsewhere peculiar to P op 5U and ""138. Other signs of Sf may be seen in 20b and probably in 28 30 3B 87 8»_ 28* The generalized summary of the oonquest of Southern Canaan appears to owe its present form and position to Kd. What earlier material may lie beneath it cannot now be determined. But it is probable that it is founded on older detail. The capture of Makkedah 2s is the natural sequel of the previous story : and the aid brought by the king of Gezer to Lachish 8S breaks the monotonous uniformity of the record. But in 87 the king of Hebron, already executed at Makkedah, perishes a second time. Is this accidental oversight, or does it represent a different tradition*? On the other hand, while Hebron, Lachish and Eglon are mentioned, nothing is said of Jerusalem and Jarmuth. On the whole it does not seem possible to sift out the data which Bd may have derived from prior sources : and the passage is therefore ascribed entire to the Deuteronomic redaction. On touches by KP cp !8CK. For another account of the capture of Hebron and Debir cp I413"l9. ¦>"> ss 37 S9 40 g0 M ft. T utterly destroyed. use of the term ' soul *> for ' person ' is a recognized characteristic of P cp ri46. Its appearance here and in 80 32 8S 87' 39 seems to be due to H". In 40 the Deuteronomio formula ' all that breathed ' has been left standing, © irav ivwtov. This formula remains in @ in 2B 30 se 87 39^ m piace of the usual rendering for ' soul ' viz \pvxr). ® therefore translated from a text which still retained ' aU that breathed ' in each passage. 30 A similar construction in 82. S7ab 39 Deut n6 15I6. Cp Driver ' Joshua ' in Smith's DB2 vol i pt ii 1815s, and Notes on Samuel 1 Sam 51°. 38 Absent from @. 37 (5) omits. Ct on the one hand 23> • and on the other 14I4 where Hebron is in the possession of the three sons of Anak. 89 Absent from (5). 41 ' And Joshua smote them ' (S) om. 43 Absent like 18 from (5). Some critics have assigned the verse to JE. But its form seems clearly derived from Ed op 29 31 84 SO 88 ll1 The account of the overthrow of the confederation led by Jabin king of Hazor at the waters of Merom, seems due to the hand which recorded the similar disaster to the kings allied with Adoni-zedek of Jerusalem io1 3 &c : see in particular the paraUels to u1 4 7-. It is therefore assigned to J, and further parallels in 4 6 confirm the ascription. But it has been expanded by Bd, whose additions may be seen in 2. 10. . t) possibly in e, and more clearly in 8. ' omits ' and the king thereof ' in 28 and 37, Steuernagel conjectures that similar omissions in the MT of 32 36 are aue to ? imperfect attempts to bring the different narratives into accord. 339 z 2 Josh ll2 THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN c Op 91 d Cp 5! Deut ,,30 e Judg 33 /lo5b g 17H Gen 5o20 Num 218 h Gen 22" 32I2 4I49* i Op Deut iW io22 2082 ii\ k Sp— fear not 81 ,08 I Deut 7I9 Sp m Ex 9I8* n io!2 0 Gen 498 p 81 ,0* q io9 j- iO10b mo23 t Bx ,710 ft u zaI'i 15IS Deut 2i0 12 20» v JO23 W ,o40 op SflcH a ,o40 Deut 20" y il 2 Deut i38 412* a' 82 27 b' Deut 721 ¦ ,,10 s al 1 i4Ud a 23I Gen 18U 24I b Gen 15! c Sp to posaeaa it cp b88» d ,817 2210- Ezek 478 Joel 44f e Judg 38 , gam 618 /,o« g Deut 22s E Rd Moses ; and Joshua gave it for nn inheritance unto Israel "'according to their divisions "by their tribes. And the land "'had rest from war. 121 know these are the kings of tho land, whom the children of Israel smote, and "possessed their land bbeyond Jordan "toward the sunrising, ">from the valley of Arnon unto mount Hermon, and "all the Arabah eastward : 2 dSihon king of the Amorites, who dwelt in Heshbon, and ruled from "Aroer, which is on the edge of the valley of Arnon, and "[tho city that is in] the /middle of th? 7al,ey> and half "Gilead, even unto the river /Jabbok, the border of the children of Ammon ; 3 and the Arabah unto the sea of ^Chinneroth, eastward, and unto the sea of the Arabah, even the Salt Sea, eastward, the way to *Beth- jeshimoth ; and on the south, under the "slopes of Pisgah : 4 and the border of Ogking of Bashan, of the ^remnant of the Kephaim, who dwelt at *Ashtaroth and at Edrei, " and ruled in mount Hermon, and in 'Salecah, and in all Bashan, unto the border of the "Geshurites and the Maacathites, and half Gilead, the border of Sihon king of Heshbon. « Moses the "servant of Yahweh and the children of Israel smote them : and Moses the servant of Yahweh gave it for a ""possession unto the "Reubenites, and tho Gadites, and tho half "tribe of Manasseh. 7 And these are the kings of the "land whom Joshua and the childron of Israel smote beyond Jordan westward, from ''Baal-gad in the valley of Lebanon even unto "mount Halak, that goeth up to Seir ; and Joshua gave it unto the "tribes of Israel for a ""possession according to their 'divisions ; 8 in the 'hill country, and in the lowland, and in the Arabah, and in the "slopes, nnd in the wilderness, and in the South ; the "Hittite, the Amorito, and the Canaanite, the Perizzite, tho Hivite, and tho Jobusite : ° the king of Jericho, one ; the king of Ai, which is beside Beth-el, one ; ]0 the king of Jerusalem, one ; the king of Hebron, one; u the king of Jarmuth, one; the king of Lachish, one ; " the king of Eglon, one; the king of Gezer, one; " the king of Debir, one ; the king of Geder, one ; " the king of Hormah, one ; the king of Arad, one ; 16 the king of Libnah, one ; the king of AduUam, one ; Ie the king of Makkedah, one ; the king of Beth-el, one ; ]7 the king of Tappuah, one ; the king of Hepher, one ; 18 the king of Aphek, one ; the king of "Lassharon, one ; w the king of Madon, one ; tho king of Hazor, one ; 20 the king of Shimron-meron, one ; the king of Achshaph, one ; 21 the king of Taanach, one ; the king of Megiddo, one ; 2% the king of Kedesh, one ; the king of Jokneam in Carmel, one ; 23 the king of Dor in "the height of Dor, one ; the king of , "Goiim" in Gilgal, one ; M the king of Tirzah, one : all the kings thirty and one. 131 »*N0W Joshua was "old and well stricken in years", and Yahweh said unto him, Thou art old and well stricken in years, and there remaineth yet bvery much land to be "possessed. 2 This is the land that yet remaineth : all the ^regions of the Philistines, and all the Geshurites ; 8 from "the Shihor, which is before Egypt, even unto the border of Ekron northward, [which] is counted to the Canaanites : the efive lords of the Philistines ; the /Gazites, and the Ashdodites, the Ashkelonites, the Gittites, and the Ekronites ; * "also the 'Avvim, on the south : all the Ii] nab 88 3I> 8» d 88" e ua 12* Rd here inserts a list of the kings conquered by Joshua east and west of the Jordan. The summary in 1_6 is founded on the narrative in Deut 2-3, 6 being apparently later than Deut 314. The source of the list in 9_24 is unknown. The enumeration at first follows the account of Joshua's campaigns 6' •, but it further specifies a number of kings who are not mentioned in other similar surveys ; e g those of 18 Geder, 14 Hormah, Arad, 1' AduUam, l8 Bethel, 17 Tappuoli, Hepher, l8 Aphek of the Sharon ©, 21 Taanach, Megiddo, 22 Kadesh, Jokneam, 24 Tirzah. Tor Dor 23 cp n2 : 'Goiim in Gilgal' cp 23b". 2 M See Deut a38. 7a © Amorites cp io5a eb. In 24I2 © corrects to twelve. If that reading be accepted E's figure was afterwards expanded by Bd. 7b M See n". 18 Sp ' king over the Sharon ' (or plain). The preposition 7 shows that this is not the name of a city cp 22-. The com parison of © points to the original reading (WeUn HoU Dillm) 'the king of Aphek in Sharon, one.' The number of kings is thus reduced to thirty. © drops another out of 19. 234 M Or, Nophath-dor. 28b m Or, nations.— Dillm, Oettli, Driver, Addis, Bennett, Steuern follow © in reading ' the nations in Galilee.' 181 The second half of Joshua relates the allotment of the newly conquered land, chiefly on the basis of P. But at the outset i31J7 a difficulty occurs. The implication of 1 is that the conquest is as yet far from complete. This verse- cannot therefore belong to the expansions of Bd which are founded on the view that the whole land was subdued by Joshua : it must be derived from an older source, and literary parallels point to J. But in 2-e Bd explains the previous state ment in a quite different sense as applying to remote outlying regions in tho south nnd north. Yet again in 7 these distant patches are to be distributed among the nine and a half tribes which settle west of the Jordan. Plainly 2_8 is not really related to 1 and 7, for the land to be divided in 7 is not that described in 2-8. Kuenen accordingly (Hex 135) suggested that 1 was originally connected with 182, and referred to the land which had still to be conquered when Judah and Joseph (Judges i2- ¦ 22. ¦) had secured their positions. In some fragments still pre served in Joshua and generally ascribed to J cp 18*, various places are enumerated which the Israelites failed to reduce, but . they are quite different from those named in 2-8. Rd m trans ferring 1 and 7 from their context failed to bring them into harmony with the situation as he conceived it, though he pro bably raised the number of seven tribes up to nine and a half. 3 M Commonly called, the brook of Egypt. See Num 34s. — It may, however, be doubted whether the significance of this name elsewhere, Is 23s Jer 213 1 Chron i3Bf, permits this identification. Cp Dillm in loc. 4 M Or, also the Avvim : from the south, all etc. 341 Josh 134 THE DIVISION OF THE LAND h Deut il i,l5 j II" * Num 1321 348" !n8 m 234 Ezek 45I 472a n i« o Ex 23I5 Deut I»21 p Deut 3H T I23 j Op I2 21 ( 125 U I24 l) ,s83 ,610 W71S J E B" J 'land of the Canaanites, and Mearah that belongeth to the Zidonians, unto Aphek, to the border of the Amorites : 6 and the "land of the Gebalites, and all . Lebanon, 'toward the sunrising, from J'Baal-gad under mount Hermon unto the 'entering in of Hamath : fl all the inhabitants of the hill country from Lebanon unto !Misrephoth-maim, even all the Zidonians ; them will I 'drive out from before the children of Israel : bonly "'allot thou it unto Israel for an "inheritance, "as I have commanded thee. 7 Now therefore divide "this land for an inheritance unto the nine tribes, and the half tribe of Manasseh. 8 With "him the Reubenites and the Gadites received their inheritance, which Moses ygave them, "beyond Jordan eastward, even as Moses the 'servant of Yahweh gave them ; 9 from 'Aroer, that is on the edge of the valley of Arnon, and the city that ia in the middle of the valley, and all the "plain of Medeba unto Dibon ; >° and all the cities of Sihon king of the Amorites, which 'reigned in Heshbon, unto the border of the children of Ammon ; n and Gilead, and the border of the 'Geshurites and Maucathites, and all mount Hermon, and all Bashan unto Salecah ; la all tho "kingdom of Og in Bashan, which "reigned in "Ashtaroth and in Edrei (the same was left of the remnant of the Rephaim) ; for these did Moses smite, and drave them out. .13NTAnd the children of Israel drave not out the Geshurites, nor the Maacathites: but Geshur and Maacath "dwelt din the midst of Israel, "unto this day. 14 bOnly unto the 'tribe of Levi he gave none inheritance ; "the offerings of Yahweh, the "God of Israel, made by fire are his inheritance, *as he spake unto him. E x ft =princea y Num 3i;8 z Sp Mio s4 Ezek 32SO P8 83U (Dan u8)f o> Gen 25I8 18 "And Moses gave unto the "tribe of the children of Eeuben 'according to their families. 18 And their border was from *Aroer, that is on the edge of the valley of Arnon, and the city that is in the middle of the valley, and all the "plain by Medeba ; 17 Heshbon, and all her cities that are in the "plain ; Dibon, and Bamoth-baal, and Beth-baal-meon ; 18 and Jahaz, and Kedemoth, and Mephaath ; w and Kiriathaim, and Sibmah, and Zereth- shahar in the mount of the valley ; 20 and Beth-peor, and the "slopes of Pisgah, and Beth-jeshimoth ; 21 and all the cities of the "plain, and all the kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, "which 'reigned in Heshbon, "whom Moses smote with the xchiefs of Midian, vBvi, and Rekem, and Zur, and Hur, and Reba, the 'princes of Sihon, that dwelt in the land. 22 Balaam also the son of Bear, the soothsayer, did the children of Israel "slay with the sivord among the rest of their slain. 23 And the border of the children of Reuben was Jordan, and the border [thereof]. JThis was the inheritance of the children of Eeuben 'according to their families, the cities and the "'villages thereof. 24 And Moses gave unto the Hribe of Gad, unto the children of Gad, 'acoording to their families. 25 And their border was Jazer, and all the cities of Gilead, and half the land of the children of Ammon, unto Aroer that is kbefore Eabbah ; 2B and from Heshbon unto Eamath-mizpeh, and a 39b b 84 aia d 36 e 143b f 113 g 91 165 65" j i88b k 64 18° The.Jingrammatical text seems corrupt, cp Dillm and Steuern. •< 7 ' This land ' obviously means the land of Canaan in the broad sense, not the separate and distant localities named in 2"8. The verses, therefore, are discontinuous. But as J does not recognize the division of the tribe of Manasseh, and appa rently sets the Manassite colonization of Gilead at a later date op Num 32,s. -j the numerical reference must be an addition. 8 Another breach of continuity, for according to 7 ' him ' denotes the Western branch of Manasseh, and according to 8 the Eastern. On the evidence of mutilation of the text afforded by © cp Dillm. 9 M Or, table land. 12 Sp rvoteiD ; a peculiar form cp 21 27 so.*, ot Deut 34 "> 13 21. 13 So Sp as in i610. T nevertheless. This passage, clearly cog nate with 1583 i6i° 1712 Judg 121 S7. .f belongs to a group of frag ments of an early account of the settlement, portions of which seem to have been preserved in Judg 1. This group is univers- aUy assigned to J cp Introd ante p 307. The later writer of u included the territory of tho Geshurites and Maacathites in tho settlement of the Trans-jordanic tribes, though in 12" Duut 314 it is expressly said to have formed the Israelite boundary. 14 Sp as it stands is really ungrammatical : © does not contain 'the fire-offerings' (apparently imported from Deut 181), and simply reads ' Yahweh the God of Israel is his inheritance ' cp 83 and Deut 182 io9. 16 At this point another description of the territory allotted to the Trans-jordanio tribes is introduced. Its fresh term for ' tribe,' its recurring formulae u 23- 28. Hi., and its sequel in I4l-6, all connect it unmistakably with P. Notice the 'children of Eeuben' *», 'children of Gad' 24, for the 'Eeubenites and Gadites ' of 8. © introduces the section i6"32 by a formal title ' And this is the division which Moses divided to the children of Israel in the plains of Moab beyond the Jordan at Jericho ' cp 32, which has been accepted as original by HoUenberg, Kuenen, Dillm, Bennett, Addis, Steuern, — Oettli (on the other hand) suspeoting it to be derived from 32. If je true that the term Karaueptafios does not occur again, © having different render ings in 14I 19°! ; but as *oTa/«/iifai is used in Lev as40 Num 3a18 34' 9 Deut ip3 (frrj Pi Hiph Hithpa) @ may represent a formula like that in io51, 'these are the inheritances which Moses distributed for inheritance.' is 17 21 m or, table land.—® does not oontain 'by Medeba.' 20 M Or, springs. — The only ooourrence in P cp D8. 2,a Absent from ©. 21b A later annotator has here converted the Midianite kings of Num 318 into dependent allies of Sihon, and thus united the campaigns of Num 2i2i-3i and 31. 342 THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE INHERITANCES Josh 14" 6' 141 19BI Nam 34M<&t c7 Num 34IB 3b a Num 34I7 61382 c Num 352 o! Gen 31I8 3423 368 e it>43 /Op 1 5" Num 32I2 ct Num i38 g Gen 3o28 Ex 3222 Num 20™ J E Betonim ; and from Mahanaim unto the border of "Debir ; 27 and in the valley, Beth-haram, and Beth-nimrah, and Succoth, and Zaphon, the rest of the kmgdom of Sihon king of Heshbon, "Jordan and the border [thereof], unto 28 ?rriU- •rm°St part of the sea of Chinnereth beyond Jordan eastward. This is the inheritance of the children of Gad, 'according to their families, the cities and the "'villages thereof. 29 "And Moses gave [inheritance] unto the half tribe of Manasseh : and it was for the half "tribe of the children of Manasseh 'according to their families. And their border was from Mahanaim, all Bashan, all the kingdom of Og .1,I?g of f ashan, and all "the towns of Jair, which are in Bashan, threescore cities : and half Gilead, and half Ashtaroth, and Edrei, the cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan, were for the children of Machir the son of Manasseh, even for the half of the children of Machir 'according to their families. 32 'These are the inheritances which Moses "distributed in the "plains of Moab, ° beyond the Jordan at Jericho, eastward. 33 "But unto the 'tribe of Levi Moses gave none inheritance : Yahweh, the Ood of Israel, is their inheritance, as he spake unto them. 14 "And "these are the inheritances which the children of Israel took in the bland of Canaan, which "Eleazar the priest, and "Joshua the son of Nun, and the "heads of the fathers' [bouses] of the "tribes of the children of Israel "distributed unto them, 2 by the lot of their inheritance, as Yahweh commanded by the hand of Moses, for the nine "tribes, and for the half tribe. 3 Tor Moses had given the inheritance of the two tribes and the half tribe "heyond Jordan: but unto the Levites he gave none inheritance '"among them. * Tor the children of Joseph were two tribes, Manasseh and Ephraim : and they gave no portion unto the Levites in the land, save "cities to dwell in, with the "suburbs thereof for their ''cattle and for their 'sub stance. 6 JAs Yahweh commanded Moses, so the children of Israel did, and they divided the land. 6 "Then the children of Judah drew nigh unto Joshua in 'Gilgal : and Caleb the son of Jephunneh the /Kenizzite said unto- him, Thou knowest the thing i88> 3" b. i88» b 41 0 ia"' d 84" e 165 f 18 0« g 3b h 33 i 78 j 1890 13 28 M Or, Lidebir. 27 M Or, having Jordan for a border. 29 Difficulties again present themselves in 23-31. The opening statement ' and Moses gave unto the half tribe of Manasseh ' is obviously incomplete ; moreover ' tribe ' is D's word Z2X0 H in contrast to P's n£0 in the next clause. © however reads as in 18 24 < an(j Moses gave unto the half tribe of Manasseh according to their families,' which has the merit of conformity. In 81 ' half Gilead ' is assigned to Eastern Manasseh, though in 26 an the cities of Gilead have been given to Gad. The introduction of the ' children of Machir ' 31 is unexpected. According to P Num 2629- - Manasseh contained but one group of families, descended from Manasseh's only son Machir. If Manasseh was divided, therefore, half the children of Machir would be on each side of the Jordan : hence the somewhat clumsy insertion in 81b which @ makes still clumsier. Cp Num 32s9. Deut 318. The whole passage is probably the result of an effort to harmonize various data, and may be a late, insertion (so Bennett). 30 M See Num 3a4!. 38 A sequel added by a later hand reproducing 14 in its original form : not found in ©. 141 At this point the compiler introduces P's description of the distribution of the land of Canaan among the nine and a half tribes. It is natural to infer from the opening and close of the narrative 14I-6 and 1981 that the whole distribution was made by the same persons at the same time and place, viz before the tent of meeting in ShUoh. Such a simultaneous division also appears to be contemplated iu Num ,44^3-29, where ten 1 princes ' (instead of ' heads of fathers' houses ') are appointed to assist Eleazar and Joshua. But in the present arrangement Judah Ephraim and Western Manasseh receive their lots first, apparently in Gilgal 146, and not tiU 18I does the whole congre gation assemble at Shiloh, where the lots are drawn for the remaining seven tribes. But the analysis shows that 181 does not belong to its present sequel 2-10 j the gathering of the entire nation at Shiloh implies that all the western tribes are engaged in a common act ; and the dislocation of the division into two groups spoils the symmetry of P's whole process. Dillmann therefore (followed cautiously by Driver) concedes Wellhausen's plea that 141-5 was originally preceded by 181 which stood as the introduction to P's account of the settlement. The reason for its transposition is not hard to divine. The older traditions represented the children of Judah and the house of Joseph as taking up their positions first by conquest. In combining these with tho system of distribution by lot P's ideal scheme is broken in two, and his Shiloh scene is transferred to the place "which it occupied in the story of JB after Judah Ephraim and Western Manasseh have already obtained their portions. 3 © omits 3a down to ' beyond Jordan ' which follow 2, pro bably accidentally. The verse has a supplemental air and may be additional cp 4. 4a In 4 some critics find the hand of the annotator, anxious to explain how the tribes can be reckoned as twelve without including Levi, and consequently emphasizing the dual oharacter of the house of Joseph. 4b M Or, pasture lands. — pis6. 6 This passage is obviously not continuous with i~6 : the scene is in Gilgal instead of Shiloh cp 1H ; Joshua acts alone instead of taking the second place after Eleazar ; and Caleb does not as in P Num 136 belong to Judah ; he is not an Israelite at all, but a Kenizzite. Tho address of Caleb to Joshua is plainly founded on the narrative in Num 13-14, but the P elements of that story are ignored ; from 7« it is clear that Caleb acted alone without any aid from Joshua cp Num 1330 ct Num 148. The phraseology shows points of contact with both J8 or PJe (' whoUy followed ' 8. ' from the time that ' 10 -"=36) and E (? ' Moses the man of God ' ' concerning ' 6, ' brought word again ' 7). But the whole representation has been recast under the influence of Deut 1 28. . (cp 'spy out ' 7, 'made the heart of the people melt' ' Yahweh my God ' 8, ' thy foot hath trodden ' 9, ' Anakim ' ' great and fenced ' ' drive them out ' 12). The story, however, assumes that Hebron is not yet captured io36', nor the Anakim expellod 11". Another version is found in 151s'. In e an editorial attempt has been made to harmonize Caleb's language with P by inserting ' and concerning thee.' 343 Josh 146 THE DIVISION OF THE LAND h Deut 33I til 3 Deut 1I9 k Deut 124 ! Num 1328b Deut i22 m Deut 1 28 n H Num i424 Deut 1S8 Ol3' p Cp Deut a" q Deut 288 r Deut i28 a io2S ft cp "130 <713 11 nio E ad E ps b 2 6 21 ,815 Num 348 Sp c 2-4 cp Num 343-8 d 1812. . Num 348 t 11 i8'4 17 inl! Is 441st / 18I6 Gen 7II cp «8l g Num 348 that Yahweh spake unto Moses the *man of God kconcerning me and concerning: thee in Kadesh-barnea. 7 Forty years old was I when Moses the 'servant of Yahweh sent me from J'Kadesh-barnea to *spy out the land ; and I 'brought him word again as it was in mine heart. 8 Nevertheless my brethren that went up with me "made the heart of the people melt : but I "wholly followed Yahweh 'my God. * And Moses sware on that day, saying, Surely the land whereon thy "foot hath trodden shall be an inheritance to thee and to thy children for ever, because thou hast "wholly followed Yahweh my God. 10 And now, behold, Yahweh hath kept me alive, raas ho spake, these pforty and five years, from tho time that Yahweh spake this word unto Moses, while Israel walked in tho wilderness : and now, lo, I am this day fourscore and five years old. " As "yet I am as strong this day as I was in the day that Moses sent me : as my strength was then, even so is my strength now, for war, and to 4go out and to come in. 12 Now therefore give me this mountain, whereof Yahweh spake in that day ; for thou heardest in that day how the "Anakim were there, and rcities great and fenced : it may be that Yahweh will bo "with me, and I shall rdrive them out, ""as Yahweh spake. 13 And Joshua blessed him ; and he gave Hebron unto Caleb the son of Jephunneh for an inheritance. " There fore Hebron became the inheritance of Caleb the son of Jephunneh the Kenizzite, lunto this day ; because that he "wholly followed Yahweh, the 'God of Israel. 16 Now the name of Hebron "beforetime was "Kiriath-arba ; [which Arba was] the greatest man among the "Anakim. And the "land had rest from war. IB1 "And the "lot for the "tribe of the children of Judah "according to their families was unto the border of Edom, even to the "wilderness of Zin south ward, at the 'uttermost part of the south. 2 "And their south border was from the 'uttermost part of the Salt Sea, from the "bay that looked south ward -. 3 and it went out southward of the ascent of Akrabbim, and passed along to Zin, and went up by the south of Kadesh-barnea, and passed along by Hezron, and^ went up to Addar, and 'turned about to Karka : i and it passed along to Azmon, and went out at the brook of Egypt ; and the "goings out of the border were at the sea : "this shall be your south border. 5 And the east border was the Salt Sea, even unto the end of Jordan. And the border of the north dquai?ter was from the "bay of the sea at the 6end of Jordan : 6 and the border went up to Beth-hoglah, and passed along by the north of Beth-arabah ; and the border went up to the stone of Bohan the son of Reuben : 7 and the border went up to Debir from the valley of Achor, and so northward, looking toward Gilgal, that is 'over against the ascent of Adummim, which is on the south side of the river: and the border passed along to the waters of En-shemesh, and the "goings out thereof were at En-rogel : 8 and the border went up by the valley of the son of Hinnom unto the "side of the "Jebusite southward (the same is Jerusalem) : and the border went up to the top of the mountain that lieth before the valley of Hinnom westward, which is at the uttermost part of the vale of Kephaim northward : 9 and the border was "drawn from the top of the mountain unto the ^fountain of the waters of Nephtoah, and went out to the cities of mount Ephron ; and the border was drawn to Baalah (the same is Kiriath-jearim) : 10 and the border dturned about from Baalah westward unto mount Seir, and passed along unto the side of mount Jearim on the north (the same is Ohesalon), and went down to Beth-shemesh, and passed along by Timnah : n and the border went out unto the side of Ekron northward : and the border was "drawn to Shikkeron, and passed along to mount Baalah, and went out at Jabneel ; and the "goings out of the border were at the sea. 12 And the west border was to the "great sea, and the border [thereof], 'This is the border of the children of Judah round about "according to their families. k J»m 1 »i m »gi n "91 o B4 P D39b q D33b 165 65" 9 d 186 e 187 f tai 188b 1418 ji That is, the city of Arba. — Ct I51S. The subsequent identification of Arba may be due to a later annotator. 151 With the exception of 13-19 (cp i8N) the description of Judah's lot i-12 20-62 ia readily identified with P, showing characteristic affinities in substance and phrase, as the Margins prove. Some additions are noted in 28-28 and 43-17, "MJ tongue. — For the line between Judah and Benjamin 8""° cp the description in the reverse direction i8i4~i9. 4 A trace of the direct speech apparently preserved by accident in the transformation of Num 34 into narrative. Cp 3 .6b eb^ 8» M So shoulder.— ¦•»• i8i2- « 18. Num 34". 8b ,818 28 0t ,0i. Op Judg iq1°. and Moore in loc. 344 THE INHERITANCE OF JUDAH Josh 15" i Qen 232 j Judg 1 20 k Nuin 1322 I Judg il* 421f m Jndg il8f nSpf 0 Cp 86 41 44 61 61 B7 69. 62 1828 196. &0 E R'1 J E l3 "And unto Caleb the son of Jephunneh he ''gave a portion "among the children of Judah, according to the commandment of Yahweh to Joshua, even "Kiriath-arba, [which Arba was] the father of Anak {the hame is Hebron). 14 And Caleb ¦'drove out thence the three w ^ °1 £"nak' Sheshai> and Ahiman, and Talmai, "the children of Anak. And he went up thence against the inhabitants of Debir : "now the name of Debir beforetime was Kiriath-sepher. 10 And Caleb said, He that smiteth Kiriath-sepher, and taketh it, to him will I give Achsah my daughter to wife. 17 And Othniel the son of Kenaz, the brother of Calob, took it : and he gave him Achsah his daughter to wife. 18 And it came to pass, when she came [unto him], that she moved him to ask of her father a field : and she 'lighted down from off her ass ; and Caleb said unto her, What wouldest thou ? 19 And she said, Give me a "blessing ; for that thou hast "set me in the land of the South, give me also "springs of water™. And he gave her the "upper springs and the nether springs. p. . 20 "This is the inheritance of the "tribe of the children of Judah "according to their families. 21 And the 'uttermost cities of the "tribe of the children of Judah toward the border of Edom in the South were Kabzeel, and Eder, and Jagur ; 22 and Kinah, and Dimonah, and Adadah ; 23 and Kedesh, and Hazor, and fyhnan ; M Ziph, and Telem, and Bealoth ; 2" and Hazor-hadattah, and Kerioth- hezron (the same is Hazor) ; 26 Amam, "and shema, and Moiadah ; 27 and Hazar- gaddah, and Heshmon, and Beth-pelct ; 28 and Hazar-shual, and Beer-sheba, and "Biziothiah ; 29 Baalah, and Iim, and Ezem ; 30 and Eltolad, and Chesil, and Hormah; 31 and Ziklag, and Madmannah, and Sansannah ; 32 and Lebaoth, and Shilhim, and "Ain, and Rimmon : all the cities are twenty and nine, "with their villages. 33 In the lowland, Eshtaol, and Zorah, and Ashnah ; 34 and Zanoah, and En-gannim, Tappuah, and Enam ; 35 Jarmuth, and Adullam, Socoh, and Azekah ; so and Shaaraim, and "Adithaim, and Gederah, and Gederothaim ; fourteen cities with their villages. 37 Zenan, and Hadashah, and Migdal-gad ; 38 and Dilan, and Mizpeh, and Joktheel ; 39 Lachish, and Bozkath, and Eglon ; 40 and Cabbon, and "Lahmam, and Chithlish ; 41 and Gederoth, Beth-dagon, and Naamah, and Makkedah ; sixteen cities with their villages. 42 Libnah, and Ether, and Ashan ; 43 and Iphtah, and Ashnah, and Nezib ; 4* and Keilah, and Achzib, and Mareshah ; nine cities with their villages. h p23 1 fig* 15l3a An introduction by a late writer in the manner of the Priestly compiler to incorporate an older fragment concerning Caleb's settlement in South Judah. This fragment reappears in Judg I10- • where it is believed to belong to J's account of the conquest ct n3*13. Addis, following Meyer (ZATW i 140) and Budde (Richter und Sam 4- •) restores 13 in accordance with Judg I2' 18 thus : ' And to Caleb tho son of Kenaz a portion was given among the children of Israol, as Moses had spokon, namely Hebron. Then Caleb went up against the Canaanites who dwelt in Hebron — now the name of Hebron in former times was Kiriath-arba.' According to Rd's view of the conquest Hebron and Debir had already been captured, and all their inhabitants had been devoted io88"89. Similarly in n2i- the Anakim had been exterminated. It ia evident therefore that this passage belongs to another group of narratives. As the three sons of Anak are only named elsewhere in Num i322, already assigned on independent grounds to J, further con firmation is obtained for the ascription of 14-19 to that source. i3b M That is, the city of Arba.— Ct 14I6. 14 Not in © or Judg i10 : perhaps introduced from Num 1322 (cp Steuern). 18 Perhaps an annotation of If, cp 'beforetime' u10 1416. On the other hand Moore allots the parallel passage in Judg 1" to J. i9» M Or, present. — Cp Gen 3311. i9* M Or, given me the land of the South. 28 A difficulty arises in this list because it contains thirty-six cities, whereas according to 32 it should not name more than twenty-nine. The solution has been found by Kayser and Hollenberg. In 28 (5) reads ' her daughters ' nvrvn for ' Biziothiah ' riTiVis. But this is not one of P's expressions, and therefore suggests some manipulation of the text. Now the term occurs in a list in Nchominh n29. enumerating ' Jeshua and Moiadah and Both-polot, Ilazar-shual and Boor-shoba and hor daughters.' These names, therefore (Jeshua being probably represented by Shema), are supposed to have been introduced into the text by a later scribe : and six of the superfluous seven are thus identified. Beor-sheba, Moiadah, and Hazar-shual are reckoned in io2- to Simeon. — Stouern, however, thinks some of the names in Neh n29- introduced from this passage, and obtains the reduced number by comparing the varying omissions in different codices of @. 23 © and her daughters : see preceding note. 32 Both here and it)1 © represents Ain Rimmon by one word. So also does Neh 1129 treat it as a single name, En-rimmon (Rimmon's Well). If this emendation be adopted, the proper number of cities is then obtained cp 26H. 36 Not in ©. There is again a discrepancy, fourteen cities are reckoned and fiftoen are named. © treats Gederothaim as a common noun ai JirauAeis avTijr, and makes up the fourteen by inserting ' Membra ' between Adullam and Socoh. 40 M Or, Lahmas. 345 Josh 15" THE DIVISION OF THE LAND p Ct l823 a 13" a Cp Judg iS b 1-8 ct 8-8 c 2 Sam 1582 di818 ¦44 171 J E 46 "Ekron, with her "towns and her villages : 48 from Ekron even unto the sea, all that were by the side of Ashdod, with their villages. 47 Ashdod, her towns and her villages ; Gaza, her towns and her villages ; unto the brook of Egypt, "and the great sea, and the border [thereof]. 48 And in the hill country, Shamir, and Jattir, and Socoh ; 49 and Dannah, and Kiriath-sannah (the same is Debir) ; so and Anab, and Eshtemoh, and Anim; 61 and Goshen, and Holon, and Gil oh ; eleven cities with their villages. 62 Arab, and Dumah, and Eshan ; 63 and Janim, and Beth-tappuah, and Aphekah ; 64 and Humtah, and Kiriath-arba (the same is Hebron), and Zior ; nine cities with their villages. , 66 Maon, Carmel, and Ziph, and Jutah ; 68 and Jezreel, and Jokdeam, and Zanoah ; 67 Kain, Gibeah, and Timnah ; ten cities with their villages. 58 Halhul, Beth-zur, and Gedor ; S9 and Maarath, and Beth-anoth, and Eltekon ; six cities with their villages ". 00 Kiriath-baal (the same is Kiriath-jearim), and Kabbah ; twe cities with their villages. 61 In the wilderness, Beth-arabah, Middin, and Secacah ; 62 and Nibshan, and the City of Salt, and En-gedi ; six cities with their villages. . . . 63 "And as for the Jebusites, the inhabitants of ^Jerusalem, the children of Judah could not "drive them out: but the Jebusites 'dwelt with the children of Judah at Jerusalem, 'unto this day. 161 "And the "lot for the children of Joseph went out from the 'Jordan at Jericho, at the waters of Jericho on the east, even the wilderness, going up from Jericho through the hill country to Beth-el ; 2 and it went out from "Beth-el to Luz, and passed along unto the border of the "Archites to Ataroth ; 3 and it went down westward to the border of the Japhletites, unto the border of Beth-horon the dnether, even unto Gezer : "and the goings out thereof were at the sea. 4 "And the children of Joseph, "Manasseh and Ephraim, "took their inherit ance. 6 And the border of the children of Ephraim "according to their a 96 b 65b 1B4B* Tho difference of form in those verses suggests a differ ence of source, which is confirmed by the fact that in 1943 Ekron is allotted to Dan. On the other hand, the writer seems ac quainted with P's formulae, ' tho brook of Egypt ' 47 cp 4, the sea for a border 47 cp 12. The verses must be attributed, there fore, to the editorial process. Why Ashkelon is omitted cp Judg 1 18, and Gath, is not apparent. 46b M Sp daughters.— Cp 17" Num 2i2s 32. 47 The unpointed Sp text reads ' and the sea was the boundary for a boundary ' (cp Num 34s"), i e aU along. Addis adopts Kautzsch's emendation ' and the boundary was the great sea all along.' 89 © here adds a group of eleven cities with their villages beginning with Tekoa and Ephrathah (that is Bethlehem), in the hill country. This list is unanimously recognized as genuine, for otherwise an important district would be unaccountably ignored. 63 This verse is not homogeneous with P, either in matter or form ; for (1) P locates Jerusalem in Benjamin and not in Judah i828, and (2) he does not use the formulae ' drive out ' ' dwell with ' ' unto this day.' It resembles the group of fragments named in i318N, its position here being due to the Compiler. 16x The account of the settlement of the house of Joseph in 16-17 hi plainly composite, but its constituents aro very curiously combined. After the elaborate survey of the inheritance of Judah at the hand of P, it is natural to look for a similar delineation of the lots of Ephraim and Manasseh. Elements of P are to be found by common consent in 164"8 and 171"!0, but the scale of description is much more contracted, and no lists of cities are appended resembling that in i529_fl2 cp 18'21- • io2- • &c. If P ever contained such enumerations they have been removed by the Compiler, who has not here as in other cases i811-iq4C adopted large and continuous sections from this source. When the remaining passages are examined, some of them such as 1610 1711-13 seem at onco assignable to the group indicated in >31SH- What Is the souroe of the rest f In many small matters P reveals its dependence on J just as D does on £1 : and it may be regarded as probable that if some of the material which cannot be ascribed to P be identified with J, the rest also may bo attributed to that source. Thus in 16I-8 the detail of the bordor of Ephraim is quite different from that in 6~7 cp 177"9. The Editor has preserved two independent versions side by side. As the passage immediately preceding 1588 belongs to J as well as the next fragment distinguishable from P in 1610, it is natural to regard 1-3 as an extract from the same source. Names similar in form to the Archite and Japhletite will be found in J Gen ioi8-18 is10-ai. It is in harmony with another passage assigned to J \';li~13 that the 'house of Joseph' has only one lot cp i88, whereas P distinguishes Ephraim and Manasseh, describing each separately 6_8 17L ¦ (in 6 Manasseh is named first as the firstborn 144 ct Gen 48s). Steuern, however, assigns 1-3 to P as the statement of the common south boundary of both tribes : the opening of 1 he restores thus ' And the lot came out for the children of Joseph [cp 19I 17 M 82 40]t Their border began from the Jordan ' &o. This ascription leads him to expel incongruous matter in 8. as later repetition. 2 © joins ' to Luz ' with ' to Bethel,' thus identifying them as usual cp 1813 Judg i23 Qen 28I9 35s. 8 This seems to be the origin of P's formula cp 8 is4, where, however, the term ' goings out ' is applied to the boundary, not as here to the ' lot.' 4 At this point R incorporates a passage from P who desig nates the children of Joseph ' Manasseh and Ephraim ' (instead of Ephraim and Manasseh Gen 4829), strictly recognizing the primogeniture of Manasseh cp 171. The description of Manas- seh's lot, therefore, might be expected first. B, however, has assimilated the order to that of his older source, and has taken out the Ephraim section of P that it may stand next to the corresponding section in J. 346 MANASSEH AND EPHRAIM Josh 171 /18W g i710 ,0U » 28. 84 ft IS4 «,532 ^ 13IS op Judg l28 k Gen 49I8 Spf op I Kings 92! a Sp as in 15I op 168 6 Qen 4620 Num 2628 c Ct Nnm 2620 d s* 63 io24 c Ot Num 3249 op Deut 3I8 Joah 1380 /82I6 g Ot Num 2630-82 h Nnm 27!- • J E families was [thus] : even the border of their inheritance eastward was 'Ataroth- addar, unto Beth-horon the upper ; ° and the border went out westward at Michmethath on the north ; and the border turned about eastward unto Taanath-shiloh, and passed along it on the east of Janoah ; 7 and it went down from Janoah to Ataroth, and to Naarah, and 'reached unto Jericho, and went out at Jordan. 8 "From Tappuah the border went along westward to the brook of Kanah ; and the ''goings out thereof were at the sea. cThis is the inheritance of the dtribe of the children of Ephraim 'according to their families ; 9 "together with the cities which were 'separated for the children of Ephraim in the midst of the inheritance of the children of Manasseh, tall the cities with their villages. . . . 10 "And they ¦'drave not out the Canaanites that dwelt in Gezer : but the Canaanites ^dwelt in the midst of Ephraim, 'unto this day, and became ^servants to do taskwork*. i Num 1828- 358 4i6« ti68 171 "And "[this] was the lot for the "tribe of Manasseh ; for he was the firstborn of Joseph. As for Machir the 'firstborn of Manasseh, the father of Gilead, because he was a Aman of war, therefore he had "Gilead and "Bashan. 2 And [the lot] was for the /rest of the children of Manasseh, "according to their families ; for the children of * Abiezer, and for the children of Helek, and for the children of Asriel, and for the children of Shechem, andfor the children of Hepher, and for the children of Shemida : these were tho male children of Manasseh the son of Joseph "according to their families.^ 3 But ''Zelophehad, the son of Hepher, the son of Gilead, the son of Machir, the son of Manasseh, had no sons, but daughters : and these are the names of his daughters, Mahlah, and Noah, Hoglah, Milcah, and Tirzah. 4 And they came near before "Eleazar the priest, and before Joshua the son of Nun, and before the dprinces, saying, Yahweh commanded Moses to give us an inheritance among our brethren : therefore "according to the commandment of Yahweh he gave them an inheritance among the brethren of their father. 5 "And there fell ten "parts to Manasseh, beside tlie land of "Gilead and "Bashan, which is 'beyond Jordan ; 6 because tlie daughters of Manasseh ihad an inheritance among his sons : and the land of Gilead belonged unto the /rest of tlie sons of Manasseh. 7 And the border of Manasseh was from Asher to •'Michmethath, which is 'before Shechem ; and the border went along to the right hand, unto the inhabitants of *En-tap- puah. 8 "The land of Tappuah belonged to Manasseh : but Tappuah on the border of Manasseh belonged to the children of Ephraim. 9 And the border went down unto the brook of *Kanah, southward of the brook : these cities belonged to Ephraim among the cities of Manasseh : and the border of Manasseh was on the north side of the brook, and the ^goings out thereof were at the sea : 10 southward it was 0 188" d 165 « 63 165 b 65>> 0 iab d 131 e igd f a"> g 64 168 The text seems to have been here curtailed. How did the border get to Tappuah ? Cp i77- . • As no lists of cities are included in R's excerpts from P's Bummary of the inheritances of Manasseh and Ephraim, many critics have assigned 9 to JE, and supposed that the concluding formula was added by RP. But the curious Word rrrrnBM pleads Btrongly for P op PS3 as against JB. It is truo that such an addition to the formula in 8b |s not ln P's style. But that formula stands in 1520 as the beginning of an enumeration of the oities of Judah, and a similar list of the cities of Ephraim might have followed here. (In other cases, however, cp i88b, It is placed at the close of the whole section.) WeUh suggested that the omission was due to a redaction hostile to the Samaritans, and this is quoted though with doubtful assent by Kuen. Cp the awkward clause in i7°-. 10 (5) omits this clause, but adds a reference to 1 Kings 919. 17l» The style of P is plain in 1" 3- 7 »" and probably 1°. But the other passages do not seem mutually coherent. In11' Maohir is caUed the firstborn of Manasseh, while 2 mentions six more sons. Yet P designates Machir as Manosseh's only son Num 2629. He is then described by the curious title ' father of the Gilead '(ie the. district) as having occupied it cp Num 32" J, and he is called 'a man of war' io24 J, 59 6s &o D, not used by P. After J, Bashan also is allotted to him cp Deut 313 Josh 13I2 so, as here. In 2 a fresh beginning is made for the rest of the children of Manasseh who are contrasted as male with the daughters of Zelophehad in 8. These six are identical in aU but one name with the six sons of Gilead in Num 2630-32. Their insertion here seems due to the desire to provide Manasseh with a genealogy which would enable his tribe to hold land on both sides of the Jordan, the enumeration in Num a639' • being preoccupied for the Eastern settlement. The familiarity of the writer with P's style may be seen in the phrases ' the rest ' Cp 8 218 20 26 34 40 (the ptcp irvo twenty- two times altogether in P against onco in JE Gen 3080), ' according to their families,' ' these wore tho malo children ' &c. 10 Dillm, insisting on tho priority of P, here asoribes Bashan to H'l cp laH. On tho general question cp ante p 317. 8" Tho sequel of 2 combined with 8.. The annotator ap parently makes up ten parts for Manasseh in Canaan by adding to the five shares of the families of Abiezer Helek Asriel Shechem and Shemida five more shares for the female de scendants of Hepher 3, forgetting that they were only entitled to one between them, corresponding to that of the original brothers. The fictitious arrangement is then completed by transferring the ' rest of the children of Manasseh,' i e the five clans named in 2, from the west of the Jordan to the east, so as to harmonize with Num 26. It seems impossible to identify such a piece of systematizing with the methods of JE. 6b M Sp lines. 60 Wanting in (3). 8 The description of the course of the border is interrupted by a note (whioh may have been founded on some older matorial in JE) to explain the difference between the owner ship of the territory round the city, and that of the city itself. Cp i68-. 347 Josh 1710 THE DIVISION OF THE LAND JRdE i if m Judg i27 n 13I8 0 77 Qen i827 p Judg i28 q 16W ,18 17 1,4 a Ex 7I8 t Sp in this sense f u 16I v 114 Judg 1I9 Ephraim's, and northward it was Manasseh's, and the sea was his border ; and they 'reached to Asher on the north, and to Issachar on the east. 11 "And Manasseh had in Issachar and in Asher roBeth-shean and her "towns, and Ibleam and her towns, and the inhabitants of Dor and her towns, "and the inhabitants of En-dor and her towns, and the inhabitants of Taanach and her towns, and the inhabitants of Megiddo and her towns, even the three "heights. 12 Yet the children of Manasseh could not "drive out [the inhabitants of] those cities ; but the Canaanites "would dwell in that land. 13 And hit came to pass, hwhen the children of Israel were pwaxen strong, that they put the Canaanites to taskwork, and did not utterly drive them out. 14 "And the children of Joseph spake unto Joshua, saying, Why hast thou given me but one lot and one "part for an inheritance, seeing I am a 'great people, forasmuch as 'hitherto Yahweh hath 'blessed me? 15 And Joshua said unto them, If thou be a 'great people, get thee up to the forest, and 'cut down for thyself there "in the land 0/ the Periszites and of the Rephaim; since the "hill country of Ephraim is too 'narrow for-thee. 10 And the children of Joseph said, The hill country "is not enough for us : and all the Canaanites that dwell in the land of the valley have "chariots of iron, both they who are in '"Beth-shean and her towns, and they who are in the valley of Jezreel. 17 And Joshua spake unto the house of Joseph, "[even] to Ephraim and to Manasseh, saying, Thou art a 'great people, and hast great power : thou shalt not have one lot only : ls but the hill country shall be thine ; for though it is a forest, thou shalt 'cut it down, and h(/ms goings out thereof shall be thine : for thou shalt drive out the Canaanites, though they have "chariots of iron, and though they be strong. a 198I 212 229 6 Num 3222 2-18 X4Uc 3a 181 "And the whole "congregation of the children of Israel Assembled them selves together at "Shiloh, and "set up the tent of meeting there: and the land was 6subdued before them. 2 "LAnd there remained among the children of Israel seven tribes, which a 45 b 34* » 54" I711* Another of the passages cognate with 1 3I3. The linguistic indications make for J. On the text cp Dillm, Bennett, and Steuern. lib M Sp daughters. 11° This clause is absent from the paraUel passage Judg i28, and is also absent from © (together with the Taanach clause). It seems to be due to the previous mention of Dor, Endor being 1 about twenty-five miles east of Dor ' (Bennett). • i" M See ii2 1223. 14 The source of 14"18 has been muoh discussod, and the literary question is here especially closely involved with the historical. At the outset it is clear that the Joseph-tribes are regarded as still undivided (' why hast thou given me ') and as having only one lot. In 17 they are designated as the ' house of Joseph,' and DiUm accordingly proposed to read ' house ' for 'sons' in J4a. Prom this Budde (ZATWvii 122- •, and Richter und Sam 32- •) argued that the passage originally represented a stage in the tribal history when Ephraim and Manasseh were still united, and no Manassite clans had yet occupied Gilead. Pointing out that in 16 ' the forest ' is discriminated from Ephraim's territory, and that inle'a hill country ' (Sp does not contain ' the ') is promised them, Budde suggested that the name Gilead had originally stood there, and this is accepted by Kittel , Hist i 265. In that case it would seem most natural to regard the passage as one document. But Kittel, while inserting Gilead in 15 and 18, follows Dillm in attributing ,4- to E and 13~13 to J, finding a new beginning in 1Q ; and ho affirms that ' such pecu liarities of form as prove J's authorship aro only to bo found in 18. ¦ ,' Hist i a664. But tho divine blessing in " is parullelod only in J cp JEio j the term ' great people ' 14- 17 which DiUm claims for E is found n4 in J ; 'hitherto' 14 cp Ex y13 3. In 13 the vbs ' cut down ' ' is too narrow ' are unique instances of thoir respective meanings, the second occurring in another sense 10I3 ('hasted') 3 cp Gen 19I5 Ex 513*. There seems no need, there fore, to refuse the whole passage to 3, though it is difficult to docide how much is now due to editorial handiwork cp Budde's textual corrections in Richt-Sam 36. The fivefold '3 in l8 can hardly be original ; and if the view of Budde and Kittel be cor rect (it is adopted by Addis and Bennett) 18b must be an addition on the transfer of the passage to its present connexion, for the occupation of Gilead would not enable the Eastern settlers to drive out the Canaanites from the Yale of Jezreel. Budde further proposes to insert here Num 32s9 *'• op 3239H. With the exception of various glosses attributed to Rp, Steuern gives 11-18 to J. i4b M Sp line. 15 Wanting in © ; probably a late gloss, cp Moore, Judges (ICO) 17. For ' Perizzite ' cp Gen 137, ' Bephaim ' DS. " M Sp is not found for us. — Op Num. n2a. 17 Again a possible editorial annotation : the names are not found in @. 18 The entry pf this word (fern pi) after the maso sing vb seems to break the grammatical order : it is absent from (5J, and is specially characteristic of P op pi87. The real subject is ' the forest.' 181 On the original place of this verse cp 141". 2 The description of the method by which the inheritances of the remaining tribes were settled by lot at Shiloh under Joshua's supervision, does not cohere with 1 and 11-.. The representation of P 14I 19'' " puts Eleazar in the front and Joshua in the seoond plaoo ; here Joshua acts with independent initiative ; 10* and io0* cannot proceed from tlie same writer. Noldeke assigned the passage to D, but though the style of BJ may be traced in 3 C "'), the relief in which these passages stand out from their context (at least in 7) shows that they are not really essential to the piece. It is natural therefore to look for 348 THE SEVEN REMAINING TRIBES Josh 181 c Sp Qal 14B 228 d Ex i626 Num ,411 » e Sp Hithpa Prov 189 2410+ / Deut ill" g @ om h Gen 13I7 i Sp write j dp ng* ib ft Hithpat I 17" m 8 10 §f n Deut 109 0 Cp piagb 7J i22_8 138-12 9 Cp 'ai" r if « 10I3 Deut 17I8 3124 ft Ct Bx 17I4 (,,2» ii 19IO Lev 169 V 2 1 20 40 ID 16* E Rd J 7;ad wo< yet "divided their inheritance. 3 And Joshua said unto the children of Israel, dIIow long are ye "slaclc to dgo in to possess the "land, which Yahweh, the 'God of your fathers, hath given you ? * /Appoint for you three men for each tribe : "and I will send tliem0, and they shall harise, and walk through the landh, and 'describe it, ^according to their inheritance ; and they shall come unto me. 6 And they shall ^divide it into seven portions : Judah sliall abide in his border on the south, and the house of Joseph shall abide in their border on the north. fl And ye shall describe the land into seven portions, and bring [the description] hither to me : and I will mcast lots for you here before Yahweh our God. • For the Levites have no "portion among you; for the "priesthood of Yahweh is their inheritance : and Gad and Reuben and the half Hribe of Manasseh have ''received their inheritance 'beyond Jordan eastward, which Moses the 'servant of Yahweh gave them. 8 And the men arose, and went : and Joshua charged them that went to describe the land, saying, Go and walk through the land, and describe it, and come again to me, and I will mcast lots for you here before Yahweh in Shiloh. 9 And the men went and passed through the land, and described it by cities into seven portions 'in a book, and they "came to Joshua 'unto the camp at SMiohK 10 And Joshua mcast lots for them in shiloh before Yahweh : "and there Joshua divided the land unto the children of Israel '¦according to their divisions'. E 11 "And the lot of the "tribe of the children of Benjamin "came up "'according to their families : "and the border of "their lot went out between the children of Judah and the ""children of Joseph. 12 And their border on '§3 g »II3 h 165 i 65b the authorship in some antecedent of Rd. This can hardly be J, for the conception of a deputation of twenty-one persons travelling through the country and recording its natural features and its conquered cities does not fit his picture of slow progress amid many obstacles. Nor does it reaUy seem more congruous with the scantier traces of E's view (cp Introd 8 2 ante p 308. It obviously rests upon a theory of the subjugation of the people which was so complete as to permit the perambula tion of the land by a small group of tribal representatives apparently without esoort. This might be the view of a generalizing editor of the older documents : and the passage is accordingly attributed in its earlier form to R16 (with Kuenen and Bennett). There are, however, some slight incongruities as between 6a and 6a ; and certain notable pecuUarities of language, which point in the direction of the vocabulary of RP. Such are 4 ' according to ' 'S\ 7 ' priesthood' (never in Deut) and 'beyond Jordan' pT1) "USD (for which D writes JTVTI tjh or 'pl "Qr). There are traces elsewhere of revision by a late hand of this school : has this passage been touched in the same way ? The older style is seen in ' arise and walk ' 4, ' house of Joseph ' 6 : in other respects the phraseological parallels are mostly with Rio and D. 189 (5), with another punctuation, ' they brought it to Joshua,' omitting the remaining words. The sanctuary is located in other passages at Shiloh, e g 18' P cp 1 Sam i3 &c, but not tho camp (save in the late story Judg 21I2). Dillm rogardod Bhiloh as probably harmoniBtio, and attributed to tho same influence the occurrences in 8 (separated by the whole clause from the opening ' and here I wiU &o ') and 10. So likewise Steuern. 11* The sequel to the allotment of the seven portions at the sanctuary by Joshua 10a would naturally be found in a descrip tion of the several inheritances. Such a description is indeed provided i8u-iq6i. But it is soon apparent that the greater portion of this survey (to state it in the lowest terms) is from the hand of P. The word for ' tribe ' 2 7 at once changes from B21D to P's nmo cp 191 23- 31 89- 48 M, with other recurring P formulae 1811 2°- 28 191 8 10 "• 28- *• 39, 48 61 (for additional evidence 'see the margins). But this general ascription is not inconsistent with the incorporation of detail from other and older sources. An ancient fragment of this kind is at once recognized in 1947. That an earlier statement lies at the base of 49- is guaranteed by 2430. Dillm (whose remits are nearly all adopted by Addis, Hex i 230-1) finds traces of JB in a large number of passages, inoluding the whole or part of 191 8a »-i° « 17 24 20 28 27 28 88 82 86-38 40 41 47 49-50. The criteria for this dis crimination are not definitely stated ; it wiU be noticed, how ever, that there is some inequality in the superscriptions. In i8H 19'° the lot ' comes up ' ; in 191 17 24 82 40 jt 1 00mes out.' But both uses ar£ found in P ; ' came up ' Lev 169 (RV ' fell '), ' came out ' Josh 2i4. Though uniformity might have been expected, this does not seem a reason for dividing the text. But further, some of the superscriptions are simple i8ila 19!° u 40, others are curiously duplicated, 191 'for Simeon, for the tribe &o,' 17 'for Issachar, for the children of Issachar &c,' 82 'for the ohildren of Naphtali ' bis (R V in each caso insorts ' evon '). This duplica tion, however, is not quito fairly represented in the English order. In 1' ft runs ' for Issachar came out the fourth lot, for the children of Issachar according to their families ' ; and similarly 32. The last case seems to present no difficulty at all, except the inversion of the order. It is not, however, the manner of P to designate the tribes as single persons. The occurrence of the names Simeon and Issachar, therefore, by themselves, awakens suspicion. It may be due to the in corporation of older material imperfectly welded with P. If these names, then, be from another source, why not much more ? There seems no reason why, except the impossibility of distinguishing it. P must have had some kind of scheme on which to base his tribal arrangements. The lists of cities were probably not his own compositions. But in the setting of the present enumeration the materials and the framework seem no longer capable of separation. A question arises, however, about tho numerals 191 1° &c. Those aro now rolated to the arrange ments for tho soven tribes 18'*"'°. But F 14L regarded aU tlie Western tribes as receiving thoir inheritances by lot. If iS1'- i9Bl belongs to this scheme, the numerals must have beon introduced by the Compiler, for in P's order (where Judah and Joseph i64 stood first) Simeon 192 would have been fourth. The existing sequence produced by the incorporation of 182"*10 must therefore be redactional. Dillm, on the other hand, attributes it to JE. — The text is often defective, but where it does not bear on the literary history problems of textual criticism lie outside the scope of this work. © appears to curtail much, especially in the superscriptions. llb (5) adds ' first,' to correspond with 191 &o. On the originality of this enumeration see 11 aN. 110 This clause is sometimes attributed to JE on the ground of tautology with llft ; but even if ' went (came) out ' describes the issue of the lot from the urn (Dillm), the material fact of situation botweon the children of Judah and those of Joseph is new. ' Children of Joseph ' cannot be claimed for JB on tho strength of 161, when P has it 16', 349 Josh 1812 THE DIVISION OF THE LAND JRdE jus8 y i2" 2 Ct i62 o'i66i/158 0*1580 0b M Or, from Hebel to Achzib. 83 M Or, oak (or terebinth) of Besaanannim. 35 The introduction of this term into the list ia unexpected, and has been thought to point to the incorporation of material from another source. Its use is rare cp io20 Num 3217 38*. But it does not seem possible to deoide categorioaUy in favour of B (Dillm). J Num 1328 and D (whioh often rests upon B) i28 38 &c Josh 14I2, use a different form. 351 Josh 1940 THE DIVISION OF THE LAND JR'E h Sp=and i Num 2i32 j Cp Num 3241- 40 l4Ul) 1 Gen i722 al cp 61 !Cp! their families. 41 "And the 'border of their inheritance was Zorah, and Eshtaol, and Ir-shemesh ; 42 and Shaalabbin, and Aijalon, and Ithlah ; 43 and Elon, and Timnah, and Ekron ; 44 and Eltekeh, and Gibbethon, and Baalath ; 45 and Jehud, and Bene-berak, and Gath-rimmon ; 46 and Me-jarkon, and Eakkon, with the border over against "Joppa. ...47 "And the border of the children of Dan went out "beyond them: ''for the children of Dan went up and 'fought against "Leshem, and 'took it, and smote it with the 'edge of the sword, and possessed it, and dwelt therein, and ^'called Leshem, Dan, after the name of Dan their father. 0 i81 p Ex 3433§ a Num 35IO. • b Num 35II c Dent 198 <( 820 e Deut 19I2 213 2216 257 / Deut 198 g Deut 23I6 hSp smote —killed beforetime —in time past Sp Deut 194 i Num 35I2 3 Num 352& k Deut 178 19" 26Sf £ Num 3528 111 2132 n 2i2l 44 'This is the inheritance of the "tribe of the children of Dan "according to their families, these cities with their villages. 40 HiSo they *made an end of "distributing the land for inheritance kby the borders thereof; and the children of Israel gave an 'inheritance to Joshua the son of Nun in the 'midst of them, 60 'according to the commandment of Yahweh they gave him the city which he asked, even "'Timnath-serah in the hill country of Ephraim : and he built the city, and dwelt therein. 61 These are the inheritances, which "Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun, and the heads of the fathers' [houses] of the tribes of the children of Israel, "distributed for inheritance by lot in "Shiloh before Yahweh, at the "door of the tent of meeting. So they 3>made an end of dividing the land. 201 "And Yahweh 'spake unto Joshua, saying, 2 "Speak to the children of Israel, saying, Assign you the cities of "refuge; "whereof I spake unto you by the ''hand of Moses : 3 that the "manslayer that killeth any 'person "unwittingly [and] "unaioam may flee thither: and they shall be unto you 'for a refuge from the "avenger of blood. 4 And he shall "flee unto one of those cities, and shall stand at the dentering of the gate of tlie city, and declare his cause in the ears of the "elders of that city; and they shall "take him into the city unto them, and give him a place, that he may dioell among them. 5 And if the avenger of blood /pursue after him, then they shall not 'deliver up the manslayer into his hand ; because he 1'smote his neighbour unawares, and hated him not beforetimeK 6 And he shall dwell in that city, "'until he stand before the "congregation for judgement, until the ideath of the high priest Hhat shall be in those days : then shall the manslayer heturn, and come unto his own city, and unto his own house, unto the city from whence he fled. 7 And they "set apart mKedesh in "Galilee in the hill country of Naphtali, and "Shechem in the hill country of Ephraim, and 'Kiriath-arba (the same is i 158 j 150 k i8» 1 190 m 188' n g6b o mb a 185a b i85b 0 133 d iSo" e 146' f 97 g I3»b h 46* 10" The doscription of Dun's lot sooms to havo boon curtailed. Tlie boundary is not trucou, und tho usual ciiuiiturution of cities and villages is lacking. 48 M ft Japho. 471 This verse obviously interrupts the sequence of 46 48 which (S) renders in continuity. On the other hand, @ follows with a statement partly identical with Judg i34, to which 41 is thon attached. On the text cp Dillm and Budde RS 28' ¦ ; the lattor restores the original thus 88 (cp Addis) — 'But the Amorites forced the children of Dan into the hill country, for they would not suffer them to come down to the valley, and they made their territory too narrow for them. So the children of Dan went up and fought against Lesham and took it, and smote it with the edge of the sword, and possessed it and dwelt therein, and called Lesham Dan, after the name of Dan their father. But the Amorites [originally Canaanites ep Budde, RS 16-, and Moore, Judges (ICC) 53] contrived to' dwell in Mount Heres and Aijalon and Shaalbim ; yet the hand of the house of Joseph pre vailed, so that they bocamo tributury.' Cp Kittol, Hist i 270. 47b M Or, from them : and il'c. 470 M In Judg i820 Laish. — Wellh proposes Lesham, a length ened form cp Ait and Etam, Ain and Enam, De Qentibus el Fam Jud 37. 491 The statement that Timnath-serah was given to Joshua evidently rests on a source kindrod with 2430 i 0 E. But it may be doubted whether 4). is correctly assigned by many critics straight to E. Tho passago iu its prosont form shows too many parallels with P to refer the whole of it to that collection. Unlike 47 which has been thrust into its place by R, this is a case where the Priestly Compiler has done his own editing. «ol) Probably to bo road as Piol n. 201 Tho uccimnt of tho allotment of the cities of refuge pre sents some rather complicated phenomena. The opening 2, clearly doponds on Num 351°. • , though tho juxtaposition of the word 'unawares' (Deut 194 442) beside P's formula 'unwittingly' excites surprise. But *¦ and in part 6 are fuU of the phrases of D, derived not only from the Deuteronomic version of the same law Deut 19, but from other parts of the Deuteronomic code, eg4' take,' 8 ' deliver up,' • ' that shall be in those days.' 'Has Rd, then, dealt with P as he has so often dealt with JE ? That would of course imply that Rd, at any rate, is later than P. For this view, however, no adequate evidence is forthcoming (cp Introd ante p 317), and such expansion of P by Rd has no suffi cient analogy elsewhere. The clue to the explanation is found in Qi,' where precisely those passages which show the Deutero nomio tincture are lacking, viz 3 ' unawares,' *¦ and e except the words ' until he stand before the congregation for judgement.! As there seems no reason why (S) should deliberately seleot the Deuteronomio elements for omission, it appears more natural to regard them as late additions to the text by a scribe who desired to incorporate references to D. But these additions were not always made with understanding ; the time-determination 8 ' until the death of the high priest ' is not identical with that in the preceding clause. The juxtaposition of the two seems cauBed by u confusion of Num 3524 and 20, "•II Or, through error. — pi68. 8b Dout 194 442. @ omits cp i». 4 M Sp gather. — Cp Deut 222 (Sp bring). 0 Num 3512 shows that this clause belongs to 8. '¦M| sanctified.— p86*. 7b M ft Galil 352 THE CITIES OF REFUGE Josh 212 JRdE 0 2ll3 p 2lS8 Deut 448 0 2188 l'2l27'Spf a 1981 &18I c Num 35l"8 d 19I 17 24 32 40 e Num 3I7. . / 20 28 34 40 i72 g 207 h i cp 1542. . ,92.. i I824- j Jer il * Cp 1 Chron 680 I Cp 28 83 40. . P" "Hebron) in the hill country of Judah. 8 And Jbeyond the Jordan "at Jericho eastward, they assigned 'Bezel- in the wilderness in the "plain out of the 'tribe of Eeuben, and "Eamoth in Gilead out of the tribe of Gad, and 'Golan in Bashan out of the tribe of Manasseh. 9 'These were the "appointed cities for all the children of Israel, and for the ""stranger that sojourneth among them, that whosoever killeth any "person "unwittingly might flee thither, and not die by the hand of the "avenger of blood, 'until he stood before the "congregation. 211 "Then came near the "heads of fathers' [houses] of the Levites unto "Eleazar the priest, and unto Joshua the son of Nun, and unto the heads of fathers' [houses] of the "tribes of the children of Israel ; 2 and they "spake unto them at ""Shiloh in the dland of Canaan, saying, Yahweh "commanded by the hand of Moses to give us rcities to dwell in, with the "suburbs thereof for- our cattle. 3 And the children of Israel gave unto the Levites out of their inheritance 'according to the commandment of Yahweh, these cities with their suburbs. 4 And the dlot came out for the ^families of the "Kohathites : and the "children of Aaron "the priest, which were of the Levites, had by lot out of the tribe of Judah, and out of the tribe of the Simeonites, and out of the tribe of Benjamin, thirteen cities. s And the ¦''rest of the children of Kohath had by lot out of the families of the tribe of Ephraim, and out of the tribe of Dan, and out of the half tribe of Manasseh, ten cities. 0 And the children of "Gershon had by lot out of the families of the tribe of Issachar, and out of the tribe of Asher, and out of the tribe of Naphtali, and out of the half tribe of Manasseh in Bashan, thirteen cities. 7 The children of eMerari according to their families had out of the tribe of Eeuben, and out of the tribe of Gad, and out of the tribe of Zebulun, twelve cities. 8 And the children of Israel gave by lot unto the Levites these cities with their suburbs, as Yahweh "commanded by the hand of Moses. 9 And they gave out of the tribe of the children of Judah, and out of the tribe of the children of Simeon, these cities "which are [here] mentioned by name : 10 and they were for the children of Aaron, of the families of the Kohathites, who were of the children of Levi : for theirs was the first lot. u "And they gave them Kiriath-arba, [which Arba was] the father of "Anak, (the same is Hebron,) in the hill country of Judah, with the suburbs thereof round about it. ]2 But the fields of the city, and the villages thereof, gave they to Caleb the son of Jephunneh for his 'possession. 18 And unto the "children of Aaron "the priest they gave Hebron with her suburbs, the 'city of refuge for the manslayer, and Libnah with her suburbs ; 14 and Jattir with her suburbs, and Eshtemoa with her suburbs ; 16 and Holon with her suburbs, and Debir with her suburbs ; le and "Ain with her suburb?, and Juttah with her suburbs, [and] Beth-shemesh with her suburbs ; nine cities "out of those Mwo tribes. 17 And out of the tribe of Benjamin, 'Gibeon with her suburbs, 'Geba with her suburbs ; 18 'Anathoth with her suburbs, and *Almon with her suburbs ; four cities. 19 'All the cities of the children of Aaron, the priests, were thirteen cities with their suburbs. 20 And the families of the children of Kohath, the Levites, even the /rest k 165 1 188 m I45b 84» 16S 185" 4 180" igd 65 i3ob i 127b 208a These words are not appropriate here j © does not contain them ; and they seem due rather to a copyist's reminiscence of passages like 13s2 1| Num 3415. 8b M Or, table land. 211 The allotment of the Levitical cities carries out the arrangements prepared in Num 35I-8, and belongs therefore to P". 2 M Or, pasture lands. — Cp Is- • pis8. 4 © 'the priests' cp " and 180". 8 The awkwardness of this phrase leads Steuernagel to suspect a corruption of the text ; he conjectures ' with their suburbs.' ii» The double record of the gift of Hebron, "• and 13, awakens suspicion, and the contents of n- show that the passage is an attempt to reconcile the view of Hebron as a priestly city with the tradition which ascribed its capture and occupation to Caleb 151s- • , In the older records Caleb held too firm a place to be dislodged : he is here accordingly per mitted to retain the city-lands and its dependent viUages 12, though the ' pasture hinds ' and the city itself are handed over to the priests. The precise detennination of the editorial words is uncertain; Dillm and Addis allot 'and they gave them' 11 to P cp 21, and claim the opening wordB of l8 (to 'gave ') for R. With ls, however, cp 27 84 . it seems simpler, therefore, with Bennett to limit the interpolation to J1- . The final word inirfr'1 is not usual in this phrase in P, which commonly employs ' to give as an inheritance ' rhrm cp g6°. ilb M Sp Anok. " Wanting in ®. Is" © '\oa, 1 Chron 644 Ashan, cp 1542 197, generally adopted. i8b Probably a remark of R ; tribe = raw instead of HBO 1 • 20 23 &o. Cp 22'. • Num 32s3 36s. II. 353 a a Josh 212 THE DIVISION OF THE LAND m 207 n Ct 16IO 0 19*2-48 p Ct 17" q 208 r 19I8. . a i926.. t 2o7 io3-- It igll- • V SO8 W I3I8 a; 1328. JRdE y 108 *,§/«(! 23" 2 Kings iol° a' 23I4* a 128 ill c Cp 58' d 11I8 e Deut nl /2I<4 g Deut i7 h 8 8 Dout i67 i 138 Deut 3I2 i Deut a4 4» 15 248 P* of the children of Kohath, they had the cities of their lot out of the tribe of Ephraim. 21 And they gave them mShechem with her suburbs "in the hill country of Ephraim, the city of refuge for the manslayer, and "Gezer with her suburbs ; 22 and Kibzaim with her suburbs, and Beth-horon with her suburbs ; four cities. 23 And out of the tribe of "Dan, Elteke with her suburbs, Gibbethon with her suburbs ; 24 Aijalon with her suburbs, Gath- rimmon with her suburbs ; four cities. 25 And out of the half tribe of Manasseh, ^Taanach with her suburbs, and "Gath-rimmon with her suburbs ; two cities. 20 'All the cities of the families of the A'est of the children of Kohath were ten with their suburbs. 27 And unto the children of Gershon, of the families of the Levites, out of the half tribe of Manasseh [they gave] "Golan in Bashan with her suburbs, the city of refuge for the manslayer ; and "Be-eshterah with her suburbs ; two cities. 28 And out of the tribe of 'Issachar, Kishion with her suburbs, Daberath with her suburbs ; 29 Jarmuth with her suburbs, En-gannim with her suburbs ; four cities. 30 And out of the tribe of 'Asher, Mishal with her suburbs, Abdon with her suburbs ; 31 Helkath with her suburbs, and Eehob with her suburbs ; four cities. 32 And out of the tribe of Naphtali, 'Kedesh in Galilee with her suburbs, the city of refuge for the manslayer, and Hammoth-dor with her suburbs, and Kartan with her suburbs ; three cities. 33 'All the cities of the Gershonites according to their families were thirteen cities with their suburbs. 34 And unto the families of the children of Merari, the ¦''rest of the Levites, out of the tribe of "Zebulun, Jokneam with her suburbs, and Kartah with her suburbs, 35 "Dimnah with her suburbs, Nahalal with her suburbs; four cities. 30 "And out of the tribe of Eeuben, "Bezer with her suburbs, and "'Jahaz with her suburbs, 37 Kedemoth with her suburbs, and Mephaath with her suburbs ; four cities. 38 And out of the tribe of Gad, "Bamoth in Gilead with her suburbs, the city of refuge for the manslayer, and '"Mahanaim with her suburbs ; au Heshbon with her suburbs, Jazer with her suburbs ; four cities in all. 40 'All [these were] the cities of the children of Merari according to their families, even the •''rest of the families of the Levites ; and their lot was twelve cities. 41 'All the cities of the Levites in the midst of the 'possession of the children of Israel were forty and eight cities with their suburbs. 42 These cities were every one with their suburbs round about them : thus it was with all these cities. 48 "So Yahweh gave unto Israel all the land which he Jsware to give unto their fathers ; and they 'possessed it, and dwelt therein. 44 And Yahweh 'gave them rest round about, according to all that he Jsware unto their fathers : and there "stood not a man of all their enemies before them ; Yahweh ""delivered all their enemies into their hand. 45 There "failed not aught of any good thing which Yahweh had spoken unto the "house of Israel ; "'all came to pass0'. 22' "Then Joshua called tlie "Reubenites, and the Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasseh, and said unto them, 2 Ye have "kept all that Moses the 'servant of Yahweh commanded you, and have "hearkened unto my voice in all that I commanded you : 3 ye have not left your brethren these dmany days bunto this day, but have "kept the charge of the commandment of Yahweh "your God. 4 And now Yahweh "your God hath /given rest unto your brethren, as ho dspake unto them : therefore now "turn ye, and got you unto your ''tents, unto the land of your possession, which Mosos the 'servant of Yuhweh 'gave you "beyond Jordan. 8 'Only take ^'diligent «heed to do the ''commandment and the law, which Moses the ^servant of Yahweh commanded you, to 'love Yahweh "your God, and to Jwalk in all his ways, and to "keep his commandments, and to j 107" k 88° 1 98 m 53 a 8a° b 33b 0 i» d 91 e ai f 84 g 82" li 29 1 74" 115" 212i Wanting in ®. 26 Apparently repeated accidentally from 24. @ 'UBaBA, 1 Chron 656 Bileam, which suggests the reading Ibleam 17U. 27 1 Chron 671 Ashtaroth cp 1331. T perhaps an abbreviation of '» TO. 85 Wanting in © : 1 Chron 677 Rimmono, cp ' Rimmon ' 1913. 33 M Verses 80' are not in the Massoretic text, but are found in very many MSS and in the ancient versions. See also 1 Chron 678. . 43 The sequel according.to Rd of i8'0b. 45 ® children of Israel. For ' house of Israel ' cp pnb. 221 The dismissal of the Eeubenites and Gadites and the half tribe of Manasseh 1_6 depends on i12'13. Its Deuteronomic affinities are indicated by the margins, but either editor or copyist has touched the words ' tribe ' 1 pi6s ct Dna, ' possession ' 4 pia7b ot "SS1!, while the unique phrase 'kept the charge of the commandment ' seems to rest on a combination of P's ' keep the charge ' p39b, and D's frequent references to the ' command ment of Yahweh' D39d, 354 THE ALTAR BY JORDAN Josh 222 k 2 Chron ill- Ezr 68 7M Eccl 5I8 62f J Ct 1 cp 13I6 24 m 198I n Cp •"137 0 Cp J8323b p Num i69 cp q 18. 29 Num 148 Gen 144* r Num 258- • 18 a Num 169 t Cp Num 258 pI3S u Num 520* v 28. cp bi6 x Ps solf ct Deut 10I7 Sp tcleave unto him, and to 'serve him with "all your heart and with all your their ''t t blessed them, and sent them away : and they went unto the^twTnl*?™ 6 °?6 J?"" °tribe ?v Manasseh Moses had given [Inheritance] in Bashan : but unto 7h » >r \ e ,Jo?h"a amonS their brethren obeyond Jordan westward. .„,,¦„„ » ","' wh™J°>>,ma «™« them away unto their tents, he blessed them, 8 and spake unto them, saymp, Ostwrn with much >¦ wealth unto your tents, and with rery much cattle, with ailrei; and with goto, ana with brass, and with von, and with very much raiment : divide the spoil qf your enemies E And the 'children of Reuben and the children of Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh returned, nnd doparted from the children of Israol out of "Shiloh, which is in the land of "Canaan, to go unto the land of Gilead, to the land of their ^possession, whereof they were ¦¦possessed, laccording to the commandment of Yahwoh by the rhand of Moses. w And when thoy came unto tho "region about Jordan, that is in the land of Canaan, the children of Houben and the children of Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh "built there an altar by Jordan, a great altar to see to. " And the children of Israel heard say, Behold, the children of Reuben and the children of Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh have built an altar in the forefront of the land of Canaan, in the region about Jordan, on the side that pertaineth to the children of Israel. 12 And when tho children of Israel heard of it, the whole "congregation of the children of Israel 'gathered themselves together at Shiloh, to go up against them to "war. 13 And the children of Israel sent unto the children of Reuben, and to the children of Gad, and to the half tribe of Manasseh, into the land of Gilead, 'Phinehas the son of Eleazar the priost ; 14 and with him ton "princes, ono princo of a "fathers' house for each of the 'tribes of Israel ; and they were evory ono of them 'bond of their fathers' houses among the "thousands of Israel. " And they came unto the children of Reuben, and to the children of Gad, ond to the half tribe of Manasseh, unto the land of Gilead, and they "'spake with them, saying, " "Thus saith the whole Congregation of Yahweh, What b'trespass is this that ye have committed against the ''God of Israel, to turn away this day from following Yahweh, in that ye have "builded you an altar, to 'rebel this day against Yahweh ? 17 Is the iniquity of rPeor too "little for us, from which we have not "'cleansed ourselves unto this day, although there came a 'plague upon the congregation of Yahweh, 18 that ye must turn away this day from following Yahweh ? and it will be, seeing ye 'rebel to-day against Yahweh, that to-morrow ho will bo d' wroth with the whole congrega tion of Israel. " Howboit, if tho land of your ''possession bo "'uncloan, then pass ye over unto the land of the possession of Yahweh, wherein Yahweh's TDwelling ''dwelleth, and 'take possession ''among us : but 'rebel not against Yahweh, nor rebel against us, in building you an altar "besides the "altar of Yahweh our God. 20 Did not "Achan the son of Zerah ^'commit a trespass in the devoted thing, and A' wrath fell upon all the congrega tion of Israel ? and that man h'perished "not alone in his iniquity. 21 Then the children of Reuben and the children of Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh answered, and spake unto the 'heads of the "thousands of Israel, 22 •'Yahweh, the "'God of gods, Yahweh, the God of gods, he knoweth, and Israel he shall know ; if it be in k 37 1 33" m 59 n 113 o 4 P 137 1 19° r i8ob 8 4<>» t 04a U 93b V ia« vv X % 7 16s z 84 a' 85" b' 164 d' 178 e' 167 «' 54 g' 33 51 *~ 227a ' Now ' — Sp and. Apparently a supplemental note ox- plaining 4b, and preparing the way for the next section 8-84, Cp is6 138. . , 'b Apparently an addition to ,-' introduced by the frequent connecting-link of such supplements ' moreover,' — ' and also ' cp Ex 39b. @ g, however, omit the opening words of 8, and convert the rest into narrative ' and with much wealth did they return ' &c. Some critics have preferred this rending, and suppose the passage to rest on an older basis. The compiler then altered the statement into a command, as an introduction to the recital in 9-34. But the long enumeration of the tribal riches lacks the simplicity of earlier style, and the late word for ' wealth ' is surprising. 9 The narrative in °-34 offers many perplexities. Its language, as the references show, is almost a cento of P's phrases ; its story assumes P's institutions, the congregation, the heads of fathers' houses, and the Dwelling; and it makes homiletic references to specifically P forms of previous incidents 17 20. Further, it is noteworthy that ' Phinehas the priest ' 80- • who has already succeeded Eleazar, acts without Joshua : the secular power has no loDger a military head. These characteristics suggest its place in the later group designated as P", where it forms a sequel to Num 32. But though among tho most recent additions to P in its present form, it may be founded on some earlier account which it has superseded, cp Judg 20, Driver LOT" 168. The opening verses seem designed to explain the rumour u with which the original story may have begun. (The first words of " and 12 are alike in Sp, and in 12 they are omitted by © 8.) Traces of such a narrative have been found in the seemingly incongruous geographical elements combined in ", where Dillm and Oettli translate 'el mul (RV 'in the fore- «w,„fi 'mmr against.' and 'el 'ibher (RV 'on the side that front') 'over against,' and 'el 'tbher (RV 'on pertaineth ') ' on the other side of,' © Iv t£ iripav. This inter pretation would place the altar on the east side of the Jordan, while J0 undoubtedly located it on the west. The prepositions in this combination are not common, but their use in P shows that they chiefly express the situation of something on the surface or front or edge of an object to which it is attached ('el mdl Ex 26° 2828 37 39ie Lov 89 Num 82 3 P, cp Ex 343 Josh i33 a1*; 'el 'eoher Ex 2s37 2828 3919 P, cp Deut 3o'3*). In this view the rendering of RV is justified (cp W A Wright, Journ of Philol xiii 117- •); the altar stood close to the river frontier, but on the western side, and there seems no ground of geographical discrepancy for distributing the present narrative between two or more sources. In other respects the literary usage of the story (liko other portions of PB) displays a wider vocabulary than is usual with P, approximating more to JE and D, cp ' build an altar ' 10, ' altar of Yahweh our God ' ", ' now ' (enclitic M) 'I3. Most curious, perhaps, is the repeated intrusion of the ' half tribe of Manasseh ' «-» 13 15 2! (cp 3°- ' children of Manasseh '). From 2B 32 3* it may be inferred that the original story did not mention them : the addition employs the termino logy of D, C3ir Dna, for rrEO 14 pi65, and the name Manasseh with the article, Deut 3" 298 Josh i<2 412 &c. For similar indications of manipulation of a P section by the addition of material from D cp 2o1N. 10 Sp g'liloth cp 132 18" Ezek 47s Joel 34+. But © reads ' Gilgal ' in I0 and 'Gilead' in " ; 8 tumulos in both. Perhaps some element of an older story may linger in these readings, which suggest that it was partly designed to explain the origin of some ancient monument. 14 21 M Or, families. 19 So Sp cp Ex 25". T tabernacle. 20 Absent from ©. 22 M Or, God, even God, Yahweh, Sp El Elohim Yahweh.— Cp Ps so'f; 355 a a 2 Josh 22 22 THE DIVISION OF THE LAND y Utopia 2 Op "HO a' Cp i Sam 20I8 b> Jer 4923 Ezek 416 I218. Prov I226| c' Cp 48 M d'CpiSami829 e' Cp «i86i /"'Num 158 gl Ex 258 A' Qen i82B JRdE i'926 a 228 b 224 c Deut 12I8 ^13! cGen 18H 1 Sam 122 ft cp 063 /Deut 29,2 92II A 138 i Deut 720 j n21 Deut i229 t j4 ! Deut 6I9 w il5 Deut 320 al n Sp=atrongIo6b o Ex 23I8 p Cp Jer 57 Deut 613 q io3 r Cp Deut 328O 8 Deut 78 t (inn 15I3 u Is 8H v *p = «nare Ex 23S3 ttjpt 2: Num 3365 3i 1 Kings 22 p. "rebellion, or if in v trespass against Yahweh, (save thou us not this day,) 23 that wo have built us an altar to turn away from following Yahweh ; or if to "offer thereon ' burnt offering or ''meal offering, or if to J'offer ''sacrifices of peace offerings thereon, let Yahweh himself "'require it ; 24 and if we have not [rather] out of ''carefulness done this, [and] of purpose, saying, c'In time to come your children might speak unto our children, saying, What have ye to do with Yahweh, pthe God of Israel ? •* for Yahweh hath made Jordan a border between us and you, ye children of Reuben and children of Gad j ye have no portion in Yahweh : so shall your children make our children cease from d' fearing Yahweh. 2e Therefore we said, Let us "now "prepare to build us an altar, not for burnt offering, nor for sacrifice : OT but it shall be a witness between us and you, and between our k'generations after us, that we may ''do the service of Yahweh before him with our burnt offerings, and with our /'sacrifices, and with our /peace offerings ; that your children may not say to our children in time to come, Ye have no portion in Yahweh. 28 Therefore Baid we, It shall be, when they so say to us or to our ''generations in time to come, that we shall say, Bohold tho "'pattern of tho "altar of Yahwoh, which our fathers made, not for burnt offering, nor for sacrifice ; but it is a witness botween us and you. 29 'i'God forbid that wo should 'rebel against Yahweh, and turn away this day from following Yahweh, to build an altar for burnt offering, for meal offering, or for sacrifice, besides the "altar of Yahweh our God that is before his Dwelling. 30 And when 'Phinehas the priest, and the "princes of the congregation, even the zheads of the thousands of Israel which were with him, heard the words that the children of Reuben and the children of Gad and the children of Manasseh spake, it pleased them well. 31 And Phinehas "the son of Eleazar the priest said unto the children of Reuben, and to the children of Gad, and to the children of Manasseh, This day we know that Yahweh is in the s'midst of us, because ye have not committed this trespass against Yahweh : now have ye ''delivered the children of Israel out of the hand of Yahweh. 32 And Phinehas "the son of Eleazar the priest, and the princes, returned from the children of Reuben, and from the children of Gad, out of the land of Gilead, unto the land of Canaan, to the children of Israel, and /brought thorn word again. "And the thing pleased the children of Israel ; and the children of Israel blessed God, and spake no more of going up against them to "war, to destroy the land wherein the children of Reuben and the children of Gad dwelt. 81 And the childron of Reuben and tho children of Gad called the altar "[Ed] : For, [said they], it is a witness between us that Yahweh is God. 231 "And it came to pass after "many days, when Yahweh had given 'rest unto Israel "from all their enemies round about, and Joshua was ''old and well stricken in years ; 2 that Joshua called for "all Israel, for thoir ''olders and for thoir °hoads, and for their ajudgos and for thoir "officers, and said unto thoin, eI am old and well stricken in years : 3 and /ye havo seen 'all that Yahweh eyour God hath done unto all these nations 'because of you ; for Yahweh your God, he it is that hath hfought for you. 4 'Behold, I have ''allotted unto you these nations that 'remain, to be an inheritance for your Jtribes, from Jordan, with all the nations that I have Jcut off, even *unto the great sea toward the going down of the sun. 6 And Yahweh your God, he shall 'thrust them out from before you, and 'drive them from out of your sight ; and ye sliall ""possess their land, as Yahweh your God 'spake unto you. 6 Therefore bo ye very "courageous to "keep and to do all that is "written in the book of the law of Moses, that ye "turn not aside therefrom to the right hand or to the left ; 7 that yo come not among these nations, these that 'remain among you ; neither "make mention of the name of their gods, "nor cause to pswear [by them], neither Pserve them, nor Pbow down yourselves unto them : 8 but 'cleave unto Yahwoh your God, as ye havo done 'unto this day. B For Yahweh hath 'driven out from before you 'groat nations and strong : but as for you, no man hath 'stood before you runto this day. 10 'One man of you "shall chase a thousand : for Yahweh your God, he it is that bfighteth for you, as he 'spake unto you. n Take good heed therefore unto yourselves, that ye "love Yahweh your God. 12 Else if ye do in any wise go back, and cleave unto the remnant of these nations, even these that 'remain among you, and 'make marriages with them, and go in unto thom, and thoy to you : 18 'know for a certainty that Yahweh your God will no more 'drive these nations from out of your sight ; but they shall be a "snare and a "trap unto you, and a ""scourge in your sides, and '"thorns in your eyes, until ye "perish from off this "good land which Yahweh your God hath given you. " And, behold, this day 'I am going the yway of all the earth : and ye know in all your 'hearts and in all your souls, that 118 117 k' 76 1' 140" n 3" b 43b c R7 d 07 e 83 t 13 K I h 45 1 99 J II3» k 39 1 9i m 83b n 130 0 H4b P 33a q a7, r 33b s 55" t 108" u 74" v 86° w 6Qb0 x 63 y 59 2228 ft=make or do (® adds 'thus'), as though originally followed by some object whioh was intended to serve as the monument, but was editorially suppressed in favour of tho altar (so Dillm). Others join the vb as an auxiliary to ' build ' (so RV Steuern cp Ges-Kautzsch § 114 m). 31 32 Probably a gloss ; wanting in @, the words are needless and are not attached to the name in 30. 34 M That is, Witness. — In © the name is given by Joshua ; but in both texts the actual name has disappeared. @ and several Sp MSS supply Ed. Most modern critics accept the conjecture ' Gilead ' cp Gen 3147- . 23' A Douteronomic exhortation, after the manner of the homilies in D. In 8 ° i° 18 are parallels with Dout 38 29 31 32, which suggest a late date for this discourse. 7 ' Nor cause to swear,' not in @ . i° M Or, hath chased. 356 JOSHUA'S FAREWELL Josh 24 12 Z 21*5 a' Deut 2927 V Cp Deut 28s3 c1 7" Deut 172 d' Deut 11IT a Num ni8 (1232c Num 11I8 Dent 31K d7lst. Gen 6' /Genu23 g op 304 A Ct Gen 32S 368 cp Deut 28 i Cp D88a / Sp^ smite Bx 82 I223 27 0p 3285 k Cp Bx 148. • I Hx 14W m cJt<>pBxio22 n Cp 043d 0 Cp Deut i48 Num 20I8 p Num 2121. . q 11 op B53 r Num 2i24 8 Num 222. • t Ct Num 22I2 ft v. Cp Deut 238 v Ex 2328 E Rd J B not one thing hath "failed of all the good things which Yahweh your God spake concerning you ; «all are come to pass unto you, not one thing huth failed thereof. " And it shall come to pass, that as all the good things are come upon you of which Yahweh your God spake unto you, so shall Yahweh bring upon you all the evil things, until he have 'destroyed you b'from off this "good land which Yahweh your God hath given you. " When ye "'transgress the covenant of Yahweh your God, which he commanded you, and go and rserve other gods, and Pbow down yourselves to them" ; then shall the * anger of Yahweh be kindled against you, and ye shall 'perish * quickly from off the "good land which he hath given unto you. 241 "And Joshua "gathered all the tribes of Israel to Shechem, and "called for the elders of Israel, and for thoir hoads, and for their judges, and for their officers ; and they "presented themselves before God. 2 And Joshua said unto all the people, *Thus saith Yahweh, the God of Israel", Your fathers dwelt "of old time beyond the "River, "[even] /Terah, the father of Abraham, and the father of Nahor: "and they served other gods. 3 And I took your father Abraham from beyond the "River, and led him throughout all the land "of Canaan, and "multiplied his seed, and gave him Isaac. 4 And I gave unto Isaac Jacob and Esau : and I gave unto Esau ''mount Seir, Ho possess it ; and Jacob and his children went down into Egypt". 6 And I sent Moses and Aaron, and I ¦'plagued Egypt, "aecording to that which I did in the midst thereof: and afterward I brought you out. c "And I brought your fathers out of Egypt : and ye came unto the sea ; and the Egyptians ^pursued after your fathers with chariots and with horsemen "unto the Red Sea. 7 And when "they 'cried out unto Yahweh, he put "darkness between you and the Egyptians, and brought the sea upon them, and covered them ; and your "eyes saw what I did in Egypt : and ye dwelt in the wilderness "many days. 8 And I brought you into the pland of the Amorites, which dwelt beyond Jordan ; "and they fought with you : and I "gave them into your hand, and ye 'possessed their land ; "and I destroyed them from before you. 9 Then "Balak the Son of ZippOr, king of Moab, arose "and fought against Israel ; and he sent and called Balaam "the son of Beor to 'curse you : 10 "but I "would not hearken unto Balaam ; therefore he blessed you still : so I delivered you out of his hand. ll And ye went over Jordan, and came unto Jericho : and the ''men of Jericho fought against you, "the Amorite, and the Perizzite, and the Canaanite, and the Hittite, and the Girgashite, the Hivite, and the Jebusite ; and I 'delivered them into your hand. Vi And I sent the vhornet before 34* b 107 28le 3\ Some of the allusions, e g to the idolatries of Israel in Egypt 14 or Balak's attack on Israel 8, apparently rest on elements of tradition no longer preserved. It may be noticed that the person occasionally changes in the narration, 0 g 8-c ' I,' 7 ' he,' 8-13 'I.' (5) has the third person in 8-13. 2a xhe introduction of Terah at the end of the clause, explanatory of ' your fathers,' seems a scribal gloss. 2b The language shows the style of D (whether by anticipa tion or sequence), though cp 14 • "33 ; in Gen 35s 4 the phraseology is different. 8 Lacking in (5). 4 (SJ adds expansively 'and there they became a great and numerous and mighty nation, and the Egyptians evil entreated them,' but omits 5a ' and I sent Moses and Aaron.' 6 (5J* by the signs which. So Dillm and Oettli (with reserve) and Addis. Bennett following Ex 320 (where (3J however has 8avuaolois) reads niN'iD}} ' by the wonders.' 81 An awkward addition aftor ' brought you out,' probably due to a corrector more distinctly conscious of the later view that the. generation which marched out of Egypt died in the wilderness cp Deut 2I4. (SJ joins 6b and 6a ' and afterwards he brought our fathers out of Egypt,' with a characteristic confusion of persons. s" Perhaps a marginal gloss, Steuern. 7 (SJ ' we ' : the address in 6- • suggests ' you.' 8a @ omits this clause. Cp Num 21 28. 8b Probably an addition of Kd as the word ' destroyed ' in dicates D34a. oa This clause does not correspond to anything in JE, and the introduction of the name Israel seems to betray an annotator's hand (cp Steuern). Bb The description is lacking in (SJ. 1° Hollenberg (Stud und Krit 1874 487) regarded '¦ as de- pondont on Dout 23^-. Tho parnllol seemB, however, rather explicable by D's use of E. (SJ, however, has ' But Yahweh thy God would not destroy thee.' n An obvious intrusion into the account of the capture of Jericho, as it can hardly be supposed that representatives of the ' seven nations' were all assembled in the city. Cp Ex 33v. The allusion to the ' lords ' i e citizens of Jericho is not sup ported by any extant passage of E. Cp Judg 9' 6 E (Moore in Haupt's SBOT) 1 Sam 23"- J (Budde ibid). 357 Josh 241 THE DIVISION OF THE LAND w Gen 4822 x Deut 610- y Gen 352 z Gen 21II Sp a' Gen i825 V 28 Deut 31I6 c> Deut 622 719 2o3 d' Cp »43a e' Sp—kept Gen 2820 Bx 2320 /' cp Bx 232s. •"=148 »' Gen 50I7 Ex 2321 347 V Gen 352 Deut 31I8 V Bx 3210 338 6 3' Prov 22 cp 1 KingB ii2 4 i'713 I' Sp=made~Ex I525 m' Gen 3s4 »' Ct P91 o'Gen 2i30 op JI46.. p'Num 244 E Bd E you, which "drave them out from before you, [even] the "two kings of the "Amorites ; not "with thy sword, nor with thy bow. 18 And I gave you a land whereon thou hadst not laboured, and "cities which ye built not, and ye dwell therein ; of "vineyards and oliveyards which ye planted not do ye eat. 14 Now therefore "fear Yahweh, and serve him in "sincerity and in truth : and ''put away the gods which your fathers served beyond the "River, and in Egypt ; and serve ye Yahweh. 15 And if it 'seem evil unto you to serve Yahweh, choose you this day whom ye will serve ; whether the gods which your fathers served that were beyond the "River, or the gods of the "Amorites, in whose land ye dwell : but as for me and my house, we will serve Yahweh. 16 And the people answered and said, " God forbid that we should '''forsake Yahweh, to serve other gods ; 17 for Yahweh our God, he it is that dbrought us "and our fathers up out of the land of Egypt, from tlie house of "bondage, "and that did those great c'signs in our * 'sight, and "'preserved us in all the way wherein we went, and among all the peoples through the midst of whom we passed : 18 and Yahweh •'"drave out from before us "all the peoples, even the Amorites which dwelt in the land : [therefore] we also will serve Yahweh ; for he is our God. 19 And Joshua said unto the people, Ye cannot serve Yahweh ; for he is an "holy God ; he is a jealous God ; he will not "'forgive your transgression nor your sins. zo If ye ''forsake Yahweh, and serve '''strange gods, then he will turn and do you evil, and ''consume you, after that he hath done you good. 21 And the people said unto Joshua, Nay ; but we will serve Yahweh. 22 And Joshua said unto the people, Ye are witnesses against yourselves that ye have chosen you Yahweh, to serve him. "And they said, We are witnesses. 23 Now therefore put away, [said he], the '''strange gods which are among you, and ^'incline your heart unto Yahweh, the i'God of Israel. 24And the people said unto Joshua, Yahweh our God will we serve, and unto his voice will we hearken. 25 So Joshua made a covenant with the people that day, and 'set them a statute and an ordinance'' in Shechem. 26 "And Joshua wrote these words in the book of the law of God ; and he took a great stone, and set it up there under the m'oak that was "by the "'sanctuary of Yahweh. 27 And Joshua said unto all the people, Behold, this stone shall be a "'witness against us ; for it hath heard all the ^'words of Yahweh which he spake unto us : it shall be therefore a witness against c 96 a 136 24i2 Elsewhere only of Sihon and Og D3C, and' here, therefore, quite inappropriate. © twelve, a reading widely accepted, ' two ' being probably an awkward correction in view of the later lists 127. • &o. But the appositional form of the clause suggests that it may bo a lator editorial note. On tho othor hand, tho whole verse seems made up of fragmonts, and can hardly be original in its present form. Ex 2328 shows that the phrase 'drave them ' really refers to the peoples enumerated in " ; its intro duction here may have suggested their insertion to justify it. To what, then, do the words ' not with thy sword ' &c belong? They find a parallel in E's language Gen 4822, but they lack con nexion here,andseem introduced by way of editorial reminiscence. i" For Sp cp 1 Sam 12s* E (Budde in Haupt's SHOT). u" Cp ft Judg 9" i» E (Moore in Haupt's SBOT). i7a Perhaps a correction (Steuern) ; not in @. i7b M ft bondmen. — The use of this phrase by D cp D6i makes it probable that this is an addition, probably (as © does not contain it) by a late copyist. 170 Another clause absent from © and strongly marked by D's phraseology cp Dioi. 18 Sp all the peoples and : © the Amorite and all the peoples. The diversity of order seems to indicate that the roforonco to 'the peoples' is (like their enumeration in u) duo to lator insertion, the words finding different location in different copies. E only recognizes Amorites. J9 On the pi adj here cp Introd XII 3 i 115. Elsewhere in OT literature cp 'living God ' Dout 521 1 Sam 1728 sa Jor ioio 2388^. On the other hand, 'jealous' is sing cp Nah i2\ (and, slightly different, Ex 34"). 22 This clause is wanting in ©, and seems additional It interrupts Joshua's address, and is needless in view of 2i. 28a 'fhe origin of the clause ascribing a written record to Joshua has been much debated. Kuenen (Hex § 816 p 156) attributed it to E (cp Elohim i) with ' reference to some other book of law than the one we know.' But it may be doubted if the statement was really part of the original story. If a solemn account had been preserved in a sacred hook, what need was there for the testimony of the stone ? The record would be a much better witness, for though the stone might have 'beard the words,' it was powerless to reproduce or confirm them. This incident seoms to belong to a more primitive order of conceptions, with which the writing is not homogeneous. In spite of Hollenberg's dissent, Dillm agrees with Noldeke in assigning the clause to Rd (for ' book of the law ' cp D70b), and supposes that the interpolator included the homily of 23 with the address and covenant of 24. Wellh (Comp2 135) regards the addition as probably later still, but gives no reasons. The nearest parallels of language occur in Neh 88 as io29, ct 'law of Moses ' Josh 83i- 23s. Bennett allots the words to UP. It may bo doubted whether the interpolator meant to include more in 'those words ' than the Covenant with its associated ' statute and ordinance.' Holzinger, Ilex 179, Staerk, Deut 106 ff, Steuern, Josh 242, think this may have been the original place of the Judgoment-book Ex aiL • , cp Ex ao22"" 23i M Or, in. 358 DEATH OF JOSHUA Josh 243 o'iir' Gen so28 ot ,p93 «' i960 t> Cp "13 u' Cp D68 v' Deut 117 M' Cp »I3 a/ Gen 5028 y' Bx i319 E R," E P8 you, lest ye deny your God. 28 "So Joshua sent the people away, every man unto his inheritance. 29 And it came to pass "after these things, that Joshua the 5'son of Nun, the ''servant of Yahweh, died, being an ''hundred and ten years old. 30 And they buried him in the border of his inheritance in ''Timnath- serah, which is in the hill country of Ephraim, on the north of the mountain of Gaash. 81 And Israel served Yahweh ''all the days of Joshua, and all the days of the elders that 'outlived Joshua, and had "'known all the "'work of Yahweh, ""that ' 7"" he had wrought for Israel. 32 "And the ""'bones of Joseph, which the children of Israel "'brought up out of Egypt, buried they in Shechem, in the parcel of ground "which Jacob bought of the sons of Hamor the father of Shechem for an hundred pieces of money : "and they became the inheritance of the children of Joseph. 33 "And Eleazar the son of Aaron died ; and they buried him in "the hill of Phinehas his son, which was given him in the hill country of Ephraim. 24.28 with 28-si op judg 36-9. Moore, Judges (ICC) 4 and 65, supposes the passage in Judges to be the original, which was reproduced here ' perhaps in connexion with the division into books.' 32a This passage seems plainly to belong to E, but it can hardly be in its natural place. The house of Joseph would not have waited to bury their ancestor till after the funeral of Joshua, when they had been settled round Sheohem for years. 82"> M See Gen 33I8. 320 The awkwardness of this clause and its absence from © throw suspicion on it. The plural subject must include Shechem and the land, but this combination is unexpected : nn addition to ©" runs ' and he gave it to Joseph for an inherit ance,' cp @L which is preferred by Kuen and Dillm. Steuern proposes ( and it became the inheritance of Joseph.' 83a This statement was ascribed by some of the older oritics to P. But the description of Eleazar lacks the distinctive term ' the priest ' cp ri31>1". Moreover, ' Gibeab. of Phinehas ' is not included among the cities of the Aaronite inheritance 2i10~is. There seems no reason for separating the verse from its context cp 80. Eleazar was recognized in E cp Deut io° ; and it was not unnatural to supplement the obituary notice of Joshua by that of another famous man of his time. For additions con cerning the ark and the first apostasy of Israel see ©. S3b m Qr, Gibeah of Phinehas. 359 OXFORD! HORACE HART PRINTER TO THE UNIVERSITY This preservation copy was printed and bound at Bridgeport National Bindery, Inc., in compliance with U.S. copyright law. The paper used meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper). c L R (OO) 1999 9002 03510 2327